Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   65-0403311
     
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
30831 Huntwood Avenue, Hayward, CA   94544
     
(Address of principal executive offices)   Zip Code
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (510) 476-2000
Copies to:
Michael Joseph, Esquire
Blank Rome LLP
600 New Hampshire Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20037
Telephone: (202) 772-5959
Facsimile: (202) 772-5960
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class to be so registered   Name of each exchange on which
each class is to be registered
     
None   None
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $ 0.01 par value per share
(Title of class)
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company o
 
 

 


 

     
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    1  
 
    1  
 
    2  
 
    14  
 
    31  
 
    49  
 
    50  
 
    54  
 
    57  
 
    96  
 
    98  
 
    102  
 
    105  
 
    106  
 
    108  
 
    111  
 
    111  
 
    112  
 
       
 
       
  Exhibit 3.1
  Exhibit 3.2
  Exhibit 4.1
  Exhibit 4.3
  Exhibit 4.4
  Exhibit 4.5
  Exhibit 4.6
  Exhibit 10.1
  Exhibit 10.2
  Exhibit 10.3
  Exhibit 10.4
  Exhibit 10.5
  Exhibit 10.6
  Exhibit 10.7
  Exhibit 10.8
  Exhibit 10.9
  Exhibit 10.10
  Exhibit 10.11
  Exhibit 10.12
  Exhibit 21.1

 


Table of Contents

Explanatory Note
     Our common stock was registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) until May 23, 2008, when the Securities and Exchange Commission, in SEC Release No. 34-57864 (Admin. Proc. File No. 3-12519), revoked such registration because of our failure to file the quarterly and annual reports required by Section 13 of the Exchange Act subsequent to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
Forward-Looking Statements
     Statements included in this registration statement that do not relate to present or historical conditions are “forward-looking statements.” Additional oral or written forward-looking statements may be made by Impax Laboratories, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” or “Impax”) from time to time. Such forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements may include statements relating to our plans, strategies, objectives, expectations and intentions. Words such as “believes,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “possible,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” and “plans” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Our ability to predict results or the effect of events on our operating results is inherently uncertain. Forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in this registration statement. Such risks and uncertainties include our ability to obtain sufficient capital to fund our operations, the difficulty of predicting Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) filings and approvals, consumer acceptance and demand for new pharmaceutical products, the impact of competitive products and pricing, our ability to successfully develop and commercialize pharmaceutical products, our reliance on key alliance agreements, the uncertainty of patent litigation, the availability of raw materials, the regulatory environment, dependence on patent and other protection for innovative products, exposure to product liability claims, fluctuations in operating results and other risks described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” below. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as to the date on which they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statement, regardless of whether new information becomes available, future developments occur or otherwise.
Recent Developments
     In August 2008, Charles Hsiao, Ph.D., our Chairman and a Director since December 1999, died. Dr. Hsiao co-led our research and development activities until January 1, 2004, when he became our non-executive chairman and took charge of exploratory research activities at a newly established laboratory in Pleasanton, California. Dr. Hsiao was a co-founder of our predecessor, Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., in 1994, and served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer from 1999 to 2003. In 1986, he was one of three co-founders of IVAX Corporation, which, by 1994, when he left the Vice-Chairman position at IVAX, had become the world’s largest generic pharmaceutical company.
     At June 30, 2008, we had approximately $ 155 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and had outstanding $ 75 million principal amount of 3.5% convertible senior subordinated debentures due 2012 (“3.5% Debentures”). In August and September 2008, we repurchased at a discount, an aggregate face value of $ 62.25 million principal amount of the 3.5% Debentures, paying $ 60.3 million including $ 433,000 of accrued interest. Proceeds to fund the repurchase of the 3.5% Debentures were generated from the sale of our short-term investments. The remaining $ 12.75 million principal amount of the 3.5% Debentures are subject to repurchase by us at 100% of the face value on June 15, 2009 at the option of the holders.


Table of Contents

     
Item 1. Business.
Our Business
     We are a technology-based, specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the development and commercialization of bioequivalent and brand-name pharmaceuticals, utilizing our controlled-release and other in-house development and formulation expertise. Bioequivalent pharmaceuticals, commonly referred to as “generics,” are the pharmaceutical and therapeutic equivalents of brand-name drug products and are usually marketed under their established nonproprietary drug names rather than by a brand name. Brand-name products are generally protected by patents or regulatory exclusivities, which provide for a period of market exclusivity during which they are sold with little or no competition. Brand-name products may continue to have a significant presence in the market even after the expiration of the patent protection period as a result of consumer and physician loyalty. Bioequivalent pharmaceuticals contain the same active ingredient and are of the same route of administration, dosage form, strength and indication(s) as brand-name pharmaceuticals already approved for use in the United States by the FDA.
     In the generic pharmaceuticals market, we focus our efforts on controlled-release generic versions of selected brand-name pharmaceuticals covering a broad range of therapeutic areas and having technically challenging drug delivery mechanisms or limited competition. We employ our technologies and formulation expertise to develop generic products that will reproduce the brand-name product’s physiological characteristics but not infringe any valid patents relating to the brand-name product. We are also developing specialty generic pharmaceuticals that we believe present one or more barriers to entry by competitors, such as difficulty in raw materials sourcing, complex formulation or development characteristics or special handling requirements. In the brand-name pharmaceuticals market, we are developing products for the treatment of central nervous system, or CNS, disorders. Our brand-name product portfolio consists of development-stage projects to which we are applying our formulation and development expertise to develop differentiated, modified, or controlled-release versions of currently marketed drug substances. We intend to expand our brand-name products portfolio primarily through internal development and also through licensing and acquisition.
     To obtain FDA approval for a new drug product, a prospective manufacturer must submit a new drug application (“NDA”) containing the results of clinical studies supporting the product’s safety and efficacy. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, commonly known as the “Hatch-Waxman” amendments, established an abbreviated new drug application (“ANDA”) for obtaining FDA approval of generic versions of certain drugs. An ANDA is similar to a NDA except that the applicant is not required to conduct and submit to the FDA clinical studies to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the drug. Instead, for drugs that contain the same active ingredient and are of the same route of administration, dosage form, strength and indication(s) as drugs already approved for use in the United States, the FDA ordinarily requires only bioavailability data demonstrating the generic formulation is bioequivalent to the previously approved reference listed drug, indicating that the rate of absorption and the levels of concentration of the generic drug in the body do not show a significant difference from those of the previously approved reference listed drug product. The FDA currently takes approximately 18-19 months on average to approve an ANDA following the date of its first submission. See “ — Regulation.”
     If we intend to market our product before patent expiration and believe our product will not infringe the innovator’s patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable, we are required to so certify in our filing of an ANDA and to send a notice thereof to the patent holder once our filing is accepted. If the patent holder responds with a timely suit against us to enforce the patent, the FDA is required to withhold its approval of our ANDA for up to 30 months. See “ — Regulation.” Filings made under the Hatch-Waxman amendments often result in the initiation of litigation by the patent holder. See “Item 8. Legal Proceedings.”

2


Table of Contents

     
     We operate in two segments, referred to as the “Global Pharmaceuticals Division” (“Global Division”) and the “Impax Pharmaceutical Division” (“Impax Division”). The Global Division develops, manufactures, sells, and distributes generic pharmaceutical products, through three sales channels, including: the “Global” sales channel, for sales of generic pharmaceutical prescription (Rx) products, directly to wholesalers, large retail drug chains, and others; the “RX Partner” sales channel, for generic prescription (Rx) products sold through other unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to alliance agreements; and the “OTC Partner” sales channel, for sales of generic pharmaceutical over-the-counter (“OTC”) products sold through other unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to alliance agreements. Our Impax Division is engaged in the development of proprietary brand pharmaceutical products through improvements to already approved pharmaceutical products to address CNS disorders. The Impax Division is also engaged in the co-promotion through a direct sales force focused on marketing to physicians, primarily in the CNS community, pharmaceutical products developed by other unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities. Our total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 were predominantly derived from our Global Division. See “Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits — Note 18 to Consolidated Financial Statements,” and “ — Note 12 to Interim Consolidated Financial Statements” for financial information about our segments for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and six months ended June 30, 2008. We sell our products within the continental United States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. We do not operate and have no sales in foreign countries.
     We market generic pharmaceutical prescription and over-the-counter products through our Global Division and intend to market our branded pharmaceutical products through our Impax Division. Additionally, when strategically appropriate, we enter into alliance agreements to fully leverage our technology platform. As of June 30, 2008, we marketed 65 generic pharmaceuticals representing dosage variations of 24 different pharmaceutical compounds through our Global Pharmaceuticals division and another 14 products representing dosage variations of four different pharmaceutical compounds through our alliance agreements’ partners.
     The following summarizes our generic pharmaceutical product development activities to date:
    46 ANDAs approved by the FDA, which include generic versions of brand-name pharmaceuticals such as Brethine ® , Florinef ® , Minocin ® , Claritin-D ® 12-hour, Claritin-D ® 24-hour, Wellbutrin SR ® , OxyContin ® and Prilosec ® .
 
    19 applications pending at the FDA, including four tentatively approved, that address approximately $ 11.0 billion in recent 12-month U.S. product sales.
 
    50 products in various stages of development for which applications have not yet been filed. These products are for generic versions of brand-name pharmaceuticals that had recent 12-month U.S. product sales of approximately $ 23.0 billion.
In addition, we have one branded pharmaceutical product for which we have recently completed a Phase III clinical study, a second for which we have filed an Investigational New Drug (“IND”) application to allow us to begin clinical studies, and four others in early exploratory phase.
     Unless otherwise indicated, all product sales data and U.S. market size data in this registration statement are based on information obtained from Wolters Kluwer Health, an unrelated third-party provider of prescription market data. We have not independently verified information provided by Wolters Kluwer Health, and our reference to such information does not imply our endorsement of such information.
     We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in 1995. Our corporate headquarters are located at 30831 Huntwood Avenue, Hayward, California 94544. We were formerly known as Global Pharmaceutical Corporation until December 14, 1999, when Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a privately held drug delivery company, merged into Global Pharmaceutical Corporation, which changed its name to Impax Laboratories, Inc. in connection with the merger. We treated the merger as the recapitalization of Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., with Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc. deemed the acquirer of Global Pharmaceutical Corporation, and such transaction was deemed a reverse acquisition for accounting purposes.

3


Table of Contents

     
Our Products
      Generic Pharmaceuticals
     The following table lists our 38 ANDAs that have been approved or tentatively approved by the FDA from January 1, 2004 through June 30, 2008 (U.S. market size in millions):
             
        U.S. Market Size
Product   Generic of   (Estimate)
2004
           
 
Bupropion Hydrochloride 100 & 150mg ER Tablets
  Wellbutrin SR ®   $  560.3  
Bupropion Hydrochloride 150mg ER Tablets
  Zyban ®   $  7.1  
Loratadine and Pseudoephedrine Sulfate 10/240mg ER Tablets
  Claritin-D ® 24-Hour   $  6.8  
Demeclocycline Hydrochloride 150 and 300mg Tablets
  Declomycin ®   $  31.8  
Carbidopa/Levodopa 25/100 & 50/200mg ER Tablets
  Sinemet ®   $  83.9  
Midodrine Hydrochloride 2.5, 5 and 10mg Tablets
  Proamatine   $  54.8  
Metformin HCl 500mg ER Tablets
  Glucophage XR ®   $  259.4  
Oxycodone Hydrochloride 80mg ER Tablets
  OxyContin ®   $  956.3  
Bupropion Hydrochloride 200mg ER Tablets
  Wellbutrin SR ®   $  100.3  
Fexofenadine Hydrochloride and Pseudoephedrine Hydrochloride 60/120mg ER Tablets (tentative)
  Allegra-D ®   $  343.2  
 
           
2005
           
 
Dantrolene Sodium 25, 50 and 100mg Capsules
  Dantrium ®   $  10.2  
Anagrelide Hydrocloride HCI 0.5 and 1.0mg Capsules
  Agrylin ®   $  43.9  
Carprofen 25, 75 and 100mg Caplets (a veterinary product)
  Rimadyl ®   $  20.0  
Metformin HCI 750mg ER Tablets
  Glucophage XR ®   $  25.3  
Oxycodone Hydrochloride 10, 20 and 40mg Tablets
  OxyContin ®   $  1096.4  
2006
           
 
Pilocarpine Hydrochlorine 5 and 7.5mg Tablets
  Salagen ®   $  19.0  
Colestipol Hydrochloride 5g Packet and 5g Scoopful
  Colestid ®   $  6.0  
Colestipol Hydrochloride 1g Tablets
  Colestid ®   $  21.8  
Bethanechol Chloride 5mg Tablets
  Urecholine ®   $  0.4  
Bethanechol Chloride 10mg Tablets
  Urecholine ®   $  3.3  
Bethanechol Chloride 25mg Tablets
  Urecholine ®   $  21.1  
Bethanechol Chloride 50mg Tablets
  Urecholine ®   $  5.9  
Oxybutynin Chloride 15mg ER Tablets
  Ditropan XL ®   $  36.7  
Bupropion Hydrochloride 300mg ER Tablets
  Wellbutrin XL ®   $  642.9  
Bupropion Hydrochloride 150mg ER Tablets (tentative)
  Wellbutrin XL ®   $  959.0  

4


Table of Contents

     
             
Product   Generic of   U.S. Market Size
2007
           
 
Nadolol /Bendroflumethiazide 40/5 and 80/5mg Tablets
  Corzide ®   $  4.3  
Oxybutynin Chloride 5 and 10mg ER Tablets
  Ditropan XL ®   $  169.0  
Alprazolam 0.5, 1, 2 and 3mg ER Tablets
  Xanax XR ®   $  51.0  
Gemfibrozil 600mg Tab
  Lopid ®   $  190.7  
Dipyridamole 25, 50, 75mg Tab USP
  Persantine ®   $  21.6  
Baclofen 10mg Tab
  Baclofen ®   $  96.9  
Baclofen 20mg Tab
  Baclofen ®   $  70.1  
Venlafaxine HCl 37.5, 75 and 150mg ER Caps (tentative)
  Effexor XR ®   $  3012.6  
2008
           
 
Primidone 50, 250mg Tab
  Mysoline ®   $  54.2  
Promethazine 12.5, 25, 50mg Tab
  Phenergan ®   $  93.9  
Fenofibrate 54, 160mg Tab
  Lofibra ®   $  13.3  
      Brand-Name Pharmaceuticals
     In the brand-name pharmaceuticals market, we have thus far focused our efforts on the development of products for the treatment of CNS disorders, which include Alzheimer’s disease, attention deficit hyperactivity, depression, epilepsy, migraines, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, and schizophrenia. We estimate there are approximately 11,000 neurologists, of which, historically, a concentrated number are responsible for writing the majority of neurological CNS prescriptions. CNS is the largest therapeutic category in the United States with 2007 sales of $ 65.9 billion, or 21% of the $ 321.0 billion U.S. drug market. CNS drug sales grew 9.5% in 2007, compared with a sales growth of 6.5% for the entire industry. Our strategy is to build this portfolio primarily through internal development and through licensing and acquisition. We intend to utilize our formulation and development expertise as well as our drug delivery technologies in the formulation of off-patent drug substances as differentiated, modified, or controlled-release pharmaceutical products that we will market as brand-name products.
     We have recently completed a Phase III clinical study of one product intended to treat spasticity in patients with multiple sclerosis. We have also recently filed an IND application to allow us to begin clinical studies of another CNS product and are in the early exploratory phase with respect to four other CNS products.

5


Table of Contents

     
Competition
     The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and is affected by new technologies, new developments, government regulations, health care legislation, availability of financing, and other factors. Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and substantially greater financial, research and development, marketing, and other resources than we have. We compete with numerous other companies that currently operate, or intend to operate, in the pharmaceutical industry, including companies that are engaged in the development of controlled-release drug delivery technologies and products, and other manufacturers that may decide to undertake development of such products.
     Due to our focus on relatively hard-to-replicate controlled-release products, however, competition in the generic pharmaceutical market is sometimes limited to those competitors who possess the appropriate drug delivery technology. The principal competitive factors in the generic pharmaceutical market are:
    the ability to introduce generic versions of products promptly after a patent expires;
 
    price;
 
    product quality;
 
    customer service (including maintenance of inventories for timely delivery);
 
    breadth of product line; and
 
    the ability to identify and market niche products.
     In the brand-name pharmaceutical market, we are not marketing our products. However, if we obtain the FDA approval for, and start marketing, our own CNS brand-name pharmaceuticals, we expect that competition will be limited to large pharmaceutical companies, other drug delivery companies, and other specialty pharmaceutical companies that have focused on CNS disorders.
Sales and Marketing
     We market and sell our generic pharmaceutical prescription drug products within the continental United States of America and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. The customer base for our products consists primarily of drug wholesalers, warehousing chain drug stores, mass merchandisers, and mail-order pharmacies. We market our products both directly, through our Global Division, and indirectly through our alliance agreements’ partners, as described below. With respect to products sold directly, our top five customers accounted for the following percentages of gross sales during 2007: Customer #1 – 36.9%, Customer #2 – 13.7%, Customer #3 – 13.2%, Customer #4 – 10.7% and Customer #5 – 5.7%.

6


Table of Contents

     
Rx Partner and OTC Partner Alliance Agreements
     We currently have alliance agreements with Teva Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. (“Teva”), DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“DAVA”), Wyeth, and Schering-Plough, or their affiliates. On a combined basis, the alliance agreements with Teva and DAVA are referred to as “Rx Partners”, and the alliance agreements with Wyeth, Schering-Plough, and others are referred to as “OTC Partners”. Under each of these Rx Partners’ and OTC Partners’ alliance agreements, our partner distributes a specified product or products developed and manufactured by us, and we either receive payment on delivery of the product, share in the resulting profits, or receive royalty or other payments from our partners.
      Rx Partners’ Alliance Agreements
      Teva Agreement
     We entered into the Strategic Alliance Agreement with Teva in June 2001 (“Teva Agreement”). The Teva Agreement is our most significant alliance agreement, and it covers generic versions of the following 11 controlled-release generic pharmaceutical branded and over-the-counter products and a 12th product we have not yet publicly identified, as follows:
    Prilosec ® 10mg, 20mg and 40mg delayed released capsules
 
    Wellbutrin SR ® 100mg and 150mg extended release tablets
 
    Zyban ® 150mg extended release tablets
 
    Claritin-D ® 12-hour 120 mg 12-hour extended release tablets
 
    Claritin-D ® 24-hour 240mg 24-hour extended release tablets
 
    Claritin Reditabs ® 10mg orally disintegrating tablets
 
    Ditropan XL ® 5mg, 10mg and 15mg extended release tablets
 
    Glucophage XR ® 500mg extended release tablets
 
    Allegra — D ® 60mg/120mg extended release tablets
 
    Concerta ® 18mg, 27mg, 36mg and 54mg extended release tablets
 
    Wellbutrin XL ® 150mg and 300mg extended release tablets
The 12 covered products under the Teva Agreement represent 22 different product /strength combinations, of which 13 have been approved by the FDA and are currently being marketed, 7 are awaiting FDA approval and 2 are under development. With the exception of Glucophage XR ® , which Teva elected to develop and manufacture itself, and Welbutrin XL ® 150mg, for which product rights have been returned to us, and the Claritan ® products noted above, we manufacture and supply each of these products to Teva. Teva pays us a fixed percentage of defined profits on its sales of products, except for the Claritan ® products noted above, and reimburses us for our manufacturing costs, for a term of 10 years from the initial commercialization of each product. Additionally, under the Teva Agreement, we share with Teva the profits (up to a maximum of 50%) from the sale of the generic pharmaceutical over-the-counter versions of the Claritan products noted above, sold through our OTC Partners’ alliance agreements.

7


Table of Contents

     
The Teva Agreement also included a number of additional obligations, terms, and conditions. Under the Teva Agreement, Teva provided us with an interest-bearing advance deposit payable of $ 22 million for the purchase of exclusive marketing rights to the 12 products, contingent upon our achievement of specified product-development milestones. To the extent the milestones were not met, we were required to repay the advance deposit, except to the extent Teva elected to purchase market exclusivity for particular products in exchange for forgiveness of specified amounts of the deposit. Ultimately, none of the milestones were met by us, and Teva elected to purchase market exclusivity for two of the products, forgiving $ 6 million of the advance deposit payable. We also had the option to repay the remaining $ 16 million of the advance deposit payable in shares of our common stock and did so in 2003 and 2004 with approximately 1.05 million shares of our common stock. Also pursuant to the Teva Agreement, Teva in 2001 and 2002 purchased approximately 1.46 million of our common shares for $ 15 million. The Teva Agreement gave us the right to repurchase one-sixth of the shares for nominal consideration upon the first commercial sale of specified products, which we achieved and exercised in 2006. These and other significant provisions of the Teva Agreement are discussed in detail in “Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits — Note 13 to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
      DAVA Agreement
     In November 2005, we entered into an alliance agreement with DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“DAVA”) related to the exclusive supply and distribution of 10mg, 20mg, 40mg and 80mg strengths of our generic pharmaceutical of the branded OxyContin ® product (“DAVA Agreement”). The DAVA Agreement originally provided for DAVA’s payment of an appointment fee in installments over five years, specified acquisition prices for the various strengths of the product, and a specified share of the net profits resulting from DAVA’s sales of the product. We amended the DAVA Agreement in February 2007 to eliminate future installments of the appointment fee in exchange for an increased share of the net profits. As a result of the May 2007 settlement of litigation brought by the OxyContin ® patent holder, distribution of our product for the foreseeable future terminated in early 2008.
      OTC Partners’ Alliance Agreements
     We have five OTC Partner alliance agreements, with different unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities, who are our marketing partners for our generic pharmaceutical over-the-counter drug product versions of the Claritan products noted above. In addition to being referred to on a combined basis as the OTC Partners’ alliance agreements, they are also referred to as the OTC Agreements. Two of the OTC Agreements were terminated due to lower than planned sales volume, one in May 2005 and another in November 2006, while a third OTC Agreement was terminated in 2007. The remaining two OTC Agreements are summarized as follows:
     We have a semi-exclusive development, license and supply agreement with Wyeth relating to our generic Claritin-D ® 12-hour extended release product. Under the agreement, which was entered into in 2002 and included an upfront payment and product-development milestone payments, we receive quarterly royalty payments based on Wyeth’s sales. Wyeth launched the 12-hour product in May 2003 as its OTC Alavert D-12 Hour ® . The Wyeth agreement terminates in April 2018.
     We also entered into a non-exclusive licensing, contract manufacturing and supply agreement with Schering-Plough relating to our generic Claritin-D ® 12-hour extended release product in 2002. The Schering-Plough agreement included an upfront payment and milestone payments by Schering-Plough and reimbursement of our manufacturing cost plus royalty payments based on Schering-Plough’s sales of the product. Schering-Plough launched our product as its Claritin-D ® 12-hour in March 2003. After our product supply obligations to Schering-Plough end, which is expected in the first quarter of 2009, at which time Schering-Plough is expected to manufacture the product, and the Schering-Plough agreement terminates two years later, during which Schering-Plough will pay us a royalty fee for sales of their product.

8


Table of Contents

     
Promotional Services Agreements
      Shire Co-Promotion Agreement
     In 2006, we entered into a promotional services agreement with Shire Laboratories, Inc. under which we provide promotional services, consisting of physician detail sales calls, to promote a Shire branded CNS product. In exchange for our services, we receive fixed sales force fees based on the number of sales force members providing the services and are eligible to receive contingent payments based on the number of prescriptions filled for the product. We began providing services under the agreement in July 2006 and will continue to do so through mid-2009.
      Wyeth Co-Promotion Agreement
     In 2008, we entered into a similar agreement with Wyeth under which we will begin promoting one of its CNS products in mid-2009 for a period of three years.

9


Table of Contents

     
Manufacturing
     We manufacture our finished dosage form products at our Hayward, California facility and use our larger and lower-operating-cost Philadelphia, Pennsylvania facility to package, warehouse and distribute the products. We began full-scale manufacturing in the Hayward facility in June 2002 and believe we have sufficient capacity to produce new products in the immediate future. During the quarter ended June 30, 2008, we were using about 68% of the facility’s estimated annual production capacity of up to approximately 1.5 billion tablets and capsules.
     In the second half of 2007, we began construction of a new manufacturing facility in Taiwan at an estimated cost of $ 25.0 million. We expect construction of the facility, which will have an annual production capacity of approximately 450 million tablets and capsules, to be completed in 2009, equipment to be installed, validated and approved by the FDA during 2009, and product shipment to begin in early 2010.
     We maintain an inventory of our products in connection with our obligations under alliance agreements. In addition, for products pending approval, we may produce batches of inventory to be used in anticipation of the launch of the products. In the event that FDA approval is denied or delayed, we could be exposed to the risk of this inventory becoming obsolete.
Raw Materials
     The active chemical raw materials, essential to our business, are generally readily available from multiple sources in the U.S. and throughout the world. Certain raw materials used in the manufacture of our products are, however, available from limited sources and, in some cases, a single source. Any curtailment in the availability of such raw materials could result in production or other delays and, in the case of products for which only one raw material supplier exists or has been approved by the FDA, could result in material loss of sales with consequent adverse effects on our business and results of operations. Also, because raw material sources for pharmaceutical products must generally be identified and approved by regulatory authorities, changes in raw material suppliers may result in production delays, higher raw material costs, and loss of sales and customers. We obtain a portion of our raw materials from foreign suppliers, and our arrangements with such suppliers are subject to, among other risks, FDA approval, governmental clearances, export duties, political instability, and restrictions on the transfers of funds.
     Any inability to obtain raw materials on a timely basis, or any significant price increases not passed on to customers, could have a material adverse effect on us. We may experience delays from the lack of raw material availability in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Quality Control
     In connection with the manufacture of drugs, the FDA requires testing procedures to monitor the quality of the product, as well as the consistency of its formulation. We maintain a quality control laboratory that performs, among other things, analytical tests and measurements required to control and release raw materials, in-process materials, and finished products, and to routinely test marketed products to ensure they remain within specifications.
     Quality monitoring and testing programs and procedures have been established by us in our effort to assure that all critical activities associated with the production, control, and distribution of our drug products will be carefully controlled and evaluated throughout the process. By following a series of systematically organized steps and procedures, we seek to assure that established quality standards will be achieved and built into the product.
     Our policy is to continually seek to meet the highest quality standards, with the goal of thereby assuring the quality, purity, safety and efficacy of each of our drug products. We believe that adherence to high operational quality standards will also promote more efficient utilization of personnel, materials and production capacity.

10


Table of Contents

     
Research and Development
     We conduct most of our research and development activities at our facilities in Hayward, California, with a staff of approximately 155. In addition, we have outsourced a number of research and development projects to offshore laboratories.
     We spent approximately $ 27.6 million, $ 40.0 million, $ 29.6 million and $ 26.1 million on research and development activities during the six months ended June 30, 2008 and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Regulation
     The manufacturing and distribution of pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the federal government, primarily through the FDA and the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”), and to a lesser extent by state and local governments. The Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FFDCA”), Controlled Substances Act and other federal statutes and regulations govern or influence the manufacture, labeling, testing, storage, record-keeping, approval, advertising and promotion of our products. Facilities used in the manufacture, packaging, labeling and repackaging of pharmaceutical products must be registered with the FDA and are subject to FDA inspection to ensure that drug products are manufactured in accordance with current Good Manufacturing Practices. Noncompliance with applicable requirements can result in product recalls, seizure of products, injunctions, suspension of production, refusal of the government to enter into supply contracts or to approve drug applications, civil penalties and criminal fines, and disgorgement of profits.
     FDA approval is required before any “new drug” may be marketed, including new formulations, strengths, dosage forms and generic versions of previously approved drugs. Generally, the following two types of applications are used to obtain FDA approval of a “new drug”:
      New Drug Application (NDA) . For a drug product containing an active ingredient not previously approved by the FDA, a prospective manufacturer must submit a complete application containing the results of clinical studies supporting the drug product’s safety and efficacy. An Investigational New Drug (IND) application must be submitted before the clinical studies may begin, and the required clinical studies can take two to five years or more to complete. An NDA is also required for a drug with a previously approved active ingredient if the drug will be used to treat an indication for which the drug was not previously approved or if the dosage form, strength or method of delivery is changed.
      Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA) . For a generic version of an approved drug—a drug product that contains the same active ingredient as a drug previously approved by the FDA and is in the same dosage form and strength, utilizes the same method of delivery and will be used to treat the same indications as the approved product—the FDA ordinarily requires only an abbreviated application that need not include clinical studies demonstrating safety and efficacy. An ANDA requires only bioavailability data demonstrating that the generic formulation is bioequivalent to the previously approved “reference listed drug,” indicating that the rate of absorption and levels of concentration of the generic drug in the body do not show a significant difference from those of the reference listed drug. The FDA currently takes an average of approximately 18-19 months, to approve an ANDA.
     Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, which established the procedures for obtaining approval of generic drugs, an ANDA filer must make certain patent certifications that can result in significant delays in obtaining FDA approval. If the applicant intends to challenge the validity or enforceability of an existing patent covering the reference listed drug or asserts that its drug does not infringe such patent, the applicant files a so-called “Paragraph IV” certification and notifies the patent holder that it has done so, explaining the basis for its belief that the patent is not infringed or is invalid or unenforceable. If the patent holder initiates a patent infringement suit within 45 days after receipt of the Paragraph IV Certification, the FDA is automatically prevented from approving an ANDA until the earlier of 30 months after the date the Paragraph IV Certification is given to the patent holder, expiration of the patents involved in the certification, or when the infringement case is decided in our favor. In addition, the first company to file an ANDA for a given drug containing a Paragraph IV certification can be awarded 180 days of market exclusivity following approval of its ANDA, during which the FDA may not approve any other ANDAs for that drug product.

11


Table of Contents

     
     The Hatch-Waxman Act contains additional provisions that can delay the launch of generic products. A five-year marketing exclusivity period is provided for new chemical compounds, and a three-year marketing exclusivity period is provided for approved applications containing new clinical investigations essential to an approval, such as a new indication for use, or new delivery technologies, or new dosage forms. The three-year marketing exclusivity period applies to, among other things, the development of a novel drug delivery system, as well as a new use. In addition, companies can obtain six additional months of exclusivity if they perform pediatric studies of a reference listed drug product. The marketing exclusivity provisions apply to both patented and non-patented drug products. The Act also provides for patent term extensions to compensate for patent protection lost due to time taken in conducting FDA required clinical studies and during FDA review of NDAs. In addition, by virtue of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act of 1994 that ratified the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, known as GATT, certain brand-name drug patent terms have been extended to 20 years from the date of filing of the pertinent patent application (which can be longer than the former patent term of 17 years from date of issuance).
     The Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992 establishes penalties for wrongdoing in connection with the development or submission of an ANDA. In general, FDA is authorized to temporarily bar companies, or temporarily or permanently bar individuals, from submitting or assisting in the submission of an ANDA, and to temporarily deny approval and suspend applications to market generic drugs under certain circumstances. In addition to debarment, FDA has numerous discretionary disciplinary powers, including the authority to withdraw approval of an ANDA or to approve an ANDA under certain circumstances and to suspend the distribution of all drugs approved or developed in connection with certain wrongful conduct.
     We are subject to the Maximum Allowable Cost Regulations, which limit reimbursements for certain generic prescription drugs under Medicare, Medicaid, and other programs to the lowest price at which these drugs are generally available. In many instances, only generic prescription drugs fall within the regulations’ limits. Generally, the pricing and promotion of, method of reimbursement and fixing of reimbursement levels for, and the reporting to federal and state agencies relating to drug products is under active review by federal, state and local governmental entities, as well as by private third-party reimbursers and individuals under whistleblower statutes. At present, the Justice Department and U.S. Attorneys Offices and State Attorneys General have initiated investigations, reviews, and litigation into industry-wide pharmaceutical pricing and promotional practices, and whistleblowers have filed qui tam suits. We cannot predict the results of those reviews, investigations, and litigation, or their impact on our business.
     Virtually every state, as well as the District of Columbia, has enacted legislation permitting the substitution of equivalent generic prescription drugs for brand-name drugs where authorized or not prohibited by the prescribing physician, and some states mandate generic substitution in Medicaid programs.
     In addition, numerous state and federal requirements exist for a variety of controlled substances, such as narcotics, that may be part of our product formulations. The DEA, which has authority similar to the FDA’s and may also pursue monetary penalties, and other federal and state regulatory agencies have far-reaching authority.
     The State of California requires that any manufacturer, wholesaler, retailer or other entity in California that sells, transfers or otherwise furnishes certain so-called precursor substances must have a permit issued by the California Department of Justice, Bureau of Narcotic Enforcement. The substances covered by this requirement include ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, norpseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine, among others. The Bureau has authority to issue, suspend and revoke precursor permits, and a permit may be denied, revoked or suspended for various reasons, including (i) failure to maintain effective controls against diversion of precursors to unauthorized persons or entities; (ii) failure to comply with the Health and Safety Code provisions relating to precursor substances, or any regulations adopted thereunder; (iii) commission of any act which would demonstrate actual or potential unfitness to hold a permit in light of the public safety and welfare, which act is substantially related to the qualifications, functions or duties of the permit holder; or (iv) if any individual owner, manager, agent, representative or employee of the permit applicant/permit holder willfully violates any federal, state or local criminal statute, rule, or ordinance relating to the manufacture, maintenance, disposal, sale, transfer or furnishing of any precursor substances.

12


Table of Contents

     
Environmental Laws
     We are subject to comprehensive federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that govern, among other things, air polluting emissions, waste water discharges, solid and hazardous waste disposal, and the remediation of contamination associated with current or past generation handling and disposal activities, including the past practices of corporations as to which we are the successor. We are subject periodically to environmental compliance reviews by various environmental regulatory agencies.
Employees
     As of June 30, 2008, we had 759 full-time employees, of which 366 were in operations, 155 in research and development, 140 in the quality area, 66 in legal and administration, and 32 in sales and marketing. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements with labor unions, and we believe our employee relations are good.

13


Table of Contents

     
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
     An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest in our common stock, you should consider carefully the following risk factors, as well as the other information included in this registration statement. The materialization of any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. This registration statement contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed in this “Risk Factors” section. See “Forward-Looking Statements” on page 1 of this registration statement.
Risks Related to Our Business
We have experienced operating losses and negative cash flow from operations and our future profitability is uncertain.
     Although we recorded our first net income in 2007, we do not know whether our business will continue to be profitable or generate positive cash flow, and our ability to remain profitable or obtain positive cash flow is uncertain. As of June 30, 2008, our accumulated deficit was $ 41.7 million, and we had outstanding indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of $ 83.7 million. Through the date hereof, we have repurchased $ 62.25 million principal amount of our 3.5% debentures, constituting a part of such indebtedness. To remain operational, we must, among other things:
    obtain FDA approval of our products;
 
    successfully launch new products;
 
    prevail in patent infringement litigation in which we are involved;
 
    continue to generate or obtain sufficient capital on acceptable terms to fund our operations; and
 
    comply with the many complex governmental regulations that deal with virtually every aspect of our business activities.
Our limited capital may make it difficult for us to repay indebtedness, or require us to modify our business operations and plans by spending less money on research and development programs, developing fewer products, and filing fewer drug applications with the FDA.
     Prior to 2005, our cash used in operations exceeded cash generated from operations in each period since our inception. At June 30, 2008, we had outstanding indebtedness of approximately $ 83.7 million, which bears interest at rates ranging from 3.1% to 6.0% annually. In August and September 2008, we repurchased in the aggregate $ 62.25 million principal amount of our 3.5% debentures constituting a part of such indebtedness. For the quarter ended June 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007, we paid interest on our indebtedness of approximately $ 2.0 million and $ 4.6 million, respectively. Additionally, as of June 30, 2008, we had an accumulated stockholders’ deficit of approximately $ 41.7 million. We may not be able to maintain adequate capital at any given time or from time to time in the future, which could result in less money being spent on research and development programs, fewer products being developed or at a slower pace, and fewer drug applications being filed with the FDA.
If we are unable to continue to obtain financing, we may not be able to sustain our business operations.
     As of June 30, 2008, we had approximately $ 155.0 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. In August and September 2008, we used approximately $ 62.25 from the liquidation of our short-term investments to repurchase in the aggregate $ 62.25 million principal amount of our 3.5% debentures. Although we expect to fund our operations, including planned research and development and capital investments, with our cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and working capital generated from operations, we may seek additional financing through alliances or equity or debt markets to fund future capital expenditures and to fund our research and development. The exact amount and timing of future capital requirements will depend upon many factors, including

14


Table of Contents

     
continued progress with our research and development programs, expansion of these programs, the approval and launch of new products, as well as the amount of revenues generated by our existing products. We may not be successful in obtaining additional capital in amounts sufficient to fund our operations. Additional financing also may not be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. In the event that adequate funds are not available, our business, results of operations and stock price may be adversely affected.
Any delays or unanticipated expenses in connection with the construction of our Taiwan facility could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.
     In the second half of 2007, we began construction of a new manufacturing facility in Taiwan at an estimated cost of $ 25.0 million, of which we spent approximately $ 8.2 million, in the aggregate, in 2008 and 2007. No assurance can be given that we will timely complete the construction of the facility or that its construction costs will not exceed any amounts budgeted by us. There can also be no assurance that the facility will be approved by the FDA within the timeframe we expect, or at all. In addition, there can be no assurance that the facility will become operational as anticipated or ultimately result in profitable operations.
Our continued growth is dependent on our ability to continue to successfully introduce new products to the market.
     Sales of a limited number of our products often represent a significant portion of our revenues in a given period. Revenue from newly launched products that we are the first to market is typically relatively high during the period immediately following launch and can be expected generally to decline over time. Revenue from generic drugs in general can also be expected to decline over time. Our continued growth is therefore dependent upon our ability to continue to successfully introduce new products. As of June 30, 2008, we had 19 applications pending at the FDA for generic versions of brand-name pharmaceuticals. The FDA and the regulatory authorities may not approve our products submitted to them or our other products under development. Additionally, we may not successfully complete our development efforts. Even if the FDA approves our products, we may not be able to market them if we do not prevail in the patent infringement litigation in which we are involved. Our future results of operations will depend significantly upon our ability to develop, receive FDA approval for, and market new pharmaceutical products or otherwise acquire new products.
Our ability to develop or license, or otherwise acquire, and introduce new products on a timely basis in relation to our competitors’ product introductions, all of which is subject to numerous uncertainties.
     Product development is inherently risky, especially for new drugs for which safety and efficacy have not been established and the market is not yet proven. Likewise, product licensing involves inherent risks including uncertainties due to matters that may affect the achievement of milestones, as well as the possibility of contractual disagreements with regard to terms such as license scope or termination rights. The development and commercialization process, particularly with regard to new drugs, also requires substantial time, effort and financial resources. The process of obtaining FDA approval to manufacture and market new and generic pharmaceutical products is rigorous, time consuming, costly and largely unpredictable. We, or a partner, may not be successful in obtaining FDA approval or in commercializing any of the products that we are developing or licensing.

15


Table of Contents

     
Our approved products may not achieve expected levels of market acceptance.
     Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approvals for our new products, the success of those products is dependent upon market acceptance. Levels of market acceptance for our new products could be affected by several factors, including:
    the availability of alternative products from our competitors;
 
    the prices of our products relative to those of our competitors;
 
    the timing of our market entry;
 
    the ability to market our products effectively at the retail level; and
 
    the acceptance of our products by government and private formularies.
Some of these factors are not within our control, and our products may not achieve expected levels of market acceptance. Additionally, continuing and increasingly sophisticated studies of the proper utilization, safety and efficacy of pharmaceutical products are being conducted by the industry, government agencies and others can call into question the utilization, safety and efficacy of previously marketed products. In some cases, studies have resulted, and may in the future result, in the discontinuance of product marketing or other risk management programs such as the need for a patient registry.
We expend a significant amount of resources on research and development efforts and may not lead to successful product introductions.
     We conduct research and development primarily to enable us to manufacture and market pharmaceuticals in accordance with FDA regulations. We spent approximately $ 27.6 million, $ 40.0 million, $ 29.6 million and $ 26.1 million on research and development activities during the six months ended June 30, 2008 and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We are required to obtain FDA approval before marketing our drug products. The FDA approval process is costly and time consuming. Typically, research expenses related to the development of innovative compounds and the filing of NDAs are significantly greater than those expenses associated with ANDAs. As we continue to develop new products, our research expenses will likely increase. Because of the inherent risk associated with research and development efforts in our industry, particularly with respect to new drugs, our research and development expenditures may not result in the successful introduction of FDA-approved new bioequivalent pharmaceuticals.
     Our bioequivalence studies, other clinical studies and /or other data may not result in FDA approval to market our new drug products. While we believe that the FDA’s ANDA procedures will apply to our bioequivalent versions of controlled-release drugs, these drugs may not be suitable for, or approved as part of, these abbreviated applications. In addition, even if our drug products are suitable for FDA approval by filing an ANDA, the abbreviated applications are costly and time consuming to complete. After we submit an NDA or ANDA, the FDA may require that we conduct additional studies, and as a result, we may be unable to reasonably determine the total research and development costs to develop a particular product. Also, for products pending approval, we may obtain raw materials or produce batches of inventory to be used in anticipation of the product’s launch. In the event that FDA approval is denied or delayed, we could be exposed to the risk of this inventory becoming obsolete. Finally, we cannot be certain that any investment made in developing products or product-delivery technologies will be recovered, even if we are successful in commercialization. To the extent that we expend significant resources on research and development efforts and are not able, ultimately, to introduce successful new products or new delivery technologies as a result of those efforts, we will be unable to recover those expenditures.

16


Table of Contents

     
The time necessary to develop generic drugs may adversely affect whether, and the extent to which, we receive a return on our capital.
     We begin our development activities for a new generic drug product several years in advance of the patent expiration date of the brand-name drug equivalent. The development process, including drug formulation, testing, and FDA review and approval, often takes three or more years. This process requires that we expend considerable capital to pursue activities that do not yield an immediate or near-term return. Also, because of the significant time necessary to develop a product, the actual market for a product at the time it is available for sale may be significantly less than the originally projected market for the product. If this were to occur, our potential return on our investment in developing the product, if approved for marketing by the FDA, would be adversely affected and we may never receive a return on our investment in the product. It is also possible for the manufacturer of the brand-name product for which we are developing a generic drug to obtain approvals from the FDA to switch the brand-name drug from the prescription market to the over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we would be prohibited from marketing our product other than as an over-the-counter drug, in which case revenues could be substantially less than we anticipated.
We face intense competition from both brand-name and generic manufacturers.
     The pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and many of our competitors have longer operating histories and substantially greater financial, research and development, marketing, and other resources than we have. In addition, pharmaceutical manufacturers’ customer base consists of an increasingly limited number of large pharmaceutical wholesalers, chain drug stores that warehouse products, mass merchandisers, mail-order pharmacies. Our competitors may be able to develop products and delivery technologies competitive with or more effective or less expensive than our own for many reasons, including that they may have:
    proprietary processes or delivery systems;
 
    larger research and development and marketing staffs;
 
    larger production capabilities in a particular therapeutic area;
 
    more experience in preclinical testing and human clinical trials;
 
    more experience in obtaining required regulatory approvals, including FDA approval;
 
    more products; or
 
    more experience in developing new drugs and financial resources, particularly with regard to brand manufacturers.
     The FDA approval process often results in the FDA granting final approval to a number of ANDAs for a given product at the time a patent claim for a corresponding brand product or other market exclusivity expires. This often forces us to face immediate competition when we introduce a generic product into the market. As competition from other manufacturers intensifies, selling prices and gross profit margins often decline, which has been our experience with our existing products. Moreover, with respect to products which we file a Paragraph IV certification, if we are not the first ANDA filer challenging a listed patent for a product, we are at a significant disadvantage to the competitor that first filed an ANDA for that product containing such a challenge, which is awarded 180 days of market exclusivity for the product. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation.” Additionally, ANDA approvals often continue to be granted for a given product subsequent to the initial launch of the generic product. These circumstances generally result in significantly lower prices and reduced margins for generic products compared to brand products. New generic market entrants generally cause continued price and margin erosion over the generic product life cycle.
     In addition to the competition we face from other generic manufacturers, our competition from brand-name manufacturers involves intensive efforts to thwart generic competition, including sales of their branded products as “authorized generics,” obtaining new patents on drugs whose original patent protection is about to expire, filing patent-infringement suits that automatically delay FDA approval of generics, filing “citizen petitions” contesting FDA

17


Table of Contents

     
approvals of generics on alleged health and safety grounds, developing “next generation” versions of products that reduce demand for generic versions we are developing, changing product claims and labeling, and marketing as over-the-counter branded products about to face generic competition.
Approvals for our new drug products may be delayed or become more difficult to obtain if the FDA institutes changes to its approval requirements.
     Some abbreviated application procedures for controlled-release drugs and other products, including those related to our ANDA filings, are or may become, the subject of petitions filed by brand-name drug manufacturers seeking changes from the FDA in the approval requirements for particular drugs as part of their strategy to thwart generic competition. We cannot predict whether the FDA will make any changes to its abbreviated application requirements as a result of these petitions, or the effect that any changes may have on us. Any changes in FDA regulations may make it more difficult for us to file ANDAs or obtain approval of our ANDAs and generate revenues and thus may materially harm our business and financial results.

18


Table of Contents

     
Our inexperience in conducting clinical trials and submitting New Drug Applications and uncertainties inherent in clinical trials could result in delays or failure in development and commercialization of our own branded products, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition, and our growth prospects.
     With respect to products that we develop that are not generic equivalents of existing brand-name drugs and thus do not qualify for the FDA’s abbreviated application procedures, we must demonstrate through clinical trials that these products are safe and effective for use. We have only limited experience in conducting and supervising clinical trials. The process of completing clinical trials and preparing an NDA may take several years and requires substantial resources. Our studies and filings may not result in FDA approval to market our new drug products and, if the FDA grants approval, we cannot predict the timing of any approval. There are substantial filing fees for NDAs that are not refundable if FDA approval is not obtained.
     Additionally, a number of difficulties and uncertainties are associated with clinical trials. The results of clinical trials may not be indicative of results that would be obtained from large-scale testing. Clinical trials are often conducted with patients having advanced stages of disease and, as a result, during the course of treatment these patients can die or suffer adverse medical effects for reasons that may not be related to the pharmaceutical agents being tested, but which nevertheless affect the clinical trial results. In addition, side effects experienced by the patients may cause delay of approval or limited profile of an approved product. Moreover, our clinical trials may not demonstrate sufficient safety and efficacy to obtain FDA approval.
     There is no assurance that our expenses related to NDAs and clinical trials will lead to the development of brand-name drugs that will generate revenues in the near future. Delays or failure in the development and commercialization of our own branded products could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.
     Failure can occur any time during the clinical trial process and in addition, the results from early clinical trials may not be predictive of results obtained in later and larger clinical trials, and product candidates in later clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety or efficacy despite having progressed successfully through earlier clinical testing. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical industry, including us, have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials, even in advanced clinical trials after showing positive results in earlier clinical trials. The completion of clinical trials for our product candidates may be delayed or halted for many reasons, including:
         
 
  -   delays in patient enrollment, and variability in the number and types of patients available for clinical trials;
 
 
  -   regulators or institutional review boards may not allow us to commence or continue a clinical trial;
 
 
  -   our inability, or the inability of our partners, to manufacture or obtain from third parties materials sufficient to complete our clinical trials;
 
 
  -   delays or failure in reaching agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective clinical trial sites;
 
 
  -   risks associated with trial design, which may result in a failure of the trial to show statistically significant results even if the product candidate is effective;
 
 
  -   difficulty in maintaining contact with patients after treatment commences, resulting in incomplete data;
 
 
  -   poor effectiveness of product candidates during clinical trials;
 
 
  -   safety issues, including adverse events associated with product candidates;
 
 
  -   the failure of patients to complete clinical trials due to adverse side effects, dissatisfaction with the product candidate, or other reasons;
 
 
  -   governmental or regulatory delays or changes in regulatory requirements, policy and guidelines; and
 
 
  -   varying interpretation of data by the FDA or foreign regulatory agencies.
     In addition, our product candidates could be subject to competition for clinical study sites and patients from other therapies under development which may delay the enrollment in or initiation of our clinical trials. Many of these companies have more significant resources than we do.

19


Table of Contents

     
     The FDA or foreign regulatory authorities may require us to conduct unanticipated additional clinical trials, which could result in additional expense and delays in bringing our product candidates to market. Any failure or delay in completing clinical trials for our product candidates would prevent or delay the commercialization of our product candidates. There is no assurance our expenses related to NDAs and clinical trials will lead to the development of brand-name drugs which will generate revenues in the near future. Delays or failure in the development and commercialization of our own branded products could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition, and our growth prospects.
We rely on third parties to conduct clinical trials for our product candidates, and if they do not properly and successfully perform their legal and regulatory obligations, as well as their contractual obligations to us, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.
     We design the clinical trials for our product candidates, but rely on contract research organizations and other third parties to assist us in managing, monitoring and otherwise carrying out these trials, including with respect to site selection, contract negotiation and data management. We do not control these third parties and, as a result, they may not treat our clinical studies as their highest priority, or in the manner in which we would prefer, which could result in delays.
     Although we rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials, we are responsible for confirming that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with our general investigational plan and protocol. Moreover, the FDA and foreign regulatory agencies require us to comply with regulations and standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are credible and accurate and that the trial participants are adequately protected. Our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of these responsibilities and requirements. The FDA enforces good clinical practices through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we, our contract research organizations or our study sites fail to comply with applicable good clinical practices, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, the FDA will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with good clinical practices. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with product manufactured under the FDA’s current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, regulations. Our failure, or the failure of our contract manufacturers if any are involved in the process, to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.
     If third parties do not successfully carry out their duties under their agreements with us, if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements, or if they otherwise fail to comply with clinical trial protocols or meet expected deadlines, our clinical trials may not meet regulatory requirements. If our clinical trials do not meet regulatory requirements or if these third parties need to be replaced, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated. If any of these events occur, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates.

20


Table of Contents

     
We are routinely subject to patent litigation that can delay or prevent our commercialization of products, force us to incur substantial expense to defend, and expose us to substantial liability.
     Brand-name pharmaceutical manufacturers routinely bring patent-infringement litigation against ANDA applicants seeking FDA approval to manufacture and market generic forms of their branded products. Likewise, patent holders may bring patent infringement suits against companies that are currently marketing and selling their approved generic products. Such litigation usually involves significant expense and can delay or prevent introduction or sale of our products.
     There may also be situations in which we decide to market and sell products prior to the resolution of patent-infringement claims against us. Because patent infringement litigation involves many complex technical and legal issues and its outcome is often difficult to predict, the risk involved in doing so can be substantial, because the remedies available to the owner of a patent in the event of an unfavorable outcome include damages measured by the profits lost by the patent owner rather than the profits earned by the infringer. In the case of a “willful” infringement, the definition of which is subjective, such damages may be trebled. Moreover, because generic products are typically sold at a discount from the price of the branded product, patented brand products generally realize a substantially higher profit margin than generics.
A substantial portion of our total revenues is derived from sales to a limited number of customers.
     We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from sales to a limited number of customers. Our five major customers, McKesson, Amerisource-Bergen, Cardinal Health, Teva, and DAVA, accounted for 82% and 80% of revenue from direct sales for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. A reduction in or loss of business with any one of these customers, or any failure of a customer to pay us on a timely basis, would adversely affect our business.
We are dependent on a small number of suppliers for our raw materials that we use to manufacture our products.
     We typically purchase the ingredients, other materials and supplies that we use in the manufacturing of our products, as well as certain finished products, from a small number of foreign and domestic suppliers. The FDA requires identification of raw material suppliers in applications for approval of drug products. If raw materials were unavailable from a specified supplier or the supplier were not in compliance with FDA or other applicable requirements, the FDA approval of a new supplier could delay the manufacture of the drug involved. As a result, there is no guarantee we will always have timely and sufficient access to a required raw material or other product. In addition, some materials used in our products are currently available from only one supplier or a limited number of suppliers. Generally, we would need as much as 18 months to find and qualify a new sole-source supplier. If we receive less than one year’s termination notice from a sole-source supplier that it intends to cease supplying raw materials, it could result in disruption of our ability to produce the drug involved. Further, a significant portion of our raw materials may be available only from foreign sources. Foreign sources can be subject to the special risks of doing business abroad, including:
    greater possibility for disruption due to transportation or communication problems;
 
    the relative instability of some foreign governments and economies;
 
    interim price volatility based on labor unrest, materials or equipment shortages, export duties, restrictions on the transfer of funds, or fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and
 
    uncertainty regarding recourse to a dependable legal system for the enforcement of contracts and other rights.
     Any inability to obtain raw materials on a timely basis, or any significant price increases which cannot be passed on to customers, could have a material adverse effect on us.

21


Table of Contents

     
     Many third-party suppliers are subject to governmental regulation and, accordingly, we are dependent on the regulatory compliance of these third parties. We also depend on the strength, enforceability and terms of our various contracts with these third-party suppliers.
We depend on qualified scientific and technical employees, and our limited resources may make it more difficult to attract and retain these personnel.
     Because of the specialized scientific nature of our business, we are highly dependent upon our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified scientific and technical personnel. Loss of the services of, or failure to recruit, key scientific and technical personnel would be significantly detrimental to our product-development programs. Our small size and limited financial and other resources may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified officers and qualified scientific and technical personnel.

22


Table of Contents

     
We may be adversely affected by alliance agreements or licensing arrangements we make with other companies.
     We have entered into several alliance agreements or license agreements with respect to certain of our products and may enter into similar agreements in the future. These arrangements may require us to relinquish rights to certain of our technologies or product candidates, or to grant licenses on terms that ultimately may prove to be unfavorable to us, either of which could reduce the value of our common stock. Relationships with alliance agreements’ partners may include risks due to incomplete information regarding the marketplace, inventories, and commercial strategies of our alliance agreements’ partners, and our alliance agreements and /or other licensing agreements may be the subject of contractual disputes. If we or our alliance agreements’ partners are not successful in commercializing the alliance agreements’ product(s), such commercial failure could adversely affect our business.
We are subject to significant costs and uncertainties related to compliance with the extensive regulations that govern the manufacturing, labeling, distribution, and promotion of pharmaceutical products as well as environmental, safety and health regulations.
     The manufacturing, distribution, processing, formulation, packaging, labeling and advertising of our products are subject to extensive regulation by federal agencies, including the FDA, the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the Consumer Product Safety Commission and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), among others. We are also subject to state and local laws, regulations and agencies in California, Pennsylvania and elsewhere. Compliance with these regulations requires substantial expenditures of time, money and effort in such areas as production and quality control to ensure full technical compliance. Failure to comply with FDA and other governmental regulations can result in fines, disgorgement, unanticipated compliance expenditures, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, suspension of the FDA’s review of NDAs or ANDAs, enforcement actions, injunctions and criminal prosecution.
     We cannot accurately predict the outcome or timing of future expenditures that we may be required to make in order to comply with the federal, state, and local environmental, safety, and health laws and regulations that are applicable to our operations and facilities. We are also subject to potential liability for the remediation of contamination associated with both present and past hazardous waste generation, handling, and disposal activities. We are subject periodically to environmental compliance reviews by environmental, safety, and health regulatory agencies. Environmental laws have changed in recent years and we may become subject to stricter environmental standards in the future and face larger capital expenditures in order to comply with environmental laws.
We may experience reductions in the levels of reimbursement for pharmaceutical products by governmental authorities, HMOs or other third-party payers. Any such reductions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.
     Various governmental authorities and private health insurers and other organizations, such as HMOs, provide reimbursement to consumers for the cost of certain pharmaceutical products. Demand for our products depends in part on the extent to which such reimbursement is available. In addition, third-party payors are attempting to control costs by limiting the level of reimbursement for medical products, including pharmaceuticals, and increasingly challenge the pricing of these products which may adversely affect the pricing of our products. Moreover, health care reform has been, and is expected to continue to be, an area of national and state focus, which could result in the adoption of measures that could adversely affect the pricing of pharmaceuticals or the amount of reimbursement available from third-party payers for our products.

23


Table of Contents

     
Reporting and payment obligations under the Medicaid rebate program and other government programs are complex, and failure to comply could result in sanctions and penalties or we could be required to reimburse the government for underpayments, which could have a material adverse affect on our business.
     Medicaid and other government reporting and payment obligations are highly complex and somewhat ambiguous. State attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice have brought suits or instituted investigations against a number of other pharmaceutical companies for failure to comply with Medicaid and other government reporting obligations. Our methodologies for making these calculations are complex and the judgments involved require us to make subjective decisions, such that these calculations are subject to the risk of errors. Government agencies may impose civil or criminal sanctions, including fines, penalties and possible exclusion from federal health care programs, including Medicaid and Medicare. Any such penalties or sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Legislative or regulatory programs that may influence prices of prescription drugs could have a material adverse effect on our business.
     Current or future federal or state laws and regulations may influence the prices of drugs and, therefore, could adversely affect the prices that we receive for our products. Programs in existence in certain states seek to set prices of all drugs sold within those states through the regulation and administration of the sale of prescription drugs. Expansion of these programs, in particular, state Medicaid programs, or changes required in the way in which Medicaid rebates are calculated under such programs, could adversely affect the price we receive for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. Decreases in health care reimbursements could limit our ability to sell our products or decrease our revenues.
We depend on our intellectual property, and our future success is dependent on our ability to protect our intellectual property and not infringe on the rights of others.
     We believe intellectual property protection is important to our business and that our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain patents, maintain trade secret protection, and operate without infringing on the rights of others. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its validity or as to the enforceable scope of the claims of the patent. In addition, the issuance of a patent to us does not mean that our products do not infringe the patents of others. We cannot assure you that:
    our future patents will prevent other companies from developing similar or functionally equivalent products or from successfully challenging the validity of the patents we obtain;
 
    any of our future processes or products will be patentable;
 
    any pending patent applications will be issued as patents in any or all appropriate jurisdictions;
 
    our processes or products will not infringe upon the patents of third parties; or
 
    we will have the resources to defend against charges of patent infringement by third parties or to protect our own rights against infringement by third parties.
     We rely on trade secrets and proprietary knowledge which we generally seek to protect by confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with employees, consultants, licensees and pharmaceutical companies. If these agreements are breached, we may not have adequate remedies for any breach, and our trade secrets may otherwise become known by our competitors.

24


Table of Contents

     
We are subject to potential product liability claims that can result in substantial litigation costs and liability.
     The design, development and manufacture of pharmaceutical products involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and associated adverse publicity. Product liability insurance coverage is expensive, difficult to obtain, and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. Although we currently carry such insurance, we believe that no reasonable amount of insurance can fully protect against all such risks because of the potential liability inherent in the business of producing pharmaceutical products for human consumption.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.
     The existence of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may affect our ability to obtain audited financial information and comply with applicable SEC reporting requirements. We identified five material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our Teva Agreement; our financial close and reporting process relating to our inability to file the required periodic financial reports with the SEC within the prescribed time periods from 2005 through the second quarter of 2008; our billing controls for non-electronic data interchange orders; our inventory valuation procedures; and our reserve for shelf-stock adjustments. In addition, we restated our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 to give effect to the restatement of accounting for the Teva Agreement, the OTC Agreements, common stock purchase warrants issued in May 2003, stock-based compensation, accrued legal fee operating expense, and accrued interest expense for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.
     While we believe the internal control material weaknesses discussed above have been remediated, there can be no assurance our independent registered public accounting firm will agree with our assessment of all material weaknesses have been remediated or we may identify additional internal control material weaknesses in the future, as a result of which current and potential stockholders and alliance agreements’ partners could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which could harm our business, the market price of our common stock, and our ability to retain our current alliance agreements’ partners, and to obtain new alliance agreement partners.
We face risks relating to our goodwill and intangibles.
     At June 30, 2008, our goodwill, originally generated as a result of the December 1999 merger of Global Pharmaceuticals Corporation and Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., was approximately $ 27.6 million, or approximately 5.3% of our total assets. We may never realize the value of our goodwill and intangibles. We will continue to evaluate, on a regular basis, whether events or circumstances have occurred to indicate all, or a portion, of the carrying amount of goodwill may no longer be recoverable, in which case an impairment charge to earnings would become necessary. Although as of December 31, 2007, the carrying value of goodwill was not impaired based on our assessment performed in accordance with GAAP, any such future determination requiring the write-off of a significant portion of carrying value of goodwill could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

25


Table of Contents

     
Our revenues and operating income could fluctuate significantly.
     Our revenues and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter as well as in comparison to the corresponding quarter of the preceding year. Variations may result from, among other factors:
    the timing of FDA approvals we receive;
 
    the timing of process validation for particular generic drug products;
 
    the timing of product launches;
 
    the introduction of new products by others that render our products obsolete or noncompetitive;
 
    the ability to maintain selling prices and gross margins on our products;
 
    the outcome of our patent infringement litigation; and
 
    the addition or loss of customers.
If we are unable to manage our growth, our business will suffer.
     We have experienced rapid growth in the past several years and anticipate continued rapid expansion in the future. The number of ANDAs pending approval at the FDA has increased from 11 at June 30, 2001 to 19 at June 30, 2008. This growth has required us to expand, upgrade, and improve our administrative, operational, and management systems, internal controls and resources. We anticipate additional growth in connection with the expansion of our manufacturing operations, development of our brand-name products, and our marketing and sales efforts for the products we develop. Although we cannot assure you that we will, in fact, grow as we expect, if we fail to manage growth effectively or to develop a successful marketing approach, our business and financial results will be materially harmed.
There are inherent uncertainties involved in estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. Any future changes in estimates, judgments and assumptions used or necessary revisions to prior estimates, judgments or assumptions could lead to a restatement of our results.
     The consolidated and condensed consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement are prepared in accordance with GAAP. This involves making estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, revenues, expenses (including acquired in process research and development) and income. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently subject to change in the future and any necessary revisions to prior estimates, judgments or assumptions could lead to a restatement. Any such changes could result in corresponding changes to the amounts of assets (including goodwill and other intangible assets), liabilities, revenues, expenses (including acquired in process research and development) and income.
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may adversely affect our business.
     Terrorist attacks may negatively affect our operations. These attacks or armed conflicts may directly affect our physical facilities or those of our suppliers or customers and may further limit or delay purchasing decisions of our customers. Furthermore, these attacks may make the transportation of our products more difficult and more expensive, and ultimately affect our sales.
     We carry insurance coverage on our facilities of types and in amounts that we believe are in line with coverage customarily obtained by owners of similar properties. We continue to monitor the state of the insurance market in general and the scope and cost of coverage for acts of terrorism in particular, but we cannot anticipate what coverage will be available on commercially reasonable terms in future policy years. Currently, we do not carry terrorism insurance coverage. If we experience a loss that is uninsured or that exceeds policy limits, we could lose the capital invested in the damaged facilities, as well as the anticipated future net sales from those facilities.

26


Table of Contents

     
Because of the location of our manufacturing and research and development facilities, our operations could be interrupted by an earthquake.
     Our corporate headquarters, manufacturing operations in California, and research and development activities related to process technologies are located near major earthquake fault lines. Although we have other facilities, we produce a substantial portion of our products at our California facility. A disruption at these California facilities due to an earthquake or other natural disaster, even on a short-term basis, could impair our ability to produce and ship products to the market on a timely basis. In addition, we could experience a destruction of facilities which would be costly to rebuild, or loss of life, all of which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We are a defendant in securities litigation that exposes us to liability and could result in the diversion of management’s attention to our business.
     We and current and former members of our senior management are defendants in a consolidated class action brought on behalf of purchasers of our common stock between May 5 and November 3, 2004 alleging that, based upon the restatement of our results for the first two quarters of 2004, we filed false and misleading financial statements for those two quarters, thereby artificially inflating the market value of our stock. The pendency of this action could result in a significant diversion of management’s time and attention from the management of our business, and any expense and any recovery in this action in excess of our insurance coverage could adversely affect our financial results.

27


Table of Contents

     
Risks Related to Our Stock
There is currently no market for our common stock.
     Because we were unable to file our periodic reports with the SEC subsequent to our quarterly report for the third quarter of 2004, our common stock was delisted by The NASDAQ Stock Market in August 2005. From that time through December 29, 2006, the stock was quoted in the Pink Sheets ® , to which dealers submitted daily bid and asked prices for the stock. On December 29, 2006, the SEC suspended all trading in the stock through January 16, 2007 and instituted an administrative proceeding to determine whether, in light of our reporting delinquency, to suspend or revoke the registration of our common stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. Beginning January 17, 2007, our stock was again quoted in the Pink Sheets ® , but from that time forward dealers were permitted to publish quotations only on behalf of customers that represented such customers’ indications of interest and did not involve dealers’ solicitation of such interest. On May 23, 2008, the SEC revoked the registration of our stock, and since that time brokers and dealers have been prohibited from effecting transactions in our stock.
     We expect that our stock will again be quoted in the Pink Sheets ® following the effectiveness of this registration statement. While we intend to apply for relisting of our stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market once unrestricted trading in the stock is again permitted, there is no assurance that, and we cannot predict when, the stock will again trade on The NASDAQ Stock Market or any other exchange.
Our stockholders may sustain future dilution in ownership as a result of the terms of some of our outstanding securities or future issuances of securities.
     We may need to raise additional capital in the future to fund our operations and planned expansion. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities, ownership dilution to our stockholders will result. As of the date hereof, there were outstanding: $ 12.8 million of our 3.5% Debentures convertible into 616,240 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment, and as of June 30, 2008, there were also outstanding options to purchase an additional 9,133,285 shares, of which 6,910,118 are exercisable, and 384,843 shares of unvested restricted stock under our long-term incentive compensation program. To the extent that these options are exercised, debentures converted and shares of restricted stock issued, stockholders’ ownership interest in our common stock will be diluted.

28


Table of Contents

     
If shares of our common stock are listed or quoted on a public market, our stock price is likely to be volatile.
     The stock market has, from time to time, experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. In addition, the market price of our common stock, like the stock price of many publicly traded specialty pharmaceutical companies, will likely be volatile. For example, the sale price of our stock during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 ranged from a high of $ 12.40 during the quarter ended September 30, 2007 to a low of $ 4.25 during the quarter ended September 30, 2006. At present, our stock is not traded on any exchange or quoted on any other public market.
     Prices of our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:
    our ability to maintain compliance with SEC reporting requirements;
 
    our ability to relist our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market or another exchange, and maintain such listing;
 
    investor perception of us;
 
    analyst recommendations;
 
    market conditions relating to specialty pharmaceutical companies;
 
    announcements of new products by us or our competitors;
 
    publicity regarding actual or potential development relating to products under development by us or our competitors;
 
    developments, disputes or litigation concerning patent or proprietary rights;
 
    delays in the development or approval of our product candidates;
 
    regulatory developments;
 
    period to period fluctuations in our financial results and those of our competitors;
 
    future sales of substantial amounts of common stock by stockholders; and
 
    economic and other external factors.

29


Table of Contents

     
We may in the future issue shares of preferred stock which could adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock and the value of our common stock.
     Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 2,000,000 shares of our preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, and privileges of those shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. Although we have no preferred stock outstanding, preferred stock issued in the future could adversely affect the rights and interests of holders of common stock by:
    exercising voting, redemption, and conversion rights to the detriment of the holders of common stock;
 
    receiving preferences over the holders of common stock regarding our assets in the event of our dissolution or liquidation;
 
    delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company, even when holders of common stock may desire to effect such a transaction;
 
    discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price of the common stock; and
 
    otherwise adversely affecting the market price of the common stock.
We do not pay dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future.
     We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not plan to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We plan to retain any earnings for the operation and expansion of our business. As a Delaware corporation, we may not declare or pay a dividend on our capital stock if the amount paid exceeds an amount equal to the surplus, which represents the excess of our net assets over paid-in-capital or, if there is no surplus, our net profits for the current or immediately preceding fiscal year. In addition, our loan agreement prohibits the payment of dividends without the lender’s consent.

30


Table of Contents

     
Item 2. Financial Information.
Selected Financial Data
     The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.
The selected consolidated financial data set forth below are derived from our consolidated financial statements. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. The consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2008 have been derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements contained in this registration statement and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods.
                                                         
    Six Months Ended    
    June 30,   Fiscal Year Ended December 31,
Statements of Operations Data:   2008   2007   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003(1)
(in thousands, except per share data)                                                        
Total revenues
  $ 128,602     $ 92,865     $ 273,753     $ 135,246     $ 112,400     $ 91,086     $ 47,091  
Research and development
    27,563       16,496       39,992       29,635       26,095       23,069       14,575  
Total operating expenses
    52,542       41,561       89,590       74,245       59,588       76,301       29,060  
Income (loss) from operations
    31,978       3,018       76,507       (11,247 )     (5,623 )     (46,551 )     (17,621 )
Net income (loss)
    18,556       76,022       125,925       (12,044 )     (5,780 )     (48,825 )     (25,176 )
Net income (loss) per share — basic
  $ 0.32     $ 1.29     $ 2.14     $ (0.20 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.84 )   $ (0.49 )
Net income (loss) per share — diluted
  $ 0.30     $ 1.24     $ 2.06     $ (0.20 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.84 )   $ (0.49 )
                                                 
    As of June 30,   As of December 31,
Balance Sheet Data:   2008   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003(1)
(in thousands)                                                
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
  $ 154,803     $ 143,496     $ 29,834     $ 56,081     $ 79,039     $ 15,920  
Restricted cash
                                  10,000  
Working capital
    115,139       110,107       81,919       55,796       76,151       12,816  
Total assets
    534,311       516,459       343,888       260,285       259,077       142,972  
Advance deposit payable
                                  4,983  
Long term debt
    19,698       20,510       89,603       80,285       102,047       8,852  
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock
                                  7,500  
Accumulated deficit
    41,734       60,290       186,215       174,171       168,390       119,565  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 158,430     $ 134,167     $ (3,976 )   $ 8,886     $ 14,246     $ 47,608  
 
(1)   Amounts give effect to the restatement of accounting for the Teva Agreement , the OTC Agreements, common stock purchase warrants issued in May 2003, stock-based compensation, accrued legal fee operating expense, and accrued interest expense.

31


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
     The following discussion and analysis, as well as other sections in this registration statement, should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein. All references to fiscal years mean the relevant 12-month period ended December 31.
Overview
     We are a technology based, specialty pharmaceutical company applying formulation and development expertise, as well as our drug delivery technology, to the development, manufacture and marketing of controlled-release and niche generics, in addition to the development of branded products. As of June 30, 2008, we manufactured and marketed 65 generic pharmaceuticals, which represent dosage variations of 24 different pharmaceutical compounds through our own Global Pharmaceuticals division; another 14 of our generic pharmaceuticals representing dosage variations of four different pharmaceutical compounds are marketed by our strategic partners. We have 19 applications pending at the FDA, including four that have been tentatively approved and 50 other products in various stages of development for which applications have not yet been filed.
     We sell our products both directly to drug wholesalers and through strategic alliances with marketing partners. Our three principal revenue components are Global Product Revenues, representing revenue received from sales of the products we sell directly, Rx Partner Revenues, representing revenue received from sales of prescription drugs by our marketing partners, and OTC Partner Revenues, representing revenue received from sales of over-the-counter drugs sold by our strategic partners. A fourth revenue component since 2006 has been Promotional Partner Revenues, which represents revenue that we receive for services promoting the products of other pharmaceutical companies.
      Direct Sales . We recognize revenue from direct sales in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements (SAB 101), as revised by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (SAB 104). Revenue from direct product sales is recognized at the time title and risk of loss pass to customers. Provisions for estimated discounts, rebates, chargebacks, returns and other adjustments are provided for in the period the related sales are recorded.
      Sales through Strategic Alliances. Each of our strategic alliance agreements involves multiple deliverables in the form of products, services or licenses over extended periods. Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (EITF 00-21) supplemented SAB 104 for accounting for such multiple-deliverable arrangements. With respect to our multiple-deliverable arrangements, we determine whether any or all of the elements of the arrangement should be separated into individual units of accounting under EITF 00-21. If separation into individual units of accounting is appropriate, we recognize revenue for each deliverable when the revenue recognition criteria specified by SAB 101 and SAB 104 are achieved for that deliverable. If separation is not appropriate, we recognize revenue (and related direct manufacturing costs) over the estimated life of the agreement utilizing a modified proportional performance method. Under this method the amount recognized in the period of initial recognition is based upon the number of years that have elapsed under the agreement relative to the estimated life of the particular agreement. The amount of revenue recognized in the year of initial recognition is thus determined by multiplying the total amount realized by a fraction, the numerator of which is the then-current year of the agreement and the denominator of which is the total number of estimated agreement years. The balance of the amount realized is recognized in equal amounts in each of the remaining years. Thus, for example, with respect to profit share or royalty payment reported by a strategic partner during the third year of an agreement with an estimated life of 18 years, 3/18 of the amount reported is recognized in the year reported and 1/18 of the amount is recognized during each of the remaining 15 years. A fuller description of our analysis under EITF 00-21 and the modified proportional performance method is set forth in Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits — Note 2 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
      Promotional Partner Revenues. We have entered into promotional services agreements with other pharmaceutical companies under which we provide physician detail sales calls to promote certain of those companies’ branded drug products. In exchange for our services we receive fixed sales force fees and are eligible for contingent payments based upon the number of prescriptions filled for the product. We recognize revenue from sales force fees as the services are provided and the performance obligations are met and from contingent payments at the time they are earned.

32


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates
     The preparation of our financial statements requires the use of estimates and assumptions, based on complex judgments considered reasonable when made, that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant judgments are employed in estimates used in determining values of tangible and intangible assets, legal contingencies, tax assets and tax liabilities, fair value of stock purchase warrants, fair value of share-based compensation awards issued to employees, and estimates used in applying our revenue recognition policy, particularly those related to sales rebates, chargebacks and shelf-stock adjustments, Medicaid, sales returns accruals, and recognition periods related to strategic alliance agreements.  
     Although we believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable when made, they are based upon information available to us at the time they are made. We periodically review the factors that influence our estimates and, if necessary, adjust them. For example, when we entered into our strategic alliance agreement with DAVA Pharmaceuticals in 2005 we estimated that we would recognize revenue under the agreement for the succeeding 10 years. We revised that estimate to 27 months in 2007 when, in connection with the settlement of patent-infringement litigation, we agreed to stop manufacturing and selling the product covered by the DAVA agreement in January 2008. Although historically our estimates have generally been reasonably accurate, due to the risks and uncertainties involved in our business and evolving market conditions, and given the subjective element of the estimates made, actual results may differ from estimated results. This possibility may be greater than normal during times of pronounced market volatility or turmoil.
      Rebates . We maintain various rebate programs with our Global customers in an effort to maintain a competitive position in the marketplace and to promote sales and customer loyalty. The rebates generally take the form of a credit against the invoiced gross sales amount charged to a customer for products shipped. A provision for rebate deductions is estimated based upon the terms of the various rebate programs in effect at the time of product shipment.
      Returns . We estimate a provision for product returns as a percentage of gross sales based upon historical experience of Global product sales. The sales return reserve is estimated using a historical lag period (the time between sale and return) and return rates, adjusted by estimates of the future return rates based on various assumptions, which may include changes to internal policies and procedures, changes in business practices, and commercial terms with customers, competitive position of each product, amount of inventory in the wholesaler supply chain, the introduction of new products, and changes in market sales information. We also consider other factors, including levels of inventory in the distribution channel, significant market changes which may impact future expected returns, and actual product returns and may record additional provisions for specific returns we believe are not covered by the historical rates.
      Chargebacks . We have agreements establishing contract prices for certain products with certain indirect customers, such as managed care organizations, hospitals and government agencies, that purchase our products from drug wholesalers. The contract prices are lower than the prices the customer would otherwise pay to the wholesaler, and the difference is referred to as a chargeback, which generally takes the form of a credit against our invoiced gross sales amount charged to the wholesaler. A provision for chargeback deductions is estimated based upon the terms of the various chargeback arrangements in effect at the time of product shipment.
      Shelf-Stock Adjustments. When, based on market conditions, we reduce the selling price of a product, we may choose to issue a credit to customers who agree to continue to purchase the product from us based upon the customer’s remaining inventory of the product. Such a credit is referred to as a shelf-stock adjustment, which is the difference between the invoiced gross sales price and the revised lower gross sales price, multiplied by an estimate of the number of product units in the customer’s inventory.
      Medicaid . As required by law, we provide a rebate on drugs dispensed under the Medicaid program. We determine our estimate of Medicaid rebate accrual primarily based on historical experience of claims submitted by the various states and any new information regarding changes in the Medicaid program which may impact our estimate of Medicaid rebates. In determining the appropriate accrual amount, we consider historical payment rates and processing lag for outstanding claims and payments. We record estimates for Medicaid rebates as a deduction from gross sales, with corresponding adjustments to accrued liabilities.

33


Table of Contents

      Share-Based Compensation . We account for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with provisions of SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which we adopted on January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective method. Under this method, compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining vesting period of any outstanding unvested options at the adoption date and any new options granted after the adoption date. Prior periods are not restated under this method. Prior to adoption of SFAS 123(R), we recognized compensation expense related to stock options in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” Under APB 25, compensation cost for stock options, if any, was measured as the excess of the quoted market price of the common stock at the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.
      Income Taxes. We are subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes.  We create a deferred tax asset when we have temporary differences between the results for financial reporting purposes and tax reporting purposes.  Prior to June 30, 2007, we recorded a valuation allowance for all of our deferred tax assets since up and until that time, it was more likely than not that we would be unable to realize those assets primarily due to our history of operating losses.  At June 30, 2007, due primarily to the successful sales of generic OxyContin ® under a license, we determined that it would be more likely than not that we would be able to realize these assets and the valuation reserve was removed.  This resulted in the recognition of a substantial tax benefit in the three months ended June 30, 2007.  We have determined that these assets remain realizable primarily due to the amount of taxable income which has been or we expect will be generated to utilize these amounts.
      Fair Value of Financial Instruments . The carrying values of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The Company estimates the fair value of its fixed-rate long-term debt to be $69,938,000, $73,313,000 and $72,375,000 at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
      Contingencies . In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, covering a wide range of matters, including, among others, patent litigation, shareholder lawsuits, and product liability. In accordance with SFAS No.5, “Accounting for Contingencies”, the Company records accruals for such loss contingencies when it is probable a liability will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company, in accordance with SFAS No. 5, does not recognize gain contingencies until realized. A discussion of contingencies is included in Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 14, “Legal and Regulatory Matters”.
      Goodwill . In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (SFAS No. 142), rather than recording periodic amortization, goodwill is subject to an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair-value-based test. According to SFAS No. 142, if the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s carrying value, including goodwill, then goodwill is considered not impaired, making further analysis not required. We consider our Global Division and Impax Division operating segments each to be a reporting unit, as this is the lowest level for which discrete financial information is available. We attribute the entire carrying amount of goodwill to the Global Division. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year. In addition, on a quarterly basis, we review our business operations to determine whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred that could have a material adverse effect on the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, and thus indicate a potential impairment of the goodwill carrying value. If such events or changes in circumstances were deemed to have occurred, we would perform an interim impairment analysis, which may include the preparation of a discounted cash flow model, or consultation with one or more valuation specialists, to analyze the impact, if any, on our assessment of the reporting unit’s fair value.
      Allowance for Doubtful Accounts . We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from amounts deemed to be uncollectible from our customers; these allowances are for specific amounts on certain accounts.
Presentation of Non-GAAP Financial Data
     Because application of EITF 00-21 to our strategic alliance agreements results in the deferral of a substantial amount of revenue, we believe it is useful to present supplemental information showing what our results of operations would have been had we not deferred such revenue. We present such supplemental information in the following discussion of our results of operations, under the caption “Non-GAAP Financial Data.” These non-GAAP data show what our results would have been if revenue and related costs were recognized at the time our strategic marketing partners reported the revenue to us, as compared to our reported results. We utilize this information in the management of our business, including in defining performance goals for our executives, and believe that it may be useful to investors, drug wholesalers and others in evaluating customer acceptance of our products in comparison with our competitors that do not defer significant portions of their revenue. However, our non-GAAP financial data should not be considered by investors as an alternative to operating income or net income as an indicator of our performance. Our non-GAAP financial data presentation is also not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP financial data presentations by other companies.

34


Table of Contents

     
     
Results of Operations
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2007
      Total Revenues
     Total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2008 were $ 128.6 million, an increase of 38% over the same period in 2007. Global product sales, net were $ 50.1 million, an increase of 25% primarily due to sales of our fenofibrate products, the generic versions of Lofibra ® capsules, a cholesterol-lowering drug, of which ours was the only generic version in a market experiencing increasing demand for drugs of this type, and Colestid ® tablets due to the increasing demand for the tablet form of this drug. Rx Partner revenues were $ 62.7 million up more than 51%, primarily attributable to sales of generic OxyContin ® and our generic Wellbutrin ® XL 300mg of which our customers’ inventories were relatively full during the first quarter of 2007 as a result of the product’s launch in December 2006, and generic OxyContin ® . Under a litigation settlement agreement, our product was one of only two generic version of OxyContin ® in the marketplace during the second and fourth quarters of 2007 and in January 2008, when we ceased further sales of this product. Promotional Partner revenues were $ 6.5 million with nominal change to the same period in 2007. OTC Partner revenues were $ 9.3 million, an increase of 98%, primarily attributable to higher demand for seasonal allergy products.
      Cost of Revenues
     Cost of revenues was $ 44.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2008, a decrease of 9% primarily as a result of reduced amortization of deferred manufacturing costs with the completion of sales of generic OxyContin ® in 2008.
      Gross Profit
     Gross profit for the six months ended June 30, 2008 was $ 84.5 million or approximately 66% of total revenues, as compared to 48% of total revenue in the prior period. The increase in profit margin was due principally to sales of our generic versions of Oxycontin® during the first quarter of 2008.
      Research and Development Expenses
     Total research and development expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2008 were $ 27.6 million, an increase of 67%. Generic project activity increased $ 7.1 million primarily due to increased spending on bioequivalent studies related to five new and 23 pending ANDA filings, higher patent prosecution expenses and investment in additional human resources. Expenses related to our brand product pipeline increased $ 4 million related to higher spending on clinical trials and additional research personnel.
      Patent Litigation Expenses
     Patent litigation expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2008 were down $ 3.4 million over the prior year period due to two litigation settlements during 2008.
      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
     Selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2008 were $ 22.0 million, an 18% increase primarily attributable to additional marketing and sales promotional spending.
      Interest Income
     Interest income was $ 1.3 million higher for the six months ended June 30, 2008, primarily due to higher cash balances as a result of the increase in net sales.

35


Table of Contents

     
     
      Interest Expense
     Interest expense was $ 0.2 million lower for the six months ended June 30, 2008, due to reduced amounts of average debt outstanding.
      Income Taxes
     The tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2008 was $ 14.2 million compared to a tax benefit of $ 76.0 million in 2007 (which was principally related to the reversal of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets).
      Net Income
     Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2008 was $ 18.6 million as compared to net income of $ 76.0 million in 2007, primarily due to the factors described above.
      Non-GAAP Financial Data
     As noted, in accordance with GAAP, a substantial portion of our revenue is deferred and recognized over the estimated remaining lives of our alliance agreements. The following data are presented to show what our results for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, would have been if we did not defer such revenue and recognized it at the time our alliance agreements’ partners report the revenue to us. We derive the non-GAAP data by adding the deferred revenues to our revenues determined in accordance with GAAP and deducting the amortized portion of previously deferred revenues. While such data and hypothetical results are not in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as an indicator of our performance, we believe they provide a reasonably reliable indication of the timing of the sales of our products.
                                                                   
    Six Months Ended June 30, 2008       Six Months Ended June 30, 2007  
                            Non-                            
(unaudited)   GAAP     Deferral     Amortization     GAAP       GAAP     Deferral     Amortization     Non-GAAP  
Total Revenues
  $ 128,602     $ 80,914     $ (72,016 )   $ 137,500       $ 92,865     $ 174,794     $ (49,509 )   $ 218,150  
Gross Profit
  $ 84,520     $ 52,446     $ (50,939 )   $ 86,027       $ 44,579     $ 133,787     $ (25,405 )   $ 152,961  
% Total Revenues
    65.7 %                     62.6 %       48.0 %                     70.1 %
Operating Expenses
  $ 52,542     $ (350 )           $ 52,192       $ 41,561     $ (382 )           $ 41,179  
Income (loss) from Operations
  $ 31,978     $ 52,796     $ (50,939 )   $ 33,835       $ 3,018     $ 134,169     $ (25,404 )   $ 111,782  
 
                                                 
% Total Revenues
    24.9 %                     24.6 %       3.2 %                     51.2 %

36


Table of Contents

     
     
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
      Total Revenues
     Total revenues for 2007 were $ 273.8 million, an increase of 102% over 2006, driven primarily by Rx Partner and Global Product sales.
     Global product sales, net were $ 88.0 million, an increase of 13% primarily due to the launch of our generic version of Colestid® tablets and increased sales of our fenofibrate product, the generic version of Lofibra® capsules, a cholesterol-lowering drug of which ours was the only generic version in a market of increasing demand for drugs of this type. These increases were partially offset by lower sales of the generic versions of Brethine® and Minocin® due to increasing price competition.
     Rx Partner revenues were $ 161.1 million up more than 300%, primarily attributable to sales of our generic version of OxyContin®. Under a litigation settlement agreement, our product was one of only two generic version of OxyContin® in the marketplace during the second and fourth quarters of 2007 and in January 2008, when we ceased further sales of this product. Higher sales of our new generic versions of Ditropan® XL 5 mg, 10 mg and 15 mg tablets and Wellbutrin® XL 300 mg were partially offset by a decline in sales of generic Wellbutrin® SR 100mg & 150mg tablets, and generic Prilosec® 10 mg and 20 mg capsules due to a declining market which contributed to both lower volume and pricing as competitors sought to maintain or grow market share.
     Revenues under the Teva Agreement increased to $ 42.5 million, as compared to $ 33.9 million in 2006, an increase of over 25%, primarily due to generic Wellbutrin® XL 300 mg, sales of which did not begin until December 2006.
     OTC Partner revenues declined $ 1.9 million to $ 11.9 million due to lower demand.
     Promotional Partner revenues were $ 12.8 million in 2007, double that of 2006 due to the fact that we did not begin providing promotional services until mid-2006.
      Cost of Revenues
     Cost of revenues was $ 107.7 million in 2007, an increase of 49% primarily as a result of the increases in product sales as described above. This amount includes the of cost of products sold under our Teva Agreement in the amount of $ 20.7 million, an increase of $ 7.8 million from 2006, primarily due to the launch of our 300 mg generic version of Wellbutrin® XL. It also includes $ 10.8 million of costs associated with the Promotional Partner revenues.
      Gross Profit
     Gross Profit for 2007 was $ 166.1 million, or approximately 61% of total revenues, compared with $ 63.0 million, or 47% of total revenue in 2006. Of the total increase of 14 percentage points, nine percentage points resulted from the relatively high margins associated with sales of Generic OxyContin® and the balance resulted from operational efficiencies.
      Research and Development Expenses
     Total research and development expenses for 2007 were $ 40.0 million, an increase of 35%. Generic project activity increased to $ 31.2 million, a 28% increase primarily due to increased spending on bioequivalent studies related to submission of 13 new ANDA filings in 2007 as compared to seven filings in 2006. Investments in our brand product pipeline in 2007 were $ 8.8 million, an increase of 66% related to higher spending on clinical trials.
      Patent Litigation Expenses
     Patent litigation expenses for 2007 were up $ 0.3 million over the prior year period related to higher expenses related to our generic Effexor® litigation.

37


Table of Contents

     
     
      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
     Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2007 were $ 39.6 million, a 22% increase, primarily driven by $ 1.7 million in professional fees related to legal, accounting, and audit services and $ 3.9 million in incentive compensation
      Litigation Settlement and Related Expenses
     There were no material litigation settlement expenses in 2007, as compared with $ 2.6 million for interest expense and legal fees related to a litigation settlement in 2006 of a suit brought against us in 2003 by Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
      Interest Income
     Interest Income was $ 2.5 million higher in 2007, primarily due to higher cash balances as a result of the increase in net sales.
      Interest Expense
     Interest expense was $ 0.3 million higher in 2007, due to higher amounts of average debt outstanding.
      Income Taxes
     Income tax benefit for 2007 was $ 48.8 million with an effective tax rate of 35% before the change in valuation allowance. There was a nominal income tax expense in 2006 as we reported a loss from operations.
      Net Income (Loss)
     Net income for 2007 was $ 125.9 million as compared to a net loss of $ 12.0 million in 2006, primarily due to the factors described above.
      Non-GAAP Financial Data
     As noted, in accordance with GAAP, a substantial portion of our revenue is deferred and recognized over the estimated remaining lives of our alliance agreements. The following data are presented to show what our results for 2006 and 2007 would have been if we did not defer such revenue and recognized it at the time our alliance agreements’ partners report the revenue to us. We derive the non-GAAP data by adding the deferred revenues to our revenues determined in accordance with GAAP and deducting the amortized portion of previously deferred revenues. While such data and hypothetical results are not in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as an indicator of our performance, we believe they provide a reasonably reliable indication of the timing of the sales of our products.
                                                                   
    Year Ended December 31, 2007       Year Ended December 31, 2006  
                            Non-                               Non-  
(unaudited)   GAAP     Deferral     Amortization     GAAP       GAAP     Deferral     Amortization     GAAP  
Total Revenues
  $ 273,753     $ 202,310     $ (172,980 )   $ 303,083       $ 135,246     $ 124,435     $ (50,591 )   $ 209,090  
Gross Profit
  $ 166,097     $ 124,615     $ (116,717 )   $ 173,995       $ 62,998     $ 70,326     $ (24,164 )   $ 109,160  
% Total Revenues
    60.7 %                     57.4 %       46.6 %                     52.2 %
Operating Expenses
  $ 89,590     $ (732 )           $ 88,858       $ 74,245     $ (861 )           $ 73,384  
 
                                                 
Income (loss) from Operations
  $ 76,507     $ 125,347     $ (116,717 )   $ 85,137       $ (11,247 )   $ 71,187     $ (24,164 )   $ 35,776  
% Total Revenues
    27.9 %                     28.1 %       -8.3 %                     17.1 %

38


Table of Contents

     
     
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
      Total Revenues
     Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2006 were $ 135.2 million, up 20% driven by Rx Partner, OTC Partner, and Promotional Partner revenues, partially offset by a decline in Global product sales, net.
     Global product sales, net declined $ 11.1 million or 12% due primarily to the exclusion of sales of generic OxyContin®, which we sold directly and reported as Global product sales, net in 2005 but sold through a marketing partner and thus reported as Rx Partner revenues in 2006, and to lower sales of generic Wellbutrin ® SR in 2006 due to fewer stocking orders following the launch on December 22, 2004. These reductions were partially offset by the launch of our fenofibrate products, the generic Lofibra ® 67 mg, 134 mg, and 200 mg capsules, which were introduced in the first quarter of 2006 and full-year sales of generic Rimadyl ® 25 mg, 75 mg and 100 mg tablets, a veterinary product launched in the second quarter of 2005.
     Rx Partner revenues increased to $ 36.8 million or more than 191%, attributable to the inclusion of, and increases in, the net sales of generic OxyContin ® in this category during 2006. The increase in the sales of generic OxyContin ® is due to full year sales of the 80mg strength, which was launched in March of 2005, and the additional 10mg, 20mg and 40mg strengths, which were launched in December 2005.
     Revenues under the alliance agreement with Teva increased to $ 33.9 million in 2006, an increase of over 170%, primarily due to revenues associated with the launch of the generic versions of Ditropan® in the 15mg strength and Wellbutrin® XL in the 300mg strength during the fourth quarter of 2006. In addition, an increase in revenue of generic Prilosec® was offset by lower sales of generic Wellbutrin® SR 100mg and 150mg product principally due to substitution of the Wellbutrin XL 300mg strength.
     OTC Partner revenues were $ 13.8 million, or 32% over 2006, due to increased demand for our generic version of Claritin-D ® . The $ 6.4 million of Promotional Partner revenues in 2006 was received under an arrangement that did not begin until mid-2006.
      Cost of Revenues
     Cost of revenues was $ 72.2 million, an increase of 24% primarily due to higher product sales described above. This amount includes the cost of products sold under our Teva Agreement in the amount of $ 12.9 million, a significant increase from $ 3.3 million in 2005 primarily due to the launches of generic versions of Ditropan® XL and Wellbutrin® XL 300mg in the fourth quarter of 2006. The amount also includes $ 5.6 million of cost associated with the Promotional Partner revenues.
      Gross Profit
     Gross Profit for 2006 was $ 63.0 million, or approximately 47% of total revenues, an increase of 17% over 2005 primarily due to the introduction of the generic versions of OxyContin ® , Wellbutrin ® XL and Ditropan ® XL in 2006. Combined, these products added approximately 25% to total gross profit at favorable margins while improving operational efficiencies.

39


Table of Contents

     
     
      Research and Development Expenses
     Research and development expenses for 2006 were $ 29.6 million, an increase of 14%. Additional expenses for our generic research and development projects were primarily the result of purchases of active pharmaceutical ingredients associated with new product investigations, legal costs of investigating existing and proposed intellectual property, higher depreciation expenses and higher costs of clinical studies. Expenses related to our brand product projects increased due to higher spending on research staff of $ 1.0 million and increased clinical study expenses of $ 0.5 million.
      Patent Litigation Expenses
     The $ 2.0 million increase in patent litigation expense for 2006 was primarily attributable to receipt of $ 1.8 million in 2005 in connection with a litigation settlement.
      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
     Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2006 were $ 32.4 million, an increase of 26% primarily due to higher salary and related expenses associated with new hires, a cash-based employee retention program for 2006 and regular increases in employee compensation.
      Litigation Settlement and Related Expenses
     While we incurred expenses of $ 2.6 million in connection with the settlement of a litigation matter in 2006, there were no material litigation settlements or related expenses in 2005.
      Interest Income
     Interest Income was $ 0.2 million higher in 2006, due to higher average cash and short-term investment balances during 2006.
      Interest Expense
     Interest expense was $ 2.5 million lower in 2006, due to the absence of higher interest expense in 2005 related to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the repayment of the $ 1.25% Debentures and reduced average levels of debt outstanding resulting from the repayment of certain bank loans in June 2005.
      Income Taxes
     In 2005 and 2006 there was no current federal or state income tax expense due to the utilization of federal and state net operating loss carry forwards, except for one state in which there was a statutory limitation on the maximum annual utilization of net operating loss carry forwards to reduce current tax expense. As a result, a current state tax liability of $0.1 million and $0.2 million was recorded in 2005 and 2006 respectively.
      Net Loss
     The net loss for 2006 was $ 12.0 million as compared to a net loss of $ 5.8 million in 2005.

40


Table of Contents

     
     
      Non-GAAP Financial Data
     As noted, in accordance with GAAP, a substantial portion of our revenue is deferred and recognized over the estimated remaining lives of our alliance agreements. The following data are presented to show what our results for 2005 and 2006 would have been if we did not defer such revenue and recognized it at the time our alliance agreements’ partners report the revenue to us. We derive the non-GAAP data by adding the deferred revenues to our revenues determined in accordance with GAAP and deducting the amortized portion of previously deferred revenues. While such data and hypothetical results are not in accordance with GAAP and should not be considered as an indicator of our performance, we believe they provide a reasonably reliable indication of the timing of the sales of our products.
                                                                   
    Year Ended December 31,       Year Ended December 31,  
    2006       2005  
                                                              Non-  
(unaudited)   GAAP     Deferral     Amortization     Non-GAAP       GAAP     Deferral     Amortization     GAAP  
Total Revenues
  $ 135,246     $ 124,435     $ (50,591 )   $ 209,090       $ 112,400     $ 47,786     $ (23,081 )   $ 137,105  
Gross Profit
  $ 62,998     $ 70,326     $ (24,164 )   $ 109,160       $ 53,965     $ 31,087     $ (12,416 )   $ 72,636  
% Total Revenues
    46.6 %                     52.2 %       48.0 %                     53.0 %
Operating Expenses
  $ 74,245     $ (861 )           $ 73,384       $ 59,588     $ (803 )           $ 58,785  
 
                                                 
Income (loss) from Operations
  $ (11,247 )   $ 71,187     $ (24,164 )   $ 35,776       $ (5,623 )   $ 31,890     $ (12,416 )   $ 13,851  
% Total Revenues
    -8.3 %                     17.1 %       -5.0 %                     10.1 %

41


Table of Contents

     
     
Liquidity and Capital Resources
     We have historically funded our operations with the proceeds from the sale of debt and equity securities, and more recently, with cash from operations. Currently, our primary source of liquidity is cash from operations, consisting of the proceeds from the sales of our products. We expect to incur significant operating expenses, including expanded research and development activities and patent litigation expenses, for the foreseeable future. We also anticipate incurring capital expenditures of $ 20 million to $ 28 million during the next twelve months, primarily for our plant capacity expansion in Taiwan. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalent balances, combined with cash generated from operations, together with our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our financing requirements through the next twelve months. We may, however, seek additional financing through alliance agreements or equity or debt markets to fund the planned capital expenditures, and to fund our research and development plans, and potential revenue shortfalls due to delays in new product introductions.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
     At June 30, 2008, we had $ 49.7 million in cash and cash equivalents, an increase of $ 30.6 million as compared to June 30, 2007. At December 31, 2007, we had $ 37.5 million in cash and cash equivalents, an increase of $ 31.1 million as compared to December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2006, we had $ 6.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $ 49.5 million as compared to December 31, 2005.
Cash Flows
      Six Months Ended June 30, 2008 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 .
     Net cash provided by operating activities for the six month period ended June 30, 2008 was $ 27.4 million, a decrease of $ 4.5 million from the prior year period. This decrease was primarily attributable to reductions in product deferrals of $ 106.9 million, offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $ 71.8 million, the absence of a $ 10.5 million deduction for the tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options (which was classified as a source of cash flows from financing activities under GAAP), and stronger margins.
     Net cash used in investing activities declined by $ 19.6 million to $ 10.1 million, primarily due to changes in short-term investments. Capital expenditures for the six months ended June 30, 2008 were $ 12.8 million as compared to $ 10.3 million for the same period in 2007. The 2008 expenditures included $ 7.7 million as part of the total estimated investment of $ 25.0 million for our new Taiwan manufacturing facility which is expected to be completed in 2009. In addition, we expect continued investment in facilities, equipment and information technology projects supporting our quality initiatives to ensure we have a solid platform to properly manage and grow our global business.
     Net cash used by financing activities for the six month period ended June 30, 2008 was approximately $ 5.1 million, consisting of the $ 0.2 million net proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants and purchases under the employee stock purchase plan and $ 5.2 million used in the repayment of long term debt. Net cash provided by financing activities for the six month period ended June 30, 2007 was approximately $ 10.4 million, principally resulting from the $ 10.5 million tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options.

42


Table of Contents

     
     
     Y ear Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2006.
     Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $ 119.0 million, an increase of $ 124.8 million from the prior year period. This increase was primarily attributable to net income generated by the business principally due to sales of generic OxyContin® and net deferred revenue from Rx Partners of approximately $ 55.4 million. In addition, $ 18.2 million in payments to Teva as exclusivity fees regarding the launch of generic Wellbutrin ® XL 300mg was partially offset by a $ 9.9 million increase in cash receipts from trade accounts receivables, lower inventories of $ 6.5 million and other working capital items.
     Net cash used in investing activities were purchases of short-term investments, net of sales of $ 98.3 million, an increase of $ 54.6 million as compared to the prior period. This reflects our decision to invest the excess portion of our cash balances into higher-yielding short term investments. Our capital expenditures for the twelve months ended December 31, 2007 were $ 18.8 million as compared to $ 21.5 million for the same period in 2006. The 2007 expenditures included $ 0.4 million as part of our total estimated investment of $ 25.0 million for our new Taiwan manufacturing facility which is expected to be completed in 2009.
     Net cash used by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $ 10.3 million, principally resulting from the $ 10.5 million tax benefit related to the exercise of employee stock options, and $ 0.1 million net proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants and purchases under the ESPP, offset by $ 0.3 million used for repayment of long-term debt. Cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006, consisted of $ 0.1 million net proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants and purchases under the ESPP, fully offset by $ 0.1 million used for repayment of long-term debt.
      Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2005 .
     Net cash used by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $ 5.8 million, a decrease of $ 26.9 million from the prior year period. This decrease was primarily attributable to net deferred revenue from Rx Partners of approximately $ 50.2 million offset by $ 14.4 million in payments to Teva as exclusivity fees regarding the launch of generic Wellbutrin® XL 300mg, payment of a $ 12.0 million litigation settlement, a $ 24.7 million increase in trade accounts receivables and other working capital items.
     Net cash used in investing activities were purchases of short-term investments, net of sales of $ 43.7 million, an increase of $ 79.1 million as compared to the prior period. Our capital expenditures for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 were $ 21.5 million as compared to $ 14.8 million for the same period in 2005.
     Cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006, consisted of $ 0.1 million net proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants and purchases under the ESPP, fully offset by $ 0.1 million used for repayment of long-term debt. Cash flows used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 amounted to $ 29.7 million, principally consisting of $ 95.0 million used for repurchase of the 1.25% Debentures, offset by proceeds of $ 74.9 million from the issuance of the 3.5% Debentures, along with the payment of $ 2.5 million used for the payment of deferred financing fees associated with the 3.5% Debentures, $ 5.0 million used for the repayment of the revolving line of credit, and $ 2.6 million used to repay long-term debt.

43


Table of Contents

     
     
Outstanding Debt Obligations
      Senior Lenders; Wachovia Bank
     In December 2005, we entered into a new three year credit agreement with Wachovia, replacing the previous loan and security agreement and providing for a $ 35 million revolving credit facility we intend to use for working capital and general corporate purposes. There was no amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The revolving credit facility is collateralized by eligible accounts receivable, inventory, and machinery and equipment, subject to limitations and other terms. The interest rate for the revolving credit facility is either the prime rate, or LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.5% to 2.25% based upon terms and conditions, at our option.
     The credit agreement contains various financial covenants, the most significant of which include a “fixed charge coverage ratio” and a capital expenditure limitation. The fixed charge coverage ratio requires EBITDA less cash paid for taxes, dividends, and certain capital expenditures, to be not less than 1.25 to 1.00 as compared to scheduled principal payments coming due in the next 12 months plus cash interest paid during the applicable period. We were limited to capital expenditures of no more than $ 50,000,000 for the period from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2006 and we were limited to capital expenditures of no more than $ 25,000,000 for the period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007 and for each calendar year thereafter. The credit agreement also provides for certain information reporting covenants, including a requirement to file all required reports with the SEC. At June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we were in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the credit agreement. We are negotiating an amendment to the credit agreement with Wachovia, which would include a waiver of our failure to timely deliver the annual and interim financial statements required by the credit agreement as well as our noncompliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio at June 30, 2006. In addition, in the process of negotiating an amendment to the credit agreement, we may agree to an increase in the unused line fee from the current 25 basis points per annum to 50 basis points per annum. During the six months ended June 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007, we paid $ 43,750 and $ 87,500, respectively, as unused line fee to Wachovia.
      3.5% Debentures
     In June 2005, we completed a private placement of $ 75 million of 3.5% debentures. The 3.5% debentures are our senior subordinated, unsecured obligations that mature on June 15, 2012 and may not be redeemed by us prior to maturity. Holders also have the right to require us to repurchase all or any portion of the 3.5% debentures on June 15, 2009. We used the net proceeds from the sale of the 3.5% debentures together with existing cash to repay our $ 95.0 million 1.25% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2024 (the “1.25% Debentures”), which, together with accrued interest thereon, had become due and payable following our default under the terms of the indenture governing such 1.25% Debentures. Our default under the 1.25% Debentures resulted from our failure to file our 2004 annual report on Form 10-K, which constituted a breach of a covenant of the indenture governing the 1.25% Debentures.
     The 3.5% debentures rank pari passu with our accounts payable and other liabilities and are subordinate to certain senior indebtedness, including our credit agreement with Wachovia. The indenture governing the 3.5% debentures limits the aggregate amount of our indebtedness ranking senior to or pari passu with the 3.5% debentures to the greater of (i) $ 50 million or (ii) as of any date, four times our EBITDA for the immediately preceding 12-month period for which public financial information is available. The 3.5% debentures are convertible into shares of our common stock at an initial conversion price of $ 20.69 per share.
     Under a related registration rights agreement, we agreed to file a registration statement covering the 3.5% debentures and shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of such debentures. Because we did not meet the deadlines set forth in the registration rights agreement, we are required to pay liquidated damages, at an annual rate of 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the 3.5% debentures, until the registration statement becomes effective. We paid $ 601,000 in liquidated damages through December 15, 2007 and have not made any additional payments, which payments are being accrued.

44


Table of Contents

     
     
     In August and September 2008, at the request of the holders, we repurchased at a discount, an aggregate face value of $ 62.25 million principal amount of the 3.5% Debentures, paying $ 60.3 million including $ 433,000 of accrued interest. Proceeds to fund the repurchase of the 3.5% Debentures were generated from the liquidation of our short-term investments. The remaining $ 12.75 million principal amount of the 3.5% Debentures are subject to repurchase by us at 100% of the face value on June 15, 2009 at the option of the holders.
      Solvay Promissory Note
     In June, 2006, we issued a subordinated promissory note in the amount of $ 11.0 million related to the settlement of litigation brought by Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Solvay”), bearing interest at 6.0% per annum, with 24 quarterly principal and interest installment payments of $ 549,165 commencing March 2007 through December 2012. The Solvay promissory note becomes immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a default in any payment due, a change in control of us, voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding by or against us and failure to maintain working capital less than 150% of the remaining unpaid balance of the promissory note. As of June 30, 2008, none of the four events noted above occurred.

45


Table of Contents

     
     
Commitments and Contractual Obligations
     Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2007 were as follows:
                                         
                                    More
            Less than                   Than 5
($ in thousands)   Total   1 Year   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   Years
Contractual Obligations:
                                       
Credit Facilities and Long Term Debt(a)
  $ 89,744     $ 69,234     $ 3,649     $ 16,861     $  
Operating Lease (b)
    5,987       1,278       1,957       1,274       1,478  
Construction Contracts (c)
    422       422                    
Total
  $ 96,153     $ 70,934     $ 5,606     $ 18,135     $ 1,478  
 
( a )   Represents the principal portion of payments of debt obligations, including: (i) $ 75 million 3.5% Debentures due on June 15, 2012, interest paid semi-annually, starting December 15, 2005; (ii) 8.17% loan payable to Cathay Bank in 83 monthly principal and interest installment payments of $ 19,540 commencing June 28, 2001, through May 27, 2008 with a balance of $ 2,208,843 due on June 28, 2008; (iii) 7.5% loan payable to Cathay Bank in 83 monthly principal and interest installment payments of $ 24,629 commencing November 14, 2001, through October 13, 2008 with a balance of $ 2,917,598 due on November 14, 2008; (iv) 6.0% note payable to Solvay in 24 quarterly principal and interest installment payments of $ 549,165 commencing March 2007 through December 2012; and (v) Vendor financing agreement related to software licenses with interest at 3.10% in 2 monthly installments of $ 0 and 34 monthly principal and interest installments of $ 12,871 commencing December 2006 through November 2009.
 
    The 8.17% Cathay Bank loan was collateralized by land, building and building improvements in our headquarters and research facility in Hayward, California. The 7.50% Cathay Bank loan was collateralized by land, building and building improvements in our manufacturing facility in Hayward, California. In May 2008, we prepaid, without penalty, all of our indebtedness under the term loans with Cathay Bank in an aggregate amount of $ 5,159,000, including accrued interest through the date of the prepayment.
 
(b )   We lease office, warehouse, and laboratory facilities under non-cancelable operating leases through January 2015. We also lease certain equipment under various non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through 2012.
 
(c)   Construction contracts are related to our currently under-construction facility in Taiwan, R.O.C., which is intended to be utilized for manufacturing, research and development, warehouse, and administrative space. The construction phase of this project is expected to be completed and equipment to be installed, validated, and approved by FDA in 2009, and product shipments to begin in early 2010. In conjunction with the construction of our Taiwan facility, we have entered into several contracts, amounting to an aggregate of approximately $ 853,000 as of December 31, 2007 and $ 16,519,000 as of June 30, 2008. As of December 31, 2007, we had remaining commitments under these contracts of approximately $ 422,000 and $ 8,552,000 as of June 30, 2008.
 
    The amounts shown above exclude uncertain tax positions as determined under FIN 48 as we cannot predict if or when such amounts, if any, will be paid or payable to the taxing authorities.
Off Balance-Sheet Arrangements
     We have not entered into any off-balance arrangements other than $ 500,000 in letters of credit entered into in the ordinary course of business.

46


Table of Contents

     
     
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     In September 2006, the SEC Staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”), “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements”. SAB 108 was issued in order to eliminate the diversity of practice surrounding how public companies quantify financial statement misstatements. Traditionally, there have been two widely-recognized methods for quantifying the effects of financial statement misstatements: the “rollover” method and the “iron curtain” method. The rollover method focuses primarily on the impact of a misstatement on the income statement—including the reversing effect of prior year misstatements—but its use can lead to the accumulation of misstatements in the balance sheet. The iron curtain method, on the other hand, focuses primarily on the effect of correcting the period-end balance sheet with less emphasis on the reversing effects of prior year errors on the income statement. The staff believes registrants must quantify the impact of correcting all misstatements, including both the carryover and reversing effects of prior year misstatements, on the current year financial statements. The staff believes that this can be accomplished by quantifying an error under both the rollover and iron curtain approaches as described above and by evaluating the error measured under each approach. Thus, a registrant’s financial statements would require adjustment when either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that is material, after considering all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. SAB 108 is effective for any report for an interim period of the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. Our SAB 108 analysis did not result in an adjustment to our consolidated financial statements for the effective periods.
     In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 (“SFAS 157”) “Fair Value Measurements”, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. With respect to financial assets and liabilities SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The effective date of SFAS 157, with respect to non-financial assets and liabilities, was deferred by FASB Staff Position FAS 157-2 and is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
     In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 (“SFAS 159”), “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, providing companies with an option to choose, at specific election dates, to measure eligible financial assets and liabilities at fair value that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, early adoption is allowed. We have not elected to use the fair value option of SFAS 159, and therefore do not expect SFAS 159 to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
     In June 2007, the EITF reached a final consensus on EITF Issue No. 07-3 (“EITF 07-3”), “Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities”. EITF 07-3, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, requires non-refundable advance payments for future research and development activities to be capitalized until the goods have been delivered or related services have been performed. Adoption is on a prospective basis and could impact the timing of expense recognition for agreements entered into after December 31, 2007. We do not expect the adoption of EITF 07-3 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
     In November 2007, the EITF reached a final consensus on EITF Issue No. 07-1 (“EITF 07-1”) “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements Related to the Development and Commercialization of Intellectual Property”. EITF 07-1 is focused on how the parties to a collaborative agreement should account for costs incurred and revenue generated on sales to third parties, how sharing payments pursuant to a collaborative agreement should be presented in the income statement and certain related disclosure questions. EITF 07-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption is on a retrospective basis to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the effective date. We are currently evaluating the impact of EITF 07-1 adoption on our consolidated financial statements.

47


Table of Contents

     
     
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141 (Revised 2007) (“SFAS 141(R)”), “Business Combinations”, which replaces SFAS No 141. The statement retains the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, but requires a number of changes, including changes in the way assets and liabilities are recognized in the purchase accounting. It also changes the recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contingencies, requires the capitalization of in-process research and development at fair value, and requires the expensing of acquisition-related costs as incurred. SFAS No. 141R is effective for us beginning January 1, 2009 and will apply prospectively to business combinations completed on or after that date. The effect of SFAS 141 (R) on our consolidated financial statements will be dependent on the nature and terms of any business combinations that occur after its effective date.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 (“SFAS 160”), “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements”. SFAS 160 clarifies that a non-controlling (minority) interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements, and establishes a single method of accounting for changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation. SFAS 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements of SFAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 160 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements unless a future transaction results in a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary.
     In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. The FSP is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under Statement 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141(R) and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The new standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact of FSP FAS 142-3 adoption on our consolidated financial statements.
     In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position APB 14-1 (“FSP APB 14-1”), “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)”. FSP APB 14-1 specifies that issuers of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. This FASB staff position is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact of FSP APB 14-1 on our consolidated financial statements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
     Our cash and cash equivalents include a portfolio of high credit quality securities, including U.S. Government securities, treasury bills, short-term commercial paper, and high-rated money market funds. Our entire portfolio matures in less than one year. The carrying value of the portfolio approximates the market value at December 31, 2007. Our debt instruments at December 31, 2007, are subject to fixed and variable interest rates and principal payments. We estimate the fair value of our fixed-rate long-term debt to be $ 72,187,500, $ 69,938,000, $ 73,313,000 and $ 72,375,000 at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. While changes in market interest rates may affect the fair value of our fixed and variable rate long-term debt, we believe the effect, if any, of reasonably possible near-term changes in the fair value of such debt on our financial statements will not be material.
We do not use derivative financial instruments and have no material foreign exchange or commodity price risks.

48


Table of Contents

     
Item 3. Properties.
     Our primary properties consist of a 35,000 sq. ft. corporate headquarters and research and development center and 50,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility, both located in Hayward, CA, a 113,000 sq. ft. packaging, warehousing and distribution center in Philadelphia, PA, all of which are owned by us, and a leased 44,000 sq. ft. facility in New Britain, PA housing sales, marketing and administration personnel and providing additional warehouse space. In addition, we own a 19,000 sq. ft. office building containing additional administrative and laboratory facilities in Hayward and lease four additional buildings aggregating 92,000 sq. ft. in Hayward and Pleasanton, CA utilized for additional research and development, administrative services and equipment storage. We also have currently under construction a 100,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility in Taiwan. We expect construction of the facility, which will have an annual production capacity of approximately 450 million tablets and capsules, to be completed and equipment to be installed, validated, and approved by the FDA in 2009, and product shipments to begin in early 2010.
     In our various facilities we maintain an extensive equipment base that includes new or recently reconditioned equipment for the manufacturing and packaging of compressed tablets, coated tablets, and capsules. The manufacturing and research and development equipment includes mixers and blenders for capsules and tablets, automated capsule fillers, tablet presses, particle reduction, sifting equipment, and tablet coaters. The packaging equipment includes fillers, cottoners, cappers, and labelers. We also maintain two well-equipped, modern laboratories used to perform all the required physical and chemical testing of our products. We also maintain a broad variety of material handling and cleaning, maintenance, and support equipment. We own substantially all of our manufacturing equipment and believe it is well maintained and suitable for its requirements.
     We maintain property and casualty and business interruption insurance in amounts we believe are sufficient and consistent with practices for companies of comparable size and business.

49


Table of Contents

     
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.
     The following table sets forth information as of June 17, 2008 (except as otherwise noted in the footnotes) regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by: (i) each person known by us to beneficially own more than five percent of our outstanding common stock; (ii) each director; (iii) each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007; and (iv) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. As of June 17, 2008, 59,019,743 shares of our common stock were outstanding. Except as otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, the beneficial owners of shares of common stock listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to such shares.
                 
    Shares Beneficially Owned (1)
    Common Stock
    Amount and Nature    
    of Beneficial   Percent
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Ownership   of Class
Leslie Z. Benet, Ph.D. (2)
    30,600       *  
 
               
Robert L. Burr (3)
    52,207       *  
 
               
David S. Doll (4)
    174,779       *  
 
               
Nigel Fleming, Ph.D. (5)
    39,000       *  
 
               
Charles V. Hildenbrand (6)
    61,459       *  
 
               
Charles Hsiao, Ph.D. (7)
    4,104,456       6.9  
 
               
Larry Hsu, Ph.D. (8)
    2,711,271       4.6  
 
               
Arthur A. Koch, Jr. (9)
    50,000       *  
 
               
Michael Markbreiter (10)
    31,500       *  
 
               
Michael Nestor
          *  
 
               
Oh Kim Sun (11)
    43,179       *  
 
               
Peter R. Terreri (12)
    37,000       *  
 
               
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons) (13)
    7,335,451       12.2  
 
               
Jacob Gottlieb (14)
    5,294,428       9.0  
Visium Asset Management, LLC (14)
    5,294,428       9.0  
Visium Balanced Fund, LP
    973,910          
Visium Long Bias Fund, LP
    531,117          
Visium Balanced Offshore Fund, Ltd.
    1,958,007          
Visium Long Bias Offshore Fund, Ltd.
    1,587,367          
Atlas Master Fund, Ltd.
    244,027          
 
               
Visium Capital Management, LLC
    1,505,027          
Visium Balanced Fund, LP
    973,910          
Visium Long Bias Fund, LP
    531,117          

50


Table of Contents

     
                 
    Shares Beneficially Owned (1)
    Common Stock
    Amount and Nature    
    of Beneficial   Percent
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Ownership   of Class
Gabe Hoffman (15)
    3,129,349       5.3  
Candens Capital, LLC
    1,594,638          
Accipiter Life Sciences Fund, LP
    708,108          
Accipiter Life Sciences Fund II, LP
    413,477          
Accipiter Life Sciences Fund II (QP), LP
    473,053          
 
               
Accipiter Capital Management, LLC
    1,534,711          
Accipiter Life Sciences Fund (Offshore), Ltd.
    712,137          
Accipiter Life Science Fund II (Offshore), Ltd.
    822,574          
 
               
Laurie A. Miller, Esquire (16)
3542 Oak Knoll Drive
Redwood City, CA 94062
    3,949,264       6.7  
 
               
Pequot Capital Management, Inc. (17)
    6,330,300       10.7  
 
               
Wellington Management Company, LLP (18)
    7,967,761       13.5  
 
*   Less than one percent
 
(1)   Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to shares of our common stock. Shares of common stock currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 17, 2008 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the beneficial ownership and percentage of beneficial ownership of the person holding such securities, but are not deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of any other person. The address for all our directors and executive officers is c/o Impax Laboratories, Inc., 30831 Huntwood Avenue, Hayward, CA 94544.
 
(2)   Represents 3,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Benet directly, 600 shares of common stock held by The Benet Family Trust, as to which Mr. Benet has sole voting and investment power, and options to purchase 27,000 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(3)   Represents 29,150 shares of common stock held by Mr. Burr directly, 6,057 shares of common stock held by Robert L. Burr IRA account, as to which Mr. Burr has sole voting and investment power, and options to purchase 17,000 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(4)   Represents 2,279 shares of common stock held by Mr. Doll directly and options to purchase 172,500 of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008. Mr. Doll resigned as our Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations in August 2008, and his options to purchase 172,500 shares of common stock were terminated in connection with his resignation.
 
(5)   Represents 12,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Fleming directly and options to purchase 27,000 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(6)   Represents options to purchase 61,459 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(7)   Dr. Hsiao died in August 2008. As of the date of this table, represents 3,471 shares of common stock held by Dr. Hsiao directly, 3,531,605 shares of common stock held by Charles & Pamela Hsiao TTEES 2004 Hsiao Family Trust, as to which Dr. Hsiao has sole voting and investment power, and options to purchase 569,380 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008. Excludes 2,601,924 shares of common stock held by Chiin Hsiao Children Irrevocable Trust, as to which Dr. Hsiao does not have voting or investment power.

51


Table of Contents

     
(8)   Represents 2,383,771 shares of common stock held by Mr. Hsu directly, options to purchase 225,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Hsu and options to purchase 102,500 shares of common stock held by Mr. Hsu’s spouse, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008. Excludes 1,254,320 shares of common stock held by Hsu Children Irrevocable Trust, as to which Mr. Hsu does not have voting or investment power.
 
(9)   Represents options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(10)   Represents options to purchase 31,500 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(11)   Represents 16,679 shares of common stock held by Mr. Oh directly and options to purchase 26,500 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(12)   Represents options to purchase 37,000 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(13)   Includes options to purchase 1,346,839 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(14)   Based solely on Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on October 23, 2007 by Jacob Gottlieb, Visium Balanced Fund, LP (referred to as VBF), Visium Long Bias Fund, LP (referred to as VLBF), Visium Balanced Offshore Fund, Ltd. (referred to as VBFO), Visium Long Bias Offshore Fund, Ltd. (referred to as VLBFO), Visium Capital Management, LLC (referred to as VCM), Visium Asset Management, LLC (referred to as VAM) and Atlas Master Fund, Ltd. (referred to as AMF). Jacob Gottlieb, by virtue of his position as the principal of VAM and the sole managing member of VCM, may be deemed to beneficially own 5,294,428 shares of common stock. VCM, by virtue of its position as general partner to each of VBF and VLBF, may be deemed to beneficially own 1,505,027 shares of common stock, over which VCM has shared voting and investment power. VAM, by virtue of its position as investment advisor to each of VBF, VLBF, VBFO, and VLBFO as well as managing an account for AMF, may be deemed to beneficially own 5,294,428 shares of common stock. Each of VBF, VLBF, VBFO, VLBFO and AMF has shared voting and investment power over the number of shares beneficially owned by it, as indicated in the table. The principle business address of VBF, VLBF, VCM and VAM is 950 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022, the principle business address of VBFO and VLBFO is P.O. Box 2681 GT, Century Yard, 4 th Floor, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, British West Indies, and the principal business address of AMF is Walker House, P.O. Box 908 GT, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, British West Indies.
 
(15)   Based solely on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 1, 2008 by Gabe Hoffman, Accipiter Life Sciences Fund, LP (referred to as ALSF), Accipiter Life Sciences Fund (Offshore), Ltd. (referred to as Offshore), Accipiter Life Sciences Fund II, LP (referred to as ALSF II), Accipiter Life Sciences Fund II (Offshore), Ltd. (referred to as Offshore II), Accipiter Life Sciences Fund II (QP), LP (referred to as QP II), Accipiter Capital Management, LLC (referred to as Management), and Candens Capital, LLC (referred to as Candens). Because Mr. Hoffman is the managing member of Candens, which in turn is the general partner of ALSF, ALSF II and QP II, and because Mr. Hoffman is the managing member of Management, which in turn is the investment manager of Offshore and Offshore II, Mr. Hoffman, Candens and Management, as applicable, may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of all shares of common stock held by ALSF, ALSF II, Offshore, Offshore II and QP II. Each of Mr. Hoffman, Candens and Management has shared voting and investment power over the number of shares beneficially owned by such person, as indicated in the table. The principal business address of the foregoing reporting persons is 399 Park Avenue, 38 th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
 
(16)   Represents 2,601,924 shares of common stock held by Chiin Hsiao Children Irrevocable Trust and 1,254,320 shares of common stock held by Hsu Children Irrevocable Trust, as to which Laurie A. Miller, Esq., serves as trustee. Also includes options to purchase 10,007 shares of common stock and an outstanding March 2004 Call Option that is exercisable into 5,000 shares of common stock, which may be exercised within 60 days of June 17, 2008.
 
(17)   Based solely on Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 12, 2008 by Pequot Capital Management, Inc. (referred to as Pequot). Pequot, in its capacity as investment advisor, may be deemed to beneficially own 6,330,300 shares of common stock which are held by clients of Pequot, of which Pequot has sole voting power over 5,534,300 shares of common stock and sole investment power over 6,330,300 shares of common stock. The principal business address of Pequot is 500 Nyala Farm Road, Westport, CT 06880.

52


Table of Contents

     
(18)   Based solely on Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 14, 2008 by Wellington Management Company, LLP (referred to as Wellington). Wellington, in its capacity as investment advisor, may be deemed to beneficially own 7,967,761 shares of common stock, which are held of record by clients of Wellington, of which Wellington has shared voting power over 6,732,046 shares of common stock and shared investment power over 7,863,161 shares of common stock. The principal business address of Wellington is 75 State Street, Boston, MA 02109.

53


Table of Contents

     
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers.
Directors
     Our Board of Directors is currently comprised of seven members. Each director holds office for a term of one year and until his successor has been elected and shall have qualified or until the directors earlier death, resignation or removal. Dr. Charles Hsiao had been our chairman and director since December 14, 1999 until his death in August 2008. Dr. Hsiao was a co-founder of our predecessor, Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., in 1994, and served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer from 1999 to 2003.
     The current members of our Board of Directors, their ages as of June 30, 2008, and the year in which each became a director are as follows:
                     
Name   Age   Director since   Positions with Impax
Leslie Z. Benet, Ph.D.
    71       2001     Director
Robert L. Burr
    57       2001     Director
Nigel Ten Fleming, Ph.D.
    54       1999     Director
Larry Hsu, Ph.D.
    59       1999     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Michael Markbreiter
    46       1997     Director
Oh Kim Sun
    59       1999     Director
Peter R. Terreri
    50       2003     Director
     Set forth below is the business experience of the members of our Board of Directors for the past five years and the names of other public companies in which such persons hold directorships.
     Leslie Z. Benet, Ph.D. has been a Professor since 1969 of, and has also served as Chairman of, the Department of Biopharmaceutical Sciences, University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Benet has since 1995 been Chairman, President or Chief Executive Officer of AvMax Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. He received his A.B. (English), B.S. (Pharmacy), and M.S. from the University of Michigan, and his Ph.D. from the University of California. Dr. Benet has received six honorary doctorates: Uppsala University, Sweden (Pharm.D., 1987); Leiden University, The Netherlands (Ph.D., 1995); University of Illinois at Chicago (D.Sc., 1997); Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science (D.Sc., 1997); Long Island University (D.Sc., 1999); and University of Athens (Ph.D., 2005). Dr. Benet’s research interests, more than 470 publications, and 11 patents are in the areas of pharmacokinetics, biopharmaceutics, drug delivery, and pharmacodynamics. He is listed among the 250 most highly cited pharmacologists worldwide. In 1985, Dr. Benet served as President of the APhA Academy of Pharmaceutical Sciences. During 1986, Dr. Benet was a founder and first President of the American Association of Pharmaceutical Scientists (AAPS). In 1987, Dr. Benet was elected to membership in the Institute of Medicine (IOM) of the National Academy of Sciences. Dr. Benet has received the highest scientific awards of AAPS (1989 and 2000), Rho Chi (1990), American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy (1991), American Society for Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics (1995), American Pharmaceutical Association (2000), International Pharmaceutical Federation (2001) and in 2004 received the Pharmaceutical Sciences World Congress Research Achievement Award and the Controlled Release Society Career Achievement in Oral Drug Delivery Award. Dr. Benet formerly served as Chair of the FDA Expert Panel on Individual Bioequivalence and the FDA Center for Biologics Peer Review Committee, and as a member of the FDA Science Board and the Generic Drugs Advisory Committee. Dr. Benet presently serves as a member of the IOM Forum on Drug Discovery, Development and Translation.

54


Table of Contents

     
     Robert L. Burr is a partner of Fleming US Discovery Partners, L.P., a private equity sponsor affiliated with J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. Mr. Burr was employed by J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. and associated entities from 1995 to May 2008, at which time he resigned his position as Managing Partner of the Fleming US Discovery III Funds. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Burr was head of Private Equity at the investment banking firm of Kidder, Peabody & Co., Inc. Prior to that time, Mr. Burr served as the Managing General Partner of Morgan Stanley Ventures and General Partner of Morgan Stanley Venture Capital Fund I, L.L.P. and was a corporate lending officer with Citibank, N.A. Mr. Burr received an MBA from Columbia University and a BA from Stanford University.
     Nigel Ten Fleming, Ph.D. is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Minerva Healthcare, an emerging specialty pharmaceutical company. He previously founded Athena Diagnostics, a neurological diagnostics reference laboratory, serving variously as Chairman, CEO and Vice President of Business Development prior to the company’s 1995 sale to Athena Neurosciences /Elan Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Fleming has also served on the boards of directors of Examplar, a subsidiary of Transgenic Sciences Inc. that developed the first transgenic Alzheimer’s mouse model, and Genmedica, an oral insulin company based in Barcelona. He has also consulted for, and served in various leadership roles at a number of early-stage biotechnology companies, including Gamera Biosciences, Neurocal, Nephros’, TheraMed Partners and Plant Cell Technologies. Dr. Fleming obtained his Ph.D. in Clinical Biochemistry from the University of Cambridge in England and was a lecturer at Harvard Medical School for a number of years.
     Larry Hsu, Ph.D. has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since October 1, 2006. Prior to holding these positions, Dr. Hsu served as President and Chief Operating Officer beginning in 1999. Dr. Hsu co-founded Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in 1994 and served as its President, Chief Operating Officer and a member of the Board of Directors from its inception until its merger with the Company. From 1980 to 1995, Dr. Hsu worked at Abbott Laboratories, where, during his last four years, he served as Director of Product Development in charge of formulation development, process engineering, clinical lot manufacturing and production technical support of all dosage forms, managing a staff of approximately 250 people. Dr. Hsu obtained his Ph.D. in pharmaceutics from the University of Michigan.
     Michael Markbreiter has been a portfolio manager for Sofaer Capital, a global hedge fund, since December 2000. From August 1995 to December 1998, Mr. Markbreiter was a portfolio manager for private equity investments for Kingdon Capital Management Corp., a New York hedge fund. In April 1994 he co-founded Ram Investment Corp., a venture capital company. From March 1993 to January 1994, Mr. Markbreiter was an analyst at Alliance Capital Management Corp. From July 1983 to September 1989, Mr. Markbreiter was an Executive Editor for Arts of Asia magazine. Mr. Markbreiter graduated from Cambridge University with a degree in Engineering.
     Oh Kim Sun has been employed by the Chemical Company of Malaysia Berhad (CCM), a Malaysian corporation whose stock is listed on the Bursa Malaysia Berhad, since 1983 and served as Executive Director from 1983 through October 2003. Currently, Mr. Oh is a member of the Board of Directors of UEM World Berhad, Nikko Electronics Berhad, Wawasan TKH Holdings Berhad and Pharmaniaga Berhad, all of which are listed on the Bursa Malaysia Berhad. Mr. Oh is also a director of various other companies in Kuala Lumpur. In December 2004, Mr. Oh became a director of CI Resources Limited, which is listed on the Australian Stock Exchange Ltd. Mr. Oh is also a member of The Malaysian Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
     Peter R. Terreri has over 20 years of experience primarily in generic pharmaceuticals with a specialized expertise in finance. Mr. Terreri is President and Chief Executive Officer of CGM, Inc., a manufacturing company that he owns and operates. He previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Teva Pharmaceuticals USA from 1985 through 2000, where he actively participated in the growth of the company from a $ 20 million local generic pharmaceutical company into a global leader in generic pharmaceuticals. As an active member of senior management, he was involved in all facets of the decision-making process at Teva Pharmaceuticals USA, including structuring and negotiating company and product acquisitions, participating in multiple public financings and securing several licensing deals and a substantial credit line. In addition to his role as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Terreri contributed to many areas related to the company’s success outside of finance, including product development selection, facility utilization, business development, strategic planning, and implementing integration plans for the company’s acquisitions. He also supervised areas such as operations, sales and marketing, and information technology during his tenure.

55


Table of Contents

     
Executive Officers
     Set forth below are the names of our executive officers who are not also directors, their ages as of June 30, 2008, their offices in Impax and their principal occupations or employment for the past five years. David S. Doll was our Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations until his resignation in August 2008.
             
Name   Age   Positions with Impax
Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
    55     Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer
Charles V. Hildenbrand
    56     Senior Vice President, Operations
Michael J. Nestor
    55     President, Impax Pharmaceutical Division
     Arthur A. Koch, Jr. has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance, and Chief Financial Officer since March 2005. Prior to joining Impax, Mr. Koch was employed by Strategic Diagnostics Inc., a company which develops, manufactures and markets immunoassay-based diagnostic test kits. While at Strategic Diagnostics Inc., Mr. Koch served as Chief Operating Officer for six years, interim Chief Executive Officer for five months and Chief Financial Officer and Vice President for five years. In addition, Mr. Koch has previously held Chief Financial Officer positions at Paracelsian Inc., IBAH Inc., Liberty Fish Company, and Premier Solutions Ltd. Mr. Koch holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from Temple University and has been a Certified Public Accountant since 1977.
     Charles V. Hildenbrand is our Senior Vice President, Operations, a position he has held since he joined Impax in August 2004. From 1996 until September 2004, Mr. Hildenbrand worked for PF Laboratories, Inc. as Plant Manager until 2001 and then as Executive Director of Engineering and Technical Services until his departure from the company. From 1983 until 1996, Mr. Hildenbrand worked at Lederle Laboratories/Wyeth as Section Head of Biochemical Production, Manager of Filing and Packaging, and Production Director of Consumer Health Products. Mr. Hildenbrand holds a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Villanova University and an MBA from Lehigh University.
     Michael J. Nestor joined us in March 2008 as the President of our branded products division, Impax Division. Before joining us he was Chief Operating Officer of Piedmont Pharmaceuticals a specialty pharmaceutical company. Prior to Piedmont, Mr. Nestor was CEO of NanoBio, a startup biopharmaceutical company, prior to which he was employed by Alpharma, initially as President of its generic pharmaceutical business and later as President of its branded pharmaceutical business. Before this he was President, International business at Banner Inc, a global contract manufacturing concern. Mr. Nestor spent 16 years at Lederle Laboratories / Wyeth holding increasing positions of responsibility including Vice President, Cardiovascular business, Vice President / General Manager of Lederle-Praxis Biologics, and Vice President of Wyeth-Lederle Vaccines and Pediatrics. Mr. Nestor has experience in a number of pharmaceutical therapeutic areas including vaccines, anti-infectives, dermatologics, CNS, generics, and analgesics. Mr. Nestor has a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Middle Tennessee State University and a MBA from Pepperdine University.

56


Table of Contents

     
Item 6. Executive Compensation.
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
     The following discussion provides an analysis of our compensation program for the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table beginning on page 70 of this registration statement and discusses the material factors involved in our decisions regarding the compensation of our named executive officers. The executive officers named in the table include Charles Hsiao, Ph.D., who was our Chairman until his death in August 2008, and David S. Doll, who was our Executive Vice President until his resignation in August 2008. The following discussion cross-references those specific tabular and narrative disclosures that appear following this subsection where appropriate. You should read this Compensation Discussion and Analysis in conjunction with such tabular and narrative disclosures.
      Compensation Overview
      Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
     At its core, our executive compensation program recognizes that our success is dependent upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain the highly talented individuals we need to achieve our business results. The program reflects the following key principles:
  We seek to align the interests of our named executive officers and stockholders . We believe that equity compensation is an excellent way to encourage our executive officers to act in the best interests of our stockholders. Historically, we have provided our named executive officers with equity awards (primarily in the form of stock options) as part of their overall compensation package to encourage equity ownership and to place their interests in line with those of our stockholders. We did not use this component as to any of our named executive officers during 2007, however, as our compensation committee determined (as it had done in 2006 and, as to certain named executive officers, in 2005) that our delinquency in filing our periodic reports with the SEC made it inappropriate to grant equity awards to our named executive officers. Our compensation committee may consider granting equity awards to our named executive officers in 2008.
 
  To attract, motivate and retain the best talent we can obtain, our compensation should be competitive. We strongly believe that our future success rests with our people, including our executive officers. To be successful, we must be able to attract, motivate and retain quality executive officers. We realize that compensation is a key tool to achieve this objective; thus, one facet of our compensation program is to provide our named executive officers pay amounts and components that are competitive with those of other companies in our industry.
 
  Our compensation program should encourage and reward positive performance. Our executive compensation program is designed to promote and reward positive performance. In doing so, we consider both the individual performance of each named executive officer, as well as the overall performance of our business. Positive performance on the part of our management and our company will permit our named executive officers to be eligible to receive incentive compensation. On the other hand, when an individual executive does not meet stated objectives or our business is facing financial or other challenges, this incentive compensation may be appropriately reduced or eliminated.
 
  Compensation should encourage teamwork and executive cohesion. While individual performance is carefully reviewed and considered, we have also maintained a philosophy of pay equity. This means that we aim to provide similar compensation for our named executive officers who perform similar functions or who are at similar executive levels. We believe that following a plan of pay equity discourages internal comparison of compensation packages among executives and fosters teamwork and cohesion.

57


Table of Contents

     
     
    Our compensation program should balance our short- and long-term financial and operational goals. We generally strive to achieve a balance between achievement of both short- and long-term goals through the use of both salary and annual cash incentives and equity-based incentives. Our management incentive program primarily rewards short-term performance by paying out base salary and annual cash incentive awards based on performance over a period of approximately one fiscal year. Equity-based awards are generally designed to reward long-term financial performance. As noted, although long-term equity awards were not granted in 2007 (or in 2006 or, as to certain named executive officers, in 2005), we may consider resumption of equity compensation in 2008.
          Generally, we do not believe that gains realized from prior compensation, such as stock option exercises, or compensation to be received upon a future termination of employment or a change in control, should be considered in setting elements of compensation in any given year. Reducing or limiting compensation because of prior gains would unfairly penalize the executive for quality past performance and may ultimately reduce an executive’s motivation to continue to perform at high levels. Tying current compensation to past gains may also serve to make the executive’s compensation package less competitive. Moreover, severance and change-in-control compensation is intended to achieve purposes unrelated to rewarding executives for positive performance and aligning their compensation to increases in stockholder value.
Our Compensation Decision Making Process
          In general, as to most items of compensation, the chief executive officer annually evaluates each named executive officer, other than himself and our chairman, and recommends each component of compensation for all of those named executive officers. Compensation not covered by the chief executive officer’s evaluation includes benefits and other compensation mandated or determined by reference to an existing employment or similar agreement.
          As to the compensation of our chief executive officer and our chairman, the compensation committee discusses and creates a proposal as to the amount of and changes to their compensation. The compensation committee also evaluates the proposals provided by the chief executive officer as to the compensation of our other named executive officers. The compensation committee then submits its recommendations regarding the compensation of our named executive officers to the board of directors for final approval.
Role of Compensation Consultants
          While we had not historically engaged a compensation consultant to advise us with respect to our compensation of named executive officers, beginning with our evaluation of the cash incentive compensation for 2007 we retained the services of Radford Surveys + Consulting, a business unit of AON, to assist in our evaluation of such compensation. Radford provided us with a survey of comprehensive executive and director compensation data and related information at over 500 companies operating in the life sciences industry. We believe that these data provide appropriate guidelines for our compensation committee and chief executive officer to compare proposed pay levels for our named executive officers against those paid by other companies in the life sciences industry.
          During 2007, our compensation decision makers used a portion of the Radford data as a yardstick to assess the amount of base salary we proposed to pay our named executive officers, except as to David S. Doll, who was then our Executive Vice President and whose base salary increases were established by our employment agreement with him during his employment with us. Treating those of the 500 surveyed companies with the highest compensation as being in the 99th percentile, it was the sense of the board of directors and compensation committee during 2007 that our base salary should be comparable with those of companies between the 25th and 50th percentiles of the Radford compensation survey data. The purpose of using these data was to assist the decision makers in assessing whether their proposed compensation was competitive as compared to other companies in the life sciences industry. The decision makers considered these data only as a guidepost to their evaluation of proposed compensation amounts, and there was no mandate that any actual compensation paid must fall within any set range. Thus, the decision makers had discretion to consider whether compensation paid should fall within or outside this range, and in some instances they found it appropriate to set compensation at a level lower or higher than this range. Our board of directors believed that using the Radford data in this manner was essential to establishing an appropriate but competitive compensation structure, given our overall performance and the

58


Table of Contents

     
     
challenges we faced during 2007. Our board of directors reviews this process each year and in future years may determine to measure executive compensation by reference to data of companies in a different percentile range if our performance criteria or results, as viewed by reference to our yearly budget, change significantly, or it may choose to implement a different process altogether.
          In 2007, our compensation committee asked Radford to review the compensation committee’s proposed cash incentive payment calculation methodology and payouts, and total cash delivery, to Dr. Hsu, our President and Chief Executive Officer; Mr. Doll; Mr. Koch, our Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer; and Mr. Hildenbrand, our Senior Vice President, Operations. The compensation committee also asked Radford to review the performance evaluations and criteria established for each of these named executive officers to determine whether they were consistent with general market practice in content and approach. The compensation committee used the results of Radford’s reviews to confirm its preliminary view that its proposed compensation amounts and mechanisms were both competitive and consistent with general market practice.
           Components of Our Executive Compensation Program
                Overview of Elements of Compensation
          Total compensation for our named executive officers is comprised of the following elements:
    base salary;
 
    annual cash incentive awards;
 
    options and other equity-based awards (although we did not grant any of these awards to our named executive officers in 2007 or, as to certain of them, in 2005 and 2006);
 
    non-qualified deferred compensation plan contributions;
 
    401(k) retirement plan contributions;
 
    post-employment and change-in-control benefits, including severance protection; and
 
    other benefits and perquisites.
 
      With respect to each of these elements, we provide the following discussion and analysis:
 
    a description of the element;
 
    the objectives of each element;
 
    the specific performance that each element is designed to reward, if any;
 
    why we choose to pay each element;
 
    how we determine the amount of each element; and
 
    how each element and our decisions regarding that element fit into our overall compensation objectives and affect decisions regarding those elements.
                Base Salary
          Base salary is paid to all employees, including our named executive officers, to provide them with a degree of financial certainty and a source of fixed compensation to meet their day-to-day living and other needs. We believe that our base salaries are set competitively, as compared to other companies in our industry, and thus that they also serve to attract and retain talented executives. In 2007 Radford confirmed this belief with respect to four of our named executive officers, including our chief executive officer.

59


Table of Contents

     
     
          We generally set an initial base salary range for a particular level of our executives (for example, all officers with the title of Senior or Executive Vice President) and then apply that range to all executives who are at that level. In establishing these base salary ranges, we consider:
    the individual experience, education, skills and value of the position to us and our operations;
 
    the particular needs of our company for an executive at the level being considered;
 
    our desire to promote a cohesive management team among executives of that level by establishing internal pay equity; and
 
    proposed salaries for executives in similar positions in other companies in our industry, as reflected in the Radford compensation survey data, applying the procedure described above in “ — Compensation Overview — Role of Compensation Consultants.”
          Once the base salary range is established for a particular executive level, we then determine the amount of salary that a specific executive officer will receive. For new hires or promotions to a particular executive level, we consider:
    the individual experience, education and skills of the particular executive;
 
    for promotion candidates, the executive’s prior performance and length of service with us;
 
    the salaries of other executives at that level, if any; and
 
    other special circumstances that may apply to the particular executive.
          We believe that, generally, the salary levels we set for our named executive officers are less, and in some cases significantly less, than competitive compensation for an executive who:
    is fully experienced and educated as required by the position;
 
    is a strong performer and strong leader who makes solid contributions; and
 
    possesses a full skill set for his or her position and applies those skills successfully.
          Increases in base salary are used to reward executives for their positive performance in the preceding year and to ensure that their salaries remain competitive. In 2007, our compensation committee used a comprehensive evaluation process to determine increases in the base salary for our chief executive officer and our chairman. In this process, the compensation committee first informally evaluates the performance of the chief executive officer and the chairman during the year based upon their respective periodic reports to and meetings with the board of directors. The compensation committee also receives periodic reports from other members of management to assist it in determining the chief executive officer’s and the chairman’s overall effectiveness. The compensation committee also examines a series of objective criteria tied to our performance, which includes, among other things:
    the development of company-wide strategies and goals;
 
    achieving or exceeding revenue and profit goals outlined in our budgets; and
 
    improvements in employee growth and turnover rates.
          The compensation committee believes that this evaluative process allows it to obtain a complete and overall picture of the chief executive officer’s and chairman’s effectiveness during the year. The use of these objective criteria also ensures that salary adjustments reflect positive performance that can be tied to measurable increases in stockholder value.

60


Table of Contents

     
     
          As of September 1, 2006, increases in Mr. Doll’s base salary through September 1, 2009 were fixed by the terms of his employment agreement with us. See “— Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Tables — Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers — Employment Agreement with David S. Doll.” Mr. Doll was our only named executive officer whose base salary increases were fixed in this manner. The principal reason for fixing his increases was our hope that, because the employment agreement effectively provided Mr. Doll with the security of guaranteed increases in base salary regardless of company performance or market conditions, we would be more likely to retain Mr. Doll’s services over the full term of his employment agreement. In return, Mr. Doll gave up the right to receive salary increases that would be directly tied to his or our performance, which may ultimately have been higher (but could have been lower) than the guaranteed increases under his employment agreement.
          In determining the amount of each annual salary increase to be specified in Mr. Doll’s agreement, we compared proposed increases with the Radford survey data. Based upon information available when the employment agreement was being prepared, the salary increases incorporated into the agreement fell between the 50th and 75th percentiles of the Radford data. While these increases were higher than those given by the companies with which our executive salaries are generally comparable, the compensation committee believed that a higher compensation level was warranted in Mr. Doll’s case, as pharmaceutical sales and marketing executives with Mr. Doll’s experience are in relatively high demand. The committee also believed that providing Mr. Doll with a higher relative level of salary increases was warranted because his expected performance in developing new relationships with alliance agreement partners would significantly enhance our financial performance and results of operations and, in turn, lead to increases in stockholder value.
          As for our other named executive officers, base salary adjustments are evaluated and proposed by the chief executive officer, whose proposals are reviewed by the compensation committee. At the beginning of each year, a set of objectives is prepared for, and discussed with, each such named executive officer. These objectives are tailored to each individual executive and are based upon his or her job responsibilities and on certain of our results of business and financial performance that reflect directly upon the executive’s duties. These objectives might include, for example:
    achieving objective operating or financial metrics associated with the executive’s role, such as sales, product development milestones and activity levels, operating efficiency and product reliability;
 
    developing and implementing particular policies, procedures and systems necessary for the smooth and proper operation or function of the particular business unit; and
 
    hiring and retaining appropriate personnel to support specific business units.
          The criteria we established to determine the increases in base salary of our named executive officers are the same as those we use to determine their respective annual cash incentive awards (for the purposes of the increases in base salary, the compensation committee determined that the individual goals of Dr. Hsu and Dr. Hsiao were similar). See “— Annual Cash Incentive Awards” below for a description of the types of individual and corporate performance goals, the achievement of which we evaluate to determine the named executive officer’s salary increase.
          In addition to the information provided by these evaluations, in an effort to maintain pay equity, the chief executive officer generally develops base salary increases for these other named executive officers consistently among executives serving in similar capacities and with similar levels of responsibility. The amount of a named executive officer’s base salary may also serve as a reference point for determining the amount of his or her other compensation elements. For example, the potential maximum annual cash incentive award for each executive is derived from a percentage of the executive’s base salary.
                Annual Cash Incentive Awards
          Through annual cash incentive awards, we provide our named executive officers with an increased cash compensation opportunity and reward them for attaining short-term, rather than long-term, individual and corporate goals. We believe that a meaningful amount of executive compensation should be variable and contingent on

61


Table of Contents

     
     
individual and corporate performance. Establishing executive compensation that is rewarded upon the achievement of these performance-based criteria, discussed in more detail below, supports our goal of providing incentives to our executives who dedicate their full efforts toward achieving our performance objectives, which in turn makes our business successful and contributes to increases in stockholder value in the short-term. Generally, our named executive officers who have been in their position during the year are eligible to receive these cash incentive awards. While our 1999 employment agreements with Drs. Hsiao and Hsu provide that their annual cash incentive payments will be equal, at the time of Dr. Hsiao’s appointment as non-executive Chairman in 2004 his agreement was orally modified to provide that only his annual cash incentive target would be the same as Dr. Hsu’s, with any actual award being based upon his and Dr. Hsu’s respective individual performance. Because Dr. Hsiao’s role was changing from an executive to a non-executive position, the compensation committee determined to forego any cash incentive award to Dr. Hsiao for 2006 and 2007 and to consider a future cash incentive award to him based upon a cumulative three-year review of his performance at the end of 2008.
          Annual cash incentive awards are generally calculated based upon two primary variables: a percentage of base salary and performance goals that must be achieved to earn the award. In an effort to maintain pay parity, executives at the same job level and with similar degrees of responsibility will generally be assigned the same percentage of base salary.
          With the exception of Mr. Doll’s annual cash incentive award percentage, which beginning in September 2006 was set at a target of 75% of his annual base salary in his employment agreement, the compensation committee evaluates and establishes base salary percentages for our named executive officers as part of the yearly compensation process. Although the compensation committee employs its discretion in setting these percentages, its decisions are generally guided by the overall objectives to maintain pay parity among executives with similar titles and responsibilities and to provide compensation that is generally compatible with that provided by companies between the 25th and 50th percentiles of Radford’s peer group. Thus, the compensation committee sets these base salary percentages on a position-by-position basis each year. For 2007, the annual award target percentage for each of our named executive officers (other than Dr. Hsiao) was 75% of base salary. Once set, the compensation committee has the discretion to pay at above or below these percentage targets depending on our overall financial and operational performance and individual performance. The actual payments it established for 2007 were below the percentage targets.
          To determine whether or how much cash incentive compensation is to be received, each named executive officer is also evaluated against specified performance goals that are designed to ensure that payment of annual incentive compensation is tied to measurable positive performance and increases in stockholder value.
          During the first quarter of 2007, the board of directors and the compensation committee established individual goals for the chief executive officer. With respect to each other named executive officer, during the first quarter of 2007 the chief executive officer developed with each executive specific individual performance goals and a set of corporate or company-wide goals. Individual goals were customized to the applicable executive and reflected the responsibilities and duties that we believe the executive should fulfill in connection with his or her particular position. Corporate goals reflected company performance as a whole and included criteria based on the company’s achievement of particular performance targets, such as revenue and net income.
          With the exception of the chief executive officer, in 2007 individual goals comprised two-thirds of the total possible cash incentive compensation. Our chief executive officer’s cash incentive award is generally determined based entirely upon individual goals, as our compensation committee believes it is important to have our chief executive officer’s cash compensation be determined by reference to the special contributions this officer can make to our overall growth and development. We prefer to emphasize individual goals because we believe it is important to provide short-term, cash rewards to our named executive officers for performance that meets and exceeds what is expected of them. Used this way, our cash compensation program rewards demonstration of the types of performance, and the presence of executive skill sets, that in our experience are directly attributable to our growth and an increase in value to our stockholders.

62


Table of Contents

     
     
          The following table provides examples of the types of individual performance goals used to determine cash incentive compensation in 2007 for each named executive officer who participated in the cash incentive program.
         
Named Executive Officer       General Description of Performance Goals
Larry Hsu
    Regain compliance with SEC reporting obligations
 
    Meet or exceed revenue and profit targets
 
    Establish long-term goals, strategy and planning
 
    Submit a specified number of ANDAs
 
    Reduce employee turnover
 
    Respond timely to FDA comments and requests
 
       
Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
    Regain compliance with SEC reporting obligations
 
    Perform monthly analysis of budget variances
 
    Develop and support compensation plans
 
    Enhance unit and function service levels
 
    Maintain coordination with sales and marketing functions
 
    Formalize succession plan
 
       
David S. Doll
    Succeed with product launches and achieve budget objectives
 
    Develop relationships with alliance agreement partners
 
    Develop new products and product lines
 
    Develop and implement policies and procedures within sales and marketing area for Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance purposes
 
       
Charles V. Hildenbrand
    Achieve specified operational, manufacturing, budgetary and quality control objectives
 
    Meet specific hiring and staffing objectives
 
    Submit a specified number of ANDAs
          Except with respect to the chairman (who did not receive any cash incentive compensation in 2007) and the chief executive officer, corporate performance goals represented one-third of the total weight in determining the named executive officer’s annual cash incentive awards, which we believe is appropriate to reflect our philosophy that executive performance must benefit our company in ways that can be objectively measured and quantified.
          For 2007, our corporate performance goals were comprised of a revenue-based goal and a profit-based goal, and we used non-GAAP financial measures in defining these goals. Because we defer a substantial portion of the revenue realized under our alliance agreements, we do not believe our results determined in accordance with GAAP provide as accurate a measure of our executives’ annual contribution to corporate performance as a non-GAAP financial measure which reflects the flows of the products subject to these agreements to drug wholesalers and other ultimate customers as reported to us by our marketing partners. A comparison of these non-GAAP measures with our results determined in accordance with GAAP is set forth in the discussion of our 2007 results under “Item 2. Financial Information — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

63


Table of Contents

     
     
          All performance goals are disclosed to and discussed with each executive at the beginning of the year. An executive must generally be actively employed by us on the payment date to receive an annual cash incentive award. Each set of performance goals counts for a portion of the total potential bonus that may be received, and items constituting individual performance goals are individually weighted. The portion of the bonus based on overall corporate performance is earned in full if the goals are met. Payouts of cash incentive awards are determined in part by the compensation committee’s or chief executive officer’s determination as to whether such goals were achieved in whole or in part. See “— Summary Compensation Table” and “— Grants of Plan-Based Awards During Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007” for the amounts related to actual cash incentive awards paid out by us and the target annual cash incentive awards for 2007 performance.
                Equity Awards
          We maintain the Impax Laboratories, Inc. 2002 Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan for the purpose of granting stock options and other equity-based awards, such as stock appreciation rights (commonly known as SARs) and stock bonus awards (commonly known as restricted stock awards), to our employees, including our named executive officers. We have historically granted to our named executive officers only stock options, including incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, under the 2002 plan. During 2007 (as well as 2006 and 2005 as to certain named executive officers) we did not grant any equity awards to any of our named executive officers. We may consider making awards of stock options or other equity incentive awards to our named executive officers in 2008.
          Option awards produce value to our named executive officers only if the price of our stock appreciates, and then only to the extent of the excess of our stock price over the exercise price of the option. Our stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant to avoid providing any immediate benefit to the named executive officer upon grant. Option awards also link the interests of our executives to our stockholders in that the exercise of an option would result in the executive being issued shares of our common stock. Because they generally vest incrementally over time, options create an incentive for named executive officers to continue their employment with us for extended periods after the initial grant.
          We have established procedures for granting equity awards to all of our eligible employees, including our named executive officers. Each year we establish a stock option or stock bonus award amount (the “equity compensation award”) for each level of responsibility within our organization, subject to approval by the compensation committee. In arriving at the option component of the equity compensation award, we use a number of factors, including the grant date fair value of the option as determined by SFAS No. 123R and the percentage of total shares outstanding that each option would represent if exercised in full. Grants are made in the following three ways:
    New hires and promotions . During the first week of the third month of each calendar quarter we grant an equity compensation award to any employee who was hired or promoted during the preceding quarter (the grant to promoted employees being made only to the extent necessary to make their equity compensation award comparable to those made to others at the new level of responsibility).
 
    Annual grants . During the second two weeks of each October we make a grant equal to half the current applicable equity compensation award to each eligible employee.
 
    Special grants . During the final week of each June and December, we make special awards for exemplary individual performance to employees selected by the chief executive officer from a pool of candidates recommended by senior management.
          The board of directors or compensation committee, however, retains discretion, in appropriate circumstances, to provide a different amount of equity awards for both the new hire/promotion and the annual grants. We might, for example, increase the number of options above the specified amount if needed to retain an executive who would, upon leaving his current position, be required to forfeit a substantial unvested option or restricted stock position. We have not, and in the future do not intend to, time the award of any equity-based compensation to coincide with the release of favorable or unfavorable information about us.

64


Table of Contents

     
     
          Our equity awards are issued as long-term compensation that generally vest over a period of four years. This is consistent with our philosophy of linking the financial interests of our named executive officers to that of stockholders. The long-term compensation balances the short-term compensation paid in the form of base salary and annual incentive awards. We strive to keep option grants at the same level as our cash and incentive compensation, i.e. , between the 25th and 50th percentiles of companies included in the Radford survey.
          For all of our equity awards, we establish the amount to be awarded to each of our named executive officers based upon the level of each position. As part of our goal of maintaining pay parity wherever possible, we tend to grant the same or similar amounts of options to executives with similar titles and levels of responsibility. Grants of awards under the 2002 plan must be approved by the board of directors or a committee (or subcommittee) consisting of two or more outside directors. For all named executive officers, except our chief executive officer and chairman, option amounts and terms are generally proposed by our chief executive officer, subject to ultimate approval by the board of directors or compensation committee. Option grants to our chief executive officer and chairman are determined solely by the board of directors or compensation committee.
          In our September 2006 employment agreement with Mr. Doll, we agreed to grant him two awards of options and stock bonuses, subject in each case to approval by our stockholders of an amendment to our 2002 plan to provide enough shares of common stock to permit the issuance of these awards. For a discussion of these provisions, see “— Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Tables — Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers — Employment Agreement with David S. Doll.”
          Unlike options, stock bonus awards provide value to our named executive officers immediately upon grant and increase in value based upon increases in the market price for our common stock. Also, unlike base salary and annual cash incentive awards, stock bonus awards are designed to serve as compensation to reward long-term performance, as the awards do not fully vest until a period of seven years has elapsed. The vesting period of these stock bonus awards is substantially longer than the options we agreed to grant to Mr. Doll, which were subject to a four-year vesting period. As a result, the equity compensation to be awarded to Mr. Doll would effectively reward him for his performance over a substantially longer time frame than the option awards.
          Prior to agreeing to issue these awards, we had not issued stock bonus awards to any of our named executive officers, and, while we reserve the right to do so in the future, we presently do not have any intention to issue other stock bonus awards to our named executive officers. We also agreed to issue these awards even though we have generally suspended the granting of equity awards to our executive officers, as discussed above. We decided to take a different approach to equity awards under Mr. Doll’s employment agreement primarily for the following reasons:
    First, we determined that the executive having responsibility for our sales and marketing functions is a valuable asset to our company. Mr. Doll’s overall industry and sales experience allowed him to take on an increased amount of responsibility in his position, including business and product development and the growth of vital strategic relationships and alliance agreements’ partnerships.
 
    Second, we recognized that there is significant competition in our industry for employees with Mr. Doll’s experience. We also became aware that many of our competitors have been increasingly using stock bonuses as an inducement to attract, retain and motive their key employees. As a result, we believed that stock bonus awards would need to be a key element in any compensation package we offered Mr. Doll.
 
    Third, we believed that a central component of our ability to retain Mr. Doll as a key member of our management team was providing him with direct and tangible equity ownership in our company, which we could only do through stock bonus awards.
          We agreed with Mr. Doll that if our stockholders did not approve the issuance of the equity awards contemplated in that agreement, he would be entitled to receive the “economic benefits” of such awards, as determined by the compensation committee. In doing so, we wanted to provide Mr. Doll with the economic equivalent of these awards and not penalize him if for some reason our stockholders do not approve the amendments to the 2002 plan to permit their issuance. We also agreed that, upon exercise of his options, we would reimburse Mr. Doll for the difference, if any, between the exercise price he ultimately pays (which will be equal to the fair market value of

65


Table of Contents

     
     
our common stock on the date the options are deemed granted under SFAS No. 123R) and the exercise price he would have paid had the options been granted on the date of the employment agreement. We wanted to prevent Mr. Doll from suffering any economic loss or hardship upon exercising the options because the 2002 plan did not, on the date of the employment agreement, have sufficient shares to permit the award of his options.
                401(k) Plan and Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan Contributions
          Retirement plans, in general, are designed to provide executives with financial security after their employment has terminated and, through the incremental vesting of our matching contributions to such plans over time, provide a retentive element to the overall pay package. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the Impax 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, which allows them to contribute a portion of their base salary and bonus to support their financial needs upon retirement. We also contribute to each participant’s account an amount equal to 50% of the amount contributed by the named executive officer, with our contribution not to exceed 6% of the participant’s base salary and bonus. Our matching contributions to the 401(k) plan vest depending on the number of years the named executive officer has worked at our company, with all matching contributions vesting after the third year of service at the company. Amounts contributed to the 401(k) plan are invested in one or more investment fund options. Participants generally do not pay U.S. federal income tax on contributions to or earnings in the 401(k) plan until the participant makes withdrawals from his or her plan account.
          Our named executive officers also are eligible to participate in the Impax Laboratories, Inc. Executive Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, restated effective January 1, 2005. See “ — Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation During Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007” and “ — Narrative Disclosure to Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table.” We make a matching contribution for each participant equal to 50% of the participant’s contribution, not to exceed 5% of the participant’s base pay and bonus per year. A participant’s account is notionally invested in one or more investment funds and the value of the account is determined with respect such investment allocations. We retain the discretion to reduce the level of matching contributions or eliminate them altogether, but we have not chosen to do so.
          These benefits are offered to provide financial security and peace of mind for our executives. Because we do not provide either a qualified or a non-qualified defined benefit pension plan (often referred to as a SERP), we believe that the overall retirement plan benefits for our named executive officers are modest as compared to other public companies of our size. We also believe these contributions represent standard benefits that executive-level employees of public companies commonly receive. For these reasons, we do not take these matching contributions into consideration when setting other aspects of compensation for our executive officers.
                Employment Agreement with David S. Doll
          Stemming from the March 2006 decision of Barry R. Edwards to retire as our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Edwards and Dr. Hsu decided that Mr. Doll, who was at the time our Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing, would continue to play a key role as a part of our senior management team. Prior to this time, Mr. Doll did not have an employment agreement with us.
          As part of the succession-planning process, we believed it was important to retain continuity in the executive commercial development function, given the importance of that role and its direct impact upon our future success. To retain Mr. Doll’s services and to provide him with a level of employment security, we offered Mr. Doll the possibility of entering into an employment agreement with us, which he accepted. In the months that followed, we discussed with Mr. Doll the framework for an employment agreement, with Mr. Edwards and Dr. Hsu leading these discussions for us. On September 1, 2006, after discussions between the parties had been successfully concluded, we entered into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Doll, pursuant to which he was promoted to the position of Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations.

66


Table of Contents

     
     
                Post-Employment and Change-in-Control Benefits
          We entered into employment agreements with each of Dr. Hsiao and Dr. Hsu in 1999 and with Mr. Doll in 2006. See “— Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Tables — Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers” for a summary of certain material terms of such agreements.
          As part of these employment agreements, we provide certain benefits upon:
    a termination of employment due to the executive’s death or disability;
 
    a termination of employment by us other than for cause, as defined in the employment agreement; or
 
    a termination of employment by the executive for good reason, as defined in the employment agreement, including upon a change in control.
          In the case of each employment agreement, the terms of these arrangements were set through the course of arms-length negotiations with each of the named executive officers. As part of these negotiations, the compensation committee analyzed the terms of the same or similar arrangements for comparable executives employed by other companies in the Radford survey. This approach was used by the compensation committee in setting the amounts payable and the triggering events under the arrangements.
          Severance payments include a cash payment that is generally based upon the salary and annual incentive payment history of the named executive officer at issue. Severance benefits may also include the accelerated vesting of our matching contributions under the non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the accelerated vesting of stock options and stock bonus awards, and the extension of the exercisability of an award. We may also agree to “gross up” the amount of the executive’s severance payment to account for the executive’s excess parachute payment excise tax liability. The amount of this gross-up payment may be influenced by the value of options and stock bonus awards that vest on an accelerated basis.
          Generally speaking, we provide severance to our executives to give them financial peace of mind in the event they suffer an involuntary termination other than for cause. We believe that the risk or possibility of an involuntary termination or change in control creates uncertainty for named executive officers regarding their continued employment with us. These scenarios may include, among other things, a termination of employment or a change in an executive’s job location, position or duties, whether on an individual basis or due to an overall reduction in or change to our workforce, or a change in other members of senior management resulting from a change in control event. As a result, our severance benefits are intended to encourage the long-term retention of our executives.
          Severance benefits for a change in control are paid pursuant to a “single trigger”; that is, they are earned regardless of whether the executive has been terminated or demoted or has otherwise experienced any diminution in compensation or duties. We believe that a single trigger gives our executives a modest level of financial security and peace of mind in the event that we experience a change in control, regardless of whether the executive has suffered or will suffer any specific adverse employment circumstance.
          We believe that all of our severance and termination-related benefits are typical of those received by other executives in our industry in both structure and amount. See “ — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control” for a summary of these severance and change in control provisions, the amount of potential payments that our named executive officers might receive and the method by which these benefit levels were determined.

67


Table of Contents

     
     
                Other Benefits and Perquisites
          Our named executive officers participate in a wide array of benefit plans that are available to all of our salaried employees generally, including medical, dental, life and long-term disability insurance plans. Most of these benefits provide financial security and peace of mind for employees and executives and are generally viewed as a standard part of basic employee benefits within our industry. We generally do not provide to our named executive officers any material compensation in the form of perquisites.
           Tax and Accounting Treatment of Compensation
                Section 162(m)
          Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, currently limits the deductibility for U.S. federal income tax purposes of certain compensation paid in any year by a publicly held corporation to its chief executive officer and any other employee whose compensation is required to be reported to stockholders by reason of being among the three most highly compensated officers. As a result of Section 162(m), we cannot deduct for U.S. federal income tax purposes any compensation paid to any of these employees in an amount over $ 1 million unless the compensation is “performance-based compensation” as defined under Section 162(m).
          Amounts we pay as base salary and annual cash incentive compensation do not qualify for the “performance-based compensation” exception. Although we intend that options and other awards issued under our 2002 plan not be subject to the $ 1 million limitation in reliance upon this exception, compliance with the performance-based compensation exception is subject to a number of very technical requirements. Although the deductibility of compensation we have paid to executive officers has not been impacted by Section 162(m) in 2007, there can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with all of these requirements in the future.
                Section 280G
          Under Section 280G of the Code, a 20% excise tax is imposed upon named executive officers and other executive officers or employees who receive an “excess parachute payment” upon a change in control. An excess parachute payment is deemed to be received to the extent that such a change-in-control payment exceeds an amount approximating three times the employee’s average annual compensation, determined by a five-year average. A company also loses its tax deduction for any excess parachute payments made.
          We attempt to structure our severance packages so that they do not trigger an excess parachute payment (or a corresponding loss of our tax deduction), but there is no guarantee that the severance arrangements we have entered into will not require such a payment if and when they are triggered. Our employment agreements typically do not require us to reimburse an executive officer for the amount of any excise tax owed as a result of an excess parachute payment, although we may voluntarily agree to provide such a reimbursement to an executive officer in appropriate circumstances.
                Section 409A
          Section 409A of the Code provides for the payment of additional taxes by our directors, officers and employees with respect to various deferred compensation arrangements we maintain, including:
    employment and severance agreements between us and our officers;
 
    our non-qualified deferred compensation plan; and
 
    other compensation arrangements we enter into with our directors, officers and employees.
          Generally, however, Section 409A of the Code does not apply to incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options that are granted at fair market value if no deferral is provided beyond exercise. Section 409A also does

68


Table of Contents

     
     
not apply to our stock bonus awards. In the event that a deferred compensation arrangement fails to comply with Section 409A in form or operation, an officer, director or employee may become subject to:
    the imposition of U.S. federal income tax, and potentially state and local income tax, on all amounts deferred in the tax year in which the amounts are deferred (or, if later, in the tax year when the receipt of the benefits is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture);
 
    a penalty tax of 20% of the includable amount (in addition to the regular income tax at ordinary income rates); and
 
    interest at the underpayment rate plus 1 percent from the time the amount was first deferred (or, if later, the tax year when the benefits are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture) until the time the amount is included in income.
          Deferred compensation arrangements may, in some cases, be amended to avoid the adverse tax consequences of Section 409A. Such amendments must be made no later than December 31, 2008. We are in the process of evaluating our deferred compensation plans, employment and severance agreements and other compensation arrangements covered by Section 409A. We intend to make appropriate changes to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and the accompanying regulations to ensure that there are no adverse tax consequences for our directors, officers and employees. We may be required to renegotiate some or all of these agreements or arrangements with our directors and executive officers or to make changes to our deferred compensation plan, to bring them into compliance with Section 409A.
                SFAS No. 123R
          Accounting rules and pronouncements govern how we value option and stock bonus awards that we make and when those awards are to be recognized as compensation expense on our consolidated financial statements. Under SFAS No. 123R, we calculate the full grant date fair value of awards using a variety of assumptions. This calculation is performed for accounting purposes, as an executive officer might never realize any value from the award. This may happen, for example, when the value of a share of stock on which the executive holds an option falls below the exercise price of the option and remains below the exercise price, rendering the option worthless to the executive. SFAS No. 123R also requires that companies recognize the compensation cost of a stock option or stock bonus award proportionately over the period that an employee is required to render service in exchange for a share-based payment.
          In the Summary Compensation Table on page 70, the dollar amounts shown in the “Option Awards” column represent the compensation expense recognized by us in 2007 for awards made prior to 2007. These amounts do not necessarily represent the value received by an executive officer during 2007. To date, the SFAS No. 123R expense has not been a significant factor in setting or changing our equity compensation grant practices.

69


Table of Contents

     
     
Summary Compensation Table
          The following table sets forth information relating to all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the following individuals for all services rendered in all capacities to us during each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006:
    all individuals serving as our principal executive officer;
 
    our principal financial officer; and
 
    our two most highly compensated executive officers in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 whose total compensation exceeded $ 100,000.
                                                 
                            Non-Equity        
                            Incentive        
Name and                   Option   Plan   All Other    
Principal           Salary   Awards ($)   Compensation   Compensation   Total
Position   Year   ($)   (1)   ($) (2)   ($) (3)   ($)
Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.
    2007     $ 375,000     $ 6,976     $     $ 37,662 (4)   $ 419,638  
Chairman (principal executive officer)
    2006       394,231       49,014             56,325 (4)     499,570  
 
                                               
Larry Hsu, Ph.D.
    2007       375,000       6,976       243,750       63,292 (5)     689,018  
President and Chief Executive Officer
    2006       394,231       49,014       253,125       54,128 (5)     750,498  
(principal executive officer)
                                               
 
                                               
Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
    2007       243,472             167,500       34,713 (6)     445,685  
Senior Vice President,
    2006       230,937             143,902       27,250 (6)     402,089  
Finance and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)
                                               
 
                                               
David S. Doll
    2007       324,250       2,790       216,745       38,544 (7)     582,239  
Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations
    2006       288,315       18,053       197,650       28,595 (7)     532,613  
 
                                               
Charles V. Hildenbrand
    2007       219,801             143,430       31,483 (8)     394,714  
SVP-Operations
    2006       204,148             124,189       25,943 (8)     354,280  
 
(1)   Represents the dollar amount of share-based compensation expense recognized for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, as applicable, in accordance with SFAS No. 123R based on assumptions set forth in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement and disregarding the estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. These dollar amounts relate to awards granted prior to 2007 and 2006, as applicable.
 
(2)   Represents annual cash incentive awards paid in 2008 for 2007 performance and paid in 2007 for 2006 performance.

70


Table of Contents

     
     
 
(3)   In 2007, we paid matching contributions on amounts deferred by our named executive officers to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan and 401(k) plan from their respective 2007 salaries and cash incentive awards paid in 2007 with respect to 2006 performance. Our matching contributions for 2006 relate to amounts deferred by our named executive officers to our qualified deferred compensation plan and 401(k) plan from their respective 2006 salaries and cash incentive awards paid in 2006 with respect to 2005 and 2004 performance.
 
(4)   Represents the following: (i) our matching contribution of $ 18,750 and $ 41,833 under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; (ii) our matching contributions of $ 13,577 and $ 10,211 under our 401(k) plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; and (iii) our medical, life insurance and long-term disability insurance premium payments during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of $ 5,335 and $ 4,281, in the aggregate, respectively.
 
(5)   Represents the following: (i) our matching contribution of $ 31,406 and $ 41,350 under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; (ii) our matching contributions of $ 10,655 and $ 9,922 under our 401(k) plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; and (iii) our medical, life insurance and long-term disability insurance premium payments during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of $ 21,231 and $ 2,856 in the aggregate, respectively.
 
(6)   Represents the following: (i) our matching contribution of $ 19,369 and $ 14,371 under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; (ii) our matching contributions of $ 7,991 and $ 5,766 under our 401(k) plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; and (iii) our medical, life insurance and long-term disability insurance premium payments during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of $ 7,353 and $ 7,113, in the aggregate, respectively.
 
(7)   Represents the following: (i) our matching contribution of $ 26,095 and $ 18,504 under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; (ii) our matching contributions of $ 7,518 and $ 7,500 under our 401(k) plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; and (iii) our medical, life insurance and long-term disability insurance premium payments during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of $ 4,931 and $ 2,591, in the aggregate, respectively.
 
(8)   Represents the following: (i) our matching contribution of $ 6,880 and $ 3,184 under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; (ii) our matching contributions of $ 10,235 and $ 8,391 under our 401(k) plan, with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; and (iii) our medical, life insurance and long-term disability insurance premium payments during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of $ 14,368 and $ 14,368, in the aggregate, respectively.

71


Table of Contents

     
Grants of Plan-Based Awards During Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007
     The following table sets forth information regarding grants of non-equity incentive plan awards to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. We did not grant any equity awards to our named executive officers during 2007.
                         
    Estimated Possible Payouts
    Under Non-Equity Incentive
    Plan Awards
    Threshold   Target   Maximum
Name   ($)(1)   ($)(2)   ($)(1)
Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.
        $        
Larry Hsu, Ph.D.
          281,250        
Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
          182,604        
David S. Doll
          243,188        
Charles V. Hildenbrand
          164,851        
 
(1)   We do not establish threshold or maximum amounts, as such terms are used in this table under the applicable SEC rules, in connection with our non-equity incentive plan awards.
 
(2)   This amount represents a maximum award of 75% of the named executive officer’s base salary earned during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The compensation committee retains its discretion to establish base salary percentages, which were set at 75% for all named executive officers for 2007. Once set, the compensation committee has the discretion to pay at above or below these percentage targets depending on our overall financial and operational performance and individual performance. See “- Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Components of Our Executive Compensation Program — Annual Cash Incentive Awards” for a discussion of performance goals that the named executive officers should achieve to earn the awards.

72


Table of Contents

     
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Tables
      Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers
     During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, we had employment agreements with Drs. Hsiao and Hsu and Mr. Doll. The following is the description of certain material terms of these agreements. This description is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the employment agreements, which are filed as exhibits to this registration statement.
           Employment Agreements with Charles Hsiao and Larry Hsu
     At the closing of the merger of Global Pharmaceutical Corporation and Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., effective December 14, 1999, we entered into employment agreements with Dr. Hsiao and Dr. Hsu. In January 2004, we amended Dr. Hsiao’s employment agreement.
     Each of the employment agreements contains substantially similar terms. The employment agreements contain initial three-year terms that automatically renew for successive one-year periods unless terminated by either party at least six months prior to the expiration of the initial term or any renewal term.
     Pursuant to the employment agreements, base salary for each executive was initially set at $ 175,000 per year, subject to discretionary increases in accordance with our normal procedures and policies. We also agreed to provide Drs. Hsiao and Hsu with additional compensation, including:
     •     a bonus, based on criteria established by our board of directors;
     •     full health, dental, vision and disability insurance, as well as life insurance and any other benefits customarily offered to our senior executive officers;
     •     four weeks of paid vacation time annually; and
     •     the reimbursement of all out-of-pocket expenses related to job performance.
     The employment agreements contain customary non-competition, non-interference, non-disclosure and assignment of inventions provisions.
     Each of Drs. Hsiao and Hsu’s employment agreements contains provisions that provide them with benefits upon termination or a change in control. See “— Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.” Dr. Hsiao died in August 2008.
           Employment Agreement with David S. Doll
     Our September 1, 2006 employment agreement with Mr. Doll, our Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations, provided for an initial three-year term, which automatically renews for successive one-year periods unless terminated by either party at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the initial term or any renewal term. The agreement set Mr. Doll’s initial annual base salary at $ 295,000 and provided for increases to $ 335,000 beginning February 1, 2007 and $ 395,000 beginning February 1, 2008. The maximum amount of Mr. Doll’s cash incentive award was set at 75% of his base salary. Under the employment agreement, he was to be evaluated for eligibility to receive this award under the same procedures we have implemented for our other named executive officers. See “ — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Components of Our Executive Compensation Program — Annual Cash Incentive Awards.”
     Mr. Doll was entitled to receive a number of paid vacation days in each calendar year as determined by us from time to time for our senior executive officers. Unused vacation days could not be accrued, carried over or otherwise converted into compensation. We also agreed to provide Mr. Doll with any fringe benefits available to our senior executive officers and such other fringe benefits as our board of directors or the compensation committee may deem appropriate, as well as to reimburse him for all out-of-pocket expenses related to his job performance.

73


Table of Contents

     
     Under his employment agreement, Mr. Doll received, subject to stockholder approval, an option under our 2002 plan to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock, which option vested in four equal annual increments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. He was also eligible to receive on September 1, 2008, subject to stockholder approval, a second option to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock, which option would also vest in four equal annual increments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. These options were to have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date our stockholders approve amendments to our 2002 plan to permit the issuance of the options to Mr. Doll. To the extent that the fair market value of the common stock on the date the option is approved was higher than the value of our stock on the date of the employment agreement, we agreed to credit the amount of such excess to Mr. Doll upon his exercise of the option.
     Mr. Doll also received, subject to stockholder approval, a stock bonus award under our 2002 plan of 30,000 shares of common stock, which award vested in seven equal annual increments. He was also eligible to receive on September 1, 2008, subject to stockholder approval, a second stock bonus grant of 30,000 shares of common stock also vesting in seven equal annual increments. In order to enable Mr. Doll to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligations with respect to the vesting of the stock bonus awards, we would withhold from the stock bonus awards that vest each year a number of shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld. If stockholder approval permitting the grant of these options and stock bonuses was not obtained prior to the expiration or termination of the employment agreement or a change in control, Mr. Doll would be entitled to receive the economic benefits of all such awards, as reasonably determined by our compensation committee.
     Under the employment agreement, Mr. Doll was subject to non-disclosure, non-disparagement, and intellectual-property-assignment provisions and was, and for one year after termination of the agreement would continue to be, prohibited from soliciting our current or former customers, contractors, subcontractors, vendors or suppliers to cease doing business with us, and from soliciting our employees to leave their employment with us. In addition, Mr. Doll agreed to indemnify us from any liability that arises due to his failure to comply with these covenants.
     Mr. Doll’s employment agreement also contained termination, severance and change in control provisions. See “— Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”
     We entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Doll, dated July 30, 2008, under which he resigned his position effective August 1, 2008, the September 1, 2006 employment agreement was terminated and Mr. Doll’s rights with respect to the options to purchase 60,000 shares and the stock bonus awards granted and to be granted under the employment agreement, as well as his rights under fully vested options to purchase 172,500 shares of common stock separately held by Mr. Doll, were terminated. Under the separation agreement we agreed to pay Mr. Doll separation benefits consisting of $ 620,000 and 94,705 shares of our common stock. The agreement also subjects Mr. Doll to non-disclosure and non-disparagement provisions and prohibits him from soliciting our employees to leave their employment with us. We and Mr. Doll also executed mutual releases of any claim each might have against the other arising out of Mr. Doll’s employment.
     In addition, we entered into a one-year consulting agreement with Mr. Doll effective September 4, 2008, under which, Mr. Doll agreed to provide us with certain litigation-related services upon our request. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Mr. Doll was granted 9,836 shares of our common stock, and we agreed to compensate Mr. Doll at the rate of $ 275 per hour for his services. The consulting agreement also subjects Mr. Doll to certain disclosure, assignment of intellectual property, and confidentiality requirements. We may terminate the consulting agreement for no reason upon 45-days written notice to Mr. Doll. Mr. Doll may terminate the consulting agreement only in the event of our material breach of the agreement which has not been cured within 45 days notice of such breach.

74


Table of Contents

     
           Comparison of Salary and Bonus to Total Compensation Paid
     The table below sets forth the amount of salary and annual cash incentive award for each named executive officer as a percentage of total compensation paid with respect to 2006 and 2007.
                         
                    Non-Equity
                    Incentive Plan
            Salary as   Payments as
            Percentage of   Percentage of
            Total   Total
            Compensation   Compensation
Name   Year   (%)   (%)
Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.
    2007       89       (1)
 
    2006       79       (1)
 
                       
Larry Hsu, Ph.D.
    2007       54       35  
 
    2006       53       34  
 
                       
Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
    2007       55       38  
 
    2006       57       36  
 
                       
David S. Doll
    2007       56       37  
 
    2006       54       37  
 
                       
Charles V. Hildenbrand
    2007       56       36  
 
    2006       58       35  
 
(1)   Because Dr. Hsiao’s role was changing from an executive to a non-executive position, the compensation committee determined to forego any cash incentive award to Dr. Hsiao for 2006 and 2007 and to consider a future cash incentive award to him based upon a cumulative three-year review of his performance at the end of 2008.

75


Table of Contents

     
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2007
     The following table sets forth the information regarding the outstanding option awards for our named executive officers at December 31, 2007. There were no outstanding stock awards at December 31, 2007.
                         
    Option Awards
    Number        
    of        
    Securities        
    Underlying        
    Unexercised   Option    
    Options   Exercise   Option
    (#)   Price   Expiration
Name   Exercisable (1)   ($)   Date
Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.
    333,580     $ 0.82       02/01/2009  
 
    60,800       5.00       12/22/2010  
 
    100,000       6.72       03/08/2012  
 
    75,000       3.04       03/10/2013  
 
                       
Larry Hsu, Ph.D.
    50,000       5.00       12/22/2010  
 
    100,000       6.72       03/08/2012  
 
    75,000       3.04       03/10/2013  
 
                       
Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
    50,000       17.13       02/22/2015  
 
                       
David S. Doll
    45,000       6.81       01/19/2011  
 
    40,000       11.11       09/24/2011  
 
    30,000       6.72       03/08/2012  
 
    30,000       3.04       03/10/2013  
 
    27,500       9.85       09/21/2015  
 
                       
Charles V. Hildenbrand
    50,000       14.55       08/30/2014  
 
    11,459       9.85       09/21/2015  
 
(1)   All options vest in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant.

76


Table of Contents

     
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation During Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007
     The following table sets forth the benefits received by our named executive officers under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 as well as the aggregate non-qualified deferred compensation balances at December 31, 2007.
                                         
                                    Aggregate
    Executive   Registrant   Aggregate   Aggregate   Balance at
    Contributions   Contributions   Earnings in   Withdrawals/   December
    in 2007   in 2007   2007   Distributions   31, 2007
Name   ($) (1)   ($) (2)   ($)   ($)   ($) (3)
Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.
  $ 37,500     $ 18,750     $ 21,956           $ 470,082  
 
Larry Hsu, Ph.D.
    62,813       31,406       11,628             464,081  
 
Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
    38,737       19,369       4,102             138,139  
 
David S. Doll
    52,190       26,095       9,179             329,735  
 
Charles V. Hildenbrand
    13,760       6,880       (3,772 )           42,263  
 
(1)   Represents amounts deferred by each named executive officer to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan and reported in the Summary Compensation Table above under “Salary” for 2007 and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” for 2006, relating to cash incentive awards paid in 2007 for 2006 performance, as follows:
                 
            Non-Equity Incentive
    2007 Salary   Plan Contributions for
Name   Contributions ($)   2006 Performance ($)
Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.
  $ 37,500     $ (1)
 
Larry Hsu, Ph.D.
    37,500       25,313  
 
Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
    24,347       14,390  
 
David S. Doll
    32,425       19,765  
 
Charles V. Hildenbrand
    8,792       4,968  
 
(1)   Because Dr. Hsiao’s role was changing from an executive to a non-executive position, the compensation committee determined to forego any cash incentive award to Dr. Hsiao for 2006 and 2007 and to consider a future cash incentive award to him based upon a cumulative three-year review of his performance at the end of 2008.
    Amounts deferred by named executive officers to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan from their respective cash incentive awards paid in 2008 for 2007 performance and our matching contributions related to such deferred compensation made in 2008 will be included in the next year’s Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation table. Such amounts deferred by our named executive officers are included in the cash incentive awards reported under “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” for 2007 in the Summary Compensation Table above.

77


Table of Contents

     
(2)   These amounts are reported under “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table above.
 
(3)   Of the amounts shown, the following were included in the Summary Compensation Table for 2006 and represent the amounts deferred by each named executive officer from the salary earned and paid in 2006: Dr. Hsiao — $ 39,423, Dr. Hsu — $ 39,423, Mr. Koch — $ 23,094, Mr. Doll — $ 28,831, and Mr. Hildenbrand — $ 4,777. Our matching contributions relating to 2006 salary payments and cash incentive awards paid in 2006 for 2005 and 2004 performance were reported in “All Other Compensation” for 2006 in the Summary Compensation Table above. For information regarding named executive officers’ deferrals from their respective cash incentive awards earned for 2006 performance, see footnote 1 above.
Narrative Disclosure to Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table
     Our non-qualified deferred compensation plan permits highly-compensated individuals to receive a similar level of benefits (in terms of the overall percentage of their income eligible for tax deferral and employer matching contributions) as are available to employees with lower levels of income. Participants in this plan may defer up to 10% of the participant’s base salary and bonus payable in a given year. Participants may also credit their plan accounts with any excess deferrals that are to be returned to the participant from our 401(k) plan due to the application of the tax code’s participation and discrimination standards. We make a matching contribution for each participant equal to 50% of the participant’s contribution, not to exceed 5% of the participant’s base pay and bonus. A participant’s account is notionally invested in one or more investment funds and the value of the account is determined with respect to such investment allocations. We have the ability to reduce the level of matching contribution or eliminate it altogether, but we have not chosen to do so. Participants are fully vested in their contributions when made. Our matching contributions vest depending on the number of years of service, with participants being fully vested after five years of service. No contributions are forfeited as a result of a separation due to death, disability, termination of the plan or a change in control.
     Benefits attributable to a participant may be valued as if they were invested in one or more investment funds (as set forth in the non-qualified deferred compensation plan), as directed by participants in writing. Participants may change their selection of investment funds from time to time in writing in accordance with the procedure established by the plan administrator. Changes will take effect as soon as administratively practicable. If a participant does not select an investment fund, the participant will be deemed to have selected the Alliance Money Market fund.
     The portion of a participant’s benefit account valued by reference to the investment funds will be valued daily based upon the performance of the investment funds selected by the participant. The valuation will reflect the net asset value per share of the designated investment funds, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may establish uniform rules limiting a participant’s eligibility to allocate contributions to an account based on health, income, or such other factors as the administrator may deem appropriate. The plan administrator has not as yet established rules limiting the allocation of plan contributions.
     If a participant terminates his or her employment, or an eligible consultant ceases to render service to us, for any reason, including death, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the value of the vested balance credited to the participant’s plan account. If the participant has died, the balance of that account will be paid to one or more beneficiaries designated by the participant. See “ — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control — Description of Applicable Termination and Change-in-Control Provisions — Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan” for a description of the form of payouts, withdrawals and other distributions under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
     A participant must select the form and commencement date of the payment of retirement benefits prior to the initial allocation of contributions to the participant’s plan account. The participant and the plan administrator may, by mutual agreement, change the participant’s initial selection of the form of distribution, provided that:
     the election is made at least one year prior to the participant’s retirement;
 
     the election does not have the effect of accelerating any payment; and
 

78


Table of Contents

     
           if the election delays the commencement date of any payment, the delayed commencement date is at least five years after the original commencement date.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations, with respect to the balance of a participant’s plan account that has vested as of January 1, 2005 (and any earnings attributable to such amounts), and upon mutual agreement between the participant and the plan administrator, the participant may amend the form of distribution to be paid in a lump sum or any other form approved by the administrator.
     A participant may also request a distribution of the participant’s account balance prior to termination of employment if necessary to alleviate an “unforeseeable emergency,” which is defined as severe financial hardship resulting from:
           an illness or accident of the participant, the participant’s spouse or a dependent of the participant;
           loss of the participant’s property due to a casualty; or
           any other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the participant.
     The determination of whether a participant qualifies for an unforeseeable emergency distribution will be subject to Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     Benefits are payable as they become due, irrespective of any actual investments we may make to meet our obligations. However, participants will have no greater right to our assets than that of an unsecured creditor. We must withhold or cause to be withheld all appropriate taxes, to the extent that a withholding obligation exists, with respect to deferral contributions or benefit payments under the non-qualified deferred compensation plan. Upon termination from employment, we will also deduct any amount then owed by a participant to us from the participant’s benefit payments.
Director Compensation for Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007
     The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. We did not recognize any dollar amounts for financial statement reporting purposes for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 in accordance with SFAS No. 123R because all equity awards granted to directors vested prior to 2007.
                         
    Fees Earned   All Other    
    or Paid in Cash   Compensation   Total
Name   ($)( 1 )   ($)   ($)
Leslie Z. Benet, Ph.D.
  $ 33,000           $ 33,000  
 
Robert L. Burr
    33,000             33,000  
 
Nigel Ten Fleming, Ph.D.
    33,000             33,000  
 
Michael Markbreiter
    33,000             33,000  
 
Oh Kim Sun
    33,000             33,000  
 
Peter R. Terreri
    43,000             43,000  
 
(1)   Represents $ 25,000 annual retainer fee and $ 8,000 fee for the attendance of the board meetings. In addition, fees paid to Mr. Terreri include $ 10,000 payable to him in his capacity as the Chairman of the Audit Committee of our board of directors. Each of our non-employee directors attended 100% of the meetings.

79


Table of Contents

     
Narrative Disclosure to Director Compensation Table
     Members of our board of directors who are our employees, including Dr. Hsiao, do not receive any compensation for their services as our directors. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, each of our non-employee directors received an annual retainer of $ 25,000, payable in quarterly installments, and a $ 2,000 fee for each regularly scheduled board meeting that such director attended. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, non-employee directors were reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings.
     In addition to the foregoing, we paid the following additional director fees in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007: (i) an annual retainer of $ 10,000 per year, payable in quarterly installments, to the Chairman of the Audit Committee.
     No equity awards were granted to our directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
Description of Equity Compensation Plans
     The following description of the material terms of the 2002 and 1999 plans is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the 2002 and 1999 plans, which are filed as exhibits to this registration statement.
     Our stockholders originally approved the 2002 plan in May 2002, and our board of directors approved the amended and restated 2002 plan on August 23, 2007. Among other changes, the board of directors increased the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable under the 2002 plan from 4,000,000 to 6,500,000. Also, the board of directors increased the maximum number of shares issuable under the 2002 plan to any single participant from 300,000 shares to 50% of the total shares authorized for issuance under the 2002 plan. Because our stockholders will not be able to approve these changes to the 2002 plan by August 23, 2008, we will not be able to continue to make grants of incentive stock options, known as ISOs, under the 2002 plan absent further amendment of the plan by the board and stockholder approval of such amendments within one year.
     Our stockholders adopted the 1999 plan in connection with the merger of Global Pharmaceutical Corporation with Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc. effective December 14, 1999. In October 2000, our stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the plan from 2,400,000 to 5,000,000. Except for the differences noted below in the summary of the 1999 plan, the material terms of the 1999 plan are substantially similar to those of the 2002 plan.
      2002 Plan
           General Information
     The 2002 plan authorizes the grant of ISOs, non-statutory stock options, SARs, and stock bonus awards, to our officers, employees, directors and consultants, or those of our affiliates. We may also, from time to time, assume outstanding awards granted by another company by either granting an award under the 2002 plan in replacement of the award we assumed or by treating the assumed award as if it had been granted under the 2002 plan.
     Under the 2002 plan as initially adopted we could issue up to 4,000,000 shares of our common stock. Because we had reached that limit, on August 23, 2007, our board of directors approved an amendment to the 2002 plan to increase the limit to 6,500,000 shares, all of which potentially may be issued pursuant to the grant of ISOs. In order for options covered by the additional 2,500,000 shares to qualify as ISOs, our stockholders would have been required to approve this change by August 23, 2008. As we were unable to obtain stockholder approval by that date, the options we have granted since August 23, 2007 do not qualify as ISOs, and options we may grant in the future will also not qualify as ISOs unless our board of directors further amends the plan and our stockholders approve such amendments within one year thereafter.

80


Table of Contents

     
           Adjustments
     Our board of directors may adjust the maximum number of shares available under the plan without stockholder approval to give effect to any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, or similar transaction with respect to our common stock. Shares subject to awards under the 2002 plan that are cancelled, expired, terminated, forfeited or withheld to satisfy the applicable purchase price or tax withholding obligations are again available for issuance under the 2002 plan.
     Under the 2002 plan as presently in effect, and subject to adjustments to reflect stock dividends and other changes in our common stock, the maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which stock options or SARs may be granted during any calendar year to any employee may not exceed 300,000 shares. Our board of directors has approved an amendment to the 2002 plan to increase this limit to 50% of the total number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2002 plan with respect to grants to any director, officer, employee or consultant.
     Shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2002 plan may be authorized and unissued, held by us in our treasury or otherwise acquired for the purposes of the 2002 plan.
           Administration
     Except for awards granted to our non-employee directors and the power to amend or terminate the plan, our board of directors may delegate its authority under the 2002 plan to a committee. This committee must consist of at least two directors who are “non-employee directors” under Exchange Act Rule 16b-3 and “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code. However, if the committee does not meet either of these requirements, the validity of awards granted or actions taken under the 2002 plan will not be affected. The board of directors may also delegate nondiscretionary administrative duties to one or more of our employees. We have chosen to exercise this delegation of authority to the fullest extent permitted by the plan.
     Subject to the terms of the 2002 plan, the board of directors and, except for awards granted to our non-employee directors, the committee, can grant awards under the 2002 plan and determine the recipients and terms of those awards. They can accelerate or amend the terms of the 2002 plan or any award issued under the 2002 plan. They also can interpret the provisions of the 2002 plan and related award agreements, and generally otherwise administer the 2002 plan.
           Options
      Terms and Conditions of Options. Under the 2002 plan, the board of directors or the committee can grant stock options that are intended to qualify as ISOs. To be an ISO, the option must meet, and continue to meet, all of the requirements of the Code with respect to ISOs. Any other stock options granted under the 2002 plan are non-statutory stock options. ISOs may only be granted to our employees or to employees of our 50%-or-greater-owned subsidiaries. Also, under the Code, the fair market value (as of the date of grant) of the shares underlying ISOs exercisable by a single holder for the first time during any calendar year may not exceed $ 100,000.
     When we grant an ISO under the 2002 plan, the exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. For a grant of an ISO to an employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or stock of any of our subsidiaries, the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of the common stock on the date of grant. When we grant a non-statutory stock option under the 2002 plan, it must have an exercise price of at least $.01 per share.
     All options will expire no later than ten years after the date of grant, unless terminated earlier, except that an ISO granted to a 10% or greater stockholder must expire no later than five years after the date of grant.
      Vesting and Exercise of Options. The board of directors or the committee may establish conditions and restrictions on the vesting or exercise of an option, or on the issuance of common stock in connection with the exercise of an option. Once a holder of a vested and exercisable option has satisfied any applicable tax withholding requirements, the option may be exercised by sending us a notice specifying the number of shares to be purchased

81


Table of Contents

     
and payment of the exercise price for those shares. The holder must pay the exercise price in cash, unless we have agreed to accept another form of payment.
      Rights as a Stockholder. The holder of an option does not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to shares covered by an option until the shares are issued upon the exercise of the option.
      Transferability of Options. Holders may not generally transfer or assign options granted under the 2002 plan, except for transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Options cannot be levied against, attached or taken by similar process. Further, the option holder is the only person who can exercise the option during the holder’s lifetime. On or after the time of grant, the board of directors or committee may permit transfers of a non-statutory stock option in whole or in part and may determine the recipients, circumstances and conditions of the transfer. However, these conditions must be consistent with the limitations on the transferability of options imposed by a Form S-8 registration statement, or any successor form.
      Option Repurchases . The board of directors may offer to repurchase any option from a holder on terms determined by the board.
           Stock Appreciation Rights
     The board of directors or committee may award SARs. A SAR entitles the holder to receive, upon exercise of the award, an amount equal to the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant and the date of exercise. We may agree to pay this appreciation in cash, our common stock or a combination of both.
     We may award SARs under the 2002 plan in conjunction with an option, creating a “tandem” SAR, or award a SAR that is independent of any option. We may award a tandem SAR that includes a non-statutory stock option at or after the time we grant the non-statutory stock option. If we wish to award a tandem SAR that includes an ISO, we can only do so at the time the ISO is granted.
     A holder of a tandem SAR can only exercise the SAR when the related option may be exercised. If a holder exercises a tandem SAR, that exercise serves to cancel the related option to the extent the SAR is exercised. Likewise, if a holder exercises the related option, the exercise will cancel the same portion of the SAR. A holder may exercise a tandem SAR only when the fair market value of our common stock exceeds the exercise price of the option. The board of directors or committee may impose additional service or vesting conditions, or any other rules or procedures, in connection with the exercise of a SAR.
     When a holder exercises a SAR, the holder will receive cash or shares of our common stock, as specified in the SAR award agreement, equal to the product of:
     •     the number of shares covered by the exercise; and
     •     the difference between:
    the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise; and
 
    the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.
     A holder cannot transfer a SAR during the holder’s lifetime. Upon death of a holder, a SAR may be transferred to a beneficiary designated by the holder. If no designated beneficiary exists, the SAR may be transferred under the holder’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. A tandem SAR must be transferred with the underlying option.
           Stock Bonus Awards
     The board of directors or the committee may grant stock bonus awards in consideration for past or future services rendered to us or our affiliates. Shares subject to stock bonus awards may, but need not, be subject to a

82


Table of Contents

     
vesting schedule. The holder may transfer these shares only to the extent described in the award agreement, so long as shares remain subject to the terms of that agreement.
           Effect of Termination of Employment or Service
     For the description of the effect of termination of employment or service on options and SARs issued under the 2002 plan, see “— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.” Generally, a holder must forfeit any unvested shares of common stock covered by a stock bonus award upon his or her termination of employment or service with us or our affiliates. An award agreement may provide for different effects upon termination of employment or service. We may make changes to these provisions after the date of grant if the change does not reduce any rights of a holder.
           Adjustments Upon Changes in Our Common Stock
     We will make adjustments to options granted under the 2002 plan as described below.
      Capitalization. If we make any change in our common stock without receiving payment for the change, we will adjust appropriately the terms of the 2002 plan and each award issued under the 2002 plan. These adjustments may affect:
     •     the class of securities subject to the 2002 plan or any award;
     •     the maximum number of securities subject to the 2002 plan;
     •     the maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any employee under the 2002 plan; and
     •     the number of securities and exercise price of any award granted under the 2002 plan.
     Examples of events that may require us to make these changes include:
     •     mergers and consolidations;
     •     reincorporations and reorganizations;
     •     recapitalizations;
     •     dividends in stock or other property (other than cash), including liquidating dividends;
     •     stock splits or divisions;
     •     reverse stock splits or combinations;
     •     exchanges of shares;
     •     changes in our corporate structure; and
     •     other changes to our common stock in which we do not receive payment for the change.
      Dissolution or Liquidation. If we dissolve or liquidate, awards outstanding under the 2002 plan will terminate if not exercised immediately prior to or at the same time as the dissolution or liquidation.
           Amendment and Termination of 2002 Plan
     The board of directors may generally amend or terminate the 2002 plan or any related award agreement at any time, although a holder must consent to any amendment or termination that adversely affects his or her rights. Our stockholders must approve any amendment that would increase the number of shares of common stock for which awards may be granted under the 2002 plan (in the aggregate or on an individual basis) or modify the class of

83


Table of Contents

     
employees eligible to receive awards under the 2002 plan. We may make amendments in connection with any of the events described in “ – Adjustments Upon Changes in Our Common Stock” without stockholder approval.
                Effective Date of 2002 Plan
          The 2002 plan originally took effect in May 2002. Our board of directors adopted the amended and restated 2002 plan effective August 23, 2007. However, certain proposed amendments to the 2002 plan are subject to stockholder approval. To the extent our stockholders do not approve these amendments by August 23, 2008, we will be unable to continue to grant ISOs under the 2002 plan.
           1999 Plan
                Number of Shares and Adjustments
          Under the 1999 plan, we may issue up to 5,000,000 shares of our common stock. Our board of directors may adjust this maximum number without stockholder approval to give effect to any stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization, or similar transaction with respect to our common stock. Shares subject to awards under the 1999 plan that are cancelled, expired, terminated, forfeited or withheld to satisfy the applicable purchase price or tax withholding obligations shall again be available for issuance under the 1999 plan.
          Under the 1999 plan, and subject to adjustments to reflect stock dividends and other changes in our common stock, the maximum number of shares of common stock with respect to which stock options or SARs may be granted during any calendar year to any employee may not exceed 300,000 shares.
                Non-Employee Director Automatic Stock Option Awards
          While the 1999 plan provides for the annual grant of options to purchase 2,000 shares of common stock to each of our non-employee directors, we have not granted options to our non-employee directors during 2005, 2006 or 2007. (Nor have we granted options to our non-employee directors during those years under our 2002 plan, under which we had until 2005 granted each of them options to purchase 5,500 shares annually). Non-employee directors become eligible for such options after one year of service in that capacity. The options authorized are exercisable for 10 years, have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, and generally vest in three equal increments over the three years following the grant. Upon termination of service, unvested options expire and vested options may be exercised for 90 days thereafter, except when termination is the result of death or disability, in which case the vested options may be exercised within one year.
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
           Description of Applicable Termination and Change-in-Control Provisions
          Upon termination of his employment or upon a change in control, each of our named executive officers may be entitled to receive from us payments and benefits under the following agreements and plans:
    employment agreements with Dr. Hsiao, Dr. Hsu and Mr. Doll;
 
    our 1999 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2002 plan; and
 
    our deferred compensation plan.
                Employment Agreements with Drs. Hsiao and Hsu
          We have entered into employment agreements with each of Drs. Hsiao and Hsu. Dr. Hsiao died in August 2008.
          Each employment agreement specifies our obligations to such executive officer upon termination of his employment under various circumstances. With respect to the termination of the employment of Drs. Hsiao and Hsu,

84


Table of Contents

     
each executive’s employment agreement may be terminated by either party on 30 days written notice, and by us at any time, for “cause.”
          Under the terms of the employment agreements, “cause” means:
    a material breach of a provision relating to proprietary information, assignment of inventions, non-interference, non-disclosure and non-competition;
 
    a material breach of any other provision not remedied within 30 days of such breach;
 
    any act of fraud or embezzlement against us; or
 
    any indictment for a felony or other crime that would cause injury to our reputation.
          Under the terms of these employment agreements, “good reason” means:
    the assignment of duties or reduction in duties inconsistent with Dr. Hsiao’s or Dr. Hsu’s employment position;
 
    the material reduction in salary or benefits not agreed to by Dr. Hsiao or Dr. Hsu;
 
    a relocation requiring Dr. Hsiao or Dr. Hsu to commute more than 50 miles; or
 
    a “change in control.”
          Under the terms of these employment agreements, a “change in control” is defined as:
    the acquisition by any person or entity of ownership or control of more than 50% of our voting power;
 
    a sale or disposition of assets totaling more than 50% of our value;
 
    a merger or reorganization in which our stockholders, immediately prior to the merger, do not own a least 51% of our voting power after the merger;
 
    any transaction where our stockholders, immediately prior to the transaction, do not own at least 51% of our voting power after the transaction; or
 
    any other transaction that our board of directors determines would materially alter our structure, ownership or control.

85


Table of Contents

     
          The table below sets forth the benefits that each of Drs. Hsiao and Hsu would be entitled to receive under his employment agreement should his employment terminate under the following specified circumstances.
     
Termination Circumstance   Employment Agreement Benefit
Death or disability
 
    Lump sum cash payment by us of accrued and unpaid salary and benefits through date of termination, including accrued but unused vacation time
 
   
 
 
    Payment by us, in accordance with our payment policy, of the lesser of:
 
   
 
 
o   an amount in cash equal to the executive’s salary and benefits for six months after the date of death or disability; or
 
   
 
 
o   the entire amount in cash of remaining salary due and payable, from the date of death or disability to the scheduled expiration of the employment agreement
 
   
 
 
    Payment of a portion of any quarterly or annual bonus otherwise payable to the executive, prorated to reflect any early termination of the employment agreement relative to the performance period of the bonus
 
   
 
 
    Maintenance of the executive’s health, dental, vision and disability insurance at our cost for 18 months after the date of disability or until the executive accepts other employment that provides health insurance
 
   
 
 
    In the case of death, payment by the life insurance carrier of a death benefit of $ 1,000,000 to the executive’s beneficiary under a policy selected by the executive
 
   
 
 
    In the case of disability, payment by the disability insurance carrier of up to $ 250,000 in salary replacement benefits
 
   
Termination by us for cause or by the executive without good reason
  Wages and benefits accrued to date or as provided by applicable law
 
   
Termination by us without cause or by the executive for good reason
 
    Lump sum cash payment by us of accrued and unpaid base salary and benefits through date of termination, including accrued but unused vacation time
 
   
 
 
    Payment by us, in accordance with our payment policy, of the lesser of:
 
   
 
 
o   an amount in cash equal to the executive’s salary and benefits for six months after the date of termination; or
 
   
 
 
o   the entire amount in cash of remaining salary due and payable, from the date of termination to the scheduled expiration of the employment agreement
 
   
 
 
    Maintenance of the executive’s health, dental, vision and disability insurance at our cost for 18 months after the date of termination or until the executive accepts other employment that provides health insurance
          In general, “disability” means any physical or mental illness that renders the executive incapable of substantially performing his duties under the agreement for a period of three consecutive months or six months in any 12-month period, as determined by a physician or psychiatrist, as applicable, selected by us.

86


Table of Contents

     
                Employment Agreement with Mr. Doll
          Our employment agreement with Mr. Doll, until its termination on August 1, 2008, could have been terminated:
      by either party upon 30 days written notice;
 
      by us, at any time, for cause or upon Mr. Doll’s death or disability; and
 
      by Mr. Doll, upon 30 days written notice, for good reason.
Under the terms of Mr. Doll’s employment agreement, “cause” meant:
      any act of fraud or theft against us, or any indictment for, conviction for, guilty plea to, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or misdemeanor;
 
      while carrying out his duties under the employment agreement, any act constituting gross neglect or willful misconduct that results, in either case, in material economic harm to us;
 
      a material breach of the provisions of the employment agreement or any fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty owed to us;
 
      any conduct, which in our sole discretion, tends to bring us public disgrace or disrepute;
 
      any act of neglect or refusal to perform duties or responsibilities as properly directed by our President, Chief Executive Officer or board of directors;
 
      any act or omission resulting in or intended to result in direct personal gain to Mr. Doll at our expense; or
 
      any disclosure of our trade secrets or other confidential and proprietary information.
Under the terms of Mr. Doll’s employment agreement, “disability” meant any physical or mental illness, disability or incapacity which prevented Mr. Doll from performing the essential functions of his job, with or without reasonable accommodations, for a period of 150 consecutive days or more or for an aggregate of 180 days during any period of 12 consecutive months. Under the terms of Mr. Doll’s employment agreement, “good reason” meant:
      the assignment of duties inconsistent with his employment position;
 
      a relocation to an office located more than 25 miles from his current place of employment;
 
      any material breach by us of a material term or provision contained in the employee agreement, which breach is not cured within 30 days following our receipt of written notice of such breach; or
 
      a change in control.
          Under the terms of Mr. Doll’s employment agreement, a “change in control” was defined as:
      the occurrence of any actual or potential change in control that would, if known to our management, be required to be reported by us on Form 8-K;
 
      the acquisition or receipt, in any manner, by any person or any group of persons acting in concert, of direct or indirect beneficial ownership of 51% or more of all securities having the right to vote for the election of our directors, except for acquisitions by us, our affiliates or any of our or our affiliates’ employee benefit plans;

87


Table of Contents

     
      a change in the constituency of our board of directors with the result that its members prior to the change no longer constitute at least a majority of our board of directors;
 
      a merger or reorganization in which our stockholders, immediately prior to the merger, do not own a least 51% of our voting power after the merger;
 
      our complete liquidation or dissolution;
 
      a sale, exchange or other disposition or transfer of all or substantially all of our business or assets, other than pursuant to a spin-off, or comparable transaction, to an entity controlled by us or our existing stockholders immediately prior to such transfer;
 
      any event that would constitute a “change in control” under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

88


Table of Contents

     
          The table below sets forth the benefits that Mr. Doll would have been entitled to receive under his employment agreement if his employment had terminated under the following specified circumstances.
     
Termination Circumstance   Employment Agreement Benefit
Death or disability
 
    Payment by us in cash of earned and unpaid base salary and accrued benefits up to the date of death or disability, less deductions and amounts owed to us
 
   
 
 
    All unvested stock options awarded under the agreement will fully vest
 
   
 
 
    All unvested stock bonus awards under the agreement will fully vest
 
   
Termination by us for cause or by Mr. Doll without good reason, other than within 18 months of a change in his director reporting)
  Payment by us in cash of earned and unpaid base salary and accrued benefits up to the date of termination, less deductions and amounts owed to us
 
   
Termination by Mr. Doll without good reason within 18 months of a change in his direct reporting
 
    Payment by us in cash of earned and unpaid base salary and accrued benefits up to the date of termination, less deductions and amounts owed to us
 
   
 
 
    All unvested stock option and stock bonus awards, whether or not granted under the agreement, will fully vest
 
   
Termination by us without cause or by Mr. Doll for good reason
 
    A lump sum cash payment by us equal to the greater of:
 
 
o    one year of base salary then in effect plus the average of Mr. Doll’s bonus for the previous two years; or
 
   
 
 
o    base salary then in effect for the remainder of the initial term
 
   
 
 
    All unvested stock options awarded under the agreement will fully vest
 
   
 
 
    All unvested stock bonus awards under the agreement will fully vest

89


Table of Contents

     
                Stock Incentive Plans and Award Agreements
          The table below sets forth the benefits that each executive holding awards granted under our 1999 and 2002 plans would be entitled to receive should his employment terminate under the following specified circumstances. These rights and benefits may be amended or modified as otherwise determined by our board of directors at the time that a grant or award is made or, if the executive’s rights are not reduced, thereafter.
     
Termination Circumstance   Stock Incentive Plan Benefit
Death or disability
  The vested portion of any stock option as of the date of death or disability may be exercised within one year from the date of death or disability, but in no event after the stated expiration of the option.
 
   
Termination other than death, disability or for cause (1)
  The vested portion of any stock option as of the date of termination may be exercised within 30 days from the date of termination, but in no event after the stated expiration of the option.
 
(1)   Under the 1999 and 2002 plans, “cause” is defined as under an applicable employment or consulting agreement. If there is no such agreement or no such definition in an agreement, “cause” is defined to mean dishonesty, fraud, insubordination, willful misconduct, refusal to perform services or materially unsatisfactory performance of duties.
          Under each of our 1999 and 2002 plans, if, in the event of a “change in control,” the surviving corporation refuses to assume or to substitute with similar awards the outstanding awards granted under these plans, then all such outstanding awards will become immediately exercisable. The award will terminate if it is not exercised at or prior to the event constituting the change in control.
          For these purposes, a “change in control” means:
    a sale of all or substantially all of our assets;
 
    a merger or consolidation in which we are not the surviving corporation; or
 
    a reverse merger in which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

90


Table of Contents

     
          The table below sets forth the benefits that each executive holding awards granted under our 1999 and 2002 plans would receive under the terms of our standard agreements we have entered into in connection with respect to awards granted under these plans.
     
Termination Circumstance   Award Agreement Benefit
Death
  If the executive dies while employed with us or within three months after termination of employment, the options may be exercised within one year after date of death, but in no event after the stated expiration of the option.
 
   
Disability
  The vested portion of an option as of the date of disability may be exercised within one year, but in no event after the stated expiration of the option.
 
   
Termination other than death, disability or for cause (1)
  The vested portion of any stock option as of the date of termination may be exercised within three months after the date of termination, but in no event after the stated expiration of the option.
 
(1)   Under the 1999 and 2002 award agreements, “cause” is defined as under an applicable employment or consulting agreement. If there is no such agreement or no such definition in an agreement, “cause” is defined to mean dishonesty, fraud, insubordination, willful misconduct, refusal to perform services or materially unsatisfactory performance of duties.
                Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
          Under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan, in the event of the termination of an executive’s employment with us, our board of directors may determine to cause the benefits attributable to our matching contributions in the executive’s plan account to be fully vested. In addition, matching contribution benefits may not be forfeited in the event of the termination of the deferred compensation plan, the executive’s death or disability, or a change in control.
          Payment of benefits under the deferred compensation plan to our named executive officers will be made:
    upon disability, in monthly installments payable over a fixed period of five, ten or 15 years, as selected by the executive;
 
    upon retirement, not earlier than the sixth month following the named executive officer’s retirement;
 
    for any other reason, as follows:
  o   unless the named executive officer selects otherwise, the vested balance of the executive’s account as of January 1, 2005, and any earnings attributable thereto, would be paid in a lump sum within 90 days of attaining age 65; and
 
  o   the remaining balance of the executive’s account would be paid no earlier than the sixth month following the executive’s separation from service.
          In general, “disability” is defined as an illness or injury which completely prevents the executive from performing his or her occupation or which otherwise entitles the executive to receive long-term disability benefits under a plan or program for such benefits sponsored by us, and the participant is expected to be separated from service for a period of at least twelve months as a direct result of such illness or injury and has no reasonable

91


Table of Contents

     
prospect of returning to service with us, all as determined by the plan administrator. “Retirement” means any termination of employment, other than for death or disability, after attaining age 65, or attaining age 55 if the executive has been credited with five years of service under the deferred compensation plan.
          In general, a “change in control” means:
    a change in ownership in which a person, group or entity acquires more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of our stock;
 
    a change in effective control in which:
  o   a person, group or entity acquires (in a 12-month period) ownership of stock with 35% or more of the total voting power of our stock or
 
  o   a majority of our board of directors is replaced in a 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election was not endorsed by a majority of our board of directors before their appointment or election; or
    a change in ownership of a substantial portion of our assets in which a person group or entity acquires 40% or more of the gross fair market value of our assets.
           Potential Payment and Benefits to be Received Upon a Change-in-Control

92


Table of Contents

     
                Employment Agreements
          The receipt of payments and benefits by Drs. Hsiao and Hsu under their employment agreements is conditioned upon their complying with customary non-competition, non-interference, non-disclosure and assignment of inventions provisions. The non-competition provisions expire 12 months after the termination of each employment agreement. The non-interference provisions expire two years after the termination of each employment agreement. The non-disclosure provisions are of infinite duration. Each of Drs. Hsiao and Hsu is required to assign to us any ideas, inventions or other proprietary information (and related intellectual property rights) he creates or develops during the term of his employment.
          The table below includes a description and the amount of estimated payments and benefits that would be provided by us (or our successor) to Drs. Hsiao and Hsu under each employment agreement, assuming that a termination circumstance occurred as of December 31, 2007.
                     
        Estimated Amount of
        Termination Payment/Benefit to
Potential Termination Payment or   Termination   Charles Hsiao,   Larry Hsu,
Benefit   Circumstance   Ph.D.   Ph.D.
Payment of all accrued and unpaid salary through the termination date (1)
  All   $ 7,212     $ 7,212  
                     
Payment of all accrued and unpaid benefits (including accrued but unused vacation time) through the termination date (2)
  All     28,846       28,846  
Cash severance payment (3)
  Death, disability, termination by us without cause or termination by the executive for good reason     187,500       187,500  
Continued participation in our health, dental, vision and disability insurance (4)
  Disability, termination by us without cause or termination by the executive for good reason     2,164       2,164  
Prorated portion of any quarterly or annual bonus otherwise payable (5)
  Death or disability           121,875  
 
                   
Proceeds from required life insurance policy
  Death     1,000,000       1,000,000  
 
                   
Payment of salary replacement benefits from required disability insurance policy
  Disability     250,000       250,000  
 
(1)   Because our executives are paid weekly, we have assumed that the amount of accrued but unpaid salary is equal to one week’s worth of 2007 salary.
 
(2)   Vacation time accrued but not taken for each executive was assumed to equal four weeks, which is the maximum amount of vacation time available to each executive as of December 31, 2007.
 
(3)   We have assumed this amount to be equal to the value of each executive’s salary and the cost of each executive’s benefits for a period of six months.
 
(4)   This amount represents the cost to us to provide the executive with the same coverage he would have had on a non-employee basis on December 31, 2007 under all of the referenced plans as they existed on that date, for a period of 18 months. We have assumed that the executive does not obtain other employment during this time period.

93


Table of Contents

     
 
(5)   We have assumed that the executive earned in full his annual cash incentive award for 2007 performance paid in 2008. In view of his change to a non-executive position, Dr. Hsiao did not receive an annual cash incentive award in 2007.
          The receipt of payments and benefits to Mr. Doll under his employment agreement was conditioned upon his compliance with customary non-solicitation, non-disparagement, non-disclosure and assignment of inventions provisions. The non-solicitation provisions expired one year after the termination of the employment agreement. The non-disparagement and non-disclosure provisions were of infinite duration. Mr. Doll was required to execute any documentation necessary to confirm our ownership of any ideas or creations he conceives or develops during his employment with us, could not be in breach of any other provision in the employment agreement and was required to provide a general release of all claims relating to his employment and termination.
          Mr. Doll did not hold any unvested options at December 31, 2007, and thus the potential benefit of accelerating the vesting of the unvested portion of stock options was not applicable to Mr. Doll at December 31, 2007. The table below includes a description and the amount of estimated payments and benefits that would have been provided by us (or our successor) to Mr. Doll assuming that a termination circumstance occurred as of December 31, 2007.
             
        Estimated
        Amount of
        Termination
    Termination   Payment/Benefit to
Potential Termination Payment or Benefit   Circumstance   David Doll
Payment of all accrued and unpaid salary through the termination date (1)
  All, except termination by us without cause or by Mr. Doll for good reason   $ 6,236  
Payment of all accrued and unpaid benefits through the termination date (2)
  All, except termination by us without cause or by Mr. Doll for good reason     1,871  
Lump sum cash severance payment (3)
  Termination by us without cause or termination by Mr. Doll for good reason     558,333  
 
(1)   Because our executives are paid weekly, we have assumed that the amount of accrued but unpaid salary is equal to one week’s worth of salary, and that there are no deductions for amounts owed to us.
 
(2)   Represents health plan payments.
 
(3)   This amount equals the total amount of salary that Mr. Doll would have received from January 1, 2008 to August 31, 2009, the end of the initial term of the employment agreement, at a base salary of $ 335,000 for the entirety of such period.
                Stock Incentive Plans
          None of our named executive officers held any unvested options at December 31, 2007, and thus the potential benefit of accelerating the vesting of the unvested portion of stock options was not applicable to them at December 31, 2007. In addition, the extension of the exercise period of options held by our named executive officers would not provide them with any potential benefit because the closing price per share of our common stock after December 31, 2007 did not exceed the exercise price per share of $ 11.10 on December 31, 2007. As a result, our named executive officers would not realize the value of any potential benefits that each executive might be entitled to receive from us (or our successor) under the 1999 and 2002 plans (and related award agreements) assuming the change of control or termination of employment occurred as of December 31, 2007.

94


Table of Contents

     
                Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
          The table below provides an estimate of the value of the potential benefits attributable to the unvested portion of the matching contributions made by us pursuant to the deferred compensation plan that each executive might be entitled to receive upon the termination of the executive’s employment, assuming that termination occurred on December 31, 2007.
     

Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
  Charles V.
Hildenbrand
     
$ 25,321 (1)   $ 5,409 (1)
 
(1)   Assumes that our board of directors approves the immediate vesting of 100% of the benefits attributable to the matching contributions made by us pursuant to the non-qualified deferred compensation plan upon a termination of the executive’s employment with us.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
          Drs. Benet and Fleming and Mr. Burr served as members of our compensation committee during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, Mr. Burr serving as chairman. None of them was a current or former officer or employee or engaged in certain related transactions with us required to be disclosed by SEC regulations. Additionally, there were no compensation committee “interlocks” during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, which generally means that none of our executive officers served as a director or member of the compensation committee of any other entity that had an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

95


Table of Contents

     
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Transactions with Related Persons
          Ann Hsu, Ph.D., wife of Larry Hsu, is employed as our Vice President of Clinical Affairs at an annual salary of $ 284,524.
Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons
          We have adopted written policies and procedures regarding related-party transactions. Our policy covers any transaction, arrangement or relationship or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $ 120,000, and in which any related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect interest. Under this policy, the Audit Committee must approve all related party transactions between us or one of our subsidiaries and a director, nominee for director, executive officer, five percent shareholder, certain related entities or immediate family members of a director, executive officer or five percent shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in our proxy statements. The policy also authorizes the Chairperson of the Audit Committee to approve, or reject, proposed related party transactions in those instances in which it is not practicable or desirable for us to wait until the next Audit Committee meeting.
Director Independence
           Board of Directors
          Our Board of Directors has determined that the following directors, constituting a majority of the members of our Board of Directors, are independent based on the independence criteria contained in the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market: Leslie Z. Benet, Ph.D., Robert L. Burr, Nigel Fleming, Ph.D., Michael Markbreiter, Oh Kim Sun and Peter R. Terreri. However, we are not currently subject to these listing requirements.
           Committees of the Board
          Our Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating Committee.
           Audit Committee . Our Board of Directors has appointed a standing Audit Committee consisting of Peter R. Terreri, Chairman, and Messrs. Robert L. Burr, Michael Markbreiter and Oh Kim Sun. Our Board of Directors and the Nominating Committee have determined that each member of the Audit Committee is independent, as defined in the Marketplace Rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our Board of Directors and the Nominating Committee have determined that Peter R. Terreri, Audit Committee Chairman, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K.
          The Audit Committee is governed by a written charter approved by our Board of Directors, which is posted on our website (www.impaxlabs.com) and accessible via the Investor Relations page. The principal purpose of the Audit Committee is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audit of our financial statements. The Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the firm selected to be engaged as our independent public accountants, and pre-approves the engagement of the independent public accountants for all non-audit activities permitted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, the Audit Committee establishes procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints we receive regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submissions by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.
           Compensation Committee . Our Board of Directors has appointed a standing Compensation Committee currently consisting of Robert L. Burr, Chairman, and Messrs. Leslie Z. Benet, Ph.D. and Nigel Fleming, Ph.D. Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Compensation Committee is independent, as defined in the Marketplace Rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. Our Board of Directors has adopted a written Compensation Committee Charter, which is posted on our Web site (www.impaxlabs.com) and accessible via the Investor Relations

96


Table of Contents

     
page. The principal duties of the Compensation Committee are to formulate, evaluate and approve the compensation of our executive officers and the oversight of all compensation programs involving the issuance of our stock and other equity securities. The Chief Executive Officer make recommendations concerning executive compensation to the Committee, and the Committee has used the consulting services of Radford in arriving at executive compensation. The Committee does not address director compensation, which is set by the Board of Directors.
           Nominating Committee . Our Board of Directors has appointed a standing Nominating Committee currently consisting of Nigel Fleming, Ph.D., Chairman, and Messrs. Leslie Z. Benet, Ph.D. and Robert L. Burr. Our Board of Directors and Nominating Committee have determined that each member of the Nominating Committee is independent, as defined in the Marketplace Rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market.
          The Nominating Committee is governed by a written charter approved by our Board of Directors, which is posted on our website (www.impaxlabs.com) and accessible via the Investor Relations page. The principal purposes of the Nominating Committee are to develop and recommend to our Board of Directors certain corporate governance policies, establish criteria for selecting new directors and identify, screen and recruit new directors. The Nominating Committee is also responsible for selecting and recommending individuals to serve as members of our Board of Directors and recommending directors for committee membership to our Board of Directors.

97


Table of Contents

     
Item 8. Legal Proceedings.
Patent-Infringement Litigation
           AstraZeneca AB et al. v. Impax Laboratories (Omeprazole)
          In litigation commenced against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware in May 2000, AstraZeneca AB alleged that our submission of an ANDA seeking FDA permission to market Omeprazole Delayed Release Capsules, 10mg, 20mg and 40mg, constituted infringement of AstraZeneca’s U.S. patents relating to its Prilosec ® product and sought an order enjoining us from marketing our product until expiration of its patents. The case, along with several similar suits against other manufacturers of generic versions of Prilosec ® , was subsequently transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York.
          In September 2004 , following expiration of the 30-month stay, the FDA approved our ANDA and we and our alliance agreement partner, Teva, commenced commercial sales of our product. In January 2005, AstraZeneca added claims of willful infringement, for damages, and for enhanced damages on the basis of this commercial launch. Claims for damages were subsequently dropped from the suit against the Company, but were included in a separate suit filed against Teva. In May 2007, the court found that our product infringed two of AstraZeneca’s patents and that these patents were not invalid. The court ordered that FDA approval of our ANDA be converted to a tentative approval, with a final approval date not before October 20, 2007, the expiration date of the relevant pediatric exclusivity period. In August 2008 the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the lower court’s decision of infringement and validity. In September 2008, we filed a petition for rehearing en banc with the Federal Circuit following this decision. If we or Teva are not ultimately successful in establishing invalidity or non-infringement in this suit or in the separate suit against Teva, the court may also award monetary damages associated with Teva’s commercial sale of our omeprazole products. Under our Teva Agreement, we would be responsible for monetary damages awarded against Teva up to a specified level, beyond which, monetary damages would be Teva’s responsibility.
           Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc., et al. v. Impax Laboratories, Inc. (Fexofenadine/Pseudoephedrine)
          We are a defendant in an action brought in March 2002 by Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. and others in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey alleging that our proposed Fexofenadine and Pseudoephedrine hydrochloride tablets, generic to Allegra-D ® , infringe seven Aventis patents and seeking an injunction preventing us from marketing the products until expiration of the patents. The case has since been consolidated with similar actions brought by Aventis against five other manufacturers (including generics to both Allegra ® and Allegra-D ® ). In March 2004, Aventis and AMR Technology, Inc. filed a complaint and first amended complaint against us and one of the other defendants alleging infringement of two additional patents, owned by AMR and licensed to Aventis, relating to a synthetic process for making the active pharmaceutical ingredient, Fexofenadine hydrochloride and intermediates in that synthetic process. We believe that we have defenses to the claims based on non-infringement and invalidity.
          In June 2004, the court granted our motion for summary judgment of non-infringement with respect to two of the patents and, in May 2005, granted summary judgment of invalidity with respect to a third patent. We will have the opportunity to file additional summary judgment motions in the future and to assert both non-infringement and invalidity of the remaining patents (if necessary) at trial. No trial date has yet been set.
          In September 2005, Teva launched its Fexofenadine tablet products (generic to Allegra ® ), and Aventis and AMR moved for a preliminary injunction to bar Teva’s sales based on four of the patents in suit, which patents are common to the Allegra ® and Allegra-D ® litigations. The district court denied Aventis’s motion in January 2006, finding that Aventis did not establish a likelihood of success on the merits, which decision was affirmed on appeal.

98


Table of Contents

     
           Impax Laboratories, Inc. v. Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Riluzole)
          In June 2002, we filed a suit against Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, seeking a declaration that our filing of an ANDA for Riluzole 50mg tablets, generic to Rilutek ® , for treatment of patients with amyotrophic lateral scleroses (ALS) did not infringe claims of Aventis’s patent relating to the drug and a declaration that its patent is invalid. Aventis filed counterclaims for infringement, and, in December 2002, the district court granted Aventis’ motion for a preliminary injunction enjoining us from marketing any pharmaceutical product or compound containing Riluzole for the treatment of ALS.
          In September 2004, the district court found Aventis’s patent not invalid and infringed by our proposed product. In November 2006, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit vacated the district court’s finding that the patent was not invalid and remanded for further findings on that issue, and, in June 2007, the district court again found that Aventis’s patent is not invalid. In October 2008, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the district court decision. We are evaluating our options following this appellate decision. There is a substantial likelihood the court may enter a permanent injunction enjoining us from marketing Riluzole 50mg tablets for the treatment of ALS until the expiration of Aventis’s patent in June 2013.
           Abbott Laboratories v. Impax Laboratories, Inc. (Fenofibrate)
          We were a defendant in patent-infringement litigation commenced in January 2003 by Abbott Laboratories and Fournier Industrie et Sante in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware relating to our ANDAs for Fenofibrate Tablets, 160mg and 54mg, generic to TriCor ® . In March 2005, we asserted antitrust counterclaims. By agreement between the parties, in July 2005, the court entered an order dismissing the patent-infringement claims, leaving our antitrust counterclaim intact, and in May 2006 the court denied Abbott’s and Fournier’s motion to dismiss the counterclaim.
          On July 27, 2005, the court held a status conference with all counsel involved in the antitrust litigations, and indicated the court’s intention to put these matters on a complex litigation track. On April 3, 2008, the Court issued an order bifurcating and staying damages issues, and setting a schedule for trial of liability issues. A jury trial is scheduled to begin the week of November 10, 2008.
           Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc., et al. v. Impax Laboratories, Inc. (Oxymorphone )
          In November 2007, Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. (collectively, “Endo”) filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, requesting a declaration that our Paragraph IV Notices with respect to our ANDA for Oxymorphone HCl Extended Release Tablets, generic to Opana ER ® , are null and void and, in the alternative, alleging patent infringement in connection with the filing of that ANDA. Endo subsequently dismissed its request for declaratory relief and in December 2007 filed another patent infringement suit relating to the same ANDA. In July 2008, the plaintiffs asserted additional infringement claims with respect to our amended ANDA, which added 7.5mg, 15mg and 30mg strengths of the product. We have filed an answer and counterclaims. Discovery is in the early stages, and no trial date has been set.
           Impax Laboratories, Inc. v. Medicis Pharmaceutical Corp. (Minocycline)
          In January 2008, we filed a complaint against Medicis Pharmaceutical Corp. in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, seeking a declaratory judgment that our filing of an ANDA relating to minocycline hydrochloride extended release tablets, a generic version of Medicis’ Solodyn ® product, did not infringe any valid claim of U.S. Patent No. 5,908,838. Medicis filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. On April 16, 2008, the District Court granted Medicis’ motion to dismiss, and judgment was entered on April 22, 2008. We have filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Briefing for the appeal is currently scheduled for the third and fourth quarter of 2008.

99


Table of Contents

     
           Pfizer Inc., et al. v. Impax Laboratories, Inc. (Tolterodine)
          In March 2008, Pfizer Inc., Pharmacia & Upjohn Company LLC and Pfizer Health AB (collectively “Pfizer”) filed a complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging that our filing of an ANDA relating to tolterodine tartrate extended released capsules, 4 mg, generic to Detrol LA ® , infringes three Pfizer patents. We have filed an answer and counterclaims seeking declaratory judgment of non-infringement, invalidity or unenforceability with respect to the patents at suit. In April 2008, the case was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey. On September 3, 2008 an amended complaint was filed alleging infringement based on our ANDA amendment adding a 2mg strength. Discovery is in the early stages, and no trial date has been set.
           Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, et al. v. Impax Laboratories (Tamsulosin)
          In July 2008, Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Astellas Pharma Inc. filed a complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, alleging that our filing of an ANDA relating to tamsulosin hydrochloride capsules, 0.4 mg, generic to Flomax ® , infringes plaintiffs’ patent. After filing our answer and counterclaim, we filed a motion for summary judgment of patent invalidity, which is scheduled to be heard in November 2008.
           Purdue Pharma Products L.P., et al. v. Impax Laboratories, Inc. (Tramadol)
          In August 2008, Purdue Pharma Products L.P., Napp Pharmaceutical Group LTD., Biovail Laboratories International, SRL, and Ortho-McNeil-Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging patent infringement for the filing our ANDA relating to tramadol hydrochloride extended-release tablets, generic to 100mg Ultram ® ER.
Other Litigation Related to Our Business
           Axcan Scandipharm Inc. v. Ethex Corp, et al.(Lipram UL).
          In May 2007, Axcan Scandipharm Inc., a manufacturer of the Ultrase ® line of pancreatic enzyme products, brought suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota, alleging that we engaged in false advertising, unfair competition, and unfair trade practices under federal and Minnesota law in connection with the marketing and sale of our now-discontinued Lipram-UL products. The suit seeks actual and consequential damages, including lost profits, treble damages, attorneys’ fees, injunctive relief and declaratory judgments that would prohibit the substitution of Lipram-UL for prescriptions of Ultrase ® . The Court granted in part and denied in part our motion to dismiss the complaint, as well as that of co-defendants Ethex Corp. and KV Pharmaceutical Co., holding that any claim of false advertising pre-dating June 1, 2001, is barred by the statute of limitations. We have answered the complaint, and discovery is proceeding.
Securities Litigation
          We, our CEO and several former officers and directors are also defendants in several class actions filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, all of which have since been consolidated into a single action. These actions, brought on behalf of all purchasers of our stock between May 5 and November 3, 2004, seek unspecified damages and allege that Impax and the individual defendants, in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws, artificially inflated the market price of the stock during this period by filing false financial statements for the first and second quarters of 2004, based upon Impax’ subsequent restatement of its results for those periods. The court twice granted our motions to dismiss the complaint, both times with leave to amend, but denied our motion to dismiss the fourth amended complaint as well as two motions for reconsideration. The case is now in the discovery phase. In August 2008, we filed with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit a petition for a writ of mandamus directing the district court to dismiss the complaint.

100


Table of Contents

     
Insurance
          Product liability claims by customers constitute a risk to all pharmaceutical manufacturers. At March 31, 2008, we carried $ 80 million of product liability insurance for our own manufactured products. This insurance may not be adequate to cover any product liability claims to which we may become subject.

101


Table of Contents

Item 9.   Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.
Stock Price
          Our common stock was traded on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “IPXL” until August 8, 2005, when it was delisted due to our failure to file our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005. Our failure to file these periodic reports violated NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14), compliance with which was required for continued listing on The NASDAQ Stock Market.
          From August 8, 2005 until December 29, 2006, our common stock was quoted on the Pink Sheets ® operated by Pink OTC Markets Inc. under the symbol “IPXL.PK.” On December 29, 2006, the SEC suspended all trading in the stock through January 16, 2007 and instituted an administrative proceeding to determine whether, in light of our reporting delinquency, to suspend or revoke the registration of our common stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. Beginning January 17, 2007, our stock was again quoted in the Pink Sheets ® , but from that time forward dealers were permitted to publish quotations only on behalf of customers that represent such customers’ indications of interest and do not involve dealers’ solicitation of such interest. On May 23, 2008, our registration of the stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act was revoked and brokers and dealers since that date have been prohibited from effecting transactions in our stock.
          The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for the common stock as reported by Pink OTC Markets Inc. for the periods indicated below. These prices reflect inter-dealer quotations, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission.
                 
    Price Range Per Share
    High   Low
Year Ending December 31, 2008
               
First Quarter
  $ 11.40     $ 6.50  
     Second Quarter
(through May 23, 2008)
  $ 9.55     $ 8.00  
 
               
Year Ended December 31, 2007
               
First Quarter
  $ 10.76     $ 8.30  
Second Quarter
  $ 12.00     $ 4.55  
Third Quarter
  $ 12.40     $ 8.00  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 12.15     $ 9.45  
 
               
Year Ended December 31, 2006
               
First Quarter
  $ 11.75     $ 8.76  
Second Quarter
  $ 10.50     $ 6.25  
Third Quarter
  $ 7.20     $ 4.25  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 9.90     $ 5.90  

102


Table of Contents

     
Holders
          As of June 30, 2008, there were approximately 121 holders of record of our common stock, solely based upon the count our transfer agent provided us as of that date and this number does not include:
    any beneficial owners of common stock whose shares are held in the names of various dealers, clearing agencies, banks, brokers and other fiduciaries, or
 
    broker-dealers or other participants who hold or clear shares directly or indirectly through the Depository Trust Company, or its nominee, Cede & Co.
          As of June 17, 2008, 9,133,285 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding options to purchase our common stock, and 3,624,116 shares of common stock were issuable upon the conversion of our 3.5% debentures.
          Generally, securities acquired from us or from our affiliates pursuant to exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) are deemed to be “restricted securities,” as such term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Such restricted securities can only be sold or otherwise transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement or pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act or under Rule 144 when such rule becomes available to our security holders.
          We have agreed to register under the Securities Act shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of our 3.5% debentures for resale by certain of our security holders. However, at present we are not publicly offering, and we do not presently propose to publicly offer, any shares of common stock, except for shares that may in the future be offered pursuant to an employee benefit plan.
Dividends
          We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and have no present plans to do so in the foreseeable future. Our current policy is to retain all earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business. The payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors as the Board of Directors may deem relevant. Our loan agreements prohibit the payment of dividends without the consent of the other party to the agreements.

103


Table of Contents

     
Equity Compensation Plans
          The following table details information regarding our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2007.
                         
                    Number of securities
                    remaining available for
                    future issuance under
    Number of Securities to   Weighted average   equity compensation
    be issued upon exercise   exercise price of   plans (excluding
    of outstanding options,   outstanding options,   securities reflected in
    warrants and rights   warrants and rights   column (a))
Plan Category   (a)   (b)   (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    6,697,761     $ 9.90        
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    2,350,000 (1)   $ 9.90       135,000  
 
                       
Total:
    9,047,761               135,000  
 
(1)   Represents options issued pursuant to equity compensation plans approved by security holders, but in excess of the number of shares authorized by such approval. See Note 15 to our consolidated audited financial statements for information concerning our equity compensation plans.

104


Table of Contents

     
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
          On June 27, 2005, we issued $ 75.0 million principal amount of 3.5% debentures to a qualified institutional buyer. The 3.5% debentures were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The 3.5% debentures are convertible into our common stock at an initial conversion price of $ 20.69 per share. They are not convertible prior to June 15, 2011, however, unless certain contingencies occur, including the closing price of the common stock having exceeded 120% of the conversion price for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. Upon conversion, the value (the “conversion value”) of the cash and shares of common stock, if any, to be received by a holder converting $ 1,000 principal amount of the 3.5% debentures will be determined by multiplying the applicable conversion rate by the 20-day average closing price of the common stock beginning on the second trading day immediately following the day on which the 3.5% debentures are submitted for conversion. The conversion value will be payable as follows: (1) an amount in cash (the “principal return”) equal to the lesser of (a) the conversion value and (b) $ 1,000, and (2) to the extent the conversion value exceeds $ 1,000, a number of shares of common stock with a value equal to the difference between the conversion value and the principal return or a cash payment, at our option. In addition, if a holder elects to convert the 3.5% debentures within a period of 30 trading days after the effective date of a fundamental change transaction—generally a transaction constituting a change of control of Impax, as defined by the Indenture—the holder will be entitled to receive a “make-whole” premium consisting of additional shares of common stock (or, if we so elect, the same consideration offered in connection with the fundamental change).
          Since January 1, 2005, we sold an aggregate of 24,398 shares of our common stock to 51 persons pursuant to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan and pursuant to the exercise of stock options. In connection with David Doll’s resignation, we issued 94,705 shares of our common stock, in the aggregate, to David and Kathrine Doll. In addition, we issued 9,836 shares of our common stock to David Doll pursuant to the consulting agreement between our company and David Doll. With respect to the foregoing, we relied upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

105


Table of Contents

     
Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered.
          This section of the registration statement provides a description of the material terms of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws. The following description is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to this registration statement. We urge you to read the full text of these documents.
Capital Stock
          Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, we are authorized to issue up to 90,000,000 shares of common stock, $ 0.01 par value per share, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $ 0.01 par value per share. As of June 17, 2008, there were outstanding 59,019,743 shares of common stock, $ 75.0 million of senior subordinated debentures convertible into 3,624,116 shares of common stock, options to purchase 9,133,285 shares of common stock, 384,843 unvested restricted shares of common stock, and no shares of preferred stock. All shares of common stock are nonassessable.
          The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of a series of preferred stock to be issued in the future. Further, the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock may be diluted to the extent holders of options or convertible debentures exercise their respective rights to exercise options or convert debentures into shares of our common stock.
      Common Stock
                Voting Rights
          Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Except as otherwise required by applicable law and subject to the voting rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, the approval of all matters brought before our stockholders, except the election of directors, requires the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of common stock that are present in person or represented by proxy. The election of directors is decided by plurality vote.
                Dividend Rights
          Subject to any preferential or other rights of holders of preferred stock then outstanding, the board of directors may declare and pay a dividend on outstanding shares of common stock out of the funds legally available for the payment of dividends. Our stockholders are entitled to share equally, in accordance with the number of shares of common stock held by each holder, in any dividend declared by our board of directors, whether payable in cash, property, or securities of the company.
                Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
          Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of our company, after payment to all our creditors of the full amounts to which they are entitled and subject to any preferential or other rights of the holders of preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably, in accordance with the number of shares of common stock held by each holder, in our remaining assets available for distribution among our stockholders, whether capital, surplus or earnings. For this purpose, neither a consolidation or a merger of our company with or into any other corporation, nor the sale, lease, exchange or transfer by our company of all or any part of our assets, nor the reduction of our capital stock, constitutes a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company.
                Preemptive, Redemption and Other Rights
          Holders of our common stock generally have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights and no sinking fund provisions are applicable to the outstanding shares of our common stock.

106


Table of Contents

     
      Preferred Stock
          Pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is authorized to issue, without stockholder approval, up to 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may from time to time authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. Subject to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, our board of directors is authorized to adopt resolutions to, among other things, issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series, establish the number of shares constituting a series, and provide designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and any qualifications, limitation or restrictions on shares of our preferred stock, including, but not limited to, voting rights, dividend rights, terms of redemption, conversion rights and liquidation preferences, in each case without any action or vote by our stockholders. The board of directors is authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) the number of shares of capital stock of any series of preferred stock.
Amendment of By-laws
          Pursuant to Article VII of our bylaws, our bylaws may be amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors. If any bylaw regulating an impending election of directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the board of directors, the notice of the next meeting of the stockholders to elect the directors shall set forth the bylaw so adopted, amended, or repealed, together with a precise statement of the changes made. Bylaws adopted by the board of directors may be amended or repealed by our stockholders.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
          Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions, as described below, that may discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. In addition, these provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. The protective nature of these provisions, however, may also delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
      Preferred Stock
          Our future issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the rights of our common stockholders by, among other things:
    restricting the payment of dividends on our common stock;
 
    diluting the voting power of our common stock;
 
    reducing the amount of assets remaining for payment to holders of shares in the event of a liquidation of assets; or
 
    delaying or preventing a change in control without further action by the stockholders.
      Calling of Special Meeting of Stockholders
          Our bylaws provide that, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, special meetings of stockholders may be called by the chairman of the board, the Chief Executive Officer or by resolution of the board of directors. Our Chief Executive Officer or Secretary upon the written request of not less than 10% in interest of the stockholder entitled to vote must call the special meeting of our stockholders.
      No Cumulative Voting
          Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not grant stockholders the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

107


Table of Contents

     
      Removal of Directors; Vacancies
          Pursuant to our bylaws and subject to any written agreement among all of the stockholders, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed either for or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors at any annual or special meeting called for that purpose. Subject to any written agreement among all of the stockholders, any vacancies thus created may be filled at such meeting by an affirmative vote of a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote or, if such vacancies are not so filled, by the directors pursuant to a majority vote of such directors, provided that they do not attempt to fill such vacancy by re-electing the director whose removal created such vacancy.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
          Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) and require us to indemnify all persons whom we have the power to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted under Section 145 of the DGCL. See “Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers” for a detailed description of the limitations of liability and indemnification of our officers and directors.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
          The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is StockTrans Inc., 44 W. Lancaster Avenue, Ardmore, PA 19003.
Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
          This section of the registration statement provides a description of the material terms of Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws related to the indemnification of our directors and officers and the limitation of personal liability of our directors. The following description is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the foregoing sections of the DGCL as well as our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. We urge you to read the full text of these documents.
Indemnification Provisions
           Section 145 of DGCL
          Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, referred to as the action, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation described below) by reason of the fact that such person:
    is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation; or
 
    is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise.
          A corporation may indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action if the person:
    acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation; and
 
    with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
          Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor

108


Table of Contents

     
due to the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above against expenses (including attorney’s fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action if the person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation. However, a corporation may not indemnify such person in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action was brought determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses the Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper.
          Section 145(c) of the DGCL further provides that, to the extent that an officer or director of a Delaware corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter related to such action, the corporation must indemnify such person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such defense.
          Pursuant to Section 145(e), a Delaware corporation may, in advance of the final disposition of any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any officer or director in defending any such action, provided that the officer or director undertakes to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to the corporation’s indemnification.
          The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by Section 145 of the DGCL is not exclusive of any other rights to which a person may be entitled under any corporation’s bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Furthermore, Section 145(g) of the DGCL authorizes a Delaware corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.
           Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
          Our certificate of incorporation provides that we shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, indemnify all persons who we have the power to indemnify under Section 145 of DGCL against all expenses, liabilities or other matters covered by such Section 145.
          In addition, subject to certain conditions described below, our bylaws require us to indemnify any person entitled to indemnification under Section 145 of the DGCL to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person. We are required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding initiated by that person only if our board of directors authorized such proceeding.
          Our bylaws provide that any amount that a person who was or is serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other entity may collect as indemnification from such other entity reduces our obligation to indemnify such person.
          Our bylaws require us to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to our indemnification.
          Our bylaws provide that our board of directors may authorize us to maintain insurance on behalf of any person entitled to indemnification under Section 145 of the DGCL against any liability incurred by such person, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of Article IX of the bylaws or the DGCL. Consistent with the provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL and our bylaws, we maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of our company and our stockholders in the amount of $ 10,000,000.

109


Table of Contents

     
          The indemnification rights provided by our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are not exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may have under any statute, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, as applicable.
          Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of Article IX of our bylaws will not adversely affect any right or protection under such Article IX of any person in respect of any matters occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
Limitation of Personal Liability
          Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation a provision eliminating or limiting personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. However, no such provision may eliminate or limit the liability of a director for: (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) unlawful payment of a dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption as set forth in Section 174 of the DGCL; or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
          Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL and provides that no amendment or repeal of Section ELEVENTH applies to the liability of any of our directors for any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to the effective date of such amendment or repeal. In addition, our bylaws provide that no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty consistent with Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.

110


Table of Contents

     
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
          The financial statements required to be included in this Registration Statement appear at the end of the Registration Statement beginning on page F-1.
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
          On November 9, 2006, we engaged Grant Thornton LLP (“Grant Thornton”) as our independent accountant. The decision to engage Grant Thornton as our independent accountant was made and approved by our Audit Committee.
          During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and through November 9, 2006, we had not consulted with Grant Thornton regarding (i) either the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as that term is described in Item 304 (a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K), or a reportable event (as that term is described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

111


Table of Contents

     
Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
     (a) Financial Statements
          The financial statements required to be included in this Registration Statement appear beginning on page F-1 below.

112


Table of Contents

     
(b) Exhibits
         
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  3.1    
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated August 30, 2004.
       
 
  3.2    
By-Laws.
       
 
  4.1    
Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.
       
 
  4.2    
Form of Debenture ( incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee, listed on Exhibit 4.3).
       
 
  4.3    
Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee.
       
 
  4.4    
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2005, between the Company and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee.
       
 
  4.5    
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers named therein.
       
 
  4.6    
Promissory Note dated June 7, 2006, issued by the Company to Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
       
 
  10.1    
Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2005, between the Company and Wachovia Bank, National Association.
       
 
  10.2    
Purchase Agreement, dated June 26, 2005, between the Company and the Purchasers named therein.
       
 
  10.3    
1995 Stock Incentive Plan.*
       
 
  10.4    
1999 Equity Incentive Plan.*
       
 
  10.5    
2001 Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*
       
 
  10.6    
Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan(Corrected).*
       
 
  10.7    
Executive Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, restated effective January 1, 2005.*
       
 
  10.8    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 14, 1999, between the Company and Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.*
       
 
  10.9    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 14, 1999, between the Company and Larry Hsu, Ph.D.*
       
 
  10.10    
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2006, between the Company and David S. Doll.*
       
 
  10.11    
Separation Agreement and General Release, dated July 30, 2008, between the Company and David S. Doll.*
       
 
  10.12    
Consulting Agreement, effective as of September 4, 2008, between the Company and David S. Doll.*
       
 
  10.13    
Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated June 27, 2001, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.13.1    
Letter Amendment, dated October 8, 2003, to Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated June 27, 2001, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.13.2    
Letter Agreement, dated March 24, 2005, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.13.3    
Letter Amendment, dated March 24, 2005 and effective January 1, 2005, to Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated June 27, 2001, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.13.4    
Amendment, dated January 24, 2006, to Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated June 27, 2001, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.14    
Master 300mg Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2006, among the Company, Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V., and Anchen Pharmaceuticals, Inc.**
       
 
  10.15    
Development, License and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Wyeth , acting through its Wyeth Consumer Healthcare Division.**
       
 
  10.15.1    
Amendment, dated as of July 9, 2004, to Development, License and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Wyeth, acting through its Wyeth Consumer Healthcare Division.**
       
 
  10.15.2    
Amendment, dated as of February 14, 2005, to Development, License and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Wyeth, acting through its Wyeth Consumer Healthcare Division.**

113


Table of Contents

     
         
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
         
  10.16    
Licensing, Contract Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Schering Corporation.**
       
 
  10.16.1    
Amendment No. 3, effective as of July 23, 2004, to Licensing, Contract Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Schering Corporation.**
       
 
  10.16.2    
Amendment No. 4, effective as of December 15, 2006, to Licensing, Contract Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Schering Corporation.**
       
 
  10.17    
Supply and Distribution Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2005, between the Company and DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc.**
       
 
  10.17.1    
Amendment No. 2, dated February 6, 2007, to Supply and Distribution Agreement, dated November 3, 2005, between the Company and DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc.**
       
 
  10.18    
Patent License Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2007, by and among Purdue Pharma L.P., The P.F. Laboratories, Inc., Purdue Pharmaceuticals L.P. and the Company.**
       
 
  10.19    
Supplemental License Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2007, by and among Purdue Pharma L.P., The P.F. Laboratories, Inc., Purdue Pharmaceuticals L.P. and the Company.**
       
 
  10.20    
Sublicense Agreement, effective as of March 30, 2007, between the Company and DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc.**
       
 
  10.21    
Promotional Services Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2006, between the Company and Shire US Inc.**
       
 
  10.22    
Co-promotion Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2008, between the Company and Wyeth, acting through its Wyeth Pharmaceuticals Division.**
       
 
  11.1    
Statement re computation of per share earnings (incorporated by reference to Note 17 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 10 to (Unaudited) Interim Consolidated Financial Statements included in this registration statement).
       
 
  21.1    
Subsidiaries of the registrant.
 
*   Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
**   To be filed by amendment.

114


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    F-2   
 
       
    F-3   
 
       
    F-4   
 
       
    F-5   
 
       
    F-6   
 
       
  F-8 to F-64   
 
       
    F-66   
 
       
    F-67   
 
       
    F-68   
 
       
    F-69   
 
       
  F-71 to F-86    
 
       
  S-1  

Page F-1 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Impax Laboratories, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Impax Laboratories, Inc. and Subsidiaries (a California corporation), (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. Our audits of the basic consolidated financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Impax Laboratories, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Notes 2, 10 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 in 2007 and FASB No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment in 2006.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
October 10, 2008

Page F-2 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
ASSETS
                       
Current assets:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 37,462     $ 6,399     $ 55,877  
Short-term investments
    106,034       23,435       204  
Accounts receivable, net
    51,503       61,921       30,528  
Inventory, net
    27,568       34,111       33,265  
Current portion of deferred product manufacturing costs-alliance agreements
    11,923       14,378       6,511  
Current portion of deferred income taxes
    27,376       409       918  
Deferred charge-exclusivity period fee
          38,133        
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    8,592       1,888       1,578  
 
                 
Total current assets
    270,458       180,674       128,881  
 
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    81,223       69,402       55,251  
Deferred product manufacturing costs-alliance agreements
    82,474       58,587       38,772  
Deferred income taxes, net
    47,937       425        
Other assets
    6,793       7,226       9,807  
Goodwill
    27,574       27,574       27,574  
 
                 
Total assets
  $ 516,459     $ 343,888     $ 260,285  
 
                 
 
                       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/ (DEFICIT)
                       
Current liabilities:
                       
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 69,234     $ 1,827     $ 111  
Accounts payable
    16,898       14,550       12,643  
Accrued expenses
    35,838       30,213       48,289  
Current portion of deferred revenue-alliance agreements
    26,381       33,965       12,042  
Current portion of accrued exclusivity period fee payments due
    12,000       18,200        
 
                 
Total current liabilities
    160,351       98,755       73,085  
 
                 
3.5% Convertible senior subordinated debentures
    12,750       75,000       75,000  
Long-term debt
    7,760       14,603       5,285  
Fair value of common stock purchase warrants
    2,285       2,313       3,977  
Deferred revenue-alliance agreements
    181,720       144,086       91,292  
Deferred income taxes
                454  
Accrued exclusivity period fee payments due
    6,000       9,000        
Other liabilities
    11,426       4,107       2,306  
 
                 
Total liabilities
  $ 382,292     $ 347,864     $ 251,399  
 
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 19 and 20)
                       
 
                       
Stockholders’ equity/ (deficit):
                       
Preferred Stock, $ 0.01 par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized, none outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
  $     $     $  
Common stock, $ 0.01 par value, 90,000,000 shares authorized and 58,822,548, 58,785,199, and 58,976,992 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively
    591       590       590  
Additional paid-in capital
    196,049       183,809       182,467  
Treasury stock-acquired as a result of achievement of milestone under the Teva Agreement, 243,729 shares at December 31, 2007 and 2006
    (2,157 )     (2,157 )      
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)
    (26 )     (3 )      
Accumulated deficit
    (60,290 )     (186,215 )     (174,171 )
 
                 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 134,167     $ (3,976 )   $ 8,886  
 
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 516,459     $ 343,888     $ 260,285  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page F-3 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
Revenues:
                       
Global product sales, net
  $ 87,978     $ 78,201     $ 89,291  
Rx Partner
    161,114       36,809       12,630  
OTC Partner
    11,866       13,782       10,451  
Promotional Partner
    12,759       6,434        
Other
    36       20       28  
 
                 
Total revenues
    273,753       135,246       112,400  
 
                 
 
                       
Cost of revenues
    107,656       72,248       58,435  
 
                 
Gross profit
    166,097       62,998       53,965  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating expenses:
                       
Research and development
    39,992       29,635       26,095  
Patent litigation
    10,025       9,693       7,734  
Litigation settlement
          2,556        
Selling, general and administrative
    39,573       32,361       25,759  
 
                 
Total operating expenses
    89,590       74,245       59,588  
 
                 
Income (loss) from operations
    76,507       (11,247 )     (5,623 )
 
                 
Change in fair value of common stock purchase warrants
    (110 )     1,098       4,502  
Other income (expense), net
    73       (192 )     (149 )
Interest income
    4,751       2,233       1,993  
 
                 
Interest expense
    (4,113 )     (3,796 )     (6,314 )
 
                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    77,108       (11,904 )     (5,591 )
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    48,817       (140 )     (189 )
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 125,925     $ (12,044 )   $ (5,780 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss) per share:
                       
Basic
  $ 2.14     $ (0.20 )   $ (0.10 )
 
                 
Diluted
  $ 2.06     $ (0.20 )   $ (0.10 )
 
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    58,810,452       58,996,365       58,955,664  
 
                 
Diluted
    61,217,470       58,996,365       58,955,664  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page F-4 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/ (DEFICIT)
AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/ (LOSS)
FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
(dollars and shares in thousands)
                                                         
                                            Accumulated        
                    Additional                     Other        
    Common Stock     Paid-In     Treasury     Accumulated     Comprehensive        
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)   Shares     Par Value     Capital     Stock     Deficit     Loss     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2004
    58,898     $ 589     $ 182,048     $     $ (168,391 )   $     $ 14,246  
 
                                                       
2005
                                                       
Exercise of stock options and sale of common stock under ESPP
    79       1       419                               420  
Net loss
                                    (5,780 )             (5,780 )
 
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2005
    58,977     $ 590     $ 182,467     $     $ (174,171 )   $     $ 8,886  
 
                                                       
2006
                                                       
Exercise of common stock purchase warrants, stock options, and sale of common stock under ESPP
    52             659                               659  
Share-based compensation expense
                    683                               683  
Achievement of milestone under the Teva Agreement
    (244 )                     (2,157 )                     (2,157 )
Currency translation adjustments
                                            (3 )     (3 )
Net loss
                                    (12,044 )             (12,044 )
 
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2006
    58,785     $ 590     $ 183,809     $ (2,157 )   $ (186,215 )   $ (3 )   $ (3,976 )
 
                                                       
2007
                                                       
Exercise of common stock purchase warrants, stock options, and sale of common stock under ESPP
    37       1       250                               251  
Share-based compensation expense
                    1,513                               1,513  
Tax benefit related to exercise of employee stock options
                    10,477                               10,477  
Currency translation adjustments
                                            (23 )     (23 )
Net income
                                    125,925               125,925  
 
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2007
    58,822     $ 591     $ 196,049     $ (2,157 )   $ (60,290 )   $ (26 )   $ 134,167  
 
                                         
                         
Comprehensive Income/ (Loss)   Year Ended December 31,  
(in $ 000s)   2007     2006     2005  
Net income (loss)
  $ 125,925     $ (12,044 )   $ (5,780 )
Cumulative translation adjustments
    (23 )     (3 )      
 
                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 125,902     $ (12,047 )   $ (5,780 )
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page F-5 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in thousands)
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 125,925     $ (12,044 )   $ (5,780 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    8,612       7,307       5,416  
Bad debt expense
    550              
Tax benefit on reversal of valuation allowance on deferred tax asset
    (81,485 )            
Deferred income taxes
    17,483              
Tax benefit related to exercise of employee stock options
    (10,477 )            
Provision for uncertain tax positions
    6,118              
Deferred revenue – Rx Partners
    234,816       115,391       40,550  
Deferred product manufacturing costs – Rx Partners
    (64,681 )     (42,431 )     (10,139 )
Deferred revenue recognized – Rx Partners
    (161,114 )     (36,809 )     (12,630 )
Amortization deferred product manufacturing costs – Rx Partners
    46,363       14,006       3,372  
Deferred revenue – OTC Partners
    15,359       11,215       8,039  
Deferred product manufacturing costs – OTC Partners
    (13,014 )     (11,678 )     (6,560 )
Deferred revenue recognized – OTC Partners
    (11,866 )     (13,782 )     (10,451 )
Amortization deferred product manufacturing costs – OTC Partners
    9,900       12,421       7,293  
Payments on exclusivity period fee
    (18,200 )     (14,400 )      
Payments on accrued litigation settlements
    (2,573 )     (12,000 )      
Accrued litigation settlement expense
          2,556        
Share-based compensation expense
    1,514       683        
Accretion of interest income on short-term investments
    (3,147 )     (1,004 )     (363 )
Change in fair value of common stock purchase warrants
    110       (1,098 )     (4,502 )
Write-off remaining balance of unamortized deferred financing fees
                2,835  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    9,868       (31,393 )     (6,677 )
Inventory
    6,543       (846 )     (3,043 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (6,325 )     1,960       1,115  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    7,546       4,372       11,768  
Other liabilities
    1,189       1,814       909  
 
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 119,014     $ (5,760 )   $ 21,152  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of short-term investments
  $ (244,119 )   $ (57,530 )   $ (7,086 )
Maturities of short-term investments
    164,667       35,302       57,217  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (18,836 )     (21,475 )     (14,764 )
 
                 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
  $ (98,288 )   $ (43,703 )   $ 35,367  
 
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
(Repayments) under revolving line of credit, net
  $     $     $ (5,000 )
Repayment of long-term debt
    (253 )     (108 )     (2,570 )
Proceeds from issuance of 3.5% convertible debentures
                74,900  
Repayment of 1.25% convertible debentures
                (95,000 )
Payment of deferred financing fees
                (2,461 )
Tax benefit related to exercise of employee stock options
    10,477              
Proceeds from stock option exercises and purchases under ESPP
    113       93       421  
 
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
  $ 10,337     $ (15 )   $ (29,710 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 31,063     $ (49,478 )   $ 26,809  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year
  $ 6,399     $ 55,877     $ 29,068  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 37,462     $ 6,399     $ 55,877  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page F-6 of F-86


Table of Contents

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
(in $000s)   2007     2006     2005  
Cash paid for interest
  $ 4,556     $ 3,409     $ 2,544  
 
                 
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 14,106     $ 500     $  
 
                 
In January 2007, the Company issued 9,388 shares of common stock as the result of a cashless exercise of common stock purchase warrants.
In February 2006, the Company issued 35,243 shares of common stock as the result of a cashless exercise of common stock purchase warrants.
Unpaid vendor invoices of approximately $ 2,150,000, $ 722,000 and $ 1,189,000 as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, are excluded from the purchase of property, plant, and equipment and the change in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page F-7 of F-86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007, 2006, 2005
1. THE COMPANY
Impax Laboratories, Inc. (“Impax” or the “Company”) is a technology-based, specialty pharmaceutical company. The Company has two reportable segments, referred to as the “Global Pharmaceuticals Division” (“Global Division”) and the “Impax Pharmaceutical Division” (“Impax Division”) . The Global Division develops, manufactures, sells, and distributes generic pharmaceutical products. The Impax Division is engaged in the process of developing branded pharmaceutical products.
The Company’s Global Division develops, formulates, manufactures, and sells controlled-release and specialty generic pharmaceutical products, through three sales channels, including: “Global”, which includes direct sales of generic prescription (“Rx”) products to wholesalers, large retail drug chains, and others; “Rx Partners”, which include the sale of generic prescription (“Rx”) products through unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to alliance agreements; and, “OTC Partners”, which include the sale of generic over-the-counter (“OTC”) products through unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to alliance agreements.
The Company marketed a total of sixty-five generic pharmaceutical products as of June 30, 2008, which represented dosage variations of twenty-four different pharmaceutical compounds marketed under the Company’s own “Global” label; plus a total of twelve generic prescription pharmaceuticals, representing dosage variations of three different pharmaceutical compounds sold to other unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to the Rx Partner Alliance Agreements; and two generic over-the-counter (“OTC”) products of a single compound sold to other unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to the OTC Partner Alliance Agreements.
The Company has nineteen applications for approval of new generic products under review by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), four of which have been tentatively approved, and approximately fifty additional generic products in various stages of research and development, for which applications have not yet been filed.
The Company’s Impax Division is engaged in the development of proprietary brand pharmaceutical products through improvements to already approved pharmaceutical products to address central nervous system (“CNS”) disorders. The IMPAX Division is also engaged in the co-promotion through a direct sales force focused on marketing to physicians, primarily in the CNS community, pharmaceutical products developed by other unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities
In the State of California (“CA”), the Company utilizes a combination of owned and leased facilities located in Hayward, CA, including a research and development center, a manufacturing facility, an office building used as the Company’s corporate headquarters for management, manufacturing support staff, and administrative personnel. Additionally, the Company leases four other facilities in Hayward, CA, Pleasanton, CA, and Fremont, CA utilized for additional research and development, administrative services, and equipment storage. In the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (“PA”), the Company owns a packaging, warehousing, and distribution center located in Philadelphia, PA, as well as a leased facility in New Britain, PA used for sales and marketing, finance, and administration personnel, as well as providing additional warehouse space. Outside the Unites States of America (“USA”), in Taiwan, R.O.C., the Company currently has under construction a facility to eventually be utilized for manufacturing, research and development, warehouse, and administrative space, which is expected to be operational in 2010.
The Company was formerly known as Global Pharmaceutical Corporation until December 14, 1999, when Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a privately held drug delivery company, was merged into the Company and its name was changed to Impax Laboratories, Inc. The merger was treated as the recapitalization of Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., with Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc. deemed the acquirer of Global Pharmaceutical Corporation, with such transaction deemed a reverse acquisition for accounting purposes.

Page F-8 of F-86


Table of Contents

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires the use of estimates and assumptions, based on complex judgments considered reasonable, affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant judgments are employed in estimates used in determining values of tangible and intangible assets, legal contingencies, tax assets and tax liabilities, fair value of stock purchase warrants, fair value of share-based compensation awards issued to employees, and estimates used in applying the Company’s revenue recognition policy including those related to sales rebates, chargebacks and shelf stock adjustments, Medicare and Medicaid, and sales returns accruals, and recognition periods related to alliance agreements. Actual results may differ from estimated results.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of the operating parent company, Impax Laboratories, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary, Impax Laboratories (Taiwan) Inc., and an equity investment in Prohealth Biotech, Inc. (“Prohealth”), of which the Company holds a 60% majority ownership interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
On July 1, 2006, the Company acquired 150,000 shares of the outstanding common stock, representing 60% of total shares outstanding, of Prohealth, a privately-held company organized under the laws of Taiwan, R.O.C., for cash consideration of $ 599,000. The Company acquired Prohealth to provide additional research and development capacity. The results of Prohealth’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all short-term investments with maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company is potentially subject to financial instrument concentration of credit risk through its cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with several major financial institutions. Such amounts frequently exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) limits.
Short-Term Investments
Short-term investments represent investments in fixed rate financial instruments with maturities of greater than three months but less than twelve months at the time of purchase. The Company’s short-term investments are held in U.S. Treasury securities and high grade commercial paper, which are not insured by the FDIC. They are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying values of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The Company estimates the fair value of its fixed-rate long-term debt to be $ 69,938,000, $ 73,313,000 and $ 72,375,000 at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, covering a wide range of matters, including, among others, patent litigation, shareholder lawsuits, and product liability. In accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” the Company records accruals for such loss contingencies when it is probable a liability will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company, in accordance with SFAS No. 5, does not recognize gain contingencies until realized. A discussion of contingencies is included in Note 13, “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 14, “Legal and Regulatory Matters.”

Page F-9 of F-86


Table of Contents

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from amounts deemed to be uncollectible from its customers; these allowances are for specific amounts on certain accounts.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments, and accounts receivable. The Company limits its credit risk associated with cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments by placing its investments with high quality money market funds, corporate debt, short-term commercial paper and in securities backed by the U.S. Government. The Company limits its credit risk with respect to accounts receivable by performing credit evaluations when deemed necessary. The Company does not require collateral to secure amounts owed to it by its customers.
The following tables present the percentage of total accounts receivable and gross sales represented by the Company’s five largest customers as of and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
                         
Percent of Total Accounts Receivable   2007   2006   2005
Customer #1
    26.1 %     45.5 %     15.1 %
Customer #2
    15.8 %     11.2 %     29.4 %
Customer #3
    19.1 %     13.5 %     19.2 %
Customer #4
    8.7 %     7.1 %     9.2 %
Customer #5
    8.4 %     5.0 %     11.3 %
 
           
Total-Five largest customers
    78.1 %     82.3 %     84.2 %
 
           
                         
Percent of Gross Sales   2007   2006   2005
Customer #1
    13.2 %     19.0 %     7.4 %
Customer #2
    10.7 %     18.5 %     28.1 %
Customer #3
    13.7 %     17.9 %     15.9 %
Customer #4
    5.7 %     8.7 %     7.8 %
Customer #5
    36.9 %            
Customer #6
          5.7 %      
Customer #7
                6.1 %
 
           
Total-Five largest customers
    80.2 %     69.8 %     65.3 %
 
           
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company’s top ten products accounted for 68%, 67% and 74%, respectively, of Global product sales, net.

Page F-10 of F-86


Table of Contents

Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, and the cost flow assumption is first-in, first-out (FIFO) flow of goods. Standard costs are revised annually, and significant variances between actual costs and standard costs are apportioned to inventory and cost of goods sold based upon inventory turnover. Costs include materials, labor, quality control, and production overhead. Inventory is adjusted for short-dated, unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the Company, additional inventory write-downs may be required. Consistent with industry practice, the Company may build pre-launch inventories of certain ANDA related products which are pending required FDA approval and/or resolution of patent infringement litigation, when, in the Company’s assessment, such action is appropriate to increase the commercial opportunity, and FDA approval is expected in the near term, and /or the litigation will be resolved in the Company’s favor.
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151 (“SFAS 151”), “Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” SFAS No. 151 clarifies abnormal inventory costs, such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) are required to be recognized as current period costs. The provisions of SFAS No. 151 were effective for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. The adoption of SFAS 151 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, as the Company already accounted for abnormal inventory costs as a current period charge.
The Company is dependent on a small number of suppliers for its raw materials, and any delay or unavailability of raw materials can materially adversely affect its ability to produce products. The Company believes it has, and will continue to have, adequate and dependable sources for the supply of raw materials and components for its manufacturing requirements. All of the Company’s manufacturing facilities are located in northern California, and significant adverse events affecting this geographical area could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to produce products.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and costs of improvements and renewals are capitalized. Costs incurred in connection with the construction or major renovation of facilities, including interest directly related to such projects, are capitalized as construction in progress. Depreciation is recognized using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which are 40 years for buildings, 15 years for building improvements, 7-10 years for equipment, and 3-5 years for office furniture and equipment. Land and construction-in-progress are not depreciated.

Page F-11 of F-86


Table of Contents

Goodwill
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, (SFAS No. 142), rather than recording periodic amortization, goodwill is subject to an annual assessment for impairment by applying a fair-value-based test. According to SFAS No. 142, if the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s carrying value, including goodwill, then goodwill is considered not impaired, making further analysis not required.
The Company considers the Global Division and the Impax Division operating segments to each be a reporting unit as this is the lowest level for which discrete financial information is available. The Company attributes the entire carrying amount of goodwill to the Global Division.
The Company concluded the carrying value of goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year. In addition, on a quarterly basis, the Company performs a review of its business operations to determine if events or changes in circumstances have occurred which could have a material adverse effect on the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, and thus indicate a potential impairment of the goodwill carrying value. If such events or changes in circumstances were deemed to have occurred, the Company would perform an interim impairment analysis, which may include the preparation of a discounted cash flow model, or consultation with one or more valuation specialists, to analyze the impact, if any, in the Company’s assessment of the reporting unit’s fair value. The Company has not to-date deemed there to be any significant adverse changes in the legal, regulatory, or general economic environment in which the Company conducts its business operations.

Page F-12 of F-86


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when the earnings process is complete, which under SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Topic No. 13, Revenue Recognition , is when revenue is realized or realizable and earned and there is persuasive evidence a revenue arrangement exists; delivery of goods or services has occurred; the sales price is fixed or determinable; and, collectibility is reasonably assured.
The Company accounts for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-21, Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Elements (“EITF 00-21”), which addresses the determination of whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting. A delivered item within an arrangement is considered a separate unit of accounting only if all of the following criteria are met:
  -   the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis;
 
  -   there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item; and
 
  -   if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in the control of the vendor.
Under EITF 00-21, if the fair value of any undelivered element cannot be objectively or reliably determined, then separate accounting for the individual deliverables is not appropriate. Revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables constituting a single unit of accounting is recognizable generally over the greater of the term of the arrangement or the expected period of performance, on a straight-line basis or on a modified proportional performance method.

Page F-13 of F-86


Table of Contents

Global product sales, net:
 
The “Global product sales, net” line item of the statement of operations, includes revenue recognized related to shipments of pharmaceutical products to the Company’s customers, primarily drug wholesalers and retail chains. Gross sales revenue is recognized at the time title and risk of loss passes to the customer — generally when product is received by the customer. Included in Global product revenue are deductions from the gross sales price, including deductions related to estimates for chargebacks, rebates, returns, shelf-stock, and other pricing adjustments. The Company records an estimate for these deductions in the same period when revenue is recognized. A summary of each of these deductions is as follows:
Returns
The Company allows its customers to return product (i) if approved by authorized personnel in writing or by telephone with the lot number and expiration date accompanying any request and (ii) if such products are returned within six months prior to or until 12 months following, the products’ expiration date.
The Company estimates a provision for product returns as a percentage of gross sales based upon historical experience of Global product sales. The sales return reserve is estimated using an historical lag period — which is the time between when the product is sold and when it is ultimately returned, as determined from the Company’s system generated lag period report — and return rates, adjusted by estimates of the future return rates based on various assumptions, which may include changes to internal policies and procedures, changes in business practices, and commercial terms with customers, competitive position of each product, amount of inventory in the wholesaler supply chain, the introduction of new products, and changes in market sales information. The Company considers other factors when estimating its current period return provision, including levels of inventory in the distribution channel, significant market changes which may impact future expected returns, and actual product returns. The Company monitors actual returns on a quarterly basis and may record specific provisions for returns it believes are not covered by historical percentages.
Rebates and Chargebacks
The Company maintains various rebate programs with its Global customers. The rebate programs are integral to the Company’s effort to maintain a competitive position in its marketplace, as well as to promote greater product sales along with customer loyalty. The rebates generally take the form of a credit against the invoiced gross sales amount charged to a customer for products shipped. A provision for rebate deductions is estimated and recorded in the same period when revenue is recognized based upon the terms of the various rebate programs in effect at the time of product shipment. The Company monitors actual rebates granted and compares them to the estimated provision for rebates to assess the reasonableness of the rebates reserve at each balance sheet date on a quarterly basis.
The Company’s chargeback is the difference between the Company’s invoice price to a wholesaler and the final price paid by the wholesaler. The final price paid by the wholesaler can be lower than the Company’s invoice price based upon the customer to whom the wholesaler sells the Company’s products. The chargeback generally takes the form of a credit against the invoiced gross sales amount charged to the wholesaler. A provision for chargeback deductions is estimated and recorded in the same period the revenue is recognized based upon the terms of the various chargeback arrangements in effect at the time of product shipment. The Company monitors actual chargebacks granted and compares them to the estimated provision for chargebacks to assess the reasonableness of the chargebacks reserve at each balance sheet date on a quarterly basis.

Page F-14 of F-86


Table of Contents

Shelf-Stock Adjustments
The Company will occasionally reduce the selling price of certain products. The Company may issue a credit against the sales amount to customers based upon their remaining inventory of the product in question, provided the customer continues to make future purchases of product from the Company. This type of customer credit is referred to as a shelf-stock adjustment, which is the difference between the sales price and the revised lower sales price, multiplied by an estimate of the number of product units on-hand at a given date. Decreases in selling prices are discretionary decisions made by the Company in response to market conditions, including estimated launch dates of competing products and estimated declines in market price.
Medicaid
As required by law, the Company provides a rebate on drugs dispensed under the Medicaid program. The Company determines its estimate of Medicaid rebate accrual primarily based on historical experience of claims submitted by the various states and any new information regarding changes in the Medicaid program which may impact the Company’s estimate of Medicaid rebates. In determining the appropriate accrual amount, the Company considers historical payment rates and processing lag for outstanding claims and payments. The Company records estimates for Medicaid rebates as a deduction from gross sales, with corresponding adjustments to accrued liabilities.
Cash Discounts
The Company offers cash discounts to its customers, generally 2% of the sales price, as an incentive for paying within invoice terms, which generally range from 30 to 90 days. An estimate of cash discounts is recorded in the same period when revenue is recognized.

Page F-15 of F-86


Table of Contents

RX Partner and OTC Partner
The “Rx Partner” and “OTC Partner” line items of the statement of operations include revenue recognized under alliance agreements between the Company and other pharmaceutical companies. The Company has entered into these alliance agreements to develop marketing and /or distribution relationships with its partners to fully leverage its technology platform.
The Rx Partner and OTC Partner alliance agreements obligate the Company to deliver multiple goods and /or services over extended periods. Such deliverables include manufactured pharmaceutical products, exclusive and semi-exclusive marketing rights, distribution licenses, and research and development services. In exchange for these deliverables, the Company receives payments from its alliance agreement partners for product shipments, and may also receive royalty, profit-sharing, and /or upfront or periodic milestone payments. Revenue received from the alliance agreement partners under these agreements are not subject to deductions for chargebacks, rebates, returns, shelf-stock adjustments, and other pricing adjustments.
The Company initially defers all revenue earned under its Rx Partners and OTC Partners alliance agreements. The deferred revenue is recorded as a liability captioned “Deferred revenue — alliance agreements.” The Company also defers its direct product manufacturing costs to the extent such costs are reimbursable by the Rx Partners and OTC Partners. These deferred product manufacturing costs are recorded as an asset captioned “Deferred product manufacturing costs — alliance agreements.” The product manufacturing costs in excess of amounts reimbursable by the Rx Partners or OTC Partners are recognized as current period cost of revenue.
The Company recognizes such deferred revenue as either Rx Partner revenue or OTC Partner revenue under the respective alliance agreement, and amortizes deferred product manufacturing costs as cost of revenues — as the Company fulfills its contractual obligations. Revenue is recognized over the respective alliance agreements’ term of the arrangement or the Company’s expected period of performance, using a modified proportional performance method, which results in a greater portion of the revenue being recognized in the period of initial recognition and the remaining balance being recognized ratably over either the remaining life of the arrangement or the Company’s expected period of performance of each respective alliance agreements.
Under the modified proportional performance method of revenue recognition utilized by the Company, the amount recognized in the period of initial recognition is based upon the number of years elapsed under the respective alliance agreement relative to the estimated total length of the recognition period. Under this method, the amount of revenue recognized in the year of initial recognition is determined by multiplying the total amount realized by a fraction, the numerator of which is the then-current year of the alliance agreement and the denominator of which is the total estimated life of the alliance agreement. The amount recognized during each remaining year is an equal pro rata amount. Finally, cumulative revenue is recognized only to the extent of cash collected and /or the fair value received. The Company’s judgment is this modified proportional performance method better aligns revenue recognition with performance under a long-term arrangement as compared to a straight-line method.

Page F-16 of F-86


Table of Contents

Promotional Partner:
The “Promotional Partner revenues” line item of the statement of operations includes revenue recognized under promotional services agreement with another pharmaceutical company. The promotional services agreement obligates the Company to provide physician detailing sales calls to promote its partner’s branded drug product over multiple periods. In exchange for this service, the Company receives a fixed fee based on the number of sales force representatives utilized in providing the services (up to a maximum number of sales force representatives and an annual maximum payment amount per sales force representative). The Company is also eligible to receive contingent payments based upon the number of prescriptions filled for its partner’s product above a contractual minimum threshold. Additionally, the Company may be required to refund portions of the sales force fees, if it fails to perform a minimum number of physician detail calls during specified periods.
The Company recognizes revenue from sales force fees as the services are provided and the performance obligations are met, and contingent payments at the time when they are earned. The Company would record a charge, as a reduction to Promotional Partner revenue, for periods in which a refund liability had been incurred. The Company determined this agreement does not include multiple deliverables under EITF No. 00-21.

Page F-17 of F-86


Table of Contents

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
Shipping and handling fees related to sales transactions are recorded as selling expense.
Research and Development
Research and development activities are expensed as incurred and consist of self-funded research and development costs and costs associated with work performed by other participants under collaborative research and development agreements.
Derivatives
The Company does not engage in hedging transactions for trading or speculative purposes or to hedge exposure to currency or interest rate fluctuations. From time to time, the Company does engage in transactions that result in embedded derivatives (e.g. Convertible Debt). In accordance with SFAS No. 133 (“SFAS 133”) and related pronouncements, the Company records the embedded derivative at fair value on the balance sheet and records any related gains or losses in current earnings in the statement of operations.
Income Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes using the asset and liability method as required by SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (SFAS 109) . This approach recognizes the amount of federal, state, and local taxes payable or refundable for the current year, as well as deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of events recognized in the consolidated financial statements and income tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted to recognize the effects of changes in tax laws or enacted tax rates in the period during which they are signed into law. Under SFAS 109, a valuation allowance is required when it is more-likely-than-not all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through generating sufficient future taxable income.
The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (FIN 48), effective January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109. In this regard, SFAS 109 does not prescribe a recognition threshold or measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken in a tax return. FIN 48 clarifies the application of SFAS 109 by defining the criterion an individual tax position must meet for any part of the benefit of the tax position to be recognized in financial statements prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Under FIN 48, the Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a tax position should be measured based on the largest benefit having a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. Additionally, FIN 48 also provides guidance on measurement, de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. In accordance with the disclosure requirements of FIN 48, the Company’s policy on income statement classification of interest and penalties related to income tax obligations is to include such items as part of total interest expense and other expense, respectively.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with provisions of SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based Payment”, which it adopted on January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective method. Under this method, compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining vesting period of any outstanding unvested options at the adoption date and any new options granted after the adoption date. Prior periods are not restated under this method. Prior to adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company recognized compensation expense related to its stock options in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. Under APB 25, compensation cost for stock options, if any, was measured as the excess of the quoted market price of the common stock at the date of grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.

Page F-18 of F-86


Table of Contents

Earnings (loss) per Share
Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents outstanding during the period.
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income.” This Statement establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income is defined to include all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. From inception through June 30, 2006, the Company has not had transactions that are required to be reported in other comprehensive income. Effective with the acquisition of Prohealth Biotech Inc. (see Note 2), the Company recorded foreign currency translation gains/losses, which are reported as other comprehensive income (loss). Foreign currency translation losses for 2007 and 2006 were $ 23,000 and $ 3,000, respectively.
Deferred Financing Costs
The Company capitalizes direct costs incurred with obtaining debt financing, which are included in Other assets on the balance sheet. Deferred financing costs, including costs incurred in obtaining debt financing, are amortized over the term of the underlying debt on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company charged $ 468,000, $ 466,000 and $ 693,000, respectively, to interest expense as amortization of deferred financing costs.

Page F-19 of F-86


Table of Contents

3. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) Staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (“SAB 108”), “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements”. SAB 108 was issued in order to eliminate the diversity of practice surrounding how public companies quantify financial statement misstatements. Traditionally, there have been two widely-recognized methods for quantifying the effects of financial statement misstatements: the “rollover” method and the “iron curtain” method. The rollover method focuses primarily on the impact of a misstatement on the income statement—including the reversing effect of prior year misstatements—but its use can lead to the accumulation of misstatements in the balance sheet. The iron curtain method, on the other hand, focuses primarily on the effect of correcting the period-end balance sheet with less emphasis on the reversing effects of prior year errors on the income statement. The staff believes registrants must quantify the impact of correcting all misstatements, including both the carryover and reversing effects of prior year misstatements, on the current year financial statements. The staff believes that this can be accomplished by quantifying an error under both the rollover and iron curtain approaches as described above and by evaluating the error measured under each approach. Thus, a registrant’s financial statements would require adjustment when either approach results in quantifying a misstatement that is material, after considering all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. SAB 108 is effective for any report for an interim period of the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The Company’s SAB 108 analysis did not result in an adjustment to its consolidated financial statements for the effective periods.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 (“SFAS 157”) “Fair Value Measurements”, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. With respect to financial assets and liabilities SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The effective date of SFAS 157, with respect to non-financial assets and liabilities, was deferred by FASB Staff Position FAS 157-2 and is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159 (“SFAS 159”), “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, providing companies with an option to choose, at specific election dates, to measure eligible financial assets and liabilities at fair value that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, early adoption is allowed. The Company has not elected to use the fair value option of SFAS 159, and does not expect SFAS 159 to have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In June 2007, the EITF reached a final consensus on EITF Issue No. 07-3 (“EITF 07-3”), “Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or Services to Be Used in Future Research and Development Activities”. EITF 07-3, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, requires non-refundable advance payments for future research and development activities to be capitalized until the goods have been delivered or related services have been performed. Adoption is on a prospective basis and could impact the timing of expense recognition for agreements entered into after December 31, 2007. The adoption of EITF 07-3 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In November 2007, the EITF reached a final consensus on EITF Issue No. 07-1 (“EITF 07-1”) “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements Related to the Development and Commercialization of Intellectual Property”. EITF 07-1 is focused on how the parties to a collaborative agreement should account for costs incurred and revenue generated on sales to third parties, how sharing payments pursuant to a collaborative agreement should be presented in the income statement and certain related disclosure questions. EITF 07-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Adoption is on a retrospective basis to all prior periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the effective date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of EITF 07-1 adoption on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Page F-20 of F-86


Table of Contents

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141 (Revised 2007) (“SFAS 141(R)”), “Business Combinations”, which replaces SFAS No 141. The statement retains the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions, but requires a number of changes, including changes in the way assets and liabilities are recognized in purchase accounting. It also changes the recognition of assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contingencies, requires the capitalization of in-process research and development at fair value, and requires the expensing of acquisition-related costs as incurred. SFAS No. 141R is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2009 and will apply prospectively to business combinations completed on or after this date. The effect of SFAS 141 (R) on the Company’s consolidated financial statements will be dependent on the nature and terms of any business combinations to occur after the effective date.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 (“SFAS 160”), “Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements”. SFAS 160 clarifies that a non-controlling (minority) interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements, and establishes a single method of accounting for changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation. SFAS 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. All other requirements of SFAS 160 shall be applied prospectively. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 160 to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements unless a future transaction results in a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 161”). The new standard is intended to help investors better understand how derivative instruments and hedging activities affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows through enhanced disclosure requirements. The new standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early adoption encouraged. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 161 to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the Company does not currently have any derivatives within the scope of SFAS 161.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets” (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. The FSP is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under Statement 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141(R) and other U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The new standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of FSP FAS 142-3 adoption on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162 (“SFAS No. 162”), “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”. This statement identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States (the GAAP hierarchy). The effective date of SFAS No. 162 is November 15, 2008, which is 60 days following the SEC’s approval on September 16, 2008 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB) amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”.
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position APB 14-1 (“FSP APB 14-1”), “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)”. FSP APB 14-1 specifies that issuers of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. This FASB staff position is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of FSP APB 14-1 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Page F-21 of F-86


Table of Contents

4. INVESTMENTS
Investments consist of commercial paper, corporate bonds and medium-term notes, government agency obligations and certificates of deposit. The Company’s policy is to invest in only high quality “AAA-rated” or investment-grade securities. Investments in debt securities are accounted for as ‘held-to-maturity’ and are recorded at amortized cost. The Company has historically held all investments in debt securities until maturity, and the Company has the ability and intent to continue to hold all investments in debt securities until maturity. All of the Company’s investments have remaining contractual maturities of less than twelve months and are classified as short-term. Upon sale the Company uses a specific identification method.
A summary of Short-term investments as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
(in $ 000’s)   Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
December 31, 2007   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Commercial paper
  $ 94,107     $     $     $ 94,107  
Government agency obligations
    7,000                   7,000  
Corporate bonds
    3,202       5       (8 )     3,199  
Asset-backed securities
    1,503             (64 )     1,439  
Certificates of deposit
    222                   222  
 
                       
Total short-term investments
  $ 106,034     $ 5     $ (72 )   $ 105,967  
 
                       
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
(in $ 000’s)   Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
December 31, 2006   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Commercial paper
  $ 14,611     $     $     $ 14,611  
Corporate bonds
    6,535       2       (10 )     6,527  
Certificates of deposit
    2,289                   2,289  
 
                       
Total short-term investments
  $ 23,435     $ 2     $ (10 )   $ 23,427  
 
                       
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
(in $ 000’s)   Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
December 31, 2005   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Certificate of deposit
    204                   204  
 
                       
Total short-term investments
  $ 204     $     $     $ 204  
 
                       

Page F-22 of F-86


Table of Contents

5. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
The details of accounts receivable, net are set forth in the following table:
                         
    December 31,  
(in $ 000’s)   2007     2006     2005  
Gross accounts receivable
  $ 60,272     $ 70,975     $ 41,922  
Less: Rebate reserve
    (3,603 )     (3,124 )     (5,391 )
Less: Chargeback reserve
    (2,977 )     (4,401 )     (4,438 )
Less: Other deductions
    (2,189 )     (1,529 )     (1,565 )
 
                 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 51,503     $ 61,921     $ 30,528  
 
                 
Other deductions include allowance for disputed items, doubtful accounts, and cash discounts.
A roll forward of the chargeback and rebate reserve activity is as follows:
                         
(in $ 000’s)   For the Year Ended December 31,  
Chargeback reserve   2007     2006     2005  
Beginning balance
  $ 4,401     $ 4,438     $ 2,933  
Provision recorded during the period
    33,972       26,664       24,439  
Credits issued during the period
    (35,396 )     (26,701 )     (22,934 )
 
                 
Ending balance
  $ 2,977     $ 4,401     $ 4,438  
 
                 
                         
( in $ 000’s)   For the Year Ended December 31,  
Rebate reserve   2007     2006     2005  
Beginning balance
  $ 3,124     $ 5,391     $ 3,382  
Provision recorded during the period
    15,968       13,856       14,679  
Credits issued during the period
    (15,489 )     (16,123 )     (12,670 )
 
                 
Ending balance
  $ 3,603     $ 3,124     $ 5,391  
 
                 

Page F-23 of F-86


Table of Contents

6. INVENTORY
At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, inventory, net of carrying value reserves, consisted of the following:
                         
    December 31,  
(in $ 000’s)   2007     2006     2005  
Raw materials
  $ 15,005     $ 21,228     $ 24,359  
Work in process
    1,827       1,922       2,092  
Finished goods
    11,373       11,692       9,017  
 
                 
Total inventory, net
  $ 28,205     $ 34,842     $ 35,468  
 
                       
Less: Non-current inventory, net
    (637 )     (731 )     (2,203 )
 
                 
Total inventory-current, net
  $ 27,568     $ 34,111     $ 33,265  
 
                 
The Company had recorded inventory reserves of $ 3,148,000, $ 2,919,000 and $ 5,776,000; as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively.
To the extent inventory is not scheduled to be utilized in the manufacturing process and /or sold within twelve months of the balance sheet date, it is included as a component of other non-current assets. Amounts classified as non-current inventory consist of raw materials, net of valuation reserves. Raw materials generally have a shelf life of approximately three to five years, while finished goods products generally have a shelf life of approximately twenty-four months.
When the Company concludes FDA approval is expected within approximately six months, the Company will generally begin to schedule process validation studies as required by the FDA to demonstrate the production process can be scaled up to manufacture commercial batches. Consistent with industry practice, the Company may build pre-launch inventories of certain ANDA related products which are pending required FDA approval and /or resolution of patent infringement litigation when, in the Company’s assessment, such action is appropriate to increase the commercial opportunity, FDA approval is expected in the near term, and /or the litigation will be resolved in the Company’s favor.
The Company recognizes pre-launch inventories at the lower of its cost or the amount expected to be probable of recovery through sale. Cost is determined using a standard cost method, and assumes a first-in, first-out (FIFO) flow of goods. Costs of unapproved products are similar to the approved products and include materials, labor, quality control, and production overhead. The net carrying value of unapproved inventory is approximately $ 63,000, $ 521,000, and $ 549,000 at December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005.
The capitalization of unapproved pre-launch inventory involve risks, including: (i) FDA approval of product may not occur; (ii) approvals may require additional or different testing / specifications than what was used for unapproved inventory, and (iii) in cases where the unapproved inventory is for a product subject to litigation, the litigation may not be resolved or settled in favor of the Company. If any of these risks were to materialize and the launch of the unapproved product is delayed or prevented, then the net carrying value of unapproved inventory may be partially or fully reserved.
Generally, the selling price of a generic pharmaceutical product is at discount from the corresponding brand product selling price which is currently marketed. Typically, a generic drug is easily substituted for the corresponding brand product and, once a generic product is approved, the pre-launch inventory is typically sold within the first three months. If the market prices become lower than the historical product costs, then the pre-launch inventory value is reduced to such lower market prices. If the inventory produced exceeds the estimated market acceptance of the generic product and becomes short-dated, a carrying value reserve will be recorded. In all cases, the pre-launch products have inventory costs lower than their related net selling prices.

Page F-24 of F-86


Table of Contents

7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following:
                         
    December 31,  
(in $ 000’s)   2007     2006     2005  
Land
  $ 2,270     $ 2,270     $ 2,270  
Buildings and improvements
    51,287       38,828       27,190  
Equipment
    44,001       39,819       28,413  
Office furniture and equipment
    5,332       4,855       3,004  
Construction-in-progress
    10,323       8,170       12,129  
 
                 
Property, plant and equipment, gross
    113,213       93,942       73,006  
 
                       
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    (31,990 )     (24,540 )     (17,755 )
 
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 81,223     $ 69,402     $ 55,251  
 
                 
Depreciation expense was $ 8,144,000, $ 6,841,000 and $ 4,723, 000 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Page F-25 of F-86


Table of Contents

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES
The following table sets forth the Company’s Accrued expenses:
                         
    December 31,  
(in $ 000’s)   2007     2006     2005  
Accrued payroll-related expenses
  $ 9,983     $ 6,560     $ 4,366  
Accrued product returns
    14,261       12,903       10,625  
Legal and professional fees
    3,382       2,781       3,619  
Accrued shelf stock price protection
    384       382       544  
Other accruals
    5,156       3,510       1,370  
Accrued litigation settlements
    1,555       3,083       24,251  
Accrued Medicaid rebates
    566       421       2,862  
Accrued royalty expense
    551       573       652  
 
                 
Total accrued expenses
  $ 35,838     $ 30,213     $ 48,289  
 
                 
Included in accrued payroll-related expenses is $ 26,000, $ 495,000 and $ 0 at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to post-employment severance-related charges. Included in other accruals at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are state income taxes payable amounting to $ 1,638,000, $ 377,000 and $ 248,000, respectively.
As described more fully in Note 2, the Company maintains a return policy that allows customers to return product within specified guidelines. The Company estimates a provision for product returns as a percentage of gross sales based upon historical experience for sales made through its Global sales channel. Sales of product under the OTC Partner and RX Partner alliance agreements generally are not subject to returns.
A reconciliation of the Company’s product returns reserve activity is as follows for the year ended:
                         
    December 31,  
(in $ 000’s)   2007     2006     2005  
Beginning balance
  $ 12,903     $ 10,625     $ 6,939  
Provision related to sales recorded in the period
    5,459       7,220       5,534  
Credits recorded in the period
    (4,101 )     (4,942 )     (1,848 )
 
                 
Ending balance
  $ 14,261     $ 12,903     $ 10,625  
 
                 

Page F-26 of F-86


Table of Contents

9. FAIR VALUE OF COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANTS
Common Stock Purchase Warrants
In connection with a 2003 private financing, the Company issued 878,815 common stock purchase warrants, which entitled the owner to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $ 7.41 per share.
During 2007, 2006, and 2005, common stock purchase warrants for 36,616, 100,000, and 0 shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively, were exercised. At December 31, 2007, the 604,887 common stock purchase warrants outstanding were fully exercised in 2008 prior to their expiration date of May 7, 2008, or five years from the date of their initial issuance.
Consistent with the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 00-19, “ Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stock ,” (“EITF 00-19”), the common stock purchase warrants were classified as liabilities, as there were certain conditions attached to the warrants which may require cash settlement. Accordingly, the common stock purchase warrants were accounted for at fair value and changes in fair value were recognized as a component of “other income” at each quarter-end period over the life of the respective common stock purchase warrants. The common stock purchase warrants are also considered derivatives consistent with the guidance in SFAS No. 133, “ Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 133”).
The Company used a Black-Scholes pricing model to value the common stock purchase warrants, with the key valuation assumptions being the terms of the common stock purchase warrant and the actual price of the Company’s common stock at each quarter-end period, as well as, a volatility rate calculated based on changes in the price of the Company’s common stock and a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the rate on Treasury securities with a time-frame approximately the same as the common stock purchase warrant’s remaining time to expiration as of each valuation date. During the three years ended December 31, 2007, the estimated fair value of the common stock purchase warrants ranged from a high of $ 11.45 per share on March 31, 2005 to a low of $ 1.62 on June 30, 2006. At December 31, 2007, each common stock purchase warrant was valued at $ 3.78 and the total value of the common stock purchase warrant liability was approximately $ 2.3 million. The following table summarizes the number of outstanding common stock purchase warrants and the corresponding estimated fair value of the common stock purchase warrant liability at each December 31, year-end:
                         
    Common     Common        
    Stock     Stock     Total  
    Purchase     Purchase     Reported  
    Warrants     Warrants     Liability  
    Outstanding     Value     Liability Value  
Ending balance December 31, 2004
    741,503     $ 11.43     $ 8,479,000  
Warrants exercised in 2005
                     
 
                     
Ending balance December 31, 2005
    741,503     $ 5.36     $ 3,977,000  
Warrants exercised in 2006
    (100,000 )                
 
                     
Ending balance December 31, 2006
    641,503     $ 3.60     $ 2,313,000  
Warrants exercised in 2007
    (36,616 )                
 
                     
Ending balance December 31, 2007
    604,887     $ 3.78     $ 2,285,000  
 
                     
As noted above, the estimated fair value of the common stock purchase warrants at each balance sheet date was determined using a Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
Volatility (range)
    24.2 – 46.4 %     48.7 – 57.6 %     58.3 – 80.0 %
Risk-free interest rate (range)
    3.4 – 4.9 %     4.7 – 5.2 %     3.6 – 4.4 %
Dividend yield
    0 %     0 %     0 %
The expected life of the common stock purchase warrants was estimated as the time-to-expiration at each balance sheet date.

Page F-27 of F-86


Table of Contents

10. INCOME TAXES
The Company is subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes. The provision for (benefit from) income taxes on earnings is comprised of the following:
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
(in $ 000’s)   2007     2006     2005  
Current:
                       
Federal taxes
  $ 8,383     $ 320     $ 405  
State taxes
    6,802       190       248  
 
                 
Total current tax provision
    15,185       510       653  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred:
                       
Federal taxes
  $ 17,830     $ (4,971 )   $ (5,309 )
Federal taxes-change in valuation allowance
    (66,783 )     4,651       4,904  
State taxes
    (347 )     (2,391 )     480  
State taxes-change in valuation allowance
    (14,702 )     2,341       (539 )
 
                 
Total deferred tax (benefit)
    (64,002 )     (370 )     (464 )
 
                 
 
                       
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes
  $ (48,817 )   $ 140     $ 189  
 
                 
A reconciliation of the difference between the federal income taxes at federal statutory rates and actual income taxes on income from (loss) before income taxes, which includes federal, state, and other income taxes, is as follows:
                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
(in $ 000’s)   2007             2006             2005          
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ 77,108             $ (11,904 )           $ (5,591 )        
 
                                         
Tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate
    26,988       35.0 %     (4,047 )     34.0 %     (1,901 )     34.0 %
 
Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from:
                                               
 
                                               
State and local taxes (net of federal benefit)
    2,886       3.8 %     (1,699 )     (14.3 )%     245       4.4 %
Effect of increase in federal statutory tax rate on deferred tax accounts
    (1,993 )     (2.6 )%                        
Use of research and development credits
    (1,306 )     (1.7 )%     (996 )     (8.4 )%     (897 )     (16.0 )%
Change in warrant fair value
    38       0.1 %     (373 )     (3.1 )%     (1,531 )     (27.4 )%
Provision for uncertain tax positions
    6,118       7.9 %                                
Other, net
    (63 )     (0.1 )%     263       2.2 %     (92 )     (1.6 )%
Change in valuation allowance
    (81,485 )     (105.7 )%     6,992       58.7 %     4,365       78.0 %
 
                                         
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes
  $ (48,817 )     (63.3 )%   $ 140       1.2 %   $ 189       3.4 %
 
                                         
Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the financial statement carrying values and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets result principally from deferred revenue related to the Rx Partners and OTC Partners alliance agreements and the recording of certain accruals and reserves currently not deductible for tax purposes, as well as from net operating loss carryforwards, and from tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax liabilities principally result from deferred product manufacturing costs related to the Rx Partners and OTC Partners alliance agreements and the use of accelerated depreciation and amortization methods for tax reporting purposes.

Page F-28 of F-86


Table of Contents

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
                         
    December 31,  
(in $ 000’s)   2007     2006     2005  
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 1,024     $ 26,989     $ 33,328  
Research and development credits
    6,118       10,221       7,966  
Inventory reserves
    1,249       1,132       2,217  
Accrued expenses
    10,230       11,357       10,553  
Deferred revenues
    81,654       68,161       40,136  
Accrued exclusivity period fee payments
    7,145              
Litigation settlements
    3,345       4,368       8,932  
Other
    3,752       4,500       1,970  
 
                 
Gross deferred tax assets
  $ 114,517     $ 126,728     $ 105,102  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Tax depreciation and amortization in excess of book amounts
  $ 1,508     $ 1,188     $ 1,744  
Deferred manufacturing costs
    37,468       28,284       17,384  
Accrued exclusivity period fee payments
          4,238        
Other
    228       222       540  
 
                 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
  $ 39,204     $ 33,932     $ 19,668  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred tax asset, net
  $ 75,313     $ 92,796     $ 85,434  
Valuation allowance
          (91,962 )     (84,970 )
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
  $ 75,313     $ 834     $ 464  
 
                 
The breakdown between current and long-term deferred tax assets and tax liabilities is as follows:
                         
    December 31,  
(in $ 000’s)   2007     2006     2005  
Current deferred tax assets
  $ 32,336     $ 21,272     $ 19,100  
Current deferred tax liability
    (4,960 )     (5,426 )     (2,740 )
Valuation Allowance
          (15,437 )     (15,442 )
 
                 
Current deferred tax asset, net
    27,376       409       918  
 
                 
 
                       
Non-current deferred tax assets
    82,181       105,456       86,002  
Non-current deferred tax liability
    (34,244 )     (28,506 )     (16,928 )
Valuation Allowance
          (76,525 )     (69.528 )
 
                 
Non-current deferred tax asset (liability), net
    47,937       425       (454 )
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
  $ 75,313     $ 834     $ 464  
 
                 

Page F-29 of F-86


Table of Contents

The Company historically recorded a deferred tax asset valuation allowance, based upon its history of generating net operating losses (“NOLs”), and therefore not having regular income tax obligations. The Company did however, make payments for federal and state alternative minimum taxes (“AMT”) in years 2006 and 2005, and while these AMT payments were recorded as deferred tax assets, they did not have a valuation reserve, as such AMT payments have no expiration date.
During the second quarter of 2007 as a result of significant revenue earned under one of the alliance agreements, the Company determined it was more likely-than-not its deferred tax assets would be realized as an offset against current income tax obligations. Accordingly, at June 30, 2007, the Company reversed the deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the amount of approximately $ 91,962,000, of which $ 10,477,000 was credited to additional paid-in capital, as the tax benefit resulted from employee stock options which were exercised prior to January 01, 2006.
The Company had federal NOL carryforwards of $ 0, $ 75,369,000, and $ 92,048,000 as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company also had state and local NOL carryforwards of $ 15,773,000, $ 21,493,000 and $ 33,127,000 as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The state NOLs as of December 31, 2007 have a twenty year carryforward period, and expire between the years 2019 and 2023, as follows:
         
(in $000’s)      
Year   Amount  
2019
  $ 137  
2020
    4,938  
2021
    4,968  
2022
    1,955  
2023
    3,775  
 
     
Total
  $ 15,773  
 
     
The Company had state AMT deferred tax asset at December 31, 2007, with an indefinite carryforward until used against regular state income taxes.

Page F-30 of F-86


Table of Contents

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”), which sets out the use of a single comprehensive model to address uncertainty in tax positions and clarifies the accounting for income taxes by establishing the minimum recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement benefit of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.
The Company adopted FIN 48 on its effective date of January 01, 2007. As of the date of adoption, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits for uncertain tax positions. However, during 2007, the Company recognized a provision for an uncertain tax position related to research and development credits reported on its 2007 federal income tax return. The uncertain tax benefit results from the lack of documentation which existed at the time the return was filed. The Company expects to complete the appropriate analysis and will reassess the uncertain tax position when new information becomes available. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
         
(in $000’s)        
Balance at January 1, 2007
  $  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    6,118  
Settlements
     
 
     
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 6,118  
 
     
The balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007, if ultimately recognized, will reduce the Company’s annual effective tax rate. The Company is not able to determine if there will be any significant increase or decrease in the unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a part of total interest expense and other expense, respectively. At December 31, 2007, the Company does not have any amounts accrued for interest and penalties for uncertain tax positions as 2007 was the first year for which the Company had an uncertain tax position.
The tax years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and Pennsylvania Department of Revenue. The tax years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003 remain open for examination by the California Franchise Tax Board. The Company is currently under audit by the California Franchise Tax Board for the tax years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. The Company is currently undergoing a sales and use tax audit by the California State Board of Equalization for the period from July 1, 2005 through June 30, 2008.

Page F-31 of F-86


Table of Contents

11. REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT
On October 23, 2002 the Company signed a three year, $ 25 million Loan and Security Agreement (“Loan Agreement”) with Congress Financial Corporation (“Congress”). In December 2003, this loan agreement was transferred from Congress to Wachovia Bank, N. A. (“Wachovia”).
The Loan Agreement was comprised of a revolving credit facility of up to $ 20.5 million, and a term loan of up to $ 4.5 million. The revolving credit facility was collateralized by eligible accounts receivable and inventory, subject to limitations and other terms. The term loan was collateralized by machinery and equipment. In addition, a $ 10 million restricted cash account initially established as collateral for the revolving credit facility was removed in June 2004.
The interest rate for the revolving credit facility was prime rate plus 0.75%, or Eurodollar rate plus 2.75%, at the Company’s option. The term loan had an interest rate of prime rate plus 1.5%, or Eurodollar rate plus 4%, at the Company’s option.
In June 2005, the Company repaid in full, without penalty, the remaining balances then outstanding under the Loan Agreement with Wachovia Bank, including $ 5.0 million of the revolving credit facility and $ 2.1 million of term loans.
In December 2005, the Company and Wachovia and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC (together “Wachovia”) entered into a new three year credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”), replacing the previous Loan Agreement, to provide up to $ 35 million of borrowings under a revolving credit facility. The purpose of the credit arrangement is to provide debt financing for ongoing working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes.
The Credit Agreement is collateralized by eligible accounts receivable, inventory and machinery and equipment, subject to limitations and other terms. The interest rate for the revolving credit facility is either the prime rate, or LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.25% based upon terms and conditions, at the Company’s option.
The Credit Agreement provides for certain financial and information reporting covenants, including a requirement to file all required reports with the SEC. Additionally, the Credit Agreement contains various other covenants, the most significant of which include a “fixed charge coverage ratio” and a capital expenditure limitation. The fixed charge coverage ratio requires EBITDA less cash paid for taxes, dividends, and certain capital expenditures, to be not less than 1.25 to 1.00 as compared to scheduled principal payments coming due in the next 12 months plus cash interest paid during the applicable period. The Company was limited to capital expenditures of no more than $ 50,000,000 for the period from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2007 and is limited to $ 25,000,000 for each calendar year thereafter. Wachovia agreed to waive the reporting requirements through the filing of this registration statement on Form 10 with the SEC. At December 31, 2007, the Company was in compliance with all other covenants contained in the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2007, there were no amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement and, accordingly, including the effect of the waiver, the full $ 35 million of borrowing capacity was available to the Company.

Page F-32 of F-86


Table of Contents

12. LONG-TERM DEBT
3.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures
On June 26, 2005, the Company sold $ 75 million of 3.5% convertible senior subordinated debentures due 2012 (“3.5% Debentures”) to a qualified institutional buyer. The net proceeds from the sale of the Debentures, together with additional funds, were used to repay the Company’s $ 95.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 1.25% convertible senior subordinated debentures due 2024 (the “1.25% Debentures”). The Company was required to repay the 1.25% Debentures, which had been issued in April 2004, because of its failure to file its 2004 annual report on Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which failure constituted a default under the indenture governing the 1.25% Debentures.
The 3.5% Debentures are senior subordinated, unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with the Company’s accounts payable and other liabilities, and are subordinate to certain senior indebtedness, including the Company’s credit agreement with Wachovia. The Indenture governing the 3.5% Debentures limits the aggregate amount of the Company’s indebtedness ranking senior to or pari passu with the 3.5% Debentures to the greater of (i) $ 50 million or (ii) as of any date, four times the Company’s EBITDA for the immediately preceding twelve-month period for which public financial information is available. The 3.5% Debentures bear interest at the rate of 3.5% per annum. Interest on the Debentures is payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2005.
The 3.5% Debentures mature on June 15, 2012 and may not be redeemed by the Company prior to maturity. Holders also have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of their 3.5% Debentures on June 15, 2009 at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 3.5% Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, up to but excluding the repurchase date.
Each 3.5% Debenture was issued at a price of $ 1,000 and is convertible into Company common stock at an initial conversion price of $ 20.69 per share.
Under a related Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to file a registration statement covering the 3.5% Debentures no later than March 24, 2006 and to have the registration statement declared effective by the SEC no later than June 22, 2006. As those deadlines were not met, the Company was required to pay the holders of the 3.5% Debentures liquidated damages, initially at the annual rate of 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures, and then escalating to 0.5% of such amount until the registration statement becomes effective. The Company has not complied with these registration statement obligations and has paid $ 601,000 in liquidated damages through December 15, 2007. Additionally, $ 15,625 was accrued at December 31, 2007 for liquidated damages.
Prior to June 15, 2011, the 3.5% Debentures will not be convertible unless certain contingencies occur, including the closing price of the common stock having exceeded 120% of the conversion price for at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter. Upon conversion, the value (the “conversion value”) of the cash and shares of common stock, if any, to be received by a holder converting $ 1,000 principal amount of the 3.5% Debentures will be determined by multiplying the applicable conversion rate by the 20-day average closing price of the common stock beginning on the second trading day immediately following the day on which the debentures are submitted for conversion. The conversion value will be payable as follows: (1) an amount in cash (the “principal return”) equal to the lesser of (a) the conversion value and (b) $ 1,000, and (2) to the extent the conversion value exceeds $ 1,000, a number of shares of common stock with a value equal to the difference between the conversion value and the principal return or cash, at the Company’s option.
In addition, if a holder elects to convert 3.5% Debentures within a period of 30 trading days after the effective date of a fundamental change transaction—consisting generally of a transaction constituting a change of control of the Company, as defined by the Indenture—the holder will be entitled to receive a “make-whole” premium consisting of additional shares of the Company’s common stock (or, if the Company so elects, the same consideration offered in connection with the fundamental change).

Page F-33 of F-86


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s long-term debt:
                         
    December 31,  
(in $ 000s)   2007     2006     2005  
3.5% Convertible senior subordinated debentures due on June 15, 2012
  $ 75,000     $ 75,000     $ 75,000  
8.17% Term loan — Cathay Bank (1)
    2,215       2,264       2,309  
7.5% Term loan — Cathay Bank (2)
    2,957       3,025       3,087  
Subordinated promissory note (3)
    9,428       11,000        
Vendor financing agreement (4)
    144       141        
 
                 
Total Debt
  $ 89,744     $ 91,430     $ 80,396  
Less: Current portion
    (69,234 )     (1,827 )     (111 )
 
                 
Long-term portion
  $ 20,510     $ 89,603     $ 80,285  
 
                 
 
(1)   Term loan payable at 8.17% to Cathay Bank in 83 monthly installments of $ 19,540 commencing June 28, 2001 through May 27, 2008 with a balance of $ 2,208,843 due on June 28, 2008. The 8.17% Cathay Bank loan is collateralized by land, building and building improvements in the Company’s 35,000 square foot research facility in Hayward, California .
 
(2)   Term loan payable at 7.5% to Cathay Bank in 83 monthly installments of $ 24,629 commencing November 14, 2001 through October 13, 2008 with a balance of $ 2,917,598 due on November 14, 2008. The 7.5% Cathay Bank loan is collateralized by land, building and building improvements in the Company’s 50,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Hayward, California.
 
    In May 2008, the Company prepaid, without penalty, all of its indebtedness under both Cathay Bank term loans — in an aggregate amount of approximately $ 5,159,000, including accrued interest.
 
(3)   Subordinated promissory note in the amount of $ 11.0 million related to the June 2006 settlement of litigation brought by Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc.(“Solvay”), manufacturer of the Creon line pancreatic enzyme products. In its lawsuit, Solvay claimed the Company engaged in false advertising, unfair competition, and unfair trade practices in connection with the Company’s marketing and sale of its now discontinued line of Lipram-CR products. With respect to the settlement of the Solvay litigation, the Company agreed to pay $ 23 million to Solvay, with such amount recorded as litigation settlement expense in the Company’s 2004 financial statements. The settlement with Solvay included a $ 12 million payment upon signing of the settlement agreement with the remaining $ 11 million to be paid under the terms of the subordinated promissory note between the Company and Solvay. The subordinated promissory note interest rate is 6.0% per annum, and requires the Company to pay 24 quarterly installments of $ 549,165, commencing in March 2007 through December 2012. Additionally, the subordinated promissory note becomes immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a default in any payment due, a change in control of the Company, voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding by or against the Company, and working capital less than 150% of the remaining unpaid balance of the subordinated promissory note. At December 31, 2007, none of these events has occurred to-date.
 
(4)   Vendor financing agreement related to software licenses, with interest at 3.1% annum, and 2 monthly installments of $ 0 and 34 monthly installments of $ 12,871, commencing December 2006 through November 2009.

Page F-34 of F-86


Table of Contents

Scheduled maturities and repurchases of long-term debt as of December 31, 2007 are as follows:
         
(in $ 000’s)        
2008 (includes repurchases in the principal amount of $ 62,250, see Note 21)
  $ 69,234  
2009
    1,770  
2010
    1,879  
2011
    1,994  
2012
    14,867  
Thereafter
     
 
     
Total
  $ 89,744  
 
     

Page F-35 of F-86


Table of Contents

13. ALLIANCE AGREEMENTS
Strategic Alliance Agreement with Teva (“Teva Agreement”)
The Company entered into a Strategic Alliance Agreement with Teva in June 2001 (the “Teva Agreement”). The Teva Agreement commits the Company to develop and manufacture, and Teva to distribute, 12 specified controlled-release generic pharmaceutical products, each for a 10-year period. The significant rights and obligations under the Teva Agreement are as follows:
Product Development, Manufacture and Sales. The Company is required to develop the products, obtain FDA approval to market the products, and manufacture and deliver the products to Teva. The product-linked revenue the Company earns under the Teva Agreement consists of Teva’s reimbursement of all of the Company’s manufacturing costs plus a fixed percentage of defined profits on Teva’s sales to its customers. Manufacturing costs are direct cost of materials plus actual direct manufacturing costs, including packaging material, not to exceed specified limits. The Company invoices Teva for the manufacturing costs when products are shipped to Teva, and Teva is required to pay the invoiced amount within 30 days. Teva has the exclusive right to determine all terms and conditions of the product sales to its customers. Within 30 days of the end of each calendar quarter, Teva is required to provide the Company with a report of its net sales and profits during the quarter and to pay the Company its share of the profits resulting from those sales on a quarterly basis. Net sales are Teva’s gross sales less discounts, rebates, chargebacks, returns, and other adjustments, all of which are based upon of fixed percentages, except chargebacks, which are estimated by Teva and subject to quarterly true-up reconciliation.
Cost-Sharing: The Teva Agreement required Teva to pay the Company $ 300,000 at the inception of the Teva Agreement for reimbursement of regulatory expenses previously incurred, and thereafter, to pay specified percentages of ongoing regulatory costs incurred in connection with obtaining and maintaining FDA approval, patent infringement litigation costs, and regulatory litigation costs.
Advance Deposit. Teva agreed to provide the Company with a $ 22.0 million advance deposit payable for the contingent purchase of exclusive marketing rights for the 12 products. The advance deposit included debt-like terms to facilitate repayment to Teva to the extent the contingencies did not occur. Specifically, the advance deposit payable accrued interest at an 8% annual rate from the June 2001 Teva Agreement inception date, and required the Company to repay the advance deposit payable no later than January 15, 2004. In addition, the advance deposit included the following provisions:
  -   Contingent Sale of Market Exclusivity — The Teva Agreement obligated the Company to deliver and Teva to purchase the exclusive marketing rights for four of the 12 covered products for $ 22.0 million to the extent the Company achieved specified product-development milestones relating to four products (the advance deposit payable). Portions of this $ 22.0 million purchase price were assigned to milestones based on their negotiated values at the inception of the Teva Agreement. If some, but not all of the milestones were achieved, then exclusive marketing rights would transfer only for those products for which the related milestones were met. To the extent the milestones were not achieved by January 15, 2004 and Teva had not exercised the contingent option to purchase market exclusivity described below, the related exclusive marketing rights would not be transferred to Teva, the Company would be required to repay the corresponding portions of the $ 22.0 million advance deposit payable, and Teva would retain non-exclusive marketing rights with respect to the related products. The milestones and related portions to be repaid were: $ 2.0 million if tentative FDA approval for one specified product was not obtained by June 15, 2002; $ 5.0 million if the same product was not launched by February 15, 2003; $ 5.0 million and $ 4.0 million, respectively, if two additional products were not launched by December 15, 2003; $ 1.0 million if tentative FDA approval of a fourth product was not received by January 15, 2003; and $ 5.0 million if the same product was not launched by December 15, 2003.
 
  -   Contingent Option to Purchase Market Exclusivity — The Company also granted Teva an option to purchase the exclusive marketing rights to the four specified products to the extent the product-development milestones were not met. Teva could exercise this right by forgiving repayment of half of the foregoing portions of the $ 22.0 million advance deposit payable as assigned in the Teva Agreement to the specified product.

Page F-36 of F-86


Table of Contents

  -   The Company’s Share Settlement Option — To the extent the Company failed to achieve the milestones and Teva failed to exercise its option to purchase market exclusivity for the four specified products and the Company was thus required to repay the advance deposit, the Company had the option to settle, or repay, the applicable portion of the advance deposit either in cash or with shares of its common stock valued at the average closing price of the stock during the 10 trading days ending two days prior to the date of Teva’s receipt of the shares (the “Designated Share Price”).
 
  -   Interest Forgiveness /FDA Approval Provision — Under the terms of the Teva Agreement, when the Company received FDA approval for any three of the 12 covered products, the entire amount of interest payable under the advance deposit would be forgiven. The nominal amount of the accrued interest expected to be incurred over the life of the advance deposit was estimated not to exceed approximately $ 4.4 million.
Sale of Common Stock: The Teva Agreement required Teva to purchase $ 15 million of the Company’s common stock in four equal quarterly installments beginning September 15, 2001. The number of shares purchased in each installment was determined by dividing $ 3.75 million by the Designated Share Price. Pursuant to these provisions, the Company sold a total of 1,462,083 shares of common stock to Teva, with the last sale occurring on June 15, 2002. The stock purchase agreement included the following terms:
  -   Contingent Stock Repurchase Option . The Teva Agreement divided 11 of the products into three categories, referred to as “product tiers”. The Tier 1 products were those pending FDA approval when the Teva Agreement was entered into, whereas Tier 2 and Tier 3 products were those for which applications to FDA had not as yet been filed at the inception of the Teva Agreement. The Teva Agreement gave the Company the option to repurchase from Teva 243,729 shares of its common stock (one-sixth of the shares initially sold to Teva) for $ 1.00 — contingent upon Teva achieving a commercial sale of either a Tier 2 or Tier 3 product.
Other Provisions: The Teva Agreement also provides for other deliverables by the Company, consisting of research and development activities, including regulatory services.
Revenue Recognition under the Teva Agreement : The Company applied its accounting policy to determine whether the multiple deliverables within the Teva Agreement should be accounted for as separate units of accounting or as a single unit of accounting. The Company identified the following deliverables under the Teva Agreement, including: manufacture and delivery of 12 products; research and development activities (including regulatory services) related to each product; and market exclusivity associated with respect to the products.
The Company determined no single deliverable represented a separate unit of accounting as there was not sufficient objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of any single deliverable. When the fair value of a deliverable can not be determined, it is not possible for the Company to determine whether consideration provided by Teva under the Teva Agreement is in exchange for a given deliverable. The Company thus concluded the multiple deliverables under the Teva Agreement represents a single unit of accounting.
The Company initially defers all revenue earned under the Teva Agreement and then recognizes such deferred revenue over the life of the Teva Agreement, estimated to be 18 years, measured from the June 2001 inception of the Teva Agreement through 10 years following the estimated time of the last product FDA approval. The deferred portion of the revenue is recorded as a liability captioned “Deferred revenue — alliance agreements.” Revenue is recognized using a modified proportional performance method, which results in a greater portion of the revenue being recognized in the period of initial recognition and the balance recognized ratably over the remaining life of the agreement. This modified proportional performance method better aligns revenue recognition with performance under a long-term arrangement as compared to a straight-line method.
The Company also defers its direct manufacturing costs reimbursable by Teva and recognizes them in the same manner as it recognizes the related product revenue. These deferred direct manufacturing costs are recorded as an asset captioned “Deferred product manufacturing costs — alliance agreements.” Manufacturing costs in excess of amounts reimbursable under the terms of the Teva Agreement are not deferred.

Page F-37 of F-86


Table of Contents

The elements of revenue under the Teva Agreement are summarized as follows:
  -   Teva reimbursement of manufacturing costs;
 
  -   The Company’s pro rata profit share associated with Teva’s sales of products to its customers;
 
  -   The sale of market exclusivity for certain products;
 
  -   The estimated fair value received upon the Company’s exercise of the contingent stock repurchase option upon achieving the commercial sale of a Tier 2 or 3 product;
 
  -   Teva reimbursement of regulatory and litigation costs; and
 
  -   The value received as a result of the forgiveness of interest on the advance deposit upon receipt of the third FDA approval to market a product.
Recognition of each of the revenue elements while spread over the estimated life of the agreement, begins upon occurrence of the following events:
  -   Teva reimbursement of manufacturing costs — at the time the Company delivers the product to Teva;
 
  -   The Company’s pro rata profit share — at the time Teva reports the Company’s respective pro rata profit share to the Company;
 
  -   The sale of market exclusivity — at the time market exclusivity was delivered by Teva’s exercise of its contingent option to purchase market exclusivity;
 
  -   The milestone associated with the first commercial sale of a Tier 2 or 3 product and concurrent exercise of the contingent stock repurchase option — at the time the right to exercise the option accrued;
 
  -   Cost-sharing payments — at the time the related costs are incurred (except for the $ 300,000 cost reimbursement payable upon inception of the Teva Agreement, recognition of which began at such inception); and,
 
  -   Forgiveness of interest — at the time the Company received its third FDA approval to market a product covered by the agreement.
Revenue is recognized only to the extent of cumulative cash collected from product sales and cost-sharing payments and, with respect to forgiveness of the advance deposit and interest thereon and exercise of the contingent stock repurchase option, the fair value received upon such forgiveness and exercise, being greater than cumulative revenue recognized.
Under the modified proportional performance method utilized by the Company, the amounts recognized for a given element in the period of initial recognition is based upon the number of years elapsed prior to the respective elements’ event occurring under the Teva Agreement relative to the estimated life of the Teva Agreement. Under this method the amount of revenue recognized in the year of initial recognition is determined by multiplying the total amount realized by a fraction, the numerator of which is the then-current year of the agreement and the denominator of which is eighteen years — i.e. the estimated life of the Teva Agreement. The amount recognized during each remaining year is 1/18 of such amount. Thus, for example, with respect to profit share reported by Teva during 2005 (the fourth year of the agreement), 4/18 of the amount reported is recognized during 2005 and 1/18 of the amount is recognized during each of the remaining 14 years of the estimated life of the Teva Agreement.

Page F-38 of F-86


Table of Contents

Transactions Prior To 2005
The Advance Deposit - the $ 22.0 million advance deposit relating to the Company’s sale of market exclusivity to Teva (in certain circumstances) and Teva’s contingent option to purchase market exclusivity from the Company (in other circumstances),represents Teva’s prepayment of the market exclusivity purchase price associated with these two features. The Company recorded the $ 22.0 million advance deposit as an advance deposit payable liability and accounted for at its face amount through its ultimate settlement in January 2004.
The milestones potentially triggering Teva’s purchase of market exclusivity for the $ 22.0 million advance deposit were not met. Teva exercised its contingent option to purchase market exclusivity for two products, including: one for $ 3.5 million in December 2003, and the other for $ 2.5 million in January 2004. The corresponding amounts of the $ 22.0 million advance deposit were thus extinguished at those times. Given the advance deposit was within 30 days of maturity when Teva exercised its contingent purchase options, the fair value of the forgiven portion of the advance deposit approximated book value and any gain or loss on the extinguishment of the liability was immaterial. Accordingly, on the dates of exercise, the Company reclassified the $ 3.5 million and $ 2.5 million principal amounts of the advance deposit associated with the exercised options to deferred revenue under the Teva Agreement and such amounts are being recognized as revenue over the life of the Teva Agreement in accordance with the modified proportional performance method.
Share-Settlement Option : The Company repaid the remaining $ 16.0 million of the advance deposit payable through issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock. Specifically, $ 13.5 million was repaid, through the issuance of 888,918 shares, on September 26, 2003 and the remaining $ 2.5 million was repaid through the issuance of 160,751 shares, on January 14, 2004. The provision enabling the Company to repay the advance deposit with shares of common stock was embedded in the Teva Agreement.
Interest Forgiveness and FDA Approval Provision : The Company achieved the milestone triggering forgiveness of interest on November 21, 2002. In accordance with the Teva Agreement, the Company’s obligation to pay interest on the $ 22.0 million advance payable, including the amount previously accrued of approximately $ 2.5 million and an imputed discount of approximately $ 1.9 million, was forgiven and the resulting $ 4.4 million was recorded as deferred revenue under the Teva Agreement and such amounts are being recognized as revenue over the life of the Teva Agreement in accordance with the modified proportional performance method.
Sale of Common Stock : Under the terms of the Teva Agreement, the Company sold 1,462,083 shares to Teva in four consecutive quarterly installments beginning in June 2001. The number of shares sold in each quarterly installment was determined by dividing $ 3.75 million by the Designated Share Price. The Company determined this provision met the SFAS 133 definition of an embedded derivative. However, its value was less than $ 50,000, which the Company deemed immaterial, and this feature of the agreement was therefore not accounted for separately as a derivative.

Page F-39 of F-86


Table of Contents

Transactions from 2005 to 2007
Contingent Stock Repurchase Option : The Company’s option to repurchase one-sixth of the shares it sold Teva is embedded in the agreement. When evaluated on an “as if freestanding” basis, the option qualifies for a scope exception under SFAS 133 because, as a freestanding instrument, it would be indexed to the Company’s own stock and classified as equity. As a result, the contingent stock repurchase option did not require bifurcation and separate accounting as a derivative instrument pursuant to the provisions of SFAS 133. Rather, consistent with its revenue-recognition policy, the Company did not begin recognizing any revenue associated with the value received upon exercise of the contingent stock repurchase option until Teva achieved the first commercial sale of a Tier 2 or Tier 3 product, which occurred on December 15, 2006. The Company determined the fair value of this provision was approximately $ 2.2 million (based upon the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date the milestone was met and the right to exercise the option accrued), with such amount being recognize as revenue over the life of the Teva Agreement in accordance with the modified proportional performance method.
Arrangement with Anchen: Anchen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. received the first approval for its generic Wellbutrin 300mg XL product in 2006. The Company entered into an agreement with Anchen and Teva whereby Anchen selectively waived its 180 day market exclusivity in favor of the Company and transferred to Teva, all of its rights to market the product, all in return for certain payments by Teva (for which the Company is responsible for its proportionate share under the profit sharing provisions of the Teva Agreement, as amended). The Company received final approval for the product and Teva launched the product in December 2006. In February 2007, on-going patent litigation with Biovail Laboratories International, SRL, concerning the product, was resolved and the agreement with Anchen and Teva was amended to include, among other things, certain additional payments to Anchen by Teva (for which the Company is responsible for its proportionate share). The Company recorded its proportionate share of its obligations to Anchen as an “Accrued exclusivity period fee payments due” and a corresponding “Deferred charge-exclusivity period fee” on its balance sheet, initially at $ 41.6 million and then increased to $ 50.6 million upon the February 2007 amendment. The deferred charge-exclusivity period fee was amortized over the six-month exclusivity period commencing in December 2006, as a reduction in the gross amount of revenue to be deferred for each monthly period and the accrued exclusivity period fee payments due obligation is reduced as the Company reimburses Teva for the Company’s proportionate share of the payments made to Anchen.

Page F-40 of F-86


Table of Contents

The following tables show the additions to and deductions from the deferred revenue and deferred product manufacturing costs under the Teva Agreement:
                                 
                            Inception  
(in $000’s)   For the Year Ended December 31,     Through  
Deferred revenue   2007     2006     2005     Dec 31, 2004  
Beginning balance
  $ 136,157     $ 78,014     $ 55,749     $  
 
                               
Additions:
                               
Cost-sharing
    732       861       803       2,857  
Product-related deferrals
    133,873       92,502       34,009       55,981  
 
                       
Sub-total
    134,605       93,363       34,812       58,838  
Exclusivity charges
    (47,133 )     (3,467 )            
Forgiveness of advance deposit
                      6,000  
Forgiveness of interest
                      4,370  
Stock repurchase
          2,157              
 
                       
Total additions
  $ 87,472     $ 92,053     $ 34,812     $ 69,208  
 
                       
 
                               
Less: amounts recognized:
                               
Forgiveness of advance deposit
  $ (333 )   $ (333 )   $ (333 )   $ (1,167 )
Forgiveness of interest
    (243 )     (243 )     (243 )     (851 )
Stock repurchase
    (120 )     (659 )            
Cost-sharing
    (516 )     (466 )     (360 )     (556 )
Product-related revenue
    (41,268 )     (32,209 )     (11,611 )     (10,885 )
 
                       
Total amount recognized
    (42,480 )     (33,910 )     (12,547 )     (13,459 )
 
                       
Total deferred revenue
  $ 181,149     $ 136,157     $ 78,014     $ 55,749  
 
                       
                                 
(in $000’s)                           Inception  
Deferred product   For the Year Ended December 31,     Through  
manufacturing costs   2007     2006     2005     Dec 31, 2004  
Beginning balance
  $ 49,728     $ 27,059     $ 23,636     $  
Additions:
    46,246       35,530       6,738       29,341  
Less amounts amortized:
    (20,678 )     (12,861 )     (3,315 )     (5,705 )
 
                       
Total deferred product manufacturing costs
  $ 75,296     $ 49,728     $ 27,059     $ 23,636  
 
                       
The following schedule shows the expected recognition of deferred revenue and amortization of deferred product manufacturing costs (for transactions recorded through December 31, 2007) for the next five years and thereafter under the Teva Agreement:
                 
            Deferred  
    Deferred     Product  
    Revenue     Manufacturing Costs  
(in $000s)   Recognition     Amortization  
2008
  $ 15,753     $ 6,548  
2009
    15,753       6,548  
2010
    15,753       6,548  
2011
    15,753       6,548  
2012
    15,753       6,548  
Thereafter
    102,384       42,556  
 
           
Totals
  $ 181,149     $ 75,296  
 
           

Page F-41 of F-86


Table of Contents

OTC Partners Alliance Agreements (“OTC Agreements”)
The Company is party to five OTC Partner alliance agreements — with four different unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities marketing partners (“OTC Agreements”), related to the manufacture, distribution, and marketing of an over-the-counter (“OTC”) pharmaceutical product. The five OTC Agreements, whose terms range from three to fifteen years, each commit the Company to manufacture, and the OTC Agreements’ marketing partner to distribute, a single specified generic pharmaceutical product. All of the OTC Agreements obligate the Company to grant of a license to the respective OTC Partner to market the product, and three of the OTC Agreements require the Company to provide research and development services to complete the development of the covered product. Revenue under these OTC Agreements consists of up-front payments upon contract signing, reimbursement of product manufacturing costs or other agreed upon amounts when the Company delivers the product, profit-share or royalty payments based upon the OTC Partner’s product sales, and, with respect to three of the OTC Agreements, specified milestone payments are tied to further product-development services.
As each of these OTC Agreements contain multiple deliverables the Company applied its accounting policy to determine whether the multiple deliverables within each of the OTC Partners alliance agreements should be accounting for as separate units of accounting or as a single unit of accounting. The Company determined no single deliverable represented a separate unit of accounting given there was not sufficient objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of any single deliverable. When the fair value of a deliverable cannot be determined, it is not possible for the Company to determine whether consideration given by an OTC Partner is in exchange for a given deliverable. The Company concluded the multiple deliverables under each of the OTC Partner alliance agreements represents a single unit of accounting for each agreement.
Consistent with how revenue is recognized under the Teva Agreement, all revenue under the OTC Agreements is deferred and subsequently recognized over the life of the respective OTC Agreements under the modified proportional performance method. Deferred revenue is recorded as a liability captioned “deferred revenue-alliance agreement”. The modified proportional performance method better aligns revenue recognition with performance under a long-term arrangement as compared to a straight-line method. Revenue is recognized only to the extent of cumulative cash collected being greater than cumulative revenue recognized.
The Company begins to recognize up-front payments at the inception of the respective OTC Agreement, milestone payments at the time they are earned, reimbursement of product manufacturing costs at the time of product shipment to the respective OTC Partners, and profit-share and royalty payments at the time they are reported to the Company.
The Company also defers its product manufacturing costs to the extent reimbursable by the respective OTC Partner and recognizes them in the same manner as it recognizes the related product revenue. Additionally, under the Teva Agreement, the Company is obligated to share with Teva the profits from the sale of the over-the-counter products sold under the OTC Agreements — up to a maximum of 50%. These deferred direct product manufacturing costs are recorded as an asset captioned “deferred product manufacturing costs-alliance agreements.”

Page F-42 of F-86


Table of Contents

A summary description of each of the OTC Partners Alliance Agreements noted above is as follows:
In December 2001, the Company entered into a License and Supply Agreement granting to Novartis exclusive rights to market the Company’s over-the-counter (“OTC”) Loratadine Orally Disintegrating Tablets (generic Claritin Reditabs) for the pediatric market. Under the terms of the Novartis agreement, the Company is responsible for developing and manufacturing the product, while Novartis is responsible for product marketing and sale. The structure of the Novartis agreement includes payment upon achievement of milestones and royalties paid to the Company on a quarterly basis based on Novartis’ sales. Novartis launched this product in February 2004 as Triaminic AllerChews. This agreement was terminated in May 2005 due to lower than planned sales volume.
In June 2002, the Company signed a semi-exclusive Development, License and Supply Agreement with Wyeth relating to the Company’s Loratadine and Pseudoephedrine Sulfate 5 mg/120 mg 12-hour Extended Release Tablets and Loratadine and Pseudoephedrine Sulfate 10 mg/240 mg 24-hour Extended Release Tablets for the OTC market under the Alavert brand. The Company is responsible for developing and manufacturing the products, while Wyeth is responsible for product marketing and sale. The structure of the Wyeth agreement includes payment upon achievement of milestones and royalties paid to the Company on Wyeth’s sales on a quarterly basis. Wyeth launched this product in May 2003 as Alavert D-12 Hour. In February 2005, the Wyeth agreement was partially cancelled with respect to only the 24-hour Extended Release Product due to lower than planned sales volume.
In June 2002, the Company signed a non-exclusive Licensing, Contract Manufacturing and Supply Agreement with Schering-Plough relating to the Company’s Loratadine and Pseudoephedrine Sulfate 5 mg/120 mg 12-hour Extended Release Tablets for the OTC market under the Claritin-D 12-hour brand. The structure of the Schering-Plough agreement included milestone payments by Schering-Plough and an agreed upon transfer price. Shipments to Schering-Plough commenced at the end of January 2003, and Schering-Plough launched the product as its OTC Claritin-D 12-hour in March 2003. Through a series of amendments, the Schering-Plough agreement’s original three year term has been extended to a February 2011 contract end date.
In July 2004, the Company finalized a series of two agreements with Leiner Health Products, LLC for (1) the supply and distribution of the Loratadine Orally Disintegrating Tablets (ODT) and (2) Loratadine and Pseudoephedrine Sulfate Extended Release Tablets 24 hour products. These products were manufactured by the Company and marketed by Leiner as OTC store brand generic equivalents to the branded products. Leiner commenced sale of the ODT product in November 2004. In November 2006, the Leiner agreement for the Loratadine and Pseudoephedrine Sulfate Extended Release Tablets 24 Hour product was terminated due to lower than planned sales volume.

Page F-43 of F-86


Table of Contents

The following table shows the additions to and deductions from deferred revenue and deferred product manufacturing costs under the OTC Agreements:
                                 
                            Inception  
(in $000’s)   For the Year Ended December 31,     Through  
Deferred revenue   2007     2006     2005     Dec 31, 2004  
Beginning balance
  $ 17,098     $ 19,665     $ 22,077     $  
Additions:
                               
Upfront fees and milestone payments
    84       42       442       7,868  
Cost-sharing and other
    424       158       463       597  
Product-related deferrals
    14,851       11,015       7,134       32,467  
 
                       
Total additions
  $ 15,359     $ 11,215     $ 8,039     $ 40,932  
 
                       
 
                               
Less: amounts recognized:
                               
Upfront fees and milestone payments
    (315 )     (786 )     (2,379 )     (3,692 )
Cost-sharing and other
    (312 )     (221 )     (515 )     (278 )
Product-related revenue
    (11,239 )     (12,775 )     (7,557 )     (14,885 )
 
                       
Total amount recognized
    (11,866 )     (13,782 )     (10,451 )     (18,855 )
 
                       
Total deferred revenue
  $ 20,591     $ 17,098     $ 19,665     $ 22,077  
 
                       
                                 
(in $000’s)                           Inception  
Deferred product   For the Year Ended December 31,     Through  
manufacturing costs   2007     2006     2005     Dec 31, 2004  
Beginning balance
  $ 14,137     $ 14,880     $ 15,613     $  
 
                               
Additions:
                               
Product-related deferrals
    12,172       11,727       5,756       24,225  
Cost-sharing and other
    842       (49 )     804       4,377  
 
                       
Total additions
  $ 13,014     $ 11,678     $ 6,560     $ 28,602  
 
                       
 
                               
Less: amount amortized:
                               
Product-related cost
    (9,201 )     (12,024 )     (5,980 )     (11,280 )
Cost-sharing and other
    (699 )     (397 )     (1,313 )     (1,709 )
 
                       
Total amount amortized
    (9,900 )     (12,421 )     (7,293 )     (12,989 )
 
                       
Total deferred product manufacturing costs
  $ 17,251     $ 14,137     $ 14,880     $ 15,613  
 
                       
The following schedule shows the expected recognition of deferred revenue and amortization deferred product manufacturing costs (for transactions recorded through December 31, 2007) for the next five years and thereafter under the OTC Agreements:
                 
            Deferred  
    Deferred     Product  
    Revenue     Manufacturing Costs  
(in $000s)   Recognition     Amortization  
2008
  $ 4,267     $ 3,525  
2009
    4,129       3,423  
2010
    4,129       3,423  
2011
    1,550       1,311  
2012
    1,034       888  
Thereafter
    5,482       4,681  
 
           
Total
  $ 20,591     $ 17,251  
 
           

Page F-44 of F-86


Table of Contents

Supply & Distribution Agreement with DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“DAVA Agreement”)
On November 3, 2005, the Company entered into a ten-year Supply and Distribution Agreement with DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (the “DAVA Agreement”) under which the Company appointed DAVA the exclusive U.S. distributor of its generic version of OxyContin ® tablets in 80mg, 40mg, 20mg, and 10mg strengths and agreed to be DAVA’s exclusive supplier of the product. DAVA agreed to pay the Company an aggregate appointment fee of $ 60.0 million and to pay the Company a mark-up on of its fully burdened cost of manufacture for the product plus a share of the gross profits of DAVA’s sales of the product.
The DAVA Agreement required DAVA to provide the Company with monthly purchase orders covering the succeeding three months, and the Company was required to manufacture and fulfill at least 95% of DAVA’s monthly requirements. If the Company were unable to deliver at least 90% of the monthly requirements, and such delay continues for more than 45 days, the Company could have been liable to DAVA for delay payments up to $ 10.0 million.
The appointment fee payment schedule was as follows: (i) $ 1.0 million upon the signing of the agreement, (ii) $ 9.0 million paid by DAVA pro rata upon the Company’s delivery of the product as required by DAVA’s initial purchase order and (iii) $ 10.0 million payable on December 31, 2006 and on each of the succeeding four years. DAVA had the right to suspend appointment fee payments in the event the Company was unable to meet DAVA’s product requirements or satisfy other obligations under the DAVA Agreement.
As the DAVA Agreement involved two deliverables (the product and market exclusivity), the Company reviewed the DAVA Agreement under the provisions of EITF 00-21 and determined, because it did not have objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of either deliverable, no single deliverable represented a separate unit of accounting. The Company thus concluded the arrangement represents a single unit of accounting, and it therefore accounts for all deliverables as a single unit of accounting in accordance with EITF 00-21. As with the Teva Agreement and the OTC Agreements, the Company initially defers all revenue under the DAVA Agreement and then recognizes revenue over the estimated life of the DAVA Agreement. The deferred portion of the revenue is recorded as a liability captioned “Deferred revenue — alliance agreements.” Revenue under the DAVA Agreement is recognized using the same modified proportional performance method used for the Teva Agreement. The Company also defers its direct manufacturing costs to the extent reimbursable by DAVA and recognizes them in the same manner as it recognizes the related product revenue. These deferred direct product manufacturing costs are recorded as an asset captioned “Deferred product manufacturing costs — alliance agreements”.
Recognition of revenues related to the manufacturing costs begins at the time the related product is delivered to DAVA, and recognition of the Company’s pro rata profit share begins at the time DAVA reports to the Company such amount. The Company begins to recognize appointment fee installments when earned as the Company’s related product-delivery obligation has been met and DAVA’s obligation to pay the installment becomes fixed. In this regard, the Company began recognizing the initial $ 1.0 million appointment fee installment when paid in 2005 and the $ 9.0 million installment in 2006, as earned when the Company’s related product-delivery obligations were met. Product shipments under the agreement commenced in 2005, and the Company began recognizing its share of the profits in the first quarter of 2006. Revenue is recognized only to the extent of cumulative cash collected being greater than cumulative revenue recognized.

Page F-45 of F-86


Table of Contents

During the second half of 2006, the Company’s two principal competitors for sales of generic OxyContin announced they would, as part of the settlement of patent infringement litigation with Purdue Pharma LP (“Purdue”), leave the market by December 31, 2006 and some later undisclosed date, respectively, which would result in the Company’s product being the only remaining generic product on the market and thereby substantially increasing the Company’s exposure to potential liability in a pending patent infringement suit brought against the Company by Purdue. This change in market dynamics led to an amendment to the agreement with DAVA whereby the parties agreed to rebalancing the risks between the parties, providing the Company certain additional flexibility with respect to product supply, and providing the Company with a larger share of the profits. As a result, on February 6, 2007, the parties amended the DAVA Agreement, effective November 29, 2006. The DAVA Agreement amendment resulted in the Company receiving a greater portion of the pro rata profit share (once a prescribed bottle delivery target was met); eliminated the remaining $ 50.0 million of the appointment fee potentially payable by DAVA; and, reduced the price paid by DAVA for the product to the amount of the Company’s manufacturing cost. The DAVA Agreement amendment also permits the Company to unilaterally suspend shipment of product to DAVA in exchange for a one-time payment equal to DAVA’s share of the profits for the quarterly reporting period immediately preceding such product shipment suspension. After such product shipment suspension, DAVA has the right to purchase a competing equivalent product from an alternative supplier.
On March 30, 2007, the Company entered into an agreement settling Purdue’s patent infringement suit against the Company. Under this Purdue settlement agreement, the Company agreed to the validity of the Purdue patents and agreed to withdraw its generic product from the market by January 2008, and Purdue granted the Company a license permitting it to manufacture and sell its product during specified periods between March 2007 and January 2008, and, additionally, authorized the Company to grant a sublicense to DAVA allowing DAVA to distribute the product during the same periods. While the Company continued to manufacture and sell the product during the authorized periods, the Purdue settlement agreement precludes the Company from re-entering the market after January 2008 until expiration of the last Purdue patents in 2013, or earlier under certain circumstances.
While the amended DAVA Agreement will remain effective through November 3, 2015, the Company concluded if any of the contingent events occur to permit the Company to resume sales of the generic product under the Purdue settlement agreement, the same events will result in such a highly competitive generic market to make it unlikely the Company will find it economically favorable to devote manufacturing resources to the resumption of sales of this product. As a result, the Company concluded the economic life of the DAVA Agreement, and therefore the Company’s expected period of performance, ended in January 2008. Accordingly, on the March 30, 2007 effective date of the Purdue settlement agreement, the Company adjusted the period of revenue recognition and product manufacturing costs amortization under the DAVA Agreement from 10 years to 27 months (i.e. November 2005 through January 2008). As the terms of the Purdue settlement did not exist and could not have been known when the life of the DAVA Agreement was originally estimated, the change in the recognition period has been applied prospectively as an adjustment in the period of change. The change in the revenue recognition period had the effect of increasing income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 by $ 73,226,000 and basic earnings per share by $ 1.25.

Page F-46 of F-86


Table of Contents

The following table shows the additions to and deductions from deferred revenue and deferred product manufacturing costs under the DAVA Agreement:
                         
(in $000’s)   For the Year Ended December 31,  
Deferred revenue   2007     2006     2005  
Beginning balance
  $ 24,784     $ 5,655     $  
Additions:
                       
Upfront fees and milestone payments
          9,000       1,000  
Product-related deferrals
    100,211       13,028       4,738  
 
                 
Total additions
    100,211       22,028       5,738  
 
                 
 
                       
Less: amounts recognized:
                       
Upfront fees and milestone payments
    (7,975 )     (1,150 )     (17 )
Product-related revenue
    (110,659 )     (1,749 )     (66 )
 
                 
Total amount recognized
    (118,634 )     (2,899 )     (83 )
 
                 
Total deferred revenue
  $ 6,361     $ 24,784     $ 5,655  
 
                 
                         
(in $000’s)      
Deferred product   For the Year Ended December 31,  
manufacturing costs   2007     2006     2005  
Beginning balance
  $ 9,100     $ 3,344     $  
Additions:
    18,435       6,901       3,401  
Less: amount recognized:
    (25,685 )     (1,145 )     (57 )
 
                 
Total deferred product manufacturing costs
  $ 1,850     $ 9,100     $ 3,344  
 
                 
The following schedule shows the expected recognition of deferred revenue and amortization deferred product manufacturing costs (for transactions recorded through December 31, 2007) for the next five years and thereafter under the DAVA Agreement:
                 
            Deferred  
    Deferred     Product  
    Revenue     Manufacturing Costs  
(in $000’s)   Recognition     Amortization  
2008
  $ 6,361     $ 1,850  
2009
           
2010
           
2011
           
2012
           
Thereafter
           
 
           
Total
  $ 6,361     $ 1,850  
 
           

Page F-47 of F-86


Table of Contents

Shire Laboratories Promotional Services Agreement (“Shire Agreement”)
On January 19, 2006, the Company entered into a five year Promotional Services Agreement with an affiliate of Shire Laboratories, Inc. (the “Shire Agreement”), under which the Company was engaged to perform physician-detailing sales calls in support of Shire’s Carbatrol product. The Shire Agreement requires Shire to pay the Company a fixed sales-force fee of up to $ 200,000 annually for each of as many as 66 sales force members, a “gain share fee” for each prescription filled in excess of a stated minimum during each quarter, and, if filled prescriptions exceed a specified target during the first six months of 2009, a $ 5 million bonus. In addition, if the Company fails to perform a minimum number of sales calls during any quarter and fails to make up the shortfall by the end of the following quarter, Shire has the right to a refund of a fixed amount per remaining shortfall.
The Company recognizes the fixed sales force fees as the related services are performed and the performance obligations are met, and for gain-share fees, if and when such fees are earned. The Company recognized $ 12,759,000 and $ 6,434,000 in sales force fee revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, under the Shire Agreement, with such amounts presented in the captioned line item “Promotional Partner” under revenues on the statement of operations. The Company has not earned any gain-share fees or been required to make any shortfall reimbursements under the Shire Agreement. Any such reimbursements in the future will be recognized as a reduction to Promotional Partner revenue during the period in which such reimbursement liability is incurred.

Page F-48 of F-86


Table of Contents

14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
4 01(k) Defined Contribution Plan
The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all employees. Participants are permitted to contribute up to 25% of their eligible annual pre-tax compensation up to established federal limits on aggregate participant contributions. The Company matches 50% of the employee contributions up to a maximum of 3% of employee compensation. Discretionary profit-sharing contributions made by the Company, if any, are determined annually by the Board of Directors. Participants are 100% vested in discretionary profit-sharing and matching contributions made by the company after 3 years of service, and are 25% and 50% vested after 1 and 2 years of service, respectively. There were approximately $ 707,000, $ 681,000 and $ 537,000 in matching contributions and no discretionary profit-sharing contributions made under this plan for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In February 2001, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the 2001 Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Under the ESPP, the Company registered 500,000 shares of common stock under a Form S-8 Registration Statement. The purpose of the ESPP is to enhance employee interest in the success and progress of the Company by encouraging employee ownership of common stock of the Company. The ESPP provides the opportunity to purchase the Company’s common stock at a 15% discount to the market price through payroll deductions or lump-sum cash investments. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, 27,961, 8,080 and 5,723 shares of common stock were sold by the Company to its employees under this Plan for net proceeds of approximately $ 112,000, $ 56,000 and $ 67,000 respectively.
Deferred Compensation Plan
In February 2002, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the Executive Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) effective August 15, 2002 covering any executive-level employee of the Company as designated by the Board of Directors. Participants can defer up to 75% of their base salary and quarterly sales bonus and up to 100% of their annual performance-based bonus. The Company matches 50% of employee deferrals up to 10% of base salary and bonus compensation. The maximum total match by the company cannot exceed 5% of total base and bonus compensation. Participants are vested 20% each year, with 100% vesting after 5 years of service. There were approximately $ 332,000, $ 417,000 and $ 311,000 in matching contributions under the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively.
The deferred compensation liability is a non-current liability recorded at the fair value of the amount owed to the deferred compensation plan participants, with changes in the fair value of such amounts recognized as a compensation expense in the statement of operations. The Company invests amounts contributed by the deferred compensation plan participants and the associated Company matching contributions in company-owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies, of which the cash surrender value is included in the caption line item “Other assets” on the consolidated balance sheet.
The Plan has a cash surrender value of $ 3,482,000 and a deferred compensation liability of $ 5,162,000 as of December 31, 2007.

Page F-49 of F-86


Table of Contents

15. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION:
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense in accordance with the provisions of APB 25 and related interpretations. Under APB 25, if the exercise price of options granted was equal to the fair value of the underlying shares of common stock on the date of grant, compensation expense was not recognized.
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective method. Under this method, the Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for all outstanding options not fully vested as of the adoption date and for all share-based compensations awards, classified as equity, granted or modified after the adoption date based on the fair value of the awards on the grant date, net of estimated forfeitures. Accordingly, prior periods have not been restated.
1995 Stock Incentive Plan
In 1995, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1995 Plan”). Under the 1995 Plan, 61,100, 66,100, and 66,250 stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
1996 Stock Option Plan
In September 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the “1996 Plan”). The 1996 Plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. Stock options granted under the 1996 Plan may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). Non-qualified stock options may be granted to Company employees and consultants. The Company has reserved 500,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the 1996 Plan. Under the 1996 Plan, 196,166, 206,173, and 206,173 stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
1999 Pre-Merger Plan
In April 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan (the “1999 Pre-Merger Plan”). The 1999 Pre-Merger Plan reserves for issuance of 1,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to stock option grants and stock grants. Under the 1999 Pre-Merger Plan, 412,488 stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Impax Laboratories, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive Plan
The Company’s 1999 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors in December 1999. In October 2000, the Company’s stockholders approved an increase in the aggregate number of shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the Company’s 1999 Equity Incentive Plan from 2,400,000 to 5,000,000 shares. Under the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, 2,724,229, 2,623,388, and 2,616,951 stock options were outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Impax Laboratories, Inc. 2002 Equity Incentive Plan
The 2002 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by the Company’s Stockholders in May 2002. The aggregate number of shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to stock option grants and restricted stock awards was increased by the Company’s Board of Directors from 4,000,000 shares to 6,500,000 shares during 2007. Under the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, stock options outstanding were 5,653,778, and 3,830,022 and 3,850,439 at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and restricted stock awards outstanding were 270,341 at December 31, 2007 and 0 at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

Page F-50 of F-86


Table of Contents

The stock option activity for all of the Company’s equity compensation plans noted above, is summarized as follows:
                 
            Weighted
            Average
            Exercise
    Number of Shares   Price
Stock Options   Under Option   per Share
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    6,017,394     $ 9.94  
Options granted
    1,508,543     $ 11.20  
Options exercised
    (74,449 )   $ 5.08  
Options forfeited
    (299,187 )   $ 14.72  
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2005
    7,152,301     $ 10.06  
Options granted
    291,000     $ 6.85  
Options exercised
    (8,613 )   $ 4.21  
Options forfeited
    (296,517 )   $ 21.38  
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    7,138,171     $ 9.46  
Options granted
    1,991,678     $ 11.34  
Options exercised
    (20,719 )   $ 2.28  
Options forfeited
    (61,369 )   $ 8.38  
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    9,047,761     $ 9.90  
 
               
 
               
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2007
    8,862,927     $ 9.87  
 
               
Options exercisable at December 31, 2007
    6,884,983     $ 9.57  
 
               
As of December 31, 2007, stock options outstanding, vested and expected to vest, and exercisable had average remaining contractual lives of 6.98 years, 6.92 years, and 5.99 years, respectively. Also, as of December 31, 2007, stock options outstanding, vested and expected to vest, and exercisable each had aggregate intrinsic values of $ 25,994,000, $ 25,991,000, and $ 25,028,000, respectively.
The Company grants restricted stock to certain eligible employees as a component of its long-term incentive compensation program. The restricted stock award grants are made in accordance with the Company’s 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, and typically specify, shares of restricted stock are not issued until they vest. The restricted stock awards vest ratably over a four year period from the date of grant. A summary of the non-vested restricted stock awards is as follows:
                 
    Non-Vested   Weighted
    Restricted   Average
    Stock   Grant Date
Restricted Stock Awards   Awards   Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2006
        $  
Granted
    272,678     $ 11.45  
Vested
        $  
Forfeited
    (2,337 )   $ 11.48  
Non-vested at December 31, 2007
    270,341     $ 11.45  
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had 442,074 shares available for issuance of either stock options or restricted stock awards, including 422,939 shares from the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan and 19,135 from the 1999 Equity Incentive Plan.

Page F-51 of F-86


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2007, the Company had total unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, of $ 15,751,000 related to all of its share-based awards, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.5 years. The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $ 178,000 and $ 42,000, respectively. The total fair value of restricted shares which vested during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $ 0.
The Company estimated the fair value of each stock option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes Merton option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,
    2007   2006   2005
Volatility (range)
    67.7%-75.2 %     76.2%-76.3 %     74.9%-78.2 %
Volatility (weighted average)
    69.9 %     76.3 %     75.7 %
Risk-free interest rate (weighted average)
    4.0 %     4.7 %     4.1 %
Dividend yield
    0 %     0 %     0 %
Expected life (years)
    6.07       6.25       6.25  
Weighted average grant date fair value per option
  $ 7.43     $ 4.91     $ 7.83  
Expected volatility is based solely on historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the period commensurate with the expected term of the stock options. The expected term calculation is based on the “simplified” method described in SAB No. 107, Share-Based Payment and SAB No. 110, Share-Based Payment. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for an instrument with a maturity that is commensurate with the expected term of the stock options. The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we have no present intention to pay cash dividends. Options granted under each of the above plans vest from three to five years and have a term of ten years. The Company’s shares of common stock traded on the “Pink Sheets” beginning in August 2005 through December 31, 2007. The Company’s assessment is there was sufficient trading volume and liquidity in the Company’s shares to support the calculation of a reasonable estimate of the fair value of employee stock options granted during this period.
As a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the amount of share-based compensation expense recognized by the Company is as follows:
                 
    For the Year Ended  
    December 31,  
(in $000’s)   2007     2006  
Cost of revenues
  $ 418     $ 168  
Research and development
    563       236  
Selling, general and administrative
    532       279  
 
           
Total
  $ 1,513     $ 683  
 
           
The after tax impact of recognizing the share-based compensation expense related to SFAS 123R on basic and diluted earnings per common share was $ 0.02 and $ 0.01 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) had no effect on our cash flows from operations or cash flows from financing activities. The Company has not recognized any tax benefits during 2007, 2006 or 2005 related to share-based compensation costs because options issued by the Company have been designated incentive stock options and there have been no disqualifying dispositions of options exercised.
The Company’s policy is to issue new shares to satisfy stock option exercises and share unit conversions pursuant to restricted share awards. There were no modifications to any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 or 2005.

Page F-52 of F-86


Table of Contents

The pro forma effect of recognizing the estimated fair value of share-based employee compensation for the year ended December 31, 2005, had the Company applied the fair value provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) is as follows:
         
(in $000’s, except per share amounts)   2005  
Net loss — as reported
  $ (5,780 )
Add: Stock-based employee compensation included in reported net loss net of related tax effects
     
 
       
Deduct: Total share-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (36,271 )
 
     
 
       
Net loss — pro forma
  $ (42,051 )
 
     
 
       
Net loss per share:
       
Basic — as reported
  $ (0.10 )
 
     
Basic — pro forma
  $ (0.71 )
 
     
 
       
Diluted — as reported
  $ (0.10 )
 
     
Diluted — pro forma
  $ (0.71 )
 
     
On December 1, 2005, the Company accelerated the vesting of all outstanding employee stock options having an exercise price less than the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on this date. The acceleration resulted in the vesting of 2,672,980 employee stock options having an estimated fair value of $ 25,306,000 which would have been recognized as share-based compensation expense in future periods under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R).

Page F-53 of F-86


Table of Contents

16. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY/ (DEFICIT)
Preferred Stock
Pursuant to its certificate of incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 2,000,000 shares, $ 0.01 par value per share, “blank check” preferred stock, which enables the Board of Directors of the Company, from time to time, to create one or more new series of preferred stock. Each series of preferred stock issued can have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions designated by the Company’s Board of Directors. The issuance of any new series of preferred stock could affect, among other things, the dividend, voting, and liquidation rights of the Company’s common stock. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company did not issue any preferred stock.
Common Stock
The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 90,000,000 shares of common stock with $ 0.01 par value.

Page F-54 of F-86


Table of Contents

17. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average common shares outstanding adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock purchase warrants, and convertible debt, excluding anti-dilutive shares.
A reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows:
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
(in $000’s except per share amounts)   2007     2006     2005  
Numerator:
                       
Net income (loss):
  $ 125,925     $ (12,044 )   $ (5,780 )
 
                 
 
                       
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    58,810,452       58,996,365       58,955,664  
Effect of dilutive options and and common stock purchase warrants
    2,407,018              
 
                 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    61,217,470       58,996,365       58,955,664  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic net income (loss) per share
  $ 2.14     $ (0.20 )   $ (0.10 )
 
                 
Diluted net income (loss) per share
  $ 2.06     $ (0.20 )   $ (0.10 )
 
                 
The following stock options and convertible debt were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive:
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,
(in $000’s except per share amounts)   2007   2006   2005
Stock options
    1,986,978       3,601,285       1,887,025  
Assumed conversion of 1.25% debentures
                1,691,594  
In November 2004, the EITF reached consensus on Issue 04-8, “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Instruments on Diluted Earnings per Share” (“EITF 04-08”) This Issue requires the inclusion of convertible shares for contingently convertible instruments in the calculation of diluted EPS regardless of whether the market price contingency has been met, if the effect is dilutive. The Issue is effective for periods ending after December 15, 2004 and requires the restatement of previously reported EPS. The Company followed the guidance in EITF 04-08, however, the 3.5% Debentures have nonetheless not been included in diluted EPS because the principal amount of the debentures must be settled in cash, and since the Company’s share price is less than the conversion price for all periods presented, there is no dilutive impact of a conversion premium. The 1.25% Debentures are included in diluted EPS, because of a share-settlement requirement, for periods in which their inclusion would be dilutive.

Page F-55 of F-86


Table of Contents

18. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company has two reportable segments, referred to as the “Global Pharmaceuticals Division” (“Global Division”) and the “Impax Pharmaceutical Division” (“Impax Division”). The Company currently markets and sells product within the continental United States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
The Global Division develops, manufactures, sells, and distributes generic pharmaceutical products, through three sales channels, including: the “Global” sales channel, for sales of generic prescription (“Rx”) products, directly to wholesalers, large retail drug chains, and others; the “RX Partner” sales channel, for generic prescription (“Rx”) products sold through unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to alliance agreements; and, the “OTC Partner” sales channel, for over-the-counter (“OTC”) products sold through unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to alliance agreements.
The Company’s Impax Division is engaged in the development of proprietary brand pharmaceutical products through improvements to already approved pharmaceutical products to address central nervous system (“CNS”) disorders. The IMPAX Division is also engaged in the co-promotion through a direct sales force focused on marketing to physicians, primarily in the CNS community, pharmaceutical products developed by other unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities
The Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates the financial performance of the Company’s segments based upon segment income or (loss) before income taxes. Items below income from operations are not reported by segment, except litigation settlements, since they are excluded from the measure of segment profitability reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker. Additionally, general and administrative expenses, certain selling expenses, certain litigation settlements, and non-operating income and expenses are included in “Corporate and Other”. The Company does not report balance sheet information by segment since it is not reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker. Accounting policies for the Company’s segments are the same as those described above in the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”. The Company has no inter-segment revenue.
The tables below present segment information reconciled to total Company financial results, with segment operating income or (loss) including gross profit less direct research and development expenses, and direct selling expenses as well as any litigation settlements, to the extent specifically identified by segment:
                                 
(in $000’s)   Global   Impax   Corporate   Total
Year Ended December 31, 2007   Division   Division   and Other   Company
Revenues, net
  $ 260,994     $ 12,759     $     $ 273,753  
Cost of revenues
    96,829       10,827             107,656  
Research and development
    31,170       8,822             39,992  
Patent Litigation
    10,025                   10,025  
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ 118,964     $ (8,585 )   $ (33,271 )   $ 77,108  
                                 
    Global   Impax   Corporate   Total
Year Ended December 31, 2006   Division   Division   and Other   Company
Revenues, net
  $ 128,812     $ 6,434     $     $ 135,246  
Cost of revenues
    66,675       5,573             72,248  
Research and development
    24,362       5,273             29,635  
Patent Litigation
    9,693                   9,693  
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ 25,781     $ (6,208 )   $ (31,477 )   $ (11,904 )
                                 
    Global   Impax   Corporate   Total
Year Ended December 31, 2005   Division   Division   and Other   Company
Revenues, net
  $ 112,400     $     $     $ 112,400  
Cost of revenues
    58,435                   58,435  
Research and development
    22,384       3,711             26,095  
Patent Litigation
    7,734                   7,734  
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ 19,992     $ (3,711 )   $ (21,872 )   $ (5,591 )

Page F-56 of F-86


Table of Contents

19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Leases
The Company leases office, warehouse and laboratory facilities under non-cancelable operating leases through January 2015. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $ 1,251,000, $ 970,000 and $ 927,000, respectively. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period.
The Company also leases certain equipment under various non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through 2012. Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:
         
    Year Ended  
(in $000s)   December 31,  
2008
  $ 1,278  
2009
    1,091  
2010
    866  
2011
    657  
2012
    617  
Thereafter
    1,478  
 
     
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 5,987  
 
     
Purchase Order Commitments
The Company had approximately $ 12,013,000 of open purchase order commitments, primarily for raw materials, as of December 31, 2007.
Taiwan Facility Construction
The Company currently has under construction a facility in Taiwan, R.O.C., which is intended to be utilized for manufacturing, research and development, warehouse, and administrative space, and to be operational in 2010. In conjunction with the construction of this facility, the Company has entered into several contracts, amounting to an aggregate of approximately $ 853,000 as of December 31, 2007 and $ 16,519,000 as of June 30, 2008. As of December 31, 2007 and June 30, 2008, the Company had remaining commitments under these contracts of approximately $ 422,000 and $ 8,552,000, respectively.

Page F-57 of F-86


Table of Contents

20. LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
Patent Litigation
There is substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical, biological, and biotechnology industries with respect to the manufacture, use, and sale of new products which are the subject of conflicting patent and intellectual property rights. One or more patents typically cover most of the brand-name controlled-release products for which the Company is developing generic versions.
Under federal law, when a drug developer files an ANDA for a generic drug, seeking approval before expiration of a patent, which has been listed with the FDA as covering the brand-name product, the developer must certify its product will not infringe the listed patent(s) and /or the listed patent is invalid or unenforceable (commonly referred to as a “Paragraph IV” certification). Notices of such certification must be provided to the patent holder, who may file a suit for patent infringement within 45 days of the patent holder’s receipt of such notice. If the patent holder files suit within the 45 day period, the FDA can review and approve the ANDA, but is prevented from granting final marketing approval of the product until a final judgment in the action has been rendered in favor of the generic, or 30 months from the date the notice was received, whichever is sooner. Lawsuits have been filed against the Company in connection the Company’s Paragraph IV filings.
Should a patent holder commence a lawsuit with respect to an alleged patent infringement by the Company, the uncertainties inherent in patent litigation make the outcome of such litigation difficult to predict. The delay in obtaining FDA approval to market the Company’s product candidates as a result of litigation, as well as the expense of such litigation, whether or not the Company is ultimately successful, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial position. In addition, there can be no assurance any patent litigation will be resolved prior to the end of the 30-month period. As a result, even if FDA were to approve a product upon expiration of the 30-month period, the Company may elect to not commence marketing the product if patent litigation is still pending.
Further, under the Teva Agreement, the Company and Teva have agreed to share in fees and costs related to patent infringement litigation associated with the twelve products covered by the Teva Agreement, including: (i) for the six products with ANDAs already filed with the FDA at the time the Teva Agreement was signed, Teva will pay 50% of the fees and costs in excess of $ 7.0 million; (ii) for three of the products with ANDAs filed since the Teva Agreement was signed, Teva will pay 45% of the fees and costs; and, (iii) for the remaining three products, Teva will pay 50% of the fees and costs. The Company is responsible for the remaining fees and costs for these twelve products not otherwise the responsibility of Teva.
The Company is responsible for all of the patent litigation fees and costs associated with current and future products not otherwise under the Teva Agreement. The Company records as expense the costs of patent litigation as incurred.
Although the outcome and costs of the asserted and unasserted claims is difficult to predict because of the uncertainties inherent in patent litigation, the Company does not expect the ultimate liability, if any, for such matters to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Page F-58 of F-86


Table of Contents

AstraZeneca AB et al. v. Impax Laboratories (Omeprazole)
In litigation commenced against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware in May 2000, AstraZeneca AB alleged the Company’s submission of an ANDA seeking FDA permission to market Omeprazole Delayed Release Capsules, 10mg, 20mg and 40mg, constituted infringement of AstraZeneca’s U.S. patents relating to its Prilosec® product and sought an order enjoining the Company from marketing the Company’s product until expiration of its patents. The case, along with several similar suits against other manufacturers of generic versions of Prilosec®, was subsequently transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York.
In September 2004, following expiration of the 30-month stay, the FDA approved the Company’s ANDA and the Company commenced commercial sales of the product under the terms and conditions of the Teva Agreement. In January 2005, AstraZeneca added claims of willful infringement, for damages, and for enhanced damages on the basis of this commercial launch. Claims for damages were subsequently dropped from the suit against the Company, but were included in a separate suit filed against Teva. On May 30, 2007, the court found the Company’s product infringed two of AstraZeneca’s patents and these patents were not invalid. The court ordered FDA approval of the Company’s ANDA be converted to a tentative approval, with a final approval date not before October 20, 2007, the expiration date of the relevant pediatric exclusivity period. On August 20, 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the lower court decision of infringement and validity. The Company has filed a petition for rehearing en banc with the Federal Circuit. If the Company or Teva are not ultimately successful in establishing invalidity or non-infringement, either in the present suit or the separate suit against Teva, the court may also award monetary damages associated with Teva’s commercial sale of the Company’s omeprazole products. Under the Teva Agreement, the Company would be responsible for monetary damages awarded against Teva up to a specified level, beyond which, monetary damages would be Teva’s responsibility.
Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc., et al. v. Impax Laboratories, Inc. (Fexofenadine/Pseudoephedrine)
The Company is a defendant in an action brought in March 2002 by Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. and others in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey (No. 02-CV-1322) alleging the Company’s proposed Fexofenadine and Pseudoephedrine hydrochloride tablets, generic to Allegra-D®, infringe seven Aventis patents and seeking an injunction preventing the Company from marketing the products until expiration of the patents. The case has since been consolidated with similar actions brought by Aventis against five other manufacturers (including generics to both Allegra® and Allegra-D®). In March 2004, Aventis and AMR Technology, Inc. filed a complaint and first amended complaint against the Company and one of the other defendants alleging infringement of two additional patents, owned by AMR and licensed to Aventis, relating to a synthetic process for making the active pharmaceutical ingredient, Fexofenadine hydrochloride and intermediates in the synthetic process. The Company asserts defenses to the claims based on non-infringement and invalidity. In June 2004, the court granted the Company motion for summary judgment of non-infringement with respect to two of the patents and, in May 2005, granted summary judgment of invalidity with respect to a third patent. The Company will have the opportunity to file additional summary judgment motions in the future and to assert both non-infringement and invalidity of the remaining patents (if necessary) at trial. No trial date has yet been set. In September 2005, Teva launched its Fexofenadine tablet products (generic to Allegra®), and Aventis and AMR moved for a preliminary injunction to bar Teva’s sales based on four of the patents in suit, which patents are common to the Allegra® and Allegra-D® litigations. The district court denied Aventis’s motion in January 2006, finding Aventis did not establish a likelihood of success on the merits, which decision was affirmed on appeal.

Page F-59 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc. v. Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Riluzole)
In June 2002, the Company filed a suit against Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, seeking a declaration the Company’s filing of an ANDA for Riluzole 50mg tablets, generic to Rilutek®, for treatment of patients with amyotrophic lateral scleroses (ALS) did not infringe claims of Aventis’s patent relating to the drug and a declaration Aventis’ patent is invalid. Aventis filed counterclaims for infringement, and, in December 2002, the district court granted Aventis’ motion for a preliminary injunction enjoining the Company from marketing any pharmaceutical product or compound containing Riluzole for the treatment of ALS. In September 2004, the district court found Aventis’ patent not invalid and infringed by the Company’s proposed product. In November 2006 the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit vacated the district court’s finding Aventis’ patent was not invalid and remanded for further findings on this issue, and, in June 2007, the district court again found Aventis’ patent is not invalid. In October 2008, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the district court decision. The Company is evaluating its options following this appellate decision. There is a substantial likelihood the court will enter a permanent injunction enjoining the Company from marketing Riluzole 50mg tablets for the treatment of ALS until the expiration of Aventis’ patent in June 2013.
Abbott Laboratories v. Impax Laboratories, Inc. (Fenofibrate)
The Company was a defendant in patent-infringement litigation commenced in January 2003 by Abbott Laboratories (“Abbott”) and Fournier Industrie et Sante (“Fournier”) in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware relating to Company ANDAs for Fenofibrate Tablets, 160mg and 54mg, generic to TriCor®. In March 2005 the Company asserted antitrust counterclaims. By agreement between the parties, in July 2005 the court entered an order dismissing the patent-infringement claims, under which Abbott and Fournier agreed to reimburse the Company for legal fee expense, and leaving the Company’s antitrust counterclaim intact.
On July 27, 2005, the court held a status conference with all counsel involved in the antitrust litigations, and indicated the court’s intention to put these matters on a complex litigation track. On May 26, 2006, the court denied Abbott and Fournier’s motion to dismiss the antitrust counterclaims. On April 3, 2008, the Court issued an order bifurcating and staying damages issues, and setting a schedule for trial of liability issues. A jury trial is scheduled to begin the week of November 10, 2008.
Endo Pharm. Inc. and Penwest Pharm. Co. v. Impax Laboratories, Inc. (Oxymorphone)
In November 2007, Endo Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Penwest Pharmaceuticals Co. (collectively, “Endo”) filed suit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, requesting a declaration the Company’s Paragraph IV Notices with respect to the Company’s ANDA for Oxymorphone HCl Extended Release Tablets, generic to Opana ER®, are null and void and, in the alternative, alleging patent infringement in connection with the filing of that ANDA. Endo subsequently dismissed its request for declaratory relief and in December 2007 filed another patent infringement suit relating to the same ANDA. In July 2008 the plaintiffs asserted additional infringement claims with respect to the Company’s amended ANDA, which added 7.5mg, 15mg and 30mg strengths of the product. The Company has filed an answer and counterclaims. Discovery is in the early stages, and no trial date has been set.
Impax Laboratories, Inc. v. Medicis Pharmaceutical Corp. (Minocycline)
In January 2008, the Company filed a complaint against Medicis Pharmaceutical Corp. in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, seeking a declaratory judgment the Company’s filing of its ANDA relating to minocycline hydrochloride extended release tablets, a generic version of Medicis’ Solodyn® product, did not infringe any valid claim of U.S. Patent No. 5,908,838... Medicis filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. On April 16, 2008, the District Court granted Medicis’ motion to dismiss, and judgment was entered on April 22, 2008. The Company has filed a notice of appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Briefing for the appeal is currently scheduled for the third and fourth quarter of 2008.

Page F-60 of F-86


Table of Contents

Pfizer Inc., et al. v. Impax Laboratories, Inc. (Tolterodine)
In March 2008, Pfizer Inc. Pharmacia & Upjohn Company LLC and Pfizer Health AB (collectively “Pfizer”) filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging the Company’s filing of an ANDA relating to tolterodine tartrate extended released capsules, 4 mg, generic to Detrol LA®, infringes three Pfizer patents. The Company has filed an answer and counterclaims seeking declaratory judgment of non-infringement, invalidity and/or unenforceability with respect to the patents at suit. In April 2008, the case was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey. On September 3, 2008, a second complaint was filed alleging infringement based on the Company’s ANDA amendment adding the 2mg strength. Discovery is in the early stages, and no trial date has been set
Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, et al. v. Impax Laboratories (Tamsulosin)
In July 2008 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals Inc. and Astellas Pharma Inc. filed a complaint against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California, alleging the Company’s filing of its ANDA relating to tamsulosin hydrochloride capsules, 0.4 mg, generic to Flomax®, infringes plaintiffs’ patent. After filing its answer and counterclaim, the Company filed a summary judgment motion for patent invalidity. The summary judgment hearing is scheduled for November 2008.
Purdue Pharma Products L.P, et al. v. Impax Laboratories (Tramadol)
In August 2008, Purdue Pharma Products L.P., Napp Pharmaceutical Group LTD., Biovail Laboratories International, SRL, and Ortho-McNeil-Janssen-Pharmaceuticals, Inc., filed suit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging patent infringement for the filing of its ANDA relating to tramadol hydrochloride extended-release tablets, 100 mg, generic to Ultram® ER.
Other Litigation Related to the Company’s Business
Axcan Scandipharm Inc. v. Ethex Corp, et al. (Lipram UL)
In May 2007, Axcan Scandipharm Inc., a manufacturer of the Ultrase line of pancreatic enzyme products, brought suit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota, alleging the Company engaged in false advertising, unfair competition, and unfair trade practices under federal and Minnesota law in connection with the marketing and sale of the Company’s now-discontinued Lipram-UL products. The suit seeks actual and consequential damages, including lost profits, treble damages, attorneys’ fees, injunctive relief, and declaratory judgments to prohibit the substitution of Lipram-UL for prescriptions of Ultrase. The Court granted in part and denied in part a Company motion to dismiss the complaint, as well as the co-defendants Ethex Corp. and KV Pharmaceutical Co., holding any claim of false advertising pre-dating June 1, 2001, is barred by the statute of limitations. The Company has answered the complaint, and discovery is proceeding.
Securities Litigation
The Company, four of its Directors, and two former officers, are defendants in several class actions filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, all of which have since been consolidated as case No. 04- 4808-JW. These actions, brought on behalf of all purchasers of shares of Company common stock between May 5 and November 3, 2004, allege the Company and the individual defendants, in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws, artificially inflated the market price of the stock during this period by filing false financial statements for the first and second quarters of 2004, based upon the Company’s subsequent restatement of its results for those periods. The court twice granted the Company motions to dismiss the complaint, both times with leave to amend, but denied the Company’s motion to dismiss a fourth amended complaint as well as two motions for reconsideration. The case is now in discovery phase. In August 2008, the Company filed a petition for a writ of mandamus asking the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit to direct the district court to dismiss the complaint.

Page F-61 of F-86


Table of Contents

21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The following events occurred after December 31, 2007:
  In January 2008, the Company announced it received a non-approvable letter from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) concerning its new drug application (NDA) and subsequent submissions for Vadova(R) (carbidopa /levodopa extended release) tablets. The FDA’s action was primarily based on unresolved issues relating to product nomenclature and its belief of a likelihood of medication errors resulting from confusion of Vadova with other marketed forms of carbidopa /levodopa. On April 14, 2008, the Company announced it would cease work on the current formulation of this product.
 
  On May 23, 2008, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued an order to revoke the registration statement covering the Company’s common shares and, accordingly, public trading in such common shares ceased immediately. It is the Company’s intention to effect the registration of the shares of the Company’s common stock by filing this Form 10.
 
  During the period January 2008 to their expiration date in May 2008, all remaining outstanding common stock purchase warrants were exercised in several cashless exercise transactions, resulting in the issuance of 106,642 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company has no other common stock purchase warrants outstanding.
 
  In July 2008, the Company entered into an employment separation agreement with a former employee, which provided for the following: the former employee resigned from the Company effective August 1, 2008; the former employee’s September 1, 2006 employment agreement between the Company and the former employee was terminated; and, the former employee’s rights with respect to employee stock options to purchase 60,000 shares of Company common stock and the 60,000 restricted shares of Company common stock granted and to be granted under the former employee’s employment agreement, as well as the rights under fully vested options to purchase 172,500 shares of the Company’s common stock separately held by the former employee, were terminated. Under the separation agreement, the Company agreed to make separation payments to the former employee consisting of a single $ 620,000 cash payment and 94,705 shares of the Company’s common stock. The separation agreement also subjects the former employee to non-disclosure and non-disparagement provisions and prohibits the former employee from soliciting Company employees to leave the Company’s employment. The Company and the former employee also executed mutual releases of any claim each might have against the other arising out of the former employee’s employment.
 
  In August and September 2008, the Company repurchased at a discount an aggregate of $ 62,250,000 face-value principal amount of its 3.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures at the request of the holders. The Company paid $ 59,916,000 , plus accrued interest of $ 433,000 , for the repurchased 3.5% Debentures. Proceeds to fund the repurchase of the debentures were generated from the liquidation of the Company’s short-term investments. The remaining $ 12,750,000 principal amount of the 3.5% Debentures is subject to repurchase by the Company at 100% of the principal amount on June 15, 2009, at the option of the debenture holders.
 
  In June 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with Wyeth settling a lawsuit alleging patent infringement related to a Company ANDA for generic versions of Effexor XR 37.5mg and 75mg and 150mg capsules. Under the terms of the settlement, Wyeth granted to the Company a license permitting the Company to launch its generic capsule formulation of the Effexor XR products on or after June 1, 2011, subject to earlier launch in limited circumstances, but in no event earlier than January 1, 2011. The Company will pay Wyeth a royalty on sales of this generic product. The parties have also entered into a co-promotion agreement under which the Company will provide physician detailing services, for a product to be named by Wyeth, in exchange for a fee for each physician detail service performed.

Page F-62 of F-86


Table of Contents

22. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)
Selected (unaudited) quarterly financial information for the year 2007 is as follows:
                                 
    2007 Quarter Ended:  
(in $000’s except per share amounts)   March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
Revenues:
                               
Global product sales, gross
  $ 32,478     $ 33,880     $ 42,288     $ 39,853  
Less:
                               
Chargebacks
    7,202       7,419       10,559       8,792  
Rebates
    3,375       3,520       4,306       4,767  
Returns
    968       1,291       1,639       1,565  
Other credits
    1,174       1,336       1,191       1,417  
 
                       
Global product sales, net
    19,759       20,314       24,593       23,312  
 
                       
RX Partner
    8,278       33,295       81,634       37,907  
OTC Partner
    2,408       2,305       4,082       3,071  
Promotional Partner
    3,201       3,279       3,105       3,174  
Other
    17       9       7       3  
 
                       
Total revenues
    33,663       59,202       113,421       67,467  
 
                       
 
                               
Gross profit
    13,677       30,902       87,428       34,090  
 
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,770 )   $ 83,792     $ 43,402     $ 6,501  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income (loss) per share (basic)
  $ (0.13 )   $ 1.42     $ 0.74     $ 0.11  
 
                       
Net income (loss) per share (diluted)
  $ (0.13 )   $ 1.37     $ 0.71     $ 0.11  
 
                       
 
                               
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    58,794,020       58,807,656       58,818,971       58,821,964  
 
                       
Diluted
    58,794,020       61,193,296       61,293,615       61,301,862  
 
                       
Quarterly computations of (unaudited) net income (loss) per share amounts are made independently for each quarterly reporting period, and the sum of the per share amounts for the quarterly reporting periods may not equal the per share amounts for the full year.
Included in the (unaudited) quarterly financial information shown above are the following transactions, summarized as follows:
-   As more fully discussed elsewhere in this registration statement, the settlement of a patent infringement lawsuit resulted in the Company being granted a license permitting it to manufacture and sell its oxycodone product (under the terms of the DAVA Agreement), resulting in the Company’s determination to shorten the revenue recognition time-period of the DAVA Agreement. The license authorized the Company to sell a fixed amount of its product (under a sub-license granted to DAVA) through June 2007. The increased amount of revenue recognized in the third quarter of 2007, resulted from these product sales over the resulting revised shorter recognition period.
 
-   As more fully discussed elsewhere in this registration statement, at June 30, 2007, the Company reversed the valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset, resulting in a significant tax benefit for the second quarter of 2007.

Page F-63 of F-86


Table of Contents

22. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION ( unaudited ), continued
Selected (unaudited) quarterly financial information for the year 2006 is as follows:
                                 
    2006 Quarter Ended:  
(in $000’s except per share amounts)   March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
Revenues:
                               
Global product sales, gross
  $ 25,949     $ 35,449     $ 32,308     $ 34,287  
Less:
                               
Chargebacks
    3,955       7,844       6,691       8,174  
Rebates
    2,806       3,834       3,494       3,722  
Returns
    3,115       1,436       1,613       1,056  
Other credits
    1,459       1,247       1,565       (2,219 )
 
                       
Global product sales, net
    14,614       21,088       18,945       23,554  
 
                       
RX Partner
    5,059       5,631       5,990       20,129  
OTC Partner
    2,632       3,025       3,389       4,736  
Promotional Partner
                3,207       3,227  
Other
                15       5  
 
                       
Total revenues
    22,305       29,744       31,546       51,651  
 
                       
 
                               
Gross profit
    5,985       10,545       14,536       31,932  
 
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ (10,468 )   $ (9,722 )   $ (3,259 )   $ 11,405  
 
                       
 
Net income (loss) per share (basic)
  $ (0.18 )   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.19  
 
                       
Net income (loss) per share (diluted)
  $ (0.18 )   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.06 )   $ 0.19  
 
                       
 
                               
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    58,996,087       59,022,528       59,024,504       58,972,754  
 
                       
Diluted
    58,996,087       59,022,528       59,024,504       60,369,771  
 
                       
Quarterly computations of net income (loss) per share amounts are made independently for each quarterly reporting period, and the sum of the per share amounts for the quarterly reporting periods may not equal the per share amounts for the full year.
Included in the (unaudited) quarterly financial information shown above is the following transaction, summarized as follows:
-   The Company launched its bupropion 300mg extended release product upon FDA approval of the Company’s ANDA in December 2006. The Company’s launch and sales of this product (under the terms of the Teva Agreement) were made pursuant to an exclusivity transfer and selective waiver agreement, resulting in the Company being entitled to a six month period of market exclusivity through June 2008 (see “Agreement with Anchen” above).

Page F-64 of F-86


Table of Contents

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Page F-65 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (unaudited)          
ASSETS
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 49,744     $ 37,462  
Short-term investments
    105,059       106,034  
Accounts receivable, net
    44,014       51,503  
Inventory, net
    29,434       27,568  
Current portion of deferred product manufacturing costs-alliance agreements
    12,140       11,923  
Current portion of deferred income taxes
    17,681       27,376  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    6,540       8,592  
 
           
Total current assets
    264,612       270,458  
 
           
 
               
Property, plant and equipment, net
    92,796       81,223  
Deferred product manufacturing costs-alliance agreements
    89,648       82,474  
Deferred income taxes, net
    50,264       47,937  
Other assets
    9,417       6,793  
Goodwill
    27,574       27,574  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 534,311     $ 516,459  
 
           
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
Current portion of long-term debt
  $ 63,981     $ 69,234  
Accounts payable
    17,947       16,898  
Accrued expenses
    32,441       35,838  
Current portion of deferred revenue-alliance agreements
    23,104       26,381  
Current portion of accrued exclusivity period fee payments due
    12,000       12,000  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    149,473       160,351  
 
           
 
               
3.5% Convertible senior subordinated debentures
    12,750       12,750  
Long-term debt
    6,948       7,760  
Fair value of common stock purchase warrants
          2,285  
Deferred revenue-alliance agreements
    194,245       181,720  
Accrued exclusivity period fee payments due
          6,000  
Other liabilities
    12,465       11,426  
 
           
Total liabilities
  $ 375,881     $ 382,292  
 
           
 
               
Commitments and contingencies
               
 
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred Stock, $ 0.01 par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized, none outstanding at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007
  $     $  
Common stock, $ 0.01 par value, 90,000,000 shares authorized, 59,019,742 and 58,822,548 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively
    593       591  
Additional paid-in capital
    201,508       196,049  
Treasury stock-acquired resulting from achievement of milestone under the Teva Agreement, 243,729 shares at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007
    (2,157 )     (2,157 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income /(loss)
    220       (26 )
Accumulated deficit
    (41,734 )     (60,290 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 158,430     $ 134,167  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 534,311     $ 516,459  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page F-66 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
                 
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
Revenues:
               
Global product sales, net
  $ 50,082     $ 40,073  
Rx Partner
    62,675       41,573  
OTC Partner
    9,341       4,713  
Promotional Partner
    6,490       6,480  
Other
    14       26  
 
           
Total revenues
    128,602       92,865  
 
           
 
               
Cost of revenues
    44,082       48,286  
 
           
Gross profit
    84,520       44,579  
 
           
 
               
Operating expenses:
               
Research and development
    27,563       16,496  
Patent litigation
    2,951       6,328  
Selling, general and administrative
    22,028       18,737  
 
           
Total operating expenses
    52,542       41,561  
 
           
Income from operations
    31,978       3,018  
 
           
Change in fair value of common stock purchase warrants
    59       (800 )
Other income (expense), net
    40       (1,356 )
Interest income
    2,559       1,236  
Interest expense
    (1,918 )     (2,078 )
 
           
Income before income taxes
    32,718       20  
Benefit/ (provision) for income taxes
    (14,162 )     76,002  
 
           
Net income
  $ 18,556     $ 76,022  
 
           
 
               
Net Income per share:
               
Basic
  $ 0.32     $ 1.29  
 
           
Diluted
  $ 0.30     $ 1.24  
 
           
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
               
Basic
    58,906,341       58,800,876  
 
           
Diluted
    60,870,589       61,113,634  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page F-67 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE, 2008
(dollars and shares in thousands)

(unaudited)
                                                         
                                            Accumulated        
                    Additional             Accum-     Other        
    Common Stock     Paid-In     Treasury     ulated     Comprehensive        
Stockholders’ Equity   Shares     Par Value     Capital     Stock     Deficit     Income (Loss)     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2007
    58,822     $ 591     $ 196,049     $ (2,157 )   $ (60,290 )   $ (26 )   $ 134,167  
 
                                                       
2008
                                                       
Exercise of common stock purchase warrants, stock options, and sale of stock under ESPP
    198       2       2,379                               2,381  
Share-based compensation expense
                    3,080                               3,080  
Currency translation adjustments
                                            246       246  
Net income
                                    18,556               18,556  
 
                                         
Balance at June 30, 2008
    59,020     $ 593     $ 201,508     $ (2,157 )   $ (41,734 )   $ 220     $ 158,430  
 
                                         
                 
Comprehensive Income   Six months ended June 30,  
(in $000s)   2008     2007  
Net income
  $ 18,556     $ 76,022  
Cumulative translation adjustments
    246       (19 )
 
           
Comprehensive income
  $ 18,802     $ 76,003  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page F-68 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in thousands)
                 
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income
  $ 18,556     $ 76,022  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    4,675       3,937  
Tax benefit on reversal of valuation allowance on deferred tax asset
          (81,485 )
Deferred income taxes
    7,368        
Tax benefit related to exercise of employee stock options
          (10,477 )
Provision for uncertain tax positions
          5,808  
Deferred revenue – Rx Partners
    70,386       168,666  
Deferred product manufacturing costs – Rx Partners
    (17,608 )     (35,758 )
Deferred revenue recognized – Rx Partners
    (62,675 )     (44,574 )
Amortization deferred product manufacturing costs – Rx Partners
    12,139       20,243  
Deferred revenue – OTC Partners
    10,878       6,510  
Deferred product manufacturing costs – OTC Partners
    (10,860 )     (5,249 )
Deferred revenue recognized – OTC Partners
    (9,341 )     (4,935 )
Amortization deferred product manufacturing costs – OTC Partners
    8,938       3,861  
Payments on exclusivity period fee
    (6,000 )     (13,000 )
Payments on accrued litigation settlements
    (1,098 )     (1,474 )
Share-based compensation expense
    3,080       226  
Accretion of interest income on short-term investments
    (1,749 )     (762 )
Change in fair value of stock purchase warrants
    (59 )     800  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    7,490       (64,273 )
Inventory
    (1,866 )     5,330  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    (653 )     682  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    (5,218 )     1,134  
Other liabilities
    1,039       678  
 
           
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 27,422     $ 31,910  
 
           
 
               
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Purchase of short-term investments
  $ (162,693 )   $ (59,021 )
Maturities of short-term investments
    165,418       39,753  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (12,776 )     (10,346 )
 
           
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (10,051 )   $ (29,614 )
 
           
 
               
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Repayment of long-term debt
    (5,244 )     (120 )
Tax benefit related to exercise of employee stock options
          10,477  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and purchases under the ESPP
    155       69  
 
           
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
  $ (5,089 )   $ 10,426  
 
           
 
               
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 12,282     $ 12,722  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
  $ 37,462     $ 6,399  
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 49,744     $ 19,121  
 
           

Page F-69 of F-86


Table of Contents

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
                 
    Six Months Ended June 30,  
(in $000s)   2008     2007  
Cash paid for interest
  $ 1,973     $ 2,459  
 
           
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 4,656     $ 248  
 
           
In January 2007 and May 2008, the Company issued 9,388 and 106,642, shares of common stock, respectively, as the result of a cashless exercise of common stock purchase warrants.
Unpaid vendor invoices of approximately $ 5,296,000 and $ 955,000 as of June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, are excluded from the purchase of property, plant, and equipment and the change in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Page F-70 of F-86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2008 AND 2007
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnote disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying interim financial statements include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the periods presented.
The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the operating parent company, Impax Laboratories, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary, Impax Laboratories (Taiwan) Inc., and a 60%-owned equity investment, Prohealth Biotech, Inc. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
These (unaudited) interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included herein, as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The results of operations for the six month period ended June 30, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results of the Company’s operations for any other interim period or for the entire year ending December 31, 2008.

Page F-71 of F-86


Table of Contents

2. INVESTMENTS
Investments consist of commercial paper, corporate bonds and medium-term notes, government agency obligations and certificates of deposit. The Company’s policy is to invest in only high quality “AAA-rate” or investment-grade securities. Investments in debt securities are accounted for as ‘held-to-maturity’ and are recorded at amortized cost. The Company has historically held all investments in debt securities until maturity, and the Company has the ability and intent to continue to hold all investments in debt securities until maturity. All of the Company’s investments have remaining contractual maturities of less than twelve months and are classified as short-term. Upon sale the Company uses a specific identification method.
A summary of Short-term investments as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 follows:
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
(in $000’s)   Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
June 30, 2008   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Commercial paper
  $ 61,902     $     $     $ 61,902  
Government agency obligations
    29,150       10       (14 )     29,146  
Corporate bonds
    12,960       8       (26 )     12,942  
Asset-backed securities
    819             (19 )     800  
Certificates of deposit
    228                   228  
 
                       
Total short-term investments
  $ 105,059     $ 18       (59 )   $ 105,018  
 
                       
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
(in $000’s)   Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
December 31, 2007   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Commercial paper
  $ 94,107     $     $     $ 94,107  
Government agency obligations
    7,000                   7,000  
Corporate bonds
    3,202       5       (8 )     3,199  
Asset-backed securities
    1,503             (64 )     1,439  
Certificates of deposit
    222                   222  
 
                       
Total short-term investments
  $ 106,034     $ 5     $ (72 )   $ 105,967  
 
                       

Page F-72 of F-86


Table of Contents

3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
The details of Accounts receivable, net are set forth in the following table:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
(in $000’s)   2008     2007  
Gross accounts receivable
  $ 53,587     $ 60,272  
Less: Rebate reserve
    (3,929 )     (3,603 )
Less: Chargeback reserve
    (3,526 )     (2,977 )
Less: Other deductions
    (2,118 )     (2,189 )
 
           
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 44,014     $ 51,503  
 
           
Other deductions include allowance for disputed items, doubtful accounts, and cash discounts.
A roll forward of the chargeback and rebate reserve activity for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 is as follows:
                 
(in $000’s)   June 30,     December 31  
Chargeback reserve   2008     2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 2,977     $ 4,401  
Provision recorded during the period
    20,181       33,972  
Credits issued during the period
    (19,632 )     (35,396 )
 
           
Ending balance
  $ 3,526     $ 2,977  
 
           
                 
(in $000’s)   June 30,     December 31  
Rebate reserve   2008     2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 3,603     $ 3,124  
Provision recorded during the period
    9,381       15,968  
Credits issued during the period
    (9,055 )     (15,489 )
 
           
Ending balance
  $ 3,929     $ 3,603  
 
           

Page F-73 of F-86


Table of Contents

4. INVENTORY
Inventory, net at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 consisted of the following:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
(in $000’s)   2008     2007  
Raw materials
  $ 14,197     $ 15,005  
Work in process
    1,319       1,827  
Finished goods
    15,442       11,373  
 
           
Total inventory, net
  $ 30,958     $ 28,205  
 
               
Less: Non-current inventory, net
    (1,524 )     (637 )
 
           
Total inventory-current, net
  $ 29,434     $ 27,568  
 
           
The preceding current inventory amounts are net of inventory reserves of $ 3,051,000 and $ 3,148,000 at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

Page F-74 of F-86


Table of Contents

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
(in $000’s)   2008     2007  
Land
  $ 2,270     $ 2,270  
Buildings and improvements
    52,853       51,287  
Equipment
    46,048       44,001  
Office furniture and equipment
    6,492       5,332  
Construction-in-progress
    20,972       10,323  
 
           
Property, plant and equipment, gross
  $ 128,635     $ 113,213  
 
               
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    (35,839 )     (31,990 )
 
           
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 92,796     $ 81,223  
 
           
Depreciation expense was $ 4,441,000 and $ 3,703,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Page F-75 of F-86


Table of Contents

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES
The following table sets forth the Company’s accrued expenses:
                 
    June 30,     December 31  
(in $000’s)   2008     2007  
Accrued payroll-related expenses
  $ 10,332     $ 9,983  
Accrued product returns
    12,911       14,261  
Legal and professional fees
    2,990       3,382  
Accrued shelf stock price protection
    360       384  
Other accruals
    3,677       5,156  
Accrued litigation settlements
    1,278       1,555  
Accrued Medicaid rebates
    769       566  
Accrued royalty expense
    124       551  
 
           
Total accrued expenses
  $ 32,441     $ 35,838  
 
           
Included in accrued payroll-related expenses is $ 19,000 and $ 26,000 June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, related to post-employment severance-related charges. Included in other accruals at June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007 are state income taxes payable amounting to $ 1,575,000 and $ 1,638,000, respectively.
A roll forward of the return reserve activity for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 is as follows:
                 
    June 30,     December 31  
(in $000’s)   2008     2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 14,261     $ 12,903  
Provision related to sales recorded in the period
    2,327       5,459  
Credits issued during the period
    (3,677 )     (4,101 )
 
           
Ending balance
  $ 12,911     $ 14,261  
 
           

Page F-76 of F-86


Table of Contents

7. INCOME TAXES
The Company calculates its interim income tax provision in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 28 and FASB Interpretation No. 18. At the end of each interim period, the Company makes an estimate of the annual expected effective tax rate and applies that rate to its ordinary year-to-date earnings or loss. In addition, the effect of changes in enacted tax laws, rates or tax status is recognized in the interim period in which the change occurs.
The computation of the annual expected effective tax rate at each interim period requires certain estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, the expected operating income for the year, projections of the proportion of income (or loss) earned and taxed in foreign jurisdictions, permanent and temporary differences, and the likelihood of recovering deferred tax assets generated in the current year. The accounting estimates used to compute the provision for income taxes may change as new events occur, more experience is acquired or additional information is obtained. The computation of the annual effective tax rate includes modifications, which were projected for the year, for share based compensation, the domestic manufacturing deduction and state research and development credits among others. The effective tax rate used by the Company does not include a benefit related to the federal research and development credit as the law related to this credit expired on December 31, 2007.
For the six months ended June 30, 2008, the Company recorded a tax provision of $ 14,162,000, for federal and state income taxes. For the six months ended June 30, 2007, the Company recorded a benefit of $ 76,002,000 which includes the reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $ 81,485,000 offset by an accrual for uncertain tax positions of $ 5,808,000. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $ 6,118,000 as of June 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

Page F-77 of F-86


Table of Contents

8. LONG-TERM DEBT
The following table summarizes the Company’s long-term debt:
                 
    June 30,     December 31,  
(in $000’s)   2008     2007  
3.5% Convertible senior subordinated debentures due on June 15, 2012
  $ 75,000     $ 75,000  
 
               
8.17% Term loan — Cathay Bank (1)
          2,215  
7.50% Term loan – Cathay Bank (2)
          2,957  
 
               
Subordinated promissory note — (3)
    8,607       9,428  
Software license financing (4)
    72       144  
 
           
 
               
Total Debt
    83,679       89,744  
Less: Current portion
    (63,981 )     (69,234 )
 
           
Long-term portion
  $ 19,698     $ 20,510  
 
           
 
(1)   Term loan payable at 8.17% to Cathay Bank in 83 monthly installments of $ 19,540 commencing June 28, 2001 through May 27, 2008 with a balance due on June 28, 2008. The 8.17% Cathay Bank loan was collateralized by land, building and building improvements in the Company’s 35,000 square foot headquarters and research facility in Hayward, California. This loan was paid in full without penalty in May 2008.
 
(2)   Term loan payable at 7.50% to Cathay Bank in 83 monthly installments of $ 24,629 commencing November 14, 2001 through October 13, 2008 with a balance of $ 2,917,598 due on November 14, 2008. The 7.50% Cathay Bank loan was collateralized by land, building and building improvements in the Company’s 50,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Hayward, California. This loan was paid in full without penalty in May 2008.
 
(3)   Subordinated promissory note in the amount of $ 11.0 million related to the June 2006 settlement of litigation brought by Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc.(“Solvay”), manufacturer of the Creon line pancreatic enzyme products. In its lawsuit, Solvay claimed the Company engaged in false advertising, unfair competition, and unfair trade practices in connection with the Company’s marketing and sale of its now discontinued line of Lipram-CR products. With respect to the settlement of the Solvay litigation, the Company agreed to pay $ 23 million to Solvay, with such amount recorded as litigation settlement expense in the Company’s 2004 financial statements. The settlement with Solvay included a $ 12 million payment upon signing of the settlement agreement with the remaining $ 11 million to be paid under the terms of the subordinated promissory note between the Company and Solvay. The subordinated promissory note interest rate is 6.0% per annum, and requires the Company to pay 24 quarterly installments of $ 549,165, commencing in March 2007 through December 2012. Additionally, the subordinated promissory note becomes immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of a default in any payment due, a change in control of the Company, voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding by or against the Company, and working capital less than 150% of the remaining unpaid balance of the subordinated promissory note. At June 30, 2008, none of these events has occurred to-date.
 
(4)   Vendor financing agreement at 3.10% in 2 monthly installments of $ 0 and 34 monthly installments of $ 12,871 commencing December 2006 through November 2009.

Page F-78 of F-86


Table of Contents

9. ALLIANCE AGREEMENTS
The following tables show the additions to and deductions from the deferred revenue and deferred product manufacturing costs under the Teva Agreement:
                 
    Six Months        
    Ended     Inception  
(in $ 000’s)   June 30,     Through  
Deferred revenue   2008     Dec 31, 2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 181,149     $  
Additions:
               
Cost-sharing
    350       5,253  
Product-related deferrals
    35,566       316,365  
 
           
Sub-total
    35,916       321,618  
Exclusivity charges
          (50,600 )
Forgiveness of advance deposit
          6,000  
Forgiveness of interest
          4,370  
Stock repurchase
          2,157  
 
           
Total additions
  $ 35,916     $ 283,545  
 
           
 
               
Less: amounts recognized:
               
Forgiveness of advance deposit
  $ (166 )   $ (2,166 )
Forgiveness of interest
    (122 )     (1,580 )
Stock repurchase
    (60 )     (779 )
Cost-sharing
    (282 )     (1,898 )
Product-related revenue
    (21,214 )     (95,973 )
 
           
Total amount recognized
    (21,844 )     (102,396 )
 
           
Total deferred revenue
  $ 195,221     $ 181,149  
 
           
                 
    Six Months        
(in $000’s)   Ended     Inception  
Deferred product   June 30     Through  
manufacturing costs   2008     Dec 31, 2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 75,296     $  
Additions
    17,301       117,855  
Less amounts amortized
    (9,982 )     (42,559 )
 
           
Total deferred product manufacturing costs
  $ 82,615     $ 75,296  
 
           

Page F-79 of F-86


Table of Contents

9. ALLIANCE AGREEMENTS (continued)
The following table shows the additions to and deductions from deferred revenue and deferred product manufacturing costs under the OTC Agreements:
                 
    Six Months        
    Ended     Inception  
(in $000’s)   June 30     Through  
Deferred revenue   2008     Dec 31, 2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 20,591     $  
Additions:
               
Upfront fees and milestone payments
          8,436  
Cost-sharing and other
          1,642  
Product-related deferrals
    10,878       65,467  
 
           
Total additions
  $ 10,878     $ 75,545  
 
           
 
               
Less: amount recognized:
               
Upfront fees and milestone payments
    (152 )     (7,172 )
Cost-sharing and other
    (56 )     (1,326 )
Product-related revenue
    (9,133 )     (46,456 )
 
           
Total amount recognized
    (9,341 )     (54,954 )
 
           
Total deferred revenue
  $ 22,128     $ 20,591  
 
           
                 
    Six Months        
(in $000’s)   Ended     Inception  
Deferred product   June 30,     Through  
manufacturing costs   2008     Dec 31, 2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 17,251     $  
 
               
Additions:
               
Product-related deferrals
    10,883       53,880  
Cost-sharing and other
    (23 )     5,974  
 
           
Total additions
  $ 10,860     $ 59,854  
 
           
 
               
Less: amount amortized:
               
Product-related cost
    (8,796 )     (38,484 )
Cost-sharing and other
    (142 )     (4,119 )
 
           
Total amount amortized
    (8,938 )     (42,603 )
 
           
Total deferred product manufacturing costs
  $ 19,173     $ 17,251  
 
           

Page F-80 of F-86


Table of Contents

9. ALLIANCE AGREEMENTS (continued)
The following table shows the additions to and deductions from deferred revenue and deferred product manufacturing costs under the DAVA Supply and Distribution Agreement:
                 
    Six Months        
    Months     Inception  
(in $000’s)   June 30,     Through  
Deferred revenue   2008     Dec 31, 2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 6,361     $  
Additions:
               
Upfront fees and milestone payments
          10,000  
Product-related deferrals
    34,470       117,977  
 
           
Total additions
  $ 34,470     $ 127,977  
 
           
 
Less: amounts recognized:
               
Upfront fees and milestone payments
    (858 )     (9,142 )
Product-related revenue
    (39,973 )     (112,474 )
 
           
Total amount recognized
    (40,831 )     (121,616 )
 
           
Total deferred revenue
  $     $ 6,361  
 
           
                 
    Six Months        
(in $000’s)   Ended     Inception  
Deferred product   June 30,     Through  
manufacturing costs   2008     Dec 31, 2007  
Beginning balance
  $ 1,850     $  
Additions:
  $ 307     $ 28,737  
Less: amount amortized:
    (2,157 )     (26,887 )
 
           
Total deferred product manufacturing costs
  $     $ 1,850  
 
           
For the six-month period ended June 30, 2008, the increased volume of sales during January 2008, which were otherwise recognizable under the performance conditions of the Company’s revenue recognition policy, would have resulted in an excess of revenues over the amount of cash collected through the date thereof, therefore the Company further deferred the recognition of those revenues until the cash was collected from DAVA in the second quarter of 2008.
During the six months ended June 30, 2008, the Company recognized revenue of $ 40,831,000 and amortized $ 2,157,000 of manufacturing costs. The revenue recognized by the Company during the six months ended June 30, 2008 was composed primarily of profit share earned under the agreement with DAVA.

Page F-81 of F-86


Table of Contents

10. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents outstanding during the period.
A reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
                 
    Six months ended     Six months ended  
    June 30,     June 30,  
(in $ 000’s except per share amounts)   2008     2007  
Numerator:
               
Net income
  $ 18,556     $ 76,022  
 
           
 
               
Denominator:
               
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    58,906,341       58,800,876  
 
               
Effect of dilutive options and common stock purchase warrants
    1,964,248       2,312,758  
 
           
 
               
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    60,870,589       61,113,634  
 
               
Basic net income per share
  $ 0.32     $ 1.29  
 
           
Diluted net income per share
  $ 0.30     $ 1.24  
 
           
At June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2007, there were 5,518,101 and 2,368,803 stock options, respectively, excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average common shares outstanding, as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

Page F-82 of F-86


Table of Contents

11. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Total share-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations is as follows:
                 
    Six months ended  
(in $ 000’s)   June 30, 2008     June 30, 2007  
Manufacturing expenses
  $ 844     $ 41  
Research and development
    1,166       92  
Selling, general & administrative
    1,070       93  
 
           
Total
  $ 3,080     $ 226  
 
           
The following table summarizes stock option activity:
                 
            Weighted Average  
    Number of Shares     Exercise Price  
    Under Option     per Share  
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
    9,047,761     $ 9.90  
 
             
Options granted
    321,650     $ 9.33  
Options exercised
    (106,152 )   $ 2.79  
Options forfeited
    (129,974 )   $ 10.94  
 
             
Outstanding at June 30, 2008
    9,133,285     $ 9.95  
 
             
Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2008
    8,994,089     $ 9.98  
 
             
Options exercisable at June 30, 2008
    6,910,118     $ 9.71  
 
             
The Company estimated the fair value of each stock option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes Merton option-pricing model, wherein: expected volatility is based solely on historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the period commensurate with the expected term of the stock options. The expected term calculation is based on the “simplified” method described in SAB No. 107, Share-Based Payment and SAB No. 110, Share-Based Payment. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant for an instrument with a maturity that is commensurate with the expected term of the stock options. The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we have no present intention to pay cash dividends. Options granted under each of the above plans vest from three to five years and have a term of ten years. The Company’s shares of common stock traded on the “Pink Sheets” beginning in August 2005 through May 2008. The Company’s assessment is there was sufficient trading volume and liquidity in the Company’s shares to support the calculation of a reasonable estimate of the fair value of employee stock options granted during this period.
A summary of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards is presented below:
                    
            Weighted Average
Restricted   Number of Restricted   Grant-Date
Stock Awards   Stock Awards   Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2007
    270,341   $ 11.45
Granted
    125,700   $ 9.33
Vested
      $
Forfeited
    (11,198 ) $ 11.44
 
               
Non-vested at June 30, 2008
    384,843   $ 10.78
 
               
The Company grants restricted stock to certain eligible employees as a component of its long-term incentive compensation program. The restricted stock award grants are made in accordance with the Company’s 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, and typically specify, shares of restricted stock are not issued until they vest. The restricted stock awards vest ratably over a four year period from the date of grant. As of June 30, 2008, the Company had 135,896 shares available for issuance of stock options and restricted stock awards.
As of June 30, 2008, the Company had total unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, of $ 15,220,000 related to all of its share-based awards, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.07 years. The intrinsic value of options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 was $ 687,000 and $ 178,000, respectively. The total fair value of restricted shares which vested during the six months ended June 30, 2008 and 2007 was $ 0.

Page F-83 of F-86


Table of Contents

12. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company has two reportable segments, referred to as the “Global Pharmaceuticals Division” (“Global Division”) and the “Impax Pharmaceutical Division” (“Impax Division”). The Company currently markets and sells product within the continental United States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
The Global Division develops, manufactures, sells, and distributes generic pharmaceutical products, through three sales channels, including: the “Global” sales channel, for sales of generic prescription (“Rx”) products, directly to wholesalers, large retail drug chains, and others; the “RX Partner” sales channel, for generic prescription (“Rx”) products sold through unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to alliance agreements; and, the “OTC Partner” sales channel, for over-the-counter (“OTC”) products sold through unrelated third-party pharmaceutical entities pursuant to alliance agreements.
The Impax Division is engaged in the process of developing branded pharmaceutical products.
The Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates the financial performance of the Company’s segments based upon segment income or (loss) before the provision for income taxes. Items below income from operations are not reported by segment, except litigation settlements, since they are excluded from the measure of segment profitability reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker. Additionally, general and administrative expenses, certain selling expenses, certain litigation settlements, and non-operating income and expenses are included in “Corporate and Other”. The Company does not report balance sheet information by segment since it is not reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker. Accounting policies for the Company’s segments are the same as those described above in the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”. The Company has no inter-segment revenue.
The tables below present segment information reconciled to total Company financial results, with segment operating income or (loss) including gross profit less direct research and development expenses, and direct selling expenses as well as any litigation settlements, to the extent specifically identified by segment:
                                 
(in $000’s)   Global     Impax     Corporate     Total  
Six Months Ended June 30, 2008   Division     Division     and Other     Company  
Revenue, net
  $ 122,112     $ 6,490     $     $ 128,602  
Cost of revenue
    38,750       5,332             44,082  
Research and development
    19,968       7,595             27,563  
Patent Litigation
    2,951                   2,951  
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
  $ 57,720     $ (7,778 )   $ (17,224 )   $ 32,718  
                                 
(in $000’s)   Global     Impax     Corporate     Total  
Six Months Ended June 30, 2007   Division     Division     and Other     Company  
Revenue, net
  $ 86,385     $ 6,480     $     $ 92,865  
Cost of revenue
    43,148       5,138             48,286  
Research and development
    12,862       3,634             16,496  
Patent Litigation
    6,328                   6,328  
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
  $ 22,730     $ (3,076 )   $ (19,634 )   $ 20  

Page F-84 of F-86


Table of Contents

13. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)
Selected (unaudited) quarterly financial information for the three months ended March 31, 2008 and June 30, 2008 is summarized as follows:
                 
    2008 Quarter Ended:  
(in $000’s except per share amounts)   March 31     June 30  
Revenue:
               
Global product sales, gross
  $ 38,990     $ 45,703  
Less:
               
Chargebacks
    9,233       11,033  
Rebates
    4,191       5,190  
Returns
    946       1,381  
Other credits
    1,163       1,474  
 
           
Global product sales, net
    23,457       26,625  
 
           
RX Partner
    18,805       43,870  
OTC Partner
    4,409       4,932  
Promotional Partner
    3,252       3,238  
Other
    7       7  
 
           
Total revenues
    49,930       78,672  
 
           
 
               
Gross profit
    26,551       57,969  
 
               
Net income
  $ 959     $ 17,597  
 
           
 
               
Net income per share (basic)
  $ 0.02     $ 0.30  
 
           
Net income per share (diluted)
  $ 0.02     $ 0.29  
 
           
Weighted Average:
               
common shares outstanding:
               
Basic
    58,833,979       58,978,703  
 
           
Diluted
    61,126,768       60,584,709  
 
           
Quarterly computations of (unaudited) net income per share amounts are made independently for each quarterly reporting period, and the sum of the per share amounts for the quarterly reporting periods may not equal the per share amounts for the year-to-date reporting period.

Page F-85 of F-86


Table of Contents

13. SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited) (continued)
Selected (unaudited) quarterly financial information for the three months ended March 31, 2007 and June 30, 2007 is summarized as follows:
                 
    2007 Quarter Ended:  
(in $000’s except per share amounts)   March 31     June 30  
Revenues:
               
Global product sales, gross
  $ 32,478     $ 33,880  
Less:
               
Chargebacks
    7,202       7,419  
Rebates
    3,375       3,520  
Returns
    968       1,291  
Other credits
    1,174       1,336  
 
           
Global product sales, net
    19,759       20,314  
 
           
RX Partner
    8,278       33,295  
OTC Partner
    2,408       2,305  
Promotional Partner
    3,201       3,279  
Other
    17       9  
 
           
Total revenues
    33,663       59,202  
 
           
 
               
Gross profit
    13,677       30,902  
 
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,770 )   $ 83,792  
 
           
 
               
Net income (loss) per share (basic)
  $ (0.13 )   $ 1.42  
 
           
Net income (loss) per share (diluted)
  $ (0.13 )   $ 1.37  
 
           
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
               
Basic
    58,794,020       58,807,656  
 
           
Diluted
    58,794,020       61,193,296  
 
           
Quarterly computations of (unaudited) net income (loss) per share amounts are made independently for each quarterly reporting period, and the sum of the per share amounts for the quarterly reporting periods may not equal the per share amounts for the year-to-date reporting period.

Page F-86 of F-86


Table of Contents

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
(in $ 000’s)
                                         
Column A   Column B   Column C   Column D   Column E
    Balance at   Charge to   Charge to           Balance at
    Beginning of   Costs and   Other           End of
Description   Period   Expenses   Accounts   Deductions   Period
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
  $ 80,605     $ 4,365     $     $     $ 84,970  
 
                                       
Inventory reserve
    5,260       516                   5,776  
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006
(in $ 000’s)
                                         
Column A   Column B   Column C   Column D   Column E
    Balance at   Charge to   Charge to           Balance at
    Beginning of   Costs and   Other           End of
Description   Period   Expenses   Accounts   Deductions   Period
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
  $ 84,970     $ 6,992     $     $     $ 91,962  
 
                                       
Inventory reserve
    5,776       (2,857 )                 2,919  
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
(in $ 000’s)
                                         
Column A   Column B   Column C   Column D   Column E
    Balance at   Charge to   Charge to           Balance at
    Beginning of   Costs and   Other           End of
Description   Period   Expenses   Accounts   Deductions   Period
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
  $ 91,962     $ (81,485 )   $ (10,477 )   $     $  
Inventory reserve
    2,919       229                   3,148  
Reserve for bad debts
          550                   550  
At June 30, 2007, the Company reversed the deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the amount of $ 91,962, of which $ 10,477 was credited to additional-paid-in-capital as the tax benefit related to employee stock options exercised prior to January 01, 2006.

S-1


Table of Contents

     
SIGNATURES
          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
Date: October 10, 2008   Impax Laboratories, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Larry Hsu, Ph.D.    
         
    Name:    Larry Hsu, Ph.D.   
         
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   

 


Table of Contents

     
EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  3.1    
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated August 30, 2004.
       
 
  3.2    
By-Laws.
       
 
  4.1    
Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.
       
 
  4.2    
Form of Debenture ( incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee, listed on Exhibit 4.3).
       
 
  4.3    
Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee.
       
 
  4.4    
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2005, between the Company and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee.
       
 
  4.5    
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers named therein.
       
 
  4.6    
Promissory Note dated June 7, 2006, issued by the Company to Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
       
 
  10.1    
Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2005, between the Company and Wachovia Bank, National Association.
       
 
  10.2    
Purchase Agreement, dated June 26, 2005, between the Company and the Purchasers named therein.
       
 
  10.3    
1995 Stock Incentive Plan.*
       
 
  10.4    
1999 Equity Incentive Plan.*
       
 
  10.5    
2001 Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*
       
 
  10.6    
Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan(Corrected).*
       
 
  10.7    
Executive Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, restated effective January 1, 2005.*
       
 
  10.8    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 14, 1999, between the Company and Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.*
       
 
  10.9    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 14, 1999, between the Company and Larry Hsu, Ph.D.*
       
 
  10.10    
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2006, between the Company and David S. Doll.*
       
 
  10.11    
Separation Agreement and General Release, dated July 30, 2008, between the Company and David S. Doll.*
       
 
  10.12    
Consulting Agreement, effective as of September 4, 2008, between the Company and David S. Doll.*
       
 
  10.13    
Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated June 27, 2001, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.13.1    
Letter Amendment, dated October 8, 2003, to Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated June 27, 2001, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.13.2    
Letter Agreement, dated March 24, 2005, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.13.3    
Letter Amendment, dated March 24, 2005 and effective January 1, 2005, to Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated June 27, 2001, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.13.4    
Amendment, dated January 24, 2006, to Strategic Alliance Agreement, dated June 27, 2001, between the Company and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V.**
       
 
  10.14    
Master 300mg Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2006, among the Company, Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V., and Anchen Pharmaceuticals, Inc.**
       
 
  10.15    
Development, License and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Wyeth , acting through its Wyeth Consumer Healthcare Division.**
       
 
  10.15.1    
Amendment, dated as of July 9, 2004, to Development, License and Supply


Table of Contents

     
         
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
       
Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Wyeth, acting through its Wyeth Consumer Healthcare Division.**
       
 
  10.15.2    
Amendment, dated as of February 14, 2005, to Development, License and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Wyeth, acting through its Wyeth Consumer Healthcare Division.**
       
 
  10.16    
Licensing, Contract Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Schering Corporation.**
       
 
  10.16.1    
Amendment No. 3, effective as of July 23, 2004, to Licensing, Contract Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Schering Corporation.**
       
 
  10.16.2    
Amendment No. 4, effective as of December 15, 2006, to Licensing, Contract Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2002, between the Company and Schering Corporation.**
       
 
  10.17    
Supply and Distribution Agreement, dated as of November 3, 2005, between the Company and DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc.**
       
 
  10.17.1    
Amendment No. 2, dated February 6, 2007, to Supply and Distribution Agreement, dated November 3, 2005, between the Company and DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc.**
       
 
  10.18    
Patent License Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2007, by and among Purdue Pharma L.P., The P.F. Laboratories, Inc., Purdue Pharmaceuticals L.P. and the Company.**
       
 
  10.19    
Supplemental License Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2007, by and among Purdue Pharma L.P., The P.F. Laboratories, Inc., Purdue Pharmaceuticals L.P. and the Company.**
       
 
  10.20    
Sublicense Agreement, effective as of March 30, 2007, between the Company and DAVA Pharmaceuticals, Inc.**
       
 
  10.21    
Promotional Services Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2006, between the Company and Shire US Inc.**
       
 
  10.22    
Co-promotion Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2008, between the Company and Wyeth, acting through its Wyeth Pharmaceuticals Division.**
       
 
  11.1    
Statement re computation of per share earnings (incorporated by reference to Note 17 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 10 to (Unaudited) Interim Consolidated Financial Statements included in this registration statement).
       
 
  21.1    
Subsidiaries of the registrant.
 
*   Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
**   To be filed by amendment.

EXHIBIT 3.1
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
It is hereby certified that:
1. The present name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed under the name Global Pharmaceutical Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 23, 1995.
2. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in accordance with the provisions of Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation only restates and integrates and does not further amend the provisions of the Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and there is no discrepancy between those provisions and the provisions of such Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
3. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, is hereby restated so as to read in its entirety as follows:
First: The name of the corporation is IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. (hereinafter called the “Corporation”).
Second: The registered office of the Corporation is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
Third: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity, without limitation, for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
Fourth:
Section 1. Authorization.
(a) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is Ninety Two Million (92,000,000) shares, consisting of (i) Ninety Million (90,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and (ii) Two Million (2,000,000) shares designated preferred stock, $.01 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”).
1

 


 

(b) The Preferred Stock may be issued in any number of series, including, without limitation, Preferred Stock, and any other series designated by the Board of Directors pursuant to this ARTICLE FOURTH and ARTICLE SIXTH.
Fifth:
Section 1. Common Stock; Identical Rights. Except as expressly provided otherwise in this ARTICLE FIFTH or as required by law, all shares of Common Stock shall be identical and shall entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges.
Section 2. Dividends. Subject to any preferential or other rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may cause dividends to be declared and paid on outstanding shares of Common Stock out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. When, as and if such dividends are declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, whether payable in cash, property, or securities of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share equally therein, in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.
Section 3. Liquidation Rights. Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment to all creditors of the Corporation of the full amounts to which they shall be entitled and subject to any preferential or other rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of all classes of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably, in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder, in all remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution among the stockholders of the Corporation, whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings.
For the purposes of this Section 3, neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, nor the sale, lease, exchange or transfer by the Corporation of all or any part of its assets, nor the reduction of the capital stock of the Corporation, shall be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Corporation.
Section 4. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by law, and subject to the voting rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the approval of all matters brought before the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of Common Stock that are present in person or represented by proxy voting as a single class.
2

 


 

Sixth: ADDITIONAL SERIES OF PREFERRED STOCK
Section 1. Designation of Additional Series of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions thereof, to provide for, designate and issue, out of the 2,000,000 authorized but undesignated and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, one or more series of Preferred Stock, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. Before any shares of any such series are issued, the Board of Directors shall fix, and hereby is expressly empowered to fix, by resolution or resolutions, the following provisions of the shares of any such series:
(a) the designation of such series, the number of shares to constitute such series and the stated value thereof, if different from the par value thereof;
(b) whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights or powers, in addition to any voting rights required by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights or powers, which may be full or limited;
(c) the dividends, if any, payable on such series, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, and the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of stock or any other class or any other series of this class;
(d) whether the shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by the Corporation and, if so, the times, prices and other conditions of such redemption;
(e) the amount or amounts payable upon shares of such series upon, and the rights of the holders of such series in, the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or upon any distribution of the assets, of the Corporation;
(f) whether the shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;
(g) whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of capital stock of any other class or any other series of this class or any other securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and condition or exchange;
(h) the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Corporation of, the Common Stock or shares of capital stock of any other class or any other series of this class;
(i) the conditions or restrictions, if any, to be effective while any shares of such series are outstanding upon the creation of indebtedness of the Corporation upon the issue of any additional stock, including additional shares of such series or of any other series of this class or of any other class; and
3

 


 

(j) any other powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.
The powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized from time to time to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) the number of shares of capital stock of any series of Preferred Stock designated as any one or more series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this ARTICLE SIXTH.
Seventh: The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws so provide.
Eighth: The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized and empowered from time to time in its discretion to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation, except as such power may be restricted or limited by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
Ninth: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class value of the creditors or class of creditors and/or of the stockholders, or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all creditors or class of creditors, and/or all the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.
Tenth: The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights and powers conferred herein on stockholders, directors and officers are subject to this reserved power.
4

 


 

Eleventh: The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by paragraph (7) of subsection (b) of Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented. No amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE ELEVENTH shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to the effective date of such amendment or repeal.
Twelfth: The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same may be amended and supplemented, indemnify any and all persons who it shall have power to indemnify under said section from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section, and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its undersigned officer this 30th day of August, 2004.
         
  IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Barry R. Edwards    
    Barry R. Edwards   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
5

 

EXHIBIT 3.2
B Y - L A W S
OF
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
SECTION 1. OFFICES. The Corporation shall maintain its registered office in the State of Delaware at 32 Loockerman Square, Suite L-l00, in the County of Kent, and its resident agent at such address is the Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc. The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint or as the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
SECTION 1. ANNUAL MEETINGS. Annual meetings of stockholders for the election of directors and for such other business as may properly be conducted at such meeting shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution and set forth in the notice of the meeting. In the event that the Board of Directors fails to so determine the time, date and place for the annual meeting, it shall be held, beginning in 1996, at the principal office of the Corporation at 10 o’clock A.M. on the last Friday in March of each year.
SECTION 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of stockholders, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief

 


 

Executive Officer or by resolution of the Board of Directors and shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary upon the written request of not less than 10% in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat. Notice of each special meeting shall be given in accordance with Section 3 of this Article II. Unless otherwise permitted by law, business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose stated in the notice.
SECTION 3. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting, which shall state the place, date and time of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or delivered to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat. Such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of any such meeting.
SECTION 4. QUORUM. Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders.
SECTION 5. VOTING. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. Upon the request of not less than l0% in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting, voting shall be by written ballot. All elections of directors shall be decided by plurality vote. Unless otherwise required by law, these By-Laws or the Certificate of Incorporation, all other corporate action shall be decided by majority vote.
SECTION 6. INSPECTORS. The Board of Directors may, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting or any
-2-

 


 

adjournment thereof. If any of the inspectors so appointed shall fail to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting may, or if inspectors shall not have been appointed, the chairman of the meeting shall, appoint one or more inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors shall determine the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the results, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an inspector of an election of directors.
SECTION 7. CHAIRMAN OF MEETINGS. The Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, if one is elected, or, in his absence or disability, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders.
SECTION 8. SECRETARY OF MEETING. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a person to act as Secretary at such meetings.
SECTION 9. LISTS OF STOCKHOLDERS. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of
-3-

 


 

stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number and class of shares held by each. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the meeting and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.
SECTION 10. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at such meetings, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.
SECTION 11. ADJOURNMENT. At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum be present, a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting which might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the
-4-

 


 

adjournment a new record date, as provided for in Section 5 of Article V of these By-Laws, is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. POWERS. The property, business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and controlled by its Board of Directors. The Board shall exercise all of the powers and duties conferred by law except as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.
SECTION 2. NUMBER AND TERM. The number of directors shall be fixed at no less than one nor more than ten. Within the limits specified above, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. The Board of Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting, and each director shall be elected to serve for the term of one year and until his successor shall be elected and qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.
SECTION 3. RESIGNATIONS. Any director may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing, and shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by the President or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
SECTION 4. REMOVAL. Subject to any written agreement among all of the Stockholders of the Corporation, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed either for or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors at any annual or special meeting of the
-5-

 


 

stockholders called for that purpose. Subject to any written agreement among all of the Stockholders of the Corporation, vacancies thus created may be filled at such meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote or, if the vacancies are not so filled, by the directors as provided in Section 5 of this Article III.
SECTION 5. VACANCIES AND NEWLY CREATED DIRECTORSHIPS. Except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III, and subject to any written agreement among all of the Stockholders of the Corporation, any vacancies occurring in any directorship and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office. Any director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor and until his successor shall be elected and qualify or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. The Board may not fill the vacancy created by removal of a director by electing the director so removed.
SECTION 6. MEETINGS. The newly elected directors shall hold their first meeting to organize the Corporation, elect officers and transact any other business which may properly come before the meeting. An annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after each annual meeting of the stockholders, or at such time and place as may be noticed for the meeting.
Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the directors.
Special meetings of the Board shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer or by the Secretary on the written request of any director with at least two days’ notice to each director and shall be held at such place as may be determined by the directors or as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.
-6-

 


 

SECTION 7. QUORUM VOTING AND ADJOURNMENT. A majority of the total number of directors or any committee thereof shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.
SECTION 8. COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Board, designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Executive Committee and an Audit Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to amend the Certificate of Incorporation, adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s properties and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend these By-Laws. Unless a resolution of the Board expressly provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock of the Corporation. All committees of the Board shall report their proceedings to the Board when required.
-7-

 


 

SECTION 9. ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or any committee thereof consent thereto in writing.
SECTION 10. COMPENSATION. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors for their services. A director may also serve the Corporation in other capacities and receive compensation therefor.
SECTION 11. TELEPHONIC MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such telephonic meeting shall constitute the presence in person at such meeting.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
SECTION 1. OFFICERS. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice-Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers and assistant officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable. Except for the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, the Board may refrain from filling any of the said offices at any time and from time to time. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The following officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the time, in the manner and for such terms as the Board of Directors from time to time shall determine: Chairman of the Board,
-8-

 


 

Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary. The Chief Executive Officer may appoint such other officers and assistant officers as he may deem advisable provided such officers or assistant officers have a title no higher than Vice-President, who shall hold office for such periods as the Chief Executive Officer shall determine.
SECTION 2. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall be a member of the Board of Directors and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. In addition, the Chairman of the Board shall have such powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision of all of the departments and business of the Corporation; he or she shall prescribe the duties of the other officers and employees and see to the proper performance thereof. The Chief Executive Officer shall be responsible for having all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall execute on behalf of the Corporation and may affix or cause to be affixed a seal to all authorized documents and instruments requiring such execution, except to the extent that signing and execution thereof shall have been delegated to some other officer or agent of the Corporation by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be a member of the Board of Directors. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board or his or her refusal to act, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at meetings of the Board. In general, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and exercise all the powers and authorities incident to his or her office or as prescribed by the Board of Directors.
-9-

 


 

SECTION 4. PRESIDENT. The President shall perform such duties as customarily pertain to the office of President or are prescribed by the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer. In the absence, disability or refusal of the Chief Executive Officer to act, or the vacancy of such office, the President shall perform the duties and have the powers and authorities of the Chief Executive Officer.
SECTION 5. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER. The Chief Operating Officer shall perform such duties as customarily pertain to the office of Chief Operating Officer or are prescribed by the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer or President. In the absence, disability or refusal of the President to act, or the vacancy of such office, the Chief Operating Officer shall perform the duties and have the powers and authorities of the President.
SECTION 6. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal financial and accounting officer of the Corporation and shall have such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer or President.
SECTION 7. VICE PRESIDENTS. Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive and/or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers, shall perform such duties and shall be subject to such supervision as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Operating Officer. In the event of the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer or the President or their refusal to act, the Vice-Presidents, in the order of their rank, and within the same rank in the order of their seniority, shall perform the duties and have the powers and authorities of the Chief Executive Officer and President, except to the extent inconsistent with applicable law.
-10-

 


 

SECTION 8. TREASURER. The Treasurer, if one is elected, shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. He shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers therefor. He shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board shall prescribe. The Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him by the Board.
SECTION 9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall be the Chief Administrative Officer of the Corporation and shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept; (b) cause all notices required by these By-Laws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall keep a seal of the Corporation, and, when authorized by the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer or the President, cause the seal to be affixed to any documents and instruments requiring it. The Secretary shall act under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and President or such other officer as the Chief Executive Officer or President may designate. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as
-11-

 


 

prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, President or such other supervising officer as the Chief Executive Officer or President may designate.
SECTION 10. ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board.
SECTION 11. CORPORATE FUNDS AND CHECKS. The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 12. CONTRACTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS. The Chief Executive Officer or President, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.
SECTION 13. OWNERSHIP OF STOCK OF ANOTHER CORPORATION. The Chief Executive Officer or President, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation
-12-

 


 

holds stock and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.
SECTION 14. DELEGATION OF DUTIES. In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his duties, the Board of Directors may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.
SECTION 15. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors and regardless of the term for which such officer was elected. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3 of Article III of these By-Laws.
SECTION 16. VACANCIES. The Board of Directors shall have power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number and class of shares of stock in the Corporation owned by him. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.
-13-

 


 

SECTION 2. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Such certificates shall be cancelled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so. The Board shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.
SECTION 3. LOST CERTIFICATES. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation, alleged to have to have been lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated, and the Board of Directors may, in their discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Board may direct, not exceeding double the value of the stock, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith.
SECTION 4. STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder thereof, in fact, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.
-14-

 


 

SECTION 5. STOCKHOLDERS RECORD DATE. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
SECTION 6. DIVIDENDS. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may at any regular or social meeting, out of funds legally available therefor, declare dividends upon the stock of the Corporation. Before the declaration of any dividend, the Board of Directors may set apart, out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as from time to time in their discretion may be deemed proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for such other purposes as shall be deemed conducive to the interests of the Corporation.
SECTION 7. FRACTIONAL SHARE. The Company shall have the complete discretion to issue fractional shares.
ARTICLE VI
NOTICE AND WAIVER OF NOTICE
SECTION 1. NOTICE. Whenever any written notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, such notice, if mailed, shall be deemed to
-15-

 


 

be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the person entitled to such notice at his address as it appears in the books and records of the Corporation. Such notice may also be sent by telegram.
SECTION 2. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, a written waiver thereof signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of the Board need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS
SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS. These By-Laws may be amended or repealed or new By-Laws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board. If any By-Law regulating an impending election of directors is adopted, amended or repealed by the Board, there shall be set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders for the election of directors the By-Law(s) so adopted, amended, or repealed, together with a precise statement of the changes made. By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors may be amended or repealed by shareholders.
-16-

 


 

ARTICLE VIII
SECTION 1. SEAL. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall have the name of the Corporation on the circumference and the jurisdiction and year of incorporation in the center.
SECTION 2. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, or such other twelve consecutive months as the Board of Directors may designate.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION
SECTION 1. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
-17-

 


 

SECTION 2. PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that the payment of expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise.
SECTION 3. CLAIMS. If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this Article is not paid in full within sixty days (60) after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.
SECTION 4. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on any person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
SECTION 5. OTHER INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit enterprise.
-18-

 


 

SECTION 6. INSURANCE. The Board of Directors may authorize, by a vote of a majority of a quorum of the Board of Directors, the Corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article IX or of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
SECTION 7. DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Article IX, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article IX with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article IX, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes
-19-

 


 

duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article IX.
SECTION 8. LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS. No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however, that this, limitation shall not eliminate or limit the liabilities of the directors for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or for any transaction from which the director derived art improper personal benefit; provided further, that this limitation shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any act or omission occurring prior to the adoption of these By-Laws.
SECTION 9. AMENDMENT OR REPEAL. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
-20-

 

EXHIBIT 4.1
(GRAPHIC)

 


 

SPECIMEN
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
     The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Corporation and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Such request may be made to the Corporation or the Transfer Agent.
     The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
                 
TEN COM
  as tenants in common       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT –                           Custodian                        
TEN ENT
  as tenants by the entireties                (Cust)                               (Minor)
JT TEN
  as joint tenants with right of
          under Uniform Gifts to Minors
 
     survivorship and not as tenants           Act                                              
 
     in common                                  (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
     For Value Received,                                                                                                                    hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
     
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
   
 
   
 
   
 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
 
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Attorney to transfer the said shares of Common Stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated                                          
         
 
       
     
 
  NOTICE:   THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
     
 
   
 
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPR6VED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
   

 

EXHIBIT 4.3
EXECUTION COPY
 
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
To
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
INDENTURE
Dated as of
June 27, 2005
3.5% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES DUE 2012
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    PAGE  
ARTICLE 1 Definitions
    1  
Section 1.01. Definitions
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 Issue, Description, Execution, Registration And Exchange Of Debentures
    12  
Section 2.01. Designation Amount And Issue Of Debentures
    12  
Section 2.02. Form of Debentures
    12  
Section 2.03. Date And Denomination Of Debentures; Payments Of Interest
    13  
Section 2.04. Execution of Debentures
    14  
Section 2.05. Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures; Restrictions on Transfer
    15  
Section 2.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures
    21  
Section 2.07. Temporary Debentures
    22  
Section 2.08. Cancellation of Debentures
    22  
Section 2.09. CUSIP Numbers
    23  
Section 2.10. Rank
    23  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 Redemption And Repurchase Of Debentures
    23  
Section 3.01. Redemption of Debentures
    23  
Section 3.02. [Intentionally Omitted.]
    23  
Section 3.03. [Intentionally Omitted.]
    23  
Section 3.04. [Intentionally Omitted.]
    23  
Section 3.05. Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Designated Event
    23  
Section 3.06. Repurchase of Debentures by the Company at Option of the Holder
    28  
Section 3.07. Company Repurchase Notice
    29  
Section 3.08. Effect of Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice
    30  
Section 3.09. Deposit of Purchase Price
    31  
Section 3.10. Debentures Repurchased in Part
    31  
Section 3.11. Repayment to the Company
    31  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 Subordination Of Debentures
    32  
Section 4.01. Agreement of Subordination
    32  
Section 4.02. Payments to Debentureholders
    32  
Section 4.03. Subrogation of Debentures
    35  
Section 4.04. Authorization to Effect Subordination
    36  
Section 4.05. Notice to Trustee
    36  
Section 4.06. Trustee’s Relation to Senior Indebtedness
    37  
Section 4.07. No Impairment of Subordination
    37  
Section 4.08. Certain Conversions Not Deemed Payment
    38  
Section 4.09. Article Applicable to Paying Agents
    38  
Section 4.10. Senior Indebtedness Entitled to Rely
    38  
Section 4.11. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent
    38  

 


 

         
    PAGE  
ARTICLE 5 Make-Whole Premium
    39  
Section 5.01. Make-Whole Premium
    39  
Section 5.02. Payment Of Make-Whole Premium
    41  
Section 5.03. Adjustments Relating To The Make-Whole Premium
    41  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 Particular Covenants Of The Company
    42  
Section 6.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest
    42  
Section 6.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
    42  
Section 6.03. Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office
    42  
Section 6.04. Provisions as to Paying Agent
    42  
Section 6.05. Existence
    43  
Section 6.06. Maintenance of Properties
    44  
Section 6.07. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
    44  
Section 6.08. Rule 144A Information Requirement
    44  
Section 6.09. Extension and Usury Laws
    45  
Section 6.10. Compliance Certificate
    45  
Section 6.11. Liquidated Damages Notice
    45  
Section 6.12. Limitation on Indebtedness
    45  
Section 6.13. Prohibition on Certain Issuances and Offers
    46  
Section 6.14. Disclosure on Finalization of Make-Whole Premium Table
    46  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 Debentureholders’ Lists And Reports By The Company And The Trustee
    47  
Section 7.01. Debentureholders’ Lists
    47  
Section 7.02. Preservation And Disclosure Of Lists
    47  
Section 7.03. Reports By Trustee
    47  
Section 7.04. Reports by Company
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 Remedies Of The Trustee And Debentureholders On An Event Of Default
    48  
Section 8.01. Events Of Default
    48  
Section 8.02. Payments of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor
    50  
Section 8.03. Application of Monies Collected By Trustee
    52  
Section 8.04. Proceedings by Debentureholder
    52  
Section 8.05. Proceedings By Trustee
    53  
Section 8.06. Remedies Cumulative And Continuing
    53  
Section 8.07. Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults By Majority of Debentureholders
    54  
Section 8.08. Notice of Defaults
    54  
Section 8.09. Undertaking To Pay Costs
    54  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 The Trustee
    55  
Section 9.01. Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee
    55  
Section 9.02. Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc
    56  
Section 9.03. No Responsibility For Recitals, Etc
    57  
Section 9.04. Trustee, Paying Agents, Conversion Agents or Registrar May Own Debentures
    57  
Section 9.05. Monies to Be Held in Trust
    58  
Section 9.06. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee
    58  
Section 9.07. Officers’ Certificate As Evidence
    58  

ii


 

         
    PAGE  
Section 9.08. Conflicting Interests of Trustee
    59  
Section 9.09. Eligibility of Trustee
    59  
Section 9.10. Resignation or Removal of Trustee
    59  
Section 9.11. Acceptance by Successor Trustee
    60  
Section 9.12. Succession By Merger
    61  
Section 9.13. Preferential Collection of Claims
    61  
 
       
ARTICLE 10 The Debentureholders
    61  
Section 10.01. Action By Debentureholders
    61  
Section 10.02. Proof of Execution by Debentureholders
    62  
Section 10.03. Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners
    62  
Section 10.04. Company-owned Debentures Disregarded
    62  
Section 10.05. Revocation Of Consents, Future Holders Bound
    63  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 Meetings Of Debentureholders
    63  
Section 11.01. Purpose Of Meetings
    63  
Section 11.02. Call Of Meetings By Trustee
    63  
Section 11.03. Call Of Meetings By Company Or Debentureholders
    64  
Section 11.04. Qualifications For Voting
    64  
Section 11.05. Regulations
    64  
Section 11.06. Voting
    65  
Section 11.07. No Delay Of Rights By Meeting
    65  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 Supplemental Indentures
    65  
Section 12.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Debentureholders
    65  
Section 12.02. Supplemental Indenture With Consent Of Debentureholders
    67  
Section 12.03. Effect Of Supplemental Indenture
    68  
Section 12.04. Notation On Debentures
    68  
Section 12.05. Evidence Of Compliance Of Supplemental Indenture To Be Furnished To Trustee
    68  
 
       
ARTICLE 13 Consolidation, Merger, Sale, Conveyance And Lease
    69  
Section 13.01. Company May Consolidate On Certain Terms
    69  
Section 13.02. Successor To Be Substituted
    69  
Section 13.03. Opinion Of Counsel To Be Given Trustee
    70  
 
       
ARTICLE 14 Satisfaction And Discharge Of Indenture
    70  
Section 14.01. Discharge Of Indenture
    70  
Section 14.02. Deposited Monies To Be Held In Trust By Trustee
    71  
Section 14.03. Paying Agent To Repay Monies Held
    71  
Section 14.04. Return Of Unclaimed Monies
    71  
Section 14.05. Reinstatement
    71  
 
       
ARTICLE 15 Immunity Of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers And Directors
    71  
Section 15.01. Indenture And Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations
    71  

iii


 

         
    PAGE  
ARTICLE 16 Conversion Of Debentures
    72  
Section 16.01. Right To Convert
    72  
Section 16.02. Exercise Of Conversion Privilege; Issuance Of Common Stock On Conversion; No Adjustment For Interest Or Dividends
    74  
Section 16.03. Payment Upon Conversion
    77  
Section 16.04. Cash Payments in Lieu of Fractional Shares
    79  
Section 16.05. Adjustment Of Conversion Rate
    79  
Section 16.06. Effect Of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale
    87  
Section 16.07. Taxes On Shares Issued
    89  
Section 16.08. Reservation of Shares, Shares to Be Fully Paid; Compliance With Governmental Requirements; Listing of Common Stock
    89  
Section 16.09. Responsibility Of Trustee
    90  
Section 16.10. Notice To Holders Prior To Certain Actions
    90  
Section 16.11. Stockholder Rights Plans
    91  
 
       
ARTICLE 17 Miscellaneous Provisions
    92  
Section 17.01. Provisions Binding On Company’s Successors
    92  
Section 17.02. Official Acts By Successor Corporation
    92  
Section 17.03. Addresses For Notices, Etc
    92  
Section 17.04. Governing Law
    92  
Section 17.05. Evidence Of Compliance With Conditions Precedent, Certificates To Trustee
    92  
Section 17.06. Legal Holidays
    93  
Section 17.07. Trust Indenture Act
    93  
Section 17.08. No Security Interest Created
    93  
Section 17.09. Benefits Of Indenture
    93  
Section 17.10. Table Of Contents, Headings, Etc
    94  
Section 17.11. Authenticating Agent
    94  
Section 17.12. Execution In Counterparts
    95  
Section 17.13. Severability
    95  
 
Exhibit A            Form of Debenture
    A-1  
Exhibit B            Examples of Make-Whole Premium Tables
    B-1  

iv


 

INDENTURE
INDENTURE dated as of June 27, 2005 between Impax Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “COMPANY”), having its principal office at 3735 Castor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19124 and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee hereunder (hereinafter called the “TRUSTEE”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issue of its 3.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures Due 2012 (hereinafter called the “DEBENTURES”), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75,000,000 and, to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Debentures are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and
WHEREAS, the Debentures, the certificate of authentication to be borne by the Debentures, a form of assignment, a form of option to elect repurchase upon a designated event, a form of repurchase notice and a form of conversion notice to be borne by the Debentures are to be substantially in the forms hereinafter provided for; and
WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Debentures, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent, as in this Indenture provided, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to constitute this Indenture a valid agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issue hereunder of the Debentures have in all respects been duly authorized,
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Debentures are, and are to be, authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the Debentures by the Holders thereof, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Debentures (except as otherwise provided below), as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.01. Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this Indenture. The words “HEREIN”, “HEREOF”, “HEREUNDER” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other Subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.

 


 

“1.250% DEBENTURES” means the convertible senior subordinated debentures issued pursuant to the 2004 Indenture.
“2004 INDENTURE” means the Indenture dated as of April 5, 2004 between the Company and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Trustee, under which the Company’s 1.250% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2024 are issued and outstanding.
“90% CONDITION” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(a).
“ADJUSTMENT EVENT” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(i).
“AGENT MEMBERS” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).
“AFFILIATE” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “CONTROL”, when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
“APPLICABLE FEDERAL FUNDS RATE” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded up to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) equal to weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
“AVERAGE CLOSING PRICE” means the arithmetic average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including June 20, 2005.
“BOARD OF DIRECTORS” means the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee of such Board duly authorized to act for it hereunder.
“BUSINESS DAY” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to close.
“CALCULATION AGENT” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(d).
“CASH AMOUNT” has the meaning specified in Section 16.03(a).
“CASH SETTLEMENT NOTICE PERIOD” has the meaning specified in Section 16.03(a).
“CLOSING SALE PRICE” of any security on any date means the closing sale price per share (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such date as reported in composite transactions for the principal United States

2


 

securities exchange on which such securities are traded or, if such securities are not listed on a United States national or regional securities exchange, as reported by the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq Small Cap Market or, if neither, by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated. In the absence of such a quotation, the Company shall be entitled to determine the Closing Sale Price on the basis it considers appropriate. The Closing Sale Price shall be determined without reference to extended or after hours trading.
“COMMISSION” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.
“COMMON STOCK” means any stock of any class of the Company which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which is not subject to redemption by the Company. Subject to the provisions of Section 16.06, however, shares issuable on conversion of Debentures shall include only shares of the class designated as common stock of the Company at the date of this Indenture (namely, the Common Stock, par value $.01) or shares of any class or classes resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which are not subject to redemption by the Company; provided that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable on conversion shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications.
“COMPANY” means the corporation named as the “COMPANY” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and, subject to the provisions of Article 13 and Section 16.06, shall include its successors and assigns.
“COMPANY REPURCHASE NOTICE” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).
“COMPANY REPURCHASE NOTICE DATE” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b).
“CONTINUING DIRECTORS” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(a).
“CONVERSION DATE” has the meaning specified in Section 16.02.
“CONVERSION LIMITATION” has the meaning specified in Section 16.02(b).
“CONVERSION OBLIGATION” has the meaning specified in Section 16.01.
“CONVERSION PRICE” means, as of any Conversion Date or other date of determination, the dollar amount equal to 130% of the Average Closing Price, subject to adjustment as provided herein.

3


 

“CONVERSION RATE” for each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures, shall equal the quotient of $1,000 divided by the applicable Conversion Price.
“CONVERSION REFERENCE PERIOD” has the meaning specified in Section 16.03(a).
“CONVERSION RETRACTION PERIOD” has the meaning specified in Section 16.03(a).
“CONVERSION SETTLEMENT DATE” means, with respect to the Conversion Settlement Distribution, the third Business Day immediately following the date the Conversion Settlement Distribution is determined.
“CONVERSION SETTLEMENT DISTRIBUTION” has the meaning specified in Section 16.03(a).
“CONVERSION SHARES CAP” has the meaning specified in Section 16.02(c).
“CONVERSION TRIGGER PRICE” has the meaning specified in Section 16.01(a).
“CONVERSION VALUE” has the meaning specified in Section 16.03(a).
“CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE” or other similar term, means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business as it relates to this Indenture shall be administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.
“COST THRESHOLD” means, as of any date of determination, the number of basis points set forth in the table below for the Applicable Federal Funds Rate on such date.
         
APPLICABLE FEDERAL    
FUNDS RATE   COST THRESHOLD
> = 3 %   300
> = 4 %   375
> = 5 %   400
> = 6 %   425
> = 7 %   525
> = 8 %   600
> = 9 %   700
> = 10 %   750
“CURRENT MARKET PRICE” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(f).
“CUSTODIAN” means HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as custodian with respect to the Debentures in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
“DAILY SHARE AMOUNT” has the meaning specified in Section 16.03(a).

4


 

“DEBENTURE” or “DEBENTURES” means any Debenture or Debentures, as the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, including any Global Debenture.
“DEBENTURE REGISTER” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.
“DEBENTURE REGISTRAR” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.
“DEBENTUREHOLDER” or “HOLDER” as applied to any Debenture, or other similar terms (but excluding the term “BENEFICIAL HOLDER”), means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Debenture is registered on the Debenture Registrar’s books.
“DECLARATION DATE” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(i).
“DEFAULT” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default.
“DEFAULTED INTEREST” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03.
“DEPOSITARY” means, the clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as the Depositary for the Global Debentures. The Depository Trust Company shall be the initial Depositary, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “DEPOSITARY” shall mean or include such successor.
“DESIGNATED EVENT” means the occurrence of (a) a Fundamental Change or (b) the termination of trading in the Common Stock (or other securities into which the Debentures are at such time convertible) on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq Small Cap Market, any United States national securities exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board, following which the Common Stock (or other securities into which the Debentures are at such time convertible) is no longer approved for trading on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq Small Cap Market, any United States national securities exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board; provided, however, that until such time as the Company files its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004,a termination of trading as a result of the matters set forth in Item 3.01 of each of the Company’s Current Report on Forms 8-K dated March 25, 2005 and filed on March 31, 2005, dated April 5, 2005 and filed April 7, 2005 and dated May 17, 2005 and filed May 23, 2005 shall not be considered a Designated Event hereunder.
“DESIGNATED EVENT CONVERSION/REPURCHASE PERIOD” means the period beginning upon receipt of the Designated Event Notice and ending thirty (30) Trading Days after the Effective Date.
“DESIGNATED EVENT EXPIRATION TIME” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(b).
“DESIGNATED EVENT NOTICE” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(b).
“DESIGNATED EVENT REPURCHASE DATE” means the Effective Date for a Designated Event. With respect to any repurchase for which a Designated Event Repurchase

5


 

Notice has been delivered after the Effective Date and during the Designated Event Conversion/Repurchase Period, the Designated Event Repurchase Date shall mean the date that is three (3) Business Days following the earlier of (i) the end of the Designated Event Conversion/Repurchase Period and (ii) the date of delivery of the Designated Event Repurchase Notice. With respect to any conversion for which a conversion notice is delivered after the Effective Date and during the Designated Event Conversion/Repurchase Period in accordance with Section 16.02, the Designated Event Repurchase Date shall mean the date that is three (3) Business Days following the applicable Conversion Date.
“DESIGNATED EVENT REPURCHASE NOTICE” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(c).
“DESIGNATED EVENT REPURCHASE PRICE” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(a).
“DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS” means all obligations under the Senior Credit Facility which, at the date of determination, is allowed pursuant to Section 6.12 of this Indenture.
“DETERMINATION DATE” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(j).
“EFFECTIVE DATE” means the date on which the applicable Designated Event occurs.
“EVENT OF DEFAULT” means any event specified in Section 8.01 as an Event of Default.
“EX-DIVIDEND TIME” has the meaning specified in Section 16.01(b).
“EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
“EXCHANGE PROPERTY” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.01(c).
“EXPIRATION TIME” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(e).
“FAIR MARKET VALUE” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(f).
“FISCAL QUARTER” means, with respect to the Company, first, second and third quarters ending March 31, June 30 and September 30, respectively. The Company has a 52 or 53 week fiscal year that ends on the Friday closest to December 31. The Company shall confirm the ending dates of its fiscal quarters for the current fiscal year to the Trustee upon the Trustee’s request.
“FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(a).
“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. All accounting and financial terms, unless specifically defined in this Indenture, will be interpreted in accordance with GAAP.

6


 

“GLOBAL DEBENTURE” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.
“INDEBTEDNESS” means, with respect to any Person, and without duplication, (a) all indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person for borrowed money (including obligations of the Person in respect of overdrafts, foreign exchange contracts, currency exchange agreements, interest rate protection agreements, and any loans or advances from banks, whether or not evidenced by notes or similar instruments) or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or to only a portion thereof), other than any account payable or other accrued current liability or obligation incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services; (b) all reimbursement obligations and other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances; (c) all obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) in respect of leases of such Person required, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, to be accounted for as capitalized lease obligations on the balance sheet of such Person and all obligations and other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) under any lease or related document (including a purchase agreement) in connection with the lease of real property which provides that such Person is contractually obligated to purchase or cause a third party to purchase the leased property and thereby guarantee a minimum residual value of the leased property to the lessor and the obligations of such Person under such lease or related document to purchase or to cause a third party to purchase such leased property; (d) all obligations of such Person (contingent or otherwise) with respect to an interest rate or other swap, cap or collar agreement or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge, exchange, purchase or similar instrument or agreement; (e) all direct or indirect guaranties or similar agreements by such Person in respect of, and obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to purchase or otherwise acquire or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of another Person of the kind described in clauses (a) through (d); (f) any indebtedness or other obligations described in clauses (a) through (e) secured by any mortgage, pledge, lien or other encumbrance existing on property which is owned or held by such Person, regardless of whether the indebtedness or other obligation secured thereby shall have been assumed by such Person; and (g) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kind described in clauses (a) through (f).
“INDENTURE” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.
“INITIAL PURCHASER” means Highbridge International LLC.
“INITIAL SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE MATTERS” has the meaning
specified in Section 5.01(c).
“INTEREST” means, when used with reference to the Debentures, any interest payable under the terms of the Debentures, including contingent interest, if any, and Liquidated Damages, if any, payable under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

7


 

“INTEREST EXPENSE” means, with respect to the Company for any applicable period, gross interest expense of the Company for such period determined in accordance with GAAP, plus any amount of interest capitalization as an asset during the same period.
“LIQUIDATED DAMAGES” has the meaning specified for “LIQUIDATED DAMAGES AMOUNT” in Section 2(e) of the Registration Rights Agreement.
“LIQUIDATED DAMAGES NOTICE” has the meaning specified in Section 6.11.
“LTM EBITDA” means, with respect to the Company as of any date, the Net Income of the Company for the immediately preceding twelve month period (the “LTM PERIOD”) for which financials are publicly available, plus without duplication, the sum of the following amounts to the extent deducted in determining Net Income of the Company for such period: (1) Interest Expense, (2) income tax expense, (3) depreciation expense and (4) amortization expense, and minus, onetime or non-cash gains, including but not limited to (1) gains generated from disposition of assets, (2) gains resulted from reversal of charges, (3) gains resulted from change of estimates, (4) gains resulted from change of actuarial assumptions, or (5) extraordinary gains. In connection with acquisitions consummated subsequent to the commencement of the LTM Period, LTM EBITDA shall be calculated for any such acquisition on a pro forma basis for the LTM Period.
“MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(c).
“MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM TABLE” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(c).
“NET INCOME” means, with respect to the Company for any applicable period, the net income (loss) of the Company for such period, determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
“NON-ELECTING SHARE” has the meaning specified in Section 16.06(c).
“OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE”, when used with respect to the Company, means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title “VICE PRESIDENT”) and the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company.
“OPINION OF COUNSEL” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
“OUTSTANDING”, when used with reference to Debentures and subject to the provisions of Section 10.04, means, as of any particular time, all Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:
(a) Debentures theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

8


 

(b) Debentures, or portions thereof, (i) for the redemption of which monies in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or (ii) which shall have been otherwise defeased in accordance with Article 14;
(c) Debentures in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other Debentures shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06; and
(d) Debentures converted into Common Stock pursuant to Article 16 and Debentures deemed not outstanding pursuant to Article 3.
“PERSON” means a corporation, an association, a partnership, a limited liability company, an individual, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof.
“PORTAL MARKET” means the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages Market, commonly referred to as the Portal Market, operated by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any successor thereto.
“PREDECESSOR DEBENTURE” of any particular Debenture means every previous Debenture evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Debenture, and, for the purposes of this definition, any Debenture authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture that it replaces.
“PREMIUM” means any premium payable under the terms of the Debentures, including, without limitation, any Make-Whole Premium.
“PRINCIPAL VALUE CONVERSION” has the meaning specified in Section 16.01.
“PROVISIONAL REDEMPTION” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.
“PUBLICLY TRADED SECURITIES” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(a).
“PURCHASED SHARES” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(e).
“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
“RECORD DATE” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03 and Section 16.05(f).
“REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and the Initial Purchaser, as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
“REPRESENTATIVE” means (a) the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for holders of Senior Indebtedness or (b) with respect to any Senior Indebtedness that does not have any such trustee, agent or other representative, (i) in the case of such Senior Indebtedness issued pursuant to an agreement providing for voting arrangements as among the

9


 

holders or owners of such Senior Indebtedness, any holder or owner of such Senior Indebtedness acting with the consent of the required persons necessary to bind such holders or owners of such Senior Indebtedness, and (ii) in the case of all other such Senior Indebtedness, the holder or owner of such Senior Indebtedness.
“REPURCHASE DATE” has the meaning specified in Section 3.06.
“REPURCHASE EXPIRATION TIME” has the meaning specified in Section 3.06.
“REPURCHASE NOTICE” has the meaning specified in Section 3.06.
“RESIDUAL CASH VALUE” has the meaning specified in Section 16.03(a).
“RESIDUAL VALUE SHARES” has the meaning specified in Section 16.03(a).
“RESPONSIBLE OFFICER” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of or familiarity with the particular subject.
“RESTRICTED SECURITIES” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).
“RIGHTS” has the meaning specified in Section 16.11.
“RULE 144A” means Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act.
“SECURITIES” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(d).
“SECURITIES ACT” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
“SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY” means the senior credit facility, under that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 23, 2002, between Impax Laboratories, Inc, as borrower, and Wachovia Bank, National Association (successor to Congress Financial Corporation), as lender, together with the documents now or hereafter related thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and any security documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including by way of adding the Company or any Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders (or other institutions).
“SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS” means, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter issued, all Indebtedness of the Company, including without limitation, Designated Senior Indebtedness, including interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for

10


 

post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) and premium, if any, thereon, and other monetary amounts (including fees, expenses, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit and indemnities) owing in respect thereof which, at the date of determination, is allowed pursuant to Section 6.12 of this Indenture, and has been specifically designated by the Company in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Indenture; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness will not include (1) any obligation of the Company to any majority-owned Subsidiary, (2) any liability for federal, state, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, (3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors of the Company arising in the ordinary course of business, (4) any Indebtedness or obligation of the Company that is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness or obligation of the Company, or (5) obligations in respect of any Common Stock.
“SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY” means, as of any date of determination, a Subsidiary of the Company that would constitute a “SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY” as such term is defined under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X of the Commission as in effect on the date of this Indenture.
“SPINOFF VALUATION PERIOD” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(d).
“STOCK PRICE CAP” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(c).
“STOCK PRICE THRESHOLD” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(c).
“SUBSIDIARY” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of capital stock or other equity interest entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or managing general partner of which is such Person or a subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
“TRADING DAY” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(f).
“TRADING PRICE” means, on any date, the average of the secondary market bid quotations per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures obtained by the Company for $2,000,000 principal amount of Debentures at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such date from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company; provided that if at least three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Company, but two bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the Company, one bid shall be used.
“TRIGGER EVENT” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(d).
“TRIGGERING EVENT” has the meaning specified in Section 16.05(d).

11


 

“TRUST INDENTURE ACT” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of this Indenture, except as provided in Sections 12.03 and 15.06; provided that if the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the date hereof, the term “TRUST INDENTURE ACT” shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.
“TRUSTEE” means HSBC Bank USA, National Association and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee at the time serving as successor trustee hereunder.
ARTICLE 2
ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF DEBENTURES
Section 2.01. Designation Amount And Issue Of Debentures. The Debentures shall be designated as “3.5% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES DUE 2012”. Debentures not to exceed the aggregate principal amount of $75,000,000 (except pursuant to Sections 2.05, 2.06, 3.03, 3.05 and 16.02 hereof) upon the execution of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, may be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Debentures to or upon the written order of the Company, signed by its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title “VICE PRESIDENT”), the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, without any further action by the Company hereunder. Other than as set forth in the preceding sentence, the Company shall not issue any Debentures under this Indenture.
Section 2.02. Form of Debentures. The Debentures and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Debentures shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A. The terms and provisions contained in the form of Debenture attached as Exhibit A hereto shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
Any of the Debentures may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends, endorsements or changes as the officers executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required by the Custodian, the Depositary or by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in order for the Debentures to be tradable on the Portal Market or as may be required for the Debentures to be tradable on any other market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Debentures may be listed, or to conform to usage, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Debentures are subject.

12


 

So long as the Debentures are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, or unless otherwise required by law, or otherwise contemplated by Section 2.05(a), all of the Debentures will be represented by one or more Debentures in global form registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary (a “GLOBAL DEBENTURE”). The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in any such Global Debenture shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of the Depositary. Except as provided in Section 2.05(a), beneficial owners of a Global Debenture shall not be entitled to have certificates registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form and will not be considered Holders of such Global Debenture.
Any Global Debenture shall represent such of the outstanding Debentures as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Debentures from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Debentures represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect redemptions, repurchases, conversions, transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Debenture to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Debentures represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the Holder of such Debentures in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on any Global Debenture shall be made to the Holder of such Debenture.
Section 2.03. Date And Denomination Of Debentures; Payments Of Interest. The Debentures shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof. Each Debenture shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date specified on the face of the form of Debenture attached as Exhibit A hereto. Interest on the Debentures shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
The Person in whose name any Debenture (or its Predecessor Debenture) is registered on the Debenture Register at the close of business on any Record Date with respect to any interest payment date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such interest payment date, except that the interest payable upon redemption or repurchase will be payable to the Person to whom principal is payable pursuant to such redemption or repurchase (unless the redemption date or the Repurchase Date, as the case may be, is an interest payment date, in which case the semi-annual payment of interest becoming due on such date shall be payable to the Holders of such Debentures registered as such on the applicable Record Date). Interest shall be payable at the office of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee. The Company shall pay interest (i) on any Debentures in certificated form by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears in the Debenture Register (or upon written notice, by wire transfer in immediately available funds, if such Person is entitled to interest on aggregate principal in excess of $2 million) or (ii) on any Global Debenture by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The term “RECORD DATE” with respect to any interest payment date shall mean the June 1 or

13


 

December 1 preceding the applicable June 15 or December 15 interest payment date, respectively.
Any interest on any Debenture which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any June 15 or December 15 (herein called “DEFAULTED INTEREST”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Debentureholder on the relevant Record Date by virtue of his having been such Debentureholder, and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:
(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Debentures) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Debenture and the date of the proposed payment (which shall be not less than twenty-five (25) days after the receipt by the Trustee of such notice, unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier date), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address as it appears in the Debenture Register, not less than ten (10) days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Debentures (or their respective Predecessor Debentures) are registered at the close of business on such special record date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2) of this Section 2.03.
(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Debentures may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
Section 2.04. Execution of Debentures. The Debentures shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title “VICE PRESIDENT”) and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary or any of its Assistant Secretaries or its Treasurer or any of its Assistant Treasurers (which may be printed, engraved or otherwise

14


 

reproduced thereon, by facsimile or otherwise). Only such Debentures as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the form of Debenture attached as Exhibit A hereto, manually executed by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 17.11), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating agent) upon any Debenture executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Debenture so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Debentures shall cease to be such officer before the Debentures so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such Debentures nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Debentures had not ceased to be such officer of the Company, and any Debenture may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Debenture, shall be the proper officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an officer.
Section 2.05. Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures; Restrictions on Transfer. (a)The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 6.02 being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “DEBENTURE REGISTER”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Debentures and of transfers of Debentures. The Debenture Register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonably prompt period of time. The Trustee is hereby appointed “DEBENTURE REGISTRAR” for the purpose of registering Debentures and transfers of Debentures as herein provided. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars in accordance with Section 6.02.
Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Debenture to the Debenture Registrar or any co-registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.05, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Debentures of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.
Debentures may be exchanged for other Debentures of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Debentures to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 6.02. Whenever any Debentures are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Debentures which the Debentureholder making the exchange is entitled to receive bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.
All Debentures issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Debentures shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Debentures surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

15


 

All Debentures presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, redemption, repurchase or conversion shall (if so required by the Company or the Debenture Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, and the Debentures shall be duly executed by the Debentureholder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
No service charge shall be made to any Holder for any registration of, transfer or exchange of Debentures, including those in connection with any redemption, repurchase or conversions pursuant to the terms of this Indenture but the Company may require payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange of Debentures.
Neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Debenture Registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (a) any Debentures for a period of fifteen (15) days next preceding any selection of Debentures to be redeemed, (b) any Debentures or portions thereof surrendered for conversion pursuant to Article 16, (c) any Debentures or portions thereof tendered for redemption (and not withdrawn) pursuant to Section 3.05 or (d) any Debentures or portions thereof tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) pursuant to Section 3.06.
(b) The following provisions shall apply only to Global Debentures:
(i) Each Global Debenture authenticated under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or Custodian therefor, and each such Global Debenture shall constitute a single Debenture for all purposes of this Indenture.
(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Debenture may be exchanged in whole or in part for Debentures registered, and no transfer of a Global Debenture in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof unless (A) the Depositary (i) has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Debenture and a successor depositary has not been appointed by the Company within ninety days or (ii) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, (B) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (C) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it no longer wishes to have all the Debentures represented by Global Debentures. Any Global Debenture exchanged pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above shall be so exchanged in whole and not in part and any Global Debenture exchanged pursuant to clause (C) above may be exchanged in whole or from time to time in part as directed by the Company. Any Debenture issued in exchange for a Global Debenture or any portion thereof shall be a Global Debenture; provided that any such Debenture so issued that is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof shall not be a Global Debenture.
(iii) Securities issued in exchange for a Global Debenture or any portion thereof pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be issued in definitive, fully

16


 

registered form, without interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Debenture or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be registered in such names and be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary shall designate and shall bear any legends required hereunder. Any Global Debenture to be exchanged in whole shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, as Debenture Registrar. With regard to any Global Debenture to be exchanged in part, either such Global Debenture shall be so surrendered for exchange or, if the Trustee is acting as Custodian for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to such Global Debenture, the principal amount thereof shall be reduced, by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery the Debenture issuable on such exchange to or upon the written order of the Depositary or an authorized representative thereof.
(iv) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (ii) above, the Company will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Debentures in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons.
(v) Neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“AGENT MEMBERS”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Debenture registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and holder of such Global Debenture for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Debenture.
(vi) At such time as all interests in a Global Debenture have been redeemed, repurchased, converted, canceled or exchanged for Debentures in certificated form, such Global Debenture shall, upon receipt thereof, be canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Debenture is redeemed, repurchased, converted, canceled or exchanged for Debentures in certificated form, the principal amount of such Global Debenture shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global

17


 

Debenture, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction.
(c) Every Debenture that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the legend set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (together with any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Debentures and required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.05(c), collectively, the “RESTRICTED SECURITIES”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (including those set forth in the legend below) unless such restrictions on transfer shall be waived by written consent of the Company, and the Holder of each such Restricted Security, by such Debentureholder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in Section 2.05(c) and 2.05(d), the term “TRANSFER” encompasses any sale, pledge, loan, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security or any interest therein.
Until the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), any certificate evidencing such Debenture (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof, other than Common Stock, if any, issued upon conversion thereof, which shall bear the legend set forth in Section 2.05(c), if applicable) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form, unless such Debenture has been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such transfer) or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar provision then in force, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing, with written notice thereof to the Trustee:
THE DEBENTURE EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT); (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THIS DEBENTURE UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS DEBENTURE OR THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS DEBENTURE EXCEPT (A) TO IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (D) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER); (3) PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 2(D) ABOVE), IT WILL FURNISH TO HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THE TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A

18


 

TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT; AND (4) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS DEBENTURE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS DEBENTURE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THIS DEBENTURE UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE). THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE EARLIER OF THE TRANSFER OF THIS DEBENTURE PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 2(D) ABOVE OR UPON ANY TRANSFER OF THIS DEBENTURE UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION). THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS DEBENTURE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTION.
Any Debenture (or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or as to conditions for removal of the foregoing legend set forth therein have been satisfied may, upon surrender of such Debenture for exchange to the Debenture Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.05, be exchanged for a new Debenture or Debentures, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.05(c). If the Restricted Security surrendered for exchange is represented by a Global Debenture bearing the legend set forth in this Section 2.05(c), the principal amount of the legended Global Debenture shall be reduced by the appropriate principal amount and the principal amount of a Global Debenture without the legend set forth in this Section 2.05(c) shall be increased by an equal principal amount. If a Global Debenture without the legend set forth in this Section 2.05(c) is not then outstanding, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an unlegended Global Debenture to the Depositary.
(d) Until the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), any stock certificate representing Common Stock issued upon conversion of any Debenture shall bear a legend in substantially the following form, unless such Common Stock has been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such transfer) or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar provision then in force, or such Common Stock has been issued upon conversion of Debentures that have been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar provision then in force, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing with written notice thereof to the transfer agent:
THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. THE

19


 

HOLDER HEREOF AGREES THAT, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), (1) IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY EXCEPT (A) TO IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A, (C) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (D) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER); (2) PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 1(D) ABOVE), IT WILL FURNISH TO STOCKTRANS, INC., AS TRANSFER AGENT (OR A SUCCESSOR TRANSFER AGENT, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 1(D) ABOVE) A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE EARLIER OF THE TRANSFER OF THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 1(D) ABOVE OR UPON ANY TRANSFER OF THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION).
Any such Common Stock as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or as to which the conditions for removal of the foregoing legend set forth therein have been satisfied may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like number of shares of Common Stock, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 
2.05(d).
(e) Any Debenture or Common Stock issued upon the conversion of a Debenture that, prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), is purchased or owned by the Company or any Affiliate thereof may not be resold by the Company or such Affiliate unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction which results in such Debentures or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being “Restricted Securities” (as defined under Rule 144).
(f) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Agent Members or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any

20


 

ownership interest in the Debentures or with respect to the delivery to any Agent Member or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Debentures. All notices and communications to be given to the Debentureholder and all payments to be made to Debentureholders under the Debentures shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Debentureholders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Debenture). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Debenture shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the customary procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its Agent Members.
The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Debenture (including any transfers between or among Agent Members in any Global Indenture) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
Section 2.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debentures. In case any Debenture shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon its written request the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, a new Debenture, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Debenture, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Debenture so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case, the applicant for a substituted Debenture shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.
Following receipt by the Trustee or such authenticating agent, as the case may be, of satisfactory security or indemnity and evidence, as described in the preceding paragraph, the Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Debenture and make available for delivery such Debenture. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debenture, the Company may require the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debenture which has matured or is about to mature or has been tendered for redemption upon a Designated Event (and not withdrawn) or has been surrendered for repurchase on a Repurchase Date (and not withdrawn) or is to be converted into Common Stock shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debenture, pay or authorize the payment of or convert or authorize the conversion of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debenture), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or conversion shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost

21


 

or expense caused by or in connection with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any paying agent or conversion agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debenture and of the ownership thereof.
Every substitute Debenture issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any Debenture is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debentures duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Debentures shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment or conversion or redemption or repurchase of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debentures and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment or conversion or redemption or repurchase of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.
Section 2.07. Temporary Debentures. Pending the preparation of Debentures in certificated form, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Company, authenticate and deliver temporary Debentures (printed or lithographed). Temporary Debentures shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Debentures in certificated form, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debentures, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debenture shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Debentures in certificated form. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Debentures in certificated form and thereupon any or all temporary Debentures may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 6.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debentures an equal aggregate principal amount of Debentures in certificated form. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Debentures shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Debentures in certificated form authenticated and delivered hereunder.
Section 2.08. Cancellation of Debentures. All Debentures surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, repurchase, conversion, exchange or registration of transfer shall, if surrendered to the Company or any paying agent or any Debenture Registrar or any conversion agent, be surrendered to the Trustee and promptly canceled by it, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be promptly canceled by it, and no Debentures shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. All cancelled Debentures held by the Trustee shall be destroyed and certification of their destruction delivered to the Company unless by a Company order the Company shall direct that cancelled Debentures be returned to it. If the Company shall acquire any of the Debentures, such acquisition shall not

22


 

operate as a redemption, repurchase or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Debentures unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.09. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Debentures may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Debentureholders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debentures, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers.
Section 2.10. Rank. The Debentures shall be senior, subordinated, unsecured obligations of the Company and shall rank (a) pari passu with all other existing or future senior, subordinated, unsecured obligations of the Company allowed pursuant to Section 6.12 of this Indenture, (b) senior in right of payment to the 1.250% Debentures and any future subordinated obligations of the Company and (c) junior to the Designated Senior Indebtedness and other Senior Indebtedness allowed pursuant to Section 6.12 of this Indenture. The Debentures shall constitute “Senior Indebtedness”, and the Company hereby specifically designates the Debentures as “Designated Senior Indebtedness”, in each case, under the 2004 Indenture.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF DEBENTURES
Section 3.01. Redemption of Debentures. The Debentures may not be redeemed at the option of the Company, at any time prior to maturity, in whole or in part.
Section 3.02. [Intentionally Omitted.]
Section 3.03. [Intentionally Omitted.]
Section 3.04. [Intentionally Omitted.]
Section 3.05. Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Designated Event. (a) (i) If there shall occur any Designated Event at any time prior to maturity of the Debentures, then each Debentureholder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to redeem all of such Holder’s Debentures then outstanding, or any portion thereof that is a multiple of $1,000 principal amount, on the Designated Event Repurchase Date at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Designated Event Repurchase Date (the “DESIGNATED EVENT REPURCHASE PRICE”); provided that if such Designated Event Repurchase Date falls after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, then the interest payable on such interest payment date shall be paid to the holders of record of the Debentures on the applicable Record Date instead of the holders surrendering the Debentures for redemption on such date.
A “FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE” will be deemed to have occurred at any time after the Debentures are originally issued when any of the following events shall occur:

23


 

(1) a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act other than the Company, its subsidiaries or the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ employee benefit plans, files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Common Stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or
(2) consummation of any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company pursuant to which its Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any person other than the Company or one or more of its subsidiaries; provided, however, that a transaction where the holders of the Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction have directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of all classes of Common Stock of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately after such event shall not be a Fundamental Change; or
(3) Continuing Directors cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors; or
(4) the approval by the holders of the Company’s capital stock of any plan or proposal for liquidation or dissolution.
(ii) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, no Designated Event shall be deemed to have occurred in respect of the foregoing if at least 90% of the consideration (excluding cash payments for fractional shares) (the “90% CONDITION”) in the transaction or transactions constituting the Fundamental Change consists of shares of capital stock traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with a Fundamental Change (such securities being referred to as “PUBLICLY TRADED SECURITIES”), and, as a result of the transaction or transactions, the Debentures become convertible into such Publicly Traded Securities (excluding cash payments for fractional shares).
For purposes of this Section 3.05(a), (a) “CONTINUING DIRECTORS” means a director who either was a member of the Company’s board of directors on the date of this Indenture or who becomes a member of the Company’s board of directors subsequent to that date and whose appointment, election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders is duly approved by a majority of the continuing directors on the Company’s board of directors at the time of such approval, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by the Company on behalf of the board of directors in which such individual is named as nominee for director and (b) the “CAPITAL STOCK” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents however designated of corporate stock or other equity participations, including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such Person and any rights (other than debt securities convertible or exchangeable into any equity interest), warrants or options to acquire an equity interest in such Person.

24


 

Upon presentation of any Debenture redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and, upon the Company’s written direction to the Trustee, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debenture or Debentures, of authorized denominations, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debentures presented.
(b) Within ten days after which the Company knows of the occurrence of a Designated Event, the Company or at its written request (which must be received by the Trustee at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date the Trustee is requested to give notice as described below, unless the Trustee shall agree in writing to a shorter period), the Trustee, in the name of and at the expense of the Company, shall mail or cause to be mailed to all Holders a notice (the “DESIGNATED EVENT NOTICE”) of such Designated Event and of the redemption right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof. If the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall also deliver a copy of the Designated Event Notice to the Trustee at such time as it is mailed to Debentureholders. Concurrently with the mailing of any Designated Event Notice, the Company shall issue a press release announcing such Designated Event referred to in the Designated Event Notice, the form and content of which press release shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion. The failure to issue any such press release or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the Designated Event Notice or any proceedings for the redemption of any Debenture which any Debentureholder may elect to have the Company redeem as provided in this Section 3.05.
Each Designated Event Notice shall state, among other things:
(1) briefly, the events causing the Designated Event;
(2) the date of the such Designated Event;
(3) that the Holder must exercise the redemption right prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Designated Event Repurchase Date (the “DESIGNATED EVENT EXPIRATION TIME”);
(4) the Designated Event Repurchase Price, including the amount of interest accrued and Liquidated Damages, if any, on each Debenture to the Designated Event Repurchase Date;
(5) the anticipated Designated Event Repurchase Date;
(6) the name and address the agent to whom the Holder is to surrender such Holder’s debentures;
(7) the Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the Conversion Rate;
(8) that the Holder can only convert surrendered Debentures if the Holder withdraws any Debentures surrendered prior to the Designated Event Expiration Time in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

25


 

(9) a description of the procedure which a Holder must follow to exercise such redemption right and to withdraw any surrendered Debentures;
(10) the CUSIP number or numbers of the Debentures (if then generally in use);
(11) in the case of a Fundamental Change, that a Make-Whole Premium is required to be paid by the Company upon any conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change; and
(12) in the case of a Fundamental Change, whether such Make-Whole Premium shall be paid by delivery of shares of Common Stock (other than cash in lieu of fractional shares) or in the same form of consideration into which shares of Common Stock have been converted in connection with such Fundamental Change in accordance with Section 5.01(d) (and containing such information required by Section 5.01(d)).
If any of the Debentures is in the form of a Global Debenture, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary.
No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Debentureholders’ redemption rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of the Debentures pursuant to this Section 3.05.
(c) For a Debenture to be so redeemed at the option of the Holder, the Company must receive at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose or, at the option of such Holder, the Corporate Trust Office, the form entitled “DESIGNATED EVENT REPURCHASE NOTICE” duly completed, on or before the Designated Event Expiration Time. All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any Debenture for redemption shall be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding absent manifest error.
The Designated Event Repurchase Notice shall state, among other things:
(1) the certificate numbers of the Debentures that the Holder will deliver to be purchased or the appropriate Depositary procedures if certificated Debentures have not been issued;
(2) the portion of the principal amount of Debentures that the Holder will deliver to be purchased, which portion must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000; and
(3) that the Debentures shall be purchased pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Article 3 of the Debentures and in this Indenture.
(d) For a Debenture to be so redeemed at the option of a Holder, the Debentures must be delivered or transferred by book-entry to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by

26


 

the Company) at any time after delivery of the Designated Event Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements) but on or prior to the Designated Event Expiration Time at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) in the Borough of Manhattan as provided in Section 6.02, such delivery being a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the purchase price therefor; provided that such purchase price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.05(d) only if the Debenture so delivered to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the related Designated Event Repurchase Notice.
The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.05, a portion of a Debenture, if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Debenture also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Debenture.
Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly following the later of the Designated Event Repurchase Date and the time of the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Debenture.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering the Designated Event Repurchase Notice contemplated by this Section 3.05(c) shall have the right to withdraw such Designated Event Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Designated Event Repurchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with Section 3.08.
The Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Designated Event Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Debentures, any Designated Event Repurchase Notice may be delivered or withdrawn and such Debentures may be surrendered or delivered for purchase in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary as in effect from time to time, but in no event later than the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Designated Event Repurchase Date.
(e) In the case of a reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance to which Section 16.06 applies, in which the Common Stock of the Company is changed or exchanged as a result into the right to receive stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash), which includes shares of Common Stock of the Company or shares of common stock of another Person that are, or upon issuance will be, traded on a United States national securities exchange or approved for trading on an established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States and such shares constitute at the time such change or exchange becomes effective in excess of 50% of the aggregate Fair Market Value of such stock, securities or other property or assets (including cash) (as determined by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive and binding), then the Person formed by such consolidation or resulting from such merger or which acquires such assets, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel that such supplemental indenture complies with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) modifying the provisions of this Indenture relating to the right of Holders of the Debentures to cause the Company to repurchase the

27


 

Debentures following a Designated Event, including without limitation the applicable provisions of this Section 3.05 and the definitions of Common Stock and Designated Event, as appropriate, as determined in good faith by the Company (which determination shall be conclusive and binding), to make such provisions apply to such other Person if different from the Company and the common stock issued by such Person (in lieu of the Company and the Common Stock of the Company).
(f) The Company will comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act to the extent then applicable in connection with the redemption rights of the Holders of Debentures in the event of a Designated Event.
Section 3.06. Repurchase of Debentures by the Company at Option of the Holder. Debentures then outstanding shall be purchased by the Company pursuant to the terms of the Debentures at the option of the Holder thereof on June 15, 2009 (the “REPURCHASE DATE”), at a purchase price of 100% of the principal, plus, in each case, any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Repurchase Date, subject to the provisions of Section 3.07(a). Repurchases of Debentures under this Section 3.06 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:
(y) delivery to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) by such Holder of a duly completed notice (the “REPURCHASE NOTICE”) during the period beginning at any time from the opening of business on the date that is twenty-three Business Days prior to the Repurchase Date until the close of business on the date that is three Business Days prior to the Repurchase Date (the “REPURCHASE EXPIRATION TIME”) that states, among other things:
(1) the certificate numbers of the Debentures that such Holder will deliver to be purchased or the appropriate Depositary procedures if certificated Debentures have not been issued;
(2) the portion of the principal amount of Debentures that such Holder will deliver to be purchased, which portion must be $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000; and
(3) that the Debentures shall be purchased pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 3 of the Debentures and in this Indenture; and
(z) delivery or book-entry transfer of the Debentures to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) at any time after delivery of the Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements) but on or prior to the Repurchase Expiration Time at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) in the Borough of Manhattan as provided in Section 6.02, such delivery being a condition to receipt by such Holder of the purchase price therefor; provided that such purchase price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.06 only if the Debenture so delivered to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the related Repurchase Notice.
The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.06, a portion of a Debenture, if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or a whole

28


 

multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Debenture also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Debenture.
Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly following the later of the Repurchase Date and the time of the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Debenture.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) the Repurchase Notice contemplated by this Section 3.06 shall have the right to withdraw such Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the date that is three Business Days prior to the Repurchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) in accordance with Section 3.08.
The Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
Section 3.07. Company Repurchase Notice.
(a) The Debentures to be repurchased on the Repurchase Date pursuant to Section 3.06 will be paid for in cash.
At least three Business Days before the Company Repurchase Notice Date, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee specifying:
(i) the information required by Section 3.07(b) in the Company Repurchase Notice, and
(ii) whether the Company desires the Trustee to give the Company Repurchase Notice required by Section 3.07(b).
(b) In connection with any repurchase of Debentures, the Company shall, no less than 23 Business Days prior to the Repurchase Date (the “COMPANY REPURCHASE NOTICE DATE”), give notice to Holders at their addresses shown in the Debenture Register setting forth information specified in this Section 3.07(b) (the “COMPANY REPURCHASE NOTICE”). The Company will also give notice to beneficial owners as required by applicable law.
The Company Repurchase Notice shall:
(1) state the repurchase price and the Repurchase Date to which the Company Repurchase Notice relates;
(2) include a form of Repurchase Notice;
(3) state the name and address of the Trustee (or other paying agent or conversion agent appointed by the Company);

29


 

(4) state that Debentures must be surrendered to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) to collect the purchase price;
(5) if the Debentures are then convertible, state that Debentures as to which a Repurchase Notice has been given may be converted only if the Repurchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and
(6) state the CUSIP number of the Debentures.
The Company Repurchase Notice may be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give such Company Repurchase Notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense.
(c) The Company will comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act to the extent then applicable in connection with the repurchase rights of the Holders of Debentures.
Section 3.08. Effect of Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice. Upon receipt by the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) of the Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice specified in Section 3.05 or Section 3.06, as applicable, the Holder of the Debenture in respect of which such Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, was given shall (unless such Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, is validly withdrawn) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the purchase price (including any applicable premium) with respect to such Debenture. Such purchase price (including any applicable premium) shall be paid to such Holder, subject to receipt of funds and/or Debentures by the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company), promptly following the later of (x) the Designated Event Repurchase Date or Repurchase Date, as the case may be, with respect to such Debenture (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 3.05 or Section 3.06, as applicable) and (y) the time of delivery of such Debenture to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.05 or Section 3.06, as applicable. Debentures in respect of which a Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted pursuant to Article 16 hereof on or after the date of the delivery of such Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, unless such Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, has first been validly withdrawn.
A Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) in accordance with the Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Designated Event Repurchase Date or at any time prior to the close of business on the date that is three Business Days prior to the Repurchase Date, specifying:

30


 

(a) the certificate number, if any, of the Debenture in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, or the appropriate Depositary information if the Debenture in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted is represented by a Global Debenture,
(b) the principal amount of the Debenture with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and
(c) the principal amount, if any, of such Debenture which remains subject to the original Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, and which has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.
A written notice of withdrawal of a Designated Event Repurchase Notice or Repurchase Notice, as the case may be, may be in the form set forth in the preceding paragraph.
Section 3.09. Deposit of Purchase Price. (a) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City Time, on the Designated Event Repurchase Date or Repurchase Date, as the case may be, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company; or, if the Company or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of them is acting as the paying agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 6.04) an amount of funds (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Business Day), sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all the Debentures or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Designated Event Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, as applicable.
(b) If the Trustee or other paying agent appointed by the Company, or the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of either of them, if such entity is acting as the paying agent, holds funds sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all the Debentures, or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Designated Event Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, as applicable, from and after the Designated Event Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, as applicable (i) the Debentures will cease to be outstanding, (ii) interest on the Debentures will cease to accrue, and (iii) all other rights of the Holders of such Debentures will terminate, whether or not book-entry transfer of the Debentures has been made or the Debentures have been delivered to the Trustee or paying agent, other than the right to receive the repurchase price upon delivery of the Debentures.
Section 3.10. Debentures Repurchased in Part. Upon presentation of any Debenture repurchased only in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debenture or Debentures, of any authorized denomination, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unrepurchased portion of the Debentures presented.
Section 3.11. Repayment to the Company. The Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) shall return to the Company any funds that remains unclaimed as provided in Section 12 of the Debentures, together with interest, if any, thereon, held by them for the payment of the purchase price; provided that to the extent that the aggregate amount of funds deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 3.09 exceeds the aggregate purchase price of the Debentures or portions thereof which the Company is obligated to purchase as of the Designated

31


 

Event Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date then, unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Company, promptly after the Business Day following the Designated Event Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, as the case may be, the Trustee shall return any such excess to the Company.
ARTICLE 4
SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES
Section 4.01. Agreement of Subordination. The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Debentures issued hereunder by its acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Debentures shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article 4, and each Person holding any Debentures, whether upon original issue or upon registration of transfer, assignment or exchange thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.
The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all Debentures (including, but not limited to, the redemption or repurchase price with respect to the Debentures subject to redemption or repurchase in accordance with Article 3 as provided in this Indenture) issued hereunder shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.
No provision of this Article 4 shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default hereunder or have any effect on the rights of the Holders of the Debentures or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Debentures.
Section 4.02. Payments to Debentureholders. No payment shall be made with respect to the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures (including, but not limited to, the redemption or repurchase price with respect to the Debentures subject to redemption or repurchase in accordance with Article 3, as provided in this Indenture), except payments and distributions made by the Trustee as permitted by the first or second paragraph of Section 4.05, if:
(i) a default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest, rent or other obligations in respect of Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and is continuing (or, in the case of Designated Senior Indebtedness for which there is a period of grace, in the event of such a default that continues beyond the period of grace, if any, specified in the instrument or lease evidencing such Designated Senior Indebtedness) (a “PAYMENT DEFAULT”); or
(ii) a default, other than a Payment Default, on any Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and is continuing (or would occur as a result of such payment; provided in that case that the Company has notified the Trustee that such default would result from such payment prior to the time that the Trustee is required to make such payment) that then permits holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness to accelerate its maturity (or in the case of any lease that is Designated Senior Indebtedness, a default occurs and is continuing that permits the lessor to either terminate the lease or require the Company to make an

32


 

irrevocable offer to terminate the lease following an event of default thereunder) and the Trustee receives a notice of the default (a “PAYMENT BLOCKAGE NOTICE”) from a holder of Designated Senior Indebtedness or a Representative of Designated Senior Indebtedness (a “NON-PAYMENT DEFAULT”).
If the Trustee receives any Payment Blockage Notice pursuant to clause (ii) above, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be effective for purposes of this Section 4.02 unless and until at least 365 days shall have elapsed since the initial effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. No Non-Payment Default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.
The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in respect of the Debentures (including, but not limited to, the redemption price with respect to the Debentures to be redeemed) upon the earlier of:
(1) in the case of a Payment Default, the date upon which any such Payment Default is cured or waived or ceases to exist, or
(2) in the case of a Non-Payment Default, the earlier of (a) the date upon which such default is cured or waived or ceases to exist or (b) 179 days after the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received by the Trustee if the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness has not been accelerated (or in the case of any lease, 179 days after notice is received if the Company has not received notice that the lessor under such lease has exercised its right to terminate the lease or require the Company to make an irrevocable offer to terminate the lease following an event of default thereunder) , unless this Article 4 otherwise prohibits the payment or distribution at the time of such payment or distribution.
Upon any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due or to become due upon all Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness before any payment is made on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Liquidated Damages, if any) on the Debentures (except payments made pursuant to Article 14 from monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant thereto prior to commencement of proceedings for such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization unless the Trustee has received notice to the contrary in accordance with Section 4.05), and upon any such dissolution or winding up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company or bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Debentures or the Trustee would be entitled, except for the provisions of this Article 4, shall (except as aforesaid) be paid by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders of the Debentures or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (pro rata to

33


 

such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, or as otherwise required by law or a court order) or their Representative or Representatives, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Holders of the Debentures. Without in any way limiting the provisions of this Article 4, all cash, property and securities (other than Junior Securities) to be paid or issued by the Company in connection with any conversion of any Debentures (including, without limitation, the Cash Amount and any cash paid in lieu of Residual Value Shares or in respect of any Make-Whole Premium) shall be subject to the subordination and other provisions of this Article 4.
For purposes of this Article 4, the words, “CASH, PROPERTY OR SECURITIES” shall not be deemed to include shares of Common Stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article 4 with respect to the Debentures to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided that (i) the Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (other than leases which are not assumed by the Company or the new corporation, as the case may be) are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another Person upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article 13 shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 4.02 if such other Person shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article 13.
In the event of the acceleration of the Debentures because of an Event of Default, no payment or distribution shall be made to the Trustee or any Holder of Debentures in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures (including, but not limited to, the redemption price with respect to the Debentures submitted for redemption in accordance with Section 3.05, as provided in this Indenture), except payments and distributions made by the Trustee as permitted by the first or second paragraph of Section 4.05, until all Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or such acceleration is rescinded in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. If payment of the Debentures is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (including, without limitation, by way of setoff or otherwise), prohibited by the foregoing provisions in this Section 4.02, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Debentures before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of such Senior

34


 

Indebtedness, or provision is made for such payment thereof in accordance with its terms in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, to the extent that the Trustee or any Holder of the Debentures has acquired notice, by whatever means, that all Senior Indebtedness has not been paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their Representative or Representatives, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company (unless the Trustee is directed otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction), for application to the payment of any Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.
Nothing in this Section 4.02 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 9.06. This Section 4.02 shall be subject to the further provisions of Section 4.05.
Section 4.03. Subrogation of Debentures. Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the rights of the Holders of the Debentures shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of this Article 4 (equally and ratably with the holders of all Indebtedness of the Company which by its express terms is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Debentures are subordinated and is entitled to like rights of subrogation) to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Debentures shall be paid in full, and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Debentures or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article 4, and no payment pursuant to the provisions of this Article 4, to or for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness by Holders of the Debentures or the Trustee, shall, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Debentures, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Senior Indebtedness, and no payments or distributions of cash, property or securities to or for the benefit of the Holders of the Debentures pursuant to the subrogation provisions of this Article 4, which would otherwise have been paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, shall be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or for the account of the Debentures. It is understood that the provisions of this Article 4 are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Debentures, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.
Nothing contained in this Article 4 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Debentures is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Debentures, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Debentures the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Debentures and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or, subject to Section 8.04, the Holder of any Debenture from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by

35


 

applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article 4 of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.
Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 4, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.01, and the Holders of the Debentures shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such bankruptcy, dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Debentures, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 4.
Section 4.04. Authorization to Effect Subordination. Each Holder of a Debenture by the Holder’s acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on the Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 4 and appoints the Trustee to act as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in the third paragraph of Section 8.02 hereof at least thirty (30) days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the holders of any Senior Indebtedness or their Representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Debentures.
Section 4.05. Notice to Trustee. The Company shall give prompt written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and to any paying agent of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee or any paying agent in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article 4. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 4 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures pursuant to the provisions of this Article 4, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof at the Corporate Trust Office from the Company (in the form of an Officers’ Certificate) or a Representative or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness, and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.01, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if by the Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such monies may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture) the Trustee shall not have received, with respect to such monies, the notice provided for in this Section 4.05, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to apply monies received to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it on or after such prior date.

36


 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 4 to the contrary, nothing shall prevent any payment by the Trustee to the Debentureholders of monies deposited with it pursuant to Section 14.01, if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall not have received written notice at the Corporate Trust Office on or before one Business Day prior to the date such payment is due that such payment is not permitted under Section 4.01 or 4.02.
The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.01, shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Representative or a person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder or holders. The Trustee shall not be required to make any payment or distribution to or on behalf of a holder of Senior Indebtedness pursuant to this Article 4 unless it has received satisfactory evidence as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 4.
Section 4.06. Trustee’s Relation to Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee, in its individual capacity, shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 4 in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in Section 9.13 or elsewhere in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article shall subordinate to the Senior Indebtedness the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 9.06.
With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 4, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Senior Indebtedness (i) for any failure to make any payments or distributions to such holder or (ii) if it shall pay over or deliver money to Holders of Debentures, the Company or any other Person in compliance with this Article 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Senior Indebtedness if, in the exercise of the Trustee’s good faith, the Trustee pays over or delivers money to Holders of Debentures, the Company or any other Person other than in compliance with this Article 4.
Section 4.07. No Impairment of Subordination. No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with. Senior Indebtedness may be created, renewed or extended and holders of Senior Indebtedness may exercise any rights under any instrument creating or evidencing such Senior Indebtedness, including, without limitation, any waiver of default thereunder, without any notice to or consent from the Holders of the Debentures or the Trustee. No compromise, alteration, amendment, modification, extension, renewal or other change of, or waiver, consent or other action in respect of, any liability or obligation under or in respect of the Senior Indebtedness or any terms or

37


 

conditions of any instrument creating or evidencing such Senior Indebtedness shall in any way alter or affect any of the provisions of this Article 4 or the subordination of the Debentures provided thereby.
Section 4.08. Certain Conversions Not Deemed Payment. For the purposes of this Article 4 only, the issuance and delivery of Junior Securities upon conversion of Debentures in accordance with Article 16 and/or delivered as a Make-Whole Premium in accordance with Article 5 shall not be deemed to constitute a payment or distribution on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Debentures or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Debentures, and shall not be subject to the subordination and other provisions of this Article 4. For the purposes of this Section 4.08, the term “JUNIOR SECURITIES” means (a) Common Stock or (b) securities of the Company that are subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness that may be outstanding at the time of issuance or delivery of such securities to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Debentures are so subordinated as provided in this Article 4. Nothing contained in this Article 4 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Debentures is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors (other than holders of Senior Indebtedness) and the Debentureholders, the right, which is absolute and unconditional, of the Holder of any Debenture to convert such Debenture in accordance with Article 16.
Section 4.09. Article Applicable to Paying Agents. If at any time any paying agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “TRUSTEE” as used in this Article 4 shall (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such paying agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such paying agent were named in this Article 4 in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that the first paragraph of Section 4.05 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if it or such Affiliate acts as paying agent.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for the actions or inactions of any other paying agents (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent) and shall have no control of any funds held by such other paying agents.
Section 4.10. Senior Indebtedness Entitled to Rely. The holders of Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Designated Senior Indebtedness) shall have the right to rely upon this Article 4, and no amendment or modification of the provisions contained herein shall diminish the rights of such holders unless such holders shall have agreed in writing thereto.
Section 4.11. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 4, the Trustee and the Debentureholders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or similar case or proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, custodian, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Debentureholders, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness and

38


 

other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 4.
ARTICLE 5
MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM
Section 5.01. Make-Whole Premium. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holders will be entitled to receive from the Company, on the Designated Event Repurchase Date, the Make-Whole Premium, if any, if they convert any of their Debentures pursuant to Section 16.01 hereof at any time during the Designated Event Conversion/Repurchase Period.
(b) The Make-Whole Premium shall be equal to an additional number of shares of Common Stock calculated in accordance with Section 5.01(c) hereof. The Make-Whole Premium will be in addition to, and not in substitution for, any cash, securities, or other assets otherwise due to Holders of Debentures upon conversion thereof.
(c) The “MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM” shall be equal to the principal amount of the Debentures to be converted divided by $1,000 and multiplied by the applicable number of shares of Common Stock determined by reference to a table in a substantially similar form to, and prepared in accordance with a methodology consistent with, the example tables set forth in Exhibit B hereto (the “MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM TABLE”), which Make-Whole Premium Table shall be finalized and agreed upon by the Company and the Holders of the Debentures by July 6, 2005, and shall be based on the Effective Date and the Stock Price, with the initial Stock Price for the Make-Whole Premium Table being the Average Closing Price. Upon the finalization of the Make-Whole Premium Table, the Company and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 12.01, enter into a supplemental indenture setting forth (x) the price calculated to be the Average Closing Price and (y) the Make-Whole Premium Table (the “INITIAL SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE MATTERS”).
(1) If the Stock Price is between two stock price amounts on the Make-Whole Premium Table or the Effective Date is between two dates on the Make-Whole Premium Table, the Make-Whole Premium will be determined by straight-line interpolation between Make-Whole Premium amounts set forth for the higher and lower stock price amounts and the two dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year (or a 366-day year if the Effective Date occurs in a leap year).
(2) If the Stock Price is in excess of 4.0 times the Average Closing Price (subject to adjustment as described in Section 5.03, the “STOCK PRICE CAP”), the Make-Whole Premium shall equal zero shares of Common Stock.
(3) If the Stock Price is less than the Average Closing Price (subject to adjustment as described in Section 5.03, the “STOCK PRICE THRESHOLD”), the Make-Whole Premium shall equal zero shares of Common Stock.
(4) For purposes of this Section 5.01(c), “STOCK PRICE” means the price paid per share of Common Stock in the transaction constituting the Fundamental Change, determined as follows: (i) if holders of Common Stock receive only cash in the transaction constituting the

39


 

Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall equal the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock; and (ii) in all other cases, the Stock Price shall equal the arithmetic average of the Closing Sale Prices of a share of Common Stock over the five Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Effective Date.
(d) The Company may pay the Make-Whole Premium in shares of Common Stock (other than cash paid in lieu of fractional shares) or in the same form of consideration into which shares of Common Stock have been converted in connection with the applicable Fundamental Change; provided, however, that in the event that the Company is prohibited by operation of Article 4 from paying any of the Make-Whole Premium payable in cash by virtue of Exchange Property being comprised of cash, the Company shall pay such premium solely by the delivery of shares of Common Stock. The Designated Event Notice delivered pursuant to Section 3.05(b) in connection with the Fundamental Change shall state the percentage of any Make-Whole Premium, stated in total principal amount as if all Debentures then Outstanding shall be converted or redeemed during the Designated Event Conversion/Repurchase Period, that will be paid in shares of Common Stock (which indication shall be irrevocable). If holders of Common Stock have the right to elect the form of consideration received in a Fundamental Change, then for purposes of the foregoing the consideration into which a share of Common Stock has been converted shall be deemed to equal the same percentage of each form of consideration as encompasses the aggregate consideration distributed in respect of all shares of Common Stock participating in the distribution. Unless the Company gives notice to the contrary, the Make-Whole Premium shall be paid in shares of Common Stock (or, if applicable, in Exchange Property).
If the Company elects to pay the Make-Whole Premium in the same form of consideration used to pay for the shares of the Common Stock in connection with the applicable Fundamental Change, the value of the consideration to be delivered in respect of the Make-Whole Premium will be calculated as follows:
(i) securities that are traded on a United States national securities exchange or approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market or any similar system of automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices will be based on 98% of the arithmetic average of the Closing Price of such securities during each of the ten (10) Trading Days ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Effective Date;
(ii) other securities, assets or property (other than cash) will be valued on 98% of the arithmetic average of the Fair Market Value of such securities, assets or property (other than cash) as determined by two independent nationally recognized investment banks selected by the Company; and
(iii) 100% of any cash.
If a Make-Whole Premium is required, the Company shall from time to time appoint an independent nationally recognized investment bank to serve as calculation agent with respect to calculation of the Make-Whole Premium (the “CALCULATION AGENT”). The Calculation Agent shall, on behalf and upon request by the Company, calculate (A) the Stock Price and (B) the

40


 

Make-Whole Premium with respect to such Stock Price based on the Effective Date specified by the Company, and shall deliver its calculation of the Stock Price and Make-Whole Premium to the Company and the Trustee within five (5) Business Days after the request by the Company. The Company, (X) shall notify the Holders of the Stock Price and the estimated Make-Whole Premium per $1,000 Principal Amount of Securities with respect to a Fundamental Change as part of the Designated Event Notice delivered in connection with a Fundamental Change in accordance with Section 3.05(b) or otherwise in accordance with the notice provisions of the Indenture and (Y) shall notify the Holders promptly upon the opening of business on the Effective Date of the number of shares of Common Stock (or, at the option of the Company, other securities, assets or property or cash into which all or substantially all of the shares of Common Stock have been converted as of the Effective Date as described above) to be delivered in respect of the Make-Whole Premium, if any, payable in connection with conversions upon such Fundamental Change.
(e) In the event of a Fundamental Change where the Company is not the surviving entity, for each conversion by a Holder after the Effective Date, such Holder shall receive in lieu of each share of Common Stock payable as part of the Make-Whole Premium the Exchange Property received in such Fundamental Change for each share of Common Stock.
(f) Promptly after determination of the actual number of shares of Common Stock to be issued in respect of the Make-Whole Premium, the Company shall publish a notice containing this information in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York and publish such information on the Company’s web site or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time.
Section 5.02. Payment Of Make-Whole Premium. On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Designated Event Repurchase Date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents, additional shares of Common Stock, cash and/or other assets or property sufficient to satisfy the entitlement of the Holders of Debentures under Section 5.01. Payment of the entitlement pursuant to Section 5.01 to Holders of Debentures surrendered for conversion during the Designated Event Conversion/Repurchase Period will be made promptly by the Trustee or such paying agent on the Designated Event Repurchase Date. To the extent that the aggregate amount of shares of Common Stock, cash and/or other assets or property deposited by the Company pursuant to this Section exceeds the aggregate entitlement of the Holders of Debentures under Section 5.01 that are converted in respect of the Fundamental Change and are entitled to receive the Make-Whole Premium, then, promptly after the Designated Event Repurchase Date, the paying agent shall return any such excess to the Company.
Section 5.03. Adjustments Relating To The Make-Whole Premium. Each time that the Conversion Rate is adjusted by the Company pursuant to Section 16.05 hereof, (A) the Stock Price Threshold, the Stock Price Cap and each of the stock prices set forth in the left hand column of the Make-Whole Premium Table shall be adjusted (rounded to the nearest cent) by multiplying each such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Conversion Rate immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted, and (B) each of share amounts set forth in the body of the Make-Whole Premium Table

41


 

shall be adjusted (rounded to the nearest one-one hundredth of a share) in the same manner as the Conversion Rate is adjusted pursuant to Section 16.05 hereof.
ARTICLE 6
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
Section 6.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any (including the redemption price upon redemption or the purchase price upon repurchase, in each case pursuant to Article 3), and interest, on each of the Debentures at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Debentures.
Section 6.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will, or will cause the Trustee to, maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, where the Debentures may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or for conversion, redemption or repurchase and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debentures and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or appointed by the Trustee. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office.
The Company may also from time to time designate co-registrars and one or more offices or agencies where the Debentures may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as paying agent, Debenture Registrar, Custodian and conversion agent and the Corporate Trust Office shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes.
So long as the Trustee is the Debenture Registrar, the Trustee agrees to mail, or cause to be mailed, the notices set forth in Section 9.10(a) and the third paragraph of Section 9.11. If co-registrars have been appointed in accordance with this Section, the Trustee shall mail such notices only to the Company and the Holders of Debentures it can identify from its records.
Section 6.03. Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 9.10, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.
Section 6.04. Provisions as to Paying Agent. (a) If the Company shall appoint a paying agent other than the Trustee, or if the Trustee shall appoint such a paying agent, the Company will cause such paying agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 6.04:

42


 

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor on the Debentures) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Debentures;
(2) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor on the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures when the same shall be due and payable; and
(3) that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust.
The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures, deposit with the paying agent a sum (in funds which are immediately available on the due date for such payment) sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest, and (unless such paying agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action; provided that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit shall be received by the paying agent by 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date.
(b) If the Company shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Debentures a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company (or any other obligor under the Debentures) to make any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures when the same shall become due and payable.
(c) Anything in this Section 6.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or any paying agent hereunder as required by this Section 6.04, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment by the Company or any paying agent to the Trustee, the Company or such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.
(d) Anything in this Section 6.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 6.04 is subject to Sections 14.03 and 14.04.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for the actions of any other paying agents (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent) and shall have no control of any funds held by such other paying agents.
Section 6.05. Existence. Subject to Article 13, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and rights (charter and statutory); provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such

43


 

right if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof does not adversely effect in any material respect the Debentureholders.
Section 6.06. Maintenance of Properties. The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Significant Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (normal wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from (i) selling, assigning, transferring, consigning, delivering or otherwise disposing of such properties or (ii) discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties, in each case, if such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, delivery, disposition or discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any subsidiary.
Section 6.07. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same may become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, (ii) all claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien or charge upon the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and (iii) all stamp taxes and other duties, if any, which may be imposed by the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein in connection with the issuance, transfer, exchange, conversion, redemption or repurchase of any Debentures or with respect to this Indenture; provided that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim (A) if the failure to do so will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on the Company, or (B) if the amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
Section 6.08. Rule 144A Information Requirement. Within the period prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), the Company covenants and agrees that it shall, during any period in which it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, make available to any Holder or beneficial holder of Debentures or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof which continue to be Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of Debentures or such Common Stock designated by such Holder or beneficial holder, the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act upon the request of any Holder or beneficial holder of the Debentures or such Common Stock and it will take such further action as any Holder or beneficial holder of such Debentures or such Common Stock may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder or beneficial holder to sell its Debentures or Common Stock without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemption provided by Rule 144A, as such Rule may be amended from time to time. Upon the reasonable request of any Holder or any beneficial holder of the Debentures or such Common Stock, the Company will

44


 

deliver to such Holder or beneficial holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
Section 6.09. Extension and Usury Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Debentures as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
Section 6.10. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (which on the date hereof ends on December 31), a certificate signed by either the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company, stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signer thereof, the Company is in default, in any material respect, in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and the status thereof of which the signer may have knowledge.
The Company will deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon becoming aware of (i) any default in any material respect in the performance or observance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Indenture, or (ii) any Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying with particularity such default or Event of Default and further stating what action the Company has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
Any notice required to be given under this Section 6.10 shall be delivered to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.
Section 6.11. Liquidated Damages Notice. In the event that the Company is required to pay Liquidated Damages to Holders of Debentures pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (“LIQUIDATED DAMAGES NOTICE”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Liquidated Damages no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed payment date for the Liquidated Damages, and the Liquidated Damages Notice shall set forth the amount of Liquidated Damages to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Debentures to determine the Liquidated Damages, or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of the amount of Liquidated Damages when made, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Liquidated Damages.
Section 6.12. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any outstanding Indebtedness that is secured or which ranks senior to, or pari passu

45


 

with, the Debentures in an aggregate principal amount in excess of the greater of (i) $50 million or (ii) four times LTM EBITDA, measured at the time the Company incurs, creates, issues, assumes, guarantees or otherwise becomes liable for such Indebtedness, including any amounts owing under the Senior Credit Facility; provided, that, to the extent any Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to the immediately preceding clause of this Section 6.12, such Indebtedness shall not under any circumstances be convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Common Stock. At any such time that the Company seeks to incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for Indebtedness in excess of $50 million, the Company shall deliver, prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee (w) certifying the amount of LTM EBITDA, (x) setting forth the calculation of such figure , (y) specifying the publicly available financial information upon which such calculation was based and (z)directing the Trustee to deliver a copy of such Officers’ Certificate to the Holders in accordance with the last sentence of this Section 6.12(a); provided, that, to the extent that any Officers’ Certificate delivered hereunder contains any material, nonpublic information, the Company shall, prior to or contemporaneously with the delivery of such certificate to the Trustee, publicly disclose such information. The Trustee shall deliver a copy of any Officers’ Certificate delivered to it pursuant to this Section 6.12(a) to the Holders within five Business Days of its receipt thereof.
(b) The Company may incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness or issue redeemable preferred stock of the Company so long as such Indebtedness and redeemable preferred stock is made expressly subordinate in right of payment to the Debentures and which Indebtedness or redeemable preferred stock does not provide at any time for the payment, prepayment, repayment, repurchase or defeasance, directly or indirectly, of any principal or premium, if any, thereon, or any return of capital, as applicable, prior to 91 days following the maturity of the Debentures.
Section 6.13. Prohibition on Certain Issuances and Offers. The Company shall not, in any manner, effect any issuances, dividends or distributions or make or enter into any tender or exchange offers or take any other similar actions subject to the adjustment provisions of Section 16.05, if the effect of any such issuances, distributions, offers or actions would cause an adjustment (without regard to any limitations on adjustment set forth in Section 16.05(l)) of the Conversion Rate such that the resulting Conversion Price would be less than the Average Closing Price (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction ).
Section 6.14. Disclosure on Finalization of Make-Whole Premium Table. The Company shall file the completed Make-Whole Premium Table following the finalization of such table in accordance with Section 5.01(c), as part of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K next filed with the Commission, unless the Make-Whole Premium Table was previously filed by the Company on any Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission.

46


 

ARTICLE 7
DEBENTUREHOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE
Section 7.01. Debentureholders’ Lists. The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, semiannually, not more than fifteen (15) days after each June 1 and December 1 in each year beginning with December 1, 2005, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of any such request (or such lesser time as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to enable it to timely provide any notice to be provided by it hereunder), a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Debentures as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days (or such other date as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to so provide any such notices) prior to the time such information is furnished, except that no such list need be furnished by the Company to the Trustee so long as the Trustee is acting as the sole Debenture Registrar.
Section 7.02. Preservation And Disclosure Of Lists. (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Debentures contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 or maintained by the Trustee in its capacity as Debenture Registrar or co-registrar in respect of the Debentures, if so acting. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
(b) The rights of Debentureholders to communicate with other holders of Debentures with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Debentures, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.
(c) Every Debentureholder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of holders of Debentures made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 7.03. Reports By Trustee. (a) Within sixty (60) days after May 15 of each year commencing with the year 2006, the Trustee shall transmit to Holders of Debentures such reports dated as of May 15 of the year in which such reports are made in accordance with and to the extent required under, Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act.
(b) A copy of such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders of Debentures, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange and automated quotation system upon which the Debentures are listed and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Debentures are listed on any stock exchange or automated quotation system or delisted therefrom.
Section 7.04. Reports by Company. The Company shall file with the Trustee (and the Commission if at any time after the Indenture becomes qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), and transmit to Holders of Debentures, such information, documents and other reports and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act, whether or not the Debentures are

47


 

governed by such Act; provided that, notwithstanding the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the Trustee within fifteen (15) days after the same is filed with the Commission. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officers’ Certificate).
ARTICLE 8
REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND DEBENTUREHOLDERS ON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT
Section 8.01. Events Of Default. In case one or more of the following Events of Default (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body) shall have occurred and be continuing:
(a) default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity or in connection with any redemption, repurchase or otherwise, in each case pursuant to Article 3, by acceleration or otherwise and whether or not prohibited by Article 4; or
(b) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether or not prohibited by Article 4, and continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days; or
(c) default in the Company’s obligation to convert (or otherwise settle for) any Debentures following the exercise by the Holder of the Debentures of the right to convert such Debentures pursuant to and in accordance with Article 16; or
(d) default in the Company’s obligation to provide a Designated Event Notice upon a Designated Event as provided in Section 3.05; or
(e) (i) default in the payment of principal when due at stated maturity or resulting in acceleration of other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for borrowed money where the aggregate principal amount with respect to which the default or acceleration has occurred exceeds $10 million and such acceleration has not been cured or rescinded within a period of 30 days after written notice of such failure, requiring the Company to remedy the same, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 10.04 or (ii) the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of a final, non-appealable judgment or judgments aggregating in excess of $10 million, which judgments remain unpaid, unstayed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days or such longer period of time provided for under any such judgment; or

48


 

(f) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company in the Debentures or in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section 8.01 specifically dealt with) continued for a period of sixty (60) days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the Company to remedy the same, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee, or the Company and a Responsible Officer of the Trustee by the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 10.04; or
(g) failure on the part of the Company to duly observe and comply with the limitations on Indebtedness set out in Section 6.12; or
(h) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any substantial part of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or
(i) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any substantial part of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or
then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 8.01(h) or 8.01(i)), unless the principal of all of the Debentures then outstanding shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding hereunder determined in accordance with Section 10.04, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Debentureholders), may declare the principal of and premium, if any, on all the Debentures then outstanding and the interest accrued thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Debentures contained to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default specified in Section 8.01(h) or 8.01(i) occurs, the principal of all the Debentures then outstanding and the interest accrued thereon shall be immediately and automatically due and payable without necessity of further action. This provision, however, is subject to the conditions that if, at any time after the principal of the Debentures shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the

49


 

Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all Debentures then outstanding and the principal of and premium, if any, on any and all Debentures which shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on overdue installments of interest (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) and on such principal and premium, if any, at the rate borne by the Debentures, to the date of such payment or deposit) and amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.06, and if any and all defaults under this Indenture, other than the nonpayment of principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest on Debentures which shall have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured or waived pursuant to Section 8.07, then and in every such case the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults or Events of Default and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences; but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon. The Company shall notify in writing a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware thereof, of any Event of Default.
In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such waiver or rescission and annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Holders of Debentures, and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Holders of Debentures, and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.
Section 8.02. Payments of Debentures on Default; Suit Therefor. The Company covenants that (a) in case default shall be made in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Debentures then outstanding as and when the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of thirty (30) days, or (b) in case default shall be made in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Debentures then outstanding as and when the same shall have become due and payable, whether at maturity of the Debentures or in connection with any redemption, by or under this Indenture declaration or otherwise, then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Debentures, the whole amount that then shall have become due and payable on all such Debentures for principal and premium, if any, or interest, as the case may be, with interest upon the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon the overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Debentures, plus 1% and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 9.06. Until such demand by the Trustee, the Company may pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Debentures to the Holders, whether or not the Debentures are overdue.
In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any actions or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due

50


 

and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures wherever situated the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable.
In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures under Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other applicable law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Company or such other obligor, the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the case of any other judicial proceedings relative to the Company or such other obligor upon the Debentures, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Debentures shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8.02, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Debentures, and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and of the Debentureholders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures, its or their creditors, or its or their property, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of any amounts due the Trustee under Section 9.06, and to take any other action with respect to such claims, including participating as a member of any official committee of creditors, as it reasonably deems necessary or advisable, and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian or similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Debentureholders to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Debentureholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements, including counsel fees and expenses incurred by it up to the date of such distribution. To the extent that such payment of reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, monies, securities and other property which the Holders of the Debentures may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Debentureholders any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Debentures or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Debentureholder in any such proceeding.
All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debentures, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Debentures, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable

51


 

compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Debentures.
In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Debentures, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Debentures parties to any such proceedings.
Section 8.03. Application of Monies Collected By Trustee. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 8 shall be applied in the order following, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the several Debentures, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:
FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 9.06;
SECOND: Subject to the terms of Article 4, in case the principal of the outstanding Debentures shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of interest on the Debentures in default in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon the overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Debentures, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto;
THIRD: Subject to the terms of Article 4, in case the principal of the outstanding Debentures shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, and be unpaid to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon the Debentures for principal and premium, if any, and interest, with interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Debentures, and in case such monies shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and unpaid upon the Debentures, then to the payment of such principal and premium, if any, and interest without preference or priority of principal and premium, if any, over interest, or of interest over principal and premium, if any, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Debenture over any other Debenture, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest; and
FOURTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person lawfully entitled thereto.
Section 8.04. Proceedings by Debentureholder. No Holder of any Debenture shall have any right by virtue of or by reference to any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and unless also the Holders of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have

52


 

offered to the Trustee such reasonable security or indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding and no direction inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.07; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Debenture with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee, that no one or more Holders of Debentures shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by reference to any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder of Debentures, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders of Debentures (except as otherwise provided herein). For the protection and enforcement of this Section 8.04, each and every Debentureholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Debenture, the right of any Holder of any Debenture to receive payment of the principal of and premium, if any (including the redemption price upon redemption pursuant to Article 8), and accrued interest on such Debenture, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Debenture or in the event of redemption, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates against the Company shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Anything in this Indenture or the Debentures to the contrary notwithstanding, the Holder of any Debenture, without the consent of either the Trustee or the Holder of any other Debenture, in its own behalf and for its own benefit, may enforce, and may institute and maintain any proceeding suitable to enforce, its rights of conversion as provided herein.
Section 8.05. Proceedings By Trustee. In case of an Event of Default, the Trustee may, in its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as are necessary to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.
Section 8.06. Remedies Cumulative And Continuing. Except as provided in Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article 8 to the Trustee or to the Debentureholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Debentures, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Debentures to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default or Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or any acquiescence therein, and, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, every power and remedy given by this Article 8 or

53


 

by law to the Trustee or to the Debentureholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Debentureholders.
Section 8.07. Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults By Majority of Debentureholders. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 10.04 shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, expose the Trustee to personal liability, or be unduly prejudicial to Holders not joining therein, and (b) the Trustee may take any other action which is not inconsistent with such direction. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 10.04 may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Debentures, waive any past default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except (i) a default in the payment of interest or premium, if any, on, or the principal of, the Debentures, (ii) a failure by the Company to convert any Debentures into Common Stock, (iii) a default in the payment of the redemption price pursuant to Article 3, (iv) a default in the payment of the purchase price pursuant to Article 3 or (v) a default in respect of a covenant or provisions hereof which under Article 12 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holders of each or all Debentures then outstanding or affected thereby. Upon any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Debentures shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 8.07, said default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Debentures and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 8.08. Notice of Defaults. The Trustee shall, within ninety (90) days after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has knowledge of the occurrence of a default, mail to all Debentureholders, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear upon the Debenture Register, notice of all defaults known to a Responsible Officer, unless such defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice; provided that except in the case of default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any of the Debentures, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Debentureholders.
Section 8.09. Undertaking To Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Debenture by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section 8.09 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any

54


 

suit instituted by any Debentureholder, or group of Debentureholders, holding in the aggregate more than ten percent in principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 10.04, or to any suit instituted by any Debentureholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any Debenture on or after the due date expressed in such Debenture or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Debenture in accordance with the provisions of Article 16.
ARTICLE 9
THE TRUSTEE
Section 9.01. Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(a) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred:
(i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith and willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;
(b) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(c) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding determined as provided in Section 10.04

55


 

relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;
(d) whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section;
(e) the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any paying agent or any records maintained by any co-registrar with respect to the Debentures;
(f) if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred; and
(g) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default hereunder unless it shall have been notified in writing of such Event of Default by the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures.
None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
Section 9.02. Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.01:
(a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
(b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company;
(c) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel;

56


 

(d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Debentureholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Debentureholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby;
(e) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney; and
(f) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder.
(g) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
(h) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;
(i) the Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded; and
(j) Any permissive right or authority granted to the Trustee shall not be construed as a mandatory duty.
Section 9.03. No Responsibility For Recitals, Etc. The recitals contained herein and in the Debentures (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debentures. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Debentures or the proceeds of any Debentures authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.
Section 9.04. Trustee, Paying Agents, Conversion Agents or Registrar May Own Debentures. The Trustee, any paying agent, any conversion agent or Debenture Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debentures with the same

57


 

rights it would have if it were not Trustee, paying agent, conversion agent or Debenture Registrar.
Section 9.05. Monies to Be Held in Trust. Subject to the provisions of Section 14.04, all monies received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed in writing from time to time by the Company and the Trustee.
Section 9.06. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to from time to time in writing between the Company and the Trustee, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances reasonably incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (or any officer, director or employee of the Trustee), in any capacity under this Indenture and its agents and any authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee or such officers, directors, employees and agent or authenticating agent, as the case may be, and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or in any other capacity hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Holder or any other Person) of liability in the premises. The obligations of the Company under this Section 9.06 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Debentures upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Debentures. The obligation of the Company under this Section shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
When the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 8.01(h) or (i) with respect to the Company occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.
Section 9.07. Officers’ Certificate As Evidence. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be

58


 

deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee.
Section 9.08. Conflicting Interests of Trustee. The Trustee shall comply with the terms of Section 3.10(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 9.09. Eligibility of Trustee. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 (or if such Person is a member of a bank holding company system, its bank holding company shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000). If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.09, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.
Section 9.10. Resignation or Removal of Trustee.
(a) The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company and to the Holders of Debentures. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment sixty (60) days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the Debentureholders, the resigning Trustee may, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Company and the Debentureholders, appoint a successor identified in such notice or may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or, if any Debentureholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least six (6) months may, subject to the provisions of Section 8.09, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.
(b) In case at any time any of the following shall occur:
(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 9.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Debentureholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least six (6) months; or
(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.09 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Debentureholder; or
(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be

59


 

appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;
then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 8.09, any Debentureholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debenture or Debentures for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee; provided that if no successor Trustee shall have been appointed and have accepted appointment sixty (60) days after either the Company or the Debentureholders has removed the Trustee, or the Trustee resigns, the Trustee so removed may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.
(c) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee which shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless, within ten (10) days after notice to the Company of such nomination, the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Debentureholder, or if such Trustee so removed or any Debentureholder fails to act, the Company, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 9.10(a) provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.
(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 9.10 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 9.11.
(e) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 9.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 9.11. Acceptance by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 9.10 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amount then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.06, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property and funds held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Debentures, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.06.

60


 

No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 9.11 unless, at the time of such acceptance, such successor trustee shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 9.08 and be eligible under the provisions of Section 9.09.
Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 9.11, the Company (or the former trustee, at the written direction of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders of Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. If the Company fails to mail such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.
Section 9.12. Succession By Merger. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including any trust created by this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that in the case of any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 9.08 and eligible under the provisions of Section 9.09.
In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Debentures shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Debentures so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debentures shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or any authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Debentures in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force that is provided in the Debentures or in this Indenture; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Debentures in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.
Section 9.13. Preferential Collection of Claims. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Debentures), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of the claims against the Company (or any such other obligor).
ARTICLE 10
THE DEBENTUREHOLDERS
Section 10.01. Action By Debentureholders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced in any reasonable manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. Whenever the Company or the

61


 

Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the Holders of the Debentures, the Company or the Trustee may fix in advance of such solicitation, a date as the record date for determining Holders entitled to take such action. The record date shall be not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of commencement of solicitation of such action.
Section 10.02. Proof of Execution by Debentureholders. Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01, 9.02 and 11.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Debentureholder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Debentures shall be proved by the registry of such Debentures or by a certificate of the Debenture Registrar.
The record of any Debentureholders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 11.06.
Section 10.03. Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners. The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any paying agent, any conversion agent and any Debenture Registrar may deem the Person in whose name such Debenture shall be registered upon the Debenture Register to be, and may treat it as, the absolute owner of such Debenture (whether or not such Debenture shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by any Person other than the Company or any Debenture Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Debenture, for conversion of such Debenture and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any authenticating agent nor any paying agent nor any conversion agent nor any Debenture Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any holder for the time being, or upon his order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for monies payable upon any such Debenture.
Section 10.04. Company-owned Debentures Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Debentures have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture, Debentures which are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures or any Affiliate of the Company or any other obligor on the Debentures shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver or other action, only Debentures which a Responsible Officer knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Debentures so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 10.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Debentures and that the pledgee is not the Company, any other obligor on the Debentures or any Affiliate of the Company or any such other obligor. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers’ Certificate listing and identifying all Debentures, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons, and, subject to Section 9.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officers’ Certificate as

62


 

conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Debentures not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.
Section 10.05. Revocation Of Consents, Future Holders Bound. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 10.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Debenture which is shown by the evidence to be included in the Debentures the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 10.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Debenture. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Debenture shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Debenture and of any Debentures issued in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debenture or any Debenture issued in exchange or substitution therefor.
ARTICLE 11
MEETINGS OF DEBENTUREHOLDERS
Section 11.01. Purpose Of Meetings. A meeting of Debentureholders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article 11 for any of the following purposes:
(1) to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee or to give any directions to the Trustee permitted under this Indenture, or to consent to the waiving of any default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Debentureholders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article 8;
(2) to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article 9;
(3) to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.02; or
(4) to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Debentures under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.
Section 11.02. Call Of Meetings By Trustee. The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Debentureholders to take any action specified in Section 11.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Debentureholders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting and the establishment of any record date pursuant to Section 10.01, shall be mailed to Holders of Debentures at their addresses as they shall appear on the Debenture Register. Such notice shall also be mailed to the Company. Such notices shall be mailed not less than twenty (20) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

63


 

Any meeting of Debentureholders shall be valid without notice if the Holders of all Debentures then outstanding are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived before or after the meeting by the Holders of all Debentures outstanding, and if the Company and the Trustee are either present by duly authorized representatives or have, before or after the meeting, waived notice.
Section 11.03. Call Of Meetings By Company Or Debentureholders. In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a resolution of its Board of Directors, or the Holders of at least ten percent (10%) in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Debentureholders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have mailed the notice of such meeting within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Debentureholders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 11.01, by mailing notice thereof as provided in Section 11.02.
Section 11.04. Qualifications For Voting. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Debentureholders a person shall (a) be a Holder of one or more Debentures on the record date pertaining to such meeting or (b) be a person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a Holder of one or more Debentures on the record date pertaining to such meeting. The only persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Debentureholders shall be the persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.
Section 11.05. Regulations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Debentureholders, in regard to proof of the holding of Debentures and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.
The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Debentureholders as provided in Section 11.03, in which case the Company or the Debentureholders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures represented at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting.
Subject to the provisions of Section 10.04, at any meeting each Debentureholder or proxyholder shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures held or represented by him; provided that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Debenture challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Debentures held by him or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating him as the proxy to vote on behalf of other Debentureholders. Any meeting of Debentureholders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.02 or 11.03 may be adjourned from time to time by the

64


 

Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Debentures represented at the meeting, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.
Section 11.06. Voting. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Debentureholders shall be by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Debentures or of their representatives by proxy and the outstanding principal amount of the Debentures held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Debentureholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was mailed as provided in Section 11.02. The record shall show the principal amount of the Debentures voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.
Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.
Section 11.07. No Delay Of Rights By Meeting. Nothing contained in this Article 11 shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Debentureholders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Debentureholders under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Debentures.
ARTICLE 12
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
Section 12.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Debentureholders. The Company, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may, from time to time, and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for one or more of the following purposes:
(a) make provision with respect to the conversion rights of the Holders of Debentures pursuant to the requirements of Section 16.06 and the redemption obligations of the Company pursuant to the requirements of Section 3.05(e) provided that any such provision does not adversely effect the interests of the Holders of the Debentures;
(b) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Trustee as security for the Debentures, any property or assets;

65


 

(c) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor Person of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company pursuant to Article 13;
(d) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or conditions as the Board of Directors and the Trustee shall consider to be for the benefit of the Holders of Debentures, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions or conditions a default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; provided that in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction or condition, such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default;
(e) to provide for the issuance under this Indenture of Debentures in coupon form (including Debentures registrable as to principal only) and to provide for exchangeability of such Debentures with the Debentures issued hereunder in fully registered form and to make all appropriate changes for such purpose;
(f) to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture that shall not materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Debentures;
(g) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Debentures;
(h) to make provision for the Initial Supplemental Indenture Matters; or
(i) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualifications of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or under any similar federal statute hereafter enacted.
Upon the written request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary authorizing the execution of any supplemental indenture, the Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer and assignment of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 12.01 may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Debentures at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 12.02.

66


 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or the Debentures, the Registration Rights Agreement and the obligation to pay Liquidated Damages thereunder may be amended, modified or waived in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement.
Section 12.02. Supplemental Indenture With Consent Of Debentureholders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article 10) of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, the Company, when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Debentures; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce the principal amount thereof or premium, if any, thereon, or reduce any amount payable on redemption or repurchase thereof, or impair the right of any Debentureholder to institute suit for the payment thereof, or make the principal thereof or interest or premium, if any, thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or change the obligation of the Company to redeem any Debenture on a redemption date in a manner adverse to the Holders of Debentures, or change the obligation of the Company to redeem any Debenture upon the happening of a Designated Event in a manner adverse to the Holders of Debentures, or change the obligation of the Company to repurchase any Debenture on a Repurchase Date in a manner adverse to the Holders of Debentures, or impair the right to convert the Debentures into Common Stock subject to the terms set forth herein, including Section 16.06, in each case, without the consent of the Holder of each Debenture so affected, or modify any of the provisions of this Section 12.02 or Section 8.07, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Debenture so affected, or change any obligation of the Company to maintain an office or agency in the places and for the purposes set forth in Section 6.01, or reduce the quorum or voting requirements set forth in Article 11, or change the provisions of Article 4 in a manner adverse to the Holders of Debentures, or modify in any manner the calculation of the Make-Whole Premium, or change the ranking of the Debentures in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Debentures, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holders of all Debentures then outstanding.
Upon the written request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors certified by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Debentureholders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, the Company,
67

 


 

when authorized by the resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of modifying Section 16.03 such that, from and after the date of such modification or amendment, the Company shall have the ability to satisfy its obligation to make the payment under Section 16.03(a)(i) of this Indenture upon conversion of a Debenture in cash, Common Stock, or any combination thereof; provided, however, that the Company may, without the consent of the Holders, (i) increase the percentage of such Holders required to approve the amendment or modification set forth in this paragraph or (ii) eliminate the Company’s right to implement any such amendment or modification.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Debentureholders under this Section 12.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.
Section 12.03. Effect Of Supplemental Indenture. Any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12 shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act, as then in effect, provided that this Section 12.03 shall not require such supplemental indenture or the Trustee to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to such supplemental indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act or the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of Debentures shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder, subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.
Section 12.04. Notation On Debentures. Debentures authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 12 may bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Debentures so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may, at the Company’s expense, be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 17.10) and delivered in exchange for the Debentures then outstanding, upon surrender of such Debentures then outstanding.
Section 12.05. Evidence Of Compliance Of Supplemental Indenture To Be Furnished To Trustee. Prior to entering into any supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article 12 and is otherwise authorized or permitted by this Indenture.
68

 


 

ARTICLE 13
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE
Section 13.01. Company May Consolidate On Certain Terms. Subject to the provisions of Section 13.02, the Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or Persons (whether or not affiliated with the Company), nor shall the Company or its successor or successors be a party or parties to successive consolidations or mergers, nor shall the Company sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, to any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company), unless: (i) the Company is the surviving Person, or the resulting, surviving or transferee Person is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) upon any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debentures, according to their tenor and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company, shall be expressly assumed, by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation, or into which the Company shall have been merged, or by the Person that shall have acquired or leased such property, and such supplemental indenture shall provide for the applicable conversion rights set forth in
Section 16.06; and (iii) immediately after giving effect to the transaction described above, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing.
Section 13.02. Successor To Be Substituted. In case of any such consolidation, merger or sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets, and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debentures and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of this first part. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of Impax Laboratories, Inc. any or all of the Debentures, issuable hereunder that theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Debentures that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Debentures that such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Debentures so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debentures theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debentures had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. In the event of any such consolidation, merger or sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets, the Person named as the “COMPANY” in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 13 may be dissolved,
69

 


 

wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and such Person shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Debentures and from its obligations under this Indenture.
In case of any such consolidation, merger or sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Debentures thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.
Section 13.03. Opinion Of Counsel To Be Given Trustee. The Trustee shall receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger or sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets and any such assumption is authorized or permitted and complies with the provisions of this Article 13 and the Indenture.
ARTICLE 14
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
Section 14.01. Discharge Of Indenture. When (a) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Debentures theretofore authenticated (other than any Debentures that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debentures shall have been authenticated and delivered) and not theretofore canceled, or (b) all the Debentures not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit with the Trustee, in trust, funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption of all of the Debentures (other than any Debentures that shall have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and in lieu of or in substitution for which other Debentures shall have been authenticated and delivered) not theretofore canceled or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, accompanied by a verification report, as to the sufficiency of the deposited amount, from an independent certified accountant or other financial professional satisfactory to the Trustee, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) remaining rights of registration of transfer, substitution and exchange and conversion of Debentures, (ii) rights hereunder of Debentureholders to receive payments of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on, the Debentures and the other rights, duties and obligations of Debentureholders, as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the amounts, if any, so deposited with the Trustee and (iii) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder), and the Trustee, on written demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as required by Section 17.05 and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture; the Company, however, hereby agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee and to compensate the Trustee for any services thereafter reasonably and properly rendered by the Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Debentures. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, the obligation of the Company to the Trustee under Section 9.06 shall survive.
70

 


 

Section 14.02. Deposited Monies To Be Held In Trust By Trustee. Subject to Section 14.04, all monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 14.01, shall be held in trust for the sole benefit of the Debentureholders, and such monies shall be applied by the Trustee to the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including the Company if acting as its own paying agent), to the Holders of the particular Debentures for the payment or redemption of which such monies have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest and premium, if any.
Section 14.03. Paying Agent To Repay Monies Held. Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all monies then held by any paying agent of the Debentures (other than the Trustee) shall, upon written request of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such paying agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such monies.
Section 14.04. Return Of Unclaimed Monies. Subject to the requirements of applicable law, any monies deposited with or paid to the Trustee for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Debentures and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the Holders of Debentures for two years after the date upon which the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on such Debentures, as the case may be, shall have become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee on demand and all liability of the Trustee shall thereupon cease with respect to such monies; and the Holder of any of the Debentures shall thereafter look only to the Company for any payment that such Holder may be entitled to collect unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.
Section 14.05. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or the paying agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 14.02 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Debentures shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 14.01 until such time as the Trustee or the paying agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 14.02; provided that if the Company makes any payment of interest on or principal of any Debenture following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Debentures to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or paying agent.
ARTICLE 15
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Section 15.01. Indenture And Debentures Solely Corporate Obligations. No recourse for the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or Interest on any Debenture, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer, director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or
71

 


 

otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.
ARTICLE 16
CONVERSION OF DEBENTURES
Section 16.01. Right To Convert. (a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Holder of any Debenture shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, at any time and from time to time, to convert the principal amount of the Debenture, or any portion of such principal amount which is a multiple of $1,000, into cash and fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (as such shares shall then be constituted), if any, at the Conversion Rate (the “CONVERSION OBLIGATION”) in effect at such time, by surrender of the Debenture so to be converted in whole or in part, together with any required funds, under the circumstances described in this Section 16.01 and in the manner provided in Section 16.02. Any Holder of a Debenture electing to convert a Debenture, in whole or in part, in connection with a Fundamental Change, shall be entitled to receive, in addition to any cash and shares of Common Stock, if any, provided for in the foregoing sentence, a Make-Whole Premium in accordance with Article V. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the Debentures shall be convertible prior to June 15, 2011 only upon the occurrence of one of the following events:
(i) during any Fiscal Quarter, if the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock exceeds 120% of the Conversion Price then in effect for at least 20 Trading Days in the 30 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the last Trading Day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter (it being understood for purposes of this Section 16.01(a)(i) that the Conversion Price in effect at the close of business on each of the 30 consecutive Trading Days should be used) (the “CONVERSION TRIGGER PRICE”);
(ii) (A) during the five Business Day period after any five consecutive Trading Day period in which the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Debentures for each day of such five Trading Day period was less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Conversion Rate (a “PRINCIPAL VALUE CONVERSION”);
(B) in the event that the conversion agent is unable to determine if the Debentures are convertible in accordance with Section 16.01(ii)(A), if at any time (x) the fee charged by any three independent nationally recognized securities dealers for borrowing shares of Common Stock as indicated on their electronic locate systems is in excess of the applicable Cost Threshold or (y) the Common Stock appears on the list of “Threshold Securities” (or any successor list thereto) published daily as required by the Commission under Regulation SHO (or any successor regulation thereto); or
(iii) as provided in Section (b) of this Section 16.01.
The Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company) shall, on the Company’s behalf, determine if the Debentures are convertible in accordance with
72

 


 

Section 16.01(a)(i), as a result of the occurrence of an event specified in Section 16.01(a)(i); provided that the Company shall provide to the conversion agent, upon written request, the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock. The conversion agent shall make such determination for the last 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on the last Trading Day of each calendar quarter. If the Debentures shall be so convertible the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company) shall promptly deliver to the Company and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not the conversion agent) written notice thereof. Whenever the Debentures shall become convertible pursuant to this Section 16.01, the Company or, at the Company’s request, the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company) in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall notify the Holders of the event triggering such convertibility in the manner provided in Section 17.03, and the Company shall also publicly announce such information and publish it on the Company’s web site. Any notice so given shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holders receive such notice.
With respect to a conversion pursuant to Section 16.01(a)(ii), the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company) shall have no obligation to determine the Trading Price under this Section 16.01 unless the Company has requested such a determination; and the Company shall have no obligation to make such request unless a Holder provides it with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures would be less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Conversion Rate; provided that the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company) shall be under no duty or obligation to make the calculations described in Section 16.01(a)(ii) hereof or to determine whether the Debentures are convertible pursuant to such section. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall make the calculations described in Section 16.01(a)(ii), using the Trading Price provided by the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company).
The Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company) shall be entitled at its sole discretion to consult with the Company and to request the assistance of the Company in connection with the Trustee’s duties and obligations pursuant to Section 16.01(a)(i) and Section 16.01(a)(ii) hereof (or those of other conversion agent appointed by the Company) (including without limitation the calculation or determination of the Conversion Price, the Closing Sales Price and the Trading Price), and the Company agrees, if requested by the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company), to cooperate with, and provide assistance to, the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company) in carrying out its duties under this Section 16.01; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to relieve the Trustee of its duties pursuant to Section 16.01(a)(i) and Section 16.01(a)(ii) hereof.
(b) In addition, if:
(i) (A) the Company distributes to all holders of its Common Stock rights or warrants entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 days of the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to receive such distribution) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock, at a price per share less than the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock for the Trading Day immediately preceding the date such distribution is first publicly announced by the Company, or (B) the Company distributes to all holders of its Common Stock, cash or other assets, debt securities or rights to purchase its securities,
73

 


 

where the Fair Market Value of such distribution per share of Common Stock exceeds 15% of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date such distribution is first publicly announced by the Company, then, in either case, the Debentures may be surrendered for conversion at any time on and after the date that the Company gives notice to the Holders of such distribution, which shall be not less than 20 days prior to the Ex-Dividend Time for such distribution, until the earlier of the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding, but not including, the Ex-Dividend Time or the date the Company publicly announces that such distribution will not take place; provided that no adjustment to the Conversion Price or the ability of a Holder of a Debenture to convert will be made if the Holder will otherwise participate in such distribution without conversion; or
(ii) any event constituting a Fundamental Change (without regard to the 90% Condition) occurs, then the Debentures may be converted at any time during the Designated Event Conversion/Repurchase Period.
“EX-DIVIDEND TIME” means, with respect to any distribution on shares of Common Stock, the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade regular way on the principal securities market on which the shares of Common Stock are then traded without the right to receive such distribution.
(c) If the Company engages in any reclassification of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination to which 16.04(c) applies, or a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value) or is party to a consolidation, merger, or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets pursuant to which holders of Common Stock would be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property, then at the effective time of such transaction, the Conversion Obligation and the Conversion Settlement Distribution, to the extent relating to amounts of the Conversion Settlement Distribution to be settled in shares of Common Stock, shall be based on the applicable Conversion Rate and the kind and amount of cash, securities or other property that a holder of one share of the Common Stock would have received in such transaction (such property, collectively, the “EXCHANGE PROPERTY”). In addition, if a Holder converts Debentures following the effective time of any such transaction, any amounts of the Conversion Settlement Distribution to be settled in shares of Common Stock shall be paid in such Exchange Property rather than shares of Common Stock.
(d) A Debenture in respect of which a Holder is electing to exercise its option to require redemption upon a Designated Event pursuant to Section 3.05 or repurchase pursuant to Section 3.06 may be converted only if such Holder withdraws its election in accordance with Section 3.05(b) or Section 3.08, respectively. A Holder of Debentures is not entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such Holder has converted his Debentures to Common Stock, and only to the extent such Debentures are deemed to have been converted to Common Stock under this Article 16.
Section 16.02. Exercise Of Conversion Privilege; Issuance Of Common Stock On Conversion; No Adjustment For Interest Or Dividends. In order to exercise the conversion privilege with respect to any Debenture in certificated form, the Company must receive at the
74

 


 

office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose or, at the option of such Holder, the Corporate Trust Office, such Debenture with the original or facsimile of the form entitled “CONVERSION NOTICE” on the reverse thereof, duly completed and manually signed, together with such Debentures duly endorsed for transfer, accompanied by the funds, if any, required by the penultimate paragraph of this Section 16.02. Such notice shall also state the name or names (with address or addresses) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable on such conversion shall be issued, and shall be accompanied by transfer or similar taxes, if required pursuant to Section 16.07.
In order to exercise the conversion privilege with respect to any interest in a Global Debenture, the beneficial holder must complete, or cause to be completed, the appropriate instruction form for conversion pursuant to the Depositary’s book-entry conversion program, deliver, or cause to be delivered, by book-entry delivery an interest in such Global Debenture, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Company or the Trustee or conversion agent, and pay the funds, if any, required by this Section 16.02 and any transfer taxes if required pursuant to Section 16.07.
In order to validly exercise the conversion privilege under this Section 16.02, a conversion must be effected prior to the expiration of the period of time set forth in the applicable clause of Section 16.01. Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as to any such Debenture (or portion thereof) on the date on which the requirements set forth above in this Section 16.02 have been satisfied as to such Debenture (or portion thereof) (the “CONVERSION DATE”), and the Person in whose name any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become on said date the holder of record of the shares represented thereby; provided that any such surrender on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall constitute the Person in whose name the certificates are to be issued as the holder of record thereof for all purposes on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open, but such conversion shall be at the Conversion Rate in effect on the date upon which such Debenture shall be surrendered.
Subject to compliance with any restrictions on transfer if shares issuable on conversion are to be issued in a name other than that of the Debentureholder (as if such transfer were a transfer of the Debenture or Debentures (or portion thereof) so converted), the Company shall, on the Conversion Settlement Date, (i) pay the cash component (including cash in lieu of any fraction of a share to which such Holder would otherwise be entitled) of the Conversion Obligation determined pursuant to Section 16.03 to the Holder of a Debenture surrendered for conversion, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, (ii) (A) provided the conversion agent is participating in the Depositary’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, issue, or cause to be issued, and deliver such aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to which the applicable Debentureholder shall be entitled as part of such Conversion Obligation to such Debentureholder’s or its nominee’s or nominees’ balance account with the Depositary through its Deposit Withdrawal Agent Commission system or (B) if the conversion agent is not participating in the Depositary’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program, issue, or cause to be issued, and deliver to the conversion agent or to such Debentureholder, or such Debentureholder’s nominee or nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such Debenture or portion thereof as determined by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Article 16. In case any Debenture of a denomination
75

 


 

greater than $1,000 shall be surrendered for partial conversion, and subject to Section 2.03, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of the Debenture so surrendered, without charge to him, a new Debenture or Debentures in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Debenture.
Any Debenture or portion thereof surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on the Record Date for any interest payment date to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the following interest payment date (excluding (1) Debentures or portions thereof presented for purchase pursuant to Article 3 hereof on a Designated Event Repurchase Date occurring during the period beginning at the close of business on a Record Date and ending at the opening of business on the next succeeding interest payment date or (2) Debentures that are submitted for conversion between the Record Date for the final interest payment and the opening of business on the final interest payment date) shall be accompanied by payment, in immediately available funds or other funds acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the interest otherwise payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount being converted; provided that no such payment need be made to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Debenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon conversion, a Debentureholder shall be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid Liquidated Damages to, but not including, the Conversion Date, it being understood that no Liquidated Damages shall accrue after such conversion. Except as provided above in this Section 16.02, no payment or other adjustment shall be made for interest accrued on any Debenture converted or for dividends on any shares issued upon the conversion of such Debenture as provided in this Article 16.
Upon the conversion of an interest in a Global Debenture, the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company), or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company), shall make a notation on such Global Debenture as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby.
Upon the conversion of a Debenture, that portion of the accrued but unpaid interest, attributable to the period from the issue date of the Debenture to the Conversion Date, with respect to the converted Debenture shall not be cancelled, extinguished or forfeited, but rather shall be deemed to be paid in full to the Holder thereof through delivery of cash and shares of the Common Stock, if any, (together with the cash payment, if any, in lieu of fractional shares) in exchange for the Debenture being converted pursuant to the provisions hereof; and the cash and the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock, if any, (together with any such cash payment in lieu of fractional shares) shall be treated as delivered, to the extent thereof, first in exchange for and in satisfaction of the Company’s obligation to pay the principal amount of the converted Debenture, the accrued but unpaid interest, through the Conversion Date from the issue date, and the balance, if any, of such cash and Fair Market Value of such Common Stock, if any (and any such cash payment in lieu of fractional shares), shall be treated as delivered in exchange for and in satisfaction of the right to convert the Debenture being converted pursuant to the provisions hereof.
(b) No holder shall have the right to convert any portion of such Debenture, to the extent that after giving effect to such conversion, such holder (together with such holder’s
76

 


 

Affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such conversion (the “CONVERSION LIMITATION”). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Debenture with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (A) conversion of the remaining, nonconverted portion of any Debenture beneficially owned by such holder or any of its Affiliates and (B) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by such holder or any of its Affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. For purposes of this Section 16.02, in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, such holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (x) the Company’s most recent annual, quarterly or current report on Form 10-K, 10-Q or Form 8-K, respectively, as the case may be; (y) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (z) any other notice by the Company setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including any Debenture, by such holder or its Affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. By written notice to the Trustee and the Company, any holder may increase or decrease the Conversion Limitation to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99% specified in such notice; provided that (i) any such increase will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Trustee and the Company, and (ii) any such increase or decrease will apply only to the holder sending such notice and not to any other holder of Debentures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Limitation shall not be applicable (i) on any of the ten Trading Days up to and including the maturity date or (ii) during the Designated Event Conversion/Repurchase Period.
(c) In no event shall the shares issuable upon conversion of each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures pursuant to Section 16.01 plus the shares issuable pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof be in excess of 157.2248 shares of Common Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction, the “CONVERSION SHARES CAP”).
Section 16.03. Payment Upon Conversion. (a) Upon conversion of Debentures, the Company shall deliver to Holders surrendering Debentures for conversion, for each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures, a settlement amount (the “CONVERSION SETTLEMENT DISTRIBUTION”) on the Conversion Settlement Date consisting of:
(i) a cash amount (the “CASH AMOUNT”) equal to the lesser of $1,000 and the Conversion Value; and
(ii) to the extent the Conversion Value exceeds $1,000, a number of shares of Common Stock (the “RESIDUAL VALUE SHARES”) equal to the sum of the Daily Share Amounts for each Trading Day of the Conversion Reference Period,
77

 


 

subject to the Company’s right to deliver cash in lieu of all or a portion of such Residual Value Shares.
The “DAILY SHARE AMOUNT” means, for any Trading Day, a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient of:
(I)(A) the product of (x) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on that Trading Day, multiplied by (y) the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date, minus (B) $1,000, divided by
(II) the product of (A) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on that Trading Day, multiplied by (B) 20.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect to pay cash to the Holders of the Debentures surrendered for conversion in lieu of all or a portion of the Residual Value Shares issuable upon conversion of such Debentures. If the Company elects to pay cash for all or a portion of the Residual Value Shares in lieu of delivery of the Common Stock, it shall inform the Holders who have surrendered their Debentures for conversion through the Trustee of the dollar amount to be satisfied in cash (expressed as a percentage of each Residual Value Share that will be paid in cash in lieu of shares of the Common Stock) at any time on or before the date that is three (3) Business Days following the Company’s receipt of such Conversion Notice (“CASH SETTLEMENT NOTICE PERIOD”). If the Company timely elects to pay cash for any portion of the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Holders of the Debentures, each Holder may retract its respective Conversion Notice at any time during the two Business Day period immediately following the Cash Settlement Notice Period (the “CONVERSION RETRACTION PERIOD”). If the Company does not make such an election, no such retraction can be made (and a Conversion Notice shall be irrevocable). The amount of cash payable to the Holders in respect of each Residual Value Share otherwise issuable upon conversion shall equal the sum of the Residual Cash Value (as defined below) for such share of Common Stock calculated for each day of the Conversion Reference Period. The “RESIDUAL CASH VALUE” for any Trading Day shall be the product of (1) the percentage of each Residual Value Share otherwise issuable upon conversion that the Company elects to pay in cash, multiplied by (2) the cash value of the Daily Share Amount for such Trading Day. The cash value of the Daily Share Amount for any Trading Day shall be an amount equal to the product of (A) the Daily Share Amount for such Trading Day, multiplied by (B) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock for such Trading Day.
The Company shall not issue fractional shares of Common Stock upon conversion of the Debentures. Instead, the Company shall pay the cash value of such fractional shares in accordance with Section 16.04. In addition, if the Company chooses to settle all or any portion of the Residual Value Shares in cash in connection with conversions within 20 Trading Days prior to June 15, 2012, the Company shall send, on or prior to such date, a single notice to the Trustee of the Residual Value Shares to be satisfied in cash.
The “CONVERSION VALUE” means the product of (1) the Conversion Rate in effect (plus any applicable Make-Whole Premium) and (2) the arithmetic average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock on each Trading Days during the Conversion Reference Period.
78

 


 

The “CONVERSION REFERENCE PERIOD” with respect to any Debentures means the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on the second Trading Day after the Conversion Date, or if the Company elects to pay cash to Holders in lieu of all or a portion of the Residual Value Shares, the second Trading Day after the Conversion Retraction Period ends, except in circumstances where conversions occur within 20 Trading Days prior to June 15, 2012, in which case the Conversion Reference Period will be the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on the fifth Trading Day following June 15, 2012.
(b) If a Holder tenders Debentures for conversion and the Conversion Value is being determined at a time when the Debentures are convertible into Exchange Property, the Conversion Value of each Debenture shall be determined based on the kind and amount of such Exchange Property and the value thereof during the Conversion Reference Period. Settlement of Debentures tendered for conversion after the effective date of any transaction giving rise to Exchange Property shall be as set forth above.
For the purposes of this Section, the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock shall be deemed to equal the sum of (A) 100% of the value of any Exchange Property consisting of cash received per share of Common Stock, (B) the Closing Sale Price of any Exchange Property received per share of Common Stock consisting of securities that are traded on a U.S. national securities exchange or approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market and (C) the Fair Market Value of any other Exchange Property received per share, as determined by two independent nationally recognized investment banks selected by the Company for this purpose. Settlement (in cash and/or shares) in such circumstances will occur on the third Business Day following the date the Conversion Settlement Distribution is determined.
Section 16.04. Cash Payments in Lieu of Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock or scrip certificates representing fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of Debentures. If more than one Debenture shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares that shall be issuable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted hereby) so surrendered. If any fractional share of stock would be issuable upon the conversion of any Debenture or Debentures, the Company shall make an adjustment and payment therefor in cash at the current market price thereof to the Holder of Debentures. The current market price of a share of the Common Stock for purposes of this Section 16.04 shall be the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the last Trading Day immediately preceding the day on which the Debentures (or specified portions thereof) are deemed to have been converted.
Section 16.05. Adjustment Of Conversion Rate. The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows:
(a) In case the Company shall hereafter pay a dividend or make a distribution to all holders of the outstanding Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the date following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution by a fraction,
79

 


 

(i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution plus the total number of shares of Common Stock constituting such dividend or other distribution; and
(ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination,
such increase to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. For the purpose of this paragraph (a), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 16.05(a) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
(b) In case the Company shall issue rights, options or warrants to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock entitling them (for a period expiring within forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exerciseable or exchangeable for Common Stock) at a price per share (or having a conversion exercise or exchange price per share) less than the Current Market Price on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants (treating the conversion, exercise or exchange price per share of the securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock as equal to (x) the sum of
(i) the price for a unit of the security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock and (ii) any additional consideration initially payable upon the conversion of such security into or exercise or exchange of such security for Common Stock divided by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock initially underlying such security) the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants (or securities convertible into or exerciseable or exchangeable for Common Stock) by a fraction,
(i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants plus the total number of additional shares of Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the securities so offered are convertible, exchangeable or exerciseable), and
(ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants plus the number of shares (or the aggregate conversion, exercise or exchange
80

 


 

price of the securities so offered, which shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such securities by the applicable conversion, exercise or exchange price per share of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of such securities) that the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares so offered would purchase at such Current Market Price.
Such adjustment shall be successively made whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued, and shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants. To the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants had not been fixed. In determining whether any rights or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such Current Market Price, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights or warrants and any amount payable on conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors.
(c) In case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall be proportionately increased, and conversely, in case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately reduced, such increase or reduction, as the case may be, to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.
(d) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its Common Stock a portion of its assets (including cash and shares of a Subsidiary) or debt or other securities issued by the Company or certain rights to purchase the Company’s securities (including securities, but excluding any rights, options or warrants referred to in Section 16.05(b), and excluding any dividend or distribution (x) paid exclusively in cash or (y) referred to in Section 16.05(a) (any of the foregoing hereinafter in this Section 16.05(d)) called the “SECURITIES”)), then, in each such case (unless the Company elects to reserve such Securities for distribution to the Debentureholders upon the conversion of the Debentures so that any such Holder converting Debentures will receive upon such conversion, in addition to the shares of Common Stock to which such Holder is entitled, the amount and kind of such Securities which such Holder would have received if such Holder had converted its Debentures into Common Stock immediately prior to the Record Date) the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the
81

 


 

same shall be equal to the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect on the Record Date with respect to such distribution by a fraction,
(i) the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price on such Record Date; and
(ii) the denominator of which shall be the Current Market Price on such Record Date less the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive, and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) on the Record Date of the portion of the Securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock,
such adjustment to be made successively whenever any such distribution is made and shall become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following such Record Date; provided that if the then Fair Market Value (as so determined) of the portion of the Securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price on the Record Date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Debentureholder shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of Securities such Holder would have received had such Holder converted each Debenture on the Record Date. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. If the Board of Directors determines the Fair Market Value of any distribution for purposes of this Section 16.05(d) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market for any securities, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Current Market Price on the applicable Record Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Securities distributed by the Company to all holders of its Common Stock consists of capital stock of, or similar equity interests in, a Subsidiary or other business unit, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall be equal to the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect on the Record Date with respect to such distribution by a fraction:
(i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the average Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period (the “SPINOFF VALUATION PERIOD”) commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day after the date on which “ex-dividend trading” commences on the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market or such other national or regional exchange or market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted and (y) the average Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive, and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) over the Spinoff Valuation Period of the portion of the Securities so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock; and
(ii) the denominator of which shall be the arithmetic average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Spinoff Valuation Period,
such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following such Record Date; provided that the Company may in lieu of the foregoing adjustment
82

 


 

make adequate provision so that each Debentureholder shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of Securities such Holder would have received had such Holder converted each Debenture on the Record Date with respect to such distribution.
In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, at any time distribute (a “TRIGGERING DISTRIBUTION”) to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock cash, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying such Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which such Triggering Distribution is declared (“DECLARATION DATE”) by a fraction of which:
(i) the numerator shall be such Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (6) of this Section 4.6(a)) on the Declaration Date; and
(ii) the denominator of which shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (6) of this Section 4.6(a)) on the Declaration Date less the sum of the Triggering Distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Declaration Date).
such increase to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the date on which the Triggering Distribution is paid.
Rights, options or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“TRIGGER EVENT”): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 16.05 (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 16.05 will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 16.05(d). If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and record date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (and a termination or expiration of the existing rights, options or warrants without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 16.05 was made, (1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed, purchased by the Company or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect
83

 


 

to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase, and (2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.
No adjustment of the Conversion Rate shall be made pursuant to this Section 16.05(d) in respect of rights, options or warrants distributed or deemed distributed on any Trigger Event to the extent that such rights, options or warrants are actually distributed, or reserved by the Company for distribution to Holders of Debentures upon conversion by such Holders of Debentures to Common Stock.
For purposes of this Section 16.05(d) and Section 16.05(a) and (b), any dividend or distribution to which this Section 16.05(d) is applicable that also includes shares of Common Stock, or rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or both), shall be deemed instead to be (1) a dividend or distribution of the evidences of indebtedness, assets or shares of capital stock other than such shares of Common Stock or rights or warrants (and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by this Section 16.05(d) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made) immediately followed by (2) a dividend or distribution of such shares of Common Stock or such rights, options or warrants (and any further Conversion Rate adjustment required by Sections 16.05(a) and 16.05(b) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), except (A) the Record Date of such dividend or distribution shall be substituted as “the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution”, “the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants” and “the date fixed for such determination” within the meaning of Section 16.05(a) and 16.05(b) and (B) any shares of Common Stock included in such dividend or distribution shall not be deemed “outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination” within the meaning of Section 16.05(a).
(e) In case a tender or exchange offer made by the Company or any Subsidiary for all or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire (such date, the “EXPIRATION DATE”) and such tender or exchange offer (as amended upon the expiration thereof) shall require the payment to stockholders of consideration per share of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) that as of the last time (the “EXPIRATION TIME”) tenders or exchanges may be made on the Expiration Date exceeds the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Expiration Time by a fraction,
(i) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the Fair Market Value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares validly tendered or exchanged and
84

 


 

not withdrawn as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted up to any such maximum, being referred to as the “Purchased Shares”) and (y) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares) at the Expiration Time and the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, and
(ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any Purchased Shares) at the Expiration Time multiplied by the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time
such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Expiration Time. If the Company is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender or exchange offer, but the Company is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such tender or exchange offer had not been made.
(f) For purposes of this Section 16.05, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated:
(i) “CURRENT MARKET PRICE” shall mean the arithmetic average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days selected by the Company commencing no more than 30 Trading Days before and ending not later than the earlier of such date of determination and the day before the “EX” date with respect to the issuance, distribution, subdivision or combination requiring such computation immediately prior to the date in question. For purpose of this paragraph, the term “EX” date, (1) when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades, regular way, on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution, and (2) when used with respect to any subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock, means the first date on which the Common Stock trades, regular way, on such exchange or in such market after the time at which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.
If another issuance, distribution, subdivision or combination to which Section 16.05 applies occurs during the period applicable for calculating “CURRENT MARKET PRICE” pursuant to the definition in the preceding paragraph, “CURRENT MARKET PRICE” shall be calculated for such period in a manner determined by the Board of Directors to reflect the impact of such issuance, distribution, subdivision or combination on the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock during such period.
(ii) “FAIR MARKET VALUE” shall mean the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction.
85

 


 

(iii) “RECORD DATE” shall mean, for purposes of this Section 16.05, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).
(iv) “TRADING DAY” shall mean (w) if the applicable security is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, a day on which trades may be made thereon or (x) if the applicable security is listed or admitted for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or another U.S. national securities exchange, a day on which the New York Stock Exchange or such other national securities exchange is open for business, (y) if the applicable security is not so listed, days on which such security is traded regular way in the over-the-counter market and for which a closing bid and closing asking price for such security are available or (z) if the applicable security is not so listed, admitted for trading or quoted, any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
(g) The Company may make such increases in the Conversion Rate, in addition to those required by Section 16.05(a), (b), (c) or (d) as the Board of Directors considers to be advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time if the period is at least twenty (20) days, the increase is irrevocable during the period and the Board of Directors shall have made a determination that such increase would be in the best interests of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall mail to Holders of the Debentures a notice of the increase at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect.
(h) Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee and any conversion agent other than the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Conversion Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Conversion Rate and may assume that the last Conversion Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall mail such notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate to the Holder of each Debenture at his last address appearing on the Debenture Register provided for in Section 2.05 of this
86

 


 

Indenture, within twenty (20) days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.
(i) In any case in which this Section 16.05 provides that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after (1) a record date or Record Date for an event, (2) the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive a dividend or distribution pursuant to Section 16.05(a), (3) a date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive rights or warrants pursuant to Section 16.05(b) or (4) the Expiration Time for any tender or exchange offer pursuant to Section 16.05(e), (each a “DETERMINATION DATE”), the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of the applicable Adjustment Event (as hereinafter defined) (x) issuing to the Holder of any Debenture converted after such Determination Date and before the occurrence of such Adjustment Event, the additional shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such Adjustment Event over and above the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (y) paying to such Holder any amount in cash in lieu of any fraction pursuant to Section 16.04. For purposes of this Section 16.05(i), the term “ADJUSTMENT EVENT” shall mean:
(i) in any case referred to in clause (1) hereof, the occurrence of such event,
(ii) in any case referred to in clause (2) hereof, the date any such dividend or distribution is paid or made,
(iii) in any case referred to in clause (3) hereof, the date of expiration of such rights or warrants, and
(iv) in any case referred to in clause (4) or clause (5) hereof, the date a sale or exchange of Common Stock pursuant to such tender or exchange offer is consummated and becomes irrevocable.
(j) For purposes of this Section 16.05, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company.
(k) No adjustment pursuant to this Section 16.05 shall cause the Conversion Price to be less than the Average Closing Price, as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or similar transaction.
Section 16.06. Effect Of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale. (a) If any of the following events occur, namely: (i) any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a subdivision or combination to which Section 16.05(c) applies), (ii) any consolidation, merger or combination of the Company with another Person as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive Exchange Property with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock, or (iii) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company to any other Person as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, other securities or other
87

 


 

property or assets (including cash) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock, then the Company or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture) providing for the conversion and settlement of the Debentures as provided in this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 16.02 and Section 16.03). Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 16.
If, in the case of any such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, the Exchange Property receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock or other securities or other property or assets of a corporation other than the successor or purchasing Person, in such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the Holders of the Debentures as the Board of Directors shall consider reasonably necessary.
(b) The Conversion Obligation with respect to each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures converted following the effective date of any such transaction, shall be calculated (as provided in clause (c) below) based on the Exchange Property assuming such holder of Common Stock did not exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of Exchange Property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance (provided that, if the Exchange Property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance is not the same for each share of Common Stock in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised (“NON-ELECTING SHARE”), then for the purposes of this Section 16.05 the Exchange Property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale or conveyance for each Non-Electing Share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the Non-Electing Shares).
(c) The Conversion Obligation in respect of any Debentures converted following the effective date of any such transaction shall be computed in the same manner as set forth in Section 16.03(a) except that (1) the Conversion Reference Period shall be the 10 Trading Day period beginning on the second Trading Day after the Conversion Date (or, in the event the Conversion Date is on the Business Day prior to the maturity, the 10 Trading Day period beginning on the second Trading Day after the maturity), and (2) if the Debentures become convertible into Exchange Property, the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock shall be deemed to equal the sum of (A) 100% of the value of any Exchange Property consisting of cash received per share of Common Stock, (B) the Closing Sale Price of any Exchange Property received per share of Common Stock consisting of securities that are traded on a U.S. national securities exchange or approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market and (C) the Fair Market Value of any other Exchange Property received per share, as determined by two independent nationally recognized investment banks selected by the Company for this purpose. Settlement (in cash and/or shares) shall occur on the third Business Day following the date the Conversion Settlement Distribution is determined, provided, that any amount of the Conversion Settlement Distribution to be delivered in shares of Common Stock shall be paid in Exchange Property rather than shares of Common Stock. If the Exchange Property includes more than one kind of property, the amount of Exchange Property of each kind to be delivered shall be in the
88

 


 

proportion that the value of the Exchange Property (as calculated pursuant to Section 16.03) of such kind bears to the value of all such Exchange Property. If the foregoing calculations would require the Company to deliver a fractional share or unit of Exchange Property to a Holder of Debentures being converted, the Company shall deliver cash in lieu of such fractional share or unit based on the value of the Exchange Property.
The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder of Debentures, at its address appearing on the Debenture Register provided for in Section 2.05 of this Indenture, within twenty (20) days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.
The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers, combinations, sales and conveyances.
If this Section 16.06 applies to any event or occurrence, Section 16.05 shall not apply.
Section 16.07. Taxes On Shares Issued. The issue of stock certificates on conversions of Debentures shall be made without charge to the converting Debentureholder for any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax in respect of the issue thereof. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of stock in any name other than that of the Holder of any Debenture converted, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such stock certificate unless and until the Person or Persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.
Section 16.08. Reservation of Shares, Shares to Be Fully Paid; Compliance With Governmental Requirements; Listing of Common Stock. The Company shall provide, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Debentures from time to time as such Debentures are presented for conversion.
Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment increasing the Conversion Rate to an amount that would cause the Conversion Price to be reduced below the then par value, if any, of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debentures, the Company will take all corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue shares of such Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Rate.
The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of Debentures (or as a Make-Whole Premium) will upon issue be fully paid and non-assessable by the Company and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.
The Company covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of conversion of Debentures hereunder require registration with or approval of any
89

 


 

governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares may be validly issued upon conversion, the Company will in good faith and as expeditiously as possible, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission (or any successor thereto), endeavor to secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.
The Company further covenants that, if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on the Nasdaq National Market or any other national securities exchange or automated quotation system, the Company will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, all Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debenture; provided that if the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system permit the Company to defer the listing of such Common Stock until the first conversion of the Debentures into Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company covenants to list such Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debentures in accordance with the requirements of such exchange or automated quotation system at such time.
Section 16.09. Responsibility Of Trustee. The Trustee and any other conversion agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Debentures to determine the Conversion Rate or whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same. The Trustee and any other conversion agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any securities or property, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Debenture; and the Trustee and any other conversion agent make no representations with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Debenture for the purpose of conversion or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article 16. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 16.06 relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash) receivable by Debentureholders upon the conversion of their Debentures after any event referred to in such Section 16.06 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of Section 9.01, may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in relying upon, the Officers’ Certificate (which the Company shall be obligated to file with the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto.
Section 16.10. Notice To Holders Prior To Certain Actions. In case:
(a) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on its Common Stock that would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 16.05; or
90

 


 

(b) the Company shall authorize the granting to the holders of all or substantially all of its Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any share of any class or any other rights or warrants; or
(c) of any reclassification or reorganization of the Common Stock of the Company (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding Common Stock, or a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value), or of any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or
(d) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;
the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and to be mailed to each Holder of Debentures at his address appearing on the Debenture Register provided for in Section 2.05 of this Indenture, as promptly as possible but in any event at least ten (10) days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights or warrants, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or rights are to be determined, or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such dividend, distribution, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
Section 16.11. Stockholder Rights Plans. If the rights provided for in any future rights plan adopted by the Company have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable stockholder rights agreement so that the Holders of the Debentures would not be entitled to receive any rights in respect of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debentures, the conversion rate will be adjusted as if the Company distributed to all holders of Common Stock a portion of its assets (including cash and shares of a Subsidiary) or debt or other securities issued by the Company or certain rights to purchase the Company’s securities (including securities but excluding rights or warrants to purchase Common Stock issued to all holders of Common Stock, Common Stock issued as a dividend or distribution on Common Stock and cash distributions) as described in Section 16.05(d), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of the rights. In lieu of any such adjustment, the Company may amend such applicable stockholder rights agreement to provide that upon conversion of the Debentures the Holders will receive, in addition to the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, the rights which would have attached to such Common Stock if the rights had not become separated from the Common Stock under such applicable stockholder rights agreement.
91

 


 

ARTICLE 17
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 17.01. Provisions Binding On Company’s Successors. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements by the Company contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.
Section 17.02. Official Acts By Successor Corporation. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any Person that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company.
Section 17.03. Addresses For Notices, Etc. Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders of Debentures on the Company shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows: to Impax Laboratories, Inc., 3735 Castor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19124, Telecopier No: 215-289-2223, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or served by being deposited, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box or sent by telecopier transmission addressed as follows: HSBC Bank USA, National Association, 452 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, Telecopier No: 212-525-1300, Attention: Corporate Trust & Loan Agency.
The Trustee, by notice to the Company, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
Any notice or communication mailed to a Debentureholder shall be mailed to him by first class mail, postage prepaid, at his address as it appears on the Debenture Register and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Debentureholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Debentureholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
Section 17.04. Governing Law. This Indenture and each Debenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
Section 17.05. Evidence Of Compliance With Conditions Precedent, Certificates To Trustee. Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture
92

 


 

relating to the proposed action have been complied with, and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement or opinion contained in such certificate or opinion is based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
Section 17.06. Legal Holidays. In any case in which the date of maturity of interest on or principal of the Debentures or the redemption date of any Debenture will not be a Business Day, then payment of such interest on or principal of the Debentures need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the redemption date, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such date.
Section 17.07. Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is hereby made subject to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act required to be part of and to govern indentures qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; provided that unless otherwise required by law, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Indenture and the Debentures issued hereunder shall not be subject to the provisions of subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act as now in effect or as hereafter amended or modified; provided further that this Section 17.07 shall not require this Indenture or the Trustee to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act, nor shall it constitute any admission or acknowledgment by any party to the Indenture that any such qualification is required prior to the time such qualification is in fact required under the terms of the Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof which is required or deemed to be included in an indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, such required or deemed provision shall control.
Section 17.08. No Security Interest Created. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Debentures, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction in which property of the Company or its subsidiaries is located.
Section 17.09. Benefits Of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Debentures, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any paying agent, any authenticating agent, any Debenture Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Debentures any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
93

 


 

Section 17.10. Table Of Contents, Headings, Etc. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 17.11. Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that shall be authorized to act on its behalf, and subject to its direction, in the authentication and delivery of Debentures in connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of Debentures hereunder, including under Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 3.03 and 3.05, as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and deliver Debentures. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and delivery of Debentures by the authenticating agent shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Debentures “by the Trustee” and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in the Debentures for the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. Such authenticating agent shall at all times be a Person eligible to serve as trustee hereunder pursuant to Section 9.09.
Any corporation into which any authenticating agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any authenticating agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation is otherwise eligible under this Section 17.11, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the authenticating agent or such successor corporation.
Any authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any authenticating agent by giving written notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee shall either promptly appoint a successor authenticating agent or itself assume the duties and obligations of the former authenticating agent under this Indenture and, upon such appointment of a successor authenticating agent, if made, shall give written notice of such appointment of a successor authenticating agent to the Company and shall mail notice of such appointment of a successor authenticating agent to all Holders of Debentures as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Debenture Register.
The Company agrees to pay to the authenticating agent from time to time such reasonable compensation for its services as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the authenticating agent.
The provisions of Sections 9.02, 9.03, 9.04 and 10.03 and this Section 17.11 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.
94

 


 

Section 17.12. Execution In Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 17.13. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Debentures shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
HSBC Bank USA, National Association, hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared and provided, upon the terms and conditions herein above set forth.
95

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed.
         
                                IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
 
            By:   /s/ Barry R. Edwards    
    Name:   Barry R. Edwards   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 
  HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
            By:   /s/ Frank J. Godino    
    Name:   Frank J. Godino   
    Title:   Vice President   
 

 


 

EXHIBIT A
[Include only for Global Debentures:]
[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (THE “DEPOSITARY”, WHICH TERM INCLUDES ANY SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY FOR THE CERTIFICATES) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREIN IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]
[Include only for Debentures that are Restricted Securities]
[THE DEBENTURE EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT); (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THIS DEBENTURE UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS DEBENTURE OR THE COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS DEBENTURE EXCEPT (A) TO IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (D) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER); (3) PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 2(D) ABOVE), IT WILL FURNISH TO HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS THE TRUSTEE MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT; AND (4) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS DEBENTURE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS DEBENTURE PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE
A-1

 


 

TO SALES OF THIS DEBENTURE UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE). THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE EARLIER OF THE TRANSFER OF THE DEBENTURE EVIDENCED HEREBY PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 2(D) ABOVE OR UPON ANY TRANSFER OF THIS DEBENTURE UNDER RULE 144(K) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION). THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS DEBENTURE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTION.]
A-2

 


 

IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
3.5% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE DUE 2012
CUSIP: 45256B AC 5
No. ___ $[                      ]
Impax Laboratories, Inc., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the “COMPANY”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to [ ] or its registered assigns, the aggregate principal sum set forth on Schedule I hereto on June 15, 2012 at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, and to pay interest, semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2005, on said principal sum at said office or agency, in like coin or currency, at the rate per annum of 3.5%, from the June 15 or December 15, as the case may be, next preceding the date of this Debenture to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, unless the date hereof is a date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, in which case from the date of this Debenture, or unless no interest has been paid or duly provided for on the Debentures, in which case from June 27, 2005 until payment of said principal sum has been made or duly provided for. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the date hereof is after any June 1 or December 1, as the case may be, and before the following June 15 or December 15, this Debenture shall bear interest from such June 15 or December 15; provided that if the Company shall default in the payment of interest due on such June 15 or December 15, then this Debenture shall bear interest from the next preceding June 15 or December 15 to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for on such Debenture, from June 27, 2005. Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the interest payable on the Debenture pursuant to the Indenture on any June 15 or December 15 will be paid to the Person entitled thereto as it appears in the Debenture Register at the close of business on the Record Date, which shall be the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such June 15 or December 15, as provided in the Indenture; provided that any such interest not punctually paid or duly provided for shall be payable as provided in the Indenture. The Company shall pay interest (i) on any Debentures in certificated form by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears in the Debenture Register or (ii) on any Global Debenture by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee.
The Company promises to pay interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) interest at the rate of 1% per annum.
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Debenture set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Debenture the right to convert this Debenture into cash and Common Stock of the Company on the terms and subject to the limitations referred to on the reverse hereof and as more fully specified in the
A-3

 


 

Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.
This Debenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
This Debenture shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.
A-4

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Debenture to be duly executed.
         
 
      IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
       
 
  By:     
 
     
 
       
 
  By:     
 
     
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Debentures described in the within-named Indenture.
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
         
By: 
       
 
 
   
Authorized Signatory    
 
       
, or
       
 
       
By: 
       
 
 
   
As Authenticating Agent    
 
       
 
      (if different from Trustee)
 
       
By: 
       
 
 
   
Authorized Signatory    
A-5

 


 

FORM OF REVERSE OF DEBENTURE
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
3.5% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE DUE 2012
This Debenture is one of a duly authorized issue of Debentures of the Company, designated as its 3.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures Due 2012 (herein called the “DEBENTURES”), limited in aggregate principal amount to $75,000,000, issued and to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of June 27, 2005 (herein called the “INDENTURE”), between the Company and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as trustee (herein called the “TRUSTEE”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Debentures.
In case an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest, on all Debentures may be declared by either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding, and upon said declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding, to execute supplemental indentures adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Debentures; provided that no such supplemental indenture shall (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Debenture, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce the principal amount thereof or premium, if any, thereon, or reduce any amount payable upon redemption or repurchase thereof, or impair the right of any Debentureholder to institute suit for the payment thereof, or make the principal thereof or interest or premium, if any, thereon payable in any coin or currency other than that provided in the Debentures, or change the obligation of the Company to redeem any Debenture on a redemption date in a manner adverse to the Holders or change the obligation of the Company to redeem any Debenture upon the happening of a Designated Event in a manner adverse to the Holder of the Debentures, or change the obligation of the Company to repurchase any Debenture on a Repurchase Date in a manner adverse to the Holder of the Debentures, or impair the right to convert the Debentures into Common Stock subject to the terms set forth in the Indenture, including
Section 16.06 thereof, without the consent of the Holder of each Debenture so affected, or modify any of the provisions of Section 12.02 or Section 8.07 thereof, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Debenture so affected, or change any obligation of the Company to maintain an office or agency in the places and for the purposes set forth in Section 6.01 thereof, or reduce the quorum or voting requirements set forth in Article 11 or change the provisions of Article 4 in a manner adverse to the Holders of Debentures, or modify in any manner the calculation of the Make-Whole Premium, or change the ranking of the Debentures in a manner adverse to the Holders of the
A-6

 


 

Debentures, (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Debentures, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holders of all Debentures then outstanding. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debentures at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Debentures waive any past default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its consequences except (A) a default in the payment of interest, or any premium on, or the principal of, any of the Debentures, (B) a failure by the Company to convert any Debentures into Common Stock of the Company, (C) a default in the payment of the redemption price pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture, (D) a default in the payment of the purchase price pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture, or (E) a default in respect of a covenant or provisions of the Indenture which under Article 12 of the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holders of each or all Debentures then outstanding or affected thereby. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Debenture (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Debenture and any Debentures which may be issued in exchange or substitution hereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation thereof is made upon this Debenture or such other Debentures.
The Debentures shall be senior, subordinated, unsecured obligations of the Company and shall rank (a) pari passu with all other existing or future senior, subordinated, unsecured obligations of the Company allowed pursuant to Section 6.12 of this Indenture, (b) senior in right of payment to the 1.250% Debentures and any future subordinated obligations of the Company and (c) junior to the Designated Senior Indebtedness and other Senior Indebtedness allowed pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Indenture. The Debentures shall constitute “Senior Indebtedness”, and the Company hereby specifically designates the Debentures as “Designated Senior Indebtedness”, in each case, under the 2004 Indenture.
The indebtedness evidenced by the Debentures is, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Indenture, expressly subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred, and this Debenture is issued subject to the provisions of the Indenture with respect to such subordination. Each Holder of this Debenture, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and authorizes the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so provided and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest, on this Debenture at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.
Interest on the Debentures shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The Debentures are issuable in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000. At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner and subject to the
A-7

 


 

limitations provided in the Indenture, without payment of any service charge but with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration or exchange of Debentures, Debentures may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Debentures of any other authorized denominations.
The Debentures may not be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company at any time prior to maturity.
The Debentures are not subject to redemption through the operation of any sinking fund.
If a Designated Event occurs at any time prior to maturity of the Debentures, this Debenture will be redeemable on a Designated Event Repurchase Date, at the option of the Holder of this Debenture at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued interest to (but excluding) the Designated Event Repurchase Date; provided that if such Designated Event Repurchase Date falls after a Record Date and on or prior the corresponding interest payment date, the interest payable on such interest payment date shall be paid to the Holder of this Debenture on the preceding June 1 or December 1, respectively. The Debentures will be redeemable in multiples of $1,000 principal amount. The Company (or, at its request, the Trustee) shall mail to all Holders of the Debentures a notice of a Designated Event and of the redemption right arising as a result thereof within 10 days after the Company knows of the occurrence of such Designated Event. For a Debenture to be so redeemed at the option of the Holder, the Company must receive at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, a written notice of purchase (a “DESIGNATED EVENT REPURCHASE NOTICE”) together with such Debenture, duly endorsed for transfer, prior to the close of business on the Business Day before the Designated Event Repurchase Date.
The Company shall pay a Make-Whole Premium on the Designated Event Repurchase Date on all Debentures presented for conversion in connection with a Fundamental Change in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. The Company may make the Make-Whole Premium in shares of Common Stock or in the same form of consideration into which shares of Common Stock have been converted in connection with the applicable Fundamental Change; provided, however, that in the event that the Company is prohibited by operation of Article 4 from paying any of the Make-Whole Premium payable in cash by virtue of Exchange Property being comprised of cash, the Company shall pay such premium solely by the delivery of shares of Common Stock. The Company shall specify the type of consideration for the Make-Whole Premium in the Designated Event Notice.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase, at the option of the Holder, all or any portion of the Debentures held by such Holder on June 15, 2009 in whole multiples of $1,000 at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, on such Debenture up to the Repurchase Date. To exercise such right, a Holder shall deliver to the Trustee such Debenture with the form entitled “REPURCHASE NOTICE” on the reverse thereof duly completed, together with the Debenture, duly endorsed for transfer, at any time from the opening of business on the date that
A-8

 


 

is twenty-three Business Days prior to such Repurchase Date until the close of business on the date that is three Business Days prior to such Repurchase Date, and shall deliver the Debentures to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) as set forth in the Indenture.
Holders have the right to withdraw any Repurchase Notice by delivering to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) a written notice of withdrawal prior to the date that is three Business Days prior to the Repurchase Date, all as provided in the Indenture.
If cash, sufficient to pay the purchase price of all Debentures or portions thereof to be purchased as of the Repurchase Date is deposited with the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company), on or prior to the Repurchase Date, interest will cease to accrue on such Debentures (or portions thereof) immediately after such Repurchase Date, and the Holder thereof shall have no other rights as such other than the right to receive the purchase price upon surrender of such Debenture.
Subject to the occurrence of certain events and in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, prior to the final maturity date of the Debentures, the Holder hereof has the right, at its option, to convert the principal amount of the Debentures into cash and fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock, as such shares shall be constituted at the date of conversion and subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in the Indenture, upon surrender of this Debenture with the form entitled “CONVERSION NOTICE” on the reverse hereof duly completed, to the Company at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or at the option of such Holder, the Corporate Trust Office, together with this Debenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Holder or by his duly authorized attorney. The Company will notify the Holder thereof of any event triggering the right to convert the Debentures as specified above in accordance with the Indenture.
No adjustment in respect of interest on any Debenture converted or dividends on any shares issued upon conversion of such Debenture will be made upon any conversion except as set forth in the next sentence. If this Debenture (or portion hereof) is surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any Record Date for the payment of interest to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the following interest payment date (excluding (1) Debentures or portions thereof presented for purchase pursuant to Article 3 of the Indenture on a Designated Event Repurchase Date occurring during the period beginning at the close of business on a Record Date and ending on the next succeeding interest payment date or (2) Debentures that are submitted for conversion between the Record Date for the final interest payment and the opening of business on the final interest payment date), this Debenture (or portion hereof being converted) must be accompanied by payment, in immediately available funds or other funds acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the interest otherwise payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount being converted; provided that no such payment shall be required to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such debenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon conversion, a Debentureholder shall be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid
A-9

 


 

Liquidated Damages to, but not including, the Conversion Date, it being understood that no Liquidated Damages shall accrue after such conversion.
No fractional shares will be issued upon any conversion, but an adjustment and payment in cash will be made, as provided in the Indenture, in respect of any fraction of a share which would otherwise be issuable upon the surrender of any Debenture or Debentures for conversion.
A Debenture in respect of which a Holder is exercising its right to require redemption upon a Designated Event or repurchase on a Repurchase Date may be converted only if such Holder withdraws its election to exercise either such right in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of this Debenture at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, a new Debenture or Debentures of authorized denominations for an equal aggregate principal amount will be issued to the transferee in exchange thereof, subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, without service charge except for any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.
The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any paying agent, any conversion agent and any Debenture Registrar may deem and treat the Holder hereof as the absolute owner of this Debenture (whether or not this Debenture shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone other than the Company or any Debenture Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment hereof, or on account hereof, for the conversion hereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any other authenticating agent nor any paying agent nor other conversion agent nor any Debenture Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of such Holder shall, to the extent of the sum or sums paid, satisfy and discharge liability for monies payable on this Debenture.
No recourse for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on this Debenture, or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or any supplemental indenture or in any Debenture, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer or director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.
This Debenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
A-10

 


 

Terms used in this Debenture and defined in the Indenture are used herein as therein defined.
A-11

 


 

ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Debenture, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.
         
TEN COM -
  as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -___Custodian ___
TEN ENT -
  as tenant by the entireties   (Cust) (Minor)
JT TEN -
  as joint tenants with right   under Uniform Gifts to Minors
 
  of survivorship and not as   Act                                          
 
  tenants in common                        (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 


 

CONVERSION NOTICE
TO: IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
The undersigned registered owner of this Debenture hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert this Debenture, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or a multiple thereof) below designated, into cash and shares of Common Stock of Impax Laboratories, Inc., if any, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Debenture, and directs that the cash and shares, if any, issuable and deliverable upon such conversion, together with any check in payment for fractional shares and any Debentures representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the Holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. If shares or any portion of this Debenture not converted are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will provide the appropriate information below, together with evidence satisfactory to Impax Laboratories, Inc. and the Trustee of transfer, and pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. Any amount required to be paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Debenture.
Dated:                                          
Signature(s)
Signature(s) must be guaranteed
by an “ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR
INSTITUTION” meeting the
requirements of the Debenture
Registrar, which requirements
include membership or
participation in the Security
Transfer Agent Medallion
Program (“STAMP”) or such other
“SIGNATURE GUARANTEE program”
as may be determined by the
Debenture Registrar in addition
to, or in substitution for,
STAMP, all in accordance with
the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.
Signature Guarantee

 


 

Fill in the registration of shares of Common Stock if to be issued, and Debentures if to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder:
     
 
   
 
   
(Name)
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
(Street Address)
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
(City, State and Zip Code)
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Please print name and address
   
 
   
Principal amount to be converted (if less than all):
   
 
   
$                                          
   
 
   
Social Security or Other Taxpayer
Identification Number:
   
 
   
 
   

 


 

DESIGNATED EVENT
REPURCHASE NOTICE
TO: IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
The undersigned registered owner of this Debenture hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from Impax Laboratories, Inc. (the “COMPANY”) as to the occurrence of a Designated Event with respect to the Company and requests and instructs the Company to redeem the entire principal amount of this Debenture, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or a multiple thereof) below designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Debenture at the price of 100% of such entire principal amount or portion thereof, together with accrued interest to, but excluding, the Designated Event Repurchase Date to the Holder hereof. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.
Dated:                                          
Signature(s)
NOTICE: The above
signatures of the holder(s)
hereof must correspond with
the name as written upon
the face of the Debenture
in every particular without
alteration or enlargement
or any change whatever.
Principal amount to be
repaid (if less than all):
Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number

 


 

ASSIGNMENT
For value received                                           hereby sell(s) assign(s) and transfer(s) unto                                           (Please insert social security or other Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Debenture, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                                                attorney to transfer said Debenture on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
In connection with any transfer of the Debenture prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) (other than any transfer pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act), the undersigned confirms that such Debenture is being transferred:
[ ] To Impax Laboratories, Inc. or a subsidiary thereof; or
[ ] To a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
[ ] Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
[ ] Pursuant to a Registration Statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and which continues to be effective at the time of transfer;
and unless the Debenture has been transferred to Impax Laboratories, Inc. or a subsidiary thereof, the undersigned confirms that such Debenture is not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the Company as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Debentures evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.

 


 

Dated:                                          
Signature(s)
Signature(s) must be
guaranteed by an “ELIGIBLE
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION”
meeting the requirements of
the Debenture Registrar,
which requirements include
membership or participation
in the Security Transfer
Agent Medallion Program
(“STAMP”) or such other
“SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
PROGRAM” as may be
determined by the Debenture
Registrar in addition to,
or in substitution for,
STAMP, al in accordance
with the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
Signature Guarantee
NOTICE: The signature on the Conversion Notice, the Option to Elect Redemption Upon a Designated Event or the Assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Debenture in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 


 

Schedule I
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
3.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debenture Due 2012
No.                     
             
        Notation Explaining Principal Amount   Authorized Signature of Trustee or Custodian
Date   Principal Amount   Recorded  
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           

 


 

EXHIBIT B
EXAMPLE MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM TABLES
EXAMPLE TABLE #1
MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM
(NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK)
EFFECTIVE DATE
                                                                 
STOCK                                
PRICE   JULY 1, 2005   JULY 1, 2006   JULY 1, 2007   JULY 1, 2008   JULY 1, 2009   JULY 1, 2010   JULY 1, 2011   JULY 1, 2012
$16.19
    14.25       14.25       14.25       14.25       14.25       14.25       14.25       0.00  
$17.00
    12.89       12.64       12.37       12.08       11.31       9.92       9.91       0.00  
$18.00
    11.47       11.11       10.67       10.15       8.62       8.03       7.53       0.00  
$19.00
    10.29       9.85       9.31       8.63       7.33       6.54       5.66       0.00  
$20.00
    9.31       8.81       8.20       7.43       6.28       5.36       4.21       0.00  
$22.50
    7.44       6.89       6.23       5.42       4.46       3.41       2.00       0.00  
$25.00
    6.15       5.62       4.98       4.23       3.37       2.35       1.04       0.00  
$27.50
    5.22       4.72       4.14       3.46       2.69       1.76       0.64       0.00  
$30.00
    4.51       4.06       3.53       2.93       2.24       1.42       0.48       0.00  
$35.00
    3.51       3.15       2.72       2.24       1.69       1.06       0.36       0.00  
$40.00
    2.82       2.53       2.19       1.81       1.36       0.86       0.30       0.00  
$45.00
    2.32       2.08       1.81       1.50       1.13       0.72       0.25       0.00  
$50.00
    1.92       1.74       1.51       1.26       0.96       0.61       0.22       0.00  
$55.00
    1.61       l.46       l.27       l.06       0.81       0.52       0.19       0.00  
$60.00
    1.36       1.23       1.08       0.91       0.70       0.45       0.16       0.00  
$65.00
    1.15       1.04       0.92       0.77       0.60       0.39       0.14       0.00  
B-1

 


 

EXHIBIT B
EXAMPLE MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM TABLES
EXAMPLE TABLE #2
MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM
(NUMBER OF ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK)
EFFECTIVE DATE
                                                                 
STOCK                                
PRICE   JULY 1, 2005   JULY 1, 2006   JULY 1, 2007   JULY 1, 2008   JULY 1, 2009   JULY 1, 2010   JULY 1, 2011   JULY 1, 2012
$17.00
    13.57       13.57       13.57       13.57       13.57       13.57       13.57       0.00  
$18.00
    12.07       11.80       11.52       11.20       10.31       9.16       9.07       0.00  
$19.00
    10.81       10.44       10.02       9.49       8.07       7.49       6.97       0.00  
$20.00
    9.75       9.31       8.80       8.14       6.91       6.16       5.29       0.00  
$22.50
    7.76       7.24       6.63       5.84       4.87       3.90       2.60       0.00  
$25.00
    6.39       5.86       5.24       4.49       3.63       2.63       1.32       0.00  
$27.50
    5.40       4.90       4.32       3.64       2.86       1.92       0.76       0.00  
$30.00
    4.66       4.20       3.67       3.05       2.35       1.51       0.53       0.00  
$35.00
    3.62       3.24       2.81       2.32       1.75       1.10       0.37       0.00  
$40.00
    2.91       2.61       2.26       1.86       1.40       0.88       0.31       0.00  
$45.00
    2.40       2.15       1.87       1.54       1.16       0.74       0.26       0.00  
$50.00
    2.00       1.80       1.57       1.30       0.99       0.63       0.22       0.00  
$55.00
    1.69       1.52       1.33       1.11       0.84       0.54       0.19       0.00  
$60.00
    1.43       1.29       1.13       0.95       0.72       0.47       0.17       0.00  
$65.00
    1.21       1.10       0.97       0.81       0.63       0.40       0.14       0.00  
$70.00
    1.03       0.94       0.83       0.70       0.54       0.35       0.13       0.00  
B-2

 

EXHIBIT 4.4
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of July 6, 2005, between Impax Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “COMPANY”), having its principal office at 3735 Castor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19124, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (hereinafter called the “TRUSTEE”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized and issued its 3.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures Due 2012 (hereinafter called the “DEBENTURES”), in the aggregate principal amount of $75,000,000 and, to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Debentures were authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company duly authorized and entered into an Indenture dated as of June 27, 2005, between the Company and the Trustee (the “INDENTURE”); all capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture; and
WHEREAS, the Average Closing Price has been calculated, the Make-Whole Premium Table has been finalized, and each has been agreed upon by the Company and the Holders of the Debentures and, in accordance with and pursuant to
Section 12.01(h) of the Indenture, the Company desires to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of making provision for the Initial Supplemental Indenture Matters; and
WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture, when executed by the Company and the Trustee, as in the Indenture provided, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to constitute this Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement according to its terms, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Supplemental Indenture has in all respects been duly authorized;
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
That in order to make provision for the Initial Supplemental Indenture Matters, and in consideration of the premises set forth herein, the Company covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Debentures, as follows:
Section 1.01. Average Closing Price. Pursuant to clause (x) of Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Average Closing Price is calculated to be $15.919.
Section 1.02. Make — Whole Premium. Pursuant to clause (y) of Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, Exhibit B to the Indenture is hereby replaced by Exhibit B to this Supplemental Indenture, which constitutes the Make-Whole Premium Table under the Indenture.

 


 

Section 1.03. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Except as set forth herein, the Indenture shall remain in full force and effect, and remains the valid, binding, and legal obligation of the Company and the Trustee, as modified hereby.
Section 1.04. Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.
Section 1.05. Execution In Counterparts. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 1.06. The Trustee. The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the Company and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture, or as to the calculations of the Average Closing Price and the figures set forth in the Make-Whole Premium Table.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed.
         
                               IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
 
                 By:   /s/ Barry R. Edwards    
    Barry R. Edwards   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
        HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
                 By:   /s/ Frank Godino    
    Name:   Frank Godino   
    Title:   Vice President   

3


 

         
EXHIBIT B
MAKE-WHOLE PREMIUM TABLE
                                                                                                                                 
Effective   Stock Price
Date   $15.92   $17.00   $18.00   $19.00   $20.00   $22.50   $25.00   $27.50   $30.00   $35.00   $40.00   $45.00   $50.00   $55.00   $60.00   $65.00
7/1/2005
    14.50       12.67       11.29       10.14       9.17       7.34       6.08       5.16       4.46       3.46       2.78       2.28       1.89       1.58       1.33       1.12  
7/1/2006
    14.50       12.38       10.89       9.67       8.65       6.79       5.54       4.66       4.01       3.10       2.49       2.05       1.70       1.43       1.20       1.02  
7/1/2007
    14.50       12.11       10.47       9.14       8.06       6.14       4.92       4.09       3.50       2.69       2.17       1.78       1.49       1.25       1.06       0.90  
7/1/2008
    14.50       11.70       9.84       8.39       7.24       5.31       4.16       3.42       2.90       2.22       1.79       1.48       1.24       1.05       0.89       0.76  
7/1/2009
    14.50       10.50       8.36       7.11       6.11       4.36       3.31       2.65       2.21       1.68       1.35       1.12       0.94       0.80       0.68       0.59  
7/1/2010
    14.50       9.48       7.68       6.25       5.13       3.28       2.28       1.72       1.40       1.05       0.85       0.71       0.60       0.51       0.44       0.38  
7/1/2011
    14.50       9.28       7.00       5.23       3.87       1.84       0.97       0.62       0.47       0.36       0.30       0.25       0.21       0.18       0.16       0.14  
7/1/2012
    0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  

 

EXHIBIT 4.5
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated as of June 27, 2005 (the “Agreement”) between IMPAX Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the undersigned initial purchasers (each, an “Initial Purchaser”, and collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”).
In connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement by and among the parties hereto of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”), the Company has agreed, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement, to issue and sell to the Initial Purchasers an aggregate of $75,000,000 principal amount of the Debentures (as defined herein). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.
The Company agrees with the Initial Purchasers, (i) for their benefit as Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the beneficial owners (including the Initial Purchasers) from time to time of the Debentures (as defined herein) and the beneficial owners from time to time of the Underlying Common Stock (as defined herein) issued upon conversion of the Debentures (each of the foregoing a “Holder” and together the “Holders”), as follows:
Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Affiliate” means with respect to any specified person, an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 144, of such person.
“Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(d) hereof.
“Business Day” means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
“Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company and any other shares of common stock as may constitute “Common Stock” for purposes of the Indenture, including the Underlying Common Stock.
“Conversion Price” has the meaning assigned such term in the Indenture.
“Damages Accrual Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.
“Damages Payment Date” means each June 15 and December 15.
“Debentures” means the 3.5% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes Due 2012 issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
“Deferral Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(i) hereof.
“Deferral Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(i) hereof.

 


 

“Effectiveness Deadline Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
“Effectiveness Period” means the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the date that all Registrable Securities have ceased to be Registrable Securities.
“Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
“Filing Deadline Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
“Holder” has the meaning set forth in the third paragraph of this Agreement.
“Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as even date herewith, between the Company and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as trustee, pursuant to which the Debentures are being issued.
“Initial Purchasers” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.
“Initial Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
“Issue Date” means June 27, 2005.
“Liquidated Damages Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.
“Material Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(i) hereof.
“Notice and Questionnaire” means a written notice delivered to the Company containing the information called for by the Selling Securityholder Notice and Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto
“Notice Holder” means, on any date, any Holder that has delivered a Notice and Questionnaire to the Company on or prior to such date.
“Purchase Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.
“Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any amendment or prospectus supplement, including post-effective amendments, and all materials incorporated by reference or explicitly deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.
“Record Holder” means with respect to any Damages Payment Date relating to any Debentures as to which any Liquidated Damages Amount has accrued, the registered holder of such Debenture on the June 1 immediately preceding a Damages Payment Date occurring on a

2


 

June 15, and on December 1 immediately preceding a Damages Payment Date occurring on a December 15.
“Registrable Securities” means (i) any Debentures until such Debentures have been converted into or exchanged for the Underlying Common Stock and (ii) at all times, the Underlying Common Stock and any securities into or for which such Underlying Common Stock has been converted or exchanged, and any security issued with respect thereto upon any stock dividend, split or similar event until, in the case of any such security, (A) the earliest of (i) its effective registration under the Securities Act and resale in accordance with the Registration Statement covering it, (ii) expiration of the holding period that would be applicable thereto under Rule 144(k) or (iii) its transfer pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and (B) as a result of the event or circumstance described in any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii), the legend with respect to transfer restrictions required under the Indenture is removed or removable in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or such legend, as the case may be.
“Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company that covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference or explicitly deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
“Restricted Securities” means “Restricted Securities” as defined in Rule 144.
“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.
“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
“Special Counsel” means Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP or one such other successor counsel as shall be specified in writing to the Company by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, but which may, with the written consent of the Initial Purchasers (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities law matters designated by the Company, the reasonable fees and expenses of which will be paid by the Company pursuant to Section 5 hereof. For purposes of determining the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities in this definition, Holders of Debentures shall be deemed to be the Holders of the number of shares of Underlying Common Stock into which such Debentures are or would be convertible as of the date the consent is requested.
“Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

3


 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
“Trustee” means HSBC Bank USA, National Association , the Trustee under the Indenture.
“Underlying Common Stock” means the Common Stock into which the Debentures are convertible or issued upon any such conversion.
All references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information which is “contained,” “included,” or “stated” in a Shelf Registration Statement, any preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and all other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such financial statements and schedules and other information incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Shelf Registration Statement, preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case may be; and all references in this Agreement to amendments or supplements to a Shelf Registration Statement, any preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus shall be deemed to mean and include any document filed with the SEC under the Exchange Act, after the date of such Shelf Registration Statement, preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as the case may be, which is incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein.
Section 2. Shelf Registration. (a) The Company shall, at its expense, prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed with the SEC, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the date (the “Filing Deadline Date”) that is the earlier of (x) the date that is sixty (60) days after filing of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 and (y) the date that is two hundred seventy (270) days after the Issue Date, a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) registering the resale from time to time by Holders thereof of all of the Registrable Securities (the “Initial Shelf Registration Statement”). The Initial Shelf Registration Statement shall be on an appropriate form. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Initial Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act, as promptly as is practicable, but in any event by the date (the “Effectiveness Deadline Date”) that is the earlier of (x) ninety (90) days after the filing with the SEC of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement and (y) the date that is three hundred sixty (360) days after the Issue Date. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Initial Shelf Registration Statement (or any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement) continuously effective under the Securities Act until the expiration of the Effectiveness Period. At the time the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, each Holder that became a Notice Holder on or prior to the date ten (10) Business Days prior to such time of effectiveness shall be named as a selling securityholder in the Initial Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus in such a manner as to permit such Holder to deliver such Prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law. None of the Company’s security holders (other than the Holders of Registrable Securities or holders of securities for which registration rights were granted pursuant to the agreements set forth in Section 1(i) of the Purchase Agreement) shall have the right to include any of the Company’s securities in the Shelf Registration Statement. In the event that Form S-3 is not available for the registration of the resale of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Company shall (i) register the resale of the Registrable Securities on another appropriate form reasonably acceptable to the

4


 

holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities and (ii) undertake to register the Registrable Securities on Form S-3 as soon as such form is available, provided that the Company shall maintain the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement or the Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement then in effect until such time as a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 covering the Registrable Securities has been declared effective by the SEC.
(b) Following the date that the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, if the Initial Shelf Registration Statement or any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective for any reason at any time during the Effectiveness Period (other than because all Registrable Securities registered thereunder shall have been resold pursuant thereto or shall have otherwise ceased to be Registrable Securities, it being agreed that the right of the Company to suspend the use of a Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3(h) shall not be deemed a cessation of effectiveness of the Registration Statement), the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof, and in any event shall within ten (10) days of such cessation of effectiveness amend the Shelf Registration Statement in a manner reasonably expected to obtain the withdrawal of the order suspending the effectiveness thereof, or file an additional Shelf Registration Statement covering all of the securities that as of the date of such filing are Registrable Securities (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement”). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as is practicable after such filing and to keep such Registration Statement (or subsequent Shelf Registration Statement) continuously effective until the end of the Effectiveness Period.
(c) The Company shall supplement and amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement, (i) if required by the Securities Act, or (ii) as necessary to name a Notice Holder as a selling securityholder pursuant to Section (d) below.
(d) Each Holder agrees that if such Holder wishes to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, it will do so only in accordance with this Section 2(d), Section 3(h) and Section 4 of this Agreement. Following the date that the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, each Holder that is not a Notice Holder wishing to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus agrees to deliver a completed and executed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company at least twenty (20) Business Days prior to any intended distribution of Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement. From and after the date the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, the Company shall, as promptly as practicable after the date a Notice and Questionnaire is delivered pursuant to Section 8(c), and in any event upon the later of (x) thirty (30) days after such date or (y) thirty (30) days after the expiration of any Deferral Period in effect when the Notice and Questionnaire is delivered or put into effect within five (5) Business Days of such delivery date:
(i) if required by applicable law, file with the SEC a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or prepare and, if required by applicable law, file a supplement to the related Prospectus or a supplement or amendment to any

5


 

document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that the Holder delivering such Notice and Questionnaire is named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus in such a manner as to permit such Holder to deliver such Prospectus to purchasers of the Registrable Securities in accordance with applicable law and, if the Company shall file a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such post-effective amendment to be declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is practicable, but in any event by the date (the “Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date”) that is ninety (90) days after the date such post-effective amendment is required by this clause to be filed;
(ii) provide such Holder copies of any documents filed pursuant to Section 2(b) and 2(d) hereof(i); and
(iii) notify such Holder as promptly as practicable after the effectiveness under the Securities Act of any post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i);
provided, that if such Notice and Questionnaire is delivered during a Deferral Period, the Company shall so inform the Holder delivering such Notice and Questionnaire and shall take the actions set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above upon expiration of the Deferral Period in accordance with Section 3(h). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to name any Holder that is not a Notice Holder as a selling securityholder in any Registration Statement or related Prospectus and (ii) the Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date shall be extended by up to ten (10) Business Days from the expiration of a Deferral Period (and the Company shall incur no obligation to pay Liquidated Damages during such extension) if such Deferral Period shall be in effect on the Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date.
(e) The parties hereto agree that the Holders of Registrable Securities will suffer damages, and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision, if, other than as permitted hereunder,
(i) the Initial Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed on or prior to the Filing Deadline Date,
(ii) the Initial Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Effectiveness Deadline Date,
(iii) the Company has failed to perform its obligations set forth in Section 2(b) within the time period required therein,
(iv) the Company has failed to perform its obligations set forth in Section 2(d)(i) within the time period required therein.

6


 

(v) any post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) has not become effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date, or
(vi) the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in any period exceeds the number of days permitted in respect of such period pursuant to Section 3(h) hereof.
Each event described in any of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) is individually referred to herein as an “Event.” For purposes of this Agreement, each Event set forth above shall begin and end on the dates set forth in the table set forth below:
         
Type of        
Event   Beginning   Ending
by Clause   Date   Date
(i)
  Filing Deadline Date   the date the Initial Shelf Registration Statement is filed
 
       
(ii)
  Effectiveness Deadline Date   the date the Initial Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act
 
       
(iii)
  the date by which the Company is required to perform its obligations under Section 2 (b)   the date the Company performs its obligations set forth in Section 2 (b)
 
       
(iv)
  the date by which the Company is required to perform its obligations under Section 2 (d) (i)   the date the Company performs its obligations set forth in Section 2 (d) (i)
 
       
(v)
  the Amendment Effectiveness Deadline Date   the date the applicable post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act
 
       
(vi)
  the date on which the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods in any twelve-month period exceeds the number of days permitted by Section 3 (h)   termination of the Deferral Period that caused the limit on the aggregate duration of Deferral Periods to be exceeded

7


 

Commencing on (and including) any date that an Event has begun and ending on (but excluding) the next date on which there are no Events that have occurred and are continuing (a “Damages Accrual Period”), the Company shall pay, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, to Record Holders of Debentures an amount (the “Liquidated Damages Amount”) accruing, for each day in the Damages Accrual Period, in respect of any Debenture, at a rate per annum equal to (1) 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of such Debenture to and including the 90th day of such Damages Accrual Period and (2) 0.5% of the aggregate principal amount of such Debenture from and after the 91st day of such Damages Accrual Period; provided that in the case of a Damages Accrual Period that is in effect solely as a result of an Event of the type described in clause (iv) or (v) of the preceding paragraph, such Liquidated Damages Amount shall be paid only to the Holders (as set forth in the succeeding paragraph) that have delivered Notices and Questionnaires that caused the Company to incur the obligations set forth in Section 2(d) the non-performance of which is the basis of such Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Liquidated Damages Amount shall accrue as to any Debentures from and after the earlier of (x) the date such Debenture is no longer a Registrable Security and (y) expiration of the Effectiveness Period. The rate of accrual of the Liquidated Damages Amount with respect to any period shall not exceed the rate provided for in this paragraph notwithstanding the occurrence of multiple concurrent Events.
The Liquidated Damages Amount shall accrue from the first day of the applicable Damages Accrual Period, and shall be payable on each Damages Payment Date during the Damage Accrual Period (and on the Damages Payment Date next succeeding the end of the Damages Accrual Period if the Damage Accrual Period does not end on a Damages Payment Date) to the Record Holders of the Debentures entitled thereto; provided that any Liquidated Damages Amount accrued with respect to any Debenture or portion thereof redeemed by the Company on a redemption date or converted into Underlying Common Stock on a conversion date prior to the Damages Payment Date, shall, in any such event, be paid instead to the Holder who submitted such Debenture or portion thereof for redemption or conversion on the applicable redemption date or conversion date, as the case may be, on such date (or promptly following the conversion date, in the case of conversion); provided further, that, in the case of an Event of the type described in clause (iv) or (v) of the first paragraph of this Section 2(e), such Liquidated Damages Amount shall be paid only to the Holders entitled thereto pursuant to such first paragraph by check mailed to the address set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire delivered by such Holder. The Trustee shall be entitled, on behalf of Record Holders of Debentures or Underlying Common Stock, to seek any available remedy for the enforcement of this Agreement, including with respect to the Debentures for the payment of such Liquidated Damages Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that the sole monetary damages payable for a violation of the terms of this Agreement with respect to which liquidated damages are expressly provided shall be such liquidated damages. Nothing shall preclude any Holder from pursuing or obtaining specific performance or other non-monetary equitable relief with respect to this Agreement.
All of the Company’s obligations set forth in this Section 2(e) to pay any Liquidated Damages Amount that is outstanding with respect to any Debenture at the time such Debenture ceases to be a Registrable Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security have been satisfied in full (notwithstanding termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8(k)).

8


 

The parties hereto agree that the liquidated damages provided for in this Section 2(e) constitute a reasonable estimate of the monetary damages that may be incurred by Holders of Debentures by reason of the failure of the Shelf Registration Statement to be filed or declared effective or available for effecting resales of Debentures in accordance with the provisions hereof.
Section 3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the registration obligations of the Company under Section 2 hereof, during the Effectiveness Period, the Company shall:
(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or Registration Statements on any appropriate form under the Securities Act available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until the expiration of the Effectiveness Period; provided that before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto with the SEC, shall furnish to the Initial Purchasers and the Special Counsel of such offering, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed which documents will be subject to the review of such counsel for a period of three (3) Business Days, and the Company will not file the Shelf Registration Statement or amendment thereto or Prospectus or supplement thereto (other than documents incorporated by reference) to which such counsel shall reasonably object within three (3) Business Days after the receipt thereof.
(b) Subject to Section 3(i), prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the applicable period specified in Section 2(a); cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act; and use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act applicable to it with respect to the disposition by Holders of Registrable Securities of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the Effectiveness Period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Holders thereof set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement so amended or such Prospectus as so supplemented.
(c) As promptly as practicable give notice to the Notice Holders, the Initial Purchasers and the Special Counsel, (i) when any Prospectus, prospectus supplement, Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement has been filed with the SEC and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has been declared effective, (ii) of any request, following the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act, by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the occurrence of, but not

9


 

the nature of or details concerning, a Material Event and (vi) of the determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement will be filed with the SEC, which notice may, at the discretion of the Company (or as required pursuant to Section 3(i)), state that it constitutes a Deferral Notice, in which event the provisions of Section 3(i) shall apply.
(d) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of, and if issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction in which they have been qualified for sale, in either case as promptly as practicable, and provide prompt notice to each Notice Holder and the Initial Purchasers of the withdrawal of any such order.
(e) As promptly as practicable furnish to each Notice Holder, the Special Counsel and the Initial Purchasers, upon request and without charge, at least one (1) conformed copy of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, including exhibits and all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference.
(f) During the Effectiveness Period, deliver to each Notice Holder, the Special Counsel, if any, and the Initial Purchasers, in connection with any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses relating to such Registrable Securities (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Notice Holder may reasonably request; and the Company hereby consents (except during such periods that a Deferral Notice is outstanding and has not been revoked) to the use of such Prospectus or each amendment or supplement thereto by each Notice Holder in connection with any offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in the manner set forth therein.
(g) Prior to any public offering of the Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the Notice Holders and the Special Counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any Notice Holder reasonably requests in writing (which request may be included in the Notice and Questionnaire); prior to any public offering of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the Effectiveness Period in connection with such Notice Holder’s offer and sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Registrable Securities in the manner set forth in the relevant Registration Statement and the related Prospectus; provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Agreement or (ii) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in suits or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

10


 

(h) Upon (A) the issuance by the SEC of a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of proceedings with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement under Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Securities Act, (B) the occurrence of any event or the existence of any fact (a “Material Event”) as a result of which in the reasonable opinion of the Company any Registration Statement shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any Prospectus shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (C) the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development that, in the reasonable discretion of the Company, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus:
(i) in the case of clause (B) above, subject to the next sentence, as promptly as practicable prepare and file, if necessary pursuant to applicable law, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document that would be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement and Prospectus so that such Registration Statement does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and such Prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, and, in the case of a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement, subject to the next sentence, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause it to be declared effective as promptly as is practicable, and
(ii) give notice to the Notice Holders, and the Special Counsel, if any, that the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement is suspended (a “Deferral Notice”) and, upon receipt of any Deferral Notice, each Notice Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement until such Notice Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in clause (i) above, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.
The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed (x) in the case of clause (A) above, as promptly as is practicable, (y) in the case of clause (B) above, as soon as, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, public disclosure of such Material Event would not be prejudicial to or contrary to the interests of the Company or, if necessary to avoid unreasonable burden or expense, as soon as practicable thereafter and (z) in the case of clause (C) above, as soon as in the reasonable discretion of the Company, such suspension is no longer appropriate. The Company shall be entitled to exercise its right under this Section 3(i) to suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement or any Prospectus, without incurring or accruing any obligation to pay liquidated damages pursuant

11


 

to Section 2(e), no more than, and any such period during which the availability of the Registration Statement and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”) shall, without incurring any obligation to pay liquidated damages pursuant to Section 2(e), not exceed 90 days in any twelve (12) month period.
(i) In connection with a disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, but no more often than once in any 180-day period, make available for inspection during normal business hours by a representative for the Notice Holders of such Registrable Securities, any broker-dealers, attorneys and accountants retained by such Notice Holders, and any attorneys or other agents retained by a broker-dealer engaged by such Notice Holders, all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the appropriate officers, directors and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries to make available for inspection during normal business hours on reasonable notice all relevant information reasonably requested by such representative for the Notice Holders, or any such broker-dealers, attorneys or accountants in connection with such disposition, in each case as is customary for similar “due diligence” examinations; provided however, that such persons shall, at the Company’s request, first agree in writing with the Company that any information that is reasonably and in good faith designated by the Company as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such persons and shall be used solely for the purposes of exercising rights under this Agreement, unless (i) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order or is necessary to respond to inquiries of regulatory authorities, (ii) disclosure of such information is required by law (including any disclosure requirements pursuant to federal securities laws in connection with the filing of any Registration Statement or the use of any prospectus referred to in this Agreement), (iii) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard by any such person or (iv) such information becomes available to any such person from a source other than the Company and such source is not known by such person to be bound by any obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information, and provided further, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), that such persons shall give the Company reasonable notice of such requirement and reasonable opportunity, at its expense, to seek an order, decree or judgment protecting the confidentiality of such information, and provided further that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall, to the greatest extent possible, be coordinated on behalf of all the Notice Holders and the other parties entitled thereto by Special Counsel. Any person legally compelled to disclose any such confidential information made available for inspection shall provide the Company with prompt prior written notice of such requirement so that the Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy.
(j) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make generally available to its securityholders earning statements (which need not be audited) satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) for a 12-month period commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Company commencing after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall be made available no later than 45 days after the end of the 12-month period or 90 days if the 12-month period coincides with the fiscal year of the Company.

12


 

(k) Cooperate with each Notice Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities sold or to be sold pursuant to a Registration Statement, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends, and cause such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations as are permitted by the Indenture and registered in such names as such Notice Holder may request in writing at least one (1) Business Day prior to any sale of such Registrable Securities.
(l) Provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities covered by each Registration Statement not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee and the transfer agent for the Common Stock with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities that are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
(m) Cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
(n) Upon the filing of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement and the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement, announce the same, in each case by release to two of Reuters Economic Services, Bloomberg Business News or Business Wire.
(o) Cause all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debentures to be reserved for listing on each U.S. national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is then listed by no later than the date the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Common Stock to be so listed when issued.
Section 4. Holder’s Obligations. Each Holder agrees, by acquisition of the Registrable Securities, that no Holder shall be entitled to sell any of such Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement or to receive a Prospectus relating thereto, unless such Holder has furnished the Company with a Notice and Questionnaire as required pursuant to Section 2(d) hereof (including the information required to be included in such Notice and Questionnaire) and the information set forth in the next sentence. Each Notice Holder agrees promptly to furnish to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Notice Holder not misleading and any other information regarding such Notice Holder and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request. Any sale of any Registrable Securities by any Holder shall constitute a representation and warranty by such Holder that the information relating to such Holder and its plan of distribution is as set forth in the Prospectus delivered by such Holder in connection with such disposition, that such Prospectus does not as of the time of such sale contain any untrue statement of a material fact relating to or provided by such Holder or its plan of distribution and that such Prospectus does not as of the time of such sale omit to state any material fact relating to or provided by such Holder or its plan of distribution necessary to make the statements in such Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
Section 5. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the performance by the Company of its obligations under Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement whether or not any Registration Statement is declared

13


 

effective, except as otherwise noted below. Such fees and expenses shall include, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses (x) with respect to filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and (y) of compliance with federal and state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of the Special Counsel not in excess of $5,000 in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities under the laws of such jurisdictions as Notice Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement may designate), (ii) printing expenses (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company), (iii) duplication and mailing expenses relating to copies of any Registration Statement or Prospectus delivered to any Holders hereunder, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, (v) fees and disbursements of Special Counsel in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement of up to $25,000, (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel and of the registrar and transfer agent for the Common Stock and (vii) any Securities Act liability insurance obtained by the Company in its sole discretion. In addition, the Company shall pay the internal expenses of the Company (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit, the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing by the Company of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which similar securities of the Company are then listed and the fees and expenses of any person, including special experts, retained by the Company. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, each selling Holder of Registrable Securities shall pay selling expenses, including any underwriting discount and commissions, and all transfer taxes, to the extent required by applicable law, and such selling Holder’s registration expenses, including the fees and disbursements of its counsel (other than the fees and disbursements of Special Counsel paid by the Company as referred to above) and other representatives.
Section 6. Indemnification and Contribution.
(a) Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Notice Holder and its directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls any Notice Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Notice Holder within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against (i) any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereof or in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or in settlement of any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or in settlement of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that any such settlement is

14


 

effected with the prior written consent of the Company; and (iii) any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above; provided, however, the Company shall not be liable to indemnify any Holder insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are (i) caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein, (ii) based upon a Holder’s failure to provide the Company with a material fact relating to the Holder which is required to be included in the Registration Statement or necessary to make a statement in the Registration Statement not be misleading, (iii) relate to sales of Registrable Securities by a Holder to the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, if such person was not sent or given a Prospectus by or on behalf of the Holder, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such person (other than as a result of a failure by the Company to timely deliver copies of the Prospectus to such Holder in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement), and if the Prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses, claims, damages or liabilities or (iv) based upon the Holder’s use of any such prospectus during a period when the Holder has been notified that the use of such prospectus has been suspended.
(b) Indemnification by Holders. Each Holder agrees severally and not jointly to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its directors, officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company (within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and any of their affiliates or any other Holder or its affiliates, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Holder, but only with reference to (i) information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) information relating to the Holder which the Holder fails to provide in writing for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus resulting in an omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or in connection with a sale of Registrable Securities for which the Holder would not be entitled to indemnification pursuant under Section 6(a)(iii) or 6(a)(iv). In no event shall the liability of any Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
(c) Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b) hereof, such person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such

15


 

proceeding; provided, however, that failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable ethical legal standards due to actual or potential differing interests between them, (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such proceeding within 30 days after the receipt of notice thereof, or (iv) such indemnifying party’s counsel shall have assumed defense of such proceeding, but such indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded upon the written advice of counsel that there may be one or more defenses available to it that are different from, additional to or in conflict with those available to such indemnifying party, in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses as are actually incurred shall be borne by such indemnifying party and paid after delivery to such indemnifying party of reasonable documentation therefore setting forth such fees and expenses in reasonable detail incurred. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and shall be designated in writing by, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a), the Holders of a majority (with Holders of Debentures deemed to be the Holders, for purposes of determining such majority, of the number of shares of Underlying Common Stock into which such Debentures are or would be convertible as of the date on which such designation is made) of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement held by Holders that are indemnified parties pursuant to Section 6(a) and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b), the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment that is indemnifiable pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b), as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested in writing an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement

16


 

includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
(d) Contribution. To the extent that the indemnification provided for in Section 6(a) or 6(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand or if the allocation provided above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the initial placement pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (before deducting expenses) of the Registrable Securities to which such losses, claims, damages or liabilities relate. The relative benefits received by any Holder shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Registrable Securities that are registered under the Securities Act. The relative fault of the Holders on the one hand and the Company on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Holders or by the Company or the failure of such party to provide information, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 6 are several in proportion to the respective number of Registrable Securities they have sold pursuant to a Registration Statement, and not joint.
The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding this Section 6, no indemnifying party that is a selling Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Registrable Securities sold by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

17


 

(e) The remedies provided for in this Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to an indemnified party at law or in equity, hereunder, under the Purchase Agreement or otherwise.
(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 6 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder, any person controlling any Holder or any affiliate of any Holder or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) the sale of any Registrable Securities by any Holder.
Section 7. Information Requirements. The Company covenants that, if at any time before the end of the Effectiveness Period, the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, it will cooperate with any Holder and take such further reasonable action as any Holder may reasonably request in writing (including, without limitation, making such reasonable representations as any such Holder may reasonably request), all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the Securities Act and customarily taken in connection with sales pursuant to such exemptions. Upon the written request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such filing requirements, unless such a statement has been included in the Company’s most recent report filed pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities (other than the Common Stock) under any section of the Exchange Act.
Section 8. Miscellaneous.
(a) No Conflicting Agreements. The Company is not, as of the date hereof, a party to, nor shall it, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that conflicts with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement. The Company represents and warrants that the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s securities under any other agreements except to the extent that a waiver has been obtained.
(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Underlying Common Stock constituting Registrable Securities (with Holders of Debentures deemed to be the Holders, for purposes of this Section, of the number of outstanding shares of Underlying Common Stock into which such Debentures are or would be convertible as of the date on which such consent is requested). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement;

18


 

provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing two sentences, this Agreement may be amended by written agreement signed by the Company and the Initial Purchasers, without the consent of the Holders of Registrable Securities, to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Agreement that shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Registrable Securities. Each Holder of Registrable Securities outstanding at the time of any such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent or thereafter shall be bound by any such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 8(b), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent appears on the Registrable Securities or is delivered to such Holder.
(c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, by telecopier, by courier guaranteeing overnight delivery or by first-class mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed given (i) when made, if made by hand delivery, (ii) upon confirmation, if made by telecopier, (iii) one (1) Business Day after being deposited with such courier, if made by overnight courier or (iv) on the date indicated on the notice of receipt, if made by first-class mail, to the parties as follows:
(i) if to the Initial Purchasers, initially at their address set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

with a copy (for informational purposes only) to:
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP 919 Third Avenue New York, NY 10022 Attention: Eleazer N. Klein, Esq.
Telecopy No.: (212) 593-5955
(ii) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in a Notice and Questionnaire or any amendment thereto;
(iii) if to the Company, to:
IMPAX Laboratories, Inc. 3735 Castor Avenue Philadelphia, PA 19124 Attention: Mr. Barry R. Edwards Chief Executive Officer
Telecopy No.: (215) 289-5932

19


 

with a copy (for informational purposes only) to:
Blank Rome LLP One Logan Square Philadelphia, PA 19103-6998 Attention: Ronald Fisher, Esq.
Telecopy No.: (215) 832-5479
or to such other address as such person may have furnished to the other persons identified in this Section 8(c) in writing in accordance herewith (which shall be deemed given when received).
(d) Approval of Holders. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (other than the Initial Purchasers or subsequent Holders if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be such affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Registrable Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
(e) Successors and Assigns. Any person who purchases any Registrable Securities from the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed, for purposes of this Agreement, to be an assignee of the Initial Purchasers. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each Holder of any Registrable Securities, provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities, such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.
(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(h) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(i) Severability. If any term provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the

20


 

same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. Except as provided in the Purchase Agreement, there are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein, with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Registrable Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings among the parties with respect to such registration rights. No party hereto shall have any rights, duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth in this Agreement.
(k) Termination. This Agreement and the obligations of the parties hereunder shall terminate upon the end of the Effectiveness Period, except for any liabilities or obligations under Section 4, 5 or 6 hereof and the obligations to make payments of and provide for the Liquidated Damages Amount under Section 2(e) hereof to the extent such amount accrues prior to the end of the Effectiveness Period, each of which shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms.
[Signature Follows]

21


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
                IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Barry R. Edwards    
    Name:   Barry R. Edwards   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   

22


 

         
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.
INITIAL PURCHASERS:
HIGHBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL LLC
By: HIGHBRIDGE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
         
     
  By:   /s/ Adam J. Chill    
    Name:   Adam J. Chill   
    Title:   Managing Director   

 


 

         
EXHIBIT A
QUESTIONNAIRE
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
FORM OF SELLING SECURITYHOLDER NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE
3.5% SENIOR SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE NOTES DUE 2012
The undersigned beneficial owner of 3.5% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes Due 2012 (the “Debentures”) of Impax Laboratories, Inc. (“Impax”) or common stock issued upon the conversion of the Debentures, $.01 par value (the “Common Stock” and, together with the Debentures, the “Registrable Securities”), of Impax understands that Impax has filed or intends to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-3 or another appropriate form (collectively, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the Registrable Securities, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), between Impax and the Initial Purchasers listed therein. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is available from Impax upon request at the address set forth below. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement. In order to sell or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, a beneficial owner of Registrable Securities will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus, deliver a prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities and be bound by those provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to such beneficial owner (including certain indemnification provisions described below). Beneficial owners that do not complete this Notice and Questionnaire and deliver it to Impax as provided below will not be named as selling securityholders in the prospectus and therefore will not be permitted to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. Beneficial owners must complete and deliver this Notice and Questionnaire at least 10 Business Days prior to the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement so that such beneficial owners could be named as selling securityholders in the related prospectus at the time of effectiveness. Upon receipt of a completed Notice and Questionnaire from a beneficial owner following the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement, Impax will, as promptly as practicable, file such amendments to a Shelf Registration Statement or supplements to the related prospectus or file any other required document, as necessary, to permit such holder to deliver such prospectus to purchasers of Registrable Securities. Impax has agreed to pay additional interest as liquidated damages pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement under certain circumstances set forth therein.

 


 

CERTAIN LEGAL CONSEQUENCES ARISE FROM BEING NAMED AS A SELLING SECURITYHOLDER IN THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND THE RELATED PROSPECTUS. ACCORDINGLY, HOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF REGISTRABLE SECURITIES ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN SECURITIES LAW COUNSEL REGARDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF BEING NAMED OR NOT BEING NAMED AS A SELLING SECURITYHOLDER IN THE SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND THE RELATED PROSPECTUS.
NOTICE
The undersigned beneficial owner of Registrable Securities hereby gives notice to Impax of the undersigned’s intention to sell or otherwise dispose of Registrable Securities beneficially owned by the undersigned and listed below in Item 3 (unless otherwise specified under such Item 3) pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, understands that the undersigned will be bound by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement as if the undersigned were an original party thereto.
Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Impax and Impax directors, officers and each person, if any, who controls Impax within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), from and against certain losses arising in connection with, among other things, statements concerning the undersigned made in the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus in reliance upon the information provided in this Notice and Questionnaire, as more fully described in the Registration Rights Agreement.
QUESTIONNAIRE
Please respond to every item, even if your response is “none.” If you need more space for any response, please attach additional sheets of paper. Please be sure to write your name and the number of the item being responded to on each such additional sheet of paper and sign each such additional sheet of paper and attach it to this Notice and Questionnaire. Please note that you may be asked to answer additional questions depending on your responses to the following questions.
If you have any questions about the contents of this Notice and Questionnaire or as to who should complete this Notice and Questionnaire, please contact Impax’s Corporate Secretary at (215) 289-2220.

2


 

COMPLETED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRES SHOULD BE RETURNED
TO IMPAX IN THE FOLLOWING MANNER:
COPY BY FACSIMILE TO:
Corporate Secretary
Fax: (215) 289-5932
WITH THE ORIGINAL COPY TO FOLLOW BY MAIL TO:
Impax Laboratories, Inc.
3735 Castor Avenue
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19124
Attention: Corporate Secretary
The undersigned hereby provides the following information to Impax and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:
1. YOUR IDENTITY AND BACKGROUND AS THE BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THE REGISTRABLE SECURITIES.
(a) Your full legal name:
 
(b) Your business address (including street address) (or residence if no business address), telephone number and facsimile number:
         
Address:
       
 
 
 
   
Telephone No.:
       
 
 
 
   
Fax. No.:
       
 
 
 
   
(c) Are you a broker-dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act?
[     ] Yes
[     ] No
(d) If your response to Item 1(c) above is no, are you an “affiliate” of a broker-dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act?
[     ] Yes
[     ] No

3


 

(e) Full legal name of person through which you hold the Registrable Securities (i.e., name of your broker or the DTC participant, if applicable, through which your Registrable Securities are held):
         
Name of broker:
       
 
 
 
   
DTC No.:
       
 
 
 
   
Contact person:
       
 
 
 
   
Telephone No.:
       
 
 
 
   
2. YOUR RELATIONSHIP WITH IMPAX.
(a) Have you or any of your affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (owners of 5% or more of the equity securities of the undersigned) held any position or office or have you had any other material relationship with Impax (or its predecessors or affiliates) within the past three years?
[     ] Yes
[     ] No
(b) If your response to Item 2(a) above is yes, please state the nature and duration of your relationship with Impax (or its predecessors or affiliates):
3. YOUR INTEREST IN THE REGISTRABLE SECURITIES.
(a) State the type of Registrable Securities (Debentures or Common Stock) and the principal amount or number of such Registrable Securities beneficially owned by you. Check any of the following that applies to you.
[     ] I own Debentures:
Principal amount and CUSIP No. of the Debentures beneficially owned:
 
CUSIP No(s):                                                               

4


 

[     ] I own shares of Common Stock that were issued upon conversion of the Debentures:
Number of shares and CUSIP No. of the Common Stock beneficially owned:                                                               
CUSIP No(s):                                                               
(b) Other than as set forth in your response to Item 3(a) above, do you beneficially own any other securities of Impax?
[     ] Yes
[     ] No
(c) If your answer to Item 3(b) above is yes, state the type, the aggregate amount and CUSIP No. of such other securities of Impax beneficially owned by you:
         
Type:
       
 
 
 
   
Aggregate amount:
       
 
 
 
   
CUSIP No.:
       
 
 
 
   
(d) Did you acquire the securities listed in Item 3(a) above in the ordinary course of business?
[     ] Yes
[     ] No
(e) At the time of your purchase of the securities listed in Item 3(a) above, did you have any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the securities?
[     ] Yes
[     ] No
(f) If your response to Item 3(e) above is yes, please describe such agreements or understandings:

5


 

4. NATURE OF YOUR BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP.
(a) If the name of the beneficial owner of the Registrable Securities set forth in your response to Item 1(a) above is that of a general or limited partnership, state the names of the general partners of such partnership:
(b) With respect to each general partner listed in Item 4(a) above who is not a natural person, and is not publicly held, name each shareholder (or holder of partnership interests, if applicable) of such general partner. If any of these named shareholders are not natural persons or publicly held entities, please provide the same information. This process should be repeated until you reach natural persons or a publicly held entity.
(c) Name your controlling shareholder(s) (the “Controlling Entity”). If the Controlling Entity is not a natural person and is not a publicly held entity, name each shareholder of such Controlling Entity. If any of these named shareholders are not natural persons or publicly held entities, please provide the same information. This process should be repeated until you reach natural persons or a publicly held entity.
(A)(i) Full legal name of Controlling Entity(ies) or natural person(s) who have sole or shared voting or dispositive power over the Registrable Securities:
 
(ii) Business address (including street address) (or residence if no business address), telephone number and facsimile number of such person(s):
         
Address:
       
 
 
 
   
Telephone:
       
 
 
 
   
Fax:
       
 
 
 
   
(iii) Name of shareholders:
 
(B)(i) Full legal name of Controlling Entity(ies):
 
(ii) Business address (including street address) (or residence if no business address), telephone number and facsimile number of such person(s):
         
Address:
       
 
 
 
   
Telephone:
       
 
 
 
   
Fax:
       
 
 
 
   

6


 

(iii) Name of shareholders:
 
IF YOU NEED MORE SPACE FOR THIS RESPONSE, PLEASE ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS OF PAPER. PLEASE BE SURE TO INDICATE YOUR NAME AND THE NUMBER OF THE ITEM BEING RESPONDED TO ON EACH SUCH ADDITIONAL SHEET OF PAPER, AND TO SIGN EACH SUCH ADDITIONAL SHEET OF PAPER BEFORE ATTACHING IT TO THIS NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE. PLEASE NOTE THAT YOU MAY BE ASKED TO ANSWER ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS DEPENDING ON YOUR RESPONSES TO THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS.
5. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.
Except as set forth below, the undersigned (including the undersigned’s donees or pledgees) intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above in Item 3 pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. If the Registrable Securities are sold through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, the undersigned will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agents’ commissions. Such Registrable Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise, the undersigned may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging positions they assume. The undersigned may also sell Registrable Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.
State any exceptions here:
 
Note: In no event will such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of the Registrable Securities without the prior written agreement of Impax.

7


 

The undersigned acknowledges the undersigned’s obligation to comply with the prospectus delivery and other provisions of the Securities Act, provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M (or any successor rules or regulations), in connection with any offering or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. The undersigned agrees that neither the undersigned nor any person acting on the undersigned’s behalf will engage in any transaction in violation of such provisions.
If the undersigned transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date of this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of such transferee(s) rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement.
The undersigned hereby acknowledges the undersigned’s obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless certain persons as set forth therein. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, Impax has agreed under certain circumstances to indemnify the undersigned against certain liabilities.
In accordance with the undersigned’s obligation under the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the undersigned agrees to promptly notify Impax of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein that may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while a Shelf Registration Statement remains effective.
All notices to the undersigned hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing to the undersigned at the address set forth in Item 1(b) of this Notice and Questionnaire.
By signing below, the undersigned acknowledges that the undersigned is the beneficial owner of the Registrable Securities set forth herein, represents that the information provided herein is accurate, consents to the disclosure of the information contained in this Notice and Questionnaire and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus. The undersigned understands that Impax will rely on such information in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any filing of a new Shelf Registration Statement.
Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the undersigned and received by Impax, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of Impax and the undersigned beneficial owner. This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by a duly authorized agent of the undersigned.
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER:
                                                                                   
(Please Print Full Legal Name)
Signature:
(Please Print Name and Title if Signed on Behalf of an Entity)
Date:                                                               

9

EXHIBIT 4.6
PROMISSORY NOTE
         
$11,000,000.00   Minneapolis, Minnesota   June 7, 2006
     For Value Received and in installments as hereinafter set forth, Impax Laboratories, Inc. a Delaware corporation headquartered in Hayward, California (“Maker”), promises to pay to the order of Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Georgia corporation headquartered in Marietta, Georgia (“Payee”), at 901 Sawyer Road, Marietta, GA 30062, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of ELEVEN MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($11,000,000.00), together with interest from June 7, 2006 until maturity on the balance of the principal sum hereof from time to time owing and unpaid, at a rate of six percent (6%) per annum. All past-due principal and accrued interest on this Note shall bear interest from the maturity thereof until paid at the rate of twelve per cent (12%) per annum.
     The principal of, and accrued interest on, this Note shall be due and payable in twenty-four (24) installments as follows: The first installment in the amount of Nine Hundred Twenty-five Thousand Two Hundred Seventy-four and 71/100 Dollars ($925,274.71) shall be due and payable on or before March 31, 2007; and the remaining twenty-three (23) installments shall each be in the amount of Five Hundred Forty-nine Thousand One Hundred Sixty-five and 12/100 Dollars ($549,165.12), with the first of said twenty-three remaining installments being due and payable on or before June 30, 2007, and with a like such installment being due and payable on or before the last day of each September, December, March and June thereafter until December 31, 2012, upon which date all unpaid principal and accrued interest shall be finally due and payable if not sooner paid.
     Maker shall have the right to prepay all or any portion of this Note at any time without premium or penalty.
     All amounts paid on this Note shall be applied as received by the Payee first to the payment of accrued interest, if any, and the balance remaining, if any, to the reduction of principal; provided that no prepayment sum shall operate to postpone or delay the date on which the next installment is due and payable hereon.
     This Note shall become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (iii), and at the option of the Payee or other holder hereof if any of the following other conditions exist or events occur:
     (i) a default in the payment of any installment hereon when due and the Maker’s failure to fully cure said default within ten (10) days following the giving of a written notice by the Payee or other holder hereof that said default has occurred;
     (ii) a Change of Control;
     (iii) filing of a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding by or against Maker, which, in the case of an involuntary proceeding, is not dismissed within ninety (90) days after filing;

 


 

     (iv) the working capital of Maker, determined according to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied (which Maker agrees to calculate on or before the 5 th business day of each calendar month as of the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month), falls below 150% of the remaining note balance as of the last day of the calendar month with respect to which working capital is being determined. Maker will notify Payee or other holder hereof of the occurrence of this event within five (5) business days of the relevant monthly calculation.
     For purposes of this Note, Change of Control means (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Maker; (ii) a sale other than to an Affiliate of more than a majority of the issued and outstanding voting stock of Maker; (iii) the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Maker in which the stockholders of Maker immediately prior to such transaction own less than a majority of the issued and outstanding voting stock or other voting equity interests immediately after such transaction or (iv) the dissolution of Maker. An “Affiliate” shall mean any other person or entity directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or common control with Maker. For purposes of this distinction, “control” means the power to direct the management and policies of Maker, directly or indirectly whether through the ownership of voting stock or otherwise.
     For the purposes of this Note, “insolvent” means that the fair value of Maker’s then-current assets is lower than the total amount of Maker’s then-current liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities that are probable and estimable, and/or that Maker has incurred debts or liabilities beyond Maker’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities in the ordinary course of business as they mature, taking into account the possibility of refinancing such obligations and selling assets.
     If this Note is collected by suit, through the Bankruptcy Court, or any judicial proceeding, or if a default occurs in the payment or performance of any obligation of the Maker under this Note or any other agreement by the Maker, and this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, then the Maker further agrees to pay the reasonable attorney’s fees, court costs, and other reasonable costs incurred by Payee incident to the foregoing, such payments to be in addition to all other amounts owing hereunder.
     The Maker expressly waives (except to the limited extent otherwise provided in this Note) demand, presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, notices of acceleration and of intent to accelerate, and all other notice. Maker further waives filing of suit and diligence in collecting this Note, and agrees to any substitution, exchange or release of any party primarily or secondarily liable hereon and further agrees that it will not be necessary for the Payee or other any holder hereof, in order to enforce payment of this Note by it, to first institute suit or exhaust its remedies against Maker or any other person liable herefor, and consents to any one or more extensions or postponements of time of payment of this Note and to any other indulgences with respect hereto, without notice thereof or consent.
     Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered at the addresses designated below, or to such other addresses as may subsequently be designated in writing by the parties:

 


 

For Payee:
Attn: General Counsel
Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
901 Sawyer Road
Marietta, GA 30062
For Maker:
Impax Laboratories, Inc.
30831 Huntwood Avenue
Hayward, CA 94010
Attn: President
With a copy to:
Impax Laboratories, Inc.
121 New Britain Rd.
Chalfont, PA 18914
Attn: Chief Executive Officer
     This Note is governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of Minnesota, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. In addition, the Maker and the Payee, solely for the purpose of any dispute relating to this Note, hereby submit to the personal jurisdiction and venue of the United States District Court for the District of Minnesota.
      THIS NOTE REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
             
    IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Larry Hsu    
 
           
 
  Name:   Larry Hsu    
 
           
 
  Title:   President    
 
           
The Payee’s signature below is attached solely for the purposes of the penultimate paragraph above regarding the agreement to personal jurisdiction and venue, and the final paragraph indicating that this Note represents the final agreement of the parties thereto.
             
    SOLVAY PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Peter G. Edwards    
 
           
 
  Name:   Peter G. Edwards    
 
           
 
  Title:   SVP and General Counsel    
 
           

 

EXHIBIT   10.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
between
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
“Borrower”
and
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
“Bank”
Dated: December 15, 2005

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            PAGE  
 
               
1.   Definitions     1  
 
               
 
  1.1   Defined Terms:     1  
 
  1.2   Financial Terms     21  
 
               
2.   The Credit Facility; Letters of Credit; Interest and Fees     21  
 
               
 
  2.1   The Credit Facility     21  
 
  2.2   Collections Account     21  
 
  2.3   Interest     22  
 
  2.4   Interest Rate Adjustments     23  
 
  2.5   Notice and Manner of Borrowing and Rate Conversion     23  
 
  2.6   Repayment of Loans     24  
 
  2.7   Additional Payment Provisions     25  
 
  2.8   Default Rate     26  
 
  2.9   Calculation of Interest     26  
 
  2.10   Letters of Credit     27  
 
  2.11   Fees     27  
 
  2.12   Statement of Account     28  
 
  2.13   Termination     28  
 
  2.14   USA Patriot Act Notice     28  
 
               
3.   Conditions Precedent to Extensions of Credit     28  
 
               
 
  3.1   Conditions Precedent to Initial Loan     28  
 
  3.2   Conditions Precedent to Each Revolver Loan     30  
 
               
4.   Representations and Warranties     31  
 
               
 
  4.1   Valid Existence and Power     31  
 
  4.2   Authority     31  
 
  4.3   Financial Condition     31  
 
  4.4   Litigation     32  
 
  4.5   Agreements, Etc.     32  
 
  4.6   Authorizations     32  
 
  4.7   Title     32  
 
  4.8   Collateral     32  
 
  4.9   Jurisdiction of Organization; Location     32  
 
  4.10   Taxes     33  
 
  4.11   Labor Law Matters     33  
 
  4.12   Accounts     33  
 
  4.13   Judgment Liens     33  
 
  4.14   Corporate Structure     33  
 
  4.15   Deposit Accounts     34  
 
  4.16   Environmental     34  
 
  4.17   ERISA     34  
 
  4.18   Investment Company Act     34  

 


 

                 
            PAGE  
 
               
 
  4.19   Names     34  
 
  4.20   Insider     35  
 
  4.21   Sanctioned Persons; Sanctioned Countries     35  
 
  4.22   Compliance with Covenants; No Default     35  
 
  4.23   Full Disclosure     35  
 
  4.24   Borrower Information Certificate     35  
 
  4.25   Intellectual Property     35  
 
               
5.   Affirmative Covenants of Borrower     36  
 
               
 
  5.1   Use of Revolver Loan Proceeds     36  
 
  5.2   Maintenance of Business and Properties     36  
 
  5.3   Insurance     36  
 
  5.4   Notice of Default     36  
 
  5.5   Inspections of Books and Records and Field Examinations     37  
 
  5.6   Financial Information     38  
 
  5.7   Maintenance of Existence and Rights     40  
 
  5.8   Payment of Taxes, Etc.     40  
 
  5.9   Subordination     40  
 
  5.10   Compliance with Laws, Regulations, Etc.     40  
 
  5.11   Compliance with ERISA     41  
 
  5.12   License Agreements     41  
 
  5.13   Additional Real Property Collateral     43  
 
  5.14   Further Assurances     43  
 
  5.15   Covenants Regarding Collateral     44  
 
  5.16   Material Contracts     44  
 
  5.17   Notices     44  
 
  5.18   2004 Audited Financial Statements     45  
 
               
6.   Negative Covenants of Borrower     45  
 
               
 
  6.1   Debt     45  
 
  6.2   Liens     46  
 
  6.3   Restricted Payments     46  
 
  6.4   Loans and Other Investments     47  
 
  6.5   Change in Business     47  
 
  6.6   Accounts     47  
 
  6.7   Transactions with Affiliates     47  
 
  6.8   No Change in Name, Offices or Jurisdiction of Organization; Removal of Collateral     47  
 
  6.9   No Sale, Leaseback     48  
 
  6.10   Margin Stock     48  
 
  6.11   Tangible Collateral     48  
 
  6.12   Subsidiaries     48  
 
  6.13   Liquidation, Mergers, Consolidations and Dispositions of Substantial Assets, Name and Good Standing     48  
 
  6.14   Change of Fiscal Year or Accounting Methods     48  
 
  6.15   Deposit Accounts     48  
 
  6.16   Negative-negative Pledge     49  

ii


 

                 
            PAGE  
 
               
 
  6.17   Material Adverse Contracts     49  
 
               
7.   Other Covenants of Borrower     49  
 
               
 
  7.1   Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio     49  
 
  7.2   Capital Expenditures     49  
 
  7.3   Effect of FAS 133 Charge     50  
 
               
8.   Default     50  
 
               
 
  8.1   Events of Default     50  
 
  8.2   Remedies     52  
 
  8.3   Receiver     53  
 
  8.4   Deposits     53  
 
  8.5   Insurance     53  
 
               
9.   Security Agreement     54  
 
               
 
  9.1   Security Interest     54  
 
  9.2   Financing Statements; Power of Attorney     54  
 
  9.3   Entry     55  
 
  9.4   Other Rights     55  
 
  9.5   Accounts     55  
 
  9.6   Waiver of Marshaling     56  
 
  9.7   Control     56  
 
               
10.   Miscellaneous     56  
 
               
 
  10.1   No Waiver, Remedies Cumulative     56  
 
  10.2   Survival of Representations     56  
 
  10.3   Indemnity By Borrower; Expenses     56  
 
  10.4   Notices     57  
 
  10.5   Governing Law     58  
 
  10.6   Successors and Assigns     58  
 
  10.7   Counterparts; Telecopied Signatures     58  
 
  10.8   No Usury     58  
 
  10.9   Powers     58  
 
  10.10   Approvals; Amendments     59  
 
  10.11   Participations and Assignments     59  
 
  10.12   Waiver of Certain Defenses     59  
 
  10.13   Integration; Final Agreement     59  
 
  10.14   LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; WAIVER OF PUNITIVE DAMAGES     59  
 
  10.15   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL     60  
 
  10.16   Amendment and Restatement of Existing Loan Agreement     60  

iii


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of December 15, 2005 between IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, “Bank”);
WITNESSETH:
In consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained and to induce Bank to extend credit to Borrower, intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:
1.  Definitions . Capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in this Section 1.
          1.1 Defined Terms :
“Accession” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Account” has the meaning set forth in the Code, together with any guaranties, letters of credit, Letter-of-Credit Rights, and other security therefore, including Supporting Obligations. “Account” shall specifically include all Royalty Payments.
“Account Debtor” means a Person who is obligated under any Account, Chattel Paper, General Intangible or Instrument.
“Acquisition Consideration” means the purchase consideration for any Permitted Acquisition and all other payments by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with, the aggregate consideration for any Permitted Acquisition (including, without limitation, any Debt assumed by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), whether paid in cash or by exchange of properties or otherwise (but excluding consideration in the form of Subordinated Debt or capital stock of Borrower) and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price and any incurrence or assumption of Debt, “earn-outs” and other similar agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any Person or business acquired in such Permitted Acquisition.
“Affiliate” of a Person means (a) any Person directly or indirectly owning 5% or more of the voting stock or equity interests of such named Person or of which the named Person owns 5% or more of such voting stock or equity interests; (b) any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such named Person; (c) any officer, director or employee of such named Person or any Affiliate of the named Person; and (d) any family member of the named Person or any Affiliate of such named Person.
“ANDAs” shall mean Abbreviated New Drug Applications filed by Borrower with the United States Food and Drug Administration.

 


 

“Applicable Margin” shall mean, at any time, the applicable percentage set forth below if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is at or within the amounts indicated for such percentage:
                 
    Applicable   Applicable
    Margin for   Margin for
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio   Prime Rate Loans   LIBOR Loans
                 
Less than 1.50 to 1
    0 %     2.25 %
Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1 but less than or equal to 2.00 to 1
    0 %     2.00 %
Greater than 2.00 to 1 but less than or equal to 2.50 to 1
    0 %     1.75 %
Greater than 2.50 to 1
    0 %     1.50 %
provided, that the Applicable Margin shall be calculated and established once each fiscal quarter (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on September 30, 2005) and shall remain in effect until adjusted thereafter during the next fiscal quarter. Each change in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be effective on and after the date of delivery to the Bank of the financial statements and certificates required by Section 5.6(b) and Section 5.6(d), respectively, indicating such change, and until the date immediately preceding the next date of delivery of such financial statements and certificates indicating another such change. In the event that Borrower has failed to deliver the financial statements and certificates required by Sections 5.6(b) or (d), respectively, and in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Bank, the Applicable Margin shall be the highest percentage set forth above until receipt by Bank of such information. Prior to Borrower’s fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2005, the Applicable Margin shall be two percent (2%).
“Banking Relationship Debt” means any Debt or other obligations of Borrower to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank arising out of or relating to (a) credit cards; (b) merchant card services; (c) products or services under cash management agreements; (d) Swap Agreements Obligations; and (e) such other banking products or services provided by Bank or any Affiliate of Bank other than Letters of Credit.
“Borrower Information Certificate” means a certificate submitted by Borrower to Bank on or before the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.1 hereto concerning certain factual information about Borrower, to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 3.1.2(f) hereto.
“Borrowing Base” means, on any date of determination thereof (and after giving effect to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1.1(b)), an amount equal to:
                    (a) up to 80% (or such lesser percentage as Bank may determine from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion) of the total amount of Eligible Accounts, plus
                    (b) the lesser of (a) up to 65% (or such lesser percentage as Bank may determine from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion) of the total amount of

2


 

Eligible Inventory consisting of finished goods or (b) 80% (or such lesser percentage as Bank may determine from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion) of the NOLV of Eligible Inventory consisting of finished goods; plus
                    (c) the lesser of 25% (or such lesser percentage as Bank may determine from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion) of the total amount of Eligible Inventory consisting of raw materials, or (b) 80% (or such lesser percentage as Bank may determine from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion) of the NOLV of such Eligible Inventory consisting of raw materials; plus
                    (d) the lesser of (a) up to 85% (or such lesser percentage as Bank may determine from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion) of the NOLV of Eligible Equipment or (b) the Maximum Equipment Advance Amount; minus
                    (e) any Reserves.
“Borrowing Base Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.6(a).
“Bulk Inventory” means all of Borrower’s Inventory in the form of capsules and tablets which are not bottled, packaged or labeled but which otherwise constitute finished goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business of Borrower.
“Bulk Inventory Loan Limit” means an amount equal to One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00).
“Business Day” means a weekday on which Bank is open for business in Charlotte, North Carolina and Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
“Capital Stock” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock or partnership, limited liability company or other equity interests at any time outstanding, and any and all rights, warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock or other interests (but excluding any debt security that is exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock).
“Cash Equivalents” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) securities issued, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured, by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such Person; (b) time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances of Bank or any commercial bank, or which is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company, in each case, organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia having, capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $500 million with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such Person; (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above, which repurchase obligations are secured by a valid perfected security interest in the underlying securities; (d) commercial paper issued by any Person incorporated in the United States rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s and in each case maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition by such Person; (e) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof

3


 

having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (t) demand deposit accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business; and (g) investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (f) above.
“Change of Control” shall mean (a) the transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Borrower to any Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act); (b) the liquidation or dissolution of Borrower or the adoption of a plan by the stockholders of Borrower relating to the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower; (c) the acquisition by any Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the voting power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of Borrower or the Board of Directors of Borrower; or (d) during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of Borrower (together with any new directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders of Borrower was approved by a vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds (66 2/3%) percent of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower then still in office.
“Chattel Paper” has the meaning set forth in the Code, including Electronic Chattel Paper and Tangible Chattel Paper, together with any guaranties, letters of credit, Letter-of-Credit Rights, and other security therefore, including Supporting Obligations.
“Closing Date” means the date on which all of the conditions precedent in Section 3 of this Agreement are satisfied and the initial Loans are made under this Agreement.
“Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute), as adopted and in force in the Jurisdiction or, when the laws of any other state govern the method or manner of the perfection or enforcement of any security interest in any of the Collateral, the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute) of such state. Any term used in this Agreement and in any financing statement filed in connection herewith which is defined in the Code and not otherwise defined in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document has the meaning given to the term in the Code.
“Collateral” means all property of Borrower, wherever located and whether now owned by Borrower or hereafter acquired, including but not limited to: (a) all Inventory; (b) all General Intangibles; (c) all Accounts; (d) Chattel Paper; (e) all Instruments and Documents and any other instrument or intangible representing payment for goods or services; (f) all Equipment, provided however, specifically excluding all fixtures that would be defined as “Building Equipment” in that certain Beneficiary Agreement dated October 23, 2002 executed by Cathay Bank in favor of Congress; (g) all Investment Property; (h) all Commercial Tort Claims; (i) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; (j) all Deposit Accounts and funds on deposit therein, including but not limited to any Disbursements Account, Collections Account or funds otherwise on deposit with or under the control of Bank or its agents or correspondents; (k) all Fixtures; and (l) all parts, replacements, substitutions, profits, products, Accessions and cash and non-cash Proceeds and Supporting Obligations of any of the foregoing (including, but not limited to, insurance proceeds) in any form and wherever located. The foregoing Fixtures collateral is located at or affixed to the real

4


 

property known as 3775 Kensington Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, Philadelphia County, PA, 1502 Crocker Avenue, Hayward, CA, 31153 San Antonio Street, Hayward, CA and 30831 Huntwood Avenue, Hayward, CA. Collateral shall include all written or electronically recorded books and records relating to any such Collateral and other rights relating thereto. Collateral shall specifically exclude all Intellectual Property.
“Collateral Location” means any location where Collateral is located, as identified and certified by Borrower on the Borrower Information Certificate.
“Collections Account” means any Deposit Account maintained by Borrower at Bank to which collections, deposits and other payments on or with respect to Collateral may be made pursuant to the terms hereof, to which only Bank shall have access to withdraw or otherwise direct the disposition of funds on deposit therein.
“Commercial Tort Claim” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Debt” means all liabilities of a Person as determined under GAAP and all obligations which such Person has guaranteed or endorsed or is otherwise secondarily or jointly liable for, and shall include, without limitation (a) all obligations for borrowed money or purchased assets, (b) obligations secured by assets whether or not any personal liability exists, (c) the capitalized amount of any capital or finance lease obligations, (d) the unfunded portion of pension or benefit plans or other similar liabilities, (e) obligations as a general partner, (f) contingent obligations pursuant to guaranties, endorsements, letters of credit and other secondary liabilities, (g) obligations for deposits, and (h) obligations under Swap Agreements.
“Default” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Event of Default.
“Default Rate” on any date, means a rate per annum that is equal to (i) in the case of each Loan outstanding on such date, 3.0% in excess of the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan on such date, and (ii) in the case of any other Obligations outstanding on such date, 3.0% in excess of the Prime Rate in effect on such date, provided that Obligations under Swap Agreements shall bear interest at the Default Rate determined in accordance with the terms of said Swap Agreements.
“Deposit Account” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Disbursement Account” means any Deposit Account maintained by Borrower with Bank for the purpose of depositing the proceeds of Loans made pursuant hereto.
“Document” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Electronic Chattel Paper” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Eligible Accounts” means all Accounts in U.S. dollars evidenced by a paper invoice or electronic equivalent (valued at the face amount of such invoice, less maximum discounts, credits and allowances which may be taken by Account Debtors on such Accounts, net of any sales tax, finance charges or late payment charges included in the invoiced amount, net of any accruals for adjustments, returns, rebates, chargebacks and discounts and net of Borrower’s “chargeback/wac” accrual) created or acquired by Borrower arising from the sale of Inventory and/or the provision of certain services in Borrower’s ordinary course of business (as approved by Bank) in which Bank has a first (and only) priority, perfected security interest, but excluding, without duplication

5


 

                    (a) Accounts outstanding for longer than (i) with respect to Accounts owing by Teva, (A) sixty (60) days from the original invoice date or (B) thirty (30) days from the original due date, whichever is shorter and (ii) with respect to all Account Debtors other than Teva, ninety (90) days from original invoice date or (iii) sixty (60) days from the original due date, which ever is shorter;
                    (b) all Accounts owed by an Account Debtor if more than fifty percent (50%) of the Accounts owed by such Account Debtor to Borrower are deemed ineligible hereunder pursuant to clause (a);
                    (c) Accounts owing from any Affiliate of Borrower;
                    (d) Accounts owed by a creditor of Borrower to the extent of the amount of the indebtedness of Borrower to such creditor;
                    (e) Accounts which are in dispute or subject to any counterclaim, contra-account, volume rebate, cooperative advertising accrual, deposit or offset, to the extent of the amount of such counterclaim, contra-account, volume rebate, cooperative advertising accrual, deposit or offset;
                    (f) Accounts owing by any Account Debtor which is not Solvent;
                    (g) Accounts arising from a sale on a bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale-or-return, sale-on-approval, consignment or similar basis or which is subject to repurchase, return, rejection, repossession, loss or damage;
                    (h) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor that (1) is a Sanctioned Person or (2) except with respect to Teva, is located outside of the United States of America or Canada, unless in its sole and absolute discretion Bank agrees to allow such Account to be an Eligible Account and such Account is supported by a letter of credit or credit insurance assigned to Bank and which is issued by a financial institution and in an amount and on terms which are acceptable to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion;
                    (i) Accounts owed by the United States of America or other governmental or quasi-governmental unit, agency or subdivision unless Borrower shall have complied with all applicable federal and state assignment of claims laws;
                    (j) Accounts as to which the goods giving rise to the Account have not been delivered to and accepted by the Account Debtor or the service giving rise to the Account has not been completely performed or which do not represent a final sale;
                    (k) Accounts evidenced by a note or other Instrument or Chattel Paper or reduced to judgment;
                    (l) such Accounts of a single account debtor or its Affiliates (other than Cardinal Health, Inc., Amerisource Bergen Corp., McKesson Corp., Teva, Schering Corporation and Walgreen Co.) which constitute more than ten (10%) percent of all otherwise

6


 

Eligible Accounts, or in the case of Cardinal Health, Inc., Walgreen Co., Schering Corporation, Amen source Bergen Corp. or McKesson Corp., such Accounts of each such Person which constitute more than thirty (30%) percent of all otherwise Eligible Accounts, or in the case of Teva, such Accounts of such Person which constitute more than the Teva Percentage of all otherwise Eligible Accounts (but the portion of the Accounts not in excess of such percentages may be deemed Eligible Accounts); provided, however, that Bank may reduce the percentages for Cardinal Health, Inc., Amerisource Bergen Corp., McKesson Corp., Teva, Schering Corporation and/or Walgreen Co. set forth above to a percentage not less than ten (10%) percent of all otherwise Eligible Accounts of such Person as determined by Bank in good faith based on either: (i) an event, condition or other circumstance arising after the date hereof, or (ii) an event, condition or other circumstance existing on the date hereof to the extent Bank has no written notice thereof from Borrower prior to the date hereof, in either case under clause (i) or (ii) which adversely affects or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Accounts in the good faith determination of Bank;
                    (m) Accounts which, by contract, subrogation, mechanics’ lien laws or otherwise, are subject to claims by Borrower’s creditors or other third parties or which are owed by Account Debtors as to whom any creditor of Borrower (including any bonding company) has lien or retainage rights;
                    (n) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor which is located in a jurisdiction where Borrower is required to qualify to transact business or to file reports, unless Borrower has so qualified or filed;
                    (o) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor who disputes the liability therefor;
                    (p) Accounts owed by an Account Debtor that shall be the subject of any proceeding of the type described in Section 8.1(g) or (h)
                    (q) Accounts consisting of Royalty Payments that have been outstanding more than thirty (30) days from the due date therefore or with respect to which Bank has not received a copy of the written confirmation of the account debtor with respect to such Royalty Payment of such account debtor’s obligation to Borrower to pay such Royalty Payment.
                    (r) Any other Account which Bank otherwise in its sole and absolute discretion deems to be ineligible.
No Account shall be an Eligible Account if any representation, warranty or covenant herein relating thereto shall be untrue, misleading or in default.
“Eligible Equipment” means “Eligible Equipment” shall mean all Equipment owned by Borrower and is in good order, repair, running and marketable condition, located at Borrower’s premises and acceptable to Lender in all respects. In general, Eligible Equipment shall not include: (i) Equipment at premises other than those owned and controlled by Borrower, except for Equipment at locations leased by Borrower if either Bank shall have received a Third Party Waiver duly authorized, executed and delivered by the owner or operator of such premises in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or if Bank shall not have received such an agreement

7


 

(or Bank shall determine to accept a Third Party Waiver that does not include all required provisions or provisions in the form otherwise required by Bank), Bank shall have established a reserve against availability of Revolver Loans with respect to amounts at any time payable by Borrower to the owner and lessor of such premises as Bank shall determine; (ii) Equipment subject to a security interest or lien in favor of any person other than Bank, except for Permitted Liens; (iii) Equipment which is not located in the continental United States of America; (iv) Equipment which is not subject to the first priority, valid and perfected security interest of Bank; (v) worn-out, obsolete, damaged or defective Equipment or Equipment not used or usable in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business as presently conducted; (vi) computer hardware, furniture, fixtures and soft-costs; or (vii) Equipment that is or becomes a fixture to any Real Property unless such Real Property is encumbered by a first priority mortgage lien in favor of Bank. General criteria for Eligible Equipment may be established and revised from time to time by Bank in good faith based on an event, condition or other circumstance arising after the date hereof, or existing on the date hereof to the extent Bank has no written notice thereof from Borrower, which adversely affects or could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Equipment in the good faith determination of Bank. Any Equipment which is not Eligible Equipment shall nevertheless be part of the Collateral.
“Eligible Inventory” means all Inventory acquired by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business as presently conducted consisting of raw materials and finished goods (but specifically excluding work-in-process) which Bank has determined to be eligible for credit extensions hereunder, valued at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis and consistent with the most recent appraisal received by Bank, but excluding, however, in any event, without limitation of the foregoing, unless otherwise approved by Bank, any such Inventory which
                    (a) is not at all times subject to a duly perfected, first priority (and only) security interest in favor of Bank;
                    (b) is not in good and saleable condition;
                    (c) is on consignment from, or subject to, any repurchase agreement with any supplier;
                    (d) constitutes returned, repossessed, damaged, defective, obsolete, or slow-moving goods as determined by Bank;
                    (e) does not conform in all respects to the warranties and representations set forth in the Loan Documents in respect of inventory Collateral or Collateral generally;
                    (f) is subject to a negotiable document of title (unless issued or endorsed to Bank);
                    (g) is subject to any license or other agreement that limits or restricts Borrower’s or Bank’s right to sell or otherwise dispose of such inventory (unless the licensor and Borrower enter into a licensor waiver in form and substance satisfactory to Bank);
                    (h) is not located at a Collateral Location;

8


 

                    (i) constitutes inventory-in-transit;
                    (j) is located at a Collateral Location with respect to which, if not owned and controlled by Borrower, Bank has not received from the Person owning such property or in control thereof a Third Party Waiver (unless Reserves are imposed with regard thereto as determined by Bank in its sole and absolute discretion);
                    (k) consists of any packaging materials, supplies or promotional materials;
                    (l) consists of samples;
                    (m) consists of trial, test, unapproved or developmental products including, without limitation, products which are not FDA Approved Products;
                    (n) consists of Inventory which is not readily saleable in accordance with, or does not meet all standards imposed by, applicable law, including, without limitation, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and all rules and regulations and orders related thereto;
                    (o) consists of Short Dated Inventory;
                    (p) has been returned to, or repossessed by, Borrower;
                    (q) consists of Inventory which Bank otherwise in its sole and absolute discretion deems to not be Eligible Inventory.
“Eligible Royalty Payments” means all Royalty Payments that have not been outstanding more than thirty (30) days from their respective due date and with respect to which Bank has received a copy of the written confirmation of the account debtor with respect to such Royalty Payment of the account debtor’s obligation to pay such Royalty Payment to Borrower.
“Environmental Laws” means, collectively the following acts and laws, as amended: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980; the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; the Toxic Substances Act; the Clean Water Act; the Clean Air Act; the Oil Pollution and Hazardous Substances Control Act of 1978; and any other “Superfund” or “Superlien” law or any other federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material, as now or at any time hereafter in effect.
“ERISA” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17.
“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any person required to be aggregated with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m) or 414(o) of the IRS Code.
“ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan; (b) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the IRS Code

9


 

or Section 307 of ERISA; (c) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the IRS Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412 of the IRS Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (e) the occurrence of a “prohibited transaction” with respect to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the IRS Code) or with respect to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries could otherwise be liable; (f) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or a cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (g) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to terminate a Plan; (h) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan; (i) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate in excess of $1,000,000; and (j) any other event or condition with respect to a Plan including any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA maintained, or contributed to, by any ERISA Affiliate that could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower in excess of$1,000,000.
“Equipment” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” means, for any day, the percentage (expressed as a decimal and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) which is in effect for such day as prescribed by the Federal Reserve Board (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including without limitation any basic, supplemental or emergency reserves) in respect of eurocurrency liabilities or any similar category of liabilities for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City.
“Event of Default” means any event specified as such in Section 8.1 hereof (“Events of Default”), provided that there shall have been satisfied any requirement in connection with such event for the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both; “Default” or “default” means any of such events, whether or not any such requirement for the giving of notice or the lapse of time or the happening of any further condition, event or act shall have been satisfied.
“Excess Availability” means, on any date, the difference derived when (a) the principal amount of Revolver Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations then outstanding (including any amounts that Bank may have paid for the account of Borrower pursuant to any of the Loan Documents and that have not been reimbursed by Borrower), plus all sums due and owing Borrower’s trade creditor which are more than sixty (60) days past due, is subtracted from (b) the lesser of the (i) Revolver Commitment and (ii) Borrowing Base on such date.
“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.
“Existing Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 22, 2002 between Borrower and Bank (as successor in interest to Congress Financial Corporation), as the same may have been modified, amended and or restated.

10


 

“Existing Loan Documents” means the Financing Agreements, as such term is defined in the Existing Loan Agreement, as the same may have been modified, amended or restated.
“Existing Loans” means those certain loans made by Bank to Borrower under the Existing Loan Agreement.
“FDA” means the Food and Drug Administration.
“FDA Approved Products” means Inventory of Borrower which has been approved for sale with no restrictions by the FDA and each other governmental agency, authority, bureau or subdivision which has jurisdiction thereover.
“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal, for each day during such period, to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Bank from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
“Field Exam Cost Limit” shall mean Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) per field exam during the 2006 calendar year, and, for each calendar year subsequent to the 2006 calendar year, one hundred two percent of the Field Exam Cost Limit for the immediately preceding calendar year.
“Fixtures” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the Unites States from time to time.
“General Intangibles” has the meaning set forth in the Code, and includes, without limitation, general intangibles of Borrower, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by Borrower, including all choses in action, causes of action, company or other business records, inventions, blueprints, designs, patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, trade names, trade secrets, service marks, goodwill, brand names, copyrights, registrations, licenses, franchises, customer lists, permits, tax refund claims, computer programs, operational manuals, internet addresses and domain names, insurance refunds and premium rebates, all claims under guaranties, security interests or other security held by or granted to Borrower to secure payment of any of any of Borrower’s Accounts by an Account Debtor, all rights to indemnification and all other intangible property of Borrower of every kind and nature (other than Accounts).
“Instrument” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Intellectual Property” shall mean Borrower’s now owned and hereafter arising or acquired: patents, patent rights, patent applications, copyrights, works which are the subject matter of copyrights, copyright registrations, trademarks, trade names, trade styles, trademark and service mark applications, and licenses and rights to use any of the foregoing; all extensions, renewals, reissues, divisions, continuations, and continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing; all rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing; inventions, trade secrets, formulae, processes, compounds, drawings, designs, blueprints, surveys, reports, manuals, and operating standards; goodwill (including any goodwill associated with any trademark or the license of any trademark); customer and other lists in whatever form maintained; and trade secret

11


 

rights, copyright rights, rights in works of authorship, domain names and domain name registrations; software and contract rights relating to software, in whatever form created or maintained.
“Interest Period” means, in respect of each LIBOR Loan, a period of one, two, three or six months with respect to such LIBOR Loan; provided that:
                    (a) the Interest Period shall commence on the date of advance of or conversion to an LIBOR Loan and, in the case of immediately successive Interest Periods, each successive Interest Period shall commence on the date on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;
                    (b) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided, that if any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day;
                    (c) any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is not numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the relevant calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;
                    (d) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Termination Date.
“Inventory” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Inventory Loan Limit” means an amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00).
“Inventory Reliance” means, as of the last day of each month, calculated on a rolling six (6) month period ending on such date, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) obtained by dividing (a) the average outstanding Revolver Loans, plus the average outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, in each case supported by Borrower’s Eligible Inventory by (b) the average total outstanding Revolver Loans, plus the average outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations. During any such period during which no Revolver Loans are outstanding, the Inventory Reliance shall be zero.
“IRS Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same now exists or may from time to time hereafter be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.
“Investment Property” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Item” means any “item” as defined in Section 4-104 of the Code, and shall also mean and include checks, drafts, money orders or other media of payment.
“Jurisdiction” means the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
“Letter of Credit” means a letter of credit issued by Bank for the account of Borrower as provided in Sections 2.1.1 and 2.10 hereof.

12


 

“Letter of Credit Obligations” means, at any time, (a) the undrawn face amount of each outstanding Letter of Credit and (b) all obligations of Borrower to Bank, including but not limited to reimbursement obligations, commissions and fees, incurred by Borrower in connection with Bank’s issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of Letters of Credit hereunder.
“Letter-of-Credit Right” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, pledge, statutory lien or other lien arising by operation of law, security interest, trust arrangement, security deed, financing lease, collateral assignment or other encumbrance, conditional sale or title retention agreement, or any other interest in property designed to secure the repayment of Obligations, whether arising by agreement or under any statute or law or otherwise.
“LIBOR” means the rate of interest per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars in minimum amounts of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) for a period equal to the applicable Interest Period which appears on Telerate page 3750 at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16%)). If, for any reason, such rate does not appear on Telerate page 3750, then “LIBOR” shall be determined by Bank to be the arithmetic average of the rate per annum at which deposits in U.S. dollars in minimum amounts of at least $5,000,000 would be offered by first class banks in the London interbank market to Bank at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable Interest Period for a period equal to such Interest Period. Each calculation by Bank of LIBOR shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent demonstrated error.
“LIBOR Business Day” means with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, any LIBOR Loan, any day that is a Business Day and that is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.
“LIBOR Loan” means a Loan or portion thereof, during any period in which it bears interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Rate.
“LIBOR Rate” means a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 th of 1%) determined by Bank pursuant to the following formula:
     
“LIBOR RATE” =
  LIBOR
 
 
 
1.00 — Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
“Loans” means the Revolver Loans.
“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each other Security Agreement, the Note, the Notice of Borrowings, the Borrower Information Certificate, Borrowing Base Certificates, UCC-1 financing statements and all other documents and instruments now or hereafter evidencing, describing, guaranteeing or securing the Obligations contemplated hereby or delivered in connection herewith, as they maybe modified, amended, extended, renewed or substituted from time to time, but does not include Swap Agreements.
“Material Adverse Effect” means any (a) material adverse effect upon the validity, performance or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (b) material adverse effect upon the properties, business, prospects or condition

13


 

(financial or otherwise) of Borrower and/or any other Person obligated under any of the Loan Documents, (c) material adverse effect upon the ability of Borrower or any other Person to fulfill any obligation under any of the Loan Documents, or (d) material adverse effect on the Collateral; provided, however, any change in the stock price or trading volume of the capital stock of Borrower shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has been or would be a Material Adverse Effect.
“Material Agreement” means an agreement to which Borrower is a party (other than the Loan Documents) (a) which is deemed to be a material contract as provided in Regulation S-K promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or (b) for which breach, termination, cancellation, nonperformance or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
“Material ANDA” shall mean any ANDA the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party thereto would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of Borrower or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the rights and remedies of Bank hereunder or thereunder.
“Material Contract” shall mean any contract or other agreement (excluding the Loan Documents but specifically including each Material Agreement), whether written or oral, to which Borrower is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party thereto would have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of Borrower or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the rights and remedies of Bank hereunder or thereunder.
“Material License Agreement” shall mean any Material Contract of Borrower pursuant to which Borrower has a license or other right to use any patents, trademarks, logos, designs, representations or other Intellectual Property owned by another Person.
“Material Licensor License Agreement” shall mean any Material Contract of Borrower pursuant to which Borrower has granted a license or other right to use any patents, trademarks, logos, designs, representations or other Intellectual Property owned by Borrower.
“Maximum Equipment Advance Amount” shall mean, initially Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00). Commencing on May 1, 2006, the Maximum Equipment Advance Amount shall permanently reduce on a monthly basis on the first day of each month by $200,000.00 per month.
“Mortgage” means the Amended and Restated Open-End Mortgage and Security Agreement of even date herewith by Borrower in favor of Bank with respect to real property located at 3775 Kensington Avenue, Philadelphia, PA and related assets of Borrower, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced in accordance with its respective terms.
“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a “multi-employer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA which is or was at any time during the current year or the immediately preceding six (6) years contributed to by Borrower.
“Net Cash Position” means, as of any date, Borrower’s cash and Cash Equivalents on such date (specifically excluding any deposit accounts, certificates of deposit or other similar items

14


 

maintained with a financial institution other than Bank unless Bank has received a satisfactory control agreement with respect to such account or otherwise obtained a first priority perfected security interest in such account or certificate of deposit), minus outstanding Revolver Loans on such date.
“NOLV” means, with respect to any Inventory or Equipment, the expected net dollar amount to be realized at an orderly negotiated sale of such Inventory or Equipment, expressed as a percentage of the original cost of such Inventory or Equipment net of operating expenses, liquidation expenses and commissions, as determined by Bank from time to time based upon the most recent appraisals of Bank or its agents in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in all respects.
“Net Proceeds” means, with respect to a disposition of any Collateral, proceeds (including cash receivable (when received) by way of deferred payment) received by Borrower in cash from the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral, including insurance proceeds and awards of compensation received with respect to the destruction or condemnation of all or part of such Collateral, net of: (a) the reasonable and customary costs and expenses of such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (including legal fees and sales commissions); (b) amounts applied to repayment of Debt for borrowed money (other than the Obligations) secured by a Permitted Lien on such Collateral disposed of that is senior to Bank’s Liens; and (c) in connection with any sale of Collateral, a reasonable reserve for post-closing adjustments to the purchase price, provided that upon the expiration of not more than ninety (90) days after the sale, any remaining reserve balance is remitted to Bank for application to the Obligations.
“Note” shall mean the Revolver Note and any other promissory note now or hereafter evidencing any Obligations, and all modifications, extensions and renewals thereof.
“Notice of Borrowing” with respect to Revolver Loans means the written request for a Revolver Loan as identified in Section 2.5.2 hereof.
“OFAC” means the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or any successor thereto.
“Obligations” means all obligations now or hereafter owed to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank by Borrower, whether related or unrelated to the Loans, this Agreement or the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, amounts owed or to be owed under the terms of the Loan Documents, or arising out of the transactions described therein, including, without limitation, the Loans, any Debt arising out of or relating to any Deposit Accounts of Borrower at Bank or any Affiliate of Bank or any cash management services or other products or services, including merchant card and ACH transfer services, Letter of Credit Obligations for outstanding Letters of Credit, obligations for banker’s acceptances issued for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, amounts paid by Bank under Letters of Credit or drafts accepted by Bank for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, together with all interest accruing thereon, including any interest on pre-petition Debt accruing after bankruptcy, all existing and future obligations under any Swap Agreements between Bank or any Affiliate of Bank and Borrower whenever executed (including obligations under Swap Agreements entered into prior to any transfer or sale of Bank’s interests hereunder if Bank ceases to be a party hereto), all fees, all costs of collection, attorneys’ fees and expenses of or advances by Bank which Bank pays or incurs in discharge of obligations of Borrower or to inspect, repossess, protect, preserve, store or dispose of any Collateral, whether such amounts are now due or hereafter become due, direct or indirect and

15


 

whether such amounts due are from time to time reduced or entirely extinguished and thereafter re-incurred.
“Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition by Borrower or any wholly-owned Subsidiary, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the equity interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person which is organized in and whose operations and assets are conducted and located in the United States of America; provided that,
          (i) immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;
          (ii) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable laws;
          (iii) in the case of the acquisition of equity interests, all of the equity interests (except for any such securities in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable law) acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of Borrower in connection with such acquisition shall be owned 100% by Borrower or such newly formed Subsidiary;
          (iv) Borrower shall have delivered to Bank at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such proposed acquisition (A) a compliance certificate and supporting calculations evidencing compliance with Sections 7.1 and 7.2 both before and after giving effect to such acquisition and pro form compliance with Sections 7.1 and 7.2 for the twelve (12) month period following such acquisition, (B) all relevant financial information with respect to such acquired assets or equity interests (and any issuer thereof), including, without limitation, the Acquisition Consideration for such acquisition and any other information required to demonstrate compliance with Sections 7.1 and 7.2, (C) projections for Borrower after giving effect to such acquisition, in form and content satisfactory to Bank for the next succeeding twelve (12) month period, which projections must demonstrate, inter alia, that the proposed acquisition will be accretive to Borrower’s earnings, and (D) copies of all material documents and agreements in connection with such acquisition;
          (v) any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be in same business or lines of business in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged or a similar or related business or line of business or such other lines of businesses as may be consented to by Bank;
          (vi) Borrower’s Net Cash Position after giving effect to such acquisition shall be at least Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00);
          (vii) Borrower shall have Excess Availability (specifically excluding any acquired assets) of at least Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00) both before and after giving effect to such acquisition;
          (viii) if such acquisition is structured as a purchase of equity interests by Borrower or a newly formed Subsidiary of Borrower, both the Person acquired as well as any

16


 

newly formed Subsidiary of Borrower shall (A) have joined this Agreement as a Borrower and shall have executed such documentation in connection therewith as may be required by Bank and (B) be deemed to have made and joined in all of the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents, all of which shall be true and correct for such Person and any newly formed subsidiary on and as of the date of such acquisition and at all times thereafter;
          (ix) such acquisition shall be funded solely by Borrower’s cash and/or Subordinated Debt and no Revolver Loans may be used to fund such acquisition;
          (x) if such acquisition is structured as a purchase of assets, such assets shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base until Bank has completed an audit and/or field exam with respect to such assets which is satisfactory to Bank; and
          (xi) the total Acquisition Consideration paid (A) in connection with any one acquisition shall not exceed Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) and (B) for all Permitted Acquisitions during the Term shall not exceed Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00); and
          (xii) within ten (10) days of the closing of such acquisition, Borrower shall have delivered to Bank copies of all material documents and agreements in connection with such acquisition.
“Permitted Debt” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.
“Permitted Dispositions” means, collectively, each of the following:
          (a) dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;
          (b) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business; and
          (c) dispositions of equipment to the extent that, within ninety (90) days, (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such disposition are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property.
“Permitted Liens” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust, joint-stock company, joint venture, association, company, limited or general partnership, limited liability company, any government or any agency or political subdivision of any government, or any other entity or organization.
“Plan” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which Borrower sponsors, maintains, or to which it makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions, or in the case of a Multiemployer Plan has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding six (6) plan years.
“Prime Rate” means that rate announced by Bank from time to time as its prime rate and is one of several interest rate bases used by Bank. Bank lends at rates both above and below Bank’s

17


 

Prime Rate, and Borrower acknowledges that Bank’s Prime Rate is not represented or intended to be the lowest or most favorable rate of interest offered by Bank.
“Prime Rate Loan” means a Loan, or portion thereof, during any period in which it bears interest at a rate based upon the Prime Rate.
“Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Properly Contested” means, in the case of any Debt of Borrower (including any taxes) that is not paid as and when due or payable by reason of Borrower’s bona fide dispute concerning its liability to pay same or concerning the amount thereof, (a) such Debt is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted; (b) Borrower has established appropriate reserves as shall be required in conformity with GAAP; (c) the non-payment of such Debt will not have a Material Adverse Effect and will not result in a forfeiture or sale of any assets of Borrower; (d) no Lien is imposed upon any of Borrower’s assets with respect to such Debt unless such Lien is at all times junior and subordinate in priority to the Liens in favor of Bank (except only with respect to property taxes that have priority as a matter of applicable state law) and enforcement of such Lien is stayed during the period prior to the final resolution or disposition of such dispute; (e) if the Debt results from, or is determined by the entry, rendition or issuance against Borrower or any of its assets of a judgment, writ, order or decree, enforcement of such judgment, writ, order or decree is stayed pending a timely appeal or other judicial review; and (f) if such contest is abandoned, settled or determined adversely (in whole or in part) to Borrower, Borrower forthwith pays such Debt and all penalties, interest and other amounts due in connection therewith.
“Raw Materials Inventory Loan Limit” means at any time the amount of Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00).
“Regulated Materials” means any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material, the generation, handling, storage, disposal, treatment or emission of which is subject to any Environmental Law.
“Reserves” means, on any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to the sum of the following (without duplication): (a) such reserves as may be established from time to time by Bank to reflect changes in the salability of any Eligible Inventory in the ordinary course of business of Borrower or such other factors as may negatively impact the value of any Eligible Inventory, including reserves based on obsolescence, seasonality, theft or other shrinkage, imbalance, change in composition or mix, or markdowns; (b) all amounts of past due rent, fees or other charges owing at such time by Borrower to any landlord of any premises where any of the Collateral is located or to any processor, repairman, mechanic or other Person who is in possession of any Collateral or has asserted any Lien or claim thereto; (c) any amounts which Borrower is obligated to pay pursuant to the provisions of any of the Loan Documents that Bank elects to pay for the account of Borrower in accordance with authority contained in any of the Loan Documents; (d) any amount received by Bank from an assignment of business interruption insurance and applied to the Revolver Loans; (e) the aggregate amount of reserves established by Bank in its reasonable discretion in respect of Banking Relationship Debt; (f) all customer deposits or other prepayments held by Borrower; (g) the aggregate amount of all liabilities and obligations that are secured by Liens upon any of the Collateral that are senior in priority to Bank’s Liens if such Liens are not Permitted Liens (provided that the imposition of a reserve hereunder on account of such Liens shall not be deemed a waiver of the Event of Default that

18


 

arises from the existence of such Liens); (h) such reserves as may be established from time to time by Bank as a result of dilution with respect to the Accounts (based on the ratio of the aggregate amount of non-cash reductions in Accounts for any period to the aggregate dollar amount of the sales of Borrower for such period) as calculated by Bank for any period exceeding six (6%) percent of the aggregate dollar amount of the sales of Borrower for such period, (i) such reserves as may be established from time to time by Bank with regard to chargebacks and/or rebates with respect to the Accounts, (j) such reserves may be established from time to time by Bank with regard to discounts, claims, credits and allowances of any nature with respect to Accounts, (k) amounts due or to become due to owners and licensors of Intellectual Property used by Borrower; and (l) such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as Bank in its sole and absolute discretion may elect to impose from time to time.
“Revolver Commitment” means the commitment of Bank, subject to the terms and conditions herein, to make Revolver Loans and issue Letters of Credit in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 hereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000.00) at any one time.
“Revolver Loan” means a loan made by Bank as provided in Section 2.1.1 hereof.
“Revolver Note” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2 hereof.
“Royalty Payments” means all royalty payments or other similar payments, however characterized or defined, which are payable to Borrower by any Person.
“Sanctioned Country” means a country subject to the sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sanctions/index.html or as otherwise published from time to time.
“Sanctioned Person” means (i) a Person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals or Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/index.html or as otherwise published from time to time, or (ii) (A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country, or (C) a Person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC.
“Security Agreement” means this Agreement as it relates to a security interest in the Collateral, and any other mortgage instrument, security agreement or similar instrument now or hereafter executed by Borrower or other Person granting Bank a security interest in any Collateral to secure the Obligations.
“Senior Officer” means the chairman of the board of directors, the president or the chief financial officer of, or in-house legal counsel to, Borrower.
“Short Dated Inventory” means, at any time of determination, Inventory having an expiration date of less than twelve (12) months from such date.
“Solvent” means, as to any Person, that such Person has capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions in which it is currently engaged and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage, is able to pay its debts as they mature, and has assets having a fair value greater than its liabilities, at fair valuation.

19


 

“Subordinated Debt” means any Debt of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to a written agreement by and among Borrower, Bank and the applicable subordinated lender, which agreement must be in form and content satisfactory to Bank.
“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or other entity in which Borrower, directly or indirectly, owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock, capital or income interests, or other beneficial interests, or which is effectively controlled by such Person.
“Supporting Obligation” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Swap Agreement” has the meaning for swap agreement as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 101, as in effect from time to time, or any successor statute, and includes, without limitation, any rate swap agreement, forward rate agreement, commodity swap, commodity option, interest rate option, forward foreign exchange agreement, spot foreign exchange agreement, rate cap agreement, rate floor agreement, rate collar agreement, currency swap agreement, cross-currency rate swap agreement, currency option and any other similar agreement.
“Tangible Chattel Paper” has the meaning set forth in the Code.
“Term” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but not including the Termination Date.
“Termination Date” means the earliest of (a) October 31, 2008, (b) the date on which Borrower terminates this Agreement and the credit facilities provided hereunder pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof, and (c) the date on which Bank terminates its obligation to make Loans and other extensions of credit to Borrower pursuant to Section 8.2(a) hereof.
“Teva” means Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao N.V., a corporation organized under the laws of the Netherlands Antilles.
“Teva Percentage” means thirty percent (30%). The Teva Percentage may be increased in connection with new product launches by Borrower to up to fifty percent (50%) as determined by Bank in good faith, in each case no more than twice per year for no more than sixty (60) days each time.
“Third Par Waiver” means a waiver or subordination of Liens satisfactory to Bank from any lessors, mortgages, warehouse operators, processors or other third parties that might have lienholders’ enforcement rights against any Collateral, waiving or subordinating those rights in favor of Bank and assuring Bank’s access to the Collateral in exercise of Bank’s rights hereunder.
“USA Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001.
“Voting Stock” shall mean with respect to any Person, (a) one (1) or more classes of Capital Stock of such Person having general voting powers to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person, irrespective of whether at the time Capital Stock of any other class or classes have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, and (b) any Capital Stock of such Person convertible or exchangeable without restriction at the option of the holder thereof into Capital Stock of such Person described in clause (a) of this definition.

20


 

          1.2 Financial Terms . All financial terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them under GAAP unless another meaning shall be specified.
     2.  The Credit Facility; Letters of Credit; Interest and Fees .
          2.1 The Credit Facility .
               2.1.1 Revolver Commitment .
                    (a) Bank agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make Revolver Loans to Borrower and to issue letters of credit on behalf of Borrower from time to time during the Term in amounts such that the aggregate principal amount of Revolver Loans and the face amount of any letters of credit at any one time outstanding will not exceed the lesser of (i) the Revolver Commitment and (ii) the Borrowing Base, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1.1(b). Revolver Loans may be Prime Loans or LIBOR Loans. Within the foregoing limit, Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolver Loans at any time during the Term.
                    (b) The aggregate amount of Revolver Loans, plus Letter of Credit Obligations outstanding at any time (i) based upon Eligible Inventory, shall not exceed the inventory Loan Limit, (ii) based upon Eligible Inventory constituting Bulk Inventory, shall not exceed the Bulk Inventory Loan Limit and (iii) based upon Eligible Inventory consisting of raw materials, shall not exceed the Raw Materials Inventory Loan Limit.
                    (c) No Revolver Loans supported by Eligible Inventory or Eligible Equipment shall be available to Borrower until Bank receives a current appraisal of all of Borrower’s Inventory (in the case of Revolver Loans supported by Eligible Inventory) or Equipment (in the case of Revolver Loans supported by Eligible Equipment) which appraisal shall be in form and content satisfactory to Bank and prepared by an appraiser satisfactory to Bank.
                    (d) The aggregate amount of Revolver Loans supported by Eligible Royalty Payments shall at no time exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00).
               2.1.2 Revolver Note. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Bank, on the Closing Date, a promissory note in the form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Revolver Note”), which Revolver Note, in addition to the records of Bank, shall evidence the Revolver Loans and interest accruing thereon. All outstanding principal amounts and accrued interest under the Revolver Note shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Revolver Note and this Agreement.
          2.2 Collections Account .
               2.2.1 Collections Account . Borrower shall establish a lockbox under the control of Bank to which all Account Debtors shall forward payments on the Accounts. Borrower shall pay all of Bank’s standard fees and charges in connection with such lockbox arrangement and Collections Account as such fees and charges may change from time to time.

21


 

Borrower shall notify Account Debtors on the Accounts to forward payments on the Accounts to the lockbox; provided, however, that, after the occurrence and during the continue of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right to directly contact Account Debtors at any time to ensure that payments on the Accounts are directed to the lockbox. All payment items received by Borrower on Accounts and sale of Inventory and other Collateral shall be held by Borrower in trust for Bank and not commingled with Borrower’s funds and shall be deposited promptly by Borrower to the Collections Account. All such items shall be the exclusive property of Bank upon the earlier of the receipt thereof by Bank or by Borrower. Borrower hereby grants to Bank a security interest in and lien upon all items and balances held in any lockbox, the Disbursements Account and the Collections Account as Collateral for the Obligations, in addition to and cumulative with the general security interest in all assets of Borrower (including all Deposit Accounts) contained in Section 9.1 hereof.
               2.2.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any duly authorized Person designated by Bank) as Borrower’s attorney-in-fact to endorse Borrower’s name on any checks, drafts, money orders or other media of payment which come into Bank’s possession or control; this power being coupled with an interest is irrevocable so long as any of the Obligations remain outstanding. Such endorsement by Bank under power of attorney shall, for all purposes, be deemed to have been made by Borrower (prior to any subsequent endorsement by Bank) in negotiation of the item.
               2.2.3 Application of Payments . Payment items received shall be deposited into the Collections Account, subject to chargebacks for uncollected payment items, and if no Event of Default exists and no Revolver Loans are then outstanding or have been repaid, Bank shall pay over such of the proceeds of such payments to a Deposit Account maintained by Borrower at Bank and designated in writing by Borrower. All funds deposited into the Collections Account on any Business Day shall be deemed to have been applied by Bank, for interest calculation purposes and for the purpose of determining the availability of Revolver Loans hereunder, one (1) Business Day following deposit of such funds, to reduce the then outstanding balance of the Revolver Loans and to pay accrued interest thereon and to pay any other outstanding Obligations which are then due and payable hereunder. All amounts received directly by Borrower from any Account Debtor, in addition to all other cash received from any other source including but not limited to proceeds from any realization on any Collateral (but excluding the proceeds of any Revolver Loans made hereunder) shall be held by Borrower pursuant to an express trust (which is hereby created) for the benefit of Bank, shall be held by Borrower separate and segregated from all other funds of Borrower and shall be deposited into the Collection Account within one (1) Business Day of receipt thereof by Borrower. No payment item received by Bank shall constitute payment to Bank until such item is actually collected by Bank and credited to the Collections Account; provided, however, that Bank shall have the right to charge back to the Collections Account (or any other account of Borrower maintained at Bank) an item which is returned for inability to collect, plus accrued interest during the period of Bank’s provisional credit for such item prior to receiving notice of dishonor.
          2.3 Interest . Borrower agrees to pay interest in respect of all unpaid principal amounts of the Loans from the respective dates such principal amounts are advanced until paid (whether at stated maturity, on acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable rate indicated below:

22


 

               2.3.1 Prime Rate Loans . For Loans made or outstanding as Prime Rate Loans, the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time for such Prime Rate Loans plus the Prime Rate in effect from time to time.
               2.3.2 LIBOR Loans . For Loans made or outstanding as LIBOR Loans, the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time for such LIBOR Loans plus the LIBOR Rate.
               2.3.3 Indemnification . Borrower shall indemnify Bank against Bank’s loss or expense as a consequence of (a) Borrower’s failure to make any payment when due on a LIBOR Loan, (b) any payment, prepayment or conversion of any LIBOR Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period, or (c) any failure to make a borrowing or conversion of a LIBOR Loan after giving notice thereof, in each case whether voluntarily, by reason of acceleration or otherwise (“Indemnified Loss or Expense”). The amount of such Indemnified Loss or Expense shall be determined by Bank based upon the assumption that Bank funded 100% of the applicable LIBOR Loan in the London interbank market.
          2.4 Interest Rate Adjustments .
               2.4.1 Prime Rate Loan . When a Prime Rate Loan is selected, the interest rate shall be adjusted from time to time, effective as of the date of each change in Bank’s Prime Rate and the Prime-based Rate shall continue to apply until another interest rate option is selected by Borrower for that Loan.
               2.4.2 LIBOR Loan . When a LIBOR Loan is selected, such interest rate shall be fixed for each Interest Period for which it is determined and shall apply for that Loan until another interest rate option is selected by Borrower for that Loan.
          2.5 Notice and Manner of Borrowing and Rate Conversion .
               2.5.1 Revolver Loans . Borrower shall give Bank irrevocable telephonic notice of each proposed Revolver Loan or permitted rate conversion not later than 11:00 a.m. (local time in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania) (a) on the same business day as each proposed Loan or rate conversion to a Prime Rate Loan and (b) at least two (2) LIBOR Business Days before each proposed Loan at or rate conversion to a LIBOR Loan. For each Revolver Loan each such notice shall specify (i) the date of such Loan or rate conversion, which shall be a Business Day or in the case of a LIBOR Loan, a LIBOR Business Day and, in the case of a conversion from a LIBOR Loan, shall be the last day of an Interest Period, (ii) the amount of each Loan or the amount to be converted, (iii) the interest rate selected by Borrower from the interest rate options set forth in this Agreement, and (iv) except for a Prime Loan, the Interest Period applicable thereto, which period must correspond to one of the interest rate options set forth in the definition of LIBOR Rate. Notices received after 11:00 a.m. (local time in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania) shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Bank’s acceptance of such a request shall be indicated by its making the Loan requested. Such a Loan shall be made available to Borrower in immediately available funds by deposit into the Disbursement Account. Borrower may not request any LIBOR Loans if a Default or Event of Default exists. In no event may the number of LIBOR Loans outstanding at any time exceed four (4). Each LIBOR Loan requested shall be in a

23


 

minimum amount of $1,000,000.00 and integral multiples of $100,000.00 in excess of that amount.
               2.5.2 Additional Provisions for Requests for Revolver Loans . Bank, in its discretion, may require from Borrower a signed written request for a Revolver Loan in form of a Notice of Borrowing satisfactory to Bank, which request shall be irrevocable and shall be delivered to Bank no later than 11:00 a.m. (local time in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania) on the date determined in accordance with Section 2.5.1, and shall set forth the calculation of the Borrowing Base and a reconciliation to the previous request or Borrowing Base Certificate, specify the information required by Section 2.5.1 for the proposed Revolver Loan and provide such other information as Bank may reasonably require.
                    (a) Subject to Section 2.5.2(c) below, unless payment is otherwise timely made by Borrower, the becoming due of any amount required to be paid with respect to any of the Obligations (whether as principal, accrued interest, fees or other charges owed to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank) shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request (without the requirement for the submission of a Notice of Borrowing) for Revolver Loans on the due date of, and in an aggregate amount required to pay, such Obligations, and Bank may disburse the proceeds of such Revolver Loans by way of direct payment of the relevant Obligations, and such Revolver Loans shall bear interest as Prime Rate Loans.
                    (b) Subject to Section 2.5.2(c) below, the presentation for payment of any check or other item of payment drawn on the Disbursement Account at a time when there are insufficient funds in such account to cover such item shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request (without any requirement for the submission of a Notice of Borrowing) for Revolver Loans on the date of such presentation in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the items presented for payment, and Bank may disburse the proceeds of such Revolver Loans to the Disbursement Account and such Revolver Loans shall bear interest as Prime Rate Loans.
                    (c) Bank shall have no obligation to Borrower to honor any deemed request for a Revolver Loan under Section 2.5.2(a) or Section 2.5.2(b) above after the Termination Date or when the principal amount of such Revolver Loan, when added to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolver Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the lesser of the Revolver Commitment and the Borrowing Base at such time or when any condition precedent in Section 3.2 hereof is not satisfied, but may do so in its discretion and without regard to the existence of, and without being deemed to have waived, any Default or Event of Default.
               2.5.3 Excess Outstandings . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, make or permit to remain outstanding Revolver Loans which, when added to the principal amount of all other Revolver Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations, exceed the Revolver Commitment or the Borrowing Base, and all such amounts shall (a) be part of the Obligations evidenced by the Revolver Note, (b) bear interest as provided herein, (c) be payable upon demand by Bank, and (d) be secured by the Collateral and be entitled to all rights and security as provided under the Loan Documents.
          2.6 Repayment of Loans .

24


 

               2.6.1 Repayment of Revolver Loans .
                    (a) The outstanding principal amount of the Revolver Loans shall be repaid as follows: Any portion of the Revolver Loans shall be paid by Borrower to Bank immediately upon each receipt by Bank or Borrower of any proceeds of any Accounts or Inventory, to the extent of such proceeds. Unless otherwise specified by Borrower, all principal repayments of Revolver Loans shall be applied by Bank, first, to outstanding Prime Rate Loans and, second, to any outstanding LIBOR Loans. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may apply all proceeds of Accounts or other Collateral received by Bank and all other payments in respect of the Obligations to the Revolver Loans whether or not then due or to any other Obligations then due, in whatever order or manner Bank shall determine. In any event, the outstanding principal amount of Revolver Loans shall be due and payable on the Termination Date.
                    (b) Interest accrued on the Revolver Loans shall be due and payable as follows: (i) in the case of a Prime Rate Loan, on the first day of each month for the immediately preceding month), computed through the last calendar day of the preceding month, (ii) in the case of LIBOR Loan, on the last day of the Interest Period for such loan, except that in the case of a LIBOR Loan having a six (6) month Interest Period, interest shall also be payable on the last day of the third month of the Interest Period; and (iii) in the case of all Revolver Loans, on the Termination Date.
          2.7 Additional Payment Provisions .
               2.7.1 Payment of Other Obligations . The balance of the Obligations under the Loan Documents requiring the payment of money shall be repaid by Borrower to Bank as and when provided in the relevant Loan Documents, or, if no date of payment is otherwise specified in the Loan Documents, on demand.
               2.7.2 Authorization to Debit . Bank may debit the Disbursement Account, the Collections Account and any account subject to Bank’s control (as such term is used in Article 9 of the Code) and/or make Revolver Loans to Borrower (whether or not in excess of the lesser of the Revolver Commitment and the Borrowing Base) and apply such amounts to the payment of interest, fees, expenses and other amounts to which Bank may be entitled from time to time and Bank is hereby irrevocably authorized to do so without the consent of Borrower. Bank shall provide Borrower contemporaneous notice of all such debits other than debits for interest payment.
               2.7.3 Time and Location of Payment . Borrower shall make each payment of principal of and interest on the Loans and fees hereunder not later than 1:00 p.m. (local time Philadelphia, Pennsylvania) on the date when due, without set off, counterclaim or other deduction, in immediately available funds to Bank at its address referred to in Section 10.4. Whenever any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Loans or of fees shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If the date for any payment of principal is extended by operation of law or otherwise, interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.

25


 

               2.7.4 Late Charge . If any payments are not timely made, Borrower shall also pay to Bank a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of each payment past due for ten (10) or more days.
               2.7.5 Excess Over Borrowing Base . To the extent that the aggregate amount of all Revolver Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations exceeds the Borrowing Base (after giving effect to all sublimits and reserves then in effect), the amount of such excess will be paid immediately to Bank.
               2.7.6 Swaps Are Independent . Any prepayment shall not affect Borrower’s obligation to continue making payments under any Swap Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such prepayment, subject to the terms of such Swap Agreement.
               2.7.7 Capital Requirements . If either (a) the introduction of, or any change in, or in the interpretation of, any applicable law or (b) compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or comparable agency or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) made or promulgated after the date hereof, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of, or has affected or would affect the amount of capital required to be maintained by Bank or any corporation controlling Bank as a consequence of, or with reference to, the Revolver Commitment and other commitments of this type, below the rate which Bank or such other corporation could have achieved by for such introduction, change or compliance, then within five (5) Business Days after written demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to Bank from time to time as specified by Bank additional amounts sufficient to compensate Bank or such other corporation for such reduction; provided, however, Borrower shall not be obligated to compensate Bank under this Section 2.7.7 for sums due for any period which is more than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to such written demand by Bank. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to Borrower by Bank shall, in the absence of demonstrated error, be presumed to be correct and binding for all purposes. Bank shall determine the applicability of and the amount due under this Section 2.7.7 substantially consistent with the manner in which it applies similar provisions and calculates similar amounts payable to it by other similarly situated borrowers having comparable provisions in their credit agreements.
          2.8 Default Rate . In addition to all other rights contained in the Loan Documents, if an Event of Default occurs, the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations, other than Obligations under any Swap Agreements between Borrower and Bank or its affiliates, may, at Bank’s option, bear interest at the Default Rate. The Default Rate shall apply from acceleration until such Obligations or any judgment thereon is paid in full.
          2.9 Calculation of Interest . All fees and other charges provided for in this Agreement that are calculated as a per annum percentage of any amount and all interest shall be calculated daily and shall be computed on the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days. For purposes of computing interest and other charges hereunder, all payment items and other forms of payment received by Bank (other than immediately available funds) shall be deemed applied by Bank on account of the Obligations (subject to final payment of such items) on the second Business Day after Bank receives such items in the Collections Account. Each

26


 

determination by Bank of interest and fees hereunder shall be presumptive evidence of the correctness of such interest and fees.
          2.10 Letters of Credit .
               2.10.1 Issuance of Letters of Credit . Bank shall from time to time issue, upon five (5) Business Days prior written notice, extend or renew letters of credit for the account of Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that (a) the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by Bank which are outstanding at any one time shall not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), (b) Bank shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect thereto, the principal amount of all Revolver Loans and the Letter of Credit Obligations would exceed the lesser of the Borrowing Base and the Revolver Commitment, and (c) all other conditions precedent to the issuance of each such Letter or Credit as set forth herein are satisfied or waived in writing by Bank. All payments made by Bank under any such Letters of Credit (whether or not Borrower is the account party) and all fees, commissions, discounts and other amounts owed or to be owed to Bank in connection therewith, shall be paid on demand, unless Borrower instructs Bank to make a Revolver Loan to pay such amount, Bank agrees to do so, and the necessary amount remains available to be drawn as a Revolver Loan hereunder. All Letter of Credit Obligations shall be secured by the Collateral. Borrower shall complete and sign such applications and supplemental agreements and provide such other documentation as Bank may reasonably require. The form and substance of all Letters of Credit, including expiration dates, shall be subject to Bank’s approval, and Bank shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit or accept which has a maturity date later than the Termination Date. Bank may charge certain fees or commissions for the issuance, handling, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit. Borrower unconditionally guarantees all obligations of any Subsidiary with respect to Letters of Credit issued by Bank for the account of such Subsidiary. Upon a Default, Borrower shall, on demand, deliver to Bank good funds equal to one hundred five percent (105%) of Bank’s maximum liability under all outstanding Letters of Credit, to be held as cash Collateral for Borrower’s reimbursement obligations and other Obligations.
               2.10.2 Law Governing Letter of Credit . Any Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall be governed, as applicable, by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) Publication 500 or any subsequent revision or restatement thereof adopted by the ICC and in use by Bank or the International Standby Practices, ICC Publication No. 590 or any subsequent revision or restatement thereof adopted by the ICC and in use by Bank, except to the extent that the terms of such publication would limit or diminish rights granted to Bank hereunder or in any other Loan Document.
          2.11 Fees .
               2.11.1 Servicing Fee . Borrower shall pay to Bank a monthly non-refundable servicing fee in the amount of One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500.00) with respect to any month during which Revolver Loans are outstanding and Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750.00) with respect to any month during which no Revolver Loans are outstanding, payable on the first day of each month with respect to the preceding month.

27


 

               2.11.2 Unused Line Fee . Borrower shall pay to Bank an Unused Line Fee for each day equal to the product of (i) 25 basis points per annum multiplied by (ii) the difference between (A) the Revolver Commitment and (B) the aggregate average monthly outstanding principal amount of the Revolver Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations on such day, payable monthly on the first day of each month with respect to the immediately preceding month.
               2.11.3 Letter of Credit Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank, at such times as Bank shall require, Bank’s standard fees in connection with Letters of Credit, as in effect from time to time, and with respect to standby Letters of Credit, at the time of issuance of each standby Letter of Credit, a fee equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans then in effect per annum on the face amount of the Letter of Credit for the period of time the standby Letter of Credit will be outstanding.
          2.12 Statement of Account . If Bank provides Borrower with a statement of account on a periodic basis, such statement will be presumed complete and accurate and will be definitive and binding on Borrower, unless objected to with specificity by Borrower in writing within forty-five (45) days after receipt.
          2.13 Termination . Upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, Borrower may, at its option, terminate this Agreement and the Revolver Commitment in its entirety but not partially; provided however, no such termination by Borrower shall be effective until the full, final and indefeasible payment of the Obligations in cash or immediately available funds and in the case of any Obligations consisting of contingent obligations, Bank’s receipt of either cash or a direct pay letter of credit naming Bank as beneficiary and in form and substance and from an issuing bank acceptable to Bank, in each case in an amount not less than one hundred five percent (105%) of the aggregate amount of all such contingent obligations. Any notice of termination given by Borrower shall be irrevocable unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing. Bank may terminate this Agreement and the Revolver Commitment by written notice to Borrower, upon or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default.
          2.14 USA Patriot Act Notice . To help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each Person who open an account. For purposes of this section, account shall be understood to include loan accounts.
     3.  Conditions Precedent to Extensions of Credit .
          3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Loan . In addition to any other requirement set forth in this Agreement, Bank shall not be required to fund any Loan or make any other extension of credit hereunder unless and until the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion of Bank and its counsel:
               3.1.1 Loan Documents . Borrower and each other party to any Loan Document, as applicable, shall have executed and delivered this Agreement, the Note, and other required Loan Documents, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.
               3.1.2 Supporting Documents and Other Conditions . Borrower shall cause to be delivered to Bank the following documents and shall satisfy the following conditions:

28


 

                    (a) A copy of the governing instruments of Borrower and each Subsidiary, and good standing certificates of Borrower and each Subsidiary, certified by the appropriate official of their respective states of incorporation and each state in which Borrower or such Subsidiary is qualified to do business;
                    (b) Incumbency certificate and certified resolutions of the board of directors (or other appropriate governing body) of Borrower and each other Person executing any Loan Documents, signed by the Secretary or another authorized officer of Borrower or such other Person, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents;
                    (c) The legal opinion of Borrower’s legal counsel addressed to Bank regarding such matters as Bank and its counsel may request;
                    (d) A satisfactory Borrowing Base Certificate duly completed by Borrower, together with all supporting statements, schedules and reconciliations as required by Bank;
                    (e) UCC-1 searches and other Lien searches showing no existing security interests in or Liens on the Collateral except for Permitted Liens;
                    (f) A satisfactory Borrower Information Certificate duly completed by Borrower;
                    (g) Satisfactory evidence of insurance meeting the requirements of Section 5.3;
                    (h) UCC-1 financing statements and the Mortgage shall duly have been recorded or filed in the manner and places required by law to establish, preserve, protect and perfect the interests and rights created or intended to be created by the Security Agreement; and all taxes, fees and other charges in connection with the execution, delivery and filing of the Security Agreement and the financing statements shall duly have been paid;
                    (i) Subordinations satisfactory to Bank from all Affiliates, if any, as required by Section 5.9;
                    (j) Third Party Waivers as required by Section 5.12 (c);
                    (k) All required field exams shall have been completed to Bank’s satisfaction;
                    (l) All additional opinions, documents, certificates and other assurances that Bank or its counsel may reasonably require;
                    (m) Satisfactory evidence of payment of all fees due and reimbursement of all costs incurred by Bank, and evidence of payment to other parties of all fees or costs which Borrower is required under the Loan Documents to pay by the date of the initial Loan;

29


 

                    (n) There shall be no litigation in which Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party defendant, which Bank determines may have a Material Adverse Effect;
                    (o) Bank shall have received Borrower’s financial statements for its most recently concluded fiscal quarter and such other financial reports and information concerning Borrower as Bank shall reasonably request, and Bank shall be satisfied therewith, including in connection with the initial Revolver Loan made hereunder the audited financial statements of Borrower for its most recently concluded fiscal year 2003; and
                    (p) Bank shall have determined that after the making of the initial Loan to be made on the Closing Date, the issuance of any Letters of Credit to be issued on the Closing Date and the payment of all fees and closing costs incurred on or prior to the Closing Date, Excess Availability is not less than Nine Million Dollars ($9,000,000.00).
          3.2 Conditions Precedent to Each Revolver Loan . In addition to any other requirements set forth in this Agreement, Bank shall not be required to fund any Revolver Loan or issue any Letter of Credit unless and until the following conditions shall have been satisfied, in the sole opinion of Bank and its counsel, and each Notice of Borrowing (whether or not a written Notice of Borrowing is required) shall be deemed to be a representation that all such conditions have been satisfied:
               3.2.1 Notice of Borrowing . Borrower shall have delivered to Bank a Notice of Borrowing and such other information, as Bank may reasonably request.
               3.2.2 No Default . No Default shall have occurred and be continuing or could occur upon the making of the Revolver Loan in question and, if Borrower is required to deliver a written Notice of Borrowing, Borrower shall have delivered to Bank an officer’s certificate to such effect, which may be incorporated in the Notice of Borrowing.
               3.2.3 Correctness of Representations . All representations and warranties made by Borrower herein or otherwise in writing in connection herewith shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though the representations and warranties had been made on and as of date of the proposed Revolver Loan or Letter of Credit, and, if Borrower is required to deliver a written Notice of Borrowing, Borrower shall have delivered to Bank an officer’s certificate to such effect, which may be incorporated in the Notice of Borrowing.
               3.2.4 No Adverse Change . There shall have been no change which could have a Material Adverse Effect since the date of the most recent financial statements of such Borrower delivered to Bank from time to time.
               3.2.5 Limitations Not Exceeded . The proposed Revolver Loan or Letter of Credit shall not cause the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Revolver Loans plus Letter of Credit Obligations to exceed the lesser of the Revolver Commitment and the Borrowing Base.
               3.2.6 No Termination . Bank shall not have received notice from any surety terminating or repudiating such Person’s guaranty of the Obligations incurred by Borrower.

30


 

               3.2.7 Further Assurances . Borrower shall have delivered such further documentation or assurances as Bank may reasonably require.
     4.  Representations and Warranties . In order to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans or extend credit as provided for herein, Borrower makes the following representations and warranties, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents. Unless otherwise specified, such representations and warranties shall be deemed made as of the date hereof and as of the date of each request for a Loan or extension of credit hereunder:
          4.1 Valid Existence and Power . Each of Borrower and each Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and is duly qualified or licensed to transact business in all places where the failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect on it. Each of Borrower and each other Person which is a party to any Loan Document (other than Bank) has the power to make and perform the Loan Documents executed by it and all such instruments will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to bankruptcy and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally. Borrower is organized under the laws of Delaware and has not changed the jurisdiction of its organization within the five years preceding the date hereof except as previously reported to Bank in writing.
          4.2 Authority . The execution, delivery and performance thereof by Borrower and each other Person (other than Bank) executing any Loan Document have been duly authorized by all necessary actions of such Person, and do not and will not violate any provision of law or regulation, or any writ, order or decree of any court or governmental or regulatory authority or agency or any provision of the governing instruments of such Person, and do not and will not, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, result in a breach of, or constitute a default or require any consent under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any property or assets of such Person pursuant to, any law, regulation, instrument or agreement to which any such Person is a party or by which any such Person or its respective properties may be subject, bound or affected.
          4.3 Financial Condition . Other than as disclosed in financial statements delivered on or prior to the date hereof to Bank, neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any direct or contingent obligations or liabilities (including any guarantees or leases) or any material unrealized or anticipated losses from any commitments of such Person. All such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present the financial condition of Borrower or Subsidiary, as the case may be, as of the date thereof. Borrower is not aware of any material adverse fact (other than facts which are generally available to the public and not particular to Borrower, such as general economic trends) concerning the conditions or future prospects of Borrower or any Subsidiary which has not been fully disclosed to Bank, including any adverse change in the operations or financial condition of such Person since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Bank. Borrower is Solvent, and after consummation of the transactions set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan documents, Borrower will be Solvent.

31


 

          4.4 Litigation . Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.6 to the Borrower Information Certificate, there are no suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened, before any court or by or before any governmental or regulatory authority, commission, bureau or agency or public regulatory body against or affecting Borrower or any Subsidiary, or their assets, which if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect.
          4.5 Agreements, Etc . Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any court order, governmental decree or any charter or other corporate restriction, adversely affecting its business, assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) in a material manner, nor is any such Person in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the material obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party, or any law, regulation, decree, order or the like.
          4.6 Authorizations . All authorizations, consents, approvals and licenses required under applicable law or regulation for the ownership or operation of the property owned or operated by Borrower or any Subsidiary or for the conduct of any business in which it is engaged have been duly issued and are in full force and effect, and it is not in default, nor has any event occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default, under any of the terms or provisions of any part thereof, or under any order, decree, ruling, regulation, closing agreement or other decision or instrument of any governmental commission, bureau or other administrative agency or public regulatory body having jurisdiction over such Person, which default would have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as noted herein, no approval, consent or authorization of, or filing or registration with, any governmental commission, bureau or Other regulatory authority or agency is required with respect to the execution, delivery or performance of any Loan Document.
          4.7 Title . Each of Borrower and each Subsidiary has good title to all of the assets shown in its financial statements free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens, Borrower alone has full ownership rights in all Collateral.
          4.8 Collateral . The security interests granted to Bank herein and pursuant to any other Security Agreement (a) constitute and, as to subsequently acquired property included in the Collateral covered by the Security Agreement, will constitute, security interests under the Code entitled to all of the rights, benefits and priorities provided by the Code and (b) are, and as to such subsequently acquired Collateral will be, fully perfected, superior and prior to the rights of all third persons, now existing or hereafter arising, except for Permitted Liens. All of the Collateral is intended for use solely in Borrower’s business.
          4.9 Jurisdiction of Organization; Location . The jurisdiction in which Borrower is organized, existing and in good standing, the chief executive office of Borrower where Borrower’s business records are located, all of Borrower’s other places of business and any other places where any Collateral is kept, are all correctly and completely indicated on the Borrower Information Certificate. The Collateral is located and shall at all times be kept and maintained only at Borrower’s location or locations as described on the Borrower Information Certificate. No such Collateral is attached or affixed to any real property so as to be classified as a fixture unless Bank has otherwise agreed in writing. Borrower has not changed it legal status or

32


 

the jurisdiction in which it is organized or moved its chief executive office within the five (5) years preceding the date hereof.
          4.10 Taxes . Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed all federal and state income and other tax returns which are required to be filed, and have paid all taxes as shown on said returns and all taxes, including withholding, FICA and ad valorem taxes, shown on all assessments received by it to the extent that such taxes have become due. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is subject to any federal, state or local tax Liens nor has such Person received any notice of deficiency or other official notice to pay any taxes. Borrower and each Subsidiary have paid all sales and excise taxes payable by it.
          4.11 Labor Law Matters . No goods or services have been or will be produced by Borrower or any Subsidiary in violation of any applicable labor laws or regulations or any collective bargaining agreement or other labor agreements or in violation of any minimum wage, wage-and-hour or other similar laws or regulations except for violations that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          4.12 Accounts . Each Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper and other writing constituting any portion of the Collateral (a) is genuine and enforceable in accordance with its terms except for such limits thereon arising from bankruptcy and similar laws relating to creditors’ rights; (b) is not subject to any deduction, discount, defense, set off, claim or counterclaim of a material nature against Borrower except those arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business; (c) is not subject to any other circumstances that would impair the validity, enforceability or amount of such Collateral except as to which Borrower has notified Bank in writing; (d) arises from a bona fide sale of goods or delivery of services in the ordinary course and in accordance with the terms and conditions of any applicable purchase order, contract or agreement; (e) is free of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens; and (f) is for a liquidated amount maturing as stated in the invoice therefor. Each Account included in any Notice of Borrowing, Borrowing Base Certificate, report or other document as an Eligible Account meets all the requirements of an Eligible Account set forth herein.
          4.13 Judgment Liens . Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary, nor any of their assets, are subject to any unpaid judgments (whether or not stayed) or any judgment liens in any jurisdiction.
          4.14 Corporate Structure . As of the date hereof, Schedule 8.12 of the Borrower Information Certificate sets forth (a) the correct name of each Subsidiary, its jurisdiction of organization and the percentage of its equity interests having voting powers owned by each Person, (b) the name of each of Borrower’s corporate or joint venture Affiliates and the nature of the affiliation, (c) the number, nature and holder of all outstanding equity interests of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and (d) the number of authorized and issued equity interests (and treasury shares) of Borrower and each Subsidiary. Borrower has good title to all of the shares it purports to own of the equity interests of each of its Subsidiaries, free and clear in each case of any Lien other than Permitted Liens. All such equity interests have been duly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. Since the date of the last audited financial statements of Borrower delivered to Bank, Borrower has not made, or obligated itself to make, any dividends (other than stock dividends) or other distribution on or with respect to, or any purchase, redemption,

33


 

retirement or other acquisition of, any equity interests of Borrower, except as otherwise permitted hereunder. There are no outstanding options to purchase, or any rights or warrants to subscribe for, or any commitments or agreements to issue or sell, or any equity interests or obligations convertible into, or any powers of attorney relating to, equity interests of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.12 of the Borrower Information Certificate, there are no outstanding agreements or instruments binding upon the holders of any of Borrower’s equity interests relating to the ownership of its equity interests.
          4.15 Deposit Accounts . Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no Deposit Accounts other than (a) on the Closing Date, those listed in the Borrower Information Certificate and (b) after the Closing Date, those otherwise permitted by Section 6.15.
          4.16 Environmental . Except for ordinary and customary amounts of solvents, cleaners and similar materials used in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and in strict compliance with all Environmental Laws, neither Borrower, nor to Borrower’s best knowledge any other previous owner or operator of any real property currently owned or operated by Borrower, has generated, stored or disposed of any Regulated Material on any portion of such property, or transferred any Regulated Material from such property to any other location in violation of any applicable Environmental Laws. No Regulated Material has been generated, stored or disposed of on any portion of the real property currently owned or operated by Borrower by any other Person, or is now located on such property. Borrower is in full compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws except for noncompliance which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and Borrower has not been notified of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation which calls into question compliance by Borrower with any Environmental Laws or which seeks to suspend, revoke or terminate any license, permit or approval necessary for the generation, handling, storage, treatment or disposal of any Regulated Material.
          4.17 ERISA . Borrower has furnished to Bank true and complete copies of the latest annual report required to be filed pursuant to Section 104 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), with respect to each employee benefit plan or other plan maintained for employees of Borrower or any Subsidiary and covered by Title IV of ERISA (a “Plan”), and no Termination Event (as hereinafter defined) with respect to any Plan has occurred and is continuing. For the purposes of this Agreement, a “Termination Event” shall mean a “reportable event” as defined in Section 4043(b) of ERISA, or the filing of a notice of intent to terminate under Section 4041 of ERISA. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any unfunded liability with respect to any such Plan.
          4.18 Investment Company Act. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
          4.19 Names . Borrower currently conducts all business only under its legal name as set forth above in the introductory section of this Agreement. Except as disclosed in the Borrower Information Certificate, during the preceding five (5) years Borrower has not (a) been known as or used any other corporate, fictitious or trade name, (b) been the surviving entity of a merger or consolidation or (c) acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any Person.

34


 

          4.20 Insider . Borrower is not, and no Person having “control” (as that term is defined in 12 U.S.C. § 375(b)(5) or in regulations promulgated pursuant thereto) of Borrower is, an “executive officer,” “director,” or “principal shareholder” (as those terms are defined in 12 U.S.C. §375(b) or in regulations promulgated pursuant thereto) of Bank, of a bank holding company of which Bank is a subsidiary, or of any subsidiary of a bank holding company of which Bank is a subsidiary.
          4.21 Sanctioned Persons; Sanctioned Countries . None of Borrower, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates (a) is a Sanctioned Person or (b) does business in a Sanctioned Country or with a Sanctioned Person in violation of the economic sanctions of the United States administered by OFAC, The proceeds of any Loan will not be used to fund any operation in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country.
          4.22 Compliance with Covenants; No Default . Borrower is, and upon funding of the initial Loans on the Closing Date will be, in compliance with all of the covenants hereof. No Default has occurred, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the funding of the initial Loans on the Closing Date will not cause a Default.
          4.23 Full Disclosure . There is no material fact which is known or which should be known by Borrower that Borrower has not disclosed to Bank which could have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Document, nor any agreement, document, certificate or statement delivered by Borrower to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact which is known or which should be known by Borrower necessary to keep the other statements from being misleading.
          4.24 Borrower Information Certificate . All representations, warranties and statements made by Borrower in the Borrower Information Certificate executed and delivered by Borrower to Bank are true and correct as of the date hereof.
          4.25 Intellectual Property . Borrower owns or licenses or otherwise has the right to use all Intellectual Property and Material ANDAs necessary for the operation of its business as presently conducted or proposed to be conducted. As of the date hereof, Borrower does not have any Intellectual Property registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in the United States, any State thereof, any political subdivision thereof or in any other country, other than those described in Schedule 8.11 of the Borrower Information Certificate. Borrower has not granted any licenses with respect any Intellectual Property registered or subject to pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office or agency in the United States, any State thereof, any political subdivision thereof or in any other country, other than as set forth in Schedule 8.11 of the Borrower Information Certificate. No event has occurred which permits or would permit after notice or passage of time or both, the revocation, suspension or termination of such rights. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance or other Intellectual Property or goods bearing or using any Intellectual Property presently contemplated to be sold by or employed by Borrower infringes any patent, trademark, servicemark, tradename, copyright, license or other Intellectual Property owned by any other Person presently and no claim or litigation is pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower

35


 

contesting its right to sell or use any such Intellectual Property. Schedule 8.11 of the Borrower Information Certificate sets forth all of the Material License Agreements of Borrower in effect on the date hereof. Schedule 8.11 of the Borrower Information Certificate sets forth all of the Material Licensor License Agreements of Borrower in effect on the date hereof. No trademark, servicemark or other Intellectual Property at any time used by Borrower which is owned by another person, or owned by Borrower subject to any security interest, lien, collateral assignment, pledge or other encumbrance in favor of any person other than Bank, is affixed to or used in the production or sale of any Eligible Inventory, except to the extent permitted under the terms of the Material License Agreements listed in Schedule 8.11 of the Borrower Information Certificate.
     5.  Affirmative Covenants of Borrower . Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date hereof and until payment in full of the Obligations and the formal termination of this Agreement, Borrower and each Subsidiary:
          5.1 Use of Revolver Loan Proceeds . Shall use the proceeds of the Revolver Loans for working capital for the operation of Borrower’s business and shall furnish Bank all evidence that it may require with respect to such use.
          5.2 Maintenance of Business and Properties . Shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all Collateral and all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its business, and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition, and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all material needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be conducted properly and in accordance with standards generally accepted in businesses of a similar type and size at all times, and maintain and keep in full force and effect all licenses and permits necessary to the proper conduct of its business, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.3 Insurance . Shall maintain such liability insurance, workers’ compensation insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance in amounts as may be required by law, if applicable, or as are customary and usual for prudent businesses in its industry and any other insurance that may be reasonably required by Bank and shall insure and keep insured all Collateral and other properties with insurance companies reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All hazard insurance covering Collateral shall be in amounts acceptable to Bank, shall name and directly insure Bank as secured party and loss payee under a long-form lender loss payee and standard mortgagee clause acceptable to Bank, or its equivalent, and shall not be terminable except upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Bank. Borrower shall furnish to Bank copies of all such policies and shall provide evidence of insurance on an annual basis or such more frequent basis as may be reasonably requested by Bank from time to time.
          5.4 Notice of Default . Shall provide to Bank immediate notice of (a) the occurrence of a Default and what action (if any) Borrower is taking to correct the same, (b)any litigation involving an amount at issue in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or material changes in any such existing litigation or any judgment against it or its assets in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00), (c) any damage or loss to property in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,00.00), (d) any notice from taxing

36


 

authorities as to claimed deficiencies or any tax lien or any notice relating to alleged ERISA violations, (e) any Reportable Event, as defined in ERISA, (f) any rejection, return, offset, dispute, loss or other circumstance having a Material Adverse Effect on any Collateral, (g) the cancellation or termination of, or any default under, any Material Agreement to which Borrower is a party or by which any of its properties are bound, or any acceleration of the maturity of any Debt of Borrower; and (h) any loss or threatened loss of material licenses or permits if such loss could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.5 Inspections of Books and Records and Field Examinations.
                    (a)  Inspections . Shall permit inspections of the Collateral and the records of such Person pertaining thereto and verification of the Accounts, at such times and in such manner as may be required by Bank and shall further permit such inspections, reviews and field examinations of its other books and records and properties (with such frequency and at such times as Bank may desire) by Bank as Bank may deem necessary or desirable from time to time. The cost of such field examinations, reviews, verifications and inspections shall be borne by Borrower, provided that (i) the cost of field examinations shall not exceed Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850.00) per examiner per day, plus Bank’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and (ii) as long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall only be responsible for the cost of (A) one field examination occurring in any calendar year if Borrower maintained average Excess Availability of at least Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) as of the end of each month during such calendar year, and (B) two field examinations occurring in any calendar year if Borrower maintained average Excess Availability of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) as of the end of each month during such calendar year. In addition, provided that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to pay more than the Field Exam Cost Limit towards daily field examination costs (specifically excluding all out-of-pocket costs and expenses). For purposes of this Section 5.5(a), average Excess Availability shall be calculated monthly using Borrower’s Excess Availability for the six month rolling period ending on the last day of each such month.
                    (b)  Inventory Appraisals . Cooperate with appraisals of Borrower’s Inventory at such times and in such manner as may be required by Bank. The cost of such appraisals shall be borne by Borrower, provided, that, as long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) Borrower shall not be responsible for the cost of any such appraisals occurring during any fiscal year of Borrower during which the Inventory Reliance is at all times less than or equal to fifteen percent (15%), and (ii) Borrower shall only be responsible for the cost of one such appraisal occurring during any fiscal year of Borrower during which Borrower’s Inventory Reliance is at all times more than fifteen percent (15%) but less than twenty-five percent (25%). The foregoing limitations on appraisal costs shall not be applicable to the appraisals required by Schedule 2.1.1(c) hereof the costs of which appraisals shall be borne solely by Borrower.
                    (c) If Borrower’s Excess Availability at any time falls below Nine Million Dollars ($9,000,000.00), cooperate with audits and/or appraisals of Borrower’s Equipment at such times and in such manner as may be required by Bank. The costs of such audits and/or appraisals shall be borne by Borrower.

37


 

          5.6 Financial Information. Shall maintain books and records in accordance with GAAP and shall furnish to Bank the following periodic financial information:
                    (a)  Periodic Borrowing Base Information . A completed Borrowing Base Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 5.6(a) (a “Borrowing Base Certificate”) (which shall be certified by the chief financial officer or president of Borrower to be accurate and complete and in compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents) (i) each Business Day of each month if the immediately prior month’s average Excess Availability was less than or equal to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00), (ii) on the last Business Day of each week of each month if the immediately prior month’s average Excess Availability was greater than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) but less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) and (iii) within three (3) days of the end of each month if the immediately prior month’s average Excess Availability was Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) or more. Bank may, but shall not be required to, rely on each Borrowing Base Certificate delivered hereunder as accurately setting forth the available Borrowing Base for all purposes of this Loan Agreement until such time as a new Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered to Bank in accordance herewith.
                    (b)  Collateral Reporting . On the fifteenth (15 th) day of each month (or if such day is not a Business Day, then on the next succeeding Business Day), Borrower shall furnish a written report to Bank setting forth the following, information (i) a Borrowing Base Certificate, (ii) the detailed accounts receivable aged trial balance on a due date basis as of the immediately preceding month end for each account debtor, (iii) an accounts payable aged trial balance (including royalty and other payables with respect to licenses (including under the Material License Agreements)) and accruals with respect thereto at the end of such month, (iv) inventory listing, ineligible calculations, obsolete/damaged inventory report, a chargeback report, a report of Inventory at outside contractors, a report of Inventory broken down by location and broken down by an indication of which Inventory consists of FDA Approved Products, as of the immediately preceding month, (v) a reconciliation of accounts receivable against the Borrowing Base and then to the general ledger, (vi) a reconciliation of Inventory to the Borrowing Base and then to the general ledger, (vii) and any other supporting documentation reasonably required by Bank, all certified by the Borrower’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer, such certificate to include a certification by such officer that, to the best of his knowledge, no items other than those identified in the above reports, have expirations less than 90 days. In addition, with each such monthly report, Borrower shall certify that each Material License Agreement is in fill force and effect and there are no outstanding defaults thereunder and no past due royalty or other payments to be made pursuant to such Material License Agreements.
                    (c)  Interim Statements . Within thirty (30) days (or forty-five (45) days with respect to each quarterly report) after the end of (1) each fiscal quarter of Borrower and (2) each month if Revolver Loans were outstanding during such month, a balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries at the end of that period and an income statement and statement of cash flows for that period (and for the portion of the fiscal year ending with such period), together with all supporting schedules, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the same period of the preceding fiscal year. The foregoing statements and report shall be certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as true and correct and fairly representing the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and that such statements are prepared in

38


 

accordance with GAAP, except without footnotes and subject to normal year-end audit adjustments.
                    (d)  Annual Statements . Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, a detailed audited financial report of Borrower and its Subsidiaries containing a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet at the end of that period and a consolidated and consolidating income statement and statement of cash flows for that period, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the preceding fiscal year, together with all supporting schedules and footnotes, and containing an unqualified audit opinion of independent certified public accountants acceptable to Bank that the financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP.
                    (e)  Compliance and No Default Certificates . Together with each report required by Subsection (d) and each report for the months of March, June and September required by Subsection (c), a compliance certificate in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 5.6(e) and a certificate of its president or chief financial officer certifying that no Default then exists or if a Default exists, the nature and duration thereof and Borrower’s intention with respect thereto.
                    (f)  Auditor’s Management Letters . Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of each report submitted to Borrower by independent public accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of Borrower including, without limitation, each report submitted to Borrower concerning its accounting practices and systems and any final comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in connection with the annual audit of Borrower.
                    (g)  Stockholder and SEC Reports . Borrower shall promptly after the sending or filing thereof furnish or cause to be furnished to Bank copies of all reports which Borrower sends to its stockholders generally and copies of all reports (other than routine 8-K reports) and registration statements which Borrower files with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any national securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
                    (h)  Pending Suits/Investigations Status Reports . As soon as possible after the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower (but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end thereof) or more frequently as Bank may reasonably request, reports summarizing the status of any and all pending or threatened investigations, actions, suits, proceedings or claims by or against Borrower relating to (1) products liability and (2) any patents, patent rights, patent applications or any approved or pending new drug applications or Material ANDAs.
                    (i)  Other Information . Such other information reasonably requested by Bank from time to time concerning the business, properties or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
                    (j)  Projections . Not later than the thirtieth (30th) day before the commencement of each fiscal year, deliver Projections to Bank for Borrower for such fiscal

39


 

year. “Projections” means Borrower’s forecasted consolidated and consolidating (i) balance sheets, (ii) profit and loss statements, (iii) cash flow statements, (iv) capitalization statements, and (v) Borrowing Base availability calculations, all prepared on a quarterly basis and on a consistent basis with Borrower’s historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.
          5.7 Maintenance of Existence and Rights . Shall preserve and maintain its corporate existence, authorities to transact business, rights and franchises, trade names, patents, trademarks and permits necessary to the conduct of its business.
          5.8 Payment of Taxes, Etc . Shall pay before delinquent all of its debts and taxes, except and to the extent only that such taxes are being Property Contested.
          5.9 Subordination . Shall cause all debt and other obligations now or hereafter owed to any Affiliate to be subordinated in right of payment and security to the Obligations in accordance with subordination agreements satisfactory to Bank.
          5.10 Compliance with Laws, Regulations. Etc .
                    (a) Borrower shall, and shall cause any Subsidiary to, at all times, comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations, licenses, permits, approvals and orders applicable to it and duly observe all requirements of any foreign, Federal, State or local Governmental Authority, including ERISA, the IRS Code, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended, the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, and all statutes, rules, regulations, orders, permits and stipulations relating to environmental pollution and employee health and safety, including all of the Environmental Laws except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
                    (b) Borrower shall give written notice to Bank immediately upon Borrower’s receipt of any notice of, or Borrower’s otherwise obtaining knowledge of, (i) the occurrence of any event involving the release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Regulated Materials or (ii) any investigation, proceeding, complaint, order, directive, claims, citation or notice with respect to: (A) any non-compliance with or violation of any applicable Environmental Law by Borrower or (B) the release, spill or discharge, threatened or actual, of any Regulated Materials other than in the ordinary course of business and other than as permitted under any applicable Environmental Law. Copies of all environmental surveys, audits, assessments, feasibility studies and results of remedial investigations shall be promptly furnished, or caused to be furnished, by Borrower to Bank. Borrower shall take prompt and appropriate action to respond to any non-compliance with any of the Environmental Laws and shall regularly report to Bank on such response.
                    (c) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, whenever Bank reasonably determines that there is material non-compliance, or any condition which requires any action by or on behalf of Borrower in order to avoid any material non-compliance, with any Environmental Law, Borrower shall, at Bank’s request and Borrower’s expense: (i) cause an independent environmental engineer acceptable to Bank to conduct such tests of the site

40


 

where Borrower’s material non-compliance or alleged material non-compliance with such Environmental Laws has occurred as to such non-compliance and prepare and deliver to Bank a report as to such non-compliance setting forth the results of such tests, a proposed plan for responding to any environmental problems described therein, and an estimate of the costs thereof and (ii) provide to Bank a supplemental report of such engineer whenever the scope of such non-compliance, or Borrower’s response thereto or the estimated costs thereof, shall change in any material respect.
                    (d) Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless Bank, its directors, officers, employees, agents, invitees, representatives, successors and assigns, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses) directly or indirectly arising out of or attributable to the use, generation, manufacture, reproduction, storage, release, threatened release, spill, discharge, disposal or presence of any Regulated Materials, including the costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or other remedial work with respect to any property of Borrower and the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other required plans. All representations, warranties, covenants and indemnifications in this Section 5.10 shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.
          5.11 Compliance with ERISA . Borrower shall and shall cause each ERISA Affiliate to: (a) maintain each Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the IRS Code and other Federal and State law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRS Code to maintain such qualification; (c) not terminate any of such Plans so as to incur any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation; (d) not allow or suffer to exist any prohibited transaction involving any of such Plans or any trust created thereunder which would subject Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate to a tax or penalty or other liability on prohibited transactions imposed under Section 4975 of the IRS Code or ERISA; (e) make all required contributions to any Plan which it is obligated to pay under Section 302 of ERISA, Section 412 of the IRS Code or the terms of such Plan; (f) not allow or suffer to exist any accumulated funding deficiency, whether or not waived, with respect to any such Plan; or (g) not allow or suffer to exist any occurrence of a reportable event or any other event or condition which presents a material risk of termination by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of any such Plan that is a single employer plan, which termination could result in any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
          5.12 License Agreements .
                    (a) Borrower shall (i) promptly and faithfully observe and perform all of the material terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Material License Agreements to be observed and performed by it, at the times set forth therein, if any, (ii) not do, permit, suffer or refrain from doing anything that could reasonably be expected to result in a default under or breach of any of the terms of any Material License Agreement, (iii) not cancel, surrender, modify, amend, waive or release any Material License Agreement in any material respect or any term, provision or right of the licensee thereunder in any material respect, or consent to or permit to occur any of the foregoing; except, that, subject to subsection (b) below, Borrower may amend, wave, cancel, surrender or release any Material License Agreement in the ordinary course of the business of Borrower; provided, that, Borrower shall give Bank not less

41


 

than thirty (30) days prior written notice of its intention to so cancel, surrender and release any such Material License Agreement, (iv) give Bank prompt written notice of any Material License Agreement entered into by Borrower after the date hereof, together with a true, correct and complete copy thereof and such other information with respect thereto as Bank may request, (v) give Bank prompt written notice of any material breach of any obligation, or any default, by any party under any Material License Agreement, and deliver to Bank (promptly upon the receipt thereof by Borrower in the case of a notice to Borrower, and concurrently with the sending thereof in the case of a notice from Borrower) a copy of each notice of default and every other notice and other communication received or delivered by Borrower in connection with any Material License Agreement which relates to the right of Borrower to continue to use the property subject to such Material License Agreement, and (vi) furnish to Bank, promptly upon the request of Bank, such information and evidence as Bank may require from time to time concerning the observance, performance and compliance by Borrower or the other party or parties thereto with the terms, covenants or provisions of any Material License Agreement.
                    (b) Borrower will either exercise any option to renew or extend the term of each Material License Agreement in such manner as will cause the term of such Material License Agreement to be effectively renewed or extended for the period provided by such option and give prompt written notice thereof to Bank or give Bank prior written notice that Borrower does not intend to renew or extend the term of any such Material License Agreement or that the term thereof shall otherwise be expiring, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of any such non-renewal or expiration. In the event of the failure of Borrower to extend or renew any Material License Agreement, Bank shall have, and is hereby granted, the irrevocable right and authority, at its option, to renew or extend the term of such Material License Agreement, whether in its own name and behalf, or in the name and behalf of a designee or nominee of Bank or in the name and behalf of Borrower, as Bank shall determine at any time that an Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing. Bank may, but shall not be required to, perform any or all of such obligations of Borrower under any of the Material License Agreements, including, but not limited to, the payment of any or all sums due from Borrower thereunder. Any sums so paid by Bank shall constitute part of the Obligations.
                    (c) Borrower shall (i) promptly and faithfully observe and perform all of the material terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Material Licensor License Agreements to be observed and performed by it, at the times set forth therein, if any, (ii) not do, permit, suffer or refrain from doing anything that could reasonably be expected to result in a default under or breach of any of the terms of any Material Licensor License Agreement, (iii) give Bank prompt written notice of any Material Licensor License Agreement entered into by Borrower after the date hereof, together with a true, correct and complete copy thereof and such other information with respect thereto as Bank may request, (iv) give Bank prompt written notice of any material breach of any obligation, or any default, by any party under any Material Licensor License Agreement, and deliver to Bank (promptly upon the receipt thereof by Borrower in the case of a notice to Borrower, and concurrently with the sending thereof in the case of a notice from Borrower) a copy of each notice of default and every other notice and other communication received or delivered by Borrower in connection with any Material Licensor License Agreement, and (v) furnish to Bank, promptly upon the request of Bank, such information and evidence as Bank may require from time to time concerning the observance,

42


 

performance and compliance by Borrower or the other party or parties thereto with the terms, covenants or provisions of any Material Licensor License Agreement.
                    (d) Borrower shall (i) keep in full force and effect and take all actions necessary to keep in full force and effect all existing Material ANDAs, (ii) not do, permit, suffer or refrain from doing anything that could reasonably be expected to result in revocation, termination, cancellation or other event which would limit or prohibit Borrower’s use of any Material ANDA, (iii) give Bank prompt written notice of any new Material ANDA, together with a true, correct and complete copy thereof and such other information with respect thereto as Bank may reasonably request, (iv) give Bank prompt written notice of each notice and other communication received or delivered by Borrower in connection with any Material ANDA which relates to the right of Borrower to continue to use such Material ANDA and (v) furnish to Bank, promptly upon the request of Bank, such information and evidence as Bank may reasonably require from time to time concerning Borrower’s right to use and continue to use each of the Material ANDAs.
                    (e) Borrower will either exercise any option to renew or extend the each Material ANDA in such manner as will cause the term of such Material ANDA to be effectively renewed or extended for the period provided by such option and give prompt written notice thereof to Bank or give Bank prior written notice that Borrower does not intend to renew or extend the term of any such Material ANDA or that the term thereof shall otherwise be expiring, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of any such non-renewal or expiration. In the event of the failure of Borrower to extend or renew any Material ANDA, Bank shall have, and is hereby granted, the irrevocable right and authority, at its option, to renew or extend the term of such Material ANDA, whether in its own name and behalf, or in the name and behalf of a designee or nominee of Bank or in the name and behalf of Borrower, as Bank shall determine at any time that an Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing. Bank may, but shall not be required to, perform any or all of such obligations of Borrower under any of the Material ANDAs, including, but not limited to, the payment of any or all sums due from Borrower thereunder. Any sums so paid by Bank shall constitute part of the Obligations.
          5.13 Additional Real Property Collateral . If Borrower’s Excess Availability at any time falls below Nine Million Dollars ($9,000,000.00), without limiting any other rights of Bank or duties or obligations of Borrower, upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Bank a mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt with respect to such Real Property of Borrower as Bank may require, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank and in form appropriate for recording in the real estate records of the jurisdiction in which such Real Property or other property is located granting to Bank a lien and mortgage on and security interest in such Real Property, fixtures or other property (with such priority as Bank may require) and such other agreements, documents and instruments as Bank may reasonably require in connection therewith.
          5.14 Further Assurances . Shall take such further action and provide to Bank such further assurances as may be reasonably requested to ensure compliance with the intent of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

43


 

          5.15 Covenants Regarding Collateral . Borrower makes the following covenants with Bank regarding the Collateral for itself and each Subsidiary. Borrower and each Subsidiary:
                    (a) will use the Collateral only in the ordinary course of its business and will not permit the Collateral to be used in violation of any applicable law or policy of insurance;
                    (b) as agent for Bank, will defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all Persons, except for Permitted Liens;
                    (c) will, at Bank’s request, obtain and deliver to Bank such Third Party Waivers as Bank may require;
                    (d) will promptly deliver to Bank all promissory notes, drafts, trade acceptances, chattel paper, Instruments or documents of title which are Collateral in tangible form, appropriately endorsed to Bank’s order, and Borrower will not create or permit any Subsidiary to create any Electronic Chattel Paper without taking all steps deemed necessary by Bank to confer control of the Electronic Chattel Paper upon Bank in accordance with the Code;
                    (e) except for Permitted Dispositions and the voluntary termination of Swap Agreements to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, will not sell, assign, lease, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber any Collateral or any interest therein;
                    (f) shall promptly notify Bank of any future patents, trademarks or copyrights owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary, any Material License Agreements and any Material Licensor License Agreements; and
                    (g) shall give Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any new trade or fictitious name. Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s use of any trade or fictitious name shall be in material compliance with all laws regarding the use of such names.
          5.16 Material Contracts . Borrower will deliver to Bank promptly after execution, copies of each new Material Contract to which it is a party and any amendment to any Material Contract to which it is a party.
          5.17 Notices . Borrower agrees to promptly notify Bank of and provide Bank with a copy of (i) any FDA warning letters or other similar notice, letters or reports received by Borrower from the FDA or any other governmental entity that concerned with is quality, identity, strength, purity, safety, efficacy, marketing or manufacturing of the pharmaceutical compounds or products manufactured or sold by Borrower, (ii) any reports sent by Borrower to the FDA or other governmental entity concerning complaints or reports regarding products manufactured by Borrower involving death or serious injury and (iii) any civil penalty actions against Borrower or any other party involving products manufactured or sold by Borrower.
Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing of the details of (i) any loss, damage, investigation, action, suit, proceeding or claim relating to the Collateral or any other property

44


 

which is security for the Obligations or which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Affect (ii) any Material Contract of Borrower being terminated or amended or any new Material Contract entered into (in which event Borrower shall provide Bank with a copy of such Material Contract), (iii) any order, judgment or decree in excess of $250,000 shall have been entered against Borrower or any of its properties or assets, (iv) any notification of violation of laws or regulations received by Borrower which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Affect, (v) any ERISA Event, (vi) any action, suit, proceeding or claim by or against Borrower relating to (A) any patents, patent rights, patent applications or any approved or pending new drug applications or Material ANDAs or (B) products liability and (vii) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.
          5.18 2004 Audited Financial Statements . On or before December 31, 2005, Borrower shall deliver to Bank its audited financial statements for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 in the form required by Section 5.6(d) hereof.
     6.  Negative Covenants of Borrower . Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date hereof and until payment in full of the Obligations and the formal termination of this Agreement, Borrower and each Subsidiary:
          6.1 Debt . Shall not create or permit to exist any Debt, including any guaranties or other contingent obligations, except the following (“Permitted Debt”):
                    (a) The Obligations;
                    (b) Endorsement of checks for collection in the ordinary course of business;
                    (c) Debt payable to suppliers and other trade creditors in the ordinary course of business on ordinary and customary trade terms;
                    (d) Purchase money Debt (including capital leases) not exceeding Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding for Borrower and all Subsidiaries incurred to purchase Equipment, provided that the amount of such Debt shall not at any time exceed the purchase price of the Equipment purchased;
                    (e) Debt existing on the Closing Date and not otherwise permitted under this Section 6.1, as set forth in Schedule 9.9 of the Borrower Information Certificate, and the renewal and refinancing (but not any increase in the aggregate principal amount thereof or any shortening of the maturity thereof);
                    (f) Subordinated Debt; and
                    (g) Any Debt incurred under any Swap Agreements with Bank (or with any of its Affiliates).

45


 

          6.2 Liens . Shall not create or permit any Liens on any of its property (regardless of whether such property constitutes Collateral and including, without limitation, all Intellectual Property) except the following (“Permitted Liens”):
                    (a) Liens securing the Obligations;
                    (b) Liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (excluding any Lien imposed pursuant to any of the provisions of ERISA or Environmental Laws) not yet due and payable or which are being Properly Contested;
                    (c) The claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, processor or landlords arising out of operation of law so long as the obligations secured thereby are not past due or are being Properly Contested;
                    (d) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and similar laws;
                    (e) Easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affect Real Property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower;
                    (f) Judgment and other similar non-tax Liens arising in connection with court proceedings but only if and for so long as (i) the execution or enforcement of such Liens is and continues to be effectively stayed and bonded on appeal, (ii) the validity and/or amount of the claims secured thereby are being Properly Contested and (iii) such Liens do not, in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the assets of the Person whose assets are subject to such Lien or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of such Person’s business;
                    (g) Liens securing Permitted Debt incurred solely for the purpose of purchase money financing for the acquisition of Equipment, provided that such Lien does not secure more than the purchase price of such Equipment and does not encumber property other than the purchased property;
                    (h) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.2, in existence on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 8.4 of the Borrower Information Certificate.
          6.3 Restricted Payments . Shall not pay or declare any dividends (other than stock dividends) or other distributions or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any stock or other equity interests or pay or acquire any Subordinated Debt except the following: (i) any Subsidiary may pay dividends to Borrower or another Subsidiary wholly-owned by Borrower and (ii) Borrower may purchase shares of common stock for the purpose of holding shares for future stock option grants, provided that (a) the total amount of such purchases shall not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00) per year and (b) after giving effect

46


 

to any such purchase, Borrower shall have at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) of Excess Availability.
          6.4 Loans and Other Investments . Shall not make or permit to exist any advances or loans to, or guarantee or become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations, leases, stock or dividends of, or own, purchase or make any commitment to purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, or any interest in, or make any capital contributions to (all of which are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “Investments”) any Person, except for (a) cash and Cash Equivalents (b) existing investments in Subsidiaries, (c) endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, (d) advances to employees for business travel and other expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business which do not at any time exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate, (e) any Swap Agreements with Bank (or with any of its Affiliates) and (f) Permitted Acquisitions.
          6.5 Change in Business . Shall not enter into any business which is substantially different from the business in which it is engaged on the Closing Date.
          6.6 Accounts . (a) Shall not sell, assign or discount any of its Accounts, Chattel Paper or any promissory notes held by it other than the discount of such notes in the ordinary course of business for collection; (b) shall not create or accept any Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper or other obligation of any kind due from or owed by as Sanctioned Person or enter into any lease that secures the Obligations where the lessee is a Sanctioned Person; and (c) shall notify Bank promptly in writing of any discount, offset or other deductions not shown on the face of an Account invoice and any dispute over an Account except for discounts, offsets and other deductions allowed in the ordinary course of business and disputes arising in the ordinary course of business that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (provided all such discounts, offsets, other deductions and disputes shall be included, as applicable, in all information and reports delivered pursuant to Section 5.6 above), and any information relating to an adverse change in any Account Debtor’s financial condition or ability to pay its obligations or if it learns that any Account Debtor is a Sectioned Person.
          6.7 Transactions with Affiliates . Shall not directly or indirectly purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, pay any management fees to or otherwise deal with, in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, any Affiliate (other than a Subsidiary); provided, however, that any acts or transactions prohibited by this Section may be performed or engaged in after written notice to Bank if upon terms not less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than if no such relationship existed.
          6.8 No Change in Name, Offices or Jurisdiction of Organization; Removal of Collateral . Shall not change its name or the jurisdiction in which Borrower or such Subsidiary is organized or, unless it shall have given forty-five (45) days’ advance written notice thereof to Bank, (a) change the location of its chief executive office or other office where books or records are kept, or (b) permit any Inventory or other tangible Collateral to be located at any location other than as specified in the Borrower Information Certificate or such other location as Borrower may elect to keep such tangible Collateral, provided, Borrower shall have given thirty

47


 

(30) days’ advance written notice thereof to Bank and within such thirty (30) day period provided to Bank such Third Party Waivers as Bank may reasonably require.
          6.9 No Sale, Leaseback . Shall not enter into any sale-and-leaseback or similar transaction.
          6.10 Margin Stock . Shall not use any proceeds of the Loan to purchase or carry any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of Federal Reserve System) or extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.
          6.11 Tangible Collateral . Shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, allow any Inventory or other tangible Collateral to be commingled with, or become an accession to or part of, any property of any other Person so long as such property is Collateral; nor allow any tangible Collateral to become a fixture unless Bank shall have given its prior written authorization.
          6.12 Subsidiaries . Shall not acquire, form or dispose of any Subsidiaries or permit any Subsidiary to issue capital stock except to its parent.
          6.13 Liquidation, Mergers, Consolidations and Dispositions of Substantial Assets, Name and Good Standing . Shall not (i) merge, reorganize, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person, (ii) liquidate, wind up its affairs or dissolve itself, (iii) acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise any of the assets of any Person other than a Permitted Acquisition, (iv) sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its property or assets, except for Permitted Dispositions and the voluntary termination of Swap Agreements to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is a party, or sell or dispose of any equity ownership interests in any Subsidiary, in each case whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions; (v) or change its name or jurisdiction of organization or conduct business under any new fictitious name; (vi) change its Federal Employer Identification Number; (vii) fail to remain in good standing and qualified to transact business as a foreign entity in any state or other jurisdiction in which it is required to be qualified to transact business as a foreign entity and in which the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          6.14 Change of Fiscal Year or Accounting Methods . Shall not change its fiscal year. Borrower’s fiscal year end is December 31, as of the Closing Date. Borrower does not currently capitalize research and development expenses and shall not do so in the future. If Borrower changes it accounting methods, Bank shall have the right, at its option, to calculate Borrower’s compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof using Borrower’s historical methods of accounting.
          6.15 Deposit Accounts . Borrower shall not open or maintain any Deposit Accounts except for (i) Deposit Accounts opened or maintained at Bank, (ii) Deposit Accounts which are not opened or maintained at Bank but which are subject to Bank’s “control” (as such term is used in Article 9 of the Code) on terms reasonably satisfactory to Bank, (iii) an account maintained with Cathay Bank solely for the purpose of paying weekly disbursements and with an amount on deposit at no time in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and (iv) such

48


 

other Deposit Accounts as shall be necessary for payroll, petty cash, local trade payables, and other occasional needs of Borrower. The aggregate balance of any Deposit Accounts which are not subject to Bank’s “control” (as such term is used in Article 9 of the Code) on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank shall never exceed $200,000.00 without Bank’s prior written consent. All Deposit Accounts maintained at Bank shall be deemed to be under Bank’s “control” as such term is used in Article 9 of the Code.
          6.16 Negative-negative Pledge . Shall not enter into any agreement with any party other than Bank prohibiting the creation of any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.
          6.17 Material Adverse Contracts . Borrower will not become or be a party to any contract or agreement which has or could have a Material Adverse Effect.
     7.  Other Covenants of Borrower . Borrower covenants and agrees that from the date hereof and until payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement, Borrower and each Subsidiary shall comply with the following additional covenants:
          7.1 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . At the end of each Applicable Fiscal Period, Borrower shall have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00; provided however, for the Applicable Fiscal Period ending June 30, 2006 only, Borrower shall have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0. As used herein, “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means (i) EBITDA, less the sum of (A) for any Applicable Fiscal Period during which Borrower does not have a positive Net Cash Position for each day during such Applicable Fiscal Period, all unfinanced Capital Expenditures made in the Applicable Fiscal Period, and (B) any dividends, distributions and any other payments permitted under Section 6.3 above paid in the Applicable Fiscal Period and (C) cash taxes paid in the Applicable Fiscal Period (without benefit of any refunds), divided by (ii) the sum of (A) the current portion of scheduled principal amortization on Funded Debt coming due in the next 12 months as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter plus (B) cash interest payments paid in the Applicable Fiscal Period. As used herein, (i) “EBITDA” means the sum of (A) consolidated net income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the Applicable Fiscal Period (computed without regard to any extraordinary items of gain or loss) plus (B) to the extent deducted from revenue in computing consolidated net income for such period, the sum of (1) interest expense, (2) income tax expense, and (3) depreciation and amortization, less any extraordinary cash losses for such period; (ii) “Capital Expenditures” means for any period the aggregate cost of all capital assets acquired by Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP; (iii) “Applicable Fiscal Period” means a period of four (4) consecutive, trailing Fiscal Quarters ending at the end of each fiscal quarter and (iv) “Funded Debt” means (A) debt for borrowed funds, (B) to the extent not covered by the immediately preceding clause (A), indebtedness having a term of one (1) year or more incurred as part of any purchase money obligation, and (C) any Subordinated Debt.
          7.2 Capital Expenditures . Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, make total Capital Expenditures in excess of (a) Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00) for the period from January 1, 2005 though December 31, 2006, and (b) Twenty-Five Million Dollars

49


 

($25,000,000.00) for the period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007 and for each calendar year thereafter.
          7.3 Effect of FAS 133 Charge . The effect, if any, of the FAS 133 Charge on the financial covenants set forth herein shall be excluded from the calculation thereof so long as the FAS 133 Charge does not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) at the time of such calculation. “FAS 133 Charge” means non-cash charges in connection with any Swap Agreements which may be required from time to time to be recognized on the financial statements of Borrower pursuant to Financial Account Standards Board Statement No. 133 (Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities).
     8.  Default .
          8.1 Events of Default . Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
                    (a) There shall occur any default by Borrower in the payment, when due, of any principal of or interest on the Note or any fee due, any other amounts due hereunder or any other Loan Document, or any other Obligations; or
                    (b) There shall occur any default by Borrower in the performance of any agreement, covenant or obligation contained in Section 5.1, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.12, 5.16, 5.18 or Section 6 or Section 7 of this Agreement; or
                    (c) There shall occur any default by Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document (other than Bank) in the performance of any other agreement, covenant or obligation contained in this Agreement or such Loan Document not provided for elsewhere in this Section 8 and the breach of such other agreement, covenant or obligation is not cured to Bank’s satisfaction within fifteen (15) days after the sooner to occur of any Senior Officer’s receipt of notice of such breach from Bank or the date on which such failure or neglect first becomes known to any Senior Officer; provided, however, that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not apply in the case of any failure to perform, keep or observe any covenant which is not capable of being cured at all or within such fifteen (15) day period or which is a willful and knowing breach by Borrower or such other party; or
                    (d) Any representation or warranty made by Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document (other than Bank) herein or therein or in any certificate or report furnished in connection herewith or therewith shall prove to have been untrue, misleading or incorrect in any material respect when made; or
                    (e) Any other obligation now or hereafter owed by Borrower or any Subsidiary to Bank or any Affiliate of Bank shall be in default and not cured within the grace period, if any, provided in the agreement or other document under which such obligation arises; or
                    (f) Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment in respect of outstanding Debt (other than the Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00) or more when due after the

50


 

expiration of any applicable grace period, or any event or condition shall occur which results in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt (including, without limitation, any required mandatory prepayment or “put” of such Debt to any such Person) or enables (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would enable) the holders of such Debt or a commitment related to such Debt (or any Person acting on such holders’ behalf) to accelerate the maturity thereof or terminate any such commitment prior to its normal expiration (including, without limitation, any required mandatory prepayment or “put” of such Debt to such Person); or
                    (g) Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (A) voluntarily dissolve, liquidate or terminate operations or apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or liquidator of such Person or of all or of a substantial part of its assets, (B) admit in writing its inability, or be generally unable, to pay its debts as the debts become due, (C) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (D) commence a voluntary case under the federal Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), (E) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up, or composition or adjustment of debts, (F) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under Bankruptcy Code, or (G) take any corporate action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
                    (h) An involuntary petition or complaint shall be filed against Borrower seeking bankruptcy relief or reorganization or the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, intervenor or liquidator of Borrower or any Subsidiary, of all or substantially all of its assets, and such petition or complaint shall not have been dismissed within sixty (60) days of the filing thereof; or an order, order for relief, judgment or decree shall be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction or other competent authority approving or ordering any of the foregoing actions; or
                    (i) A judgment in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) when aggregated with all other judgments against Borrower and any Subsidiary shall be rendered against Borrower or any Subsidiary and shall remain undischarged, undismissed and unstayed for more than ten days (except judgments validly covered by insurance with a deductible of not more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) or there shall occur any levy upon, or attachment, garnishment or other seizure of, any portion of the Collateral or other assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary; or
                    (j) Loss, theft, damage or destruction of any material portion of the tangible Collateral for which there is either no insurance coverage or for which, in the reasonable opinion of Bank, there is insufficient insurance coverage;
                    (k) Any default by Borrower under any Material Contract, which default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, with respect thereto and which results in the right of any party thereto to terminate such Material Contract or cease performing under such Material Contract;
                    (l) Any material provision hereof or of any of the other Loan Documents shall for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable with respect to any

51


 

party hereto or thereto (other than Bank) in accordance with its terms, or any such party shall challenge the enforceability hereof or thereof, or shall assert in writing, or take any action or fail to take any action based on the assertion that any provision hereof or of any of the other Loan Documents has ceased to be or is otherwise not valid, binding or enforceable in accordance with its terms, or any security interest provided for herein or in any of the other Loan Documents shall cease to be a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any of the Collateral purported to be subject thereto (except as otherwise permitted herein or therein);
                    (m) An ERISA Event shall occur which results in or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000;
                    (n) Any Change of Control; or
                    (o) There shall occur any change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          8.2 Remedies . If any Event of Default shall occur, Bank may, without notice to Borrower, at its option, withhold further Loans or other extensions of credit to Borrower. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Bank may at its option take any or all of the following actions:
                    (a) Bank may declare any or all Obligations (other than Obligations under any Swap Agreements, between Borrower and Bank or any Affiliate of Bank, which shall be due in accordance with and governed by the provisions of said Swap Agreements) to be immediately due and payable (if not earlier demanded), terminate its obligation to make Loans and other extensions of credit to Borrower, reduce the maximum amount of Revolver Loans available to Borrower, bring suit against Borrower to collect the Obligations, exercise any remedy available to Bank hereunder or at law and take any action or exercise any remedy provided herein or in any other Loan Document or under applicable law. No remedy shall be exclusive of other remedies or impair the right of Bank to exercise any other remedies.
                    (b) Without waiving any of its other rights hereunder or under any other Loan Document, Bank shall have all rights and remedies of a secured party under the Code (and the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction) and such other rights and remedies as may be available hereunder, under other applicable law or pursuant to contract. If requested by Bank, Borrower will promptly assemble the Collateral and make it available to Bank at a place to be designated by Bank. Borrower agrees that any notice by Bank of the sale or disposition of the Collateral or any other intended action hereunder, whether required by the Code or otherwise, shall constitute reasonable notice to Borrower if the notice is mailed to Borrower by regular or certified mail, postage prepaid, at least five days before the action to be taken. Borrower shall be liable for any deficiencies in the event the proceeds of the disposition of the Collateral do not satisfy the Obligations in full.
                    (c) Bank may demand, collect and sue for all amounts owed pursuant to Accounts, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents or for

52


 

proceeds of any Collateral (either in Borrower’s name or Bank’s name at the latter’s option), with the right to enforce, compromise, settle or discharge any such amounts.
          8.3 Receiver . In addition to any other remedy available to it, Bank shall have the absolute right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to seek and obtain the appointment of a receiver to take possession of and operate and/or dispose of the business and assets of Borrower and any costs and expenses incurred by Bank in connection with such receivership shall bear interest at the Default Rate, at Bank’s option, and shall be secured by all Collateral.
          8.4 Deposits . After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower authorizes Bank to collect and apply against the Obligations when due any cash or Deposit Accounts in its possession.
          8.5 Insurance . At its option, Bank may apply any insurance proceeds received by Bank at any time to the cost of repairs or replacement of Collateral and/or to payment of the Obligations, whether or not then due, in any order and in such manner as Bank may determine or hold such proceeds as cash collateral for the Obligations, except that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any Equipment is physically damaged or destroyed, upon the written request of Borrower, Bank shall release the net cash proceeds from insurance received by Bank pursuant to this Section 8.5 to Borrower as a result of such damage or destruction to the extent necessary for the repair, refurbishing or replacement of such Equipment, provided , that , each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) no Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing at the time immediately before or after giving effect to such release, (ii) such proceeds shall be used solely to repair, refurbish or replace the property so damaged or destroyed (free and clear of any security interests, liens, claims or other encumbrances), (iii) the repair, refurbishing or replacement of the property so damaged or destroyed shall be commenced as soon as reasonably practicable and shall be diligently pursued to satisfactory completion, (iv) the proceeds shall be held by Bank as cash collateral for the Obligations and shall be disbursed from such cash collateral from time to time as needed and/or, at Bank’s option, released by Bank directly to the contractor, subcontractor, materialmen, laborers, engineers, architects and other Persons rendering services or materials to repair, refurbish or replace the property so damaged or destroyed, (v) the amount of the insurance proceeds and Borrower’s unrestricted cash available for such purposes are sufficient in Bank’s reasonable determination, to allow Borrower to effect such repair, refurbishing or replacement in a satisfactory manner, (vi) the repair, refurbishing or replacement to which the proceeds are applied shall cause the Equipment so damaged or destroyed to be of at least equal value and substantially the same character as prior to such damage or destruction, (vii) the casualty shall have resulted in payment of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) in insurance proceeds or less, and (viii) such repair, refurbishing or replacement can, in the good faith estimate of Bank, be completed prior to the end of the then current term of this Agreement. Upon completion of the work and payment in full therefor, or upon the failure to commence, or diligently to continue the work or the replacement of the Collateral, Bank may, at Bank’s option and after prior notice to Borrower, either apply the amount of any such proceeds then or thereafter in the possession of Bank to the payment of the Obligations or hold such proceeds as cash collateral for the Obligations, provided , that , nothing contained herein shall limit the right of Bank to apply any or all of such proceeds to the Obligations at any time an Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing. Bank

53


 

is granted a power of attorney by Borrower with full power of substitution to file any proof of loss in Borrower’s or Bank’s name, to endorse Borrower’s name on any check, draft or other instrument evidencing insurance proceeds, and to take any action or sign any document to pursue any insurance loss claim. Such power being coupled with an interest is irrevocable.
     9.  Security Agreement .
          9.1 Security Interest .
                    (a) As security for the payment and performance of any and all Obligations and the performance of all obligations and covenants of Borrower to Bank and its Affiliates, whether hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, Swap Agreements between Bank or any Affiliate of Bank and Borrower or otherwise, certain or contingent, now existing or hereafter arising, which are now, or may at any time or times hereafter be owing by Borrower to Bank or any of Bank’s Affiliates, Borrower hereby grants to Bank (for itself and its Affiliates) a continuing security interest in and general lien upon and right of set-off against, all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower.
                    (b) Except as herein or by applicable law otherwise expressly provided, Bank shall not be obligated to exercise any degree of care in connection with any Collateral in its possession, to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in any of the Collateral or to preserve any rights therein against prior parties, and Borrower agrees to take such steps. In any case Bank shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care if it shall have taken such steps for the care and preservation of the Collateral or rights therein as Borrower may have reasonably requested Bank to take and Bank’s omission to take any action not requested by Borrower shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care. No segregation or specific allocation by Bank of specified items of Collateral against any liability of Borrower shall waive or affect any security interest in or Lien against other items of Collateral or any of Bank’s options, powers or rights under this Agreement or otherwise arising.
                    (c) Bank may at any time and from time to time, with or without notice to Borrower, (i) transfer into the name of Bank or the name of Bank’s nominee any of the Collateral, (ii) notify any Account Debtor or other obligor of any Collateral to make payment thereon direct to Bank of any amounts due or to become due thereon and (iii) receive and direct the disposition of any proceeds of any Collateral.
                    (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper or other obligation or property of any kind due from, owed by or belonging to, a Sanctioned Person or (ii) no lease in which the lessee is a Sanctioned Person shall be Collateral or shall be credited toward the payment of the Obligations.
          9.2 Financing Statements; Power of Attorney . Borrower authorizes Bank at Borrower’s expense to file any financing statements and/or amendments thereto relating to the Collateral (without Borrower’s signature thereon) which Bank deems appropriate that (a) indicate the Collateral (i) as “all assets” of Borrower or words of similar effect, if appropriate, regardless of whether any particular asset comprised in the Collateral falls within the scope of

54


 

Article 9 of the Code, or (ii) by specific Collateral category, and (b) provide any other information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment. Borrower irrevocably appoints Bank as its attorney-in-fact to execute any such financing statements and/or control agreements in Borrower’s name and to perform all other acts, at Borrower’s expense, which Bank deems appropriate to perfect and to continue perfection of the security interest of Bank. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as Borrower’s attorney-in-fact to endorse, present and collect on behalf of Borrower and in Borrower’s name any draft, checks or other documents necessary or desirable to collect any amounts which Borrower may be owed. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks and advertising matter, or any Property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit. The proceeds realized from the sale or other disposition of any Collateral may be applied, after allowing two (2) Business Days for collection, first to the reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by Bank for collection and for acquisition, completion, protection, removal, storage, sale and delivering of the Collateral; secondly, to interest due upon any of the Obligations; and thirdly, to the principal amount of the Obligations and to any other Obligations then outstanding. If any deficiency shall arise, Borrower shall remain jointly and severally liable to Bank therefor.
          9.3 Entry . Borrower hereby irrevocably consents to any act by Bank or its agents in entering upon any premises for the purposes of either (a) inspecting the Collateral or (b) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, taking possession of the Collateral, and in such event Borrower hereby waives its right to assert against Bank or its agents any claim based upon trespass or any similar cause of action for entering upon any premises where the Collateral may be located. Bank agrees that, if an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Bank will provide Borrower with twenty-four (24) hours prior notice of inspections and will conduct inspections only during normal business hours,
          9.4 Other Rights . Borrower authorizes Bank without affecting Borrower’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document from time to time (a) to take from any party and hold additional Collateral or guaranties for the payment of the Obligations or any part thereof, and to exchange, enforce or release such collateral or guaranty of payment of the Obligations or any part thereof and to release or substitute any endorser or guarantor or any party who has given any security interest in any collateral as security for the payment of the Obligations or any part thereof or any party in any way obligated to pay the Obligations or any part thereof; and (b) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default to direct the manner of the disposition of the Collateral and the enforcement of any endorsements, guaranties, letters of credit or other security relating to the Obligations or any part thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.
          9.5 Accounts . At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest and may direct such Account Debtor to make payment directly to Bank for application against the Obligations. Any such payments received by or on behalf of Borrower at any time, whether before or after default, shall be the property of Bank, shall be held in trust for Bank and not

55


 

commingled with any other assets of any Person (except to the extent they may be commingled with other assets of Borrower in an account with Bank) and shall be immediately delivered to Bank in the form received. Bank shall have the right to apply any proceeds of Collateral to such of the Obligations as it may determine.
          9.6 Waiver of Marshaling . Borrower hereby waives any right it may have to require marshaling of its assets.
          9.7 Control . Borrower will cooperate with Bank in obtaining control of, or control agreements with respect to, Collateral for which control or a control agreement is required for perfection of the Bank’s security interest under the Code.
     10.  Miscellaneous .
          10.1 No Waiver, Remedies Cumulative . No failure on the part of Bank to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and are in addition to any other remedies provided by law, any Loan Document or otherwise.
          10.2 Survival of Representations . All representations and warranties made herein shall survive the making of the Loan hereunder and the delivery of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations is outstanding, there exists any commitment by Bank to Borrower, and until this Agreement is formally terminated in writing.
          10.3 Indemnity By Borrower; Expenses . In addition to all other Obligations, Borrower agrees to defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its Affiliates and all of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, consultants and agents from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, obligations, penalties, fines, fees, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees, costs and expenses, and fees, costs and expenses for investigations and experts) incurred by such indemnitees, whether prior to or from and after the date hereof, as a result of or arising from or relating to (a) the due diligence effort (including, without limitation, public record search, recording fees, examinations and investigations of the properties of Borrower and Borrower’s operations), negotiation, preparation, execution and/or performance of any of the Loan Documents or of any document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby and the perfection of Bank’s Liens in the Collateral, maintenance of the Loan by Bank, and any and all amendments, modifications, and supplements of any of the Loan Documents or restructuring of the Obligations, (b) any suit, investigation, action or proceeding by any Person (other than Borrower), whether threatened or initiated, asserting a claim for any legal or equitable remedy against any Person under any statute, regulation or common law principle, arising from or in connection with Bank’s furnishing of funds to Borrower under this Agreement, (c) Bank’s preservation, administration and enforcement of its rights under the Loan Documents and applicable law, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for Bank in connection therewith, whether suit be brought or not and whether incurred at trial or on appeal, and all costs of repossession, storage, disposition, protection and collection of Collateral, (d)

56


 

periodic field exams, audits and appraisals performed by Bank pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof, (e) any civil penalty or fine assessed by OFAC against Bank or any Affiliate of Bank and all reasonable costs and expense (including counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with defense thereof by Bank or such Affiliate, as a result of the funding of Loans or the extension of credit, the acceptance of payments due under the Loan Documents or any Swap Agreement or acceptance of Collateral, and/or (f) any matter relating to the financing transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or by any document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, other than for such loss, damage, liability, obligation, penalty, fee, cost or expense arising from such indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. If Borrower should fail to pay any tax or other amount required by this Agreement to be paid or which may be reasonably necessary to protect or preserve any Collateral or Borrower’s or Bank’s interests therein, Bank may make such payment and the amount thereof shall be payable on demand, may at Bank’s option be debited against any Deposit Account of Borrower at Bank or converted to a Loan hereunder, shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date of demand until paid and shall be deemed to be Obligations entitled to the benefit and security of the Loan Documents. In addition, Borrower agrees to pay and save Bank harmless against any liability for payment of any state documentary stamp taxes, intangible taxes or similar taxes (including interest or penalties, if any) which may now or hereafter be determined to be payable in respect to the execution, delivery or recording of any Loan Document or the making of any Loan, whether originally thought to be due or not, and regardless of any mistake of fact or law on the part of Bank or Borrower with respect to the applicability of such tax. Borrower’s obligation for indemnification for all of the foregoing losses, damages, liabilities, obligations, penalties, fees, costs and expenses of Bank shall be part of the Obligations, secured by the Collateral, chargeable against Borrower’s loan account, and shall survive termination of this Agreement.
          10.4 Notices . Any notice or other communication hereunder or under the Note to any party hereto or thereto shall be by hand delivery, overnight delivery via nationally recognized overnight delivery service, facsimile with receipt confirmed, telegram, telex or registered or certified United States mail with return receipt and unless otherwise provided herein shall be deemed to have been given or made when delivered, telegraphed, telexed, faxed or, if sent via United States mail, when receipt signed by the receiver, postage prepaid, addressed to the party at its address specified below (or at any other address that the party may hereafter specify to the other parties in writing):
     
If to Borrower:
  Impax Laboratories, Inc.
 
  121 New Britain Blvd.
 
  Chalfont, Pennsylvania 18914
 
  Attention: Mr. Arthur A. Koch, Jr.
 
  Telephone No.: 215-933-0351
 
  Telecopy No.: 215-933-0359
 
   
with a copy to:
  Dilworth Paxson LLP
 
  3200 Mellon Bank Center
 
  1735 Market Street
 
  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-7595
 
  Attention: Roger F. Wood, Esq.

57


 

     
 
  Telephone No. 215-575-7068
 
  Telecopy No.: 215-575-7200
 
   
If to Bank:
  Wachovia Bank, National Association
 
  One South Broad Street
 
  PA 4812
 
  Philadelphia, PA 19107
 
  Attention: Margaret A. Byrne, Vice President
 
  Telephone No.: 267-321-6673
 
  Telecopy No. 267-321-6741
 
   
with a copy to:
  Wolf, Block, Schorr & Solis-Cohen LLP
 
  1650 Arch Street
 
  Philadelphia, PA 19103-2097
 
  Attention: Richard Zucker, Esq.
 
  Telephone No.: 215-977-2479
 
  Telecopy No.: 215-405-3908
          10.5 Governing Law . This Agreement and the Loan Documents shall be deemed contracts made under the laws of the State of the Jurisdiction and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of said state (excluding its conflict of laws provisions if such provisions would require application of the laws of another jurisdiction) except insofar as the laws of another jurisdiction may, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, govern the perfection, priority and enforcement of security interests in the Collateral.
          10.6 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Borrower and Bank, and their respective successors and assigns; provided, that Borrower may not assign any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of Bank, and any such assignment made without such consent will be void.
          10.7 Counterparts; Telecopied Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signature delivered by a party by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be an original signature hereto.
          10.8 No Usury . Regardless of any other provision of this Agreement, the Note or in any other Loan Document, if for any reason the effective interest should exceed the maximum lawful interest, the effective interest shall be deemed reduced to, and shall be, such maximum lawful interest, and (a) the amount which would be excessive interest shall be deemed applied to the reduction of the principal balance of the Note and not to the payment of interest, and (b) if the loan evidenced by the Note has been or is thereby paid in fall, the excess shall be returned to the party paying same, such application to the principal balance of the Note or the refunding of excess to be a complete settlement and acquittance thereof.
          10.9 Powers . All powers of attorney granted to Bank are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable.

58


 

          10.10 Approvals; Amendments . If this Agreement calls for the approval or consent of Bank, such approval or consent may be given or withheld in the reasonable discretion of Bank unless otherwise specified herein. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may not be modified, altered or amended, except by an agreement in writing signed by Borrower and Bank and may not be modified in any manner adverse to a provider under any secured or guarantied Swap Agreement without that provider’s prior written consent.
          10.11 Participations and Assignments . Upon prior notice to Borrower, Bank shall have the right to enter into one or more participation with other lenders with respect to the Obligations and to assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its interest, rights and obligations under the Loan Documents. Upon prior notice to Borrower of such participation or assignment, Borrower shall thereafter furnish to such participant or assignee any information famished by Borrower to Bank pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prohibit Bank from pledging or assigning this Agreement and Bank’s rights under any of the other Loan Documents, including collateral therefor, to any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with applicable law.
          10.12 Waiver of Certain Defenses . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, neither Borrower nor anyone claiming by or under Borrower will claim or seek to take advantage of any other law requiring Bank to attempt to realize upon any Collateral or collateral of any surety or guarantor, or any appraisement, evaluation, stay, extension, homestead, redemption or exemption laws now or hereafter in force in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement of this Agreement. Borrower, for itself and all who may at any time claim through or under Borrower, hereby expressly waives to the fullest extent permitted by law the benefit of all such laws. All rights of Bank and all obligations of Borrower hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any provision of the Loan Documents, (b) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any other collateral given as security for the Obligations, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guaranty for all or any of the Obligations, or (c) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Borrower or any third party, other than payment and performance in full of the Obligations.
          10.13 Integration; Final Agreement . This Agreement and the other loan documents represent the final agreement between the parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties. There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties.
          10.14 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY; WAIVER OF PUNITIVE DAMAGES . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO, INCLUDING BANK BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IN ANY JUDICIAL, MEDIATION OR ARBITRATION PROCEEDING OR ANY CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM (A “DISPUTE”) THAT MAY ARISE OUT OF OR BE IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT OR DOCUMENT BETWEEN AMONG THEM OR THE OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED HEREBY OR RELATED HERETO, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY HAVE A REMEDY OF, OR BE LIABLE TO THE

59


 

OTHER FOR, (1) INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR (2) PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT OR CLAIM TO PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES THEY MAY HAVE OR WHICH MAY ARISE IN THE FUTURE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER THE DISPUTE IS RESOLVED BY ARBITRATION, MEDIATION, JUDICIALLY OR OTHERWISE.
          10.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH OF BORROWER BY EXECUTION HEREOF AND BANK BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY AGREEMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY WITH RESPECT HERETO. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO BANK TO ENTER INTO AND ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES AGREES THAT THE TERMS HEREOF SHALL SUPERSEDE AND REPLACE ANY PRIOR AGREEMENT RELATED TO ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES BETWEEN THE PARTIES CONTAINED IN ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT HERETOFORE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION WITH, RELATED TO OR BEING REPLACED, SUPPLEMENTED, EXTENDED OR MODIFIED BY, THIS AGREEMENT.
          10.16 Amendment and Restatement of Existing Loan Agreement .
                    (a)  Amendment and Restatement . This Agreement constitutes an amendment and complete restatement of the Existing Loan Agreement.
                    (b)  No Termination; No Release. Etc .
                         (i) The other Existing Loan Documents, to the extent not amended or otherwise explicitly terminated or released in connection with the execution of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, are valid, binding and in full force and effect as of the date hereof.
                         (ii) Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document shall be deemed or construed to be a compromise, satisfaction, novation or release of the Existing Loan Agreement or any other Existing Loan Documents or any rights or obligations hereunder or thereunder, to the extent not amended or otherwise explicitly terminated in connection with the execution of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, nor shall the credit facilities under this Agreement be deemed to be a repayment of any of the indebtedness evidenced thereby. The credit facilities under this Agreement are amending and restating, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the obligations evidenced and secured by the Existing Loan Agreement.

60


 

                         (iii) All liens, security interests, rights and remedies granted to the lender under the Existing Loan Agreement or any other Existing Loan Documents, to the extent not amended or otherwise explicitly terminated in connection with the execution of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, are hereby ratified, confirmed and continued and shall secure the performance by Obligors of their obligations under this Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents.
                         (iv) Borrower has no defense, setoff, counterclaim or challenge against the payment of any sums owing under the Existing Loan Agreement or the other Existing Loan Documents or the enforcement of any of the terms and conditions thereof.
                    (c)  Existing Loan Agreement Revolver Loans . Loans outstanding under the Existing Loan Agreement on the date immediately prior to the Closing Date shall be deemed Revolver Loans outstanding under this Agreement on the Closing Date.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

61


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
  IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Arthur A. Koch, Jr.    
    Arthur A. Koch, Jr.   
    Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary   
 
  Accepted in Philadelphia, PA:

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Margaret A. Byrne    
    Margaret Byrne, Vice President   
       
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 


 

SCHEDULE OF EXHIBITS
         
EXHIBIT   SECTION REFERENCE   TITLE
A-1
  2.1.2   Revolver Note
 
       
Article 3
       
 
3.1.2
   3.1.2(f) (“Supporting Documents”)   Borrower Information Certificate
 
       
Article 5
       
 
5.6(a)
  5.6(a) (“Periodic Borrowing Base Information”)   Borrowing Base Certificate
5.6(e)
  5.6(e) (“Compliance and No Default Certificates”)   Compliance and No Default Certificates

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1
REVOLVER NOTE
SEE ATTACHED

 


 

REVOLVER NOTE
     
$35,000,000.00   December 15, 2005
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, ( “Borrower” ), promises to pay to the order of WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ( “Bank” ) at the place and times provided in the Agreement referred to below, the principal sum of THIRTY-FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($35,000,000.00) or the principal amount of all Revolver Loans made by Bank from time to time pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 15, 2005 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified, the “Agreement” ) by and between Borrower and Bank. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement.
The unpaid principal amount of this Revolver Note from time to time outstanding is subject to mandatory repayment from time to time as provided in the Agreement and shall bear interest as provided in the Agreement. All payments of principal and interest on this Revolver Note shall be payable to Bank or the holder of this Revolver Note in lawful currency of the United States of America in immediately available funds in the manner and location indicated in the Agreement or wherever else Bank or such holder may specify.
This Revolver Note is entitled to the benefits of, and evidences Obligations incurred under, the Agreement, to which reference is made for a description of the security for this Revolver Note and for a statement of the terms and conditions on which Borrower is permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of principal of the Obligations evidenced by this Revolver Note and on which such Obligations may be declared to be immediately due and payable.
This Revolver Note shall be governed, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to the conflicts or choice of law principles thereof.
Borrower hereby waives all requirements as to diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and (except as required by the Agreement) notice of any kind with respect to this Revolver Note.
BORROWER HEREBY AUTHORIZES AND EMPOWERS ANY ATTORNEY OR THE PROTHONOTARY OR CLERK OF ANY COURT IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA, OR IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH PERMITS THE ENTRY OF JUDGMENT BY CONFESSION, TO APPEAR FOR BORROWER AT ANY TIME AFTER THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT UNDER THE AGREEMENT IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT AGAINST BORROWER ON THIS NOTE OR THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AT THE SUIT OF BANK, WITH OR WITHOUT COMPLAINT OR DECLARATION FILED, WITHOUT STAY OF EXECUTION, AS OF ANY TERM OR TIME, AM) THEREIN TO CONFESS OR ENTER JUDGMENT AGAINST BORROWER FOR THE ENTIRE UNPAID OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AND ALL OTHER SUMS TO BE PAID BY BORROWER TO OR ON BEHALF OF BANK PURSUANT TO THE TERMS HEREOF OR OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL ARREARAGES OF INTEREST THEREON, TOGETHER WITH ALL COSTS AND OTHER EXPENSES AND AN ATTORNEY’S COLLECTION COMMISSION OF FIFTEEN PERCENT (15%) OF THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF THE FOREGOING SUMS, BUT IN

 


 

NO EVENT LESS THAN $5,000.00; AND FOR SO DOING THIS NOTE OR A COPY HEREOF VERIFIED BY AFFIDAVIT SHALL BE A SUFFICIENT WARRANT.
THE AUTHORITY GRANTED HEREIN TO CONFESS JUDGMENT SHALL NOT BE EXHAUSTED BY ANY EXERCISE THEREOF BUT SHALL CONTINUE FROM TIME TO TIME AND AT ALL TIMES UNTIL PAYMENT IN FULL OF ALL THE AMOUNTS DUE HEREUNDER. BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN REPRESENTED BY COUNSEL IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS NOTE AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO BE HEARD PRIOR TO THE ENTRY OF SUCH JUDGMENT AND UNDERSTANDS THAT, UPON SUCH ENTRY, SUCH JUDGMENT SHALL BECOME A LIEN ON ALL REAL PROPERTY OF BORROWER IN THE COUNTY WHERE SUCH JUDGMENT IS ENTERED AND THAT EXECUTION MAY IMMEDIATELY BE ISSUED ON THE JUDGMENT TO GARNISH, LEVY ON OR ATTACH ANY PERSONAL PROPERTY OF BORROWER.
BORROWER WAIVES AND RELINQUISHES ALL ERRORS, DEFECTS AND IMPERFECTIONS IN THE ENTRY OF JUDGMENT AS AFORESAID, OR IN ANY PROCEEDING PURSUANT THERETO, AND ALL BENEFITS THAT MAY ACCRUE TO BORROWER BY VIRTUE OF ANY LAW OR RULE OF COURT RELATING TO A STAY OF EXECUTION OR EXEMPTING ANY PROPERTY FROM LEVY OR SALE UNDER EXECUTION.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Revolver Note under seal as of the day and year first written above.
         
  IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Arthur A. Koch, Jr.    
    Arthur A. Koch, Jr.   
    Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice
President and Corporate Secretary 
 
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REVOLVER NOTE]

 


 

     
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
  :
 
   
 
  SS.
 
   
COUNTY OF                                                        
  :
On this, the            day of December, 2005 before me, a Notary Public, personally appeared Arthur A. Koch, Jr., who acknowledged himself to be the Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary of Impax Laboratories, Inc. corporation, and that he as such officer, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the corporation by himself as such officer.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.
         
     
     
  Notary Public   
  My commission expires:   

 


 

         
Exhibit 5.6(a)
BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE
SEE ATTACHED

 


 

(GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)

 


 

(GRAPHIC)

 


 

Exhibit 5.6(e)
COMPLIANCE AND NO DEFAULT CERTIFICATES
In accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated                                           , 2005 (the “Loan Agreement”) by and between Wachovia Bank, National Association and IMPAX LABORATORIES (“Borrower”), I hereby certify that:
1.   I am the President [chief financial officer] of Borrower;
 
2.   The enclosed financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
3.   No Default (as defined in the Loan Documents) or any event which, upon the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a Default, has occurred.
 
4.   Borrower is in compliance with the Financial Covenant(s) set forth in the Loan Agreement, as demonstrated by the calculations contained in the Covenant Compliance Certificate attached hereto as Schedule 1.
         
         
 
Signature
   
 
       
Name:
       
 
 
 
   
Title:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

SCHEDULE 1
COVENANT COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Borrower Name: IMPAX LABORATORIES INC.
           
For the fiscal
      ended       
 
 
 
(enter text; i.e., year, quarter)
         
 
   
 
         
ALL CAPITALIZED TERMS USED BUT NOT DEFINED HEREIN SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN IN THE LOAN AGREEMENT.
         
COVENANT   ACTUAL   REQUIRED
[Insert Financial Covenant Calculations]

 

EXHIBIT 10.2
$75,000,000
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
3.50% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES DUE 2012
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
June 26, 2005
To the purchasers set forth on Schedule I hereto.
Dear Sirs and Mesdames:
Impax Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “COMPANY”), confirms its agreement with respect to the proposed issuance and sale to the several purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (each, a “PURCHASER” and collectively, the “PURCHASERS”) of $75,000,000 principal amount of the Company’s 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures Due 2012 (the “SECURITIES”) to be issued pursuant to the provisions of an Indenture to be dated as of June 27, 2005 (the “INDENTURE”) between the Company and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Trustee (the “TRUSTEE”). The Securities will be convertible into shares (the “UNDERLYING SECURITIES”) of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the “COMMON STOCK”).
The Securities are being issued and sold to the Purchasers in compliance with an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “SECURITIES ACT”).
Pursuant to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Securities may be resold or otherwise transferred only if the resale or transfer is hereinafter registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available. The Purchasers and their permitted transferees will be entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Closing Date (as defined herein) among the Company and the Purchasers (the “REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT” and collectively with this Agreement, the Indenture and the Securities, the “TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS”).
1. Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Purchasers that, except as disclosed in the disclosure schedule attached to this Purchase Agreement (the “DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE”), the Exchange Act Documents (as defined in Section 1(a) of this Purchase Agreement) or the 8-K Filing (as defined in Section 6(k) of this Purchase Agreement):

 


 

(a) Each document, if any, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “COMMISSION”) pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “EXCHANGE ACT”), since January 1, 2003 (collectively, the “EXCHANGE ACT DOCUMENTS”) complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and, when taken together, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(b) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Exchange Act Documents and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect. As used in this Agreement, “MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT” means any material adverse effect on the business, assets, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company or on the transactions contemplated hereby and in the Transaction Documents or on the authority or ability of the Company to perform its obligations contemplated hereby or thereby.
(c) The Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries.
(d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, and to general principles of equity, including principles of materiality, commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity) and except that rights to indemnification and contribution thereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws or public policy relating thereto that have not been previously waived (collectively, the “ENFORCEABILITY EXCEPTIONS”).
(e) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in Section 1(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, and which description conforms in all material respects to the rights in the instruments defining the same.

2


 

(f) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Securities have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(g) The Securities have been duly authorized and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.
(h) The Underlying Securities issuable upon conversion of the Securities have been duly authorized and reserved and, when issued upon conversion of the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of the Underlying Securities will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.
(i) Except for the registration rights contained in (A) the Registration Rights Agreement and (B) (i) the Strategic Alliance Agreement dated June 27, 2001, between Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao, N.V. and Impax Laboratories, Inc. (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 27, 2001 by and between Impax Laboratories, Inc. and Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao, N.V., and (iii) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 7, 2003 by and among the Company and the investors named therein, the Company has not granted or agreed to grant to any person any rights (including “piggy-back” registration rights) to have any securities of the Company registered with the Commission or any other governmental authority that have not been satisfied or waived.
(j) Except for the Stockholders’ Agreement dated December 14, 1999 by and among Global Pharmaceutical Corporation (known now as Impax Laboratories, Inc.) and the investors named therein, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of March 23, 2000, there are no voting agreements, voting trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any capital stock of the Company of which the Company is a party.
(k) Each of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and is a valid and binding agreement of, the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.
(l) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, the Transaction Documents will not contravene in any material respect any provision of

3


 

applicable law or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company that is material to the Company for which a waiver or consent has not been obtained, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Transaction Documents, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities and by Federal and state securities laws with respect to the obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement or as may be required by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) or such the failure of which to obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(m) Since September 30, 2004, there has been no change or development that has had a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not taken any steps to seek protection pursuant to any bankruptcy law nor does the Company have knowledge that its creditors intend to initiate involuntary bankruptcy proceedings or knowledge of any fact which would reasonably lead a creditor to do so. The Company is not as of the date hereof, and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby to occur at the Closing, will not be Insolvent. For purposes hereof, “INSOLVENT” shall have the meaning specified in Section 271 of Article 10 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law, as the same has been construed by case law in existence as of the date hereof. All Indebtedness of the Company as of May 31, 2005 is disclosed on Section 1(m) of the Disclosure Schedule. There has been no material change in the Indebtedness since such date.
(n) The Company is not in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or in default in the performance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, lease or other agreement or instrument that is material to the Company to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or its properties or assets is subject or bound, except for such defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(o) There are no legal or governmental proceedings, orders, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees or demands pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened to which the Company is a party or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject or bound other than proceedings, orders, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees or

4


 

demands that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(p) To the Company’s knowledge, the Company (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS”), (ii) has received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business, (iii) is in compliance with all material terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, (iv) is in compliance with any provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (“ERISA”) or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and (v) is in compliance with any provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, (the “FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICE ACT”) or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, except, with respect to clauses (i) through (v), where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals, or noncompliance with ERISA or the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals, would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect
(q) There are no costs or liabilities to the Company associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(r) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the issuance and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated in Section 3 hereof will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(s) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, each an “AFFILIATE”) has directly, or through any agent, (i) sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities or (ii) offered, solicited offers to buy or sold the Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner

5


 

involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
(t) Subject to compliance by the Purchasers with the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Securities under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
(u) The Securities satisfy the requirements set forth in Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.
(v) The books, records and accounts of the Company in all material respects accurately and fairly reflect, in reasonable detail, the transactions in, and dispositions of, the assets of, and the results of operations of, the Company. The Company maintains a system of accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
(w) The Company owns or possesses, or has the right to use, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names and approved FDA new drug applications, approved abbreviated new drug applications and approved new animal drug applications currently employed or required by it in connection with the business currently conducted by it, or as currently proposed to be conducted, as described in the Exchange Act Documents, except such as the failure to so own or possess or have the right to use would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no valid and enforceable United States patents that are infringed by the business currently conducted by the Company, or as currently proposed to be conducted by the Company, as described in the Exchange Act Documents and which infringement would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not aware of any basis for a finding that the Company does not have valid title or license rights to the patents and patent applications referenced in the Exchange Act Documents as owned or licensed by the Company. To the

6


 

Company’s knowledge, the Company is not subject to any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or any Federal, state, local, foreign or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or any arbitrator, nor has it entered into or are a party to any contract, which restricts or impairs the use of any of the foregoing which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not aware of any prior art that may render any patent application owned by the Company which has not been disclosed to the United States Patent and Trademark Office and which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not received any written notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of any third party with respect to the business currently conducted by them as described in the Exchange Act Documents and which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(x) Other than with respect to Environmental Laws and ERISA (which are governed by Section 1(p)) the Company has such permits, licenses, consents, exemptions, franchises, authorizations and other approvals (each, an “AUTHORIZATION”) of, and has made all filings with and notices to, all appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities and self regulatory organizations and all courts and other tribunals, as are necessary to own, lease, license and operate its respective properties and to conduct its business, except to the extent the failure to have any such Authorization or to make any such filing or notice would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Each such Authorization is valid and in full force and effect and the Company is in compliance with all the terms and conditions thereof and with the rules and regulations of the authorities and governing bodies having jurisdiction with respect thereto, and no event has occurred (including, without limitation, the receipt of any notice from any authority or governing body) which allows or, after notice or lapse of time or both, would allow, revocation, suspension or termination of any such Authorization or results or, after notice or lapse of time or both, would result in any other impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Authorization except to the extent such failure to be valid and in full force and effect or to be in compliance, the occurrence of any such event or the presence of any such restriction would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(y) There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, warrants, options, calls, convertible securities, commitments of sale or liens granted or issued by the Company relating to or entitling any person to purchase or otherwise to acquire any shares of the capital stock of the Company, except for options granted to directors and employees of the Company in the ordinary course of business since December 31, 2003.

7


 

(z) The financial statements included or incorporated by reference in the Exchange Act Documents, together with related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position, results of operations and changes in financial position of the Company on the basis stated therein at the respective dates or for the respective periods to which they apply; such statements and related schedules and notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved, except as disclosed therein; and the other financial and statistical information and data set forth in the Exchange Act Documents are, in all material respects, accurately presented and prepared on a basis consistent with such financial statements and the books and records of the Company.
(aa) There are no existing or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened labor disputes with the employees of the Company which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(bb) The Company’s manufacturing, distribution and marketing practices are in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, licenses, judgments, writs, injunctions, or decrees, including, without limitation, laws and regulations administered by the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) and the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) and comparable regulatory agencies in each country in which the Company’s products are marketed, except for such noncompliances that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(cc) The Company has not and will not use the services of any person debarred under the provisions of the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992, 21 U.S.C. Section 335(a)(b). None of the Company’s officers or employees has been convicted of a felony under federal law for conduct relating to the development, approval or regulation of any product subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or the Controlled Substances Act.
(dd) There are no rulemaking or similar proceedings before the FDA or comparable Federal, state, local or foreign government bodies which involves the Company, which, if the subject of an action unfavorable to the Company, would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ee) The Company has not received any written communication notifying the Company as to the termination or threatened termination or modification or threatened modification of any consulting, licensing, marketing, research and development, cooperative or any similar agreement described in the Exchange Act Documents.

8


 

(ff) The statements relating to legal matters or proceedings, as specified on Section 1(ff) of the Disclosure Schedule, fairly summarize in all material respects such matters or proceedings as of the date hereof.
(gg) Neither the Company, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any of its officers, directors or affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities.
(hh) The Company has filed all Federal, state, local and foreign tax returns which are required to be filed through the date hereof (except where the failure to so file would not have a material adverse effect on the Company), which returns are true and correct in all material respects, or have received extensions thereof, and have paid all taxes shown on such returns and all assessments received by them to the extent that the same are material and have become due. To the Company’s knowledge, there are no tax audits or investigations pending, which if adversely determined, would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ii) The Company is insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are customary in the businesses in which it is engaged or currently proposes to engage including, but not limited to, insurance covering clinical trial liability, product liability and real or personal property owned or leased against theft, damage, destruction, act of vandalism and all other risks customarily insured against. All policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company or the Company’s businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect. The Company is in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Since January 1, 2003, the Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.
(jj) The Company has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and valid title to all personal property it purports to own, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company. Any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company is held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with

9


 

the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company.
(kk) There is no document, contract or other agreement of a character required to be filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act which is not filed as required by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each description of a contract, document or other agreement in the Exchange Act Documents fairly reflects in all material respects the material terms of the underlying document, contract or agreement. Each material agreement described in the Exchange Act Documents or incorporated by reference is in full force and effect and is valid and enforceable by and against the Company in accordance with its terms.
(ll) Anything in this Agreement or elsewhere herein to the contrary notwithstanding, it is understood and acknowledged by the Company (i) that none of the Purchasers have been asked to agree, nor has any Purchaser agreed, to desist from purchasing or selling, long and/or short, securities of the Company, or “derivative” securities based on securities issued by the Company or to hold the Securities for any specified term and (ii) that any Purchaser, and counter parties in “derivative” transactions to which any such Purchaser is a party, directly or indirectly, presently may have a “short” position in the Common Stock. The Company further understands and acknowledges that one or more Purchasers may engage in hedging activities at various times during the period that the Securities are outstanding.
(mm) The Company confirms that, after giving effect to the 8-K Filing (as defined below), neither it nor, to its knowledge, any officer, director or agent of the Company has provided any of the Purchasers or their respective agents or counsel with any information that constitutes in the Company’s reasonable determination material, nonpublic information. The Company understands and confirms that each of the Purchasers will rely on the foregoing representations in effecting transactions relating to the Securities. All written disclosure provided to the Purchasers regarding the Company, its business and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Schedules to this Agreement, furnished by or on behalf of the Company, taken as a whole, are true and correct and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that at the request of the Purchasers, the Company has not disclosed to the Purchasers information concerning the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2005. The Company acknowledges and agrees that no Purchaser makes or

10


 

has made any representations or warranties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby other than those specifically set forth in Section 7.
2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase. On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Purchasers, and each Purchaser, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective principal amount of Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount thereof (the “PURCHASE PRICE”).
3. Delivery of Proceeds. The proceeds to be delivered on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4 hereof) in the aggregate amount of $75,000,000 (less the expenses of Highbridge International LLC (the “LEAD PURCHASER”) payable pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, as set forth on a schedule to be provided by the Lead Purchaser to the Company prior to the Closing) shall be used only to satisfy the payment obligations arising from the acceleration of the Company’s 1.25% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due April 1, 2024, which satisfaction shall be effective simultaneously with the Closing.
4. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Securities shall be made to, or as directed by, the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Securities for the respective accounts of the several Purchasers at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on June 27, 2005, or at such other time on the same or such other date as shall be mutually agreeable to the Company and the Lead Purchaser. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “CLOSING DATE.”
The Securities shall be in definitive form or global form, as specified by the Lead Purchaser, and registered in such names and in such denominations as the applicable Purchaser shall request in writing not later than one full Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Securities shall be delivered to each Purchaser on the Closing Date for the account of such Purchaser, with any transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection with the transfer of the Securities to the Purchasers duly paid, against payment of the Purchase Price therefor.
5. Conditions to the Purchasers’ Obligations. The several obligations of the Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Securities on the Closing Date are subject to the following conditions:
(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:
(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not

11


 

indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded the Company or any of the Company’s securities or in the rating outlook for the Company by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and
(ii) there shall not have occurred any event that has a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) The Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a)(i) and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.
The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to the matters set forth in
Section 5(a)(i) or as to proceedings threatened.
(c) The Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of (1) Blank Rome LLP, counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-1 and (2) Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal, special FDA counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A-2. Such opinions shall be rendered to the Purchasers at the request of the Company and shall so state therein.
(d) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, between the Purchasers and certain executive officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of common stock or certain other securities, delivered to the Purchasers on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.
(e) The Company will cause the Securities to be eligible for trading on the Private Offering, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages (“PORTAL”) system of the NASD.
(f) The Purchasers shall have received on the Closing Date the consent of Wachovia Bank, N.A. in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.
6. Covenants of the Company. In further consideration of the agreements of the Purchasers contained in this Agreement, the Company covenants with each Purchaser as follows:

12


 

(a) The Company will endeavor to qualify the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request, provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is otherwise not so subject.
(b) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants, if applicable, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation of the Transaction Documents and all amendments and supplements thereto, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Securities to the Purchasers, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the fees and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the admission of the Securities for trading in PORTAL or any appropriate market system, (iv) the costs and charges of the Trustee and any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (v) the cost of the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Securities, (vi) the legal fees and expenses of the Lead Purchaser incurred in connection with the negotiation, due diligence and documentation of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (“PURCHASER EXPENSES”) and (vii) all other cost and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. The Lead Purchaser may, on the Closing Date, reduce its portion of the Purchase Price by the amount of Purchaser Expenses less any Purchaser Expenses paid by the Company prior to the Closing Date provided, that if the schedule described in Section 3 is not delivered to the Company at the time set forth therein, the Company shall pay the expenses and fees specified therein within five Business Days of its delivery.
(c) Neither the Company nor any Affiliate will sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in the Securities Act) which could be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner which would require the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities.
(d) The Company will not solicit any offer to buy or offer or sell the Securities or the Underlying Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in

13


 

Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
(e) While any of the Securities or the Underlying Securities remain “restricted securities” within the meaning of the Securities Act, the Company will make available, upon request, to any seller of such Securities the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, unless the Company is then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(f) The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to permit the Securities to be designated PORTAL securities in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the NASD relating to trading in PORTAL.
(g) During the period of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its affiliates under its control (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) to resell any of the Securities or the Underlying Securities which constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them.
(h) The Company will not take any action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act in connection with the distribution of the Securities contemplated hereby.
(i) The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Lead Purchaser (on behalf of the Purchasers), it will not, during the period ending 60 days after the date hereof, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the following issuances (the “EXCLUDED ISSUANCES”) (A) to the sale of the Securities under this Agreement or the issuance of the Underlying Securities, (B) to the issuance by the Company of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof, provided that the terms of such option, warrant or convertible security relating to any purchase, exercise or conversion price thereunder, the number of securities issuable thereunder or any time period relating to the exercise or conversion thereunder are not

14


 

amended, modified or changed on or after the date hereof, (C) to the grant of any option or issuance of any stock, restricted stock or stock appreciation right or other stock-linked security under any employee equity or employee equity-linked plan of the Company that exist as of the date hereof or that is approved by the independent members of the Company’s Board of Directors; (D) in connection with any bona-fide merger or acquisition as approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided that any issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock is not to raise cash to fund such merger or acquisition; (E) in connection with any bona-fide strategic agreement, joint venture agreement, limited liability company agreement or similar agreement entered into with any supplier, manufacturer, distributor or customer that is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, the primary purpose of which is not to raise cash; (F) to shares of Common Stock or other equity securities or equity linked securities of the Company pursuant to a bona fide firm commitment underwritten public offering with gross proceeds to the Company of at least $30 million with a nationally or regionally recognized underwriter; or (G) the filing of a registration statement to permit sales of the Company’s common stock by Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao, N.V.; provided, however, that in the case of any dispositions pursuant to (D) or (E), the transferee, in each case, agrees to be bound by the terms of the previous sentence.
(j) The Company shall apply the Purchase Price only as specified in Section 3 hereof.
(k) On or before 8:30 a.m., New York time, on the first business day following the date of this Agreement, the Company shall file a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the terms of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents in the form required by the 1934 Act and attaching the material Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, this Agreement, the Indenture, the form of the Debenture and the Registration Rights Agreement) as exhibits to such filing (including all attachments, the “8-K FILING”). From and after the filing of the 8-K Filing with the Commission, no Purchaser shall be in possession of any material, nonpublic information received from the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents, that is not disclosed in the 8-K Filing. Subject to the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Purchaser shall issue any press releases or any other public statements with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled, without the prior approval of any Purchaser, to make any press release or other public disclosure with respect to such transactions (i) in substantial conformity with the 8-K Filing and contemporaneously therewith or (ii) as, in the reasonable judgment of the Company or its counsel, is required by applicable law or regulations or applicable stock exchange rules (provided that in the case of

15


 

clause (i) each Purchaser shall be provided by the Company with a draft of such press release or other public disclosure prior to its release). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not publicly disclose the name of any Purchaser, or include the name of any Purchaser in any filing with the Commission or any regulatory agency or the applicable stock exchange, without the prior written consent of such Purchaser, except (i) for disclosure thereof in the 8-K Filing or Registration Statement or similar disclosure as required in future Commission filings or (ii) as required by applicable law or regulations or applicable stock exchange rules or any order of any court or other governmental agency, in which case the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide such Purchaser with prior notice of such disclosure.
7. Representations and Warranties of Purchasers. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company that:
7.1 Authorization; Enforceability. Such Purchaser is duly and validly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization with the requisite corporate power and authority to purchase the Securities being purchased by it hereunder and to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. This Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof, each other Transaction Document to which such Purchaser is a party will constitute, such Purchaser’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.
7.2 Investment Intent. Such Purchaser is acquiring the Securities being purchased by it hereunder solely for its own account, and not with a present view to the public resale or distribution of all or any part thereof, except pursuant to sales that are registered under, or are exempt from the registration requirements of, the Securities Act.
7.3 Information. Such Purchaser has had access to all of the filings of the Company that are filed on the EDGAR system prior to the date hereof. To the extent requested by such Purchaser, the Company has, prior to the date hereof, provided such Purchaser with information regarding the business, operations and financial condition of the Company, and has, prior to the date hereof, granted to such Purchaser the opportunity to ask questions of and receive satisfactory answers from representatives of the Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents concerning the Company and materials relating to the terms and conditions of the

16


 

purchase and sale of the Securities hereunder, and based thereon, such Purchaser believes it can make an informed decision with respect to its investment in the Securities. Neither such information nor any other investigation conducted by such Purchaser or its representatives shall modify, amend or otherwise affect such Purchaser’s right to rely on the Company’s representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.
7.4 Restrictions on Transfer. (a) Such Purchaser is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “QIB”) and an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, agrees with the Company that it will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, such Securities by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, agrees to offer, sell or otherwise transfer the Securities, prior to the date which is two years after the Closing Date, only (a) to the Company or any parent or subsidiary thereof, (b) for so long as the Securities are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person it reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to which notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (c) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, or (d) pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws, subject to the Company’s and the Trustee’s right prior to any such offer, sale or transfer pursuant to clause (d) to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information reasonably satisfactory to each of them, and in each of the foregoing cases, a certificate of transfer in the form specified in the Indenture and the Securities is completed and delivered by the transferor to the Trustee.
(b) Such Purchaser (i) agrees that it will only sell the Securities or other securities of the Company in a transaction that complies in all material respects with applicable federal and state securities laws, (ii) agrees that it will not sell or otherwise dispose of or transfer the Securities or other securities of the Company or any interest therein in a transaction that is part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that notwithstanding the effectiveness of a registration

17


 

statement covering the Securities, the Securities will remain “restricted securities” until such Securities have been sold pursuant to (x) an effective registration statement or (y) Rule 144, and such Purchaser will remain responsible for compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws in connection with any resale by the Purchaser of the Securities.
(c) Such Purchaser understands that the Company is relying on the representations of such Purchaser set forth in this Section 7.4 in order to determine compliance with applicable securities laws in connection with the sale of the Securities to such Purchaser.
7.5 Legend. Such Purchaser understands that the certificates representing the Securities may bear a restrictive legend reflecting the transfer restrictions set forth above.
7.6 Reliance on Exemptions. Such Purchaser understands that the Securities are being offered and sold to it in reliance upon specific exemptions from the registration requirements of federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations and warranties of such Purchaser set forth in this Section 7 in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of such Purchaser to acquire the Securities.
7.7 Non-Affiliate Status. Such Purchaser is not an Affiliate of the Company. Such Purchaser’s investment in the Securities is not for the purpose of acquiring, directly or indirectly, control of, and it has no intent to acquire or exercise control of, the Company or to influence the decisions or policies of the Board of Directors.
8. Indemnity. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Purchaser, each person, if any, who controls any Purchaser within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Purchaser within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act (each, an “INDEMNIFIED PERSON”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fees and liabilities, including, without limitation, the reasonable legal fees and other reasonable expenses of one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) incurred (irrespective of whether any such indemnitee is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought) in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim (collectively, “Losses”), as incurred, as a result of, or arising out of or relating to (a) any misrepresentation or breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company in the Transaction Documents, (b) any breach of any covenant,

18


 

agreement or obligation of the Company contained in any Transaction Document or (c) any cause of action, suit or claim brought or made against such Indemnified Person by a third party (including for these purposes a derivative action brought on behalf of the Company) and arising out of or resulting from the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents or any other certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby; provided that the Company shall not be required to indemnify any of the Indemnified Persons to the extent Losses arise or result from a material misrepresentation or material breach of any representation or warranty made by such Purchaser or other Indemnified Person contained in the Transaction Documents, or a material breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation by such Purchaser or other Indemnified Person contained in the Transaction Documents.
(b) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Indemnified Person, such Indemnified Person shall promptly notify the Company in writing, and the Company shall have the right to retain one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding; provided, however, that failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve such Company from any liability hereunder except to the extent the Company is prejudiced as a result thereof. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) Company and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary, (ii) the Company has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person or (iii) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Indemnified Person, the Company proposes to have the same counsel represent it and the Indemnified Person, and representation of both parties by the same counsel would, in the opinion of counsel for the Indemnified Person, constitute a conflict of interest. It is understood that the Company shall reimburse all such reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred (upon delivery to the Company of reasonable documentation therefor setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail) unless a bona fide dispute exists with respect to such expenses. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final, non-appealable judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify any Indemnified Person from and against any Liabilities by reason of such settlement or judgment. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is a party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified

19


 

Person from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and no admission of fault on the part of the Indemnified Person.
(c) The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.
(d) The indemnity provisions contained in this Section 8 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Purchaser, any person controlling any Purchaser or any affiliate of any Purchaser or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers, directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Securities.
9. Termination. The Purchasers may terminate this Agreement by notice given to the Company executed by the Lead Purchaser (except in the case of clauses (i) and (v), which termination right may be exercised by each Purchaser as to itself but not the other Purchasers), if prior to the Closing Date (i) in the good faith judgment of a Purchaser a Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred between the date hereof and the Closing Date, (ii) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market shall have been suspended or materially limited, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by United States or New York State authorities, (v) there shall have been (A) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities between the United States and any foreign power, or (B) an outbreak or escalation of any other insurrection or armed conflict involving the United States or any other national or international calamity or emergency, or (C) any material change in the financial markets of the United States which, in the case of (A), (B) or (C) above and in the judgment of a Purchaser, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (vi) the failure of the Company to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement on or before June 30, 2005.
10. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Purchasers, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Purchasers or such Purchasers as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket

20


 

expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Purchasers in connection with this Agreement or the issuance of Securities contemplated hereunder.
11. Rights of Participation. (a) In the event that, within one year from the Closing Date, the Company proposes to issue equity securities or other securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into equity securities (other than Excluded Issuances), the Company shall offer the Lead Purchaser the opportunity to purchase such securities, on the same terms and conditions as those offered to all other purchasers and pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Lead Purchaser.
(b) (i) The Company shall deliver to the Lead Purchaser a written notice (the “OFFER NOTICE”) of any proposed or intended issuance or sale or exchange (the “OFFER”) of the securities being offered (the “OFFERED SECURITIES”) pursuant to Section 11(a) above, which Offer Notice shall (x) identify and describe the Offered Securities, (y) describe the price and other terms upon which they are to be issued, sold or exchanged, and the number or amount of the Offered Securities to be issued, sold or exchanged and (z) offer to issue and sell to or exchange with such Purchasers the Offered Securities.
(ii) To accept an Offer, in whole or in part, such Purchaser must deliver a written notice to the Company prior to the end of the fifth Business Day after such Purchaser’s receipt of the Offer Notice if the Purchaser enters into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company relating to the Offer, or the second Business Day after such Purchaser’s receipt of the Offer Notice if the Purchaser does not enter into a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company relating to the Offer, (the “OFFER PERIOD”), setting forth the portion of the Offered Securities, if any, that the Lead Purchaser elects to purchase (the “NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE”); provided, however, if the Lead Purchaser desires to accept an offer for less than all of the Offered Securities, it may only accept an Offer for 50% or less of the Offered Securities.
(iii) The Company shall have ten Business Days from the expiration of the Offer Period above to offer, issue, sell or exchange all or any part of such Offered Securities as to which a Notice of Acceptance has not been given by the Purchasers during the Offer Period (the “REFUSED SECURITIES”), only upon terms and conditions (including, without limitation, unit prices and interest rates) that are not more favorable to the acquiring person or

21


 

persons or less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Offer Notice.
(iv) In the event the Company shall propose to sell less than all the Refused Securities (any such sale to be in the manner and on the terms specified in Section 11(b)(iii) above), then the Lead Purchaser may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, reduce the number or amount of the Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance to an amount that shall be not less than the number or amount of the Offered Securities that such Purchaser elected to purchase pursuant to Section 11(b)(ii) above multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number or amount of Offered Securities the Company actually proposes to issue, sell or exchange (including Offered Securities to be issued or sold to such Purchaser pursuant to Section 11(b)(iii) above prior to such reduction) and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the original amount of the Offered Securities. In the event that such Purchaser so elects to reduce the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, the Company may not issue, sell or exchange more than the reduced number or amount of the Offered Securities unless and until such securities have again been offered to the Lead Purchaser in accordance with Section 11(b)(i) above.
(v) Upon the closing of the issuance, sale or exchange of all or less than all of the Offered Securities, the Lead Purchaser shall acquire from the Company, and the Company shall issue to the Lead Purchaser within a reasonable period of time, the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in the Notices of Acceptance, as reduced pursuant to Section 11(b)(iv) above if the Purchasers have so elected, upon the terms and conditions specified in the Offer. The purchase by the Purchasers of any Offered Securities is subject in all cases to the preparation, execution and delivery by the Company and the Purchasers, within a reasonable period of time, of a purchase agreement relating to such Offered Securities reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchasers and their respective counsel.
(vi) Any Offered Securities not acquired by the Purchasers or other persons in accordance with this Section 11(b) above may not be issued, sold or exchanged until they are again offered to the Purchasers under the procedures specified in this Agreement.
12. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and the Purchasers, any controlling persons

22


 

referred to herein and their respective successors and assigns; provided, that the rights and obligations of the Lead Purchaser with respect to the rights of participation set forth in Section 11 of this Purchase Agreement may not be assigned to any party, other than a successor to the entire business of the Lead Purchaser, without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, further, that the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Purchase Agreement may not be assigned to any party other than a successor to the entire business of the Company.
13. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or otherwise delivered by hand or by messenger.
Notices to the Purchasers shall be given at the address as set forth on Schedule I hereto, with a copy to (solely for informational purposes):
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP 919 Third Avenue New York, New York 10022
         
 
  Telephone: (212) 756-2000    
 
  Facsimile: (212) 593-5955    
 
  Attention: Eleazer Klein, Esq.    
Notices to the Company shall be given to the Company at:
IMPAX Laboratories, Inc.
3735 Castor Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19124
Attention: Mr. Barry R. Edwards
Chief Executive Officer
Facsimile: (215) 289-5932
with a copy to (solely for informational purposes):
Blank Rome LLP
One Logan Square
Philadelphia, PA 19103-6998
Attention: Ronald Fisher, Esq.
Facsimile: (215) 832-5479
14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

23


 

15. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
16. Amendment and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Lead Purchaser.
17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, waiver, discharge, or termination is sought.
18. Survival. The respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Company and the Purchasers set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.
19. Independence of Purchasers. The obligations of each Purchaser under any Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under any Transaction Document. Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, and no action taken by the Purchasers pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Purchasers represent and warrant that they are not acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and confirm that they have or legal counsel has on their behalf independently participated in the negotiation of the transaction contemplated hereby. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Agreement or out of any other Transaction Documents, and it shall not be necessary for any Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.
20. Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. To the fullest extent permitted by

24


 

applicable law, the Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court sitting in the County of New York in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the provisions of this Agreement and irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court. The parties hereto hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court, and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
21. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

25


 

Very truly yours,
         
    IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Barry R. Edwards    
    Name:   Barry R. Edwards   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   

 


 

         
Accepted as of the date hereof
PURCHASERS:
HIGHBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL LLC
By: Highbridge Capital Management, LLC
         
     
  By:   /s/ Adam J. Chill    
    Name:   Adam J. Chill   
    Title:   Managing Director   

 


 

         
SCHEDULE I
         
PURCHASER      
NAME AND ADDRESS   SECURITIES TO BE PURCHASED  
Highbridge International LLC
c/o Highbridge Capital Management, LLC
9 West 57th Street, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10019
Attn: Ari J. Storch / Adam J. Chill
Tel: (212) 287-4720
Fax: (212) 751-0755
  $ 75,000,000
   and
Attn: Andrew Martin
Tel: (212) 287-4735
Fax: (212) 755-4250
       
 
       
Residence: Cayman Islands
       
 
       
 
     
      Total:
  $ 75,000,000  
 
     

 


 

EXHIBIT A-1
OPINION OF BLANK, ROME LLP
The opinion of Blank, Rome LLP, to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement shall be to the effect that:
A. The Company is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
B. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the State of California.
C. The Company has the corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under each of the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Indenture and the Securities.
D. Each of the Purchase Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and is a valid and binding agreement of, the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.
E. The Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, and delivered to and paid for by the Purchasers, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.
F. The Underlying Securities reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Securities have been duly authorized and reserved and, when issued upon conversion of the Securities in accordance with the terms of the Securities, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of the Underlying Securities will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights of any stockholder under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”), the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), or the Company’s By-Laws (the “By-Laws”), or by any contract listed in Annex A to this opinion letter.
G. The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Securities will not contravene in any material respect any provision of applicable law or the Certificate of

 


 

Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company that is listed in Annex A to this opinion letter, or, to such counsel’s knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency under the GCL, any law, rule or regulation of the State of New York, or any federal law, rule or regulation of the United States, is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement or the Securities, except such as may be required by the securities or “blue sky” laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Securities and by U.S. federal and state securities laws with respect to the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.
H. To such counsel’s knowledge, the Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in Section 3 of the Purchase Agreement will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
I. Based on the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company in Sections 1(s), 1(t), 1(u), 6(c) and 6(d) of the Purchase Agreement and of the Purchasers in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Purchasers under the Purchase Agreement to register the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, it being understood that no opinion is expressed as to any subsequent resale of any Security or Underlying Security.

2


 

EXHIBIT A-2
OPINION OF SONNENSCHEIN NATH & ROSENTHAL
The opinion of Sonnenschein Nath & Rosenthal to be delivered pursuant to Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement shall be to the effect that:
A. To the best of such counsel’s knowledge, except as disclosed in Section 1(w) of the Purchase Agreement, the Company possesses all approvals, certificates, registrations, authorizations and permits issued by the FDA, or any other federal or state agencies or bodies engaged in the regulation of pharmaceuticals, necessary to conduct its business, except for such approvals, certificates, registrations, authorizations or permits the absence of which to maintain would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
B. To the best of such counsel’s knowledge, the Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such approval, certificate, registration, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company.
C. To the best of such counsel’s knowledge, except as disclosed in Section 1(bb) of the Purchase Agreement, the Company is in compliance with all applicable federal laws, regulations, orders and decrees governing its business as prescribed by the FDA or any other federal agencies or bodies engaged in the regulation of pharmaceuticals, except where noncompliance would not singly, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.
D. To the best of such counsel’s knowledge, all bioavailability studies undertaken to support approval of the Company’s products for commercialization have been conducted in compliance with all applicable federal laws, orders or regulations in all material respects.
E. To the best of such counsel’s knowledge, no filing or submission to the FDA or any other federal or state regulatory body, that is intended to be the basis for any approval, contains any material omission or material false information.

 


 

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER]
June ___, 2005
Highbridge International LLC
c/o Highbridge Capital Management, LLC
9 West 57th Street, 27th Floor
New York, NY 10019
Dear Sirs and Mesdames:
The undersigned understands that you propose to enter into a Purchase Agreement (the “PURCHASE AGREEMENT”) with IMPAX Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “COMPANY”), providing for the issuance by the Company (the “OFFERING”) to Highbridge International LLC and such other Purchasers identified therein (collectively, the “PURCHASERS”) of the Company’s Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures Due 2012 (the “SECURITIES”). The Securities will be convertible into shares of common stock, par value $.01, of the Company (the “COMMON STOCK”).
To induce the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Highbridge International LLC on behalf of the Purchasers, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 60 days after the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) the sale of any Securities to the Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, (b) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the

 


 

Offering, (c) exercises of options or warrants to purchase Common Stock, (d) dispositions of Common Stock as a bona fide gift, (e) dispositions by will or the laws of descent or distribution, or (f) dispositions to members of the undersigned’s immediate family; provided, however, that in the case of any dispositions pursuant to (d), (e) or (f) the transferee, in each case, agrees to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement.
In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Highbridge International LLC on behalf of the Purchasers, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 60 days after the Closing Date, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock other than in connection with the filing by the Company of a Registration Statement on Form S-8. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. The undersigned further agrees to suspend any existing trading plans or other arrangements pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 (a “10b5-1 PLAN”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 60 days after the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in the previous sentence, the undersigned shall be permitted subsequent to the date hereof to enter into a 10b5-1 Plan, provided that the undersigned hereby expressly agrees to suspend any trading or other transactions pursuant to such 10b5-1 Plan during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 60 days after the Closing Date.
The undersigned understands that the Company and the Purchasers are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in purchasing the Securities provided for in the Purchase Agreement. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

2


 

Very truly yours,
         
 
       
 
       
 
  (Name)    
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (Address)    

3


 

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
SECTION 1(A):
The Company filed the following amendments to its reports filed with the Commission since January 1, 2003:
Form 10-Q/A filed on March 16, 2005 Form 10-Q/A filed on November 17, 2004 Form 10-Q/A filed on November 16, 2004 Form 10-Q/A filed on May 26, 2004 Form 10-Q/A filed on May 12, 2004 Form 10-Q/A filed on May 28, 2003 Form 10-Q/A filed on May 22, 2003
Also, see disclosure under section 1(z).
SECTION 1(E):
Authorized Capital Stock
Our authorized capital stock consists of 75,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value per share. As of December 31, 2003, there were 53,307,136 shares of our common stock and 75,000 shares of Series 2 preferred stock outstanding. On January 30, 2004, holders of the Series 2 preferred stock converted 75,000 shares of Series 2 preferred stock into 1,500,000 shares of our common stock.
Common Stock
The shares of common stock currently outstanding are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of preferred stock outstanding, if any, holders of shares of our common stock:
o are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by the board of directors from legally available funds;
o are entitled, upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, to a pro rata distribution of the assets and funds available for distribution to stockholders;
o are entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; and
o do not have preemptive rights to subscribe for additional shares of common stock or securities convertible into shares of common stock.
Only holders of common stock vote on all matters brought for the stockholders’ approval, except as otherwise required by law and subject to the

 


 

voting rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. As of February 27, 2004, no shares of preferred stock were outstanding.
Preferred Stock
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may, by vote of our board of directors, issue preferred stock in one or more series having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereon, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designation of such series without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock, including the loss of voting control to others.
SECTION 1(L):
Consent and waiver of Wachovia Bank, National Association (“Wachovia”) is required under the Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, between Wachovia (as successor to Congress Financial Corporation) and the Company, which consent and waiver shall be obtained as a condition to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement to which this Disclosure Agreement is attached.
Consents and waivers pursuant to the documentation entered into in connection with the Company’s 1.25% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due April 1, 2024, which consents and waivers will not be required upon the satisfaction of said Debentures as contemplated pursuant to Section 3 of the Purchase Agreement to which this Disclosure Schedule is attached.
SECTION 1(M):
See disclosure under section 1(n).
All Indebtedness as of December 31, 2004 and as of May 31, 2005:
                 
    December 31, 2004     May 31, 2005  
    (in thousands)  
$95 million 1.25% convertible senior subordinated debentures due 2024
  $ 95,000     $ 95,000  
 
           
8.17% loan payable to Cathay Bank in 83 monthly installments of $19,540 commencing June 28, 2001, through May 27, 2008, with a balance of $2,332,117 due on June 28, 2008
    2,350       2,332  
7.50% loan payable to Cathay Bank in 83 monthly installments of $24,629 commencing November 14, 2001, through October 13, 2008, with a balance of $3,120,740 due on November 14, 2008
    3,146       3,121  

 


 

                 
    December 31, 2004     May 31, 2005  
    (in thousands)  
Loan payable to Wachovia N.A. in 60 monthly installments of $52,500 commencing December 1, 2002, through November 30, 2007, at prime interest rate plus 1.5% (the interest rate at 12/31/04 was 6.75%)
    2,470       2,129  
 
           
 
  $ 7,966     $ 7,582  
Less: Current portion of long-term debt
    (923 )     (923 )
 
           
 
  $ 7,043     $ 6,659  
 
           
 
               
Short term credit facility
    5,000       5,000  
 
               
 
  $ 107,043     $ 107,582  
 
           
SECTION 1(N):
As a result of the Company’s receipt of a notice of default from a holder of more than 25% aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 1.250% Convertible Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2024 (the “Debentures”), based upon the Company’s failure to file its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, and the Company’s failure to file such report by June 21, 2005, the Trustee under the Indenture relating to the Debentures or holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures may declare immediately due and payable the entire $95.0 million principal amount, and premium, if any, of the Debentures and any interest accrued thereon.
The Debenture default has also resulted in a default under the Company’s existing credit agreement with Wachovia Bank.
SECTION 1(O):
See the Company’s filings on Form 8-K filed with the Commission and disclosure under section 1(ff).
SECTION 1(V):
See the disclosure concerning material weaknesses in Exhibit 99.5 to the draft Form 8-K report previously provided.
SECTION 1(W):
See section 1(ff) below.
SECTION 1(Y):
Warrants to purchase 741,503 shares of Common Stock issued to investors pursuant to Common Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated May 6, 2003 between the Company and the purchasers listed therein.

 


 

$95.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 1.250% convertible senior subordinated debentures due 2024, issued on April 5, 2004.
Stock Option Plans — approximately 6,020,000 options outstanding to purchase Common Stock under the Company’s various plans. There remain options available under our stock option plans for future grant covering approximately 1.3 million additional shares.
SECTION 1(Z):
Depending upon the guidance received by the Company from the Office of the Chief Accountant of the Commission and the advice of the Company’s auditors concerning the Company’s recognition of revenues related to its strategic alliance agreement with a subsidiary of Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd., it is possible that the Company’s financial statements included in its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2004 will be restated.
SECTION 1(FF):
See section 1(o) above. The material pending litigation involving the Company is as follows:
Patent Litigation
There has been substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical, biological, and biotechnology industries with respect to the manufacture, use, and sale of new products that are the subject of conflicting patent rights. One or more patents cover most of the brand name controlled-release products for which we are developing generic versions. Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, when a drug developer files an ANDA for a generic drug, seeking approval before expiration of a patent which has been listed with the FDA as covering that brand name product the developer must certify that its product will not infringe on the listed patent(s) and/or that the listed patent is invalid or unenforceable. That certification must also be provided to the patent holder, who may challenge the developer’s certification of non-infringement, invalidity or unenforceability by filing a suit for patent infringement within 45 days of the patent holder’s receipt of such certification. If the patent holder files suit, the FDA can review and approve the ANDA, but is prevented from granting final marketing approval of the product until a final judgment in the action has been rendered, or 30 months from the date the certification was received, whichever is sooner. Should a patent holder commence a lawsuit with respect to an alleged patent infringement by us, the uncertainties inherent in patent litigation make the outcome of such litigation difficult to predict. The delay in obtaining FDA approval to market our product candidates as a result of litigation, as well as the expense of such litigation, whether or not we are successful, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. In addition, there can be no assurance that any patent litigation will be resolved prior to the 30-month period. As a result, even if the FDA were to approve a

 


 

product upon expiration of the end of the 30-month period, we may elect not to commence marketing that product if patent litigation is still pending.
Lawsuits have been filed against us in connection with fourteen of our Paragraph IV filings. The outcome of such litigation is difficult to predict because of the uncertainties inherent in patent litigation.
ASTRAZENECA AB ET AL. V. IMPAX: THE OMEPRAZOLE CASES
In May 2000, AstraZeneca AB and four of its related companies filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court in Wilmington, Delaware claiming that the Company’s submission of an ANDA for Omeprazole Delayed Release Capsules, 10 mg and 20 mg, constitutes infringement of six U.S. patents relating to AstraZeneca’s Prilosec product. The action seeks an order enjoining us from marketing Omeprazole Delayed Release Capsules, 10 mg and 20 mg until February 4, 2014, and reimbursement for costs and attorney fees associated with this litigation.
In February 2001, AstraZeneca and the same related companies filed the same suit against us in the same federal court in Delaware for infringement, based upon the Company’s amendment to its ANDA adding 40 mg strength Omeprazole Delayed Release Capsules.
AstraZeneca filed similar lawsuits against nine other generic pharmaceutical companies (Andrx, Genpharm, Cheminor, Kremers, LEK, Eon, Mylan, Apotex, and Zenith). Due to the number of these cases, a multidistrict litigation proceeding, In re Omeprazole 10 mg, 20 mg, and 40 mg Delayed Released Capsules Patent Litigation, MDL-1291, has been established to coordinate pre-trial proceedings. Both lawsuits filed by AstraZeneca against the Company have been transferred to the multidistrict litigation jurisdiction.
Early in the multidistrict litigation, the trial court ruled that one of the six patents-in-suit was not infringed by the sale of a generic omeprazole product and that certain other patents were invalid. These rulings effectively eliminated four patents from the trial of these infringement cases, although AstraZeneca may appeal these rulings as part of the overall appeal process in the case.
On October 11, 2002, after a trial involving Andrx, Genpharm, Cheminor, and Kremers, the trial judge handling the multidistrict litigation ruled on AstraZeneca’s complaints that three of these four defendants (“First Wave Defendants”) infringed the remaining patents-in-suit. The trial judge ruled that three of the First Wave defendants, Andrx, Genpharm, and Cheminor, infringed the remaining two patents asserted by AstraZeneca in its complaints, and that those patents are valid until 2007. In the same ruling, the trial court ruled that the remaining First Wave Defendant, Kremers, did not infringe either of the remaining two patents. Kremers’ formulation was held to differ from the formulation used by the other First Wave Defendants in several respects. In mid-December 2003, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the October 2002 ruling in all respects. Subsequent petitions for rehearing have been denied.

 


 

The formulation that we employ in manufacturing its generic equivalent of omeprazole has not been publicly announced. Our formulation has elements that resemble those of other First Wave Defendants in certain respects, but it also has elements that differ. The Company believes that it has defenses to AstraZeneca’s claims of infringement, but the opinion rendered by the trial court in the First Wave cases makes the outcome of AstraZeneca’s litigation against us is uncertain.
In August 2003, the court issued an order dismissing four of the patents-in-suit, three with prejudice. On September 30, 2003, as a result of the court’s dismissal, AstraZeneca served each of the Second Wave Defendants, including IMPAX, with an amended complaint. In October 2003, we filed an answer to the amended complaint in which we asserted a new counterclaim with antitrust allegations. The counterclaim will be severed, and proceedings relating to it will be stayed until after trial of the patent infringement case.
In December 2003, the trial court entered a new scheduling order governing pre-trial proceedings relating to the Second Wave Defendants, including us. The schedule for completion of the litigation in the Second Wave, including AstraZeneca’s litigation against the Company, now provides that all fact and expert discovery is complete. AstraZeneca’s expert reports on issues as to which it bears the burden of proof, including issues of alleged infringement, were served on February 17, 2004. Our responsive expert reports were served on July 12, 2004. Astra’s reply reports were served in early September 2004, prior to the launch of our commercial product.
The December 2003 scheduling order was amended most recently in August 2004. The amended scheduling order also allows for the filing of summary judgment motions beginning in March 2005. The Company has filed two motions for summary judgment against AstraZeneca: one alleging that the patents-in-suit are invalid under 35 U.S.C. Sect. 102(b) due to public usage of the invention prior to the filing of the patents; the other alleging that our ANDA products do not infringe any claim of the patents-in-suit. AstraZeneca did not file any summary judgment motions against the Company. Briefing on the summary judgment motions has yet to be completed, and we do not have any timetable by which decisions on the summary judgment motions should be expected.
This matter is pending before Judge Jones of the Southern District of New York, together with AstraZeneca’s patent infringement cases against four other defendants who have separately filed ANDAs seeking approval from the FDA to market omeprazole drug products. The case remains in discovery pretrial proceedings. No trial date has yet been set. The Company intends to defend vigorously. The amended scheduling order states that no further extensions of time shall be granted to the parties.
In conjunction with our strategic partner, Teva, we recently have initiated a commercial launch of certain omeprazole products which were the subject of its ANDA application and which are at issue in this litigation. If we are not ultimately successful in establishing invalidity or non-infringement, the court may award monetary damages associated with the commercial sale of our omeprazole products. Pursuant to the Strategic Alliance Agreement with Teva,

 


 

however, Teva is responsible for indemnifying the Company with respect to any such monetary damages, provided certain conditions are met.
On January 4, 2005, AstraZeneca moved to amend its Complaint against the Company to add claims of willful infringement and for enhanced damages on the basis of this commercial launch. The Company and AstraZeneca subsequently reached a stipulation that was approved by the Court allowing the Amended Complaint to be filed. On February 14, 2005, the Company filed its answer and counterclaims to the Amended Complaint. Among the Company’s counterclaims are a number of claims for relief under federal antitrust law, including claims arising under Section 2 of the Sherman Act, and claims seeking declaratory judgment that the patents are not infringed and are unenforceable.
AVENTIS PHARMACEUTICALS INC., ET AL. V. IMPAX: THE FEXOFENADINE CASES
On March 25, 2002, Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc., Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc., and Carderm Capital L.P. (collectively referred to as Aventis) sued the Company in the U.S. District Court for the District of New Jersey (Civil Action No. 02-CV-1322) alleging that IMPAX’s proposed fexofenadine and pseudoephedrine hydrochloride tablets, containing 60 mg of fexofenadine and 120 mg of pseudoephedrine hydrochloride, infringe U.S. Patent Nos. 6,039,974; 6,037,353; 5,738,872; 6,187,791; 5,855,912; and 6,113,942. On November 7, 2002, Aventis filed an amended complaint, which added an allegation that IMPAX’s Fexofenadine and Pseudoephedrine Hydrochloride 60 mg/120 mg Extended Release Tablet product infringes U.S. Patent No. 6,399,632. Aventis seeks an injunction preventing us from marketing its Fexofenadine and Pseudoephedrine Hydrochloride 60 mg/120 mg Extended Release Tablet product until the patents-in-suit have expired, and an award of damages for any commercial manufacture, use, or sale of our Fexofenadine and Pseudoephedrine Hydrochloride 60 mg/120 mg Extended Release Tablet product, together with costs and attorneys’ fees. The Company believes that it has defenses to the claims made by Aventis based on noninfringement and invalidity.
Aventis has also filed a suit against Barr Laboratories, Inc., Mylan Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Dr. Reddy’s Pharmaceuticals and Teva Pharmaceuticals USA, Inc. in New Jersey asserting the same patent infringement against these defendants’ proposed Fexofenadine and Pseudoephedrine or Fexofenadine products. Our case has been consolidated for trial with the Barr, Mylan, Dr. Reddy and Teva cases.
On March 25, 2004, Aventis and AMR filed a complaint and first amended complaint against the Company and Ranbaxy, alleging infringement of two additional patents relating to the process for making the active pharmaceutical ingredient, fexofenadine hydrochloride. These patents, United States Patent Nos. 5,581,011 and 5,750,703, are owned by AMR and exclusively licensed to Aventis.
On July 23, 2003, we filed Summary Judgment motions for non-infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,039,974, 6,113,942, and 5,855,912; and for non-infringement and invalidity of U.S. Patent No. 5,738,872. On June 29, 2004, the court granted the Company’s Motions for Summary Judgment of Non-infringement of the `912 and `942 patents and denied the Company’s Motion

 


 

for Summary Judgment of Non-infringement of the `974 patent. At the same time, the court ordered that a ruling on the Company’s motion for Summary Judgment for the Non-infringement and invalidity of the `872 patent was reserved pending a Markman hearing held on September 9, 2004 to assist the court in construing the patent’s product-by-process claims. On October 4, 2004, Judge Greenaway construed the claims of the fifth patent in favor of us and the other defendants. The parties submitted further briefs regarding the invalidity of the `872 patent in light of the court’s claim construction. On May 16, 2005, Judge Greenway granted Summary Judgment of invalidity on the 872 patent . We will have the opportunity to file additional summary judgment motions and to assert both non-infringement and invalidity of the remaining patents (if necessary) at trial.
According to the current scheduling order, fact discovery is scheduled to close on June 30, 2005 and expert discovery will close on December 14, 2005. No trial date has been set.
PURDUE PHARMA L.P. ET AL. V IMPAX: THE OXYCODONE CASES
On April 11, 2002, Purdue Pharma and related companies filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging that IMPAX’s submission of ANDA No. 76-318 for 80 mg oxycodone tablets infringes three patents owned by Purdue. The Purdue patents are U.S. Patent Nos. 5,508,042, 5,549,912 and 5,656,295; all directed to controlled release opioid formulations. On September 19, 2002, Purdue filed a second Infringement Complaint regarding our 40 mg oxycodone generic product. On October 9, 2002, Purdue filed a third Infringement Complaint regarding our 10 mg and 20 mg oxycodone generic products. We filed its answer and counterclaims in each case on October 3, 2003. On November 25, 2003, Purdue submitted their reply to our counterclaims. Purdue is seeking, among other things, a court order preventing us from manufacturing, using or selling any drug product that infringes the subject Purdue patents.
Purdue previously sued Boehringer Ingelheim/Roxane, Endo and Teva on the same patents. One or more of these defendants may resolve the invalidity issues surrounding the Purdue patents prior to when our case goes to trial. The Boehringer Ingelheim/Roxane suit is stayed. The Endo action was tried in June 2003. In January 2004, the judge in the Endo action ruled that the three patents in suit, the same patents that Purdue has asserted against the Company, are unenforceable because they were inequitably procured and enjoined their enforcement. Purdue appealed that ruling to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. We were granted Summary Judgment on January 10, 2005, dismissing Purdue’s charges of infringement and holding the patents to be unenforceable, based on the Endo decision.
The Company commenced shipping Oxycodone 80mg in March 2005.
On June 7, 2005, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the District Court’s ruling that the patents in suit were unenforceable due to inequitable conduct. Purdue has stated that they intend to file a Petition for Re-hearing En Banc. If the Endo decision is ultimately reversed, and Purdue were to prevail in litigation against us, we would be liable for Purdue’s damages, up to its lost profits from our infringing sales. If the infringement were found to be willful, our damages could be increased by up to three times.
IMPAX V. AVENTIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.: THE RILUZOLE CASE
In June 2002, we filed suit against Aventis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. in the U.S. District Court in Wilmington, Delaware, seeking a declaration that the filing of an ANDA to engage in a commercial manufacture and/or sale of Riluzole

 


 

50 mg Tablets for treatment of patients with amyotrophic lateral scleroses (ALS) does not infringe claims of Aventis’ U.S. Patent No. 5,527,814 (`814 patent) and a declaration that this patent is invalid.
In response to our complaint, Aventis filed counterclaims for direct infringement and inducement of infringement of the `814 patent. In December 2002, the district court granted Aventis’ Motion for Preliminary Injunction and enjoined us from infringing, contributory infringing, or inducing any other person to infringe Claims 1, 4 or 5 of the `814 patent by selling, offering for sale, distributing, marketing or exporting from the United States any pharmaceutical product or compound containing riluzole or salt thereof for the treatment of ALS.
The trial was completed on October 30, 2003, and post-trial briefing was completed in December 2003. On January 30, 2004, the court denied our Motion for Summary Judgment on inequitable conduct and, on February 5, 2004, the court denied our Motion for Summary Judgment on non-infringement of certain claims. In September 2004, the court ruled the `814 patent is valid, enforceable and infringed by our proposed generic riluzole product. On March 11, 2005, Aventis submitted to the court a proposed form of final judgment in favor of Aventis, reflecting the court’s prior rulings that claims 1 through 5 of the `814 patent are not invalid or unenforceable, and that our proposed manufacture and sale of riluzole would induce infringement of claims 1 through 5 of the `814 patent. On March 16, 2005, the Federal District Court entered final judgment. We filed a Notice of Appeal on March 21, 2005.
If we are not ultimately successful in proving invalidity or unenforceability, there is a substantial likelihood that the court will enter a permanent injunction enjoining us from marketing Riluzole 50 mg Tablets for the treatment of ALS in the United States until the expiration of the `814 patent (June 18, 2013). If we are ultimately successful in proving either defense, the preliminary injunction would be set aside and the Company would be permitted to market its Riluzole 50 mg Tablet product for the treatment of ALS in the United States.
ABBOTT LABORATORIES V. IMPAX: THE FENOFIBRATE TABLET CASES
In January 2003, Abbott Laboratories and Fournier Industrie et Sante and a related company filed suit against the Company in the U.S. District Court in Wilmington, Delaware claiming that our submission of an ANDA for Fenofibrate

 


 

Tablets, 160 mg, constitutes infringement of two U.S. patents owned by Fournier and exclusively licensed to Abbott, relating to Abbott’s Tricor tablet product.
In March 2003, Abbott and Fournier filed a second action against IMPAX in the same court making the same claims against our 54 mg Fenofibrate Tablets. These cases were consolidated in April 2003.
In September 2003, Abbott and Fournier filed a third action against the Company in the U.S. District Court in Wilmington, Delaware, claiming that our submission of its ANDA for 54 mg and 160 mg Fenofibrate Tablets constitutes infringement of a third patent recently issued to Fournier and exclusively licensed to Abbott. This action was also consolidated with the two previously consolidated actions in December 2003. In January 2004, Abbott and Fournier filed a fourth action relating to our 54 mg and 160 mg Fenofibrate Tablets based upon a claim of infringement of a fourth patent. The asserted patents are U.S. Patent Nos. 6,652,881, 6,589,552, 6,277,405 and 6,074,670. All four cases were consolidated in March 2004. This matter was consolidated for trial with the Abbott Laboratories v. Teva Pharmaceuticals USA, Inc. matter, an action before the same judge involving similar claims of patent infringement by Teva and similar defenses.
Fact and expert discovery in the consolidated cases closed in November 2004. A claim construction hearing was held on February 28, 2005. On March 7, 2005, the District Court dismissed U.S. Patent No. 6,074,670 from the lawsuit. On March 18, 2005, we moved to amend and supplement its answer to assert antitrust counterclaims. A Markman claims construction ruling issued on April 22, 2005.
On May 6, 2005, the court issued a ruling on summary judgment and other motions. The Court (1) denied our motion for a separate trial and to stay discovery on the willful infringement claim; (2) granted IMPAX’s motion for partial summary judgment of non- infringement due to the lack of at least 20% by weight of a hydrophilic polymer; (3) granted our motion for partial summary judgment of non-infringement of U.S. Patent No. 6,074,670 (the motion having been made before the March 7 dismissal). The Court also granted in part our motion for partial summary judgment of non-infringement of U.S. Patent No. 6,652,881 and some claims of U.S. Patent No. 6,277,405 and U.S. Patent No. 6,589,552 insofar as Abbott claims infringement by the doctrine of equivalents, but denied summary judgment as to literal infringement claims.
At the pretrial conference held on May 9, 2005, the court permitted the inequitable conduct defense to be added for trial, and stayed consideration of the amendment to add the antitrust claim. On May 20, 2005, Plaintiffs moved to voluntarily dismiss the complaints and also the Company’s and Teva’s declaratory judgment counterclaims for lack of subject matter jurisdiction based upon a proposed covenant not to sue the defendants with respect to the patents-in-suit. By agreement between the parties, the patent claims will be dismissed. The Company’s motion to supplement and amend its answers to assert antitrust counterclaims remains pending.

 


 

ALZA CORPORATION V. IMPAX: THE OXYBUTYNIN CASE
On September 4, 2003, Alza Corporation (“Alza”) filed a lawsuit against IMPAX in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging patent infringement of one patent, U.S. Patent No. 6,124,355, related to our filing of an ANDA for a generic version of Ditropan XL (Oxybutynin Chloride) Tablets, 5 mg, 10 mg, and 15 mg. Alza seeks an injunction, a declaration of infringement, attorney’s fees and costs. On October 24, 2003, we filed its Answer to the Complaint, which included defenses to the infringement claim, and counterclaimed for patent non-infringement and invalidity. On March 11, 2005, the Court issued an order construing the claims of the patent in suit. In so doing, the Court adopted the claim construction involving the same patent that was issued on December 7, 2004, in Alza Corp. v. Mylan Labs. et al., Civil Action No. 1:03CV61, which is currently pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of West Virginia. The litigation is ongoing.
On October 24, 2003, we filed a lawsuit against Alza in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California seeking a declaratory judgment that four Alza patents relating to our filing of an ANDA for a generic version of Ditropan XL (Oxybutynin Chloride) Tablets, 5 mg, 10 mg, and 15 mg are invalid and/or not infringed by the commercial manufacture, use, offer for sale, sale, or importation of our product. On November 17, 2003, Alza moved to dismiss the Company’s complaint for lack of subject matter jurisdiction based on Alza’s argument that there is no case or controversy between the parties with respect to these four patents. On April 19, 2004, the Court denied Alza’s motion. On May 18, 2004, the Court ordered the entry of a stipulation of dismissal based on a covenant not to sue issued by Alza to the Company with respect to the four Alza patents in that case.
SHIRE LABORATORIES INC. V IMPAX: THE GENERIC ADDERALL XR CASE
On December 29, 2003, Shire Laboratories, Inc., a subsidiary of Shire Pharmaceuticals Group, PLC, filed a lawsuit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware alleging patent infringement on U.S. Patent Nos. 6,322,819 and 6,605,300 related to filing of an ANDA to market a generic version of Adderall XR 30 mg capsules. We filed its answer on January 20, 2004, denying infringement and contesting the validity of both patents. Discovery in this matter is complete. A Markman claim construction ruling was issued on February 9, 2005. The Parties submitted expert reports on March 16, 2005 for the issues on which they bear the burden of proof. Shire now concedes that it is unable to prove literal infringement based upon the court’s claim construction. Rebuttal reports were due on April 6, 2005. On February 25, 2005, we moved to amend its answer to allege inequitable conduct with respect to both patents-in-suit, which motion was granted
Shire filed a new suit against us on January 13, 2005, No. 05-20 (GMS), asserting the same two patents as in the first suit. The second complaint relates to an amendment to our ANDA in which we added 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg and 25 mg dosage strengths. A scheduling conference took place on April 11, 2005, when it was decided that the two actions would be consolidated for trial.

 


 

Discovery in the second action is proceeding. The court has authorized the Company to file a summary judgment brief on September 12, 2005, regarding (1) non-infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,322,819 and 6,605,300, and (2) no willful infringement. Fact discovery in the second matter is to be completed by August 1, 2005. A seven-day bench trial is scheduled to begin on February 23, 2006.
BIOVAIL LABORATORIES INC. V IMPAX: THE GENERIC WELLBUTRIN XL CASE
On March 7, 2005, Biovail Laboratories Inc., a subsidiary of Biovail Corporation, commenced patent litigation against us in the United States District Court, Eastern District of Pennsylvania (Philadelphia), alleging patent infringement on U.S. Patent No. 6,096,341 related to our filing for a generic version of Wellbutrin XL 150 mg. The Company has submitted its ANDA filing with the FDA under Paragraph IV of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, stating that it believes its generic versions of Wellbutrin XL 150 and 300 mg tablets do not infringe Biovail’s listed patents or that the listed patents are invalid or unenforceable. In April 2005, Biovail amended its suit against the Company relating to a subsequent filing of the 300 mg dosage strength asserting the same patent as in the earlier complaint. On May 11, 2005, the Company filed its answer to the amended complaint, which included defenses to the infringement claim. Fact discovery is scheduled to close on December 2, 2005. No trial date has been set.
Other Litigation
STATE OF CALIFORNIA V. IMPAX
On August 7, 2003, IMPAX received an Accusation from the Department of Justice, Bureau of Narcotic Enforcement, State of California (“BNE”), alleging that we failed to maintain adequate controls to safeguard precursors from theft or loss regarding our pseudoephedrine product in January 2003. We contested the allegations in the Accusation and entered into discussions with the State of California, Department of Justice, to bring resolution to this matter. The Company has implemented a number of remedial measures aimed at improving the security and accountability of precursor substances used by the Company and regulated by the California Department of Justice, Bureau of Narcotic Enforcement. In March 2004, following a theft of pseudoephedrine from our facilities, the BNE filed an Amended Accusation, again alleging that the Company failed to maintain adequate controls to safeguard precursors from theft or loss regarding our pseudoephedrine product. In May 2004, a Notice of Hearing was received from BNE, which set the hearing of this matter, should one be necessary, for October 18 and October 19, 2004.
On October 11, 2004 we entered into a Stipulation with the BNE regarding our California Precursor Business Permit #201, applicable to the our facility located at 31153 San Antonio Street, Hayward, California. Pursuant to the Stipulation, Permit #201 is provisionally suspended, with such suspension stayed, for a period of two (2) years, in which the Company must comply with the terms and conditions of the Stipulation. The Stipulation provides: “Upon

 


 

successful completion of the terms of the Stipulation for the period of time in which it is in effect, the Company’s permit will be fully restored without having been suspended.”
The Stipulation resolves both the original Accusation and the Amended Accusation.
SOLVAY PHARMACEUTICALS V. IMPAX: THE CREON CASE
On April 11, 2003, Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc., manufacturer of the Creon line pancreatic enzyme products, brought suit against the Company in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota claiming that we have engaged in false advertising, unfair competition, and unfair trade practices under federal and Minnesota law in connection with the Company’s marketing and sale of its Lipram products. The suit seeks actual and consequential damages, including treble damages, attorneys’ fees, injunctive relief and declaratory judgments that would prohibit the substitution of Lipram for prescriptions of Creon. On June 6, 2003, we filed a Motion for Dismissal of Plaintiff’s Complaint, which sought to dismiss each count of Solvay’s complaint. On January 9, 2004, the U.S. District Court issued a ruling on our Motion for Dismissal, dismissing two of the counts set forth in the Complaint, including the count that sought a declaratory judgment that Lipram may not lawfully be substituted for prescriptions of Creon. On January 26, 2004, IMPAX filed its Answer to the Complaint and Counterclaim alleging that Solvay wrongfully interfered with IMPAX’s business relationships. On February 17, 2004, Solvay filed its Reply to our Counterclaim. Under the current scheduling order, the discovery deadline is set for July 22, 2005, and a trial date is set for February 1, 2006. Discovery is currently ongoing on this case. The Company believes it has defenses to Solvay’s allegations and intends to pursue these defenses vigorously.
SECURITIES LITIGATION
In September 2004 and January 2005, the Company was served with several complaints filed by shareholders in the Superior Court for Alameda County, California, all of which have since been consolidated as case No. RG04176541, purporting to state a derivative claim on behalf of the Company, as a nominal defendant. The complaints assert claims against all of the Company’s Directors and David S. Doll and Cornel C. Spiegler, each of whom is an Officer or Director, or both, of IMPAX, and allege that each sold shares of the Company’s common stock in June 2004 on the basis of material nonpublic information. The complaints, asserting claims against these individuals under California Corporations Code ss. 25402 and California’s common law, seek treble damages, imposition of a constructive trust on the individual defendants’ profits, attorneys fees and costs, and other relief as the court determines.
Our Board of Directors has appointed a Special Litigation Committee (SLC) of disinterested directors to investigate the merits of the allegations in these complaints and to engage special counsel to assist in such investigation. The actions have been stayed pending completion of the SLC’s investigation and report to the court. The SLC has completed its investigation and on April 22, 2005 issued its report, concluding that the allegations in the derivative

 


 

actions are without merit and that there is no likelihood that the defendants would be found liable if the actions were to proceed and recommending that we should seek to have the actions dismissed. The Company intends to file a motion to dismiss the action based upon the SLC’s investigation and report.
In November and December 2004, IMPAX, all of its Directors, Cornel Spiegler and David Doll were served with several class action complaints filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, all of which have since been consolidated as case No. 04- 4808-JW. These actions, brought on behalf of all purchasers of our stock between May 5 and November 3, 2004, allege that the Company and the individual defendants, in violation of the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws, artificially inflated the market price of the stock during this period by filing false financial statements for the first and second quarters of 2004, based upon the Company’s subsequent restatement of its results for those periods. Plaintiffs have recently filed a consolidated amended complaint. The Company is currently preparing a motion to dismiss the amended complaint for failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted, which motion is required to be filed by July 20, 2005.
LOUIS PICCONE V. IMPAX LABORATORIES. INC., an entity, and Larry Hsu, its President, individually and in his official capacity, Superior Court of California for the County of Alameda, Case No. HG04189310
On February 9, 2005, Louis Piccone, a former Intellectual Property attorney for the Company, sued for retaliation in violation of the California Family Rights Act (“CFRA”) and the Fair Employment and Housing Act (“FEHA”), alleging denial of reinstatement and failure to provide medical leave, failure to accommodate a disability, discrimination on account of a disability, wrongful termination in violation of public policy, breach of contract terminable only for good cause, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, defamation, misrepresentation in violation of Labor Code Section 970, fraud, and unfair business practices. The Company is in the process of responding to the complaint. The Company intends to defend itself vigorously.
SECTION 1(KK):
Offer Letter to Arthur Koch.
Amendment dated March 16, 2005 to the Development License and Supply Agreement between Wyeth and the Company.
Amendment dated March 25, 2005 to the Strategic Alliance Agreement dated June 27, 2001 between Teva Pharmaceuticals Curacao NV and the Company.

 

EXHIBIT 10.3
GLOBAL PHARMACEUTICAL CORPORATION
1995 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Purpose
          The purpose of this plan (the “Plan”) is to secure for Global Pharmaceutical Corporation (the “Company”), and its stockholders, the benefits arising from the ownership of stock options by directors and key employees (including, without limitation, officers) of the Company or Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 18 hereof) who are expected to contribute to the Company’s future growth and success.
2. Types of Plan Benefits and Administration
          (a) Types of Awards. Under the Plan, the Company may in its soles discretion grant, with respect to the Company’s common stock, par value $.01 per share (“Common Stock”), options (“Options”) to key employees (the “Key Employees”), as authorized by action of the Board of Directors of the Company (or a committee designated by the Board of Directors), and the company shall, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, grant to each director of the Company who is not an employee and who was not a director on or before September 1, 1995 (an “Eligible Director”), Options in accordance with the formula set forth in Section 7 hereof. As used in the Plan, an “Award” shall mean an Option and an “Award Owner” shall mean the owner of an Option. Options granted pursuant to the Plan to Key Employees may be either incentive stock options (“Incentive Stock Options”) meeting the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or non-statutory options (“Non-Statutory Stock Options”), which are not intended to or do not meet the requirements of Code Section 422. Options granted to Eligible Directors pursuant to the Plan shall be only Non-Statutory Stock Options.
          (b) Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company, except to the extent the Board of Directors appoints from among its members a committee to administer the Plan (in either case, the group administering the Plan is hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”). The Committee’s construction and interpretation of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall be final and conclusive. The Committee may in its sole discretion grant Options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock to Key Employees, and issue shares upon exercise of such Options, as provided on the Plan. The Committee shall grant Options to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock to the Eligible Directors, and issue shares upon exercise of such Options, as provided in the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority, subject to the express provisions of the Plan, including, but not limited to Section 7 hereof, to construe the respective Award agreements and the Plan; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the respective Award agreements, which need not be identical; to advance the lapse of any waiting or installment periods and exercise dates; and to make all other determinations in the sole judgement of the Committee necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan into effect, and such determination shall be in the

1


 

sole and final judgement of the Committee. No director shall be liable for any action or determination taken or made under or with respect to the Plan or any Award in good faith.
3. Eligibility
          (a) Generally
               (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 3 and Section 7 hereof, Awards shall be granted only to persons selected by the Committee who are, at the time of grant, directors or employees (including, without limitation, officers) of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.
               (ii) A Key Employee may be granted Incentive Stock Options and/or Non-Statutory Stock Options. A Key Employee who has been granted an Award may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted one or more additional Awards if the Committee shall so determine.
          (b) Incentive Stock Options. No person shall be granted any Incentive Stock Option under Plan unless, at the time such Option is granted, such person is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, and does not own, directly or indirectly, Common Stock of the Company possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary (unless the requirements of Section 6(f)(i) are satisfied).
4. Stock Subject to Plan
          Subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 13 and 14 below, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued and sold pursuant to Options granted under the Plan is 400,000 shares in the aggregate (one share per Option). The Company shall reserve for the purposes of the Plan, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or out of shares held in the Company’s treasury, or partly out of each, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be determined by the Committee. If Options granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full, the shares subject to the unexercised portions of such Options shall again be available for subsequent Award grants under the Plan. Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options may be subject to such restrictions on transfer, repurchase rights or other restrictions as shall be determined by the Committee.
5. Form of Option Agreements
          As a condition to the grant of an Option under the Plan, each Key Employee recipient of an Option shall execute an Option Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Plan (in the case of Incentive Stock Options) or Exhibit B to the Plan ( in the case of Non-Statutory Stock Options) or in such other form not inconsistent with the Plan as shall be specified by the Committee at the time such Option is granted. Each Eligible Director, as a condition to the grant

2


 

of Options to him or her pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, shall execute an Option Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Plan.
6. Grants of Awards to Key Employees
          (a) Disinterested Committee. Any Key Employee who is a director or officer of the Company shall be granted Awards only if such person has been selected for participation and the terms and provisions of such Awards have been determined, solely by, and in sole discretion of, a Committee of two or more directors, each of whom is a “disinterested person.” For purposes of the Plan, a person shall be deemed to be “disinterested” only if such person qualifies as a “disinterested person” within the meaning of paragraph (c)(2) of Rule 16b-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The term “officer” shall have the same meaning as in paragraph (f) of Rule 16a-1. To the extent required to comply with the rules under 16b-3, all references to the Committee in the Plan shall mean and relate to the Committee of two or more “disinterested persons” described in this Section 6(a). The foregoing provisions do not apply to any grant which occurs prior to the date the Company first registers its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
          (b) Purchase Price. The purchase price per share of stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option granted pursuant to this Section 6 shall be (i) with respect to an Option granted on or after the date of initial public offering of shares of Common Stock (the “IPO”) but prior to the second anniversary thereof, the greater of (A) the Fair Value (as defined in Section 18 hereof) on the date that such Option is granted or (B) the initial public offering price of a share of Common Stock (the “IPO Price”) or (ii) with respect to an Option granted prior to the IPO or on or after the second anniversary of the IPO, the Fair Value on the date that such Option is granted. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the case if an Incentive Stock Option, the exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Value of such stock at the date of grant of such Option, or less than 110% of such Fair Value in the case of Options described in Section 6(f)(i).
          (c) Exercise Period. Each Award to a Key Employee shall expire on such date as the Committee shall determine on the date such Award is granted, but in no event after the expiration of ten years from the date on which such Award is granted, and in all cases each Award shall be subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan. In no event may any Option granted pursuant to this Section 6 be exercised prior to the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock.
          (d) Vesting of Awards. An Award granted to a Key Employee may be exercised, and payment shall be made upon exercise of such Award, only to the extent that such Award has vested. Awards shall vest in accordance with the schedule of terms set forth in the Award agreement executed by the Award Owner and a duly authorized officer of the Company. The committee may accelerate the vesting of any Option granted pursuant to this Section 6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Committee specifically authorizes a different vesting schedule with respect to an Award, an Award to a Key Employee shall become exercisable based on the number of full years of service that such Award Owner has completed with the Company

3


 

or a Subsidiary since the date of the grant of such Award, in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Number of Years of Service   Percentage of Award Available
Since Date of Grant   for Exercise (Cumulative)
1
    25%  
2
    50%  
3
    75%  
4
    100%  
          (e) Effect of Termination of Employment. No Award to a Key Employee may be exercised unless, at the time of such exercise, the Key Employee is and, continuously since the date of grant of his or her Award has been, an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, except that subject to Section 6(d) and if and to the extent of the Award agreement or instrument so provides:
               (i) If the Key Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death or disability or a discharge for “cause” (as defined in (iv) below), the right to exercise the Award shall terminate three months after such cessation (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the Award agreement or instrument);
               (ii) if the Key Employee dies while an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, or within three months after the Key Employee ceases to be such an employee, the Awards may be exercised by the administrator of the Key Employee’s estate, or by the person to whom the options are transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, within the period of one year after the date of death (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the Award agreement or instrument);
               (iii) if the Key Employee becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) while an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, the Awards may be exercised within the period of one year after the date the Key Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company or Subsidiary because of such disability (or within such lesser period as may be specified in the Award agreement or instrument); and
               (iv) if the Key Employee, prior to the expiration date of an Award, ceases his or her services as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, because he or she is discharged for “cause” (as defined below), the right to exercise an Option shall terminate immediately upon such cessation of such services. “Cause” shall mean: willful misconduct in connection with the Key Employee’s performance of services for the Company or willful failure to perform his or her services in the best interest of the Company, as determined by the Committee, which determination shall be conclusive;

4


 

provided, however, that in no event may any Award be exercised after the expiration date of the Award. Any Award or portion thereof that is not exercised during the applicable time period specified above (or any shorter period in the Award agreement or instrument) shall be deemed terminated at the end of applicable time period for purposes of Section 4 hereof.
          (f) Incentive Stock Options. Options granted under Plan that are intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be specifically designated as intending to be Incentive Stock Options and shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions.
               (i) 10% Stockholder. If any Key Employee to whom an Incentive Stock Option is to be granted under the Plan is at the time of the grant such Option the owner of stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, then the following special provisions shall be applicable to the Incentive Stock Option granted to such individual: (x) the exercise price per share of the Common Stock subject to such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Value (as defined in Section 18) of one share of Common Stock at the time of grant; and (y) the option exercise period shall not exceed five years from date of grant.
               (ii) Dollar Limitation. Common Stock of the Company that is acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Key Employee under the Plan shall be deemed to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option under Code Section 422, only to the extent that the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the respective dates or dates of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which such Incentive Stock Option, and all other Incentive Stock Options that are granted to such Key Employee under the Plan (and under any other incentive stock option plans of the Company or any Subsidiary), are exercisable for the first time by such Key Employee in any one calendar year, does not exceed $100,000. To effectuate the provisions of this Section 6(f), the Committee may designate the shares of Common Stock that are treated as acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option by issuing a separate certificate for such shares an identifying such certificates as Incentive Stock Option stock in its stock transfer records.
               (iii) If a Key Employee makes a disposition, within meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, of any share or shares of Common Stock issued to such Key Employee pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within the two-year period commencing on the day after the date of the grant or within the one-year period commencing on the day after the date of transfer of such share or shares to the Key Employee pursuant to such exercise, the Key Employee shall, within ten (10) days of such disposition, notify the Company thereof, by delivery of written notice to the Company at its principal executive office.
               Except as modified by the preceding provisions of this Section 6(f), all the provisions of the Plan applicable to Options shall be
applicable to Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder.

5


 

          (g) Options Granted at Initial Public Offering Price. If, prior to the IPO, Options are authorized or committed to be granted at the IPO Price, such Options shall be granted upon effectiveness of the IPO.
7. Non-discretionary Formula Grants of Awards to Eligible Directors
          (a) Non-discretionary Grants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, Eligible Directors shall be granted Options (“Director Options”) as follows: (i) immediately prior to the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock, each Eligible Director shall be granted 30,000 Director Options to purchase 30,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate, subject to vesting as provided in Section 7(d) below and (ii) on the first business day following the annual meeting of shareholders of the Company to elect directors in 1996, and thereafter on the first business day following each successive annual meeting of shareholders so long as Director Options remain available for grant, each person who is elected as a director at that meeting and is an Eligible Director, and each person who continues to serve as a director after that meeting, and is an Eligible Director, shall be granted 10,000 Director Options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate, subject to vesting as provided in Section 7(d) below.
          (b) Purchase Price. The purchase price per share of stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option granted pursuant to this Section 7 shall be (i) with respect to an Option granted prior to second anniversary of the date of the IPO, the greater of (A) the Fair Value on the date that such Option is granted or (B) the IPO or (ii) with respect to an Option granted on or after the second anniversary of the IPO, the Fair Value on the date that such Option is granted.
          (c) Exercise Period. The term of each Option granted pursuant to this Section 7 shall be ten years from the date of the grant thereof, subject to earlier termination as herein provided. Any Option that is not exercised during the applicable time period specified in this Section 7 shall be deemed terminated at the end of the applicable time period for purposes of Section 4 hereof. In no event may any Option granted pursuant to this Section 7 be exercised prior to the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock or after the expiration date thereof.
          (d) Vesting of Awards. Director Options shall be exercisable by an Eligible Director only to the extent that they have vested, and shall vest based on years of service as follows:
         
Number of Years of Service   Percentage of Award Available
Since Date of Grant   for Exercise (Cumulative)
1
    33%  
2
    66%  
3
    100%  
; provided, however, one-third of the initial grant (10,000 Options) shall be vested upon its grant and the remaining two-thirds of the grant (20,000 Options) shall vest according to the schedule above.

6


 

          (e) Effect of Termination of Services or Death. If an Eligible Director ceases to serve as a director of the Company or a Subsidiary, the Options that have been previously granted to that Eligible Director and that are vested as of the date of such cessation may be exercised by the Eligible Director after the date such Eligible Director ceases to be a director of the Company or a Subsidiary. If an Eligible Director dies while a director of the Company or Subsidiary, the Options that have been previously granted to that Eligible Director and that are vested as of the date of such death may be exercised by the administrator of the Eligible Director’s estate, or by the person to whom such Options are transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In no event, however, may any Option be exercised after the expiration date of such Option. Any Option or portion thereof that is not exercised during the applicable time period specified above shall be deemed terminated at the end of the applicable time period for purpose of Section 4 hereof.
          (f) Limitation on Amendments to Terms of Non-discretionary Grants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, the provisions of this Section 7 shall not be amended more than once every six months, other than to comport with changes in the Code, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or rules thereunder. Any reference to Option or Options in this Section 7 shall refer to Options granted to Eligible Directors pursuant to this Section 7.
8. Method of Exercise
          An Award Owner may exercise an Option granted hereunder by delivering to the Company at its main office (to the attention of the Secretary) written notice of exercise, which notice shall specify the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, together with payment of the purchase price in exchange for the Company’s issuance and delivery of certificates therefor. The purchase price for any shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid in full upon such exercise by any one or a combination of the following: (i) cash (by check), (ii) transferring shares of fully paid Common Stock to the Company with a Fair Value equal to the aggregate purchase price, or (iii) solely with respect to Options that are not Director Options, by cash payments in installments or pursuant to a full recourse promissory note, in either case, upon such terms as the Committee deems appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall have discretion to determine at the time of grant of each Option (other than a Director Option) or at any later date (up to and including the date of exercise) the form of payment acceptable in respect of the exercise of such Option. The written notice pursuant to this Section 8 may also provide instructions to the Company that upon receipt of purchase price in cash from the Award Owner’s broker or dealer, designated as such on the written notice, in payment for any shares directly to the designated broker or dealer. Any shares transferred to the Company as payment of the purchase price under an Option shall be valued at their Fair Value on the day preceding the date of exercise of such Option. If requested by the Committee, the Award Owner shall deliver the related Award agreement to the Secretary of the Company who shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such agreement to the Award Owner. No fractional shares (or cash in lieu thereof) shall be issued upon exercise of an Option and the number of shares that may be purchased upon exercise shall be rounded to the nearest number of whole shares.

7


 

9. Reload Options
          Options (other than Director Options) granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, include the right to acquire a reload option (“Reload Option”). The term “Reload Option” shall mean the right to purchase a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares tendered by a Key Employee in exercising an Option, and the number of wholes shares, if any, withheld by the Company in satisfaction of Withholding Taxes (as defined in Section 20). A Reload Option shall have a purchase price equal to the Fair Value of Common Stock on the date the Key Employee receives the Reload Option and a term extending to the expiration date of the Option with respect to which Reload Option was granted.
10. Nontransferability of Awards
          No Award granted under the Plan shall be assignable or transferable by the person to whom it was granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the life of recipient, the Award shall be exercisable only by or on behalf of such person.
11. General Restrictions
          (a) Award Owner Representations. The Company may require a person to whom an Award is granted, as a condition of exercising such Award, to:
               (i) give such written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to the Company, as the Company deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws, including, without limitation, that such person is acquiring the Common Stock subject to the Award for his or her own account for investment and not with an present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the same;
               (ii) with respect to Key Employees only, grant to the Company the right, which may be upon such terms as the Committee, in its sole discretion, prescribes, to repurchase from the Award Owner any or all shares acquired by such Award Owner through the exercise of an Award which such Award Owner may at any time desire to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of; and
               (iii) if the Award Owner is a director or officer, give written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to the Company, that such person has consulted with competent counsel as to the application of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) to such exercise.
Certificates representing shares issued upon exercise of the Award shall bear such legends as are deemed appropriate by legal counsel to the Company, unless the Award Owner provides a written opinion of legal counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that any such legend is not required.

8


 

          (b) Compliance With Securities Laws.
               (i) Each Award shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time counsel to the Company shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of such Award or the shares subject to such Award upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with the grant or exercise of such Award or the issuance or purchase of shares thereunder, such Award shall not be effective or may not be accepted or exercised in whole or in part (as applicable) unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Committee. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval.
               (ii) The Company shall provide each Award Owner with such information, statements, discussions and analyses with respect to the Company in such manner and at such times as may be required under state or federal securities laws.
12. Rights as a Stockholder.
          The Award Owner shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Award until the date upon which the stock certificates are issued to him or her for such shares. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date on which such stock certificate is issued.
13. Recapitalization
          In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, combination or subdivision, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and in the number, kind, and per share exercise price, of shares subject to unexercised Options or portions thereof granted prior to such adjustment. Any such adjustment to an outstanding Option shall be made without change in the total price applicable to the unexercised portion of such Option as of the date of the adjustment. No such adjustment shall be made with respect to an Incentive Stock Option that would, within meaning of any applicable provisions of the Code, constitute a modification, extension or renewal of any Option or a grant of additional benefits to the holder of an Option.
14. Reorganization
          In the event the Company is merged or consolidated with another entity or person other than an Affiliate, and the Company is not a surviving entity, or in the event all or substantially all of the assets or more than 20% of the outstanding stock of the Company entitled to vote for directors is acquired by any other entity or person other than an Affiliate or any entity or person or any affiliate thereof owning 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company prior

9


 

to the effective date of the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, or in the event of a reorganization or liquidation of the Company, the Committee, or the board of directors of any corporation assuming the obligations of the Company, shall, as to outstanding Awards, either (i) in the case of a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company, make appropriate provision for the protection of any such outstanding Awards by the substitution on an equivalent basis of appropriate stock of the Company, or of the merged, consolidated or otherwise reorganized corporation that will be issuable in respect of the shares of Common Stock of the Company (provided that no additional benefits shall be conferred upon Award Owners as a result of such substitution), or (ii) upon written notice the Award Owners, provide that all unexercised Awards must be exercised within a specified number of days or the date of such notice or they will be terminated or (iii) upon written notice to the Award Owners, provide that all unexercised Awards shall be purchased by the Company or its successor within a specified number of days of the date of such notice at a price equal to the value the Award Owners would have received if they then exercised all their Awards and immediately received full payment in respect of such exercise, as determined in good faith by the Committee.
15. No Special Employment Rights
          Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award granted under the Plan shall confer upon any Award Owner any right with respect to the continuation of his or her employment by the Company (or any Subsidiary) or interfere in any way with the right of the Company (or any Subsidiary ), subject to terms of any separate employment agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Award Owner from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Award. Whether an authorized leave of absence, or absence in military or government service, shall constitute termination or cessation of services for purposes of this Plan shall be determined by the Committee.
16. No Special Directorship Rights
          Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award granted under the Plan shall constitute evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that an Eligible Director has a right to continue as a director for any period of time.
17. Other Employee Benefits
          The amount of any income deemed to be received by an Award Owner as a result of the exercise of an Award or the sale of shares received upon such exercise will not constitute “compensation” or “earnings” with respect to which any other benefits of such person are determined by the Company, including without limitation benefits under any pension, profit sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan.
18. Definitions
          (a) Affiliate. The term “Affiliate” shall mean a corporation or other entity or person which, at the time of reference, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.

10


 

          (b) Fair Value. The term “Fair Value” of a share of Common Stock shall mean (i) if the Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, the closing price for such stock on the day immediately preceding the date of determination or if there is no closing price on such date, the last preceding closing price, (ii) if the Common Stock is not traded on a national securities exchange, the mean of the high bid and ask quotes of such stock as reported in the NASDAQ/NMS reports or the National Quotation Bureau Inc.’s pink sheets or in the NASD Bulletin Board on the day immediately preceding the date of determination or if there were no high bid and ask quotes on such date, the last preceding day that there were , and (iii) if neither (i) or (ii) are applicable, as determined in good faith by the Committee.
          (c) Rule 16b-3. The term “Rule 16b-3” shall mean Rule 16b-3 of the SEC (or any successor rule).
          (d) Subsidiary. The term “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the grant of the Award, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
19. Amendment of the Plan
          (a) Except as provided in Section 7 hereof, the Board may at any time and from time to time modify or amend the Plan in any respect, provided that, unless the Board shall have received the consent of the stockholders, the Board may not make any amendments that require approval of the stockholders under Rule 16b-3. In addition, the Board shall not modify or amend the Plan in a manner that would require stockholder approval under Section 422 of the Code, without obtaining such stockholder approval, if such amendment would affect the status of any Incentive Stock Option as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code. The termination or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of an Award Owner, affect his or her rights under an Award previously granted to him or her. With the consent of the Award Owners affected, the Committee may amend outstanding Award agreements in a manner not inconsistent with the Plan.
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 19(a)(i) and (iii), the Board shall have the right, but not the obligation, without the consent of the Company’s stockholders, to (i) amend or modify the terms and provisions of the Plan and of any outstanding Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan to the extent necessary to qualify any or all such options for such favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral of taxation upon exercise), as may be afforded incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code; and (ii) amend or modify the terms and provisions of the Plan and of any outstanding Award granted under the Plan to the extent necessary to comply with any securities law to which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, the Plan or Award is subject.

11


 

20. Withholding
          At such times as an Award Owner recognizes taxable income in connection with the receipt of shares of Common Stock hereunder (a “Taxable Event”), the Award Owner shall pay to the Company an amount equal to federal, state and local income taxes and other amounts as may be required by law to be withheld by the Company in connection with the Taxable Event (the “Withholding Taxes”) prior to the issuance, or release from escrow, of such shares. In satisfaction of the obligation to pay Withholding Taxes to the Company, the Committee may, in its discretion and subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations, withhold Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Value on the date preceding the date of such issuance equal to the Withholding Taxes.
21. Effective Date and Duration of the Plan
          (a) Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no award granted under the Plan (other than Director Options granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof) shall become exercisable unless and until the Plan shall have been approved by the Company’s stockholders within twelve months before or after the date of such adoption. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within such period, any Award previously granted under the Plan (other than Director Options, which shall remain in effect but which shall not qualify for the exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act under Rule 16b-3) shall terminate and no further Awards shall be granted. Subject to this limitation, Awards may be granted under the Plan at any time after the effective date and before the date fixed for termination of the Plan.
          (b) Termination. The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) September 14, 2005 or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued pursuant to the exercise of Awards granted under the Plan. If the date of termination is determined under (i) above, then Awards outstanding on such date shall continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the instruments evidencing such Awards.
22. Governing Law
          The Plan and all Award agreements issued hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.
23. Expenses of Administration
          All costs and expenses incurred in the operation and administration of this Plan shall be borne by the Company.
          The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in November 2, 1995 and this form of the Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors on September 15, 1995 and approved by the stockholders on November 3, 1995.

12


 

     Amendment to Global Pharmaceutical Corporation 1995 Stock Incentive Plan
   The Global Pharmaceutical Corporation 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), be, and it hereby is, amended as follows:
   The following sentence shall be added to the end of Section 7(a) of the Plan:
Notwithstanding the prior sentence, each person who is elected as a director at any time after the date of the annual meeting of stockholders and is an Eligible Director shall be granted, on the effective date of such election, 10,000 Director Options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate, subject to vesting as provided in Section 7(d) below, so long as Director Options remain available for grant. Such Director Options shall be granted in lieu of the Director Options which would otherwise be granted to such director on the first business day following the next annual meeting of the stockholders pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 7(a).

 


 

Exhibit A
GLOBAL PHARMACEUTICAL CORPORATION
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
1. Grant of Options
Global Pharmaceutical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to                      (the “Optionee”),                      Options (the “Options”), pursuant to the Company’s 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to purchase an aggregate of                      shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company at a price of $                      per share (the “Exercise Price Per Share”), purchasable as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and the Plan. All undefined capitalized terms herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.
2. Incentive Stock Options
These Options are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (“Incentive Stock Options”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
3. Exercise of Options and Provisions for Termination
          (a) Exercisability of Options. The Options shall become exercisable and option shares may be purchased based on the number of full years of service for the Company or a Subsidiary that have expired since the date of grant (set forth on the signature page hereof), in accordance with the following schedule:
         
    Percentage of Option Shares
Number of Years of Service   Available
Since Date of Grant   for Purchase (Cumulative)
1
    25%  
2
    50%  
3
    75%  
4
    100%  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Options shall not be exercisable prior to the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock and unless such exercise is in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), all other applicable laws and regulations (including state securities laws) and the requirements of any securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed.

A-1


 

          (b) Expiration Date. Except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement or the Plan, the Options may not be exercised after the date (hereinafter the “Expiration Date”) that is the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, or, if the Optionee is a 10% Stockholder as described in Section 6 of the Plan, the fifth anniversary of the date of grant.
          (c) Effect of Termination of Employment. The Options may not be exercised by an Optionee unless, at the time of such exercise, the Optionee is, and continuously since the date of grant of his or her Options has been, an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, except that subject to the Options vesting as of the date of termination of employment:
               (i) If the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death or disability or a discharge for “cause” (as defined in (iv) below), the right to exercise the Options shall terminate three months after such cessation;
               (ii) if the Optionee dies while an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, or within three months after the Optionee ceases to be such an employee, the options may be exercised by the Administrator of the Optionee’s estate, or by the person to whom the options are transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, within the period of one year after the date of death, however, Options exercised more than three months after the Optionee ceased to be an employee may not qualify for treatment as Incentive Stock Options;
               (iii) if the Optionee becomes disabled (within the meaning of the Plan) while an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, the Options may be exercised within the period of one year after the date the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or Subsidiary because of such disability; and
               (iv) if the Optionee, prior to the expiration date of the Options, ceases his or her services as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, because he or she is discharged for “cause” (as defined below), the right to exercise the Options shall terminate immediately upon such cessation of such services. “Cause” shall mean: willful misconduct in connection with the Optionee’s performance of services for the Company or willful failure to perform his or her services in the best interest of the Company, as determined by the Board of Directors, which determination shall be conclusive;
provided, however, that in no event may the options be exercised after the expiration date thereof.
          (d) Exercise Procedure. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, Section 6 of the Plan, the Options shall be exercised by the Optionee’s delivery of written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased and the Exercise Price Per Share to be paid therefor and accompanied by payment in accordance with Section 4 hereof. The Optionee may purchase less than the total number of shares covered hereby, provided that no exercise of less than all the Options may be for less than 100 whole shares.

A-2


 

4. Payment of Purchase Price
          Payment of the Exercise Price Per Share for shares purchased upon exercise of an Option shall be made by delivery to the Company of the purchase price, payable in cash (by check) or any other method of payment that is permitted by the Plan and specifically authorized by the Committee on or before the time of exercise.
5. Delivery of Shares
          The Company shall, upon payment of the Exercise Price Per Share for the number of shares purchased and paid for, make prompt delivery of such shares to the Optionee. No shares shall be issued and delivered upon exercise of an Option unless and until, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, any applicable registration requirements of the Securities Act, any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange on which stock of the same class is then listed, and any other requirements of law, including state securities laws, or of any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such issuance and delivery, shall have been fully complied with.
6. Non-transferability of Options
          Except as provided in Section 3(c)(ii) hereof, the Options are personal and no rights granted hereunder may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, nor shall any such rights be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of an Option or of such rights contrary to the provisions hereof, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon any Option or such rights, this Option Agreement and such rights shall, at the election of the Company, become null and void.
7. No Special Employment Rights
          Nothing contained in the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be construed or deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the services of the Optionee for the period within which the Options may be exercised. However, during the period in which the Optionee is rendering services, the Optionee shall render diligently and faithfully the services which are assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive officers of the Company and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly would be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.
8. Rights as a Stockholder
          The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares which may be purchased by exercise of the Options unless and until a certificate representing such shares is duly issued to the Optionee. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date on such stock certificate.

A-3


 

9. Recapitalization
          In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, combination or subdivision, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and in the number, kind and per share exercise price, of shares subject to unexercised Options or portions thereof granted prior to such adjustment. Any such adjustment to an outstanding Option shall be made without change in the total price applicable to the unexercised portion of such Option as of the date of the adjustment. No such adjustment shall be made with respect to an Option that would, within the meaning of any applicable provisions of the Code, constitute a modification, extension or renewal of any Option or a grant of additional benefits to the Optionee.
10. Reorganization
          In the event the Company is merged or consolidated with another entity and the Company is not a surviving entity, or in the event all or substantially all of the assets or more than 20% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company entitled to vote for directors is acquired by any other entity or person other than an Affiliate or any entity or person or any affiliate thereof owning 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company prior to the effective date of the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, or in the event of a reorganization or liquidation of the Company, prior to the Expiration Date or termination of this Option Agreement, the Optionee shall, with respect to the options or any unexercised portion hereof, be entitled to the rights and benefits, and be subject to the limitations, set forth in Section 14 of the Plan.
11. Withholding Taxes
          The Company’s obligation to deliver shares upon the exercise of an Option shall be subject to the Optionee’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements (“Withholding Taxes”) with respect to the Option. The Optionee shall pay the Withholding Taxes to the Company in cash prior to the issuance, or release from escrow, of shares of Common Stock. In satisfaction of the Withholding Taxes, the Committee may, in its discretion and subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations, withhold a portion of the shares issuable to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option having an aggregate Fair Value on the date preceding the date of such issuance equal to the Withholding Taxes.
12. Optionee Representations; Legend
          (a) Representations. The Optionee represents, warrants and covenants that he or she has had such opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the optionee to evaluate the merits and risks of his or her investment in the Company. The Optionee understands that there may be

A-4


 

restrictions on his or her ability to resell any shares acquired on exercise of an Option, including insider trading laws and the Company’s insider trading policy, as well as other restrictions that will apply if the Optionee is an “affiliate” of the Company. By making payment upon exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall be deemed to have reaffirmed, as of the date of such payment, the representations made in this Section 12.
          (b) Legend on Stock Certificate. The Optionee understands that, any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option may not have been registered under the Securities Act, nor the securities laws of any state. Accordingly, unless all such registrations are then in effect, all stock certificates representing shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee upon exercise of an Option shall have affixed thereto a legend substantially in the following form, in addition to any other legends required by applicable state law:
          “THE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1993, AS AMENDED, NOR THE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH LAWS.”
13. Limitation on Disposition of Incentive Stock Option Shares
          It is understood and intended that these Options shall qualify as Incentive Stock Options, as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Accordingly, the Optionee understands that in order to obtain the benefits of an Incentive Stock Option under Section 421 of the Code, no sale or other disposition may be made of any shares acquired upon exercise of an Option within the one year period beginning on the day after the day of the issuance of such shares to him or her, nor within the two year period beginning on the day after the date of grant of such Option. If the Optionee disposes of any such shares (whether by sale, exchange, gift, transfer or otherwise) prior to the expiration of either such period, he or she will notify the Company in writing within ten days after such disposition.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to be or interpreted as a representation, guarantee or other undertaking on the part of the Company that these options are or will be determined to be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any other Code Section.
14. Miscellaneous
          In the event that the Plan terminates prior to the expiration date of the Options granted hereunder, this Option Agreement shall incorporate by reference all applicable provisions of the Plan until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the day the Option(s) granted hereunder expire, or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance hereunder shall have been issued pursuant to the exercise of Options granted hereunder.
          All notices under this Option Agreement shall, unless otherwise provided herein, be mailed or delivered by hand to the parties at their respective addresses set forth beneath their

A-5


 

names below or at such other address as may be designated in writing by either of the parties to the other.
          This Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
          This Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee (subject, however, to the limitations set forth herein with respect to assignment of the Options or rights therein) and the Company, and shall be construed in a manner that is consistent with the provisions of the Plan.
             
Date of Grant:   Global Pharmaceutical Corporation    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
           
    Optionee    
 
           
 
       

 


 

Exhibit B
GLOBAL PHARMACEUTICAL CORPORATION
NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
1. Grant of Options
Global Pharmaceutical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to                      (the “Optionee”),                      Options (the “Options”), pursuant to the Company’s 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to purchase an aggregate of                      shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company at a price of $                      per share (the “Exercise Price Per Share”), purchasable as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and the Plan. All undefined capitalized terms herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.
2. Exercise of Options and Provisions for Termination
          (a) Exercisability of Options. The Options shall become exercisable and option shares may be purchased based on the number of full years of service for the Company or a Subsidiary that have expired since the date of grant (set forth on the signature page hereof), in accordance with the following schedule:
         
    Percentage of Option Shares
Number of Years of Service   Available
Since Date of Grant   for Purchase (Cumulative)
1
    25%  
2
    50%  
3
    75%  
4
    100%  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Options shall not be exercisable prior to the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock and unless such exercise is in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), all other applicable laws and regulations (including state securities laws) and the requirements of any securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed.
  (b)   Expiration Date. Except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement or the Plan, the Options may not be exercised after the date (hereinafter the “Expiration Date”) that is the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

B-1


 

          (c) Effect of Termination of Employment. The Options may not be exercised by an Optionee unless, at the time of such exercise, the Optionee is, and continuously since the date of grant of his or her Options has been, an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, except that subject to the Options vesting as of the date of termination of employment:
               (i) If the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason other than death or disability or a discharge for “cause” (as defined in (iv) below), the right to exercise the Options shall terminate three months after such cessation;
               (ii) if the Optionee dies while an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, or within three months after the Optionee ceases to be such an employee, the Options may be exercised by the administrator of the Optionee’s estate, or by the person to whom the Options are transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, within the period of one year after the date of death.
               (iii) if the Optionee becomes disabled (within the meaning of the Plan) while an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, the Options may be exercised within the period of one year after the date the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Company or Subsidiary because of such disability; and
               (iv) if the Optionee, prior to the expiration date of the Options, ceases his or her services as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, because he or she is discharged for “cause” (as defined below), the right to exercise the Options shall terminate immediately upon such cessation of such services. “Cause” shall mean: willful misconduct in connection with the Optionee’s performance of services for the Company or willful failure to perform his or her services in the best interest of the Company, as determined by the Board of Directors, which determination shall be conclusive;
provided, however, that in no event may the options be exercised after the expiration date thereof.
          (d) Exercise Procedure. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, Section 6 of the Plan, the Options shall be exercised by the Optionee’s delivery of written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased and the Exercise Price Per Share to be paid therefor and accompanied by payment in accordance with Section 3 hereof. The Optionee may purchase less than the total number of shares covered hereby, provided that no exercise of less than all the Options may be for less than 100 whole shares.
3. Payment of Purchase Price
          Payment of the Exercise Price Per Share for shares purchased upon exercise of an Option shall be made by delivery to the Company of the purchase price, payable in cash (by check) or any other method of payment that is permitted by the Plan and specifically authorized by the Committee on or before the time of exercise.

B-2


 

4. Delivery of Shares
          The Company shall, upon payment of the Exercise Price Per Share for the number of shares purchased and paid for, make prompt delivery of such shares to the Optionee. No shares shall be issued and delivered upon exercise of an Option unless and until, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, any applicable registration requirements of the Securities Act, any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange on which stock of the same class is then listed, and any other requirements of law, including state securities laws, or of any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such issuance and delivery, shall have been fully complied with.
5. Non-transferability of Options
          Except as provided in Section 3(c)(ii) hereof, the Options are personal and no rights granted hereunder may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, nor shall any such rights be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of an Option or of such rights contrary to the provisions hereof, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon any Option or such rights, this Option Agreement and such rights shall, at the election of the Company, become null and void.
6. No Special Employment Rights
          Nothing contained in the Plan or this Option Agreement shall be construed or deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company to continue the services of the Optionee for the period within which the Options may be exercised. However, during the period in which the Optionee is rendering services, the Optionee shall render diligently and faithfully the services which are assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive officers of the Company and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly would be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company.
7. Rights as a Stockholder
          The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares which may be purchased by exercise of the Options unless and until a certificate representing such shares is duly issued to the Optionee. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date on such stock certificate.
8. Recapitalization
          In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, combination or subdivision, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in the number and kind

B-3


 

of shares subject to the Plan and in the number, kind and per share exercise price, of shares subject to unexercised Options or portions thereof granted prior to such adjustment. Any such adjustment to an outstanding Option shall be made without change in the total price applicable to the unexercised portion of such Option as of the date of the adjustment.
9. Reorganization
          In the event the Company is merged or consolidated with another entity and the Company is not a surviving entity, or in the event all or substantially all of the assets or more than 20% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company entitled to vote for directors is acquired by any other entity or person other than an Affiliate or any entity or person or any affiliate thereof owning 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company prior to the effective date of the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, or in the event of a reorganization or liquidation of the Company, prior to the Expiration Date or termination of this Option Agreement, the Optionee shall, with respect to the Options or any unexercised portion hereof, be entitled to the rights and benefits, and be subject to the limitations, set forth in Section 14 of the Plan.
10. Withholding Taxes
          The Company’s obligation to deliver shares upon the exercise of an Option shall be subject to the Optionee’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements (“Withholding Taxes”) with respect to the Option. The Optionee shall pay the Withholding Taxes to the Company in cash prior to the issuance, or release from escrow, of shares of Common Stock. In satisfaction of the Withholding Taxes, the Committee may, in its discretion and subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations, withhold a portion of the shares issuable to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option having an aggregate Fair Value on the date preceding the date of such issuance equal to the Withholding Taxes.
11. Optionee Representations; Legend
          (a) Representations. The Optionee represents, warrants and covenants that he or she has had such opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Optionee to evaluate the merits and risks of his or her investment in the Company. The Optionee understands that there may be restrictions on his or her ability to resell any shares acquired on exercise of an Option, including insider trading laws and the Company’s insider trading policy, as well as other restrictions that will apply if the Optionee is an “affiliate” of the Company. By making payment upon exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall be deemed to have reaffirmed, as of the date of such payment, the representations made in this Section 11.
          (b) Legend on Stock Certificate. The Optionee understands that, any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option may not have been registered under the Securities Act, nor the securities laws of any state. Accordingly, unless all such registrations are then in effect, all stock certificates representing shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee

B-4


 

upon exercise of an Option shall have affixed thereto a legend substantially in the following form, in addition to any other legends required by applicable state law:
“THE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1993, AS AMENDED, NOR THE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH LAWS.”
12. Miscellaneous
          In the event that the Plan terminates prior to the expiration date of the Options granted hereunder, this Option Agreement shall incorporate by reference all applicable provisions of the Plan until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the day the Option(s) granted hereunder expire, or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance hereunder shall have been issued pursuant to the exercise of Options granted hereunder.
          Except as provided herein or in Plan, this Option Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified unless evidenced in writing and signed by the Company and the Optionee.
          All notices under this Option Agreement shall, unless otherwise provided herein, be mailed or delivered by hand to the parties at their respective addresses set forth beneath their names below or at such other address as may be designated in writing by either of the parties to the other.
          This Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
          This Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee (subject, however, to the limitations set forth herein with respect to assignment of the Options or rights therein) and the Company, and shall be construed in a manner that is consistent with the provisions of the Plan.
             
Date of Grant:   Global Pharmaceutical Corporation    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
           
    Optionee    
 
           
 
       

B-5


 

Exhibit C
GLOBAL PHARMACEUTICAL CORPORATION
NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
FOR ELIGIBLE DIRECTORS
1. Grant of Options
Global Pharmaceutical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to                                           (the “Optionee”),                      Options (the “Options”), pursuant to the Company’s 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), to purchase an aggregate of                      shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company at a price of $                      per share (the “Exercise Price Per Share”), purchasable as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement and the Plan. All undefined capitalized terms herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.
2. Exercise of Options and Effect of Termination of Services or Death
          (a) Exercisability of Options. The Options shall become exercisable and option shares may be purchased based on the number of full years of service for the Company or a Subsidiary that have expired since the date of grant (set forth on the signature page hereof), in accordance with the following schedule:
     
    Percentage of Option Shares
Number of Years of Service   Available
Since Date of Grant   for Purchase (Cumulative)
1   33%
2   66%
3   100%
[; provided, however, one-third of the initial grant (10,000 Options) shall be vested upon its grant and the remaining two-thirds of the grant (20,000 Options) shall vest according to the foregoing schedule.] Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Options shall not be exercisable prior to the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock and unless such exercise is in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), all other applicable laws and regulations (including state securities laws) and the requirements of any securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are listed.
  (b)   Expiration Date. Except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement or the Plan, the Options may not be exercised after the date (hereinafter the “Expiration Date”) that is the tenth anniversary of the date of grant.

C-1


 

          (c) Effect of Termination of Services or Death . If the Optionee ceases to serve as a director of the Company or a Subsidiary, the Options that have been previously granted to the Optionee and that are vested as of the date of such cessation may be exercised by the Optionee after the date such Optionee ceases to be a director of the Company or Subsidiary. If the Optionee dies while a director of the Company or Subsidiary, the Options that have been previously granted to the Optionee and that are vested as of the date of such death may be exercised by the administrator of the Optionee’s estate, or by the person to whom such Options are transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In no event, however, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of such Option.
          (d) Exercise Procedure. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and, if applicable, Section 6 of the Plan, the Options shall be exercised by the Optionee’s delivery of written notice of exercise to the Secretary of the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased and the Exercise Price Per Share to be paid therefor and accompanied by payment in accordance with Section 3 hereof. The Optionee may purchase less than the total number of shares covered hereby, provided that no exercise of less than all the Options may be for less than 100 whole shares.
3. Payment of Purchase Price
          Payment of the Exercise Price Per Share for shares purchased upon exercise of an Option shall be made by delivery to the Company of the purchase price, payable in cash (by check) or any other method of payment that is permitted by the Plan.
4. Delivery of Shares
          The Company shall, upon payment of the Exercise Price Per Share for the number of shares purchased and paid for, make prompt delivery of such shares to the Optionee. No shares shall be issued and delivered upon exercise of an Option unless and until, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, any applicable registration requirements of the Securities Act, any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange on which stock of the same class is then listed, and any other requirements of law, including state securities laws, or of any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such issuance and delivery, shall have been fully complied with.
5. Non-transferability of Options
          Except as provided in the Plan, the Options are personal and no rights granted hereunder may be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, nor shall any such rights be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of an Option or of such rights contrary to the provisions hereof, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon any Option or such rights, this Option Agreement and such rights shall, at the election of the Company, become null and void.

C-2


 

6. No Special Employment Rights
          Nothing contained in the Plan or this Option Agreement shall constitute evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Optionee has a right to continue as a director for any period of time.
7. Rights as a Stockholder
          The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares which may be purchased by exercise of the Options unless and until a certificate representing such shares is duly issued to the Optionee. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date on such stock certificate.
8. Recapitalization
          In the event that the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, combination or subdivision, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and in the number, kind and per share exercise price, of shares subject to unexercised Options or portions thereof granted prior to such adjustment. Any such adjustment to an outstanding Option shall be made without change in the total price applicable to the unexercised portion of such Option as of the date of the adjustment.
9. Reorganization
          In the event the Company is merged or consolidated with another entity and the Company is not a surviving entity, or in the event all or substantially all of the assets or more than 20% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company entitled to vote for directors is acquired by any other entity or person other than an Affiliate or any entity or person or any affiliate thereof owning 5% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Company prior to the effective date of the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, or in the event of a reorganization or liquidation of the Company, prior to the Expiration Date or termination of this Option Agreement, the Optionee shall, with respect to the options or any unexercised portion hereof, be entitled to the rights and benefits, and be subject to the limitations, set forth in Section 14 of the Plan.
10. Withholding Taxes
          The Company’s obligation to deliver shares upon the exercise of an Option shall be subject to the Optionee’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements, if any.

C-3


 

11. Optionee Representations; Legend
          (a) Representations. The Optionee represents, warrants and covenants that he or she has had such opportunity as he or she has deemed adequate to obtain from representatives of the Company such information as is necessary to permit the Optionee to evaluate the merits and risks of his or her investment in the Company. The Optionee understands that there may be restrictions on his or her ability to resell any shares acquired on exercise of an Option, including insider trading laws and the Company’s insider trading policy, as well as other restrictions that will apply if the Optionee is an “affiliate” of the Company. By making payment upon exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall be deemed to have reaffirmed, as of the date of such payment, the representations made in this Section 11.
          (b) Legend on Stock Certificate. The Optionee understands that, any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Option may not have been registered under the Securities Act, nor the securities laws of any state. Accordingly, unless all such registrations are then in effect, all stock certificates representing shares of Common Stock issued to the Optionee upon exercise of an Option shall have affixed thereto a legend substantially in the following form, in addition to any other legends required by applicable state law:
“THE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1993, AS AMENDED, NOR THE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE. CONSEQUENTLY, THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION, OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH LAWS.”
12. Miscellaneous
          In the event that the Plan terminates prior to the expiration date of the Options granted hereunder, this Option Agreement shall incorporate by reference all applicable provisions of the Plan until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the day the Option(s) granted hereunder expire, or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance hereunder shall have been issued pursuant to the exercise of Options granted hereunder.
          Except as provided herein or in Plan, this Option Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified unless evidenced in writing and signed by the
Company and the Optionee.
          All notices under this Option Agreement shall, unless otherwise provided herein, be mailed or delivered by hand to the parties at their respective addresses set forth beneath their names below or at such other address as may be designated in writing by either of the parties to the other.
          This Option Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

C-4


 

          This Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee (subject, however, to the limitations set forth herein with respect to assignment of the Options or rights therein) and the Company, and shall be construed in a manner that is consistent with the provisions of the Plan.
         
Date of Grant:  Global Pharmaceutical Corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
 
  Optionee

 
 

C-5

EXHIBIT 10.4
1999 Equity Incentive Plan
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
1999 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to attract, retain and motivate key personnel by providing a means whereby the Company may grant (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights and/or (iv) Stock Bonuses to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its Affiliates. In addition, Non-Employee Directors shall receive automatic grants of Nonstatutory Stock Options under the Plan.
2. Administration
2.1. Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and to the extent that the Board delegates its power and authority to a Committee as provided in Section 2.3.
2.2. Power of Board. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board, acting in its sole discretion, shall have the following power and authority:
2.2.1. to determine to which of the eligible individuals, and the times at which, Awards shall be granted;
2.2.2. to determine the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted under the Plan and, where applicable, the price to be paid for the shares of Common Stock subject to each Award;
2.2.3. to determine the terms and conditions of each Award (which need not be identical);
2.2.4. to interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration (and, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it deemed necessary or desirable);
2.2.5. to accelerate the terms of the Plan or any Award;
2.2.6. to amend the terms of the Plan or any Award;
2.2.7. to adopt forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
2.2.8. to allow Participants to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the shares covered by an Award that number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld; and

1


 

2.2.9. to make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
2.3. Delegation. Except with regard to Awards to Non-Employee Directors, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers and authority relating to the administration of the Plan (but not the power to amend or terminate the Plan) to a Committee of two (2) or more members of the Board. If and to the extent that administrative responsibility is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers and authority theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and, as appropriate, references in the Plan to the Board shall be deemed to be the Committee or subcommittee). If a Committee is appointed, then, unless the Board determines otherwise, its members shall consist solely of individuals who qualify as “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and as “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code. If for any reason the Committee does not satisfy the “non-employee director” requirements of Rule 16b-3 or the “outside director” requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, such non-compliance shall not affect the validity of the awards, interpretations or other actions of the Committee. The Board may delegate nondiscretionary administrative duties to such employees of the Company as it deems proper.
2.4. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law each member of the Board and the Committee and any employee or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan is delegated from and against any loss, cost, liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Board), damage and expense (including legal and other expenses incident thereto) arising out of or incurred in connection with the Plan, unless and except to the extent attributable to such person’s fraud or willful misconduct.
2.5. Decisions. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.
3. Share Reserve. Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 11, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan is 2,400,000 shares. If any Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires or is terminated without being exercised in whole or in part, the unexercised or released shares from such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be available for future issuance under the Plan. Shares that are subject to an Award that is forfeited or cancelled or that are withheld in order to pay the purchase price for shares of Common Stock covered by any Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations associated with any Award under the Plan shall be available for future issuance under the Plan. Shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized and unissued, held by the Company in its treasury or otherwise acquired for purposes of the Plan. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued under the Plan. Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 11, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted during any calendar year to any employee may not exceed 300,000 shares.
4. Eligibility. Awards may be granted under the Plan to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company or its Affiliates. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or its Affiliates. Non-Employee Directors shall receive automatic grants of Nonstatutory Stock Options pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan. The Company may also, from time to time, assume

2


 

outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (i) granting an Award under the Plan in replacement of the award assumed by the Company, or (ii) treating the assumed award as if it had been granted under the Plan.
5. Options.
5.1. Option Grant. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board may grant Incentive Stock Options and Nonstatutory Stock Options to eligible personnel on such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.
5.2. Exercise Price. The exercise price of an Option shall not be less than the par value of the Common Stock, provided that (i) the exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Option is granted, and (ii) the exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Option is granted.
5.3. Option Term. No Option granted under the Plan may be exercisable (if at all) more than ten (10) years after the date the Option is granted (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, five (5) years.)
5.4. Vesting and Exercise of Options. The Board may establish such vesting and other conditions and restrictions on the exercise of an Option and/or upon the issuance of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of an Option as it deems appropriate. Subject to satisfaction of applicable withholding requirements, once vested and exercisable, an Option may be exercised by transmitting to the Company: (i) a notice specifying the number of shares to be purchased and (ii) payment of the exercise price. The exercise price of an Option may be paid in cash and/or such other form of payment as the Company may permit.
5.5. Rights as a Stockholder. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued in respect of the exercise of an Option until full payment of the exercise price and the applicable tax withholding obligations with respect to such exercise has been made or provided for. The holder of an Option shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Option until the date such shares are issued. Except as otherwise provided herein, no adjustments shall be made for dividend distribution or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued.
5.6. Buy Out and Settlement. The Board, on behalf of the Company, may at any time offer to buy out any Option on such terms and conditions as the Board shall establish.
5.7. Options Non-Transferable. Options granted under the Plan shall not be transferable or assignable by a Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise then by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may determine at the time of grant or thereafter that a Nonstatutory Stock Option is transferable in whole or in part to such persons, under such circumstances, and subject to such conditions as the Board may prescribe.
5.8. Assumed Options. In the event the Company assumes an option granted by another company, the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of such assumed option shall be adjusted appropriately as determined by the Board. In the event the Company elects to

3


 

grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option need not be granted at Fair Market Value on the date of grant and may instead be granted with a similarly adjusted exercise price.
5.9. Replacement Options. Without in any way limiting the authority of the Board to make or not to make grants of Options, the Board shall have the authority (but not an obligation) to include as part of any Award Agreement a provision entitling the Participant to a replacement Option in the event the Participant exercises the Option evidenced by the Award Agreement, in whole or in part, by surrendering other shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Plan and the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement.
6. Stock Appreciation Rights.
6.1. Stock Appreciation Right Grant. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board may award Stock Appreciation Rights to eligible personnel upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate. A Stock Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the Participant, upon exercise, to receive an amount, in cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, determined with reference to the appreciation, if any, in the fair market value of Common Stock during the period beginning on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted and ending on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.
6.2. Types of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be awarded under the Plan in conjunction with an Option (“tandem SARs”) or independent of any Option (“stand-alone SARs”). Tandem SARs awarded in conjunction with a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be awarded either at or after the time the Nonstatutory Stock Option is granted. Tandem SARs awarded in conjunction with an Incentive Stock Option may only be awarded at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.
6.3. Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided herein, a tandem SAR shall be exercisable only at the time and to the same extent and subject to the same conditions as the related Option is exercisable. The exercise of a tandem SAR shall cancel the related Option to the extent of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, and vice versa. Tandem SARs may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock to which it relates exceeds the Option exercise price. The Board may impose such additional service or vesting conditions upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right (tandem or stand-alone) as it deems appropriate.
6.4. Exercise. A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by giving written notice to the Company identifying the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised, specifying the number of shares covered by the exercise and containing such other information or statements as the Board may require. The Board may establish such rules and procedures as it deems appropriate for the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount (in cash and/or shares of Common Stock as determined by the Board) equal to the product of (i) the number of shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised and (ii) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised and the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.
6.5. SARs Non-Transferable. Stock Appreciation Rights shall not be transferable by a Participant other than upon the Participant’s death to a beneficiary designated by the Participant in a manner acceptable to the Board, or, if no designated beneficiary shall survive the Participant, pursuant to

4


 

the Participant’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable, to the extent permitted above, only with the underlying option.
7. Stock Bonus Awards. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board may grant Stock Bonus Awards to eligible personnel upon such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. The terms and conditions of Stock Bonus Awards may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of each Award Agreement need not be identical.
7.1. Consideration. A Stock Bonus Award shall be awarded in consideration for part or future services rendered to the Company or its Affiliates.
7.2. Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded pursuant to a Stock Bonus may, but need not, be subject to a vesting schedule determined by the Board.
7.3. Transferability. Shares of Common Stock received pursuant to a Stock Bonus Award shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as shares remain subject to the terms of the Award Agreement.
8. Non-Employee Director Stock Option Awards. Subject to the provisions hereof and without further action by the Board, during the term of the Plan, (i) each Non-Employee Director then in service shall be granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase 2,000 shares of Common Stock on the trading day following the Effective Date, and (ii) each Non-Employee Director then in service shall be granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase 2,000 shares of Common Stock on the trading day following each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders that occurs at least one year after his or her commencement of service as a Non-Employee Director. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, each Option granted pursuant to this Section 8 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:
8.1. Exercise Price. The purchase price per share shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Option is granted.
8.2. Vesting Conditions. Each Option shall vest and become exercisable in annual one-third increments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date the Option is granted, provided that the Participant remains in the continuous service on the Board through each applicable anniversary date.
8.3. Effect of Termination of Service. If a Non-Employee Director’s service terminates for any reason (other than death or Disability) or no reason, then any Option held by the Non-Employee Director, to the extent not then exercisable, shall thereupon terminate. Any Option held by the Non-Employee Director which is exercisable at the time of such termination of service shall remain exercisable during the ninety (90) day period following such termination or, if sooner, until the expiration of the stated term of the Option and, to the extent not exercised within such period, shall thereupon terminate. The provisions of Section 9.1.1 shall apply in the event a Non-Employee Director’s service terminates due to his or her death or Disability.
8.4. Capital Transactions; Change in Control. The provisions of Section 11 shall apply.
8.5. Expiration. Except as otherwise provided herein, if not previously exercised, each Option shall expire on the tenth anniversary of the date the Option is granted.

5


 

9. Termination of Employment or Service. Except as specifically provided in Section 8, and unless otherwise determined by the Board at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are thereby reduced, thereafter, and subject to earlier termination in accordance with the provisions hereof, the following rules apply with regard to Awards held by a Participant (other than Awards covered by Section 8) at the time of his or her termination of employment or other service with the Company and its Affiliates.
9.1. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.
9.1.1. If a Participant’s employment or service terminates due to his or her death or Disability, then (i) any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant which is not then exercised shall terminate, and (ii) any such Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised, to the extent otherwise exercisable on the date his or her employment or service terminates, by the Participant (or in the event of death, his or her legal representative) at any time within one year from the date his or her employment or service terminates, but in no event after expiration of the stated term, and, to the extent not exercised within such time period, shall thereupon terminate.
9.1.2. If a Participant’s employment or service is terminated by the Company or its Affiliates for Cause or if, at the time of a Participant’s termination, grounds for termination for Cause exist, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant (whether or not otherwise vested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable. “Cause” means (i) in the case where there is no employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliates or where such an agreement exists but does not define “Cause” (or words of like import), a termination classified by the Company as a termination due to the Participant’s dishonesty, fraud, insubordination, willful misconduct, refusal to perform services or materially unsatisfactory performance of his or her duties, or (i) in the case where there is an employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliates, a termination that is or would be deemed for “cause” (or words of like import) under such agreement.
9.1.3. If a Participant’s employment or service terminates for any reason (other than death, Disability or Cause at a time when Cause exists) or no reason, then any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant, to the extent not then exercisable, shall thereupon terminate. Any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant which is exercisable at the time of such termination of employment or service shall remain exercisable during the thirty (30) days period following such termination of employment or service or, if sooner, until the expiration of the stated term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right and, to the extent not exercised within such period, shall thereupon terminate.
9.2. Stock Bonuses. If a Participant’s employment or service terminates, then any shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the Award Agreement shall be forfeited.
10. Miscellaneous.

6


 

10.1. No Employment or other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant or other holder of Awards any right to continue to be employed by or serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate such employment or service.
10.2. Investment Assurance. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to reflect conditions imposed under an Award or to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.
10.3. Withholding Obligations. As a condition to the exercise of any Award or the delivery of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any Award or the lapse of restrictions on any Award, or in connection with any other event that gives rise to a federal or other governmental tax withholding obligation on the part of the Company relating to an Award, (i) the Company may deduct or withhold (or cause to be deducted or withheld) from any payment or distribution to a Participant whether or not pursuant to the Plan or (ii) the Company shall be entitled to require that the Participant remit cash to the Company (through payroll deduction or otherwise), in each case in an amount sufficient in the opinion of the Company to satisfy such withholding obligation. If the event giving rise to the withholding obligation involves a transfer of shares of Common Stock, then, unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, at the discretion of the Board, the Participant may satisfy the withholding obligation described under this Section 10.3 by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock (which withholding shall be at a rate not in excess of the statutory minimum rate) or by tendering previously owned shares of Common Stock, in each case having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of tax to be withheld (or by another mechanism as may be required or appropriate to conform with local tax and other rules).
11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Common Stock.
11.1. Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Award, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan and the maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any employee, and the outstanding Awards shall be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to such outstanding Awards. The Board, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive, shall make such adjustments. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.
11.2. Change in Control — Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then Awards outstanding under the Plan shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) immediately prior to, or simultaneous with, such event.
11.3. Change in Control — Asset Sale, Merger, Consolidation or Reverse Merger. In the event of (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) a merger in which the Company is not the surviving corporation

7


 

or (iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation shall assume any Awards outstanding under the Plan or shall substitute similar awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this Section 11.3 for those Awards outstanding under the Plan). In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume such Awards or to substitute similar awards for those Awards outstanding under the Plan, then the vesting of all outstanding Awards (and, if applicable, the time during which such Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full, and the Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such event.
12. Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend or terminate the Plan, provided, however, that no such action may adversely affect the rights of a Participant under any outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Except as otherwise provided in Section 11, any amendment which would increase the number of shares of Common Stock for which Awards may be granted under the Plan (in the aggregate or on an individual basis) or modify the class of employees eligible to receive Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company. The Board may amend the terms of any Award Agreement at any time and from time to time, provided, however, that any amendment which would adversely affect the rights of the Participant may not be made without the consent of the Participant.
13. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective at the Effective Time.
14. Definitions.
14.1. “Affiliate” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Section 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.
14.2. “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Bonus granted under the Plan.
14.3. “Award Agreement” means a written agreement or other instrument between the Company and a holder of an Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award.
14.4. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
14.5. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Service Code of 1986, as amended.
14.6. “Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 2.3.
14.7. “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $.01, of the Company.
14.8. “Company” means Impax Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
14.9. “Disability” means the dates and permanent disability of a person within the meaning of Section 22(e) of the Code.

8


 

14.10. “Effective Time” means the “Effective Time” as defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Global Pharmaceuticals Corporation and Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc. dated July 26, 1999.
14.11. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
14.12. “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the NASDAQ National Market System or the NASDAQ SmallCap Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable; and (ii) in the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.
14.13. “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
14.14. “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of, or consultant to, the Company or its Affiliates.
14.15. “Nonstatutory Option” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
14.16. “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.
14.17. “Participant” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an Award.
14.18. “Plan” means this Impax Laboratories, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive Plan.
14.19. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
14.20. “Stock Appreciation Right” means a stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.
14.21. “Stock Bonus” means a stock bonus granted pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.
14.22. “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

9

EXHIBIT 10.5
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
2001 NON-QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
1. Purpose of Plan.
The purpose of the Impax Laboratories, Inc. 2001 Non-Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) is to enhance employee interest in the success and progress of the Company by encouraging employee ownership of Common Stock, $.01 par value (“Common Stock”), of Impax Laboratories, Inc. (the “Company”). The Plan provides the opportunity to purchase Impax Laboratories, Inc. Common Stock at a 15% discount to the Fair Market Value (as defined herein) through payroll deductions or lump-sum cash investments.
2. Eligible Employees.
Any employee (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion and without reference to any definition of employee under the Internal Revenue Code or any other statutory or regulatory definition) of the Company or its subsidiaries designated by the Plan Committee (as defined below) for participation (except such executive officers of the Company or its subsidiaries as the Plan Committee may determine) is eligible to participate in the Plan, provided the employee:
(a) has attained the age or 21;
(b) is employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries on the first day of each Purchase Period (as defined below);
(c) has been continuously employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or any predecessor) for one calendar year preceding the effective date of participation; and
(d) has customary employment of a minimum of 20 hours per week during at least five months of the year.
Employee eligible to participate in the Plan as defined in this Section 2 are referred to as “Eligible Employees.”
3. Election to Participate.
Participation in the Plan is voluntary. Each employee who is an Employee may participate in the Plan by completing and delivering to the Company’s payroll department an Enrollment/ Withdrawal Form. The completed Enrollment/Withdrawal Form must be received by the Payroll department no later than fourteen days prior to the beginning of a payroll period in order to participate in the Plan for that payroll period and subsequent payroll periods. Employees who elect to participate in the plan in accordance with this Section 3 are referred to herein as “Participating Employees.”

1


 

An election to participate in the Plan authorizes the Company to withhold from the Participating Employee’s paycheck for the next and subsequent payroll periods after timely submission of the Enrollment/Withdrawal Form. A Participating Employee may at any time increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction effective with the next payroll period by timely filing a new Enrollment/Withdrawal Form. So long as the Plan remains in effect, once an employee enrolls in the Plan, he or she will automatically continue participation on the same basis, unless he or she elects to change deduction amounts, withdraws from participation in the Plan, or becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan. Changes in deduction amounts or participation in the Plan must be communicated in writing to the Company’s payroll department through timely submission of a new Enrollment/Withdrawal Form
A Participating Employee also may make a lump-sum investment by completing and delivering to the payroll department an Enrollment/Withdrawal Form accompanied by a check or other monetary instrument acceptable to the Company at lease fourteen days prior to the next payroll period in which the investment is to be made.
4. Investing in the Plan.
Elections for Plan Investments must be made in whole dollar amounts and specified on the Enrollment/Withdrawal Form. The minimum dollar amount for payroll deductions is $10.00 per pay period for employees that are paid weekly and $20.00 per pay period for employees that are paid bi-weekly or semimonthly. If a Participating Employee elects to make a lump-sum investment, the minimum investment is $100.00 per payroll period.
5. Use of Funds; No Interest Paid.
All funds received by the Company under the Plan will be included in the general funds of the Company and may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose. No separate account or trust fund will be established to hold funds received under the Plan. No interest will be paid to any Participating Employee for amounts invested in the Plan.
6. Purchases of Common Stock Under the Plan.
As of each Purchase Date (as defined in Section 7), each Participating Employee will be deemed to have purchased, without any further action, a number of whole and fractional shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the amount of his or her payroll deductions and lump-sum investments for the preceding Purchase Period (as defined below) by eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the Purchase Date. Fractional shares purchased for a Purchase Period will be combined with purchases for subsequent Purchase Periods to make whole shares.

2


 

Purchase Periods begin on the first day of each of the Company’s accounting months beginning with the accounting month commencing on or after May 1, 2001, and end on the day immediately preceding the commencement date of the following Purchase Period, (each, a “Purchase Period”). The Plan Committee has the power to change the commencement dates or duration of a Purchase Period with respect to any future Purchase Period if the change is announced at least 14 days prior to the scheduled beginning of the Purchase Period to be affected.
7. Purchase Price.
The purchase price for each whole or fractional share of Common Stock purchased under the Plan will be eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the whole or fractional share on the first trading day of the Common Stock after the end of each calendar month (as opposed to accounting month, if different) on which it is administratively practicable to execute a purchase of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Date”).
“Fair Market Value” of the Common Stock as of a Purchase Date will be determined by the Plan Committee by any fair and reasonable means, including (a) if the Common Stock is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in the over-the-counter market on the basis of last sales prices, the average of the high and low sales prices on the exchange or over-the-counter market on the Purchase Date or (b) if the Common Stock is not listed for trading on a national securities exchange or quoted in the over-the-counter market on the basis of last sales prices, but is traded in the over-the-counter market, the average of the bid and asked prices for the Common Stock at the close of business on the Purchase Date.
8. Investment Accounts.
All shares purchased under the Plan will be maintained by the Company in separate investment accounts (“Investment Accounts”) for each Participating Employee. Each Investment Account may be in the name of the employee or if he or she so indicates on the Enrollment/Withdrawal form in the employee’s name jointly with a member of the employee’s family, with right of survivorship. An employee who is a resident of a jurisdiction that does not recognize a joint tenancy may have an Investment Account as tenant in common with a family member, without right of survivorship.
9. Sale or Transfer of Common Stock.
A Participating Employee may sell or transfer any Common Stock in the employee’s Investment Account at any time after purchase, subject to limitations, if any, imposed by applicable laws and procedures instituted by the Company. A sale may be made through the Company or outside of the Company by the employee’s own broker. Any sale or transfer is subject to any commission or other sales or transfer charges, which must be paid by the Participating Employee.

3


 

10. Limitation of Number of Shares that an Employee May Purchase.
No employee may invest in the Plan more than $25,000 through payroll deductions or lump-sum investments to purchase Common Stock in one calendar year.
11. Shares Reserved for the Plan.
There will be reserved for issuance and purchase by employees under the Plan an aggregate of 500,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12. Shares subject to the Plan may be shares authorized but unissued, or shares that were once issued and subsequently reacquired by the Company (“treasury shares”). If reserved shares are not purchased by a Participating Employee for any reason or if a right to purchase terminates as provided in the Plan, the unpurchased shares will again become available for issuance under the Plan unless the Plan has been terminated, but the unpurchased shares will not increase the aggregate number of shares reserved for purchase under the Plan.
12. Adjustment in Case of Changes Affecting the Common Stock.
If the outstanding shares of Common Stock are subdivided or split, or a stock dividend is paid thereon, the number of shares reserved under this Plan will be adjusted proportionately, and the other provisions of the Plan may be adjusted as the Board of Directors of the Company may deem necessary or equitable. If any other change affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Board of Directors may make such adjustments as it deems equitable to give proper effect to such event.
13. Right as a Stockholder.
When at least one whole share of Common Stock is deemed purchased for a Participating Employee’s account, the employee will have all of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to whole or fractional shares purchased under the Plan whether or not certificates representing full shares are issued. Any cash or stock dividend or other distribution on Common Stock held in a Participating Employee’s Investment Account will be credited to the account. Proxy information will be provided for each meeting of the Company’s stockholders so that each Participating employee may vote his or her shares in accordance with his or her instruction. If no written instructions are received on a timely basis, the voting of shares in the account will be governed by the rules and policies of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the Securities and Exchange Commission.
14. Rights Not Transferable.
The right to participate in the Plan is not transferable by a Participating Employee and is exercisable during his or her lifetime only by him or her.

4


 

15. Withdrawing from the Plan.
A Participating employee may withdraw from the Plan at any time by properly completing and delivering an Enrollment/Withdrawal Form to the payroll department at least 14 days prior to the payroll period in which participation is to end, with the withdrawal being effective as of the end of that payroll period and thereafter. After a Participant Employee properly withdraws from the Plan, the Company will deliver to the withdrawing employee the whole shares of Common Stock credited to the employee’s Investment Account under the Plan and will sell any fractional shares in the open market and remit the net proceeds by check. A withdrawing employee may not participate in the Plan again until two Purchase Periods after the one in which the employee withdrew. To rejoin the Plan, a new Enrollment/Withdrawal Form must be submitted.
16. Death, Retirement or Termination of Employment.
If a Participating Employee dies or retires or if his or her employment is terminated for any reason, the Participating Employee’s participation in the Plan will end effective immediately and the amount of the employee’s uninvested payroll deductions and lump-sum investments will be refunded to the employee, or in the case of death to his or her estate. The Company also will deliver to the employee or his or her estate the whole shares of Common Stock credited to the employee’s Investment Account under the Plan and will sell any fractional shares in the open market and remit the net proceeds by check.
17. Administration of the Plan.
The Plan will be administered, at the Company’s expense, by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or any successor committee appointed by the Board of Directors (the “Plan Committee”). Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Plan Committee will have authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable in administering the Plan, all of which determinations will be final and binding upon all persons unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors. The Plan Committee may delegate the day-to-day administration of the Plan and may request advice or assistance or employ such other persons as are necessary for proper administration of the Plan.
18. Amendment of the Plan.
The Board of Directors may at any time, or from time to time, amend the Plan in any respect, except that no amendment shall by made (a) decreasing the number of shares to be reserved under the Plan (other than as provided in Section 12), or (b) permitting person other than employees (as determined by the Company in its sole discretion) to participate in the Plan.

5


 

19. Termination of the Plan.
The Plan and all rights of employees under the Plan will terminate: (a) on the Purchase Date that Participating Employees become entitled to purchase a number of shares greater than the number of reserved shares remaining available for purchase (and no such additional shares shall then be purchased); or (b) at any time, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, after the completion of any Purchase Period. If the Plan terminates under clause (a), reserved shares remaining as of the termination date will be sold to Participating Employees on a pro rata basis.
20. Effective Date of Plan.
The Plan is effective as of May 1, 2001.
21. Laws and Regulations.
The laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania shall govern all matters relating to this Plan, except to the extent it is superseded by the laws of the United States. The Plan and all rights and obligation of the Company and Participating Employees under the Plan are subject to all applicable federal, state and foreign laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by and regulatory or governmental agency as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be required. Restrictions may apply to the sale of shares of Common Stock by certain officers of the Company and those having similar responsibilities whom are subject to federal insider trading and short-swing profit rules.
22. Rules for Officers of the Company.
Because the federal securities laws and the Company’s Insider Trading Policy impose certain restriction on the ability of officers of the Company and its subsidiaries to purchase Common Stock other than during certain “window periods”, these officers will be allowed to only make lump-sum investments in the Plan, and the Plan will purchase Common Stock on their behalf, as follows:
(a) Officers of the Company or its subsidiaries designated by the Plan Committee (“Designated Officer”) will be entitled to make lump-sum investments to the Plan at any time during a “window period”, as determined by the Plan Committee. An appropriate Enrollment/Withdrawal Form must be submitted to the Corporate Secretary.
(b) The Plan will purchase Common Stock for those Designated Officers making a lump-sum investment during a “window period” as soon as practicable after receipt of a check or other monetary instruments acceptable to the Company.
(c) Designated Officers may not make investments in the Plan other than as permitted in Section 22.

6


 

(d) Designated Officers may not sell or otherwise transfer any of the Common Stock purchased on their behalf except in full compliance with applicable securities laws and the Company’s Insider Trading Policy.
(e) Except as otherwise described in this Section 22, the other provisions of the Plan will apply to purchases of Common Stock under the Plan by Designated Officers.
23. Limitations Arising from Compliance with Nasdaq Stock Market Requirements.
The Company has represented to the Nasdaq Stock Market that (i) at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan, during the shorter of the three-year period commencing on the effective date of the Plan, will be purchased by employees who are not officers of the Company, and (ii) if the term of the Plan is greater than three years, the Company will administer the Plan so that in each subsequent year a majority of the shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan are purchased by employees who are not officers of the Company. The Company will monitor purchases made under the Plan for purposes of making certain that the Company is in compliance with its representations to the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Company may limit purchases by officers of the Company under the Plan if the Company determines that purchases need to be limited to assure that the Company maintains compliance with its representations to the Nasdaq Stock Market.
24. Tax Status of Plan.
The purchase of shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be made with “after-tax” dollars of Participating Employees. the amount deducted from a Participating Employee’s paycheck or invested in a lump-sum will have been subject previously to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.
The Plan is not a qualified plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Consequently, Participating Employees will realize income equal to the amount of the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date and the purchase price. Participating employees also may realize a gain or loss on the sale of any Common Stock purchased under the Plan. Each employee is advised to consult with his or her own tax advisers prior to participation in the Plan.
The Company may make such provisions as it deems appropriate for withholding by the Company pursuant to federal or state tax laws of such amounts as the company determines it is required to withhold in connection with the purchase or sale by a Participating Employee of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. The Company may require a Participating Employee to satisfy any relevant tax requirements before authorizing any issuance of Common Stock to the Participating Employee.

7


 

25. ERISA.
The Plan is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
26. No Continued Employment.
The Plan does not confer any rights of continued employment upon any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and it shall not be deemed to interfere in any way with the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ right to terminate, or otherwise modify, an employee’s employment at any time.
27. Effect of Plan.
The provisions of this Plan shall, in accordance with its terms, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, all successors of each employee participating in the Plan, including, without limitation, such employee’s estate and the executors, administrators or trustees thereof, heirs and legatees, and any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or representative of creditors of such employee.

EXHIBIT 10.6
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2002 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (CORRECTED)
     1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to attract, retain and motivate key personnel by providing a means whereby the Company may grant (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights and/or (iv) Stock Bonuses to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its Affiliates.
     2. Administration
          2.1 Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and to the extent that the Board delegates its power and authority to a Committee as provided in Section 2.3.
          2.2 Power of Board. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board, acting in its sole discretion, shall have the following power and authority:
               2.2.1 to determine to which of the eligible individuals, and the times at which, Awards shall be granted;
               2.2.2 to determine the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted under the Plan and, where applicable, the price to be paid for the shares of Common Stock subject to each Award;
               2.2.3 to determine the terms and conditions of each Award (which need not be identical);
               2.2.4 to interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration (and, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it deemed necessary or desirable);
               2.2.5 to accelerate the terms of the Plan or any Award;
               2.2.6 to amend the terms of the Plan or any Award;
               2.2.7 to adopt forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
               2.2.8 to allow Participants to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the shares covered by an Award that number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld; and
               2.2.9 to make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
          2.3 Delegation. Except with regard to Awards to Non-Employee Directors, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers and authority relating to the administration of the Plan (but not the power to amend or terminate the Plan) to a Committee of two (2) or more

 


 

members of the Board. If and to the extent that administrative responsibility is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers and authority theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and, as appropriate, references in the Plan to the Board shall be deemed to be the Committee or subcommittee). If a Committee is appointed, then, unless the Board determines otherwise, its members shall consist solely of individuals who qualify as “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and as “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code. If for any reason the Committee does not satisfy the “non-employee director” requirements of Rule 16b-3 or the “outside director” requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, such non-compliance shall not affect the validity of the awards, interpretations or other actions of the Committee. The Board may delegate nondiscretionary administrative duties to such employees of the Company as it deems proper.
          2.4 Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law each member of the Board and the Committee and any employee or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan is delegated from and against any loss, cost, liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Board), damage and expense (including legal and other expenses incident thereto) arising out of or incurred in connection with the Plan, unless and except to the extent attributable to such person’s fraud or willful misconduct.
          2.5 Decisions. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.
     3. Share Reserve. Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan is 6,500,000 shares, all of which may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. If any Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires or is terminated without being exercised in whole or in part, the unexercised or released shares from such Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be available for future issuance under the Plan. Shares that are subject to an Award that is forfeited or cancelled or that are withheld in order to pay the purchase price for shares of Common Stock covered by any Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations associated with any Award under the Plan shall be available for future issuance under the Plan. Shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized and unissued, held by the Company in its treasury or otherwise acquired for purposes of the Plan. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued under the Plan. Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 10, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted during any calendar year to any director, officer, employee or consultant may not exceed 50% of the total number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under this Plan.
     4. Eligibility. Awards may be granted under the Plan to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company or its Affiliates. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or its Affiliates. The Company may also, from time to time, assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an

2


 

acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (i) granting an Award under the Plan in replacement of the award assumed by the Company, or (ii) treating the assumed award as if it had been granted under the Plan.
     5. Options.
          5.1 Option Grant. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board may grant Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options to eligible personnel on such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.
          5.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price of an Option shall not be less than the par value of the Common Stock, provided that the exercise price of an Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Option is granted.
          5.3 Option Term. No Option granted under the Plan may be exercisable (if at all) more than ten (10) years after the date the Option is granted (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, five (5) years.)
          5.4 Vesting and Exercise of Options. The Board may establish such vesting and other conditions and restrictions on the exercise of an Option and/or upon the issuance of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of an Option as it deems appropriate. Subject to satisfaction of applicable withholding requirements, once vested and exercisable, an Option may be exercised by transmitting to the Company: (i) a notice specifying the number of shares to be purchased and (ii) payment of the exercise price. The exercise price of an Option may be paid in cash and/or such other form of payment as the Company may permit.
          5.5 Rights as a Stockholder. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued in respect of the exercise of an Option until full payment of the exercise price and the applicable tax withholding obligations with respect to such exercise has been made or provided for. The holder of an Option shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Option until the date such shares are issued. No adjustments shall be made for dividend distribution or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued.
          5.6 Buy Out and Settlement. The Board, on behalf of the Company, may at any time offer to buy out any Option on such terms and conditions as the Board shall establish.
          5.7 Options Non-Transferable. Options granted under the Plan shall not be transferable or assignable by a Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise then by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may determine at the time of grant or thereafter that a Nonstatutory Stock Option is transferable in whole or in part to such persons, under such circumstances, and subject to such conditions as the Board may prescribe; provided that, such conditions are consistent with the conditions that would permit the registration of the underlying shares on Form S-8 or a successor form.

3


 

          5.8 Assumed Options. In the event the Company assumes an option granted by another company, the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of such assumed option shall be adjusted appropriately as determined by the Board.
          5.9 Replacement Options. Without in any way limiting the authority of the Board to make or not to make grants of Options, the Board shall have the authority (but not an obligation) to include as part of any Award Agreement a provision entitling the Participant to a replacement Option in the event the Participant exercises the Option evidenced by the Award Agreement, in whole or in part, by surrendering other shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Plan and the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement.
     6. Stock Appreciation Rights.
          6.1 Stock Appreciation Right Grant. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board may award Stock Appreciation Rights upon such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate. A Stock Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the Participant, upon exercise, to receive an amount, in cash or shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, determined with reference to the appreciation, if any, in the fair market value of Common Stock during the period beginning on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted and ending on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.
          6.2 Types of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be awarded under the Plan in conjunction with an Option (“tandem SARs”) or independent of any Option (“stand-alone SARs”). Tandem SARs awarded in conjunction with a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be awarded either at or after the time the Nonstatutory Stock Option is granted. Tandem SARs awarded in conjunction with an Incentive Stock Option may only be awarded at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.
          6.3 Exercisability. Except as otherwise provided herein, a tandem SAR shall be exercisable only at the time and to the same extent and subject to the same conditions as the related Option is exercisable. The exercise of a tandem SAR shall cancel the related Option to the extent of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, and vice versa. Tandem SARs may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock to which it relates exceeds the Option exercise price. The Board may impose such additional service or vesting conditions upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right (tandem or stand-alone) as it deems appropriate.
          6.4 Exercise. A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by giving written notice to the Company identifying the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised, specifying the number of shares covered by the exercise and containing such other information or statements as the Board may require. The Board may establish such rules and procedures as it deems appropriate for the exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount (in cash and/or shares of Common Stock as determined by the Board) equal to the product of (i) the number of shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised and (ii) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the date the

4


 

Stock Appreciation Right is exercised and the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted.
          6.5 SARs Non-Transferable. Stock Appreciation Rights shall not be transferable by a Participant other than upon the Participant’s death to a beneficiary designated by the Participant in a manner acceptable to the Board, or, if no designated beneficiary shall survive the Participant, pursuant to the Participant’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable, to the extent permitted above, only with the underlying option.
     7. Stock Bonus Awards. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board may grant Stock Bonus Awards to eligible personnel upon such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. The terms and conditions of Stock Bonus Awards may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of each Award Agreement need not be identical.
          7.1 Consideration. A Stock Bonus Award shall be awarded in consideration for part or future services rendered to the Company or its Affiliates.
          7.2 Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded pursuant to a Stock Bonus may, but need not, be subject to a vesting schedule determined by the Board.
          7.3 Transferability. Shares of Common Stock received pursuant to a Stock Bonus Award shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as shares remain subject to the terms of the Award Agreement.
     8. Termination of Employment or Service. Unless otherwise determined by the Board at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are thereby reduced, thereafter, and subject to earlier termination in accordance with the provisions hereof, the following rules apply with regard to Awards held by a Participant at the time of his or her termination of employment or other service with the Company and its Affiliates.
          8.1 Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.
               8.1.1 If a Participant’s employment or service terminates due to his or her death or Disability, then (i) any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant, to the extent not then exercisable, shall thereupon terminate, and (ii) any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant which is exercisable at the time of such termination of employment or service due to his or her death or Disability shall remain exercisable by the Participant (or in the event of death, his or her legal representative) at any time within one year from the date his or her employment or service terminates, but in no event after expiration of the stated term, and, to the extent not exercised within such time period, shall thereupon terminate.
               8.1.2 If a Participant’s employment or service is terminated by the Company or its Affiliates for Cause or if, at the time of a Participant’s termination, grounds for termination for Cause exist, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant (whether or not otherwise vested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable. “Cause” means (i) in the case where

5


 

there is no employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliates or where such an agreement exists but does not define “Cause” (or words of like import), a termination classified by the Company as a termination due to the Participant’s dishonesty, fraud, insubordination, willful misconduct, refusal to perform services or materially unsatisfactory performance of his or her duties, or (ii) in the case where there is an employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliates, a termination that is or would be deemed for “cause” (or words of like import) under such agreement.
               8.1.3 If a Participant’s employment or service terminates for any reason (other than death, Disability or Cause at a time when Cause exists) or no reason, then any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant, to the extent not then exercisable, shall thereupon terminate. Any Option or Stock Appreciation Right held by the Participant which is exercisable at the time of such termination of employment or service shall remain exercisable during the thirty (30) days period following such termination of employment or service or, if sooner, until the expiration of the stated term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right and, to the extent not exercised within such period, shall thereupon terminate.
          8.2 Stock Bonuses. If a Participant’s employment or service terminates, then any shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the Award Agreement shall be forfeited.
     9. Miscellaneous.
          9.1 No Employment or other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant or other holder of Awards any right to continue to be employed by or serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate such employment or service.
          9.2 Investment Assurance. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to reflect conditions imposed under an Award or to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.
          9.3 Withholding Obligations. As a condition to the exercise of any Award or the delivery of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any Award or the lapse of restrictions on any Award, or in connection with any other event that gives rise to a federal or other governmental tax withholding obligation on the part of the Company relating to an Award, (i) the Company may deduct or withhold (or cause to be deducted or withheld) from any payment or distribution to a Participant whether or not pursuant to the Plan or (ii) the Company shall be entitled to require that the Participant remit cash to the Company (through payroll deduction or otherwise), in each case in an amount sufficient in the opinion of the Company to satisfy such withholding obligation. If the event giving rise to the withholding obligation involves a transfer of shares of Common Stock, then, unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, at the discretion of the Board, the Participant may satisfy the withholding obligation described under this Section 9.3 by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock

6


 

(which withholding shall be at a rate not in excess of the statutory minimum rate) or by tendering previously owned shares of Common Stock, in each case having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of tax to be withheld (or by another mechanism as may be required or appropriate to conform with local tax and other rules).
     10. Adjustments Upon Changes in Common Stock.
          10.1 Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Award, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan shall be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan and the maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any employee, and the outstanding Awards shall be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to such outstanding Awards. The Board, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive, shall make such adjustments. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.
          10.2 Change in Control — Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then Awards outstanding under the Plan shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) immediately prior to, or simultaneous with, such event.
          10.3 Change in Control — Asset Sale, Merger, Consolidation or Reverse Merger. In the event of (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) a merger in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or (iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation shall assume any Awards outstanding under the Plan or shall substitute similar awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this Section 10.3 for those Awards outstanding under the Plan). In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume such Awards or to substitute similar awards for those Awards outstanding under the Plan, then the vesting of all outstanding Awards (and, if applicable, the time during which such Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full, and the Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such event.
     11. Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend or terminate the Plan, provided, however, that no such action may adversely affect the rights of a Participant under any outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant. Except as otherwise provided in Section 10, any amendment which would increase the number of shares of Common Stock for which Awards may be granted under the Plan (in the aggregate or on an individual basis) or modify the class of employees eligible to receive Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company. The Board may amend the terms of any Award Agreement at any time and from time to time, provided, however, that any amendment which

7


 

would adversely affect the rights of the Participant may not be made without the consent of the Participant.
     12. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Company’s Board of Directors, subject however to approval by the holders of the Company’s Common Stock in the manner as prescribed in the Code and the resolutions thereunder. Options may be granted under this Plan prior to obtaining shareholder approval, provided such options shall not be exercisable before such shareholder approval is obtained. No grants of Bonus Stock may be made under the Plan prior to the receipt of shareholder approval.
     13. Definitions.
          13.1 “Affiliate” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Section 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.
          13.2 “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Stock Bonus granted under the Plan.
          13.3 “Award Agreement” means a written agreement or other instrument between the Company and a holder of an Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award.
          13.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          13.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Service Code of 1986, as amended.
          13.6 “Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 2.3.
          13.7 “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $.01, of the Company.
          13.8 “Company” means Impax Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
          13.9 “Disability” means the dates and permanent disability of a person within the meaning of Section 22(e) of the Code.
          13.10 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          13.11 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows: (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the over-the-counter market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of grant, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable; and (ii) in the absence of trading on such markets, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

8


 

          13.12 “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
          13.13 “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who (i) is not currently an officer (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Securities Act or any successor regulation) of the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, or otherwise currently employed by the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company; (ii) does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a director, except for an amount that does not exceed the dollar amount for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K; and (iii) does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K.
          13.14 “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
          13.15 “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.
          13.16 “Participant” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an Award.
          13.17 “Plan” means this Impax Laboratories, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Equity Incentive Plan.
          13.18 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          13.19 “Stock Appreciation Right” means a stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.
          13.20 “Stock Bonus” means a grant of restricted stock pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.
          13.21 “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

9

EXHIBIT 10.7
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
EXECUTIVE NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Effective August 15, 2002
Restated Effective January 1, 2005

 


 

IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
EXECUTIVE NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. currently maintains the Impax Laboratories, Inc. 401(k) Plan, a tax qualified retirement plan which allows for the deferral of compensation for retirement purposes and which complies with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Code”);
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. has established the Impax Laboratories, Inc. Executive Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”), a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for a limited group of executives which allows them to defer additional compensation and supplement retirement savings under the Impax Laboratories, Inc. 401(k) Plan;
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. now intends to amend and restate the Plan to incorporate the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended by the American Jobs Creations Act of 2004; and
NOW, THEREFORE, to effectuate its intentions, Impax Laboratories, Inc. hereby amends and restates the Impax Laboratories, Inc., Executive Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of the 1st day of January 2005.
- i -

 


 

IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
EXECUTIVE NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
Table of Contents
             
ARTICLE I
  DEFINITIONS     1  
 
           
ARTICLE II
  PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN     4  
 
           
ARTICLE III
  CONTRIBUTIONS     5  
 
           
ARTICLE IV
  PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS     7  
 
           
ARTICLE V
  BENEFITS     8  
 
           
ARTICLE VI
  ADMINISTRATION     10  
 
           
ARTICLE VII
  CLAIMS PROCEDURE     13  
 
           
ARTICLE VIII
  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION     15  
 
           
ARTICLE IX
  MISCELLANEOUS     16  

 


 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Account means a recordkeeping of the balance of Plan benefits attributable to a Participant.
1.2 Administrator means the individual or committee appointed to administer this Plan pursuant to Article VI. In the absence of such appointment, the Employer shall be the Administrator.
1.3 Base Pay means an Eligible Employee’s annualized base compensation. For purposes of this definition, base compensation shall include amounts which are deferred under the Impax 401(k) Plan. With respect to an Eligible Consultant, Base Pay shall mean the base remuneration for services as prescribed in his/her consulting agreement.
1.4 Beneficiary means the person, persons, trust or other entity that a Participant designates to receive payments in the event of his/her death by a written revocable designation filed with the Administrator.
1.5 Board means the Board of Directors of Impax Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware Corporation.
1.6 Bonus means any cash remuneration paid to an Eligible Employee as a specific incentive award pursuant to any incentive plan or arrangement adopted by the Board, including any amount which would have been paid but for the Participant’s election to make a contribution therefrom to this Plan or the Impax 401(k) Plan.
1.7 Change in Control means an objectively determined event which impacts the Employer for whom the Participant renders services and shall include:
(a) a change in ownership in which a person, group or entity acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Employer;
(b) a change in effective control in which (1) a person, group or entity acquires (in a 12-month period) ownership of stock with 35% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Employer or (2) a majority of the Employer’s Board is replaced in a 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election was not endorsed by a majority of the Board before their appointment or election; or
(c) a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Employer’s assets in which a person group or entity acquires 40% or more of the gross fair market value of the Employer’s assets.
1.8 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the same as may be further amended from time to time.

 


 

1.9   Deferral Agreement means a written agreement between a Participant and the Employer under which a Participant agrees to defer a portion of his/her Base Pay, Bonus and/or 401(k) Plan refunds.
 
1.10   Deferral Contribution means a Participant’s elective contribution described in Article III.
 
1.11   Disability means an illness or injury which completely prevents a Participant from performing the Participant’s occupation or which otherwise entitles the Participant to receive long-term disability benefits under a plan or program for such benefits sponsored by the Employer. Disability shall be determined in a uniform manner by the Administrator. The above notwithstanding, a Participant shall not be deemed to have a Disability unless he/she is expected to be separated from service for a period of at least twelve months as a direct result of such illness or injury and has no reasonable prospect of returning to service with the Employer.
 
1.12   Effective Date means August 15, 2002.
 
1.13   Eligible Consultant means any consultant to the Employer as designated by the Board.
 
1.14   Eligible Employee means any executive-level employee of the Employer, as designated by the Board.
 
1.15   Employer means Impax Laboratories, Inc., and any successor thereto, and any affiliated company which is a Participant of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 1563(a) of the Code with Impax Laboratories, Inc. and which adopts this Plan with consent of the Board.
 
1.16   Enrollment Period means the period from December 1st through December 31st occurring prior to the first day of a Plan Year.
 
1.17   Exempt Amounts means vested balance of a Participant’s Account as of January 1, 2005 and earnings attributable to such amounts.
 
1.18   409A Amounts means that portion of a Participant’s Account which vests on and after January 1, 2005 and earning attributable to such amounts.
 
1.19   Impax 401(k) Plan means the Impax Laboratories, Inc. 401(k) Plan, a tax-qualified retirement plan maintained pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code.
 
1.20   Initial Enrollment Period shall mean the thirty (30) day period following an individual’s designation as an Eligible Employee or Eligible Consultant.
 
1.21   Investment Fund(s) means the investment option(s) designated by the Employer from time to time which serve as a means to measure value increases or decreases with respect to a Participant’s Accounts.
 
1.22   Participant means any Eligible Employee or Eligible Consultant who has elected to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article II.

- 2 -


 

1.23   Plan means the Impax Laboratories Executive Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
1.24   Plan Year means the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on each January 1st and ending on the following December 31st. The Plan Year which begins on September 1, 2002 shall end on December 31, 2002.
 
1.25   Restatement Effective Date means January 1, 2005.
 
1.26   Retirement means any severance from service by a Participant for any reason other than death or Disability after: (a) attaining age 65; or (b) attaining age 55 provided that the Participant has five (5) Years of Service.
 
1.27   Specified Employee means any Participant who is (i) an officer of the Employer and (ii) receives annual compensation from the Employer of $130,000 or more. The term Specified Employee shall also include any other individual who satisfies the definition of Specified Employee under Code Section 409A.
 
1.28   Unforseeable Emergency shall mean severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.
 
1.29   Year of Service means each period of twelve consecutive months beginning on the Employee’s first day of employment and each anniversary thereof in which the Employee is an Eligible Employee.

- 3 -


 

ARTICLE II
PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN
2.1 Commencement of Participation — Eligible Employer. Each Eligible Employee shall become eligible to participate in the Plan on the Effective Date provided that such Eligible Employee has satisfied the requirements of Section 2.3. Any individual who becomes an Eligible Employee after the Effective Date shall become a Participant as of the first day of any January, April, July or October immediately following his/her satisfaction of the requirements of Section 2.3.
2.2 Commencement of Participation — Eligible Consultant. Each Eligible Consultant shall become eligible to participate in the Plan during his/her Initial Enrollment Period. An Eligible Consultant shall be permitted to participate in the Plan only if the terms of his/her consulting agreement expressly provided for such participation and he/she satisfies the requirements of Section 2.3.
2.3 Procedure For and Effect of Admission. Each Eligible Employee or Eligible Consultant who desires to participate in this Plan shall complete such forms and provide such data as is reasonably required by the Employer during his/her Initial Enrollment Period or any subsequent Enrollment Period. By becoming a Participant, the Eligible Employee or Eligible Consultant shall be deemed to have consented to the provisions of this Plan and all amendments hereto.
2.4 Cessation of Partnership. A Participant shall cease to be an active Participant on the earlier of:
(a) the date on which the Plan terminates,
(b) the date on which he/she ceases to be an Eligible Employee, or
(c) the date on which he/she ceases to be an Eligible Consultant.
A former active Participant will be considered a Participant for all purposes, except with respect to the right to make contributions, provided that he/she retains an Account.

- 4 -


 

ARTICLE III
CONTRIBUTIONS
3.1 Deferral of Base Pay and Bonuses. Each Participant may authorize the Employer to reduce: (i) his/her Base Pay with respect to a Plan Year; and/or (ii) his/her Bonus with respect to a Plan Year; provided, however, that the total amount deferred under this Section will not exceed ten percent (10%) of a Participant’s combined Base Pay and Bonus payable with respect to such Plan Year. The Participant must complete and file a Deferral Agreement with the Administrator during the Enrollment Period which precedes the Plan Year in which the Base Pay would have been be paid. With respect to any Bonus payable after January 1, 2005 and which is not subject to a Deferral Election as of January 1, 2005, the Participant must complete and file a Deferral Agreement with the Administrator on or before the sixth month prior to the last day of period over which the Bonus shall be determined. With respect to the Participant’s Initial Enrollment Period, the Deferral Agreement shall apply to Base Pay and Bonus payable in the remainder of the Plan Year which contains the Initial Enrollment Period. A deferral shall be made from either Base Pay or Bonus as the Participant shall specify, however, to the extent the deferral is to be made from Bonus and if no Bonus, or an insufficient Bonus, is payable, the deferral shall be reduced. The Deferral Agreement shall state the amount to be deferred as a percentage of the Participant’s Base Pay or Bonus.
3.2 Deferral of 401(k) Plan Refund. In addition to deferrals under Section 3.1, each Participant may authorize the Employer to credit his/her Account with any excess deferrals which are to be returned to the Participant from the Impax 401(k) Plan due to the application of Code Section 401(k)(3). A Participant must complete and file a Deferral Agreement with the Administrator during the Enrollment Period which proceeds the first day of the Plan Year of the 401(k) Plan with respect to which such excess deferrals relate. If a Participant elects to allocate excess deferrals to this Plan, such election shall apply to 100% of the Participant’s excess deferral.
3.3 Rules Governing Deferral Contributions.
(a) Each election to defer is irrevocable during the Plan Year or other period to which it applies.
(b) The amount that a Participant elects to defer shall be credited to the Participant’s Accounts as soon as practicable, but no later than 30 days following the date on which the Participant is paid the non-deferred portion of the compensation which is the source of the deferral. (In the case of a Participant electing to defer his/her Bonus and/or 401(k) Plan refund, the amount shall be credited to the Participant’s Account no later than 30 days following the date on which the Bonus or 401(k) Plan refund would have been paid to the Participant had he/she not elected to defer such amount.)
3.4 Matching Contributions. The Employer shall make a contribution for each Participant which shall equal fifty percent (50%) of the Participant’s Deferred Contribution made

- 5 -


 

from his/her Base Pay and Bonus; provided, however, that in no event shall the total Matching Contribution exceed five percent (5%) of the Participant’s combined Base Pay and Bonus. The above notwithstanding, the Employer, by action of its Board, may reduce the level of matching contribution or eliminate the Matching Contribution at any time at its discretion.
3.5 Vesting. Benefits derived from Deferral Contributions are not subject to forfeiture for any reason. Except as provided below, benefits derived from Matching Contribution shall vest in accordance with the following schedule. The above notwithstanding benefit shall not be forfeited as a result of the Participant’s separation from employment due to death, disability, termination of the Plan or Change in Control.
         
Years of Service   Vesting Percentage
Less than 1
    0 %
1 but less than 2
    20 %
2 but less than 3
    40 %
3 but less than 4
    60 %
4 but less than 5
    80 %
5 or more
    100 %
The above notwithstanding, benefit derived from Matching Contributions shall not be forfeited as a result of the Participant’s separation from employment due to death, disability, termination of the Plan or Change in Control. In the event of any separation from employment, the Board may, at its discretion, waive this Section 3.5 and fully vest the Participant in his/her benefit attributable to Matching Contributions.
A Participant who is an Eligible Consultant shall be 100% vested in the Matching Contribution allocated to his/her Account upon satisfaction of the terms of his/her consulting agreement. The Board may, at its discretion, waive this provision and fully vest such Eligible Consultant Participant in his/her benefit attributable to Matching Contributions.

- 6 -


 

ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
4.1 Establishment of Accounts. A separate notational Account shall be established with respect to each Participant:
4.2 Directed Adjustment of Certain Accounts. A Participant may direct by written instruction delivered to the Administrator that his/her Accounts be valued as if they were invested in one or more of the Investment Funds below. Participants may change their selection of Investment Funds from time to time in accordance with the procedure prescribed by the Plan Administrator. Any such change, which must be submitted to the Plan Administrator in writing, will become effective as soon as administratively practicable.
The portion of a Participant’s Account valued by reference to the Investment Funds shall be valued daily based upon the performance of the Investment Fund(s) selected by the Participant. Participant’s may select from among the Investment Funds set forth in Exhibit A. Such valuation shall reflect the net asset value expressed per share of the designated Investment Fund(s). The fair market value of an Investment Fund shall be determined by the Plan Administrator. A valuation summary shall be prepared no less than quarterly. A Participant shall submit his investment selection to the Plan Administrator in writing. If any Participant fails to file a designation he shall be deemed to have designated the Alliance Money Market fund.
4.3 Election Limitation. The Plan Administrator may establish uniform rules limiting a Participant’s eligibility to allocate contributions to an Account based on health, income or such other factors the Administrator deems appropriate.
4.4 Investment Obligation of the Employer. Benefits are payable as they become due irrespective of any actual investments the Employer may make to meet its obligations. Neither the Employer nor any trustee (in the event the Employer elects to use a grantor trust to accumulate funds) shall be obligated to purchase or maintain any asset, and any reference to investments or Investment Funds is solely for the purpose of computing the value of benefits. To the extent a Participant or any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Employer under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured creditor of the Employer. Neither this Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the terms of this Plan, shall be considered to create a fiduciary relationship between the Employer and the Plan Participants or any other persons, or to establish a trust in which the assets are beyond the claims of any unsecured creditor of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may not make contributions to this Plan during any period for which contributions must be suspended in accordance with regulation section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B)(3) of the Code, as a condition of the Participant’s receipt of a hardship withdrawal from any plan of the Employer which includes a qualified cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code.

- 7 -


 

ARTICLE V
BENEFITS
5.1 Retirement Benefits.
(a) If a Participant terminates employment, or an Eligible Consultant ceases to render service to the Employer, for any reason, including death, the Employer shall pay him/her a benefit in the form determined under Subsection (b), equal to the value of the vested balance credited to his/her Account. If the Participant is deceased, the balance of his/her Account shall be paid to his/her Beneficiary(ies).
(b) Form of Payment:
(1) If the Participant’s termination of employment occurs due to Retirement, payment of the Retirement Benefit shall begin within 90 days of Retirement in the form of monthly installments payable over a fixed period of five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years as selected by the Participant pursuant to Subsection (c). The above notwithstanding, in the case of a Participant who is a Specified Employee, the Retirement Benefit shall be paid no earlier than the sixth month following such Participant’s Retirement.
(2) If the Participant’s termination of employment occurs due to Disability, the Retirement Benefit described in Subsection (a) shall be paid in monthly installments commencing as of the first day of the first month following the Participant’s termination of employment, and continuing for a fixed period of five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years as selected by the Participant pursuant to Subsection (c).
(3) If the Participant’s termination of employment occurs due for any reason other than Retirement or Disability, the portion of his/her Account which consists of Exempt Amounts shall be paid in the form of a single sum within ninety (90) day of the Participant’s attainment of Age 65 unless the Participant elects to change the form and commencement date of such payment in the manner described in (c) below. The portion of his/her Account which consists of 409A Amounts shall be paid in the form of a single sum within (90) days of the Participant’s separation from service unless such Participant is a Specified Employee. In such case, the portion which consists of 409A amounts shall be paid no earlier than the sixth month following such Participant’s separation from service.
(4) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the Participant’s Retirement Account has a value that is less than $10,000 at the time the Retirement Benefit is to commence, the Participant’s Retirement Benefit may, at the discretion of the Administrator, be paid in the form of a single

- 8 -


 

sum as soon as administratively feasible following the Participant’s termination.
(c) A Participant shall select the form and commencement date in which Retirement Benefits shall be paid prior to the initial allocation to his/her Account. Upon mutual agreement between the Participant and the Administrator, the Participant may change his/her initial selection of form of distribution provided that (i) such election is made at least one year prior to the Participant’s Retirement, (ii) such election does not have the effect of accelerating any such payment; and (iii) if such election delays the commencement date of any payment, such delayed commencement date is at least five years after the original commencement date. The above notwithstanding, with respect to Exempt Amounts, upon mutual agreement between the Participant and the Administrator, the Participant may change his/her initial selection of the form of distribution. With respect to such Exempt Amounts, any such changes shall not be limited to the forms specified in Subsection (b) and may include a single sum.
5.2 Tax Withholding. The Employer shall withhold or cause to be withheld all appropriate taxes, to the extent that a withholding obligation exists, with respect to Deferral Contributions and/or benefit payments under this Plan.
5.3 Loan Offset. Upon termination from employment by a Participant, the Employer shall deduct any amount then owed by such Participant to the Employer from such Participant’s Account. The Participant shall be responsible for any taxation resulting from the satisfaction of such Participant’s debt with his/her Plan Account.
5.4 Unforseeable Emergency. A Participant may request a distribution of his/her Account prior to termination of employment if such distribution is needed to alleviate an Unforseeable Emergency. The determination of whether a Participant qualifies for an Unforseeable Emergency distribution shall be subject to the rules of Code Section 409A and regulation thereunder.

- 9 -


 

ARTICLE VI
ADMINISTRATION
6.1 Appointment of Administrator. The Compensation Committee of the Board shall serve as Administrator. The Administrator (or any member of the committee) may be removed by the Employer at any time; and any individual may resign at any time by submitting his/her resignation in writing to the Employer. A new Administrator (or committee member) shall be appointed as soon as practicable in the event of a removal or resignation. Any person so appointed shall signify his/her acceptance by filing a written acceptance with the Employer.
6.2 Administrator’s Responsibilities. The Administrator is responsible for the day to day administration of the Plan. The Administrator may appoint other persons or entities to perform certain of its functions. Such appointment shall be made and accepted by the appointee in writing and shall be effective upon the written approval of the Employer. The Administrator and any such appointee may employ advisors and other persons necessary or convenient to help him/her carry out his/her duties. The Administrator shall have the right to remove any such appointee from his/her position. Any person, group of persons or entity may serve in more than one capacity.
6.3 Records and Accounts. The Administrator shall keep all individual and group records relating to Participants and Beneficiaries, and all other records necessary for the proper operation of the Plan. Such records shall be made available to the Employer and to each Participant and Beneficiary for examination during business hours except that a Participant or Beneficiary shall examine only such records as pertain exclusively to the examining Participant or Beneficiary and those records and documents relating to all Participants generally. The Administrator shall prepare and shall file as required by law or regulation all reports, forms, documents and other items required by ERISA, the Code, and every other relevant statute, each as amended, and all regulations thereunder.
6.4 Administrator’s Specific Powers and Duties. In addition to any powers, rights and duties set forth elsewhere in the Plan, the Administrator shall have the following powers and duties:
(a) to adopt such rules and regulations consistent with the provisions of the Plan;
(b) to enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and any rules and regulations it establishes;
(c) to maintain records concerning the Plan sufficient to prepare reports, returns and other information required by the Plan or by law;
(d) to construe and interpret the Plan and to resolve all questions arising under the Plan;

- 10 -


 

(e) to direct the Employer to pay benefits under the Plan, and to give such other directions and instructions as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
(f) to be responsible for the preparation, filing and disclosure on behalf of the Plan of such documents and reports as are required by any applicable federal or state law; and
(g) to engage assistants and professional advisors.
6.5 Delegation. The Administrator may, by written majority decision, delegate to each or any one of its number, or to its Secretary, authority to sign any documents on its behalf, or to perform ministerial acts, but no person to whom such authority is delegated shall perform any act involving the exercise of any discretion without first obtaining the concurrence of a majority of the Participants of the committee, even though he/she alone may sign any document required by third parties.
6.6 Construction of the Plan. The Administrator shall take such steps as are considered necessary and appropriate to remedy any inequity that results from incorrect information received or communicated in good faith or as the consequence of an administrative error. The Administrator shall have the sole and absolute discretion to interpret the Plan and shall resolve all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan. It shall endeavor to act, whether by general rules or by particular decisions, so as not to discriminate in favor of, or against, any person and so as to treat all persons in similar circumstances uniformly. The Administrator shall correct any defect, reconcile any inconsistency, or supply any omission with respect to this Plan. All such corrections, reconciliations, interpretations and completions of Plan provisions shall be final and binding upon the parties.
6.7 Employer’s Responsibility to Administrator. The Employer shall furnish the Administrator such data and information as it may require. The records of the Employer shall be determinative of each Participant’s period of employment, termination of employment and the reason therefor, leave of absence, reemployment, Years of Service, personal data, and compensation reductions. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall furnish to the Administrator such evidence, data, or information, and execute such documents, as the Administrator requests.
6.8 Engagement of Assistants and Advisers; Plan Expenses. The Administrator shall have the right to hire such professional assistants and consultants as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable, including, but not limited to:
(a) investment managers and/or advisers;
(b) accountants;
(c) actuaries;
(d) attorneys;

- 11 -


 

  (e)   consultants;
 
  (f)   clerical and office personnel; and
 
  (g)   medical practitioners.
    The expenses incurred in connection with the operation of the Plan and/or any trust relating to this Plan, including, but not limited to, the expenses incurred by reason of the engagement of professional assistants and consultants, shall be expenses of the Plan and shall be charged in a reasonable manner against amounts credited to each Participant’s Account at the direction of the Administrator. The Employer shall have the option, but not the obligation, to pay any such expenses, in whole or in part, and by so doing, to relieve the Participants’ Accounts from the obligation of bearing such expenses. Payment of any such expenses by the Employer on any occasion shall not bind the Employer to thereafter pay any similar expenses.
 
6.9   Liability. Neither the Administrator nor the Employer shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the administration of this Plan unless attributable to its own fraud or willful misconduct; nor shall the Employer be liable to any person for such action unless attributable to fraud or willful misconduct on the part of a director, officer or employee of the Employer.
 
6.10   Indemnity of Administrator. The Employer shall indemnify the Administrator or any individual who is a delegate against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act, except when due to gross negligence or willful misconduct.

- 12 -


 

ARTICLE VII
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
7.1 Claim. If a Participant or Beneficiary is denied all or a portion of an expected Plan benefit for any reason, he/she must file a written notification of his/her claim with the Administrator. The Administrator shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary within sixty (60) days of allowance or denial of the claim. If the Administrator fails to notify the claimant of his/her decision to grant or deny the claim within sixty (60) days, such claim shall be deemed to have been denied; and the review procedure described in Section 7.2 shall become available to the claimant.
The notice provided by the Administrator under this Section shall be in writing, sent by mail to the Participant’s last known address and, if a denial, must contain the following information:
(a) the specific reasons for the denial;
(b) the specific reference to the pertinent Plan provision on which the denial is based;
(c) if applicable, a description of any additional information or material necessary to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary; and
(d) an explanation of the claims review procedure and the time limitations of the review procedure applicable thereto.
7.2 Review Procedure. A Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to request a review of any denial of his/her claim by the Named Appeals Fiduciary. The request for review must be submitted in writing within sixty (60) days of mailing of the notice of the denial. Absent a request for review within the 60-day period, the claim will be deemed to be conclusively denied. The Participant or Beneficiary or his/her representative shall be entitled to review all pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing. The Named Appeals Fiduciary shall provide a full and fair review of the claim and render the final decision.
7.3 Final Decision. Within sixty (60) days of mailing of a request for review, the Named Appeals Fiduciary shall allow or deny the claim, unless special circumstances require an extension (such as for a hearing); provided, however, that in no event shall the decision be delayed beyond one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review. The decision shall be communicated in writing to the Participant or Beneficiary. The decision shall recite the facts and reasons for denial, with specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions.
7.4 Appointment of the Named Appeals Fiduciary. The Named Appeals Fiduciary shall be the person or persons named as such by the Board, or, if no such person or persons be named, then the person or persons named by the Administrator as the Named Appeals

- 13 -


 

Fiduciary. The Named Appeals Fiduciary may at any time be removed by the Board, and any Named Appeals Fiduciary named by the Administrator may be removed by the Administrator. All such removals may be with or without cause and shall be effective on the date stated in the notice of removal.

- 14 -


 

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
8.1 Plan Amendment. The Plan may be amended in whole or in part by the Board at any time; provided, that (i) no amendment shall deprive a Participant or Beneficiary of any benefit to which he/she is entitled under this Plan with respect to Deferral Contributions or Matching Contributions made prior to such amendment; and (ii) no amendment shall decrease a Participant’s vested interest in his/her Account. Each amendment shall be approved by the Board by resolution.
8.2 No Premature Distribution. Subject to Article 8.3, no amendment hereto shall permit amounts accumulated prior to the amendment to be paid to a Participant or Beneficiary prior to the time he/she would otherwise be entitled thereto.
8.3 Termination of the Plan. The Employer reserves the right to terminate the Plan and/or the Deferral Agreement pertaining to any Participant at any time prior to the commencement of benefits. Such termination shall be approved by the Board by resolution; or, in the case of a termination by an entity which is included in the term Employer, by the board of directors of such terminating entity. In the event of any such termination, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Participant or the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant, in lieu of other benefits hereunder, equal to the value of the Participant’s Accounts. Termination, in whole or in part, of the Plan by an entity which is included in the term Employer shall have no effect on the continued operation of the Plan with respect to other entities constituting Employer.

- 15 -


 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
9.1 Supplemental Benefits. The benefits provided for the Participants under this Plan are in addition to benefits provided by any other plan or program of the Employer and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the benefits of this Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede any plan or agreement between the Employer and any Participant or any provisions contained herein.
9.2 Investment Obligation of the Employer. Benefits are payable as they become due regardless of any actual investments the Employer may make to meet its obligations under this Plan. Neither the Employer nor any trustee (in the event the Employer elects to use a grantor trust to accumulate funds) shall be obligated to purchase or maintain any asset, and any reference to investments or Investment Funds is solely for the purpose of computing the value of Accounts. To the extent a Participant or any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Employer under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured creditor of the Employer. Neither this Plan nor any action taken pursuant to the terms of this Plan shall be considered to create a fiduciary relationship between the Employer and the Participants or any other persons, or to establish a trust in which the assets are beyond the claims of any unsecured creditor of the Employer.
9.3 Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed and construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to the extent not preempted by Federal law which shall otherwise control. The Employer intends that this Plan and benefits thereunder qualify for the deferral of Federal taxation pursuant to Code Section 409A. Any provision inconsistent with Code Section 409A shall be severed and the balance of this Plan shall remain in effect.
9.4 No Assignment Permitted. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5, no Participant, Beneficiary or heir shall have any right to commute, sell, transfer, encumber, hypothecate, assign or otherwise convey the right to receive any payment under the terms of this Plan. Any such attempted assignment shall be considered null and void.
9.5 Binding Terms. The terms of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, executors, administrators and successors.
9.6 Spendthrift Provision. The interest of any Participant or any beneficiary receiving payments hereunder shall not be subject to anticipation, nor to voluntary or involuntary alienation, until distribution is actually made.
9.7 Headings. All headings preceding the text of the several Sections hereof are inserted solely for reference and shall not constitute a part of this Plan, nor affect its meaning, construction or effect.

- 16 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and as evidence of its adoption of this Plan, the Employer has caused the same to be executed this                      day of                                           , 2005.
ATTEST IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.

- 17 -


 

EXHIBIT I
Investment Fund Options
Alliance Money Market
Alliance Inter. Gov’t Securities Alliance Quality Bond
Alliance High Yield
T. Rowe Price Equity Income
EQ/Putnam Growth & Income
Alliance Growth & Income
Alliance Equity Index
Alliance Technology
Mercury Basic Value Equity
Alliance Common Stock
MFS Research
MFS Growth with Income
EQ/Alliance Premier Growth
Capital Guardian Research
Capital Guardian U.S. Equity
Alliance Global
Alliance International
T. Rowe Price Int’l Stock
Morgan Stanley Emerging Mkts. Eq. EQ/Aggressive Stock
EQ/Evergreen
FI Small/Mid Cap Value
Alliance Small Cap Growth
MFS Emerging Growth Companies
Alliance Conservative Investors
EQ/Putnam Balanced
EQ/Evergreen Foundation
EQ/Balanced
Alliance Growth Investors
Mercury World Strategy
EQ/AXP New Dimensions
EQ/AXP Strategy Aggressive
FI Mid-Cap
EQ/Janus Large-Cap Growth

 

EXHIBIT 10.8
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement, effective as of this               day of                      , 1999 (the “Effective Date”), is by and among IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, with a business address at 30831 Huntwood Ave., Hayward, California 94544 (the “Company”) and CHARLES HSIAO, Ph.D., with a mailing address at 30831 Huntwood Avenue, Hayward, California 94544 (“Executive”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein set forth, the Company and Executive agree as follows:
1. Nature of Employment.
1.1 Duties and Responsibilities. Executive shall serve as the Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company during the term of this Agreement, and use his best efforts to promote the interests of the Company and shall devote his full time and efforts to its business and affairs. Executive shall have general executive powers and active management over the property, business, and affairs of the Company, subject always to the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its designee.
1.2 Other Business Activities. Executive will devote his full professional time, attention and effort to Company’s business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to participate in other professional and business activities to the extent such activities are reasonably likely to enhance Executive’s ability to perform his obligations hereunder, provided that such activities do not compete with the business of the Company and do not unreasonably interfere with the then performance of his duties hereunder.
1.3 Board of Directors Member. Each year during the term of this Agreement, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) shall designate Executive as one of management’s slate of candidates to the Board, shall recommend Executive as a Director to its shareholders, and shall otherwise use its best efforts to have Executive elected as a Director and to have him remain as a Director during the entire term of this Agreement, in all instances subject to satisfaction by the Board of Directors of its fiduciary duties and obligations.

 


 

2. Compensation.
2.1 Salary. Executive’s salary shall be at an initial annual rate of One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000.00), subject to withholding and further subject to discretionary increases in accordance with the Company’s normal review procedures and policies. The salary shall be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, as in effect from time to time.
2.2 Bonus. Subject to the achievement of certain short-term and long-term performance goals established by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time, Executive shall be paid quarterly and annual bonuses, payable in stock and/or cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors of this Company or its Compensation Committee. Each such bonus shall be paid at the same time as, and be equal to, the bonus paid to Larry Hsu, Ph.D., and Barry Edwards for such period.
2.3 Medical Insurance and Other Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to receive full health, dental, vision, and disability insurance, as well as any other benefits customarily offered to other senior executive officers of the Company, all upon terms no less favorable to Executive, with all premiums and costs to be paid by the Company. The Company shall also provide to Executive, at Company’s expense, life insurance coverage at standard premium rates having a death benefit payable to a beneficiary selected by the Executive equal to $1,000,000 and disability insurance at standard premium rates which provides salary replacement benefits, not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate, in the event Executive becomes incapacitated. Executive shall be required to undergo a yearly physical examination, at Company’s expense, with a physician of Executive’s choosing, and upon Company’s request, deliver a copy of such physician’s report from such examination.
2.4 Vacation. Executive shall be entitled to receive four (4) weeks of paid vacation time annually, such vacation shall accrue daily, provided however, that in the event the total vacation accrual ever reaches four (4) weeks, then no further vacation time will accrue until Executive has used his current annual allotment. Executive may not receive pay rather than vacation except when Executive leaves the Company. Executive may schedule his vacations at his discretion so long as the timing of such vacations does not interfere with his responsibilities to the Company.
2.5 Reimbursement of Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive in performing his obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after the date on which Executive delivers to the Company an itemized statement, accompanied by appropriate receipts to the extent available, describing the reimbursable expenses incurred. The expenses to be reimbursed include, without limitation, telephone, fax, air freight and travel related expenses.

2


 

3. Term and Termination.
3.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated in accordance with this Section 3, shall continue until the third anniversary of the Effective Date, and thereafter shall be automatically renewed for successive periods of one year each, unless terminated by either party by written notice of termination delivered to the other party at least six (6) months prior to the expiration date of the initial term or any renewal term of this Agreement (the “Term”).
3.2 Termination by the Company. The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement (i) for Cause, as defined below, at any time and without prior notice, or (ii) for any other reason on thirty (30) days written notice to Executive.
3.2.1 Termination for Cause. The phrase “Cause” means any of the following:
(i) any material breach by Executive of any provision of Sections 5, 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement;
(ii) any material breach of any other provision of this Agreement by Executive (other than any such breach resulting from Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, which shall be governed by Section 3.2.2 hereof), including without limitation the failure to satisfactorily perform his duties as provided herein, if that breach is not remedied within thirty (30) days after written notice to Executive describing the acts alleged to constitute Cause;
(iii) any act of fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or similar willful and malicious conduct by Executive against the Company; or
(iv) indictment of Executive for a felony or any conviction of, or guilty plea by Executive to, a crime involving moral turpitude if that crime of moral turpitude tends or would reasonably tend to bring the Company into disrepute.
3.2.2 Termination for Death or Disability. For purposes hereof, the term “disability” shall mean such physical or mental illness as shall render Executive incapable of substantially performing his duties hereunder on a regular basis at the Company’s offices for a period of three (3) consecutive months or for a period of six (6) months in any twelve-month period, all as determined by a physician or psychiatrist, as the case may be, selected by the Company.

3


 

3.3 Termination by the Executive. Executive may terminate this Agreement for any reason upon thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Company.
4. Termination Payments.
4.1 No Payments. In the event of any termination of this Agreement by Company for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason, the Company shall have no further payment obligations to Executive hereunder, except for wages and benefits accrued to date and/or provided by applicable law.
4.2 Continued Payments. If the Company terminates this Agreement for any reason other than for Cause, or Executive terminates this Agreement for Good Reason and in accordance with Section 3.3, then in lieu of any other payments otherwise required hereunder, the Company shall, subject to Executive’s compliance with Sections 5, 6, 7 and 8 hereof, pay Executive, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, (a) within fifteen (15) days after the termination date, all accrued and unpaid salary and benefits (including accrued but unused vacation time) through the termination date and (b) the lesser of (i) an amount equal to his salary payments at the time of the termination, in accordance with the Company’s then payment policy, and benefits provided for herein during the six-month period following the termination date, and (ii) the entire amount of the salary remaining due and payable from the date of such termination to the scheduled expiration of this Agreement; provided, however, that if such termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, then in addition to items (a) and (b) above, Executive shall be entitled to continue to receive, in accordance with the Company’s then payment policy, an amount equal to his salary payments and, to the extent Executive is not otherwise employed, health benefits, until the first anniversary of the Effective Date. In the event that this Agreement is terminated due to the death or disability of Executive, Company shall pay to Executive a portion of any bonus otherwise payable to Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, prorated to reflect any early termination of this Agreement relative to the performance period to which the bonus relates.
4.3 Continued Medical Coverage. If the Company terminates this Agreement for any reason other than for Cause, or Executive terminates this Agreement for Good Reason and in accordance with Section 3.3, then Company shall maintain, at Company’s cost, Executive’s health, dental, vision and disability insurance described in Section 2.3 hereof until the first to occur of (i) the expiration of eighteen (18) months following such termination; or (ii) Executive accepts employment which provides health insurance. If the Company terminates this Agreement for Cause, or Executive terminates this Agreement for any reason other than Good Reason, Executive shall have the right to maintain, at Executive’s cost, the health, dental, vision and disability insurance described in Section 2.3 hereof, for a period not to exceed eighteen (18) months or such longer period as may be required by applicable law, all to the extent permitted by the applicable insurance carrier.

4


 

4.4 Certain Definitions.
4.4.1 Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) the assignment to Executive of any duties or the substantial reduction of Executive’s duties, either of which is inconsistent with Executive’s position as Co-Chief Executive Officer; (ii) any change in Executive’s reporting relationship which results in his not reporting to a member of the Board of Directors of the Company; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s salary or benefits not agreed to by Executive; (iv) a requirement of Executive to relocate to an office that would increase Executive’s one-way commute distance by more than fifty (50) miles; or (v) a Change in Control of Company, as hereinafter defined.
4.4.2 Change in Control of Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control of Company” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:
(i) Any person or entity acquires ownership or control, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (or a successor to the Company) representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company or such successor;
(ii) (a) a sale or disposition of assets of the Company involving fifty percent (50%) or more in value of the assets of the Company; (b) any merger or reorganization of Company (whether or not another entity is the survivor), in which the Company’s shareholders (immediately prior to the transaction) do not own (immediately after the transaction), either directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting power of the surviving or successor corporation; (c) any transaction pursuant to which all of the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction, hold (immediately after the transaction) less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the Company or any successor Company; (d) any other event or transaction which the Board determines, in its discretion, would materially alter the structure, ownership or control of the Company;

5


 

provided, however, that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of                      , 1999, between Impax, Inc., a California corporation, and Global, a Delaware corporation, shall not constitute a Change in Control.
5. Proprietary Information and Inventions. Executive acknowledges that during his employment he may create, make, derive, produce, obtain, make known or learn about certain information which has commercial value in the business in which the Company is engaged and which is treated by the Company as confidential. This information may have been created, discovered or developed by the Company or the Executive, in the course and scope of his employment, or otherwise received by the Company from third parties subject to a duty to maintain the confidentiality of such information. All such information is hereinafter called “Proprietary Information.”
5.1 Proprietary Information Defined. By way of illustration, but not limitation, Proprietary Information includes trade secrets, ideas, processes, drawings, specifications, data, formulations, computer programs, software, other original works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs, innovations, techniques, business development strategies, marketing plans, strategies, forecasts, new products, unpublished financial statements, budgets, projections, licenses, prices, costs, strategic alliances, ventures, and customer and supplier lists. The foregoing obligations of confidentiality and non-use shall not apply to any Proprietary Information that:
5.1.1 was known to the Executive prior to the date of disclosure pursuant to this Agreement and not obtained or derived directly or indirectly from the Company;
5.1.2 is or becomes public or available to the general public otherwise than through the act or default of the Executive;
5.1.3 is obtained subsequent to any disclosure under this Agreement from a third party who is lawfully in possession of same and which information is not subject to any confidential or non-use obligations owed to the Company or others;
5.1.4 has been furnished by the Company to a third party without similar restrictions on disclosure; or

6


 

5.1.5 is required to be disclosed pursuant to requirements of Federal, state or local statute, regulation or court order, provided that Executive delivers prior written notice to Company of such pending disclosure, and gives Company a reasonable opportunity to oppose such disclosure with the applicable authority.
5.2 Ownership of Proprietary Information. Executive acknowledges that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assignees (or, in some cases, its clients, suppliers or customers), and the Company and its assignees (or, in some cases, its clients, suppliers or customers) shall be the sole owner of all patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and all other intellectual property rights in connection therewith (collectively “Intellectual Property Rights”). The Company’s ownership includes any and all modifications, corrections, updates, changes, improvements, derivatives and enhancements to the Proprietary Information and the Intellectual Property Rights therein.
5.3 Non-Disclosure. At all times, both during Executive’s employment and after his termination, Executive shall keep in strictest confidence and trust all Proprietary Information, and shall not reproduce or disclose any Proprietary Information, or use such Proprietary Information for his own account or the account of any third party, without the written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing duties as an employee of the Company.
5.4 Assignment of Inventions. Executive hereby assigns and transfers to the Company, Executive’s entire right, title and interest, now or hereafter acquired, in and to all Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property Rights therein, discovered, originated, made or conceived or learned by Executive either alone or jointly with others, during the period of Executive’s employment which result, directly or indirectly, from (i) the use of premises or equipment owned, leased or contracted for by the Company or supplies or Proprietary Information of the Company, or (ii) work conducted on the time of the Company, or (iii) work performed for the Company. Executive further acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of his employment with the Company and which are protectible by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. Executive understands and agrees that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any invention developed by him solely or jointly with others is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty will be due to him as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such invention. Executive hereby waives all moral rights which he may have or hereafter acquire in any Proprietary Information and any Intellectual Property Rights therein. Executive will, at the Company’s request, promptly execute a written assignment of title to the Company for any Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property Rights therein, and a written waiver of all moral rights therein, and Executive will preserve all such Proprietary Information as confidential information of the Company.

7


 

5.5 Notice of Inventions; Execution of Documents. Executive agrees to give Company prompt written notice of his acquisition or creation of any Proprietary Information. Executive further agrees as to all Proprietary Information to assist the Company in every proper way (but at the Company’s expense) to obtain and from time to time enforce patents, copyrights and other rights and protections relating to inventions in any and all countries, and to that end agrees to execute all documents for use in applying for and obtaining such patents, copyrights and other rights and protections on and enforcing inventions as the Company may desire, together with any assignments thereof to the Company or persons designated by it. Executive’s obligations to assist the Company in obtaining and enforcing patents, copyrights and other rights and protections relating to Proprietary Information in any and all countries shall continue beyond the termination of employment, but the Company shall compensate Executive at a reasonable rate after such termination for time actually spent, at the Company’s request, on such assistance. In the event the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure signatures on any documents needed to effect any assignment hereunder or to apply for or prosecute any patent, copyright or other right or protection relating to an invention, whether because of physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever, Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as his agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in his behalf and stead, to execute and file any such application or applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyrights or similar protections thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by him.
5.6 Return of Proprietary Information. All Proprietary Information, including, without limitation, all written materials, records and documents or other tangible materials made by Executive or coming into his possession as a result of his employment with Company concerning the business or affairs of Company shall be the sole property of Company; and, upon the termination of his employment with Company or upon the request of Company, Executive shall promptly deliver the same to Company.

8


 

5.7 Third Party Information. Executive recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Executive agrees that Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out the services for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.
6. Prior Inventions. Executive understands that all inventions, if any, patented or unpatented, which Executive made prior to Executive’s employment are excluded from the scope of this Agreement. To preclude any possible uncertainty, Executive has set forth on item 1 of Exhibit A attached hereto a complete list of all of Executive’s prior inventions, including numbers of all patents and patent applications, and a brief description of all unpatented inventions which are not the property of a previous employer. Executive represents and covenants that the list is complete and that, if no items are on the list, Executive has no such prior inventions. Executive agrees to notify the Company in writing before Executive makes any disclosure or performs any work on behalf of the Company which appears to threaten or conflict with proprietary rights which Executive claims in any invention or idea. Executive agrees that if in the course of performing services hereunder, Executive incorporates into the Company’s Proprietary Information or otherwise utilizes any invention, improvement, development, concept, discovery or other proprietary information owned by Executive or in which Executive has an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such item as part of or in connection with such Proprietary Information.
7. Conflicting Obligations.
7.1 Trade Secrets of Others. Executive represents that he has not brought, and will not bring with him to Company, disclose to Company, or use in the performance of his responsibilities, any devices, materials or documents of a former employer or other party that are proprietary or are not generally available to the public, unless he has obtained express written authorization from such party for their possession and use. The only devices, materials or documents of a former employer or other party that are proprietary or are not generally available to the public that Executive will bring to the Company, if any, are identified on item 2 of Exhibit A attached hereto, and as to each such item, Executive represents that Executive has obtained express written authorization for their possession and use and has delivered a copy of such written authorization to the Company.

9


 

7.2 Conflicting Confidentiality Agreements. Executive agrees that during this employment, Executive will not breach any obligation of confidentiality Executive has to former employers, clients, and others. Executive represents that Executive’s performance under the terms of this Agreement, as Executive to the Company, does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust. Executive has neither entered into, nor shall enter into, any agreement, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.
8. Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Interference.
8.1 During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage or participate in any business, which is in competition with any business in which the Company conducts or pursues during the term of this Agreement. Moreover, in view of Executive’s access to the Company’s trade secrets and proprietary information and know-how, Executive further agrees that Executive will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, design or develop identical or substantially similar designs as those developed for the Company during his employment for himself or any third party during the term of this Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of this Agreement.
8.2 Executive covenants and agrees that he will not, during the term of this Agreement and continuing until the second anniversary of the termination of this Agreement, whether for his own account or for the account of any other person, interfere with the relationship of the Company with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company, any person who at any time during the term of Executive’s engagement with the Company was an employee of the Company. Furthermore, Executive covenants and agrees that he will not, whether during the term of this Agreement or thereafter, whether for his own account or for the account of any other person, interfere with the relationship of the Company with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company, any person who at any time during the term of Executive’s engagement with the Company was a customer, supplier or business partner of the Company.

10


 

9. Key Man Insurance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, at any time after the date hereof, apply for and procure as owner for its benefit, life insurance on Executive, in such amount and in such form or forms as the Corporation may determine. Executive shall, at the Company’s request, subject to such medical examinations, supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Company has applied for such insurance.
10. General Provisions.
10.1 Mediation and Arbitration.
10.1.1 Mediation. No party to this Agreement may initiate litigation or arbitration with regard to any dispute with respect to this Agreement until after all remedies set forth in this Section have been exhausted. In the event of any dispute arising over this Agreement, any party shall have the right by giving written notice to the other parties hereto (the “Mediation Notice”) to initiate non-binding mediation to be conducted by a mediator mutually agreed to by the parties or, in the event the parties are unable to reach such agreement within thirty (30) days following the delivery of the Mediation Notice, by a mediator appointed by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with the rules and regulations of the AAA, or by any other body mutually agreed upon by the parties. Mediation shall take place at Hayward, California or any other location mutually agreeable to the parties. In the event the parties resolve their dispute in mediation, they shall enter into a written agreement, which shall be binding on all parties thereto.
10.1.2 EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 10.1 AND 10.10 HEREOF, EXECUTIVE AND COMPANY AGREE THAT ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SETTLED BY ARBITRATION TO BE HELD IN ALAMEDA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EMPLOYMENT DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES THEN IN EFFECT OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION. THE ARBITRATOR MAY GRANT INJUNCTIONS OR OTHER RELIEF IN SUCH DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE FINAL, CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION. JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED ON THE ARBITRATOR’S DECISION IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION.
10.1.3 THIS ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP (EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 7 HEREOF), INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOLLOWING CLAIMS:

11


 

10.1.3(a) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR WRONGFUL DISCHARGE OF EMPLOYMENT, BREACH OF CONTRACT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BREACH OF THE COVENANT OF GOOD FAITH AND FAIR DEALING, NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL INFLICTION OF EMOTIONAL DISTRESS, MISREPRESENTATION, INTERFERENCE WITH CONTRACT OR PROSPECTIVE ECONOMIC ADVANTAGE, DEFAMATION AND LIBEL;
10.1.3(b) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR MUNICIPAL STATUTE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1991, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT; AND
10.1.3(c) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF ANY OTHER LAWS AND REGULATIONS RELATING TO EMPLOYMENT OR EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION.
10.1.4 EXECUTIVE UNDERSTAND THAT EACH PARTY’S COVENANT TO RESOLVE DISPUTES BY ARBITRATION, AS OPPOSED TO THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM IS CONSIDERATION FOR THE OTHER PARTY’S PROMISE. EXECUTIVE FURTHER UNDERSTANDS THAT HE HAS BEEN OFFERED EMPLOYMENT BY THE COMPANY IN CONSIDERATION OF HIS PROMISE TO ARBITRATE DISPUTES.
10.2. Notification of New Employer. In the event that Executive leaves the employ of the Company, Executive hereby consents to notification by the Company to Executive’s new employer about his rights and obligations under this Agreement.
10.3 Notices. Except as expressly provided herein, all notices, requests or other communications required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given personal delivery, national overnight courier service, or by U.S. mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the respective party at the applicable address set forth above, or to any party at such other addresses as shall be specified in writing by such party to the other parties in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section. All notices, requests or communications shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery, or five (5) days following deposit in the United States mail, or two (2) business days following deposit with any national overnight courier service.
10.4 Jurisdiction, Venue and Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California (regardless of that jurisdiction or any other jurisdiction’s choice of law principles). To the extent permitted by law and except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1 hereof, the parties hereto agree that all actions or proceedings arising in connection herewith, shall be litigated in the state and federal courts located in the State of California, and each party hereby waives any right it may have to assert the doctrine of Forum Non Conveniens or to object to venue. The parties each hereby stipulate that the state and federal courts located in the County of Alameda, State of California, shall have personal jurisdiction and venue over each party for the purpose of litigating any such dispute, controversy or proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement. To the extent permitted by law, service of process sufficient for personal jurisdiction in any action against either party may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.

12


 

10.5 No Assignment. This Agreement is personal to Executive, and Executive may not assign any rights or delegate any responsibilities hereunder without the prior approval of the Company.
10.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibit which is referenced herein and incorporated by this reference, is the entire agreement between the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any and all prior agreements regarding the subject matter hereof between the parties, including without limitation that certain Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 1996, between Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Executive. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, heirs and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, changed or discharged except in writing signed by both the parties.
10.7 Survival. Sections 4.2, 4.3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10, each inclusive, shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.
10.8 Validity. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
10.9 No Waiver of Rights. The delay or failure of either party to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall in no way be considered a waiver of any such provision, or any other provision, of this Agreement. No waiver of, or delay or failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall in any way be considered a continuing waiver or be construed as a subsequent waiver of any such provision, or any other provision of this Agreement.

13


 

10.10 Equitable Remedies. Employee specifically acknowledges that any violation of Section 5, 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement could cause irreparable injury to Company and its business and property. Employee, therefore, agrees that in the event of his breach of any of the terms and conditions of Section 5, 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement, Company shall be entitled, if it so elects, to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction, either at law or in equity, to enjoin him from further violation of such provisions. The remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and in addition to any and all other remedies which either party may have at law or in equity.
10.11 Attorneys’ Fees. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party its attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in any action or proceeding, including arbitration, brought to interpret this Agreement or to enforce any right arising out of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section, the prevailing party shall be that party that most closely obtains the relief sought by it.
10.12 EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH THE ADVISOR OF HIS CHOICE AND THAT HE HAS FREELY AND VOLUNTARILY ENTERED INTO THIS AGREEMENT.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year written below.
                       
  IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
   
 
 
                   
 
Date:
          By:        
 
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
 
                   
                   
 
 
              (Print Name and Title)    
 
 
                   
 
Date:
          /s/ Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.    
                   
 
 
              Charles Hsiao, Ph.D.    

14


 

EXHIBIT A
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
30831 Huntwood Ave.
Hayward, CA 94544
Dear Sir or Madam:
1. The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment with Impax Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me, alone or jointly with others, prior to my engagement by the Company:
o No inventions or improvements.
o See below:
o Additional sheets attached.
2. I propose to bring to my employment (or consulting, if applicable) the following devices, materials and documents of a former employer or other party that are proprietary or are not generally available to the public, which materials and documents may be used in my employment pursuant to the express written authorization of my former employer or other party (a copy of which is attached hereto):
o No materials.
o See below:

15

EXHIBIT 10.9
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Employment Agreement, effective as of this                      day of                      , 1999 (the “Effective Date”), is by and among IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, with a business address at 30831 Huntwood Ave., Hayward, California 94544 (the “Company”) and Larry Hsu, Ph.D., with a mailing address at 30831 Huntwood Avenue, Hayward, California 94544 (“Executive”).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein set forth, the Company and Executive agree as follows:
1. Nature of Employment.
1.1 Duties and Responsibilities. Executive shall serve as the President of the Company during the term of this Agreement, and use his best efforts to promote the interests of the Company and shall devote his full time and efforts to its business and affairs. Executive shall have general executive powers and active management over the property, business, and affairs of the Company, subject always to the direction of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its designee.
1.2 Other Business Activities. Executive will devote his full professional time, attention and effort to Company’s business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled to participate in other professional and business activities to the extent such activities are reasonably likely to enhance Executive’s ability to perform his obligations hereunder, provided that such activities do not compete with the business of the Company and do not unreasonably interfere with the then performance of his duties hereunder.
1.3 Board of Directors Member. Each year during the term of this Agreement, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) shall designate Executive as one of management’s slate of candidates to the Board, shall recommend Executive as a Director to its shareholders, and shall otherwise use its best efforts to have Executive elected as a Director and to have him remain as a Director during the entire term of this Agreement, in all instances subject to satisfaction by the Board of Directors of its fiduciary duties and obligations.
2. Compensation.
2.1 Salary. Executive’s salary shall be at an initial annual rate of One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000.00), subject to withholding and further subject to discretionary increases in accordance with

 


 

the Company’s normal review procedures and policies. The salary shall be paid in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices, as in effect from time to time.
2.2 Bonus. Subject to the achievement of certain short-term and long-term performance goals established by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time, Executive shall be paid quarterly and annual bonuses, payable in stock and/or cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors of this Company or its Compensation Committee. Each such bonus shall be paid at the same time as, and be equal to, the bonus paid to Charles Hsiao, Ph.D., and Barry Edwards for such period.
2.3 Medical Insurance and Other Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to receive full health, dental, vision, and disability insurance, as well as any other benefits customarily offered to other senior executive officers of the Company, all upon terms no less favorable to Executive, with all premiums and costs to be paid by the Company. The Company shall also provide to Executive, at Company’s expense, life insurance coverage at standard premium rates having a death benefit payable to a beneficiary selected by the Executive equal to $1,000,000 and disability insurance at standard premium rates which provides salary replacement benefits, not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate, in the event Executive becomes incapacitated. Executive shall be required to undergo a yearly physical examination, at Company’s expense, with a physician of Executive’s choosing, and upon Company’s request, deliver a copy of such physician’s report from such examination.
2.4 Vacation. Executive shall be entitled to receive four (4) weeks of paid vacation time annually, such vacation shall accrue daily, provided however, that in the event the total vacation accrual ever reaches four (4) weeks, then no further vacation time will accrue until Executive has used his current annual allotment. Executive may not receive pay rather than vacation except when Executive leaves the Company. Executive may schedule his vacations at his discretion so long as the timing of such vacations does not interfere with his responsibilities to the Company.
2.5 Reimbursement of Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Executive in performing his obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days after the date on which Executive delivers to the Company an itemized statement, accompanied by appropriate receipts to the extent available, describing the reimbursable expenses incurred. The expenses to be reimbursed include, without limitation, telephone, fax, air freight and travel related expenses.

2


 

3. Term and Termination.
3.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated in accordance with this Section 3, shall continue until the third anniversary of the Effective Date, and thereafter shall be automatically renewed for successive periods of one year each, unless terminated by either party by written notice of termination delivered to the other party at least six (6) months prior to the expiration date of the initial term or any renewal term of this Agreement (the “Term”).
3.2 Termination by the Company. The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement (i) for Cause, as defined below, at any time and without prior notice, or (ii) for any other reason on thirty (30) days written notice to Executive.
3.2.1 Termination for Cause. The phrase “Cause” means any of the following:
(i) any material breach by Executive of any provision of Sections 5, 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement;
(ii) any material breach of any other provision of this Agreement by Executive (other than any such breach resulting from Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, which shall be governed by Section 3.2.2 hereof), including without limitation the failure to satisfactorily perform his duties as provided herein, if that breach is not remedied within thirty (30) days after written notice to Executive describing the acts alleged to constitute Cause;
(iii) any act of fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or similar willful and malicious conduct by Executive against the Company; or
(iv) indictment of Executive for a felony or any conviction of, or guilty plea by Executive to, a crime involving moral turpitude if that crime of moral turpitude tends or would reasonably tend to bring the Company into disrepute.
3.2.2 Termination for Death or Disability. For purposes hereof, the term “disability” shall mean such physical or mental illness as shall render Executive incapable of substantially performing his duties hereunder on a regular basis at the Company’s offices for a period of three (3) consecutive months or for a period of six (6) months in any twelve-month period, all as determined by a physician or psychiatrist, as the case may be, selected by the Company.

3


 

3.3 Termination by the Executive. Executive may terminate this Agreement for any reason upon thirty (30) days advance written notice to the Company.
4. Termination Payments.
4.1 No Payments. In the event of any termination of this Agreement by Company for Cause, or by Executive without Good Reason, the Company shall have no further payment obligations to Executive hereunder, except for wages and benefits accrued to date and/or provided by applicable law.
4.2 Continued Payments. If the Company terminates this Agreement for any reason other than for Cause, or Executive terminates this Agreement for Good Reason and in accordance with Section 3.3, then in lieu of any other payments otherwise required hereunder, the Company shall, subject to Executive’s compliance with Sections 5, 6, 7 and 8 hereof, pay Executive, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, (a) within fifteen (15) days after the termination date, all accrued and unpaid salary and benefits (including accrued but unused vacation time) through the termination date and (b) the lesser of (i) an amount equal to his salary payments at the time of the termination, in accordance with the Company’s then payment policy, and benefits provided for herein during the six-month period following the termination date, and (ii) the entire amount of the salary remaining due and payable from the date of such termination to the scheduled expiration of this Agreement; provided, however, that if such termination occurs prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, then in addition to items (a) and (b) above, Executive shall be entitled to continue to receive, in accordance with the Company’s then payment policy, an amount equal to his salary payments and, to the extent Executive is not otherwise employed, health benefits, until the first anniversary of the Effective Date. In the event that this Agreement is terminated due to the death or disability of Executive, Company shall pay to Executive a portion of any bonus otherwise payable to Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, prorated to reflect any early termination of this Agreement relative to the performance period to which the bonus relates.
4.3 Continued Medical Coverage. If the Company terminates this Agreement for any reason other than for Cause, or Executive terminates this Agreement for Good Reason and in accordance with Section 3.3, then Company shall maintain, at Company’s cost, Executive’s health, dental, vision and disability insurance described in Section 2.3 hereof until the first to occur of (i) the

4


 

expiration of eighteen (18) months following such termination; or (ii) Executive accepts employment which provides health insurance. If the Company terminates this Agreement for Cause, or Executive terminates this Agreement for any reason other than Good Reason, Executive shall have the right to maintain, at Executive’s cost, the health, dental, vision and disability insurance described in Section 2.3 hereof, for a period not to exceed eighteen (18) months or such longer period as may be required by applicable law, all to the extent permitted by the applicable insurance carrier.
4.4 Certain Definitions.
4.4.1 Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) the assignment to Executive of any duties or the substantial reduction of Executive’s duties, either of which is inconsistent with Executive’s position as President; (ii) any change in Executive’s reporting relationship which results in his not reporting to a member of the Board of Directors of the Company; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s salary or benefits not agreed to by Executive; (iv) a requirement of Executive to relocate to an office that would increase Executive’s one-way commute distance by more than fifty (50) miles; or (v) a Change in Control of Company, as hereinafter defined.
4.4.2 Change in Control of Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control of Company” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:
(i) Any person or entity acquires ownership or control, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (or a successor to the Company) representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company or such successor;
(ii) (a) a sale or disposition of assets of the Company involving fifty percent (50%) or more in value of the assets of the Company; (b) any merger or reorganization of Company (whether or not another entity is the survivor), in which the Company’s shareholders (immediately prior to the transaction) do not own (immediately after the transaction), either directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting power of the surviving or successor corporation; (c) any transaction pursuant to which all of the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction, hold (immediately after the transaction) less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the Company or any successor Company; (d) any other event or transaction which the Board determines, in its discretion, would materially alter the structure, ownership or control of the Company;

5


 

provided, however, that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of                      , 1999, between Impax, Inc., a California corporation, and Gemstone, a Delaware corporation, shall not constitute a Change in Control.
5. Proprietary Information and Inventions. Executive acknowledges that during his employment he may create, make, derive, produce, obtain, make known or learn about certain information which has commercial value in the business in which the Company is engaged and which is treated by the Company as confidential. This information may have been created, discovered or developed by the Company or the Executive, in the course and scope of his employment, or otherwise received by the Company from third parties subject to a duty to maintain the confidentiality of such information. All such information is hereinafter called “Proprietary Information.”
5.1 Proprietary Information Defined. By way of illustration, but not limitation, Proprietary Information includes trade secrets, ideas, processes, drawings, specifications, data, formulations, computer programs, software, other original works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs, innovations, techniques, business development strategies, marketing plans, strategies, forecasts, new products, unpublished financial statements, budgets, projections, licenses, prices, costs, strategic alliances, ventures, and customer and supplier lists. The foregoing obligations of confidentiality and non-use shall not apply to any Proprietary Information that:
5.1.1 was known to the Executive prior to the date of disclosure pursuant to this Agreement and not obtained or derived directly or indirectly from the Company;
5.1.2 is or becomes public or available to the general public otherwise than through the act or default of the Executive;
5.1.3 is obtained subsequent to any disclosure under this Agreement from a third party who is lawfully in possession of same and which information is not subject to any confidential or non-use obligations owed to the Company or others;
5.1.4 has been furnished by the Company to a third party without similar restrictions on disclosure; or

6


 

5.1.5 is required to be disclosed pursuant to requirements of Federal, state or local statute, regulation or court order, provided that Executive delivers prior written notice to Company of such pending disclosure, and gives Company a reasonable opportunity to oppose such disclosure with the applicable authority.
5.2 Ownership of Proprietary Information. Executive acknowledges that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assignees (or, in some cases, its clients, suppliers or customers), and the Company and its assignees (or, in some cases, its clients, suppliers or customers) shall be the sole owner of all patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and all other intellectual property rights in connection therewith (collectively “Intellectual Property Rights”). The Company’s ownership includes any and all modifications, corrections, updates, changes, improvements, derivatives and enhancements to the Proprietary Information and the Intellectual Property Rights therein.
5.3 Non-Disclosure. At all times, both during Executive’s employment and after his termination, Executive shall keep in strictest confidence and trust all Proprietary Information, and shall not reproduce or disclose any Proprietary Information, or use such Proprietary Information for his own account or the account of any third party, without the written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing duties as an employee of the Company.
5.4 Assignment of Inventions. Executive hereby assigns and transfers to the Company, Executive’s entire right, title and interest, now or hereafter acquired, in and to all Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property Rights therein, discovered, originated, made or conceived or learned by Executive either alone or jointly with others, during the period of Executive’s employment which result, directly or indirectly, from (i) the use of premises or equipment owned, leased or contracted for by the Company or supplies or Proprietary Information of the Company, or (ii) work conducted on the time of the Company, or (iii) work performed for the Company. Executive further acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Executive (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of his employment with the Company and which are protectible by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. Executive understands and agrees that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any invention developed by him solely or jointly with others is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty will be due to him as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such invention. Executive hereby waives

7


 

all moral rights which he may have or hereafter acquire in any Proprietary Information and any Intellectual Property Rights therein. Executive will, at the Company’s request, promptly execute a written assignment of title to the Company for any Proprietary Information and Intellectual Property Rights therein, and a written waiver of all moral rights therein, and Executive will preserve all such Proprietary Information as confidential information of the Company.
5.5 Notice of Inventions; Execution of Documents. Executive agrees to give Company prompt written notice of his acquisition or creation of any Proprietary Information. Executive further agrees as to all Proprietary Information to assist the Company in every proper way (but at the Company’s expense) to obtain and from time to time enforce patents, copyrights and other rights and protections relating to inventions in any and all countries, and to that end agrees to execute all documents for use in applying for and obtaining such patents, copyrights and other rights and protections on and enforcing inventions as the Company may desire, together with any assignments thereof to the Company or persons designated by it. Executive’s obligations to assist the Company in obtaining and enforcing patents, copyrights and other rights and protections relating to Proprietary Information in any and all countries shall continue beyond the termination of employment, but the Company shall compensate Executive at a reasonable rate after such termination for time actually spent, at the Company’s request, on such assistance. In the event the Company is unable, after reasonable effort, to secure signatures on any documents needed to effect any assignment hereunder or to apply for or prosecute any patent, copyright or other right or protection relating to an invention, whether because of physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever, Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as his agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and in his behalf and stead, to execute and file any such application or applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyrights or similar protections thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by him.
5.6 Return of Proprietary Information. All Proprietary Information, including, without limitation, all written materials, records and documents or other tangible materials made by Executive or coming into his possession as a result of his employment with Company concerning the business or affairs of Company shall be the sole property of Company; and, upon the termination of his employment with Company or upon the request of Company, Executive shall promptly deliver the same to Company.

8


 

5.7 Third Party Information. Executive recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Executive agrees that Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out the services for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.
6. Prior Inventions. Executive understands that all inventions, if any, patented or unpatented, which Executive made prior to Executive’s employment are excluded from the scope of this Agreement. To preclude any possible uncertainty, Executive has set forth on item 1 of Exhibit A attached hereto a complete list of all of Executive’s prior inventions, including numbers of all patents and patent applications, and a brief description of all unpatented inventions which are not the property of a previous employer. Executive represents and covenants that the list is complete and that, if no items are on the list, Executive has no such prior inventions. Executive agrees to notify the Company in writing before Executive makes any disclosure or performs any work on behalf of the Company which appears to threaten or conflict with proprietary rights which Executive claims in any invention or idea. Executive agrees that if in the course of performing services hereunder, Executive incorporates into the Company’s Proprietary Information or otherwise utilizes any invention, improvement, development, concept, discovery or other proprietary information owned by Executive or in which Executive has an interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such item as part of or in connection with such Proprietary Information.
7. Conflicting Obligations.
7.1 Trade Secrets of Others. Executive represents that he has not brought, and will not bring with him to Company, disclose to Company, or use in the performance of his responsibilities, any devices, materials or documents of a former employer or other party that are proprietary or are not generally available to the public, unless he has obtained express written authorization from such party for their possession and use. The only devices, materials or documents of a former employer or other party that are proprietary or are not

9


 

generally available to the public that Executive will bring to the Company, if any, are identified on item 2 of Exhibit A attached hereto, and as to each such item, Executive represents that Executive has obtained express written authorization for their possession and use and has delivered a copy of such written authorization to the Company.
7.2 Conflicting Confidentiality Agreements. Executive agrees that during this employment, Executive will not breach any obligation of confidentiality Executive has to former employers, clients, and others. Executive represents that Executive’s performance under the terms of this Agreement, as Executive to the Company, does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by Executive in confidence or in trust. Executive has neither entered into, nor shall enter into, any agreement, either written or oral, in conflict herewith.
8. Covenant Not to Compete; Non-Interference.
8.1 During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage or participate in any business, which is in competition with any business in which the Company conducts or pursues during the term of this Agreement. Moreover, in view of Executive’s access to the Company’s trade secrets and proprietary information and know-how, Executive further agrees that Executive will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, design or develop identical or substantially similar designs as those developed for the Company during his employment for himself or any third party during the term of this Agreement and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of this Agreement.
8.2 Executive covenants and agrees that he will not, during the term of this Agreement and continuing until the second anniversary of the termination of this Agreement, whether for his own account or for the account of any other person, interfere with the relationship of the Company with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company, any person who at any time during the term of Executive’s engagement with the Company was an employee of the Company. Furthermore, Executive covenants and agrees that he will not, whether during the term of this Agreement or thereafter, whether for his own account or for the account of any other person, interfere with the relationship of the Company with, or endeavor to entice away from the Company, any person who at any time during the term of Executive’s engagement with the Company was a customer, supplier or business partner of the Company.

10


 

9. Key Man Insurance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, at any time after the date hereof, apply for and procure as owner for its benefit, life insurance on Executive, in such amount and in such form or forms as the Corporation may determine. Executive shall, at the Company’s request, subject to such medical examinations, supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Company has applied for such insurance.
10. General Provisions.
10.1 Mediation and Arbitration.
10.1.1 Mediation. No party to this Agreement may initiate litigation or arbitration with regard to any dispute with respect to this Agreement until after all remedies set forth in this Section have been exhausted. In the event of any dispute arising over this Agreement, any party shall have the right by giving written notice to the other parties hereto (the “Mediation Notice”) to initiate non-binding mediation to be conducted by a mediator mutually agreed to by the parties or, in the event the parties are unable to reach such agreement within thirty (30) days following the delivery of the Mediation Notice, by a mediator appointed by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with the rules and regulations of the AAA, or by any other body mutually agreed upon by the parties. Mediation shall take place at Hayward, California or any other location mutually agreeable to the parties. In the event the parties resolve their dispute in mediation, they shall enter into a written agreement, which shall be binding on all parties thereto.
10.1.2 EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 10.1 AND 10.10 HEREOF, EXECUTIVE AND COMPANY AGREE THAT ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF, OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SETTLED BY ARBITRATION TO BE HELD IN ALAMEDA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EMPLOYMENT DISPUTE RESOLUTION RULES THEN IN EFFECT OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION. THE ARBITRATOR MAY GRANT INJUNCTIONS OR OTHER RELIEF IN SUCH DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE FINAL, CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION. JUDGMENT MAY BE ENTERED ON THE ARBITRATOR’S DECISION IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION.
10.1.3 THIS ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP (EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 7 HEREOF), INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOLLOWING CLAIMS:

11


 

10.1.3(a) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR WRONGFUL DISCHARGE OF EMPLOYMENT, BREACH OF CONTRACT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BREACH OF THE COVENANT OF GOOD FAITH AND FAIR DEALING, NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL INFLICTION OF EMOTIONAL DISTRESS, MISREPRESENTATION, INTERFERENCE WITH CONTRACT OR PROSPECTIVE ECONOMIC ADVANTAGE, DEFAMATION AND LIBEL;
10.1.3(b) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL, STATE OR MUNICIPAL STATUTE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1991, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT; AND
10.1.3(c) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF ANY OTHER LAWS AND REGULATIONS RELATING TO EMPLOYMENT OR EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION.
10.1.4 EXECUTIVE UNDERSTAND THAT EACH PARTY’S COVENANT TO RESOLVE DISPUTES BY ARBITRATION, AS OPPOSED TO THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM IS CONSIDERATION FOR THE OTHER PARTY’S PROMISE. EXECUTIVE FURTHER UNDERSTANDS THAT HE HAS BEEN OFFERED EMPLOYMENT BY THE COMPANY IN CONSIDERATION OF HIS PROMISE TO ARBITRATE DISPUTES.
10.2. Notification of New Employer. In the event that Executive leaves the employ of the Company, Executive hereby consents to notification by the Company to Executive’s new employer about his rights and obligations under this Agreement.
10.3 Notices. Except as expressly provided herein, all notices, requests or other communications required hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given personal delivery, national overnight courier service, or by U.S. mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the respective party at the applicable address set forth above, or to any party at such other addresses as shall be specified in writing by such party to the other parties in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section. All notices, requests or communications shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery, or five (5) days following deposit in the United States mail, or two (2) business days following deposit with any national overnight courier service.
10.4 Jurisdiction, Venue and Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California (regardless of that jurisdiction or any other jurisdiction’s choice of law principles). To the extent permitted by law and except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1 hereof, the parties hereto agree that all actions or proceedings arising in connection herewith, shall be litigated in the

12


 

state and federal courts located in the State of California, and each party hereby waives any right it may have to assert the doctrine of Forum Non Conveniens or to object to venue. The parties each hereby stipulate that the state and federal courts located in the County of Alameda, State of California, shall have personal jurisdiction and venue over each party for the purpose of litigating any such dispute, controversy or proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement. To the extent permitted by law, service of process sufficient for personal jurisdiction in any action against either party may be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.
10.5 No Assignment. This Agreement is personal to Executive, and Executive may not assign any rights or delegate any responsibilities hereunder without the prior approval of the Company.
10.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibit which is referenced herein and incorporated by this reference, is the entire agreement between the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any and all prior agreements regarding the subject matter hereof between the parties, including without limitation that certain Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 1996, between Impax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Executive. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, heirs and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be altered, modified, changed or discharged except in writing signed by both the parties.
10.7 Survival. Sections 4.2, 4.3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10, each inclusive, shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.
10.8 Validity. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
10.9 No Waiver of Rights. The delay or failure of either party to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall in no way be considered a waiver of any such provision, or any other provision, of this Agreement. No waiver of, or delay or failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall in any way be considered a continuing waiver or be construed as a subsequent waiver of any such provision, or any other provision of this Agreement.

13


 

10.10 Equitable Remedies. Employee specifically acknowledges that any violation of Section 5, 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement could cause irreparable injury to Company and its business and property. Employee, therefore, agrees that in the event of his breach of any of the terms and conditions of Section 5, 6, 7 or 8 of this Agreement, Company shall be entitled, if it so elects, to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction, either at law or in equity, to enjoin him from further violation of such provisions. The remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and in addition to any and all other remedies which either party may have at law or in equity.
10.11 Attorneys’ Fees. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party its attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in any action or proceeding, including arbitration, brought to interpret this Agreement or to enforce any right arising out of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section, the prevailing party shall be that party that most closely obtains the relief sought by it.
10.12 EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH THE ADVISOR OF HIS CHOICE AND THAT HE HAS FREELY AND VOLUNTARILY ENTERED INTO THIS AGREEMENT.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year written below.
                       
  IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
   
 
 
                   
 
Date:
          By:        
 
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
 
                   
                   
 
 
              (Print Name and Title)    
 
 
                   
 
Date:
          /s/ Larry Hsu, Ph.D.        
                   
 
 
              Larry Hsu, Ph.D.    

14


 

EXHIBIT A
IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
30831 Huntwood Ave.
Hayward, CA 94544
Dear Sir or Madam:
1. The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment with Impax Laboratories, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me, alone or jointly with others, prior to my engagement by the Company:
o No inventions or improvements.
o See below:
o Additional sheets attached.
2. I propose to bring to my employment (or consulting, if applicable) the following devices, materials and documents of a former employer or other party that are proprietary or are not generally available to the public, which materials and documents may be used in my employment pursuant to the express written authorization of my former employer or other party (a copy of which is attached hereto):
o No materials.
o See below:

 

EXHIBIT 10.10
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), is made as of this 1st day of September, 2006, by and between IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation, with offices located at 121 New Britain Boulevard, Chalfont, PA 18914, its successors and assigns (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Company”), and DAVID S. DOLL , an individual residing at 350 Courtland Ave, Harleysville, PA 19438 (“Employee”).
BACKGROUND
      WHEREAS, Employee is currently employed by the Company as Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations; and
      WHEREAS, the Company wishes to reward Employee by modifying his “at-will” employment to employment for a fixed term, and Employee desires to continue to be employed by the Company, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the facts, mutual promises, and covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          1. Employment . The Company hereby reaffirms its employment of Employee and Employee hereby accepts continued employment by the Company, for the period and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 below.
          2. Office and Duties .
               (a) During the term of this Agreement, Employee shall serve as Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations of the Company, with overall responsibility for Corporate Business Development, and the Generic Sales/Marketing and Branded Sales/Marketing operations of the Company, shall report directly to the President of the Company Larry Hsu (“President”), and be subject to the supervision, control and direction of the President or as otherwise directed by the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”).
               (b) In his capacity as Executive Vice President, Commercial Operations, Employee shall have such authority, perform such duties, discharge such responsibilities and render such services as are customary to, and consistent with his position, subject to the authority and direction of the President, and shall perform such additional duties and responsibilities as may be from time to time assigned to him by the President, CEO or the Board, so long as such additional duties and responsibilities are consistent with those customarily performed by an executive of a comparable size public company.
               (c) Employee shall render his services diligently, faithfully and to the best of his ability, and shall devote all of his working time, energy, skill and best efforts to the performance of his duties hereunder, in a manner that will further the business and interests of the Company. Employee shall also conduct himself and the business of the Company in good faith and in accordance with the highest standards of compliance with all laws and regulations applicable in all jurisdictions in which the Company does business.

 


 

               (d) During the term of this Agreement, Employee shall not be engaged in any business activity which, in the reasonable judgment of the President, CEO or Board, conflicts with Employee’s duties hereunder, whether or not such activity is pursued for pecuniary advantage.
               (e) Employee shall comply in all material respects with all Company policies, and directives or policies set by the Board, including, without limitation, policies regarding ethics, integrity and personal conduct.
               (f) During the term of this Agreement, Employee’s principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s facilities located at 121 New Britain Boulevard, Chalfont, Pennsylvania 18914 or 3437 Castor Ave., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (the “Place of Employment”). The Company shall not change Employee’s Place of Employment to a location that is more than twenty-five (25) miles from the Place of Employment without Employee’s consent.
          3. Term . This Agreement shall be for a term of three (3) years (“Initial Term”) commencing on the date first mentioned above (“Effective Date”) and, if not previously terminated in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, ending three (3) years later. The Initial Term shall be automatically extended on the third anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (“Renewal Date”) for a period of one (1) year unless either party shall give written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to the Renewal Date, in which event this Agreement shall terminate at the end of the Initial Term. Subject to the termination provisions contained herein, if this Agreement is renewed on the Renewal Date, it will automatically be renewed on the first anniversary date of the Renewal Date and each subsequent year (the “Annual Renewal Date”) for a period ending one (1) year from each Annual Renewal Date (“Renewal Period”), unless either party gives written notice of non-renewal to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to the Annual Renewal Date, in which case this Agreement will terminate on the Annual Renewal Date immediately following such notice.
          4. Compensation .
               (a)  Base Salary . In consideration of the services rendered by Employee to the Company during the term hereof, Employee shall receive a base salary based on an annualized rate of Two Hundred Ninety-Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($295,000.00) through January 31, 2007, payable in equal periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices in effect from time to time. For the period from February 1, 2007 through January 31, 2008, Employee shall receive an annual base salary of Three Hundred Thirty-Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($335,000.00) and beginning on February 1, 2008 and ending on the expiration of the Initial Term, an annual base salary of Three Hundred Ninety Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($395,000.00), payable in equal periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices in effect from time to time (“Base Salary”). Thereafter, Employee’s Base Salary shall be reviewed annually by the CEO, President, the Board and/or a committee of the Board which has been delegated responsibility for employee compensation matters (such committee to be referred to herein as the “Compensation Committee”) in accordance with the compensation policies and guidelines of the Company, and may be modified either up or down as a result of such review at the sole discretion of the Board and/or the Compensation Committee.

2 of 14


 

               (b)  Bonus Plans/Incentive Compensation Programs . In addition to Base Salary, during the Term, Employee shall be eligible to participate in any bonus plans or incentive compensation programs as may be in effect from time to time, at a level consistent with his position and with the Company’s then current policies and practices (“Bonus”). The target for Employee’s bonus shall be set at seventy-five percent (75%) of his Base Salary.
               (c)  Stock Bonus . In accordance with the Company’s 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”), upon execution of this Agreement, Employee will be granted a restricted stock bonus award of Thirty Thousand (30,000) shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“First Restricted Share Grant”) and options to purchase Thirty Thousand (30,000) shares of Common Stock (“First Stock Option Grant”). One-seventh of the First Restricted Share Grant and one-fourth of the First Stock Option Grant will vest on each anniversary date of the Agreement thereafter over a seven-year and four-year period, respectively. On the second anniversary of this Agreement, Employee will be granted a second restricted stock bonus award of Thirty Thousand (30,000) shares of Common Stock (“Second Restricted Share Grant”) and options to purchase Thirty Thousand (30,000) shares of Common Stock (“Second Stock Option Grant”). One seventh of the Second Restricted Share Grant and one-fourth of the Second Stock Option Grant will vest on each subsequent anniversary date of the Agreement thereafter over a seven-year and four-year period, respectively. The First Restricted Share Grant and Second Restricted Share Grant are collectively referred to hereinafter as “Restricted Shares”, and the First Stock Option Grant and Second Stock Option Grant are collectively referred to hereinafter as “Stock Options”. In order to enable Employee to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligations with respect to the vesting of the Restricted Shares, the Company shall withhold from the Restricted Shares that vest each year a number of shares having a fair market value (as defined in the Plan) equal to the amount required to be withheld.
                    (i) As the Company may not issue the Restricted Shares or Stock Options without prior approval of the Company’s Shareholders, the pricing of the Stock Options and the issuance of the Restricted Shares and Stock Options will be deferred until shareholder approval is received. Prior to the expiration, termination or Change in Control of this agreement, if for any reason Shareholder approval is not received; the Employee shall nevertheless be entitled to the economic benefits, as reasonably determined by the Compensation Committee, of such Restricted Shares and Stock Options. The exercise price of the Stock Options included in the First Stock Option Grant will be the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of such Shareholder approval. The exercise price of the Stock Options included in the Second Stock Option Grant will be the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant unless Shareholder approval shall not have been obtained by that date, in which case it will be the fair market value on the date of Shareholder approval. To the extent the fair market price of the Common Stock on the date of issuance is higher than that on the date of grant of the Stock Options, the Company will credit the amount of such excess to Employee upon, and to the extent of, Employee’s exercise of such Stock Options. Employee understands and agrees that at the time of execution of this Agreement, the Restricted Shares and the Common Stock underlying the Stock Options are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and, therefore, such Restricted Shares and Stock Options cannot be publicly traded until such time as such shares are the subject of an effective registration statement.

3 of 14


 

                    (ii) Should Employee’s employment be terminated by the Company without “Cause” or by Employee for “Good Reason”, or in the event of the death or disability of Employee, all of the unvested Restricted Shares and Stock Options shall be accelerated and become fully vested. In addition, if Employee voluntarily terminates his employment for other than “Good Reason” within eighteen (18) months of a change in Employee’s direct reporting from Larry Hsu to another Company officer, all of the unvested Restricted Shares and Stock Options, both granted and not yet granted, shall be accelerated and become fully vested. If, however, Employee is terminated for “Cause” or employee voluntarily terminates his employment for any reason other than “Good Reason” or change in direct report from Larry Hsu, all remaining unvested Restricted Shares and Stock Options hereunder shall be forfeited.
               (d)  Benefits . During his employment hereunder, Employee also shall be entitled to participate in all fringe benefits, if any, as may be in effect from time to time which are generally available to the Company’s senior executive officers, and such other fringe benefits as the Board and/or Compensation Committee shall deem appropriate, subject to eligibility requirements thereof (collectively, the “Benefits”). In no event shall the Benefits be less than the Benefits provided by the Company to Employee on the date hereof.
               (e)  Vacation . During this employment hereunder, Employee shall be entitled to the number of paid vacation days in each calendar year as determined by the Company from time to time for its senior executive officers. Vacation days which are not used during any calendar year may not be accrued or carried-over to the next year, nor shall Employee be entitled to compensation for unused vacation days. In no event shall the number of vacation days be less than the number provided by the Company to Employee on the date hereof.
               (f)  Business Expenses . During his employment hereunder, the Company shall pay or reimburse Employee for all reasonable expenses incurred or paid by Employee in the performance of Employee’s duties hereunder, upon timely presentation of expense statements or vouchers and such other information as the Company may reasonably require and in accordance with the generally applicable policies and practices of the Company as they may be modified from time to time.
               (g)  Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to such withholding taxes as may be required by any applicable law.

4 of 14


 

          5. Termination . This Agreement shall continue until the end of the Initial Term or any Renewal Period, unless terminated earlier by the Company or Employee as provided herein. If this Agreement is terminated prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Period by the Company or Employee, the provisions contained in Section 6, “Payments Upon Termination”, shall apply.
               (a)  Termination by Company for Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time for “Cause”. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean the following:
                    (i) Employee commits fraud or theft against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates, joint ventures and related organizations (collectively referred to as “Affiliates”), or is indicted, convicted of, or pleads guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or misdemeanor; or
                    (ii) In carrying out his duties hereunder, the Employee engages in conduct that constitutes gross neglect or willful misconduct that results, in either case, in material economic harm to the Company or its Affiliates; or
                    (iii) Employee materially breaches any provision of this Agreement (including but not limited to the restrictive covenants contained in Section 7 below) or breaches any fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty owed to the Company or its Affiliates; or
                    (iv) Employee engages in conduct, which in the sole discretion of the Company, tends to bring the Company or its Affiliates into public disgrace or disrepute; or
                    (v) Employee neglects or refuses to perform duties or responsibilities as directed by the President, CEO or the Board which are consistent with Section 2(b), or violates any direction of any lawful rule, policy or regulation established by the President, the CEO or the Board; or
                    (vi) Employee commits any acts or omissions resulting in or intended to result in direct personal gain to the Employee at the expense of the Company or its Affiliates; or
                    (vii) Employee compromises or otherwise discloses trade secrets or other confidential and proprietary information of the Company or its Affiliates.
          “Cause” shall not include a bona fide disagreement over a corporate policy, so long as the Employee does not willfully violate on a continuing basis specific written directions from the President, CEO or the Board, which directions are consistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Action or inaction by Employee shall not be considered “willful” unless done or omitted by him intentionally and without his reasonable belief that his action or inaction was in the best interests of the Company or its Affiliates, and shall not include failure to act by reason of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness.
               (b)  Termination by Company upon the Death or Disability of Employee . Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time upon the Death or Disability of Employee. The term, “Disability”, as used herein, means any physical or mental illness, disability or incapacity which prevents Employee from performing the essential functions of his job, with or without reasonable accommodations, hereunder for a period of not less than one hundred fifty (150) consecutive days or for an aggregate of one hundred eighty (180) days during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months. During any period of Disability, Employee agrees to submit to reasonable medical examinations upon the reasonable request, and at the expense, of the Company.

5 of 14


 

               (c)  Termination By Company Without Cause . The Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time without “Cause” and/or without the occurrence of Employee’s Death or Disability upon thirty (30) days written notice to Employee.
               (d)  Termination By Employee For Good Reason . Employee shall have the right to terminate his Agreement at any time during his employment with the Company for “Good Reason” upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the President, CEO and the Company’s Board. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean any of the following:
                    (i) the assignment to Employee by the Company of any duties inconsistent with Employee’s status with the Company; or
                    (ii) the relocation of Employee to a Company office located more than twenty-five (25) miles from Employee’s Place of Employment; or
                    (iii) any material breach by the Company of a material term or provision contained in this Agreement, which breach is not cured within thirty (30) days following the receipt by the President, CEO and the Board of written notice of such breach; or
                    (iv) there is a “Change in Control” of the Company (as hereinafter defined).
               (e) Definition of Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control of Company” means any of the events described in the following subsections (i) through (vii):
                    (i) The occurrence of any event that would, if known to the Company’s management, be required to be reported by the Company under Item 5.01(a) of Form 8-K pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or
                    (ii) The acquisition or receipt, in any manner, by any person (as defined for purposes of the Exchange Act) or any group of persons acting in concert, of direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as defined for purposes of the Exchange Act) of fifty-one percent or more of the combined voting securities ordinarily having the right to vote for the election of directors of the Company; provided that the following shall not constitute a Change in Control: (a) any acquisition directly from the Company; (b) any acquisition by the Company or any of its affiliates; or (c) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates; or

6 of 14


 

                    (iii) A change in the constituency of the Board with the result that individuals (the “Incumbent Directors”) who are members of the Board as of the Effective Date cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided that any individual who is elected to the Board after the Effective Date and whose nomination for election was unanimously approved by the Incumbent Directors shall be considered an Incumbent Director beginning on the date of his or her election to the Board; or
                    (iv) Consummation of a merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Company, unless such merger, consolidation or reorganization results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or parent thereof) more than fifty-one percent of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or
                    (v) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or
                    (vi) A sale, exchange or other disposition or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s business or assets, other than pursuant to a spin-off or comparable transaction in which the transferee is controlled by the Company or its existing stockholders immediately prior to such transfer;
                    (vii) Any event that would constitute a “Change in Control” pursuant to the Impax Laboratories, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan.
               (f)  Termination by Employee for Other than Good Reason . If Employee shall desire to terminate his employment hereunder for other than Good Reason, he shall first give the Company not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of termination. Upon a termination of Employee’s employment with Company under this Section 5(f), the effective date of termination shall be the date set forth in employee’s resignation notice (assuming such date is in compliance with the notice provisions of this Section 5(f)) or an earlier date, as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, after Company’s receipt of such notice, but not earlier than the date on which Company learned of Employee’s decision to terminate his employment for other than Good Reason.
               (g)  Notice of Termination . Any termination, except for death, pursuant to this Section 5 shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice which shall indicate those specific termination provisions in this Agreement relied upon and which sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Employee’s employment under the provisions so indicated. The Notice of Termination shall also set forth Employee’s employment is terminated and be delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 shall survive the termination of Employee’s employment hereunder for any reason, and shall remain in full force and effect thereafter.

7 of 14


 

          6. Payments Upon Termination .
               (a)  Termination for Cause . In the event Employee’s employment hereunder is terminated for Cause, all of Employee’s rights to his Base Salary, Benefits and Bonus, if any, shall immediately terminate as of the date of such termination, except that Employee shall be entitled to, and the Company shall pay to Employee, any earned and unpaid portion of his Base Salary and accrued Benefits up to the date of termination, less all deductions or offsets for amounts owed by Employee to the Company. The Company shall have no further obligations to Employee under the Agreement.
               (b)  Termination Due to Death or Disability . In the event Employee’s employment hereunder is terminated due to his Death or Disability, all of Employee’s rights to his Base Salary, Benefits and Bonus, if any, shall immediately terminate as of the date of such termination, except that Employee (or, in the event that Employee’s employment hereunder is terminated due to Employee’s death, Employee’s heirs, personal representative or estate) shall be entitled to, and the Company shall pay, any earned and unpaid portion of his Base Salary and accrued Benefits up to the date of termination less all deductions or offsets for amounts owed by Employee to the Company. The Company shall have no further obligations to Employee under the Agreement other than as referenced in Section 4(c) relating to the accelerated vesting of Restricted Shares and Stock Options.
               (c)  Termination By Company Without Cause or By Employee For Good Reason . If the Company terminates Employee’s employment other than for Cause or the occurrence of Employee’s death or Disability, or if Employee terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to Employee as severance a lump sum payment equal to the greater of: (i) one (1) year of Employee’s Base Salary in effect upon termination plus the average of Employee’s Bonus over the past two (2) years, or (ii) Base Salary in effect upon termination for the remainder of the Initial Term (“Severance Payment”), provided Employee is not in breach of this Agreement, and he executes, and does not revoke, a General Release of all claims relating to his employment and termination from employment in a form provided by the Company (“General Release”). Such lump sum Severance Payment shall be made to Employee within 15 days after Employee executes the General Release, provided he does not revoke the General Release. Employee understands that should he fail or refuse to execute the General Release provided by the Company, or revoke such General Release, he shall not be entitled to the Severance Payment under this section. The Company shall have no further obligations to Employee under the Agreement other than as referenced in Section 4(c) relating to the accelerated vesting of Restricted Shares and Stock Options.
               (d)  Termination By Employee For Other Than Good Reason . In the event Employee terminates his employment for other than Good Reason, all of Employee’s rights to his Base Salary, Benefits and Bonus, if any, shall immediately terminate as of the date of termination, except that Employee shall be entitled to any earned and unpaid portion of his Base Salary and accrued Benefits up to the date of termination. The Company shall have no further obligations to Employee under the Agreement other than as referenced in Section 4(c) relating to the accelerated vesting of Restricted Shares and Stock Options.

8 of 14


 

          7. Restrictive Covenants .
               (a)  Non-Solicitation . During the Initial Term and any Renewal Period, and for a period of the greater of one (1) year or the remainder of the Initial Term after this Agreement is terminated for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the benefit of any natural person, corporation, partnership, trust, estate, joint venture, sole proprietorship, association, cooperative or other entity (“Person”):
                    (i) solicit, service, contact, or aid in the solicitation or servicing of any Person or business entity, which is or was a customer, prospective customer, contractor, subcontractor, vendor or supplier of the Company or its Affiliates (as defined in Section 5(a)(i) above) within three (3) years prior to Employee’s termination (“Company Customers”), for the purpose of : (a) inducing Company Customers to cancel, transfer or cease doing business in whole or in part with Company or its Affiliates or (b) inducing Company Customers to buy from any Person other than the Company any product sold by the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Business of the Company” shall mean the development, manufacturing and marketing of prescription pharmaceutical products, and any other business the Company is actually engaged or planning to be engaged in during Employee’s employment
                    (ii) solicit, aid in solicitation of, induce, contact for the purpose of, encourage or in any way cause any employee of Company or its Affiliates to leave the employ of Company or its Affiliates, or interfere with such employee’s relationship with Company or its Affiliates.
               (b)  Non-Disclosure . Other than in furtherance of the Business of the Company in the ordinary course in his capacity as an employee hereunder, Employee will not, at any time, except with the express prior written consent of the Board, directly or indirectly, disclose, communicate or divulge to any Person or entity, or use for the benefit of any Person or entity, any secret, confidential or proprietary knowledge or information with respect to the conduct or details of the Business of the Company including, but not limited to, customer lists, accounts and information, prospective customer, contractor, subcontractor and vendor lists and information, product research and development, drug formulations, information relating to planned or contemplated ANDAs, NDAs, Paragraph 4 filings, methods of operation, pricing, costs, sales, sales strategies and methods, marketing, marketing strategies and methods, know-how, policies, financial information, financial condition, business strategies and plans and other information of the Company or its Affiliates which is not generally available to the public and which has been developed or acquired by the Company or its Affiliates with considerable effort and expense (“Confidential Information”). Upon the expiration or termination of Employee’s employment under this Agreement, Employee shall immediately deliver to the Company all Confidential Information, memoranda, books, papers, letters, and other data (whether in written or electronic form), and all copies of same, which were made by Employee or otherwise came into his possession or under his control at any time prior to the expiration or termination of his employment under this Agreement, and which in any way relate to the Business of the Company as conducted or as planned to be conducted by the Company or its Affiliates on the date of the expiration or termination.

9 of 14


 

               (c)  Intellectual Property . Employee will promptly communicate to the Company, in writing when requested, all software, designs, techniques, concepts, methods and ideas, other technical information, marketing strategies and other ideas and creations pertaining to the Business of the Company which are conceived or developed by Employee alone, or with others, at any time (during or after business hours) while Employee is employed by the Company or its Affiliates. Employee acknowledges that all of those ideas and creations are inventions and works for hire, and will be the Company’s exclusive property. Employee will sign any documents which the Company deems necessary to confirm its ownership of those ideas and creations, and Employee will cooperate with the Company in order to allow the Company to take full advantage of those ideas and creations.
               (d)  Non-Disparagement . Employee will not, at any time, publish or communicate disparaging or derogatory statements or opinions about the Company or its Affiliates, including but not limited to, disparaging or derogatory statements or opinions about the Company’s or its Affiliates’ management, products or services, to any third party. It shall not be a breach of this section for Employee to testify truthfully in any judicial or administrative or other governmental proceeding or to make statements or allegations in legal filings that are based on Employee’s reasonable belief and are not made in bad faith.
               (e)  Enforcement . Employee acknowledges that the covenants and agreements of this Section 7 (“Covenants”) herein are of a special and unique character, which give them peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in an action at law. Employee further acknowledges that any breach or threat of breach by him of any of the Covenants will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which money damages could not be adequate to compensate the Company. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies which the Company may have at law or in equity, to have an injunction issued by any competent court enjoining and restraining Employee and/or all other Persons involved therein from committing a breach or continuing such breach. The remedies granted to the Company in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to remedies otherwise available to the Company at law or in equity. The Covenants contained in this Section 7 are independent of any other provision of this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action which Employee or any such other Person may have against the Company shall not constitute a defense or bar to the enforcement of any of the Covenants. If the Company is obliged to resort to litigation to enforce any of the Covenants which has a fixed term, then such term shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period during which a material breach of such Covenant was occurring, beginning on the date of a final court order (without further right of appeal) holding that such a material breach occurred, or, if later, the last day of the original fixed term of such Covenant.
               (f)  Acknowledgements . Employee expressly acknowledges that the Covenants are a material part of the consideration bargained for by the Company, and, without the agreement of Employee to be bound by the Covenants, the Company would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement. Employee further acknowledges and agrees that the Business of the Company and its services are highly competitive and that the Covenants contained in this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and Confidential Information, and are material conditions to Employee’s employment and continued employment with the Company. Employee also acknowledges that the Company has invested significant time, effort, resources and expense in training its employees and agrees that the restrictions contained in this paragraph are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s investment and legitimate business interests, and to preserve an undisrupted workplace.

10 of 14


 

               (g)  Scope . If any portion of any Covenant or its application is construed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the remaining portions and their application shall not be affected thereby, and shall be enforceable without regard thereto. If any of the Covenants is determined to be unenforceable because of its scope, duration, area or similar factor, then the court or other trier of fact making such determination shall modify, reduce or limit such scope, duration, area or other factor, and enforce such Covenant to the extent it believes is lawful and appropriate.
               (h)  Indemnification . Employee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company in respect of all liabilities, charges, damages, losses, expenses, fees, and costs of any nature (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of litigation) that result from a failure by Employee to fully perform or comply with any Covenant contained in this Section 7.
          8. Miscellaneous .
               (a)  Indulgences, Etc. Neither the failure, nor any delay, on the part of either party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same, or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.
               (b)  Controlling Law; Consent to Arbitration; Service of Process .
                    (i) This Agreement and all questions relating to its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement (including, without limitation, provisions concerning limitations of actions), shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (notwithstanding any conflict-of-laws doctrines of such state or other jurisdiction to the contrary), and without the aid of any canon, custom or rule of law requiring construction against the draftsman.
                    (ii) Except to the extent provided for in Section 7 above (relating to injunctive relief and other equitable remedies), the Company and Employee agree that any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement, or otherwise in connection with Employee’s employment by the Company or termination of his employment (including, without limitation, any such claim, dispute or controversy arising under any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or any of the Company’s employee benefit plans, policies or programs) shall be resolved solely and exclusively by binding, confidential, arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (or at such other location as shall be mutually agreed by the parties). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (“the AAA”) in effect at the time of the arbitration, except that the arbitrator shall be selected by alternatively striking from a list of five arbitrators supplied by the AAA. All fees and expenses of the arbitration, including a transcript if either requests, shall be borne equally by the parties, however, all costs for the services of the arbitrator shall be borne solely by the Company. Each party is responsible for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys, experts, witnesses, and preparation and presentation of proofs and post-hearing briefs (unless the party prevails on a claim for which attorney’s fees are recoverable under law). In rendering a decision, the arbitrator shall apply all legal principles and standards that would govern if the dispute were being heard in court. This includes the availability of all remedies that the parties could obtain in court. In addition, all statutes of limitation and defenses that would be applicable in court, will apply to the arbitration proceeding. The decision of the arbitrator shall be set forth in writing, and be binding and conclusive on all parties. Any action to enforce or vacate the arbitrator’s award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and otherwise by applicable state law. If either the Company or Employee improperly pursues any claim, dispute or controversy against the other in a proceeding other than the arbitration provided for herein, the responding party shall be entitled to dismissal or injunctive relief regarding such action.

11 of 14


 

               (c)  Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, made and received only when delivered (personally, by courier service such as Federal Express, or by other messenger) or when deposited in the United States mails, registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as set forth below:
  (i)   If to Employee:

David S. Doll
350 Courtland Ave
Harleysville, PA 19438
 
  (ii)   If to Company:

Impax Laboratories, Inc.
30831 Huntwood Avenue
Hayward, CA 94544
Attention: Larry Hsu, President

12 of 14


 

          In addition, notice by mail shall be by air mail if posted outside of the continental United States.
          Any party may alter the addresses to which communications or copies are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this Section for the giving of notice.
               (d)  Assignment of Agreement . The rights and obligations of both parties under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon their heirs, successors and assigns. The Company may assign or otherwise transfer its rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to all Covenants contained in Section 7 above, to any successor or affiliated business or corporation whether by sale of stock, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise. This Agreement may not, however, be assigned by Employee to a third party, nor may Employee delegate his duties under this Agreement.
               (e)  Insurance Coverage and Indemnification . To the extent the Company has in place a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy (or policies), Employee shall be provided with coverage that is no less favorable to him in any respect (including, without limitation, with respect to scope, exclusions, amounts, and deductibles) than the coverage then being provided to any other present or former senior executive or director of the Company. In addition, to the extent not inconsistent with the Company’s Charter and/or By-Laws, the Company will defend and indemnify Employee against, and advance to Employee reasonable expenses incurred or reasonably anticipated to be incurred, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees, for or in connection with any proceeding or claim against Employee, whether individually or in combination with any other person or entity, relating in any manner to Employee’s employment as an employee or officer of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, provided Employee acted within the scope of his employment with the Company.
               (f)  Provisions Separable . The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.
               (g)  Gender, Etc. Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context indicates is appropriate.
               (h)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings between the parties, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, except as herein contained. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing.

13 of 14


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, as of the date first above written.
         
  IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC.
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
DAVID S. DOLL

/s/ David S. Doll
 
 

14 of 14

EXHIBIT 10.11
SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE
     This Separation Agreement and General Release (“Agreement”) is entered into this 30th day of July, 2008, by and between DAVID S. DOLL (“Doll”), an individual residing at 350 Courtland Avenue, Harleysville, Pennsylvania 19438 and IMPAX LABORATORIES, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 121 New Britain Boulevard, Chalfont, Pennsylvania 18914 (the “Company”), who shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Parties.”
      WHEREAS , the Parties have decided to terminate Doll’s employment with the Company and settle all outstanding matters between them;
      NOW, THEREFORE , for the mutual consideration set forth herein and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Resignation and Termination of Employment Agreement . Doll here by resigns, and the Company hereby accepts, Doll’s resignation from his employment with the Company, effective as of the close of business August 1, 2008 (the “Termination Time”). At the Termination Time,
(a) that certain Employment Agreement made as of September 1, 2006 by and between Doll and the Company (the “Employment Agreement”), including Doll’s rights to the 60,000 Restricted Shares and 60,000 Stock Options granted and to be granted thereunder, and
(b) the fully vested options to purchase 172,500 shares of the Company’s common stock currently held by Doll,
and all rights and obligations under the Employment Agreement, the Restricted Shares and Stock Options granted and to be granted thereunder, and the fully vested options shall terminate and

 


 

have no further force or effect.
     2.  Special Separation Benefits .
     In full and complete settlement of all claims Doll may have had under the Employment Agreement, as well as any and all other claims he has or may have against the Company, its affiliates, representatives, officers, directors and employees and all other persons who are defined in the form of Release attached hereto as Exhibit A as “Persons Released,” whether such claims stem from his employment, the Employment Agreement and/or the cessation of his employment with the Company or otherwise, through the date of this Agreement, and provided Doll shall have executed said Release and shall not have exercised his right of revocation under Section 6 hereof, the Company shall, on August 7, 2008, pay the following separation benefits to Doll:
(a) six hundred twenty thousand dollars ($620,000) in cash (the “Severance Payment”); and
(b) 94,705 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”);
provided, however , that the Company shall withhold from the payment of the Severance Payment and Shares such taxes and other deductions as are required by law. The Company believes, based upon the report of its independent consultant, that the current fair market value of its common stock is $8.53 per share and that the current fair market value of the Shares is therefore $807,834. The Company shall withhold, with respect to the taxes relating to the Shares, that number of Shares having a value of $201,958 (25% of the fair market value of the Shares), based upon the fair market value per share of $8.53.
     Doll represents that the Shares, which will be issued to David S. Doll and Kathrine M. Doll, are being acquired by them for their own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution thereof. Doll acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered under the

2


 

Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that they are restricted shares, and that the certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following restrictive legend:
The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be sold, mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Corporation that registration is not required under the Act.
At such time as such forms are normally processed for payments made in 2008, the Company shall issue an IRS Form W-2 to Doll for the Separation Pay and for the value of the Shares.
     3.  No Other Compensation . Except as provided in this Agreement, Doll will not be entitled to any future benefit payment, commission, bonus, allowance, severance or contingent compensation from the Company by virtue of his employment or the termination thereof and no further payment, benefit or services will be made or provided to Doll by the Company in consideration for his entering into this Agreement or otherwise.
     4.  Re-employment . Doll shall not seek re-employment with the Company or any affiliate, or any of their respective successors or assigns, at any time in the future unless the Company shall have waived such obligation in writing. Should Doll nevertheless seek such re-employment, he hereby acknowledges that he will not file any action, suit, claim, charge, complaint, grievance or demand relating to the Company’s or such affiliate’s refusal to hire him.
     5.  Releases . In consideration of the Company’s undertakings and agreements hereunder, and specifically in consideration for the payments and benefits described in Section 2, Doll shall deliver to the Company an executed Release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Company shall deliver to Doll an executed Release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B. Without limiting the generality of the forgoing or anything in the Releases, Doll releases the

3


 

Company and each of the other Persons Released from any and all claims arising from or related to his employment (and Employment Agreement) with the Company, which he could make on his own behalf, as well as those which may be made by any other person or organization on his behalf. Doll specifically waives any right to become, and promises not to become, a member of any class in a case in which a claim or claims against the Company or any other Persons Released are made involving any events that took place up to and including the date of this Agreement, except to the extent that such waiver is prohibited by statute.
     6.  Employee Rights . Doll expressly acknowledges that he is aware of his legal right to consider this Agreement for a period of twenty-one (21) days and that the Agreement will remain open during this period. At Doll’s sole option, this Agreement may be executed prior to the expiration of this twenty-one (21) day period. The Company hereby advises Doll to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement. Doll acknowledges that he has done so, since being given this Agreement. Further, Doll has the right to revoke this Agreement within seven (7) days of the execution thereof. Doll expressly agrees that any notice of revocation hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if received by the Company at the following address no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh (7th) calendar day following the execution of this Agreement: Impax Laboratories Inc., 121 New Britain Boulevard, Chalfont, PA 18914, Attention: Arthur A. Koch, Jr., Chief Financial Officer. The Agreement shall not become effective until after such seven (7)-day period has expired without the Company having received notice of revocation. Doll understands that if he revokes this Agreement, he will not be entitled to the benefits provided for hereunder.
     7.  No Charges . Doll waives his right to file any charge or complaint, nor will he accept any relief or recovery from any charge or complaint, before any federal, state, or local

4


 

administrative agency against the Company or any of the other Persons Released, except as such waiver is prohibited by statute, for any actions that could or did arise or accrue prior to and including the date of this Agreement arising from or relating to his employment, the Employment Agreement, or his separation from the Company; provided, however , that Doll shall not be prohibited from participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission. Doll further waives all rights to file any other action before any federal, state, or local court against the Company or any of the other Persons Released for any actions related to his employment, the Employment Agreement, or his separation from the Company that could or did arise or accrue prior to and including the date of this Agreement, and he acknowledges and confirms that no such charge, complaint or action exists in any forum or form against any of the Persons Released.
     8.  No Admissions . By entering into this Agreement, none of the Parties admits to any wrongdoing against any other Party. Doll acknowledges and agrees that neither this Agreement, nor the furnishing of the consideration for the Release executed by him, shall be deemed or construed at any time for any purpose as an admission by the Persons Released of any liability or unlawful conduct of any kind.
     9.  Restrictive Covenants .
          (a) Non-Solicitation . For a period of thirty-six (36) months following the Termination Time, Doll will not, directly or indirectly, for his own account or for the benefit of any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, estate, joint venture, sole proprietorship, association, cooperative or other entity (collectively, “Persons”), hire, assist in hiring, solicit, or assist in soliciting, or contact for the purpose of any of the foregoing, any employee of the Company, or in any way induce, encourage, or cause any employee of Company

5


 

to leave the employ of Company, or interfere with such employee’s relationship with Company.
          (b) Non-Disclosure . Doll will not, at any time, directly or indirectly, disclose, communicate or divulge to any Person, or use for the benefit of himself or any other Person, any secret, confidential or proprietary knowledge or information with respect to the conduct or details of the Business of the Company, including customer lists, accounts and information, prospective customer lists, contractor, subcontractor and vendor lists and information, product research and development, drug formulations, information relating to planned or contemplated ANDAs, NDAs, Paragraph 4 filings, methods of operation, pricing, costs, sales, sales strategies and methods, marketing, marketing strategies and methods, know-how, policies, financial information, financial condition, business strategies and plans and other information of the Company or its affiliates which is not generally available to the public and which has been developed or acquired by the Company or its affiliates with significant effort and expense (“Confidential Information”). Contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, Doll shall deliver to the Company all Confidential Information (whether in written or electronic form), and all copies of same, that were made by Doll or otherwise came into his possession or under his control at any time during his employment by the Company.
          (c)  Intellectual Property . Doll represents that he has communicated to the Company all software, designs, techniques, concepts, methods and ideas, other technical information, marketing strategies and other ideas and creations pertaining to the Business of the Company that were conceived or developed by Doll alone, or with others, at any time (during or after business hours) while Doll was employed by the Company. Doll acknowledges that all such ideas and creations are inventions and works for hire and are the Company’s exclusive property. Doll will execute any document that the Company reasonably deems necessary to

6


 

confirm its ownership of such ideas and creations.
          (d) Non-Disparagement . Neither Doll nor the Company will at any time publish or communicate any disparaging or derogatory statement or opinion about the other, including, with respect to the Company, its management, products or services, to any Person; provided, however , that it shall not be a breach of this provision for either Party to testify truthfully in any judicial or administrative or other governmental proceeding or to make statements or allegations in legal filings that are based on such Party’s reasonable belief and are not made in bad faith.
          (e) Enforcement . Doll acknowledges that the covenants and agreements of this Section 9 herein are of a special and unique character, which give them peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated for in an action at law. Doll further acknowledges that any breach or threat of breach by him of any of the covenants or agreements will result in irreparable injury to the Company for which money damages could not be adequate to compensate the Company. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, to have an injunction issued by any competent court enjoining and restraining Doll and/or all other Persons involved therein from committing a breach or continuing such breach. The remedies granted to the Company in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to remedies otherwise available to the Company at law or in equity. If the Company is obliged to resort to litigation to enforce any of the covenants that has a fixed term, then such term shall be extended for a period equal to the period during which a material breach of such covenant was occurring, beginning on the date of a final court order (without further right of appeal) holding that such a material breach occurred, or, if later, the last

7


 

day of the original fixed term of such covenant.
          (f) Acknowledgements . Doll acknowledges that the covenants are a material part of the consideration bargained for by the Company, and, without Doll’s agreement to be bound by the covenants, the Company would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement. Doll further acknowledges and agrees that the Business of the Company and its services are highly competitive and that the covenants contained in this Section 9 are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and Confidential Information. Doll also acknowledges that the Company has invested significant time, effort, resources and expense in training its employees and that the restrictions contained in this Section 9 are reasonable and necessary to protect the Company’s investment and legitimate business interests, and to preserve an undisrupted workplace.
          (g) Scope . If any portion of any covenant or its application is construed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the remaining portions and their application shall not be affected thereby, and shall be enforceable without regard thereto. If any of the covenants is determined to be unenforceable because of its scope, duration, area or similar factor, then the court or other trier of fact making such determination shall modify, reduce or limit such scope, duration, area or other factor, and enforce such covenant to the extent it believes is lawful and appropriate.
          (h) Indemnification . Each Party shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other in respect of all liabilities, charges, damages, losses, expenses, fees, and costs of any nature (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs of litigation) that result from a failure by such Party to fully perform or comply with any covenant contained in this Section 9.
     10.  Disclosure . The Parties understand that the Company may publicly disclose such

8


 

terms of this Agreement as may be required to comply with its obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     11.  Review of Agreement . Doll acknowledges that he has carefully read and fully understands the provisions of this Agreement, including the release contained herein, and that he has had a reasonable and sufficient time and opportunity to consult with his attorney.
     12.  Construction and Amendment . In entering into this Agreement, Doll acknowledges that he has not relied on any representation or statement, whether oral or written, other than set forth in this Agreement. This Agreement contains all of the terms of the Parties’ agreement and shall not be modified or changed other than by the written agreement of all Parties. The language of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either of the Parties. Should any provision of this Agreement be declared unlawful or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction and cannot be modified to be enforceable, such provision shall become null and void, leaving the remainder of this Agreement in full force and effect.
     13.  Choice of Law and Forum . This Agreement shall be interpreted under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and any action to enforce its terms shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
     14.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties hereto, and fully supersedes any prior agreements or understandings between the parties.
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY, AS IT CONTAINS A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN

9


 

CLAIMS. BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, DAVID S. DOLL ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS READ THE AGREEMENT, UNDERSTANDS IT AND IS VOLUNTARILY ENTERING INTO IT.
         
Dated: July 30, 2008  /s/ David S. Doll    
  David S. Doll   
     
  Impax Laboratories, Inc.
 
 
Dated: July 30, 2008  By:   /s/ Larry Hsu    
    Larry Hsu   

10


 

         
Exhibit A
RELEASE
I, David S. Doll, do hereby agree as follows:
In consideration of the payments and other benefits to be provided to me by Impax Laboratories, Inc. (“the Company”) as described in the Separation Agreement dated July 30, 2008, to which the form of this Release is annexed as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), and for other good and valuable consideration as described in the Agreement, receipt of which I hereby acknowledge, I do hereby forever release and discharge the Company and its present and former parents, subsidiaries, divisions, affiliated entities, partners, joint venturers, predecessors, successors and assigns, all of their respective shareholders, officers, directors, agents, attorneys, servants and employees (hereafter referred to separately and collectively as the “Persons Released”), from any and all claims, demands, debts, liabilities, accounts, obligations, costs, expenses, liens, actions, causes of action and remedies of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, arising from the beginning of time until the date of this Release (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Claims”), including with specific emphasis, but without limitation, (1) any and all claims under the Employment Agreement made as of September 1, 2006 by and between the Company and me (the “Employment Agreement”) (2) any and all claims for employee benefits under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (3) any and all claims of employment discrimination on any basis under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “ADEA”), the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, the Pennsylvania Human Relations Act; (4) any and all claims under other federal, state, local or foreign laws, whether based on contract, tort, or other legal or equitable theory of recovery; and (5) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees; provided, however , that this Release shall not impair my right or ability to enforce the Company’s obligations as set forth in the Agreement. This Release is given by me for me, and my agents, representatives, heirs, family, successors and assigns, and shall be binding on all of them.
I acknowledge that as of the date of this Release there are no further payments or benefits promised or otherwise due in the future to me by or from the Company, except only any payments specifically described in and to be made under the Agreement.
I agree that I will not hereafter assert any Claims against the Persons Released for any acts or omissions occurring from the beginning of time through the date of this Release. By entering into this Release, I do not waive rights or claims that arise after the date this Release is executed.
For a period of seven (7) days following the execution of this Release, I have the right to revoke this Release. This Release shall not become effective or enforceable until the revocation period of seven (7) days has expired. Any such revocation must be made in a signed letter executed by me and received by the Company at the following address no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh

 


 

day after execution of this Release: Impax Laboratories, Inc., 131 New Britain Boulevard, Chalfont, Pennsylvania 18914, Attention: Arthur A. Koch, Jr., Chief Financial Officer.
I acknowledge that I have been advised and urged by the Company in writing to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release. I further represent and warrant that the Company has given me a period of at least twenty-one (21) days in which to consider this Release before executing the same.
Acceptance by me of the monies or benefits paid or provided by the Company, as described in the Agreement, at any time more than seven (7) days after the execution of this Release shall constitute an admission by me that I did not revoke this Release during the revocation period of seven (7) days and shall further constitute an admission that this Release has become effective and enforceable.
If I execute this Release at any time prior to the end of the twenty-one (21) day period that the Company gave to me in which to consider this Release, such early execution was a knowing and voluntary waiver of my right to consider this Release for at least twenty-one (21) days, and was due to my belief that I had ample time in which to consider and understand this Release and in which to review the same with an attorney.
I ACKNOWLEDGE, REPRESENT, AND WARRANT THAT I HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS RELEASE; THAT I FULLY UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS, CONDITIONS AND SIGNIFICANCE; THAT I HAVE HAD AMPLE TIME TO CONSIDER AND NEGOTIATE THIS RELEASE; THAT THE COMPANY HAS ADVISED AND URGED ME TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY CONCERNING THIS RELEASE; THAT I HAVE HAD A FULL OPPORTUNITY TO DO SO, AND THAT I HAVE EXECUTED THIS RELEASE VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY, AND WITH SUCH ADVICE AS I DEEMED APPROPRIATE.
I acknowledge and agree that this Release constitutes a “general release” and extends to all claims, whether or not known to or suspected by me prior to the execution of this Release. I, absolutely and forever, release and waive all of my rights under any federal or state statute limiting the scope of a general release. I agree that if this Release does not become effective for any reason, this Release shall be deemed negotiation for settlement only and will not be admissible in evidence or usable for any purpose whatsoever in connection with or at any trial or appeal in connection with any action.

 


 

This Release shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania applicable to contracts to be performed wholly within such state. I declare that there are no other discussions, negotiations, commitments or understandings that are not set forth herein or in the Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Release to have immediate effect from and after this 30th day of July 2008.
         
  /s/ David S. Doll    
  David S. Doll   
     
     
  Social Security Number   

 


 

         
Exhibit B
Impax Laboratories, Inc. hereby agrees as follows:
     In consideration of the promises and mutual agreements contained in the Separation Agreement dated July 30, 2008 to which the form of this Release is attached as Exhibit B (the “Agreement”), Impax Laboratories, Inc. (“the Company”) agrees that, except as otherwise provided, it will not at any time assert a claim or institute any action in respect of, and hereby knowingly and voluntarily remises, releases and forever discharges David S. Doll ( the “Releasing Party”) from any and all actions or causes of action, suits, injuries, debts, claims, charges, losses, damages, expenses, complaints, grievances, contracts (whether oral or written, express or implied from any source) and promises whatsoever, in law or equity, which the Company ever had or may have against the Releasing Party, including those unknown, undisclosed and unanticipated, for, upon, or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever which occurred up to the date of the Agreement, (other than claims arising out of criminal acts or willful misconduct), including any and all claims arising out of, relating to, or based upon, his employment by the Company, or any alleged violation of local, state or federal law, regulation or ordinance, and/or public policy, contract, tort or common law, and including any claims for costs, attorneys’ fees, or other expenses. There is excepted from this Release any claims relating to the obligations of the Releasing Party to the Persons Released pursuant to the Agreement or relating to the enforcement of the rights of the Persons Released thereunder.
         
  Impax Laboratories, Inc.
 
 
  By  /s/ Larry Hsu    
    Larry Hsu   

 

EXHIBIT 10.12
CONSULTING AGREEMENT
     This Consulting Agreement (“Agreement”) is made effective as of September 4, 2008 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Impax Laboratories, Inc. (“Impax”), a Delaware corporation, having a principal place of business at 30831 Huntwood Avenue, Hayward, California 94544, and David S. Doll, a resident of the State of Pennsylvania, (hereinafter “Consultant”), having an address at 350 Courtland Ave, Harleysville, PA 19438.
     Whereas, Impax presently is engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing and selling pharmaceutical dosage forms; and
     Whereas, Consultant, by virtue of his background, training and ability, is prepared to enter into this Agreement with Impax as a Consultant;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.   Relationship of the Parties
  1.1   Impax and Consultant intend that the relationship established between them shall be that of client and independent contractor. Consultant is not to be considered an agent or employee of Impax for any purpose, nor is any agent, or employee of Consultant to be considered an employee or agent of Impax.
 
  1.2   None of the benefits provided by Impax to its employees, including, but not limited to, worker’s compensation insurance, health insurance and unemployment insurance, is available from Impax to Consultant, or to the employees or agents of Consultant. As an independent contractor, Consultant shall be solely responsible for payment of any and all applicable taxes. Impax shall not be responsible for paying any social security, withholding tax, unemployment insurance, medical insurance, liability insurance, worker’s compensation insurance or any other type of similar expense on behalf of Consultant or his employees.
2.   Services to be Performed

-1-


 

  2.1   Consultant shall provide the services described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Services”) and shall provide the Services contemplated therein at a time and place convenient to both parties, and shall supply any equipment necessary to perform the Services. Impax waives any right to direct, instruct and control Consultant as to the manner in which Consultant achieves the general and specific objective of the delivery of the Services. Consultant agrees to perform the work in a manner which is consistent with good business practices.
 
  2.2   No Conflicting Obligations. Consultant represents and warrants that the performance of the Services under this Agreement will not conflict with any other obligation of the Consultant to any third party or result in breach of any agreement with any third party. Consultant further agrees that Consultant will not bring or use any documents, materials or information of any third party that are not generally available to the public in the performance of the Services hereunder. Should a potential conflict arise or should Consultant become aware of a potential conflict during the course of Consultant’s work under this Agreement, Consultant shall immediately present the potential conflict to Impax for Impax’s review.
 
  2.3   Consultant may not assign this Agreement or any of the duties hereunder without Impax’s written consent.
3.   Compensation
Consultant shall be compensated for Services performed under this Agreement in the manner set forth in Exhibit A.
4.   Confidentiality
  4.1   Nondisclosure . At all times during and after the term of Consultant’s relationship with Impax, Consultant shall not, except with Impax’s prior written consent, or except in the proper course of performance of the Services, directly or indirectly, disclose, communicate or divulge to any third party, or use for its own benefit or the benefit of any other party, any information that is not publicly known, including confidential or proprietary knowledge or information concerning the conduct or details of Impax’s business, including without limitation, names of drugs being pursued by Impax, details of contracts, technical know-how, methods of operation, marketing methods, trade secrets, pricing or other policies, prospects and

-2-


 

      financial condition (“Impax Information”). These provisions shall not apply to any information that is:
a) independently developed by or for the Consultant without having contact with and not being aware of the content of Impax Information supplied hereunder, as evidenced by the Consultant’s written records; b) is disclosed to the Consultant without restriction after acceptance of this Agreement by a third party having a legal right to make such disclosure; or c) is or becomes part of the public domain through no breach of this Agreement by the Consultant.
  4.2   Effect of Termination . Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Consultant shall immediately return to the Impax all copies of Impax Information, provided, however, that Consultant may retain one copy of any materials needed for legal, regulatory or audit purposes. Such retained materials shall be subject to the confidentiality and non-use provisions set forth above.
 
  4.3   Remedies . Consultant acknowledges that any breach of this Section 4 will result in irreparable injury to Impax for which money damages would not adequately compensate. In the event of any such breach, Impax shall be entitled, in addition to all other rights and remedies which Impax may have at law or in equity, to have an injunction issued by any competent court enjoining and restraining Consultant and all other persons involved therein from such breach.
 
  4.4   Publication . Consultant will not publish any data or information developed under this Agreement without the express written consent of Impax.
5.   Intellectual Property
  5.1   Disclosure . Consultant will promptly disclose to Impax all inventions, developments, improvements, designs, formulas and/or processes made, conceived or first reduced to practice, either alone or jointly with others, in the performance of the Services (“Inventions”).
 
  5.2   Assignment . Consultant agrees that any copyrightable works prepared in the performance of the Services are “works for hire” under the Copyright Act and that Impax will be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. Consultant further agrees that all Inventions will be

-3-


 

      the sole and exclusive property of Impax and hereby assigns its right in any such Inventions to Impax. Consultant agrees to assist Impax, at Impax’s expense, in obtaining and enforcing any intellectual property rights pursuant to this Agreement, and to execute any documents as reasonably requested by Impax for such purposes.
6.   Term and Termination
  6.1   The term of this Agreement shall begin on the effective date stated hereinabove and shall continue for a period of one year, unless extended by written agreement of the parties or sooner terminated as provided herein.
 
  6.2   Impax may terminate this Agreement for any reason or no reason upon forty-five (45) days written notice to the other party. Consultant may terminate this Agreement in the event of a material breach by Impax, which breach has not been cured within forty-five (45) days notice of such breach.
 
  6.3   Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.
7.   Miscellaneous
  7.1   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings related to the subject matter hereof, written or oral. No amendment to any provision of this Agreement shall be binding on the parties unless in writing. The rights, obligations, duties and agreements of the parties hereto shall issue to and be binding on their respective heirs, administrators, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, except as otherwise herein provided.
 
  7.2   No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to operate as a waiver with respect to any future obligation or as to any other provision of this Agreement.
 
  7.3   If any terms, condition, clause or provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, then such clause shall be construed to be replaced with a valid provision most closely resembling the parties’ intent, and all other terms shall continue in full force and effect.

-4-


 

  7.4   This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.
 
  7.5   Notices under this Agreement shall be given in writing to the parties at the addresses set forth above or to such other address as the parties may subsequently designate. Notices shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail postage pre-paid by certified or registered mail, or when delivered to a recognized express mail delivery carrier in accordance with this paragraph.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date set forth above.
     
Impax Laboratories, Inc.
  David S. Doll
 
   
By: /s/ Larry Hsu
  By: /s/ David Doll
 
   
Name: Larry Hsu
  Name: David Doll
 
   
Title: President and CEO
  Title:
 
   
Date: September 4, 2008
  Date: September 4, 2008

-5-


 

Consultant’s Services
Consultant will provide litigation assistance as requested by the Company including the following:
    Keep available the two weeks starting on November 3, 2008, in order to travel to Delaware and serve as a trial witness in the Tricor trial;
 
    Review documents and provide information and assistance to the Company’s litigation counsel;
 
    Work with the Company’s litigation counsel to prepare for trial testimony in the Tricor litigation; and
 
    Work with the Company’s litigation counsel to prepare for and serve as a deposition witness in the Axcan litigation, if necessary.
If Consultant is requested by the Company to perform additional services, and Consultant is willing to do so, the parties will agree on appropriate terms for such services prior to the performance of such services, such terms to be agreed in writing and incorporated as an amendment to this Agreement.
Compensation
Consultant will be granted 9,836 shares of Impax common stock within thirty (30) days of execution of this Agreement. Consultant represents that the shares are being acquired for his own account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution thereof. Consultant acknowledges that the shares will not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that they are restricted shares, and that the certificates representing the shares shall bear the following restrictive legend:
The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be sold, mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Act or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Corporation that registration is not required under the Act.
Consultant will be compensated at the rate of two hundred and seventy-five dollars ($275) per hour for time spent providing the Services. Consultant will not be compensated for time spent in travel.
In addition, Consultant will be reimbursed for reasonable travel-related expenses incurred in the performance of the Services, if such travel is requested by Impax. Examples of reasonable travel related expense include round trip coach air fare, local transportation, parking, meals,

-6-


 

and lodging. Consultant is required to use Impax designated travel service to book air travel at least twenty-one (21) days (if possible) in advance. Receipts for reimbursable expenses should be sent to Meg Snowden at Impax. Reimbursement by Impax shall be within forty-five (45) days from receipt of expense report documentation.

-7-

Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
         
    Jurisdiction of Incorporation    
    or Organization   Ownership
Impax Laboratories (Taiwan) Inc.
  Republic of China   100%
 
Impax Laboratories (Cayman), Ltd.
  Cayman Islands   100%
 
Prohealth Biotech, Inc.
  Cayman Islands   59.25%